1991 Volume 2 Part A.pdf - eBooks@Adelaide - University of Adelaide

The Universi of Adelaide
South Australia
I99L CALENDAR
Volume II Part A
Faculties of:
Architecture and Planning
Arts
Economics and Commerce
Law
Mathematical and Computer Sciences
Performing Arts

FOREWORI)
details of all former City Campus courses).
The University of Adelaide publishes the following official publications:
CÀLENDARVOLTJME I
As.soc¡ated with the univefs¡ty.
Act, Principal Officers of the
lder Conservatorium of Music,
Public Iæctures and Courses,
olarships and Prizes, Societìes
CÀLENDARVOLT]ME IA
Published biennially in February altenating s/ith Volume I.
containing: The Ámanac, Mémbership of council, committees, Faculties and Boards,
Staff (at 1 January), Amendments made to Volume I during the previous year.
CÀLENDAR VOLLTME II þublishect in three pafts: Part A and B -
postage, student price $7.50 excluding Postage)
$23 each including
Science.
Volume II, Part C - Faculties of Arts and Performing AI'ts at the former SACAE (City
Campus).
ANNUAL REPORT (available from the Office of Planning and C-ommunication)
Published annually in September of the following year.
RESEARCH REPORT (avaitable from the office of Planning and communication)
Published annually in October of the following year.
C.ontaining: Research grants awarded, staff bibliography.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (available fÍom Accountant)
Published annually in August of the following year.
STATISTICS (the Office of Planning and Communication)
Published annually in SePtember.
C-ontaining: Staff statistics, student statistics by subject and course.
waITT AGRICULTTJRAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE BIENNIÀL REPORT (available from
the secfetary waite Institute)
Published biennially, the current edition is 1988-89

ADDRESS FOR CORRESPONDENCE
C-orrespondence should be addressed as follows:
The Registrar.
matters such as admission, etøminations, scholarshþ and
generally; and other matters, includirig staff appointments of
About financial matter*, and matters relatlng to the buildings and grounds: úo
The Deputy Registrar (Resources)
Address:
The Universit¡ls postal address is:
The Universitjr of Adelaide,
Box4!E G.P.O.,
ADETAIDE,
South Australia 5001.
Telephone numbet2285333 (Area code 08)
Telex number UNTVAD 4489141
FAX number (ß)zUMe
ISSN 0810-0349

THE ARMS OF TITE T]NTVERSITY
The heraldic description of the Coat of Arms
folloç,s:
Per pale Or and Argent an OPen Book
proper edged Gold on a ChiefAzure
five Mullets, one of eight, two of
seven, one of six and one of Frve
points of the second, tepresenting
the Constellation of the Southern
Cross;
and the Motto associated with the Arms is-
Sub cruce lumen
"The light (of lemi¡g) utrder the (Southen) Crcss"
Éas

CONTENTS
The information in this volume is correct as at 1ll October, 1990.
INFORMATION FOR STI,JDENTS......,.,................
FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE ÀND PL{,NNING:
Bachelor of A¡chitecturat Studies (B-A,rch.St.)...................
Bachelor of A¡chitecture (BÁ,rch.)
Master of A¡chitecture (M.Arcb.) ........
Master of A¡chitectural Studies (M"Alch.St.)
Master of Building Science (M.Btdg.Sc.)....
Master of Planning (M.Plan.)...
FACUT]TYOFARTS:
Bachelor of A¡ts (BA.)
Including Bachelor of Arts (Jurisprudence) (BA.(Jur.))
Graduate Certificate in Language Blucation (Advanced German)
(Grad.Cert .I^ang.Ed.)........:.......
Graduate Diploma in Applied Remore Sensing (Grad.Dip.Rem.Sensing)
Graduate Diploma in Archaeology (Grad.Dip.Archaeol.)....
Graduate Diploma in Education (Grad.Dip.Rl.)
Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies (New Course)
(Grad.Dip.Env.St. [Neq¡])
Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies (Old C.ourse)
(Grad.Dip.Env.St. IOldì)
Bachelor of Education (B.Ed.)
Bachelor of Educational Studies (B.Ed.St.).......................
Master of Applied Psychology (MApp.Psych.)
Master of A¡ts (M.4.) ..............
Master of Arts (Women's Studies) (Má,. (Women's St.))...............
Master of Blucation (M.Rl.)..
Master of Educational Studies (M.Ed.St.)...................
Master of Envinonmental Studies (New Course) (M.Env.St.
Master of Envi¡onmental Studies (Old C.ourse) (M.Env.St.
Doctor of Letteß (D.Utt)....................
FACT,JLTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE:
Bachelor of Economics (B.Ec.)..............
Bachelor of C-ommerce (B.Com.)..........
Graduate Diploma in Economics (Grad.Dip.Ec.)
CradùateDiplomainManagement(Grad.Dip.Mgt.) ...............
Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)..
Master of Economics (M.Ec.) .....
Master of C.ommerce (M.Com.)............... ............ .... .
40
65
79
81
83
85
262
267
274
282
293
298
303
M
308
318
323
338
357
3ó1
380
386
390
472
428
4v
442
453
459

FACI,JLTY OF I-{\M:
Bachelor of I-aw (LL.B.)
Graduate Diploma in C.ommercial kw (Grad.Dip.Comm.bw)....
Graduate Diploma in Company Law (Grad.Dþ.Comp.Iáw)............"
Graduate Diploma in Criminal kw (Grad.Dip.Crim.kw).......
Graduate Diploma in Family hw (Grad.Dip.Fam.law)........
Graduate Diploma in Land and Resources hw (Grad.Dip.I-and law).....'.
Graduate Diploma in Public hw (Grad.Dip.Pub.l-aw)
Graduate Diploma in Securities I:w (Grad.Dip.Sec.I^aw) .........
Graduate Diploma in Taxation law (Grad.Dip.Tax law).........
Master of Laws (LL.M.)............
Master of [:ws (Companies and Securities) (LL.M. (Comp.). . .. ......."'.. ..
Master of L-egal Studies (M.L.S.)............
Doctor of l¿ws (LL.D.)
FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTDR SCIENCES:
Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (B.Sc')......'..'....
G¡aduate CÆrtificate in Mathematics Education (Grad.Cert.Math.Ed.) '.......".'.'.'...'.....
Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications (Grad.Cært.Telecom.).....
Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics (Grad.Dip-A,pp.Stats.)......."'....
Graduate Diploma in Computer Science (Grad.Dip.Comp.Sc.) ....
Graduate Diploma in Mathematical Sciences (Grad.Dip.Math.Sc.)......."'."....
Master of Applied Science (Communications) in the Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences (M.App.Sc.(Com.)) ............
Master of C-omputer Science (M.Comp.Sc.)..
Master of Mathematical Science (M.Math.Sc.)...............
Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences (M.Sc.)......
Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences (D.Sc.) '.....
FACULTY OF PERFORMING ARTS:
Associate Diploma in Aboriginal Studies in Music (Assoc.DipAb'St.Mus.).
BachelorofMusic(Performance)(B.Mus.(Perf.)).......... .
Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.).....
Graduate Diploma in Musicolory (Grad.Dip.Musicology)............
Graduate Diploma in Music Performance (Grad.Dip.Mus.Perf.)................
Graduate Diploma in Music Theory (Grad.Dip.Mus.Th.)......
Master of Music (M.Mus.).. ............ ...
Maste¡ of Music Performance (M.Mus.Perf.)
Master of Music (Musicolory) (M.Mus.(Musicology)................
Doctor of Music (D.Mus.)......
BOARD OF GRADUATE STT,JDIES:
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
HIGHERDEGREES:
Guidelines on Higher Degrees by Research and Specifications for Thesis....
RI.JLES:
The University Library
The Waite Agricultural
6
Research Institute Library.............
463
489
489
489
489
489
489
489
489
495
495
510
5r4
519
565
5't5
579
583
588
592
597
599
M
606
61.1
625
663
699
707
703
705
708
7I0
716
'72O
'125
7v
740

l:boratory and General Ru|es.................
Economics Faculty Computers....................
Napier Birks Room
Rules relating to Matriculation
Rules relating to the Union Fee.....................
TIME.TABLES
INDEX...
Note: In UniveEiD/ RegulAtioN aDd Statutes the followi¡g tem hav€ b€eD replaced:
(a) Chaim or Deputy Cbaimar of a department by Head or Dcputy Head;
(b) Cbaimn of a Comittee or Boa¡d etc, by Convener;
(c) Fsalty ot AgrieltuBl Scienæ by Faculty of Agricultuml and NatuÞl Resouræ Scienæs;
(d) Faculty of Mathemtiøl Scienæs by Faelty of Mathematiel æd Computer Scjenæs;
(e) Faq¡lty oI Muic by Faolty of Perfomi¡g Ans.
A%ititrgallowæ.
It is Ptided by s¡atute that "lD any statute or rêgulatioD u¡less there is sometbjng in the @ntext rq)ugnant to sucb
@EtruclioDwlds import¡ûg the mculine gener or si¡gular nuDber shall bc oßtrued to include Ìhe feminiDe and
pluBf resp€ctively aîd vi¿e veÉa."
74t
742
743
743
744
746
748
757
791

INT'ORMATION FOR STUDENTS
1.
)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
University government .
Principal dates, 1991 ............
Fees and charges ...................:::::::.:.::::::::::::::.::::.::::::::::::.:::::::
Assistant Registrars, Course Advisers and
Postgfaduate Co-ordi nators
Student Identity Cards ......
Rules and Procedures
8. Aids/Hepatitis B .................
9. Assessment procedures
10. Change of address or name ......
11. Class attendance
12. Course overloads
13. Enrolments
14. Enrolment record ....-.........
15. Equal opportunity
17. Graduation/Commemoration Ceremonies
L8. Handicapped students
19. Health Counselling
20. Hepatitis 8 .......................
21. Repeating students
22. Review of academic progress (Clause 4C) ...........................
23. Rules .............
24. Scholarships and prizes
25. Sexual harassment
26. status ror previous.t"di; ......':.:...:...:....:.....::..::....::.:: ....
27, Student reco¡ds ............
28. Supplementary examinations ......................
29. Tape recording lectures
30. Timetables
31. Transferring to anothe¡ undergraduate cou¡se .............. ..
Student Senices
32. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Students
33. Access and Equity Programmes
34. Accommodat¡on ................
35. Abstudy/Austudy ..............
36. Barr Smith Library
37. Careers and Counselling Centre
38. Cent¡e for Physical Health .....
39. Child Care .................
40. Clubs and Societies
41. Student Exchange Agreements
42- C-ouncil for Welfare of Overseas Students
43. Health Service
44- Insurance
45. Overseas Student Adviser
46. Parking
47. Radio sUV .................
48. Reading Room ..............
49. Security
50. Student l.oans ..............
51. Student Mail .................
52. Students Association
53. The Union ..............
54. Travel concessions
55. \,1/elfare and klucation Service ............
10
12
72
13
74
18
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
24
24
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
27
2'7
28
2ß
28
2ß
29
29
30
30
30
30
31
31
32
32
33
33
v
v u35
35
35
35
35
% 'x
36
3'7
3'1
3'7

The University of Adelai
NORTH TERRACE CAMPUS
10
çot

¡
,
---"' a r'\
^r
_,--\ ./^\--r\
>>.¡->---.-
í>
-?
ir'.. ,-l
23
+
Architecture Building
Alumni House
Badger, G.M. Laboratories
BanSmih Library
BanSmith lawns
Benham Laboratories
Bonython Hall
Bookshop
Bragg Laboratoíes
Cloisters
Darling Building
Dental Scfrool
Elder Conservatorium
Engineering Annexe
Engineering North
Engineering South
Fisher, R.A. Laboratories
Goodman Crescent
Hartley Building
Hughes Building
Huohes Hughes Court
Johnson Laboratories
Jordan Laboratories
Ligertwood Building
Lower Napier
Luminis House
Madley Building Buildin¡
Mathematics Building
Mawson laboratories
Mechanical Engineering Building
Medical Scfrool Norh Wng
Medical School South Wng
Mitchell Building
Munay, George Building
Napier Building
Napier Forecourt
Observatory
Old Classics Wing
Oliphant
Pl¡Ener Court
Plaza Building
Physics Building
Schultz Building
Scott Theatre
Security House
Symon; Lady Building
Underground Carpark
Union Hall
Union House
University Club
Wills Court
Wills, Kenneh Building
+
t+
C'8+
E1
D3 ++
FB ++
E7
c9
111
E6
F5
D5
G'6+
Ff5
K9
F13/E13
F11 ++
H11+
Cl2 ++
À,i9
Fl ++
J8 ++
H8
C2+
C1 ++
G9+
L13 ++
J11
Q9
E3 ++
El0 +
811
Hl1
Cl5 ++
Dl5 ++
[r8
D6
Kl2 ++
Ll2
F4
L9
H4+
F2
H9+
H5+
G2 ++
F3 ++
o10
c5
M12
D9 ++
E5 ++
J9+
K8
L8 ++
Pardy accessible (ground)
Access by wheelchair (all floors)
Access route upper to lower levels

lnformation for Students
2. Responsibilities
It is the responsibility of all students to know and to comply with the University statutes,
regulations, byJaws, rules and instructions in so far as they concem them and their courus
of study. They are all to be found in the Univeßity Calendar (Volurnes I, IA and II), and in
the relevant ofhcial leaflets. Students are advised to look at the notice boards in major
buildings, in lecture theatres and in the foyer of the Mitchell Building as often as possible,
3. University government
The Cooncil and Senate
The gwerning body of the University is the Council, which under section 9 of the
University Act "shall have the entire management and superintendence of the affairs" of
the University, subject to the Act and the statutes and regulations of the Univeñity.
The Council comprises 35 members including the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor, *
oficio; 8 members of the academic staff, 1 member of the ancillary staff, 1 member of staff
other than academic or ancillary 1 postgraduate student ând 13 persons not employed by
the University, all these ?Abeing elected by the Convocation of Elec¡ors (comprising all
graduates and postgraduate students of the University and all full-time stafÐ; 4 members
elected by the underg¡aduates; and 5 members of Parliament elected by the Parliament of
South Australia.
The Council olrcmtes through a system of committees, and with the help of its executive
and administrative officers. The three principal committees which advise it arc the
&lucation C.ommittee, the Finance Committee and the Personnel Matters Committee.
The Senate, which meets each 1æar in November, must approve all statutes and rcgulations
and amendments thereto befofe they may be allowed.by the Governor in Executive
Council. The Senate consists of all graduates of the University, all full-time employees of
the University who are graduates of this or other universities recognised by the Universiç
ând all postgraduate students.
Comnútteeg faculties and boards
In the academic a¡ea the senior body advising council is the Education Committee. Of
more immediate impact frcm the students' point of view however, a¡e the eleven faculties
and one board of studies, which control the degree and diploma courtes. Subject to the
approval of the Council on advice from the Education Committee, the faculties and the
board of studies are reqronsible for thc structure, scope and content of University murs€s.
As their names imply the Finance Committee is concerned with the.Frnancial aspects of
University government and the Personnel Matters Committee with the relationships
between the Un¡vers¡ty as an employer and ¡ts staff.
Stâtutes, regulations, rules and by-laws
Statutes, regulations, rules and bylaws are made by the Council under the authority of the
UniversityAct.
For every degree and diploma course regulations are made which give authority for that
course. Changes in these regulations require the approval of the E

lnformation for Students
and lecture rooms, the conduct of examinations, and so on. They are publisbed tos,ards the
end of this volume.
The Yicc-Ch¡ncellor
The Vice-Chancellor is the chief executive office¡ of the University,
The Registry
The Registrar is directly responsible to the Vice-Chancellor for all the administrative
activities required for the management of the University. Subject to the Registrafs general
di¡ect¡on, the Academ¡c Registrar is responsible in particular, and inter aliq for matters
which affect students, enrolments and ercaminations.
4. Principal dates, 19!11
Tues.
Mon.
Tues.
Mon.
Wed.
Mon.
Mon.
Thurs.
Fri.
Mon.
Mon.
Mon.
Thurs.
Mon.
Tues.
Wed.
Thurs.
Fr¡.
Mon,
Mon.
Fri.
Mon.
Fri.
Fri.
1 January New Yeafs Day Public Holiday.
28 January Australia Day Public Holiday.
29 January Medical and Clinical Year begins.
4 Febnrary Dental Oinical Yearbegins.
6 Febnrary Enrolments bcgln (See section 13.)
4 March COMMENCEMENT OFACADEMIC YEAR
Orientation Week begins.
NOTE' Students are required to attend 'such preliminary
meetings of classes as may be announced. Details will
be ar¡ailable in the Enrolment Centr€.
All performance teaching (Conservatorium) begins'.
11 March l¡ctures in Semester I begin.
28 March I 'st day for withdrawal from a subject before Semester I
HECS liability applies.
29 March Good Friday Public Holiday.
1 April Easter Monday Public Holiday. Mid-Semester break (Frst
week) begins.
8 April l-ectures ¡esume.
22 Apnl Mid-Semester break (2nd week) begins.
25 April ANZAC Day Public Holiday.
29 Apnl læctu¡es Resume.
First Annual C.ommemoration C.eremony -2.30 p.m.
30 April Second Annual Commemo¡ation C-eremon¡-2.T) p.m.
l May Third Annual C-ommemoration Ceremon¡-2.30 p.m.
2May Fourth Annual Commemoration Ccremon)-2.30 p.m,
3 May Fifth Annual Commemorat¡on Ceremony-2.30 p.m.
6 May Sixth Annual Commemoration Cæremon)-2.30 p.m.
?Ã May Adelaide Cup Day Public Holiday.
24 May l:st day for withdrawal without failure from a subject taught
over Semester l.
10 June Queen's Birthday Public Holiday.
21 June l¡ctu¡es maycease.
28 June END OF SEMESTER I. All lectures cease.
Mid-Year Examinations begin.
13

lnformation for Students
Fri. 23 August
Fri. 30 August
Mon. 23 September
Mon. 7 October
Thurs. 10 October
Fri. 11 October
Mon. 14 October
Fri. 8 November
Fri. 15 November
Sat. 16 November
Fri. 20 December
Wed. 25 December
Mon. 30 December
22 July AII performance teaching (Conservatorium) rccommences'.
29 July COMMENCEMENT OF SEMESTER II. Iæctures recom-
mence.
Irst dây for withdrawal without failurc from a subject taught
over full academic 1æar.
låst day for withdrawal from a subject before Semester II
HECS Iiability applies.
Mid-Semester break begins.
læctures lrsume.
Applications to transfer to a different course in 1992 close with
SATAC,
l:st day for withdrawal without failure from a subject taught
over Semester IL
I:bor Day Public Holiday.
læctu¡es may end.
All lectures end.
End of Year Examinations begin.
END OFACADEMIC YEAR
Christmas Day Public Holiday.
P¡oclamation Day Public Holiday.
'These dates are provisional at the t¡me of going to press and should be checked against
the Universit¡rs official Almanac as approved by Council late in 1990 and published in
Volume I of the Calendar for 7991-92.
5. Fees and charges
(a) Hþher Education Contribution Scherne (HECS)
Under the Higher &lucation Funding Act 1988, students enrolled for award courses aæ
required, unless exempted under the provisions of the Act, to pây a Higher Education
Contribution.
The amount of the contribution payable fo¡ a semeste¡ is based on a student's enrolment
on the relevant 31 March or 31 August census date. Each subject or ¡qsearch component of
a student's enrolment has an Effective Full Time Student Unit (EFTSU) weight. A
student's study load for a particular semester is obtained by adding those weights for the
semester subjects being undertaken and half the weight for the full-year subjects. The
Higher Education Contribution payable for a semester is obtained by multiplying the
semester study load by the Annual Course C-ontribution prescribed for the year concerned.
For 1991 this amount was $1993 and therc is provision in the Act for this amount to be
indexed eachlear.
There are two options for palng the Higher Education Contributicn:
Ïhe UpFront Option and the Deferred Payment Option
The Up-Front Option involves the student palng the Higher Education C-ontribution
directly to the University on enrolling and before commencing study and/or research for
the semester. By making this election, a 157o discount is granted if payment is made by the
due date.
The Deferred Payment Option involves the student electing to pay the Higher Blucation
Contribùtion through the Taxation SJßtem.
On enrolling for å course, a student shall complete a HECS Payment Options form and
make an election as to how the Higher &tucation C.ontribution is to be paid or claim an
exemption from making a payment. If the Deferred Payment Option is chosen, the student
L4

Information for Students
will need to quote his or her tax file number on the Payrnent Options form or complete a
Tax File Number Application/Enquiry (for Students) fonn.
This election will ¡emain current for the course concemed until such time as the student
submits, at an approved time, another Payment Options form changing the election.
A student who elects to pay the Higber Frtucation Contribution "Up-flona" shall pay to
the Cashiçr in the Cashie¡ and Enquiries ofFrce in the Mitchell Building the Higher
Education C.ontribution based on his or her en¡olment by the following due datcs (unless a
later date has been approved by the Univeßity in srdting):
12.ü) noon Frida¡ 1 March 1991
12.ü) noon Friday, 19 July 1991
Where a student elects to pay the HEC upfront, but fails to pay by the due date, the
en¡olment shall be cancelled, as prescribed by the provisions of the Higher Education
Funding Act 1988, but may be reactivated on the student subm¡tting a new Payment
Options form electing the Deferred Payment Option. The University resen'es the right to
charge an adminisrative fee for¡eactivating an enrolment.
A booklet produced by the Department of Employment, Etlucation and Training which sets
out the Higher Educ¿tion Scheme is available on request from the Student Records Office,
l*vel 7, Kenneth Wills Building or the Cashier and Enquiries oflice in the M¡tchell
Building.
(b) Slatutory fees. - commonly called Union fees
Payment of the prescribed Statutory fees is compulsory for every student. Every student
enrolled at the University must, ùnless exempted by the Univenity Council from paying all
or part of such fee, payr
(i) an Entrance Fee of $40 in the first year of enrolment, but note that if an entrance
fee has previously been paid to another tertiary institution this part of the fee may
be waived if proof of payment is provided to the Education and Welfare Officeç
and
(ä) an Annual Fee of $251 for a student attempting a workload greâter than 75%o of a
normal full-time workload; $188.25 for a workload greater than 507ø but less than or
equal to 75Vo; $I?55O for a workload greater than 257obut less than or equal to
SOVo a¡d 162.75 lor a workload less than or equal to ?SVo. Medical students in 4th,
5th and 6th year, Dental students in 4th and sth year and Agricultural Science
students in 3rd, 4th and at post graduate level pay 50Vo ol the appropriate aÍnual
Statutory Union Fee.
(In this æ¡text, â srudent's wltload ¡s elculatcd by thc Univcßity relditrg to lb€ subjeds or otbcr wrk lor which
thc studcot ir cmlled)
Fees are collected as part of the enrolment p¡ocess.
À late payment charge of $30 for overdue fees will be made.
Payment of the Statutory fees èntitles students to be members of the Adelaide University
Union (the Club to which all members of the Unir¡ersity may belong) with the use of the
Union buildings. facilities and services. Membership also entitles students and staff to take
full part ¡n the activities of the Studens' Association, Clubs Association and the Sports
Àssociation.
Students who withdraw f¡om a course during the ]¡ear may be entitled to a partial or full
rcfund of statutory fees already paid depending on the date of withdrawal. Applications for
refunds of fees should be made at the Cashier and Enquiries office in the Mitchell
Building.
(c) University charges
A charge of $30 will be made by the University in cases of late enrolment. In åddition,
charges may be made to students q¡ho do not comply with University ¡,ules. Such charges
'Rule relaaiog ao th€ UoioD Fæ æ publi¡hcd tmrds Ìhc cnd of lhis rcluc (,9c Coatcrts). omon-ly éIed
U¡bn fca
-
15

lnformation for Students
are set out in the rules concerned which a¡e prilted towards the end of this volume. (.t¿¿
C-ontents.)
Students in each )¡ear of the BÁrch. coutse a¡e required to lodge with the Delrartment of
Architectu¡e a returnable deposit for Studio equipment which is provided.
Students in the second, third, fourth and fifth ¡rcars of the Dentistry coùlse a¡e required to
pay to the Cashier of the Adelaide Dental HoÐital $1ü) each year for the hire of hospiul
instruments and equipment during the clinical years of the course. There will also be a
charge for items lost or damaged.
Students in the fifth and sifh yeaß of the medical course, who are required to reside in a
teaching hospital for clinical instruction as a condition of the course, will not be required to
pay hospital residence charges for such periods.
Students who choose to reside in teaching hospitals at other times during the medic¿l
course will be charged for acconrmodation at the rate applicable to nursing employees
under the Nursing Staff (Govemrììent and General Hospital) Awad.
Meals provided by hæpital c¿feterias for all medical students will be charged at approved
South Australian Health Commission rates.
Students $'ho aÍange to take their examinations externally are rcÐonsible for the payment
of charges for supewision; they should consult the Examinations Officer.
(d) Tûition Fees
Professional Postgraduate Courses
Most students enrolling in professional postgradùate courses (eg M.Bá', LL.M., Graduate
Cefiificate courses) will be required to pay tuition fees. Such fees will be calculated on a
per subject basis, and must be paid by the following due dates (unless a later date has been
approved by the University in writing):
12 noon Frida¡ 22 March - for full-year and Semester I subjects.
12 noon Frida¡ 9 August - for Semester II subjects.
12 noon Frida¡ 13 December - for Summer Semester subjects.
Payment of ti¡ition fees will exempt such students from paying the Higher &lucation
Contribution with rcspect to the course and, in certain cases, may be tax deductible.
Subjects on a Non-award Basis
Students enrolled in subjects on a non-award basis will also be required to pay tuition fees.
F\rther Information
A brochure with fufher details about tuition fees is available from the Office of
Continuing Education, Security House,233 North Terrace, Adelaide.
(e) Compulsory excursions and camps
In some subjects or courses attendance at excursions or at câmps (usually during vacation)
forms a compulsory part of the associated pmctical work. The University will endeavour to
contribute towards travel costs; bowever students are required themselves to meet
whatever living costs (accommodation, meals, etc.) may be invofued.
The subjecs or courses where living costs are involved in attendance at compulsory
excursions or camps are listed below with an estimate of those costs:
16
Agricultural Science: $
Field trips 510
Geologr [W (field excursions) ...................... 38 +
Architecture and Planning:
BArch. (Fint Year)
BArch. (Iïird Year) ..
Arts:
250
100
Geography (Second Year) ....-........ 85 "
Clhird Year per field camp) .............. 100
(Honours)........ 100

Ceomorphologn
Origins of hndforms in Australia II Camp
Eyre Peninsula (4 da¡a)-transport .. 50+ =
Evolution of I¡ndform in Australia III Camp
Flinders Ranges (3 dap)-trançort 60+ =
Engineerinç
Cbemical Engineering (Final Year)
Civil Engineering (Geologr IHE field excursions) ............ 30 +
Science:
Botany
Botany I 8+
Botany II
15i +
BotanyIII 25.+
Geologn Amounts are the fees to be paid at and as
part of enrolment.
Level I:
Geologr I (field excunions-includes weekend camp) ..... 55 +
Int¡oduction to Physical Geography I (one day field 12+
excursion)
Level II:
*Chemical Geology and Thermodynamics II (one day 11 +
field excursion)
fGeophysics and Geodynamic Geology II (weekend field 20+ =
æmp)
¡Historical Geolory and Palaeobiolory II (2 one day
'
fteld excursions) ........,...............
Environmental Geologr II (one day field excursion) ........
I:ndscape Evolution in Australia II (field camp, 4
lnformation for Students
22+
11+
f)+ =
da¡r)-transport ......
'A sevenJay field camp held during the mid-semester break in Semester II is compulsory
for all students doing two or more of the su6jects marked(.). $ =
I-evel III:
Tectonics and Geological Mapping Camp
A¡karoola (7 days)-transport
Ore Deoosits Deposits and Geolosicâl Geological F¡cu Excursions Camp
Stuart Shelf (6 days)-transport
Australian l:ndscape Evolution III Camp
Flinde¡s Ranges (3 days)-transport
Weekend Pield Excursions-transport
Stratigraphy and General Palaeontolory (2 days) ..... 22+
Igneous and Metamorphic Petrclog¡ (2 da)6) ............ 22+
Tect¡onics and Geological Mapping (1 day) .,............. '11+
Petroleum Geochemistry an¿- Seà¡m"ñiobg (1 ll +
dÐ ..................
Stn¡cture and Exploration Geophysics (1 day) ........... 11+
Ho¡ours Geolory(field touetranqrort) 4{Ð+ =
(Covers all travel in Tasmania, accommodation and
food'
This list is published only for tbe information and guidance of students and in no way
r€stricts the University in determining each year the natùt€, duration and cost of t[e
excursions or camps associated with particular subjects or cou6¡es, or the list of subjects
and courses in c/hich such attendance may be required.
'ln sddilio¡ studcol5 sbouB allw É310 a day for food for Botany lI end 11¡ qtt¡Ë/u¡ts wtich inwlrc 6cld eEp¡.
..DcFDds on th€ optioE æl€ctcd ud thc nuEbcr of fEld €DIE EtudcDts elcct to talÊ.
SAdual ñctid hining qcrci* ed lmu¡l emp irwhæ thc w of p¡iÞÌc Ehidê thc Gt of wùjch ir no, i¡dud€d.
+lì¡s amut rhoub bc paid el lhc ¡iæ ot cNlmeDr but m lrlq tb¡¡ 3l Mr$h tÐl to thc Unimiy Ræou
O6e, Grcurd Floor, Mitcùcll BuMing A laac fæ E¡)' bc cùargcd for pa)æDl m¡ twivrd by lhc drc ds¡c.
300
65+=
65+=
ó0+ =
t'l

lnformation for Students
=Io addit¡oo studenls shoùld allry for thc loll@ing, úouts to b. påid ¡t thc timc of the eDp for @modstioo,
€Ep s¡lc f€, êls
Iãcl Il:
Gæpb)Ei6 aDd GedyDÂBic Gælory Il - wcckrûd 6cH emp - S25 lor lood sDd ¡@ModatioÀ
Iå¡dspc E\Dlut¡on in ll Ðd Origim of tandfom in AutElia ll - 4 day €np - f9O apprcximtcly lor lood
ùdâømodåÌioL ^.str¿lia
CoDpulsoryweoday field emp - S35 pls *U-supplied fæd.
Idel lll:
Tedoûis ild G@logiel Mãppi¡8. Oæ wcck fìeld emp S39 pls s[-supplied food. A@,modatioD pwided.
Orc DcpGits dd GcologiBl ExsioNODe wcck ticld eEp $50 plG slf-supplicd food,
AEtr¿[âD l¡ndspc Evolutio¡ lll ùd Ewlutioo of l¡ndfom i¡ AwtElia lll (3 day ømp), 135 apprcximlcy tor
fæd and a@mmodalion.
Honous Gælory-S¡udelts arc EslrcM¡ble for tEvel Gts to Hoba¡t aDd Íom lluneton, Tæmia to lak€ lbc feld
lou-
Students who experience any difficulty with the payment of these costs are advised to
consult the Student Finance OfFrcer in Room 427 of the Wills Building prior to the
enrolment period.
(f) Overseas students
Under Australian Government regulations the only courses ar¡ailable to overseas students
are full-fee paf ng programmes.
The level of fees will vary from coullse to course. In 1991 fees for undergraduate courses
will range from A$9,300-A$21,m0.
Fees for postgraduate degree courses in 1991 will range generally from A$12,00G4$26,000.
Fo¡ further details contact thè Di¡ector of lnteroational Programs (fel 2?ß 5?-51^).
6. Assistant Registrars, Course Advisers and Postgraduate
Co-ordinators
Assistant Registrars:
Ass¡stant Registrars in Faculty Offices a¡e university graduates, with training and
experie4ce in educational matters. In so far as coufses are concerned, they are comlxtent
to give advice on matters relating to the course forwhich the Faculty or Board they serve is
responsible.
Students who are in doubt about any matter concerning their courses afe advised to consult
their Assistant Registrar in the first instance. Appointments are desirable whenever
possible.
Course Adviscrs:
Each Faculry has appointed at least one adviser to advise students concerning courses of
study and, where required, to app¡ove the subjects for which they may be permitted to
enrol.
Cou¡se Advise¡s are available for consultation throughout the year and students who feel
thalthey are in need of advice, or who wish to discuss any problems relating to their
courses, should call on their C.ourse Advisen. Appointrnenls are desirable whenever
possible.
Postgraduate Co-ordinators-Res€arch Students:
Each department appoints a postgaduate co+rdinator to oversee the postgraduate
students enrolled in higher degree by research in the depafment. The name of the
postgraduate co-ordinator for 1991 may be obtained from the department.
18

lnformation for Students
ECONOMICSAND COMMERCE
Assistant Registrar
Ms.A Hale,
2nd. Floor, Security House.
Tel.?285523
ENGINEERING
Ass¡stant Registrar
Mrs. T.A Hodson, Rm. 5118,
Engineering South Bldg.,
Tel.2?Å5450
I.AW
Assistant Registrar
Ms. I. Brown, Rrn. 1.07,
Ligertwood Bldg., Tel. 228 s9.s
MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTTR SCIENCES
Assistant Registrar
Mr. D¡{. Starcevic, Rm. 2145,
Mathematics Annex, Horace l-amb
Bldg., Tel. 228sO30
2n
C,ou¡se Advisers
B.Ec. Students
Mr. B. \Irorrall, Economics, Rm. Gã,
Napier Bldg, Tel.2?ß SS33
B.Conu Students¡
Mr. W. Remeljej, Commerce, 2nd. Floor,
Security House.
M.B.A. Students
Dr. T. Vilkinas,
Graduate School Mgt.,
3rd Floor, Security House,
Te[228 4651
Grad.Dip" Masterq Ph.D Studcnts:
Dr. C. Rogers, Economics, R¡n. 117,
Napier Bldg., Tel.228 575/.
Course Advisers
B.E Students
Mr. AR Downing Rm. 5126,
Engineering South Building.
Ph.D" M.EngSc, M.App.Sc. and
Dip.Comp.Sys Students
Dr. P.K Aprw'al, Chemical Engineering
Rm. 108, Engineering North Building. Tel: 28 4&7
Dr. W. Kaggwa, Civil Engineering Rm. Al(D,
Engineering Annexe. Tel: 28 55L0
Dr. B.R. Davis, Electrical and Electronic
Engineering, Rm. 5217, Engineering
South Building. Tel:228 5ffi7
Dr. J.M. Pickles, Mechanical Engineering
Rm. 5205, Engineering South Building.
Tel:.2?Å 5449
Course Adviser
Mr. H. M. Z Farouque, Rm.206,
L¡gertwood Bldg., Tel 228 5816
Mr. R Bullen, Rm. æ5,
Ligertwood Bldg., Tel. 228 5816
C.ourse Advisers
B.Sc.(Math.Sc) Students:
Dr. E C-ousins, Applied Mathematics, Rm.62,
Mathematics Bldg., Tel. 228 5261
Dip.Comp.Sc Students
Mr. B. Dryer, Computer Science, Rm. 3113,
Horace l¿mb BIdg., Tel. 228 4726

MEDICINE
Assistant Registrar
Mr. I. L Carman, Rm. G21,
Medical School, Nth. Wing,
Tel.22853%
PERtrORMINGARTS
Assistant Registrar
Dr. M-A- Collins, Rm.204,
Napier Bldg., Tel.228 sUS
SCIENCE
Assistant Registrar
Mrs. P. Dwyea Rm.5.18,
Oliphant Bldg., Tel. 228 5673
Dip.AppStats. Studcnts
Dr.,A" P. Verùyla, Statistics,
Rm. \üæ, Mathematics Bldg, Tel. üAS9O3
lnformation for Students
Course Advisers
Dr. R Barbour, Anatomy and Histolory,
Rm. 1.22, Medical School,Tel.2?ß 5479
Associate Professor D. B. Frewin, Clinical Pharmacolory,
Rm.552, Medical School, Tel. 2285L8l3
C.ourse Advisers
Dr. AtrL C.oaldrake, Rm.805,
Hughes Bldg., Tel.228 5823
Miss. B. Kimber, Rm. 1.(D, Elder
Conserr¿atorium of Music, Tel. ?.?Å 9/7
Mr. G. Moon, Rm. 814, Hughes Bldg., Tel. 228 5785
Mr. D. Shephard, Rm. G01, Elder Conserv¿torium
of Music, Tel.2285129
Infonnation on additional course advisers will be
available from the Faculty Office in January.
Course Advisers
For students s,-hose family name commences q¡ith
the letters:
A_E
Miss. J. Schroder, Anatomy and Histolory, Rm. 1,32,
Medical School North, Tel.228 5988
F_L
Dr. C. R læach, Genetics, Rm. Ll, Fisher Bldg.,
Tel 228 55@
M_R
Dr. Y. Bone, Geolory and Geophysics, Rm. 207,
Mawson Bldg., Tel. 2285379
yz
Dr. E. C. Mackenzie, Ph¡nics and Mathematical
Physics, Rm. 1154i Physics Bldg., TeL228 5556
7, Student identity card
All students enrolling in 1991 who have not previously had a student card produced will be
issued with one as part of the enrolment process after their fees have been paid.
The card includes the Etudent's photograph and student number and will be required when
using the Barr Smith Library the Union and Computing facilities. Students who already
possess a card will hàve it re-validated for 1991 after enrolling and palng thdir fees. This
identity card must be produced to obtain S.TA. travel concessions.
2L

lnformation for Students
RT.]LES AND PROCEDURES
8. Airls/Hepatitis B
The University has a policy regarding AIDS/HEPATruS B which states that all students,
staff and visitors are guaranteed the following prctection:
the right to confidentiality
a study or work environment free from discrimination and/or harassment
access to clearly defined grievance proceduras.
Information Officers are available for support and advice, The list of Information Offiærs
can be found at the University Heâlth SeMce, tbe C-ounselling Cent¡e and the Education/
Welfa¡e Offices.
9. Assessment procedures
Brief details of the assessment procedures for all subjects are giveli in the releunt
syllabuses. Precise details of the assessment methods should be determined no later than
two ì,eeks after the commencemetrt of the subject and will be available from the
department concerned. These will include the methods of examination and assessment in
that subject and the relative weights given to the va¡ious compotrents (e.g. such of the
following as arc relevant: assessments, semester or mid-year tests, essays or other wiltten
or practical work, final w¡itten examinations, uÍua voce examinations). In many subjects, but
not all, students are given an opportunity to redeem any assessed work that has been failed.
For information concerning Supplementary Examinations see section 28.
10. Change ofaddress or name
Change of address
Students who change their semester or home address should immediately notify the
Registrar, and each department in which they are studying of the change. Preferably they
should call in person at the Student Records Office fl-evel 7, southem end of Kenneth
rilifls Building] and complete the apprcpriate change of address form. It is impofant that
students ensur€ that the Un¡versity has an u¡>toJate address.
Change ofname
A student's name in the Universit¡r's records is the name given by the student on first
enrolling. Sometimes this name has to be reconciled ç,ith that on other documents such as
a birth certificate, S.SA.B.SA. -Íear 72 Certificâte of Achievement or other certificate of
educational qualification. This name must continue to be used unless and until it is changed
in a way acceptable to the University. [See below.]
Whether a student's name in the Universit¡/s records is to be changed is for the student to
decide, e.g a female student who marries may elect to leave her University reco¡ds under
her maiden name, or âsk that they be under her married name. They cannot be he¡d
concurrcntly under both names. A married woman may, where the Universit¡/s records
already contain both maiden and married names, r€vef to use her maiden name by simply
writing and ¡equesting the change.
Howeveq in the inte¡ests of the student, the University;will change a student's name in its
records only if documentary evidence, satisfactory to the University, of the change of name
is submitted. This evidence may be one of the following:
(a) marriage cefificate, birth certificate or passport;
(b) deed poll, executed through a solicitor or notâry public;
(c) certificate of change of name, issued by the Princþl Registry Office of the Births,
Deaths and Marriages Registration Division. This is a simple procedure and may be
completed by calling at the B¡rths, Deaths and Marriage Registration Division, Department
of Public and C-onsumer Affairs, 59 King William Street, Adelaide 5()00.
A student wishing to have his or her name changed in the Universit¡r's records should
obtain from the Student Records Office, and complete, a "Change of Personal Details"
22

lnformation for Students
form; attach the appropriate documentary widence (original or photocopy); and lodge with
tlie Student Records Office. An original document will be returned.
ll. Class attendance
Departments vary in the emphasis that they place on attendance at class€s; and students
who may wish to know a department's attitude in this regard are advised to check with the
department at the beginning of the year.
Some depa.rtments do not insist on attendance at lectut€s; but virtually all require
attendance at tutorials, laboratory or other practical work, field work and so on.
Students who are not permitted to sit an examination for assqssment in a subject because
of unsatisfactory attendance or unsatisfactorywork will be regarded as having failed.
12. Course overloads
Students wäo contemplate undefaking more than a normal course load must obta¡n
approrral of thei¡ course from a Course Adviser.
If a student is enrolled in two faculties, approval of one adviser f¡om each faculty is
requircd.
If the extra subject(s) are not included in the schedules of their courses, students may be
charged non-award tuition fees.
Students should be awa¡e of the full impl¡cations of their choice to take a course overload
and they may also wish to discuss the question $,ith one of the staff frorn the Student
Services area. (,See sections 37 and 43.)
13. Enrolments
Particulars of the procedures for enrolment may be found in the Student Cuide (which
includes instructions for enrolment) available in December. Students who are unable to be
in Adelaide during the enrolment period may authorise another person to enrol on their
behalf. Horvever, students are strongly advised to lodge their enrolments in persorl
Arnendmentq withdrawal from course, outstanding obligations
Students who have lodged an enrolment form will have their en¡olment reco¡ded in the
Universit/s official records in accordance with the information they have provided on that
form. Re-enrolling students who owe fees or charges or have Library commitments are not
perm¡tted to re-enrol until the outstanding obligations have been satisfied. Students
wishing to add, withdraw from, or alter subjects, or options, need to obtain an
"Amendment to Enrolment" form from their Course Adviser, Assistant Registraf or from
the Student Records Office. The form mùst then be completed, apprcved by the
appropriate Cou¡se Adviser, and retumed to the Registrar. Where a change is effective
from 31 March or earlier, the original entry will be deleted from the Universit¡/s official
record,
Once studenb have enrolled, the University continues to regad them as students, subject
to the statutqs, regulations, rules and lawful directions of the Un¡\rersity, until such time as
they not¡fy the Registrar on an ¡'Amendment to Enrolment" form that they wish to
withdraw. [It is NOT sufficient for them merely to tell their lecturer.]
For each subject, depending on the period overwhich it ¡s taught, a date is prescribed after
which any withdrawals will be regarded as a failure. The reler¡ant dates are:
23

lnformation for Students
Period wer whieh
aúject is tauglu
Full academic year
- Semester I
- Semester lI
Semester I
Semester II
Lan day forwitfuattal in 191
lor
os afailwe üabîAry
tIæ wiihdrawal noa to couil trt avoid HDCS
the end of the fourth
week of second semester,
the end of the ninth teaching
week of the semester (excluding
the mid-semester break)
31 March
31 August
3l March
31 August
Under the Higher Education Contribution Sche¡ne the Higlrer E

lnformation for Students
Further information can be obtained from the F4ual Opportunity Officer in the Office of
the Registrar.
16. Examinations
Most Examinations are held in June, July and November (see 4. Principal dates).
Timetables indicating datei, times and locations of examinations are postcd on the
noticeboard in the unde¡croft of the Napier Building.
Students should carefully read the section entitled "Rules for Conduct of Examinations"
towards the end of this Volume (see Contents).
All students a¡e notified by post of their rqsults in the subjects fo¡ which they enrol.
Special arrangenrents
When a student's performance in an examination could be affected by a physical condition
of a permanent or temporary nature or for any other reason such as language difficulty the
student should consult the Examinations Officer as early as possible.
Students who, because of religious beliefs are ùnable to sit examinations on celain dals (or
at particular times) should also contact the Examinations Officer as early as possible.
17. Graduation/Commemoration Ceremonies
Degrees a¡e conferred and diplomas granted at the Annual Commemoration Ceremonies
(graduation ceremonies) which are usually held during first semester. In 1991 ceremonies
will be conducted as follows:
First Ceremony Foulh Ceremony
2.30 p.m. Monday 29 Apfl 2.30 p.m. Thursday 2 May
A¡s - Surnames A-K A¡s - Surnames LZ
Second C-eremony Fifth Ceremony
2.3O p.m. Tuesday 30 April 2.30 p.m. Friday 3 May
Architecture and Planning Engineering
Dentistry l¿w
Economics and Comme¡ce Music
Third Ceremon¡r Sixth Ceremony
2.30 p.m. Wednesday I May 2.30 p.m. Monday 6 May
Agricultural Science Science
Mathematical Sciences
Medicine
C-ommemoration ceremonies are also held at August and November meetings of the
University Council. These ceremonies are intended for candidates who satisfy the academic
and other requirements at least four weeks prior to the ceremony concerned.
Students who are completing their last subjects for a degree or diploma rhis year and wish
to graduate in the following April/May must obtain an application form f¡om the Student
Records Office, lævel 7, Wills, Building in September. The completed form should be
returned as soon as possible and preferably before the end of October. Candidates for
higher degrees by research will be notified by the Registrar when they have been
recommended for the award of their degrees and application forms will be sent to them for
completíon and immediate return.
At the graduation ceremony candidates attending for admission in person must wear the
appropriate academic d¡ess. Each candidate for a degreefdiploma ¡s p¡esented by the Dean
of the Faculty concerned to the Chancellor in order to be officially admitted to that award.
Candidates are handed their cefificates as they return to their seats.
'Ilte in absentia candidates are formally admitted to their degrees/diplomas by the
Chancellor at the sâme ceremony as the candidates who are personally presented.
Each candidate for admission in person will be given tickets to enable three guests to
attend the ceremony.
Details of the procedures for admission to degrees/diplomas, including hire or purchase of
25

lnformation for Students
academic dress, are given on a "tear¡ff' sheet attached to the degrce or diploma
application form. Further details concerning the ceremony arc sent to candidates in March.
18. Handicapped students
The University is committed to cater for the special needs of students with temporary or
pemanent handicaps, or with other special cir,cumstances. Special arrangements may be
made wherever possible to assist them in their studies or with their examinations. Some
ramps for wheel-chairs arc provided and parking places are rese¡ved for disabled students
who arc able to drive and need a car.
Students who believe that they may require special arrangements for study, or that their
disability may be an impairment to a consequential cår€er, ar€ strongly advised before
applying for admission to consult the Student Counselling Service or a doctor at the
University Health Service.
The University has in the past been able to help students with many disabilities which
include sight and or hearing impairment, dyslexia and physical disabilities, some of whom
are in wheelchain.
Handicapped students who have problems are invited to see the University Liaison Oflicer
for Handicapped Students, Mr. Peter Turnbull, Room 431, Wills Building, Tel. 2?ß 5220.
The Union has an Equal Access Scheme to offe¡ financial support to students with
prolonged or severe disability. Please contact the Education and Welfare Officers for
further information (Tel. 228 59lS or 2?ß 543O).
19. Health Counselling
All full-time students attending the University for the first time are requested to report to
the University Health Service to discuss their health. The opportunity for personal health
screening is available during this attendance. It is strongly recommended that all students
make use of this facility as part of their learning experience. See section 43 Health Services
for further details.
20. Hepatitis B/Immunisation
The Faculty of Dentistry requires that all undergraduate and post-graduate students
enter¡ng the Faculty for the first time should attend the University Health Service at the
beginning of their first term for advice regarding investigation of thei¡ Hepatitis B status
and to be counselled,
All medical students are strongly advised by the Faculty of Medicine that in the¡r first
clinical yearusually third year=hey seek advice f¡om the University Health Service
regarding their Hepatitis B status.
All clinical students are required to abide by those hygiene n¡les laid down by the Clinics
and Hospitals at which they attend.
2I. Repeating students: appl¡cations for exemption from attendance at
lecturres, tutorials or practical work
Students who arc repeating subjects, particularly a laboratory subject, in which they have
failed may be eligible to be granted exemption from lectures (if they are compulsory),
tutorials or seminars, practical work and examinations (pnctical or written). Preliminary
enquiries should be addressed to the depatment concemed and/or the Faculty Assistant
Registrar.
22. Review of academic progress (Clause 4C)*
Under the provisions of Clause 4C of Chapter XXV of the Statutes students whcse
academic progress is considered to be unsatisfactory may be precluded from taking further
studies in the course for which they are enrolled; or further enrolment in that course may
not be permitted for one academic year; or they may be permitted to ¡e-€nrol, but with a
restricted cou¡se.
'The Faollics of Ans, Malhematie¡ ScieD6 dd Sci.nc will Dor implemcor lhc pEirioN olclaw ¡lC i¡ 1990.
2ß

The general policy of the C-ouncil, and the htetrtion of the Facultics, is as fo[oc:
lnformation lor,$¡r¡69¡¡9
1. V/here stùdents have been unable to make adequate prcgr€ss with their studies the
Faculty concerned ma¡ in the students' .orm intelest, eitåer
(a) limit or prcscribe the subjects they may undertate in the following yeÂ1, oì.
(b) ask them to give good rtasons for being permitted to efiol in thè next ensuing
academic ¡aar,
(c) ask them to show good cause why they should riot be precluded from all further studies
in thei¡ cpurse.
(d) No student will be precluded from further studies in a course after only one ,æar of
study.
2. Students wtose academic progress is under re¡¡iewwill be asked to give in writing reåsons
for thei¡ poor academic performance. It may be ne,cess¡rry for some students to submit
medical certificates or rerrcal certain pe.rsonal matters. Any information they supply will, in
the first instance, be considered only by a small sub-committee_ of the Faculty concerned.
These cases are not considered in open Faculty unless thefe arc particular ¡easons for
doing so. Befo¡e making submissions, students are given an opportunity to discuss their
position with their Dean or Course Adviser, or othe¡ appropriate õffice¡ of the Universi¡y.
such as their Assistant Registrar, whose location may be found by consulting section ó
above.
3. If, in the light of the itrfoimation supplied, the Faculty ¡ecommends that particular
students be required to defer their enrolment or be precluded, they are informed of the
decision by letter and given a further opportunity to bring before the University any
information which was not ar¡ailable wlren the Faculty considered their case. Recommendations
from the Faculties are considered by a Standing Committee of the Cluncil, which
reports to the Council. After taking into consideration all the erridence, the-C-oú¡cil may
conlirm, var¡r or refer back to the Faculty the recommendatidn it has made.
4. It will be seen that students wùose plogress is under ¡eview have ample opportunity to
bring to the attention of thei¡ Faculty and the C-ouncìl any information which they belieræ
to be relevant to their poor academic performance. Each case is looked at individually, and
is given full and careful consideration before any actioir is taken.
Further information may be found in a leaflet obtainable from the Ass¡stant RegiStrar of
the Faculty in which they are en¡olled.
23. Rules
The attent¡on of all students is d¡awn to the folloq,ing Rules which arc printed towards the
end of this volume. (See C-ontents.)
Rules for the Univenity Library.
Rules for the Waite Agricultural Research Institute Library.
I^aboratory Rules and Rules applicable to Students on University Prcmises.
Rules for Students using the Economics Faculty Computers.
Rules for Students using the Napier Birks Room.
Rules of the C-omputing Annexes.
Rules for the Conduct of Examinations.
Rules relating to Matriculation.
Rules relating to the Statutory Fee.
24. Scholarships and prizes
The scholarships and prizes available for study at the Unirænity of Adelaide are described
in detail in Volume I of the Calendar. Information on scholarshþ is obtainable from the
Scholarships Oflicer, l*vel 6, Hughes Building (lel: 22856n). Students should also
regularly consult the scholarships noticeboard on lævel 4, Hughes Building and the
University's weekly newsletter "Dia4y'' for the latest information on scholarships.
n

I nformation for Students
25. Sexual harassment
The University is committed to p¡omoting an envi¡onment within the Unive¡sity which is
free from sexual harassment.
The policy and procedures conceming sexual ha¡assment are fully s€t out in section 15.2 of
the Administrative Handbook; copies of which may be consulted in the Office of the
Registmr or at Departmental offices.
These rules have been established to deal with complaints by students and staff against
other members of the University community. A standing committee comprising five people
has been appointed to investigate and resolve such complaints. Trained contact persons can
also ¡eceive complaints and advise the compla¡nants. A list of contact officex, the
membership of the Sexual Harassment Committee and a pamphlet outlining sexual
ha¡assment grievance procedures is available f¡om the Equal Opportunity Officer, the
Studen ts' Association, and Department offices.
26. Status for previous studies
Students seeking credit for u/ork completed at either this University or another tefiary
institution should obtain an "Application for Status" form f¡om the Assistant Registrar of
the Faculty in which they are enrolled. The completed form should be lodged as early as
possible.
An application forstatus on the grounds of work completed at another lefiary institution
will only be considered if accompanied by a certified copy of the applicant's complete
academic record and copies of the syllabuses of the relevant subjects and details of the
structure of the course previously studied (from Handbook/Calendar).
27. Student records
The Student Records Office is situated on level 7 of the Kenneth Wills Building. Entry
should be made eitlrer by the door on the Westem Drive (next to the Art Gallery) or by the
door facing east towards the top of the waterfall in the Wills Court, and then walk up the
stairs to level 7.
The University maintains a record of information associated with each student's course of
study. The record is confined to academic matters and includes such details as entolments,
examination results, status and award of prizes.
Ary student, past or present, of the University may apply at any t¡me for a statement of
academic record. Information about the statements and the fees applicable may be
obtained on ¡equest to the Student Records Office.
All information supplied by a student for University purposes, and all details of academic
record, are regarded as confidential. Accordingly, in general a statement of a person's
academic ¡ecord is issued only on the request, or with the consent of the person concerned,
An exception to this ¡s in the case of requests from admission centres and othe¡ tertiary
educational bodies. The academic reco¡d and student correspondence file may on request
and under supewision of the Student Records Officer be inspected by the student
concerned.
28. Supplementaq/examinations
Supplementary examinations may be granted on the following grounds: medical, compassionate
or academic.
A student who is prevented by illness, or by circumstances beyond his or her control, from
attending an examination, or a student who believes that illness or special circumstances
have significantly affected his or he¡ preparation for, or performance at, an examination
may apply for a supplementary examination on medical or compassionate grounds.
The principal supplementary examination period is in January. However, supplementary
examinations for some Semester I subjects are held in the last two week of the mid-year
vacation in July, and for some Semester II and full-year subjects in December. Where the
approved assessment procedures for a subject include supplementary examinations in July
28

lnformation lor Stud ents
or December, departmens will notify students of the offer, date, time and venue of the
supplementary examination by placing not¡ces on the Napier Undercroft notice-boards
andfor by contacting students direct. Students will need to apply directly to eâch
department concerned with appropriate supporting evidence if they seek suPPlementary
examinations in July or December on medical or compassionate grounds'
To be considered for the award of a January supplementary examination on medical or
compassionate grounds, a student must lodge an application with the Registrar or \Ä'ith the
Assistant Registrar of the Faculty in which he o¡ she is enrolled úthin seven days of the
date of the examination. Supplementary examinations on medical or compassionate
grounds may be awarded to a student who has passed in order to uPgrade that lesult excePt
in the B.D.S. Tbere is a special form for applications for supplementary examinations on
medical grounds; students appllng for a supplementary examination on compassionate
grounds should set out the ci¡cumstances in a letter.
It is not necessary to apply for a supplementary examination on academic grounds. All
students who have failed or gained a Division 2 Pass in a subject will be considered for a
supplementary examination on academic grounds.
Students granted supplementary examinations in January will be notified at the same time
as they are notified by mail in December of their official final results in each subject in
which they are enrolled.
Further information may be obtained from the Assistant Registrar of the Faculty in which
they are enrolled.
January supplementary examinations are conducted in Adelaide and students Planning to
go awayon holidays during the longvacation are advised to tâke this into account. Student
Travel Australia (Union House) provides insurance coverage for students internrpting
travel in order to retum to Adelaide to sit supplementary examinations.
Examinations will not be arranged elsewhere or at special times for students who may be
travelling, or on holiday, or in lemporary employment, away from Adelaide or who are
absent from Adelaide for reasons not connected with their course of study.
Students who become ill during the year or whose studies may have becn adversely
affected by unfortunate traumatic events are strongly advised to consult the University
Health Service and/or the Counselling Service at the earliest possible opportuniÇ.
29. Tape recording lectures
The University's policy is as follows:
"In general, permission for students to use a tape-recorder at University lectures will not
be granted. In special cases however such permission may be given, but only
(a) if both the lecturer concerned, and the relevant Head/Chairman of Department,
approve; and
(b) if the student gives a written undertaking that the recording;
(i) will be for his or he¡ own exclusive use, and will not be played to any other pe¡son;
and
(ii) will be destroyed as soon as possible after it has served ¡ts Purpos€."
Students who feel that in their case there are good reasons why they should be permitted to
use a tape-recorder at lectures are advised to consult, in the first instance, the approPriate
Cbairman of Department. If medical considerations are involved they would also hnd it
helpful to consult the University Health Sewice; and in other cases, the University's
Student Counselling Service.
30. Timetables
Details of subject timetables for 1991 are printed towards the end of this Volume (see
Contents). Paficulars of timetables for subjects offered in [aw, may be obtained from the
[¡w School Office after enrolments are completed. Similarl¡ the timetable for the
Bachelor of Dentat Surgery (B.D.S.) course will be ar¡ailable from the Dentistry Faculty
2.)

lnformation for Sludents
Office and the Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (M.8., B.S.) fron the
Medical Faculty office after the oompletion 'of enrolments.
31. IÞansfening to anotùer undergraduatr course
Ïhe attêntion'of orery student is d¡awn to the fottowing:
(a) that in each degree and dþtoma coursc there is a quota on the numbe¡ of new
admissions in any yea¡
which he/she has not prcviously been
on the prescribed date (for l99l; ??
f¡om the South Australia Tertiary
or from the Universit¡rs Admisions
e student in any course may in addition
t necessarily being selected for entry to
ffiiffii#,Ë,""iÍ":i;Tåä
students wishing to study I¡w should obtain the leallet Lgw - Graduates and studenls
rrho havc compleúed some universit¡r studies from the Admissions Officer or the Assistant
Registrar in the Faculty of l-aw'
STT]DENT SERVICES
32. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Students
An Aboriginal Uaison Officer assists Aboriginal and Torres St¡ait Islander students. An
enclave has been establ¡shed to provide support and a social rænue, and all Aboriginal and
Tor¡es stra¡t Islander students are encouraged to contact the Liaison officei for any
assistance they may require. The Aboriginal Liaison officer is located in Room 324 on
Ler¡el 3 of the Hughes Building.
33. Access and Equity Programmes
34. Accommodation
creasing its intake of students from under reprcsented
Scheme and the Fainray Scheme a¡e part of the
is end. Mr. Gary Martin, who is located in Room 432,
e to provide advice and support to students admitted
Residential Colleges
The¡e a th the University. Aquinas, Lincoln, St. Ann's
and St. uate students, both men and women, and
IGthlee ma$re age students. Each of the four
undergraduate colleges provides sin
week, recreational and sporting
computing facilities, music practice
some additional tuition especially
tutors and the students' clubs encourage Ðortin& dramatic and social activitiês. For
particulârs of admission application should be made ãi¡ect to:
The Rector, Aquinas College, l Palmer Place, North Adelaide, Sr{. 5006.
The Principal, Lincoln College,45 Brougham Place, North Adelaide, SrA- 5{Xb
The Master, Kathleen Lumley C.ollege,51 Finniss Street, North Adelaide, Sá. 5006
The Princþ|, St. Ann's College, 187 Brougham Place, North Adelaide, S.A. 5006
The Master, St. Mark's College, 116 Pennington Terrace, North Adelaide, S.A.5006
30

Non-Collegiate Housing
lnformation for Students
A total of 59 rooms are available at cheap rents for students of the University having
difficulty in finding suitable ¡ental accommodation. 32 rooms are available in some 8
houses owned by the University in North Adelaide. The remainde¡ of the rooms are in
houses/units leased by the University in nearby suburbs.
There are bet¡reen two to six students per house/unit, each with their own room and
shared facilities. The rents fo¡ 1991 will be in the vicinity of $38 per week. This rent
includes all power, a refrigerator-application forms are arailable from the Union
Education and Welfare Officers or the Secretary of the Non-Collegiate Housing Board.
Preference is given to undergraduate students from country regions and to those on low
incomes. All in need however, are urged to apply for assistance through the Sccrctary/
Administrator, Non-Collegiate Housing Board, Room 431, Wills Building (1e1.22ß 5220).
Rent Relief
Australian students spending in excess of40 per cent of their income in rent are eligible to
apply for rental assistance from the State Government by contacting officers at the S.A.
Housing Trust, First Floor, 45 rùr'akelield Street, Adelaide (fel.232 2533). Thcrc is a
qualifying period to become a ¡esident in South Australia.
Overseas Students
In view of cur¡ent living costs in South Australia (October, 190), single overseas students
are advised to allow at lcast $Aust. 130-160 per week to meet the cost of boa¡d and lodging,
clothing and daily travel. For further information concerning overseas students see scction
5 on fees and charges.
3s. ABSTUDY/AUSTUDY
The C-ommonwealth Government's Abstudy/Austudy Schemes provides means-tested
living allowance to students undertaking a full-time course.
All students, regardless of parental income are encouraged to apply, because of the
difficulty in giving a simple definition of eligibility for ABSTUDY/AUSTUDY assistance.
Further, information nray be obtained from the Comntonwealth Department of F/ucation,
Da Costa Building, 68 Grentell Street, Adelaide,5000. (Iel. 2U61ll, or Country Students
(008) 11 2338).
Studetìts intending to apply for Austudy should check that they have enrolled in a balance
of courses which gives them 9 POINTS in each semester. You will not be eligible for
Austudy in any senrester where you do not have at least 9 po¡nts.
The Education and Welfare Officers are also available to assist with applications or appeals
to thc Student Assistance Review Tribunal (S.A.R.T.). (Iel. 2æ 5915 )
36. Barr Smith Library
The Barr Snrith Library exists to serve the teaching and research needs ol the students and
staff of the University of Adelaide. Every student enrolling for a course at the University is
issued with a Student LD. Card which serves also as a Barr Smith Library C-ard. University
of Adelaide stalf nlembers may obtaìn a Library Card from the Membership Desk, on
l,evel 3 of the Library. External nrembership of the Library is arailable to graduates of an
approved institution on payment of an annual external membership fee. Further details
concerning membership and borrowing from the Barr Smith Library are given in the Rules
the tJniversity Library towards the end of this volume. (See Contents).
lor
The Library has around 1.4 million volumes and currently receives some 14,000 journal
titles. There are study spaces in the Library building for 1,200 readers.
A comprehensive range of library services is available to the University of Adelaide
community, including photocoplng machines, microcomputers, reference and information
services and a Reserve (hìgh-use).Collection.
Newly enrolled students are introduced to thc BaÍ Smith Library on guided tours during
31

lnformation for Students
Orientation \lfeet at the beginning of the ¡æar, when they arc giræn an lnformatio¡ Kit
containing individual guides to the Libraqrs serviccs and ¡csourccs. Copies of the Library
guides ale frcely available at the Information Desk near the entrancc to the BarÎ Smith
Library.
More detailed infomration on making effectiræ use of the Ubraryls -resoutses is giwn at
seminars cþnducted by the Subje.ct Librarians or by worting thrcug[ the Lihrøy Skilk
Wo¡I¡book wâich is a self-¡fftn¡ctional guide to the Barr furith Library. The Subject
Lib¡arians are professional libraria¡s who a¡e ar¡ailable to answer general enquiries at the
Information Desk and who plovide a specialised ioformation seruice cor¡ering all subjecb
taught at the Unirærsity of Adelaide.
Hours ofopening
Dwingthe øcademicyar:
Bot Smithlibrøy
Monday-Thursday
Friday
Satù¡daf Sunday
Law Library
As above, except
Saturday 10.00 a.m.-S.(np.m.
'Thc Bar SmithLibrary ß openfor srudy only u 8.d) a.m.
During the summer vacation (both librøics):
Monday-Friday
except Wednesday
9.00 a.m.-5.ü) p.m.
9.ü) a.m.-10.ü)p.m.
Both libraries a¡e closed wer Eaçtø and on all Public Holidap.
37. Carcers and Counselling Centre
The Ca¡eers and Counselling C-entre is located on the loc/er ground lerrel of the Horace
I-amb Building.
Careers and Employment Scrvice
The Care¡rs and Employment Service provides information on ca¡aels, and all students
haræ the opportunity to discuss caree¡s open to them.
For fioal-1æar students assistance is giræn in finding emptoyment. Interviews are arranged
on campus with potential employers; info¡nation on employers and job-seeking techniques
is distributed and information on postgraduate \¡ocåtional courses is avaitable.
A c¿¡eer necrletter "Options" is sent to studetrts, discussing tqlics as they affect particular
faculties, and an annual survey of the first destination of graduates is carried out. C-areeñ¡
literature and emplo¡ær leaflets are arrailable in the Office.
Counselling Service
The Counselling Sen¡ice aims to assist students with problems and uncertaintics, theæby
enabling them to gain the maximum benefit from university life.
Students arc offcred ¡ssistancc with pcrsonal difhculties or @ncerns, study problems, and
mursc and ca¡eer decisions. Interviews may be arranged by telephon¡ng or by calling at the
Counselling Sen¡ice. Both male and female counsellors arc available, generally at short
notice from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Where nocessary out of hours a¡ryointments may bc arranged.
Tþvo tutors are ay¿ilable by appointment to assist students in writing cssa5n, assignments
and theses and in other aqrccb of both orâl and written crq¡ession. Ass¡stancc with various
aspects of study and lcarning skills is offe¡ed. For fufher details a pamphlet can be
obtaincd from the rcceptionist at the senice. Te1.2285f63.
38. Centne for Ph¡sical Health
I-ocated next to the Partlands at 127 Mackinnon Parade, Nofh Adelaide, the Oentre aims
to foster Ph¡'sical Hea¡th and Fltness within the Unirærsity C-ommunity. To this airn"
32
9.00 a.m.r-10.ü) p.m.
9.ü) a.m.'6.ü)p.m.
1.30 p.m.-5.30 p.m.
T
ti

lnformation for Students
53. The Union
The Union and the bodies associated with it provide opportunitÞs for all students at the
University to participate in an erçanded commìnity life.
Funds collected thrcugh the statutory Fee enable the union to provide a wide range of
welfare, catering entertai.oment, information, accommodation and employment senices.
Tìe Union also provides annual grants to associated groups, i.e., The Sports Association,
Students' Association, Clubs and Societies Association and Post-Graduate Students'
Association. It is within these organisations that most students find a social environment
which makes university life morc enjoyable and meaningful.
The Union now has an Equal Access Sche¡ne which has been set up to giræ grants to
students in severc financial difficulty. The Education and Welfare Officer can be contacted
for f urther information (f eL ?.?ß 5915 or 228 94fi).
54. Tfavel concessions
Travel concession stickers arc given to full-time students (i.e. those doing over 75vo) on the
completion of enrôlment and payment of the statutory fee. The sticker is attached to the
student catd.
The State Tnnsport Authority (S.Tá.) no longer issues separate Travel Concession Cards
to University Students.
Full-time Student Identity cards will need to be produced to demonstrate eligibility when
reguested by S'T.{, officials.
Raihra¡a of Australia (RoA.) card (photograph needed) entitles the srudent to a 50vo
reduction on rail fares throughout Australia. Enquiries at the Clsh¡ers OfÏice.
Students under the age of ?ß years can obtain a concession card þhotograph needed) from
Ansett Airlines and Aust¡alian Airlines which entitles them to a 25Vo reducaion on airfares
in Australia.
Further information conceming the lnternational Student Identity Card is ar¡ailable from
Student Travel Australia, l-evel 4, Union House.
55. Welfare and Education Service
Welfare Scrvices
The &lucation and welfare officers, who are located on the ground floor of the l-ady
Symon Building, are available to advise students concerning welfare resources otr campus,
financial matters (including assistance to students seeking work and eligibte for unemployment
Benefits), housing, personal support and academic matters.
The Officers act on behâlf of students seeking representation clncerning academic and
administrative matters and appeals as well as advising or referring on matters for
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islande¡ students, disabled students, overrre¡rs students and
student-Pafents.
Education Services
Both Educ?tion and Welfare Officers have a responsibility to assist students in their roles
on facul$l and dePartmental committees or as student repfesentat¡ves on committees of the
University.
They arc ay¿ilable to âssist the students' Association or goups of students in making
submissions within the university, to state, Federal Governments or to Education bodies
on matters of relevance to students both of an academic or non-academic nature. such
issues could include: assessment procedures; cou¡ses, their mntent, accreditation and workloads
(e.9. over assessment); graduate (un)employment; q¡ithdrawal rates; housing issues
relevant to overseas students; adequacy of ABSTUDY/AUSTUDY or other income
support; issues relevant to the position and status of women in higher education including
child care.
37

FACULTY OF ARCHITECTT]RE AND
PLANNING
REGUI"ATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLI"ABUSES
Bachelor of Architectural S tudies (B Arch.St.)
Regulations .....
Schedules.
Syllabuses........
Bachelor of Architecture (BArch.)
Regulations
Schedules...
Syllabuses........ 7l
Master of
Regulations
A¡chitecture (MÁrch.)
Master of Architectural Studies (MArch.St.)
Regulations..... 81
Master of Building Science (M.Bldg.Sc.)
Regulations .....
Master of Planning (M.Plan.)
Regulations.....
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Regulations and Schedules: under "Board of
Studies"-¿e Contents.
4
42
48
65
67
83
39
-Tl
ÞoF
=oTI
Þ
c) =t
-J-
o -{
g
=rrt
-t
rrt
z,
E'
T
l-
Þ
=z,
=c)

Architecture & Planning
DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES
REGUI"ATIONS
L. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of A¡chitectural Studies.
A candidate may obtain either degree or both.
2. The C.ouncil, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time prescribe
schedules defining:
(a) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(b) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be passed
by candidates.-
3. The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the department or
departments concerned and approved by the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Rlucation Committee. The Head of the department or departments may approve minor
changes to any previously approved syllabus or syllabuses.
4. Except by the permission of the Faculty, a candidate shall not en¡ol in any subject for
which the prerequisite studies as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject have not been
satisfactorily completed.
5. A candidate shall not be eligible to attend for examination unless the prescribed work
has been completed to the satisfaction of the Head of the Depafment concerned.
6. In determining a candidate's final result in a subject (or part of a subject) the examiners
may take into account oral, written, practical and examination work, provided that the
candidate has been given adequate notice at the commencement of the teaching of the
subject of the way in which work will be taken into account and of its relative importance in
the final result.
7. There shall be three classifications of pass in the final assessment of any subject for the
Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, Pass. If the Pass
classiFrcation be in two divisions a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the
sllabuses as a prerequisite for admission to further studies in that subject or to other
subjects. There shall also be a classification of Conceded Pass. A candidate maypresent for
the Ordinary degree only a limited number of subjects for which a Conceded Pass has been
obtained, as specihed in the relevant schedule made under these regulations.
8. There shall be three classifications of Pass in the Frnal assessment of the subject for the
Honours degree as follows: First Class, Second Class and Third Class. The Second Class
classification shall be dMded into two divisions as follows: Division A and Division B.
9. A candidate $,ill be permitted to take a supplementary examination in a subject only in
ci¡cumstances approved by the department administering such subject and consistent with
any expressed Council policy.
10. A candidate who fails a subject orwho obtains a lower division pass and who desires to
take that subject again shall, unless exempted wholly or partially therefrom by the Head of
the Department concerned, again complete the required work in that subject to the
satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
11. If a candidate is unable to complete the course for the Honours degree within the time
allowed, or if the candidate's work is unsatisfactory at any stage of the course, or if the
candiðate withdraws from the course such fact shall be reported to the Faculty. The Faculty
may permit the candidate to re+nrol for an Honours degree under such conditions (if any)
as it may determine.
12. No candidate will be permitted to count for the degree any subject, together with any
other subject, which, in the opinion of the Faculty, contains a substantial amount of the
40

Architecture & Planning
same material; and no subject or pofion of subject may be counted twice towards the
degree.
13. A candidate who has twice failed the examination in any elective subject for the
Ordinary degree may not enrol for that subject again or for any other elective subject which
in the opinion of the Facult¡r contains a substantial amount of the same material, except by
special permission of the Faculty and then only under such conditions as Faculty may
prescribe.
14' (a) A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties of the Univeßity or in other
educational institutions, may on written application to the Registrar be granted such
exemption from the requirements of the schedules made under these regulations as the
Faculty may determine.
(b) A graduate of the University or of another educational institution who wishes to
proceed to the degree of Bachelo¡ of A¡chitectural Studies:
(i) shall Present a range of subjects which fulfils in all respects the requirements of the
schedules;
(ii) shall not be granted status in or exemption from any Level III subject prescribed in
the schedules, or in any Honours subject.
15. If in any year/semester the student enrolment for a particular subject offered by the
Faculty is less than the minimum specified by the Faculty, that subject may not be offeied.
16. All previous regulations concerning the degree of Bachelor of Architectural Studies a¡e
hereby repealed, provided that a candidate who has completed subjects under the repealed
regulations shall have status in equivalent subjects under schedules made under these
fegulat¡ons.
Regulst¡oE allwcd 31 Jaoury, 1980.
AneDded: 4 Feb. 1982 6, l*. U Fù. f9æ: 3, 17 Je. 1985: 7, 14.
RcgulåtioE rcpcaled, subs¡itutcd aDd ellqcd 20 July, 1989.
41

Architecture & Planning
DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 2)
NOTE: SyllabN6 of sùbjec{s for the deg¡ee of B,A,rch.St. are pùblished belw, imediately after these schedules. For
sylabNs of subjecls lâught for other degrees and diploDæ see the table ofsubjects at the cDd of the volume.
Notwithstatrding thc Scbedul6 aûd SyllabEes pùblished in this volùDe, lhe aEilability of sme of the elective subjects
listed i¡ thc ouñ leadi¡g to the degree of Bachelor of Ä¡chitectuEl Studies will be onditioml uFÐn the aEilòility of
staffa¡d facilities.
SCHEDULE I: THE ORDINARY DEGREE
L. Course of Study
(a) The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three years of full{ime
study or the equivalent. Students shall pass subjects to the'¿alue of at least 24 points at
each of the three levels. The point values of the subjects are contained in Schedule II and
the syllabuses.
(b) To qualify for the O¡dinary degree a candidate shall pass subjects from Schedule II to
the value of at least 72 points, as follows:
Compukory Subjecs
833 Building Studies lA
79?9 Building Studies IB
8897 Design Studies IA
27L3 Design Studies IB
6344 Design Studies IIA
7090 Design Studies IIB
9423 Building Studies IIS
5020 Design and Building Studies IIIA
2920 Building and Development
Economics lll or 674 Human
Environment Studies III
6229 Desigtt and Building Studies IIIB
Elective subjects
(i) Subjects f¡om Schedule II to the value of at least 12 points at lævel I other than the
compulsory subjects listed above, at least six points ofwhich must be other than an
A¡chi tectural Studies subject, and
(ii) Subjects to the value of at least 12 points each at Level II and Iævel III other than
the compulsory subjects listed above.
(c) Candidates must en¡òl in either 8334 Building Studies IA or 7979 Building Studies IB or
8897 Design Studles IA or 2713 Design Studies IB in the first year of enrolme¡t.
(d) Courses of study must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Architecture and
Planning (or nominee) at enrolment each year.
2. Conceded Passes
A candidate may count to\¡/ard the degree subjects at lævel II or I-evel III with a grade of
Conceded Pasg provided that such subjects are not worth more than three points each and
that the total value of subjects with Conceded Passes which may be counted toward the
degree shall not exceed six points.+
' Cooæded Pass are nol awrded i¡ tbæ subjccls listed in Schedule ll under the heading AJchitec-tuFl Studies
subjectr.
42

3. Unacceptable Combinations of Subjecut.
No candidate may present for the degree any of the following combinations of subjects:
5468 Art History and Theories IA and 1530 Computer Methods in
9888 Art History and Theories IIA A¡chitecture II and 31¿E
8361 Art History and Theories IB and
9853 A¡t History and Theories IIB
3?00 Asian Architectu¡e I and
5094 Asian Architecture II
2006 Australian Architecture I and
2891 Australian Architecture II
8807 Australian Planning II and
9303 Australian Planning III
1098 Building Science II and2l5l
Building Science IIIS
1.530 C.omputer-Aided Design II and
3148 Computer-Aided Design IIIS
1530 C-omputer Methods in
Architectu¡e II and 8814
3148 C-omputer-Aided Design IIIS
First-year subjects
First-year half-subjects
Second-year subjects
Second-year half-subjects
Third-year subjects
Third-year half-subjects
C.omputer Methods in
A¡chitecture IIIS
8651 tandscape Design Studies II and
9L49 I-andscape Design Studies III
3073 Modernity in Architecture II and
2726 Modemity in Architecture III
'7774 Planning Processes in Urban and
landscape Design II and
9?67 Planning Processes in Urban
and I-andscape Design III
Urban Design Studies II and
9295 Uftan Design Studies III
Architecture & Planning
or any other unacceptable combination of subjects, details of which are available from the
Assistant Registrar of the Facultlr involved.
4. Swdenu Enrolled before 1989
(a) No candidate will be disadvantaged because of changes in subjects resulting from
semesterization of the academic year.
(b) Candidates who passed subjects in the course for the degree of Bá,rch.St. and/or who
have been granted status on account of studies passed at another tertiary institution before
L989 u¡ill be given c¡edit fo¡ those subjects in the ?2-point degree structure introduced in
1989. The point values of subjects in Schedule I of the degree of BArch.St. befo¡e L989
shall tre:
6 points at lævel I
3 points at Level I
8 points at Iævel II
4 points at l-evel II
12 points at lævel III
6 points at Level III
(c) (i) If as a result of course changes in 1989 a candidate undertakes a subject which
contains elements satisfactorily completed in subjects undefaken before 1989, the
candidate may apply to the Faculty for exemption from any pofion of a subject previously
passed.
(ií) A candidate \vho has previously passed a portion of a subject which is equivalent
to a semester-length subject introduced in 1989 may apply to the Faculty for
status in the semester-length subject.
(d) When in the opiöion of the Faculty special circumstances exist the Council on the
recommendation of the Faculty in each case may vary any of the provisions of this Clause.
SCHEDULE II: SUBJECTS OF STUDY
The following subjects have been approved by the Faculty of Atchitecture and Planning as
subjects of study for the Ordinary degree.
" The r6tric{io$ @Dtained withiD claws of thc degree of Bachelor of A¡ts (see Contents) shall ¿pply to øndidates
erclled for the degree of Bachelor of ArchitectuBl Studies.
43

Architecture & Planning
subjects offered by other faculties but not listed belos' may po.rsibly be available on
application and subject to the tecommendation of the Head of the Department of
Architecture, the department concerned, and the approval of the Faculty of Architectu¡e
and Planning.
LEVELI
Architectural Studies subjects
5468 Art History and Theories IAt
83ó1 Art History and Theories IBr
8334 Building Studies IA*
7979 Building Studies IB*
8897 Design Studies IA
Arts subjects
Engineering subjects
9167 Design Graphics
2391 Dynamics
6774 Electfical Systems
5729 Eng¡teenng Computing I
LEVELII
Architectural Studies subjects
9888 .Art History and Theories IIA'
9853 ,A,rt History and Theories IIB.
8807 Australian Planning II*'
1098 Building Science II*"'
9423 Building Studies IIS
1530 Computer-Aided Design II
634 Design Studies IIA
7090 Design Studies IIB
8084 Design Theories II*'**
' A quota may epply to this sùbjecl itr 1991.
" AEilable i! odd ycæ où.
"' Awilable ia den yeæ only,
'..r Not aEilable in 1Ð1.
44
1 2713 Design Studies 18
3 2006 Australian A¡chitecture I
3 3700 Asian A¡chitecture I
3 1629 Classicism and Architecture'.*,
J
I-evel I subjects listed in Schedule I of the degree of Bachelo¡ of A¡s.
Economics subjects
9073 Economic History I 3 '1263 Mathematics for Economists I 3
2148 Economic Institutions and Policy I 3 7626 Economic Statistics I 3
8461 Economics I 6 7322 Economic Statistics IA 3
'1626 Mathematical Economics I 3
Mathematical and Computer Sciences subjects
l,evel I subjects listed in schedule II of the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences.
Science subjects
1.5 2853 Engineering Planning and Design 1.5
1.5 6866 Materials I 1.5
15 3018 Process Systems 1.5
1.5 6581 Statics 1.5
I-evel I subjects listed in Schedule III of the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of
Science.
4 910/' Christianityand
4 Architecture'**'
4 5W4 Asian A¡chitectu¡e II
4 3073 Modernity and Architecture II
4 289L Australian Architecture II
4 8651 landscape Design Studies II..*
4 7774 Planning Processes in Urban and
4 Landscape Design II"
4 8814 Urban Design Studies II.'.
J
J
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Arts subjects
l,evel II subjects listed in Schedule I of the degree of Bachelor of A¡ts.
Economics subjects
9467 fust Aslan F¡onomies
1682 Economic HistoryA
7350 Economic History C
7579 Economic Statistics II(S)
5426 Industrial Relations II/III
Law subjects
182ó Australian Legal System
Architecture & Planning
4 84.57 Economic Statistics IIA(S) 4
4 9893 Macroeconomics II 4
4 8620 Mathematical Economics II/II 4
4 8870 Microeconomics II 4
4 5920 Economics of Resources
and the Environment 4
6 3137 C-ontract
Mathematical and Computer Sciences subjects
I-evel II subjects listed in Schedule II of the degtee of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of
Mathema tícal and Computer Sciences.
Science subjects
I-evel II subjects listed in Schedule III of the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty
of Science.
LEVELIII
A¡chitectural Studies subjects
9303 Australian Planning III*
2920 B;uilding and Development
Economics III
2151 Building Science IIIS
2258 Computer-Aided Design IIIA
4903 Computer-Aided Desigrr IIIB
3148 Computer-Aided Design IIIS
5020 Design and Building Studies IIIA
6
2
6
6
6
6
4
6229 Design and Building Studies IIIB
2726 i|'lodernity and Architecture
ilI
3547 Critiques, Theories and
Architectural History III
674 Human Environment Studies III
9149 I-andscape Design Studies III"
9767 PlanningP¡ocesses in Urban
and l:ndscape Design III*
9295 Urban Design Studies III*'
Arts subjects
l,evel III subjects listed in Schedule I ofthe degree of BachelorofAÌts.
Econornics subjects
9467 East Asian Economies
Ló82 Fronomic HistoryA
5426 Industrial Relations II/III
2100 Economic Theory III
4883 Applied Econometrics III
52&l Business and Govt II
7739 Econometrics III
5942 Economic Development IIIB
Law subjects
8433 C.onstitutional l¿w
7272 Enu¡onmental Planning and
Protection T an"t*
9844 Conservation and Heritage Law*
'Awilable odd yem oDly.
'' AEilable wcD yeas oo$¡.
"' A qùota of ¡ivc Bârchsl. studeots will apply.
"" Nol a%ilable i¡ lÐ1.
4 7350 Economic History C
4 8620 Mathematical Economics II/III
4 5920 Economics of Resources and
8 the Environment
4 8518 Economics ofl:bour III
4 375L Economic Development IIIA
4 '7981 Public Finance III
4
6
J
3
7730 l-and Use Planning law'*
8821 Property
9365 Torts
6
6
6
)
6
6
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
6
6
45

Architecture & Planning
Mathematical and Cornputer Sciences subjects
I-evel III subjects listed in Schedule II of the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty
of Mathematical and C-omput r Sciences.
Science subjects
Level III subjects listed in Schedule III of the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty
of Science.
SUBJECTS FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS
Such subjects provided by other institutions as may be approved from time to time by the
Council on the recommendation of the Faculty of Architecture and Planning.
In 1991 these are:
Social Ecology I and II (SA Institute of Technology)
Visual Arts I (Flinders University)
The Museum (Flinders University)
Archaeolog5n an introduction to its history techniques and methodolory. (Flinders
University)
Italian IS (Flinden University)
Italian IBS (Flinders University)
Italian Ianguage II (Flinders University)
Society and Literature in Italy II (Flinders University)
Italian l:nguage IIB (Flinders University)
Italian I:nguage IIIS (FIinders University)
Italian l:nguage IIIBS (Flinders University)
Society and Literature in Italy IIIS (Flinders University)
Information about the point values of the above subjects i available from the Assistant
Registrar of the Faculty
NOTE: (not fomiag pan of tbc æhcdulcs):
I-ÀW: Studi6 i! Låwwithin rhe degÉ of B.{rchsr.
l. Catrdidat$ who håve su@$tulb¡ @mplcted subjec{s ¡o the Elue of ø points at Iscl I ot the Bá,rchst. dcgree æ
eligible to apply for admissioq ¡o I¿w studics. If admilled, @didates Dy @uot ærtaitr liw sübjects towrd both thc
degree of Bârchs¡. and the degrec of IIB. Candidates @y appbr for admiEsioo !o Izw studi6 thrcugh the South
AwtÉlian TertiaryÄdmission Centre by mid-fuob€r of their fist year in the B.Arch'st. @ìE.
2. For éDdidatd who eish to seek ad
FiFtYce
ion to llw studies, thc followi¡g prc of study is re@mended:
Subjccts lisled in Schedule lI at lÆel I f the degree of B.Arch.St. to the Elue of at leæt 24 poi¡ls
S€@nd Yee
9423 Buildi¡g Studies IIS 182ó AEtnlian €gal S)6tem
6344 D6ign Studi6 IIÀ ud 7æ0 Desi Studies llB 3731 Corrnct
Third Year
5020 Design and Buildi¡g Studi6 IIIA 8433 CoNtirutio ral [åw
29æ Building ud Dwelopment Eænor lllo¡ 8821 Prcperty
6ó74 Huan EDvircmeDt Studi$ III 9365 Torts
6229 Daign æd Bui-tdi¡g Studis IIIB 7272 ENircMental Plaming atrd
9844 CoMmtioo and Heritage Iåw' Prcteclion [åw
7130 l:od Uæ Plaming f:w'¡
(A¡y two of thc sùbjects 8433 Cout¡tutioDl Iåw, 8821 Prcperty, aod 93ó5 Torts arc lhc cquiElent of 12 poi¡ts aÌ
Idcl l¡I for thc degree of Bârch,St. To æmplete the LL.B. dcgrcc in mi¡imuo time studeotswould Deed to tatc aU
thcæ subjects altboùBh this iDvoþes an ovcrload and is not a requireDert of the Bârch.Sl. degree.) Before eNlBeot
i¡ tbe tsel III6ubjec{s of the abovc sc ,emc, studeDts should @Nult the Iåw )ouse Advise¡.
3. S€e also the Schêdulcs of the LL.B. degree and see, in particular, the lDtrcduclory Notes ¡o the LL.B. Syüab$cs.
' AEilable odd yea6 oD¡¡.
'' ,AÞilable weo yeæ oily.
46

SCHEDULE III: THE HONOURS DEGREE
Architecture & Planning
A candidate who q¡ishes to proceed to the Honours degree must obtain the approval of the
Head of the Department oi A¡chitecture, normally b/15 December of the ie;r preceding
enrolment.
A candidate for the Honours degree shall attend classes regularly and pass examinations in
the subject 293 Honou¡s Architectural Studies* which shall consist of either one topic to
the v4lue of Z points o¡ two topics to the value of up to 12 points each of an Honou¡s
subject.
A candidate ma¡ subject to the approval of the Faculty of A¡chitecture and Planning in
each case, include in the subject 293 Honours Architectural Studies a subject to the value
of 12 points taught in a department in another faculty; such candidates must consult the
head of the department concemed and must apply in writing to the Registrar by 15
December of the year preceding the proposed Honou¡s year, seiking'the approval of the
Head of the Department of A¡chitecture.
The work of the Honours year may not be commenced befo¡e a candidate is qualified for
the Ordinary degree, or has qualified for a degree regarded by the Faculty of Architecture
and Planning as equivalent and has completed such pre-requisite subjects (if any) as may be
prescribed in the syllabuses. The work ofthe Honours year must be completed in one year
of full-time study, save that on the recommendation of the Head of the Department, the
Faculty may permit a candidate to spread the v¡ork over two yeafs but not more, under
such conditions as the Facult¡r may determine.
¡IoIo@tion oD the apprcvcd tubjects ftoD which the prcsqib€d @mbimtiotr my be choseD shall be advised in the
prcædi¡gycr by thc DcpartDcDt of Architêctw.
The subjccts to bc offered in â pa¡list¡¡ yea¡ will depend upon the aÞilebilitJr of staff.
47

Architecture & Planning
DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES
SYLI.ABUSES
Text-books
Students are eq)€cted to have their own copies of text-books; but they are advised to await
advice from the lecturer concerned before bulng any particular book. Only the prescribed
edition of any text-book should be bought. Books marked ' are available in paperback
editions.
Reference books:
Although lists of books and journals for reference purposes are regarded as important,
details have not been included in this Volume. These will however be issued from time to
time by the Department of Architecture. It is hoped that all books and joumals set for
reference will be available to be consulted in the Bârr Smith Ubrary.
Communication competence:
In the cou¡se of essay, tutorial and project work, students are eq)ected to increase their
competence in the use of oral, written and visual communication.
Examinations
For each subject students may obtain from the department concerned details of the
examination in that subject including the relative weights gven 1o the components (e.g.
sùch of the following as are relevant: assessments, semester tests, essays or other c.ritten or
practical v¡ork, final wdtten examinations, viva voce examinations).
LEVEL I
5468 Art History and Theories IA
Lqel: l.
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction:2090 Art History and Theories or 9888 A¡t History and Theories IIA.
Contact haurs:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week plus occasional excursions.
Content: Impressionism and after: a critical view of European art from thg time of Manet to
the First World War. This subject introduces students to the most influential ideas and
theories in the art of the latter part of the L9th century a time of renegotiation of the
relationship between afists and the social context within which theywork. Included in the
study are the major artists and ideas contributing to the development of impressionism,
post-impressionism, symbolism, fauvism, cubism, futurism, constn¡ctivism, posteß and
political art, e4rressionism and dada. The subject aims to stimulate an awareness that
familiarity with the history of ideas can aid each person in the e4xnsion, structuring and
enrichment of his or her own life. Development of the following skills will be brought into
focus: clear-thinking, verbal communication, written communication, interpretation of
written and visual material, and ability to work with historical research methods. Guest
lecturers and excursions are incorporated in the subject where appropriate. Use is made of
a broad range of visual material.
Assessment: Slide test 407o, essays 357o and tutorial wo¡k?SVo.
Tæ.-books: Selz, Peter An in our times: A pictorial history 18% - 1980 Cfhames and
zl{l

Architecture & Planning
Hudson, 1982) ot Arnason, H.H., A history of modøtt arr (fhames and Hudson, 19ó9);
Chipp, Henchel 8., Tlæories of modem art (Uni. of California Press, 1Íb8); Hamilton,
C.H, fanting and sculpture in Europe 1880 - 1940 (Pelican History of Art, Penguin'
1967); Stangos, Nikos (ed.) Concepu of modem art 2nd ed. (Holt Rinehart, 1981).
8361 Art History and Theories IB
Lqel: l.
Points value:3.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:9853 A¡t History and Theories IIB.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial hour a week,
Content: Art history and theories after World War I: modernism and beyond' The subject
introduces students to some of the leading ideas and manifestations of visual art from
about 1920 to the present day. The term 'lisual art" is broadly understood to include film,
photography, graphics, posters, performance and the arts of process and idea,_as. well as
þainting,-sculpture and arch¡tecture (although architecture is chiefly dealt with in other
subjects). Modernism, abstract expressionism, op, pop and minimalism, art and technolory,
environments, happenings, performance, body art, conceptual art, process art, video,
women's art, mufals and phOtOrealism are studied. GueSt lecture¡S and excursiOns are
incorporated in the subject where appropriate. Use is made of a broad range of visual
material.
A s ses sme nt: Slide tes t 40%, esays 40/o and tu torial ì¡¡o rk 20Vo.
Tø-books: Selz, Petet Art in our limes: A pictorial history 18X) - 1980 (fÏames and
Hudson, 1982) or Arnason, H.H., A history of modern art (fhames and Hudson, 1969);
Chipp, Herschel 8., Thcoies of modern art (Uni. of California Press, 1.968); Hamilton,
C.U. eaindng ønd sculpture in Europe 1æ0 - 1940 (Pelican History of Art, Penguin,
1967); Stangoi, Nikos (ed.) Concepts ofmodem art 2nd ed. (Holt Rinehart, 1981).
3700 Asian Architecture I
Lqel: l.
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:5094 History and Theories of Architecture IIC and Asian Architecture II.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: A topic in Asian architectural history and landscape studies will be offered as the
vehicle for a ìtudy of the problems of inter+ultural understanding. The nature of built
objects, the modes and mèans of transmitting architectural knowledge, the relation of
arðhitectu¡e to myths, rituals, cosmologies will be discussed in detail. Primary sources in
translation will be introduced s,henever possible.
Topic for 191: Tbe domestic architecture and gardens of imperial China.
Assessment: Tutorial papers 40Vo, linal essay 6OVo.
Tes-book: Hay, J., Kernek of energt, bones of earth: The ¡ock in Chinese art (Chiîa Institute
in America, 1985); Hall, D. L. and Ames, R T., Thinking tlltough Conlucr'r:s (State Univ. of
New York Press, 1.987).
2006 Australian Architecture I
Level: l.
Poinsvalue:3.
Duration: Semester I.
49

Architecture & Planning
Restriction:8329 History and rheories of A¡chitecture I or 2006 History and rheories of
A¡chltecture IB or Australian A¡chitecture II.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: A general int¡oduction to the stùdy of Australian architecture since 17gg, with
special attention to conceptual issues concerned with the characterization of,,Australian,'
architecture. The limitations of objects, periodization and
stylistic taxonomy will be discus buildings in Adelaide and
elsewhere, both professionally d lian architectural discourse
will be anal¡med in relation to wider patterns of cultural value. Reference to the wider
international context u/ill be made as appropriate.
Assessment: Tutorial papers 4OVo, linal essay 607o
8334 Building Studies IA
I-evel: l.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: S€mester I
Restiction:1ó46 Building Studies I or 256 Building Studies IS.
Contact hours:2 lectutes and 2 tutorial hours a week, plus occasional site visits,
isciplines and are s of
esign, production s to
dent'to the scope e of
rticular emphasis and
Introduction to Computer (4L+2*ZI): This component is intended to develop familiarisation
with _computing facilities and an appreciation of their use; elemùtary word
processing, CAD etc.
Building c.o¡struction (l7L+6v¿r): The performance approach to building evaluation, the
processes of building construction, on-site and factory production, the funõtion of building
components and elements. The elements of building construction: footings, frame, roof,
floor, fireplaces, stairs etc.
Building Industry (11L+5xlr): The building industry in Ausrralia, its role in the narional
economy, an introduction to building economics, life-time costs of building, communications
in the building industry drawings, specifications, contracts.
Assessment: 1 three-hour examinations 66vo a¡d essays, reports, tutorial ìvork, etc. 347o
Tst-books: \Milkie, G. and Arden, 5., Building your own home (l,ansdowne press);
Chandler, 1., Building technologt 3, design, production and maintenance (Mitchell).
7979 Building Studies IB
Level: l.
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:1646 Building Studies I or 256 Building Studies IS.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 2 tutorial or laboratory hours a week.
contenl: This subject concerns study of othe¡ areas of knowledge referred to in 9334
Building Stùdies IA.
50

Architecture & Planning
Building Structures (l3L+6yZDt The nature, function and form of structures, loads on
buildin$, equilibrium of forces, materials and their behaviour under load, stress and strain,
failure and instability.
Building science (13L+7xZI): A study of the building as a shelter and a filter in response
to enviionmental circumstances, and of preliterate shelters. The behaviour of building
materials is studied theoretically and experimentall¡ in particular building materials and
water.
Assessment:1 three-hour examination 667o and essays, leports, tutorial work, etc. A7o'
Tø-boolc: Shaeffer, F-E., Building struclures (Prentice-Hall); Konya, A., Design primer for
hot climates (Architectural Press); Foster, J.5., Swcture and fabric (Batsford); Ward-
Harvey, Y', Fundamental building materiaß (Sakoga).
1620 Classicism and Architecture
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: l.
Poins value:3.
Duration: Semester II.
Restricrion:8329 History and Theories of A¡chitecture I or 9951 History and Theories of
Architecture llF or 7629 History and Theories of Architectu¡e IC.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
content: A study of classicism and architecture from antiquity to the present s'ith
paficular emphaiis on the Renaissance and L9th-century classicism. The characteristics of
èlassical and ilassicist architecture will be analysed in relation to conventional rules of
composition against an outline of major shifts in ì#estern architectural history. Special
atte;tion will be devoted to the changing natures of architectural practice and the bullt
object, and to changing conceptions of time and the past in Westem societies since the
Renaissance.
Assessment: Tutorial papes 40%o, final essay 60Vo.
Tø-books: Tzonis, 4., and Lefaiwe, L., Classical architecture: The poetics of order (MYf
Press, 1986); \¡y'ittkower, R-, Architectural principtes in the age of humanism, 4th ed.
(Academy Editions, 1973); Colquhoun, A., Modernity and th¿ classical tradition: Architeciural
essays, 1980-1987 (MIT Press, 1988) or Herse¡ G.L., Th¿ lost meanitrg of ckLssical
archirccntre: Speculations on omament lrom Wtruvius lo Venturi (MIT Press' 1988).
8897 Design Studies IA
I-evel: l.
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Resnicdon: 57 42 D esign Studies I.
Conncr hours:2 lectures or lecture/demonstrations and 2 other hours (tutorialfpractical
sessions) a week.
Content: The two parts of Design Studies in the first yeâr together aim to develop an
understanding of the nature of design and of its functions and role in society. The subject
deals with bõth artefacts in general and afchitectural "objects" in particular. In Design
Studies lA the emphasis is on the development of an understanding of the relationship
between buildings ãnd the cognitive codes involved .in their conceptualisation, production,
execution, analysis and comprehension. It tooks at architecture in terms of the various
media in whictr buildings anã their elements can be visualised and portrayed; sketching,
drafting, CAD, model-making, photograph¡ video, etc. Students will be expected to
develop skills in va¡ious media, togethe¡ with the verbal and literary skills necessary for the
description and analysis of built form.
51

Architecture & Planning
rs, projects and exercises submitted and/or presented: the
lffiJ"#.iäilä1iii:*:,Ítri
ded i n consu r ta r¡on wi rh
Tø'book: Forseth, K, Graphics for archilecate (Van Nostrand Reinbold); Thompon, p.
and Davenport, P., Th¿ dictionary of vkuat langtage (penguin).
2713 Design Studies IB
Larcl: l.
Points value:3,
Duration: S€mester IL
Restriction: 5742 Design Studies I.
contact hours:2 lectures and 2 other hours (tutorial/practical sessions) a week.
LEVELII
9888 Art History and Theories IIA
Level: Il.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
rs, projects and/or presented: the
assessment ed in consultation with
the first two
since 1851 (British Museum
; Pile, J., Design: Purpose, form
R, Kqtwords: a vocabulary of
Resniction:2090 Art History and rheories or 546g Art History and rheories lA.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week plus occasional excursions.
contenr: Impressionism and afte¡: a critical view of Europe.an art from the time of Manet to
the First World War. This subject introduces studentJto the most influential ideas and
52

Arch¡tecture & Planning
lecturers and excursions are incorporated in the subject where appropriate. Use is made of
a broad range of visual material.
Assessment: Slide test 407a, essays 35% and tutorial work?SVo.
Tqt-bool

Architecture & Planning
2891 Australian Architecture II
Lqel: lI.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: 8329 History and Theories of Architecture I or 2006 History and Theories of
A¡chitecture lB or 200,6 Australian Architecture I or 99ílHistory and Theories of
A¡chitecture IIB.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: A general introduction to the study of Australian architecture since 1?88, with
special attention to conceptual issues concerned with the characterization of "Australian"
architecture. The limitati objects, periodization and
stylistic taxonomy will be buildings in Adelai

9423 Building Studies IIS
Lael: ll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction:6816 Building Studies II or IIH.
Architecture & Planning
Pre-requkites: L646 Building Studies I ot ?A56 Building Studies IS or'l%l9 Building Studies
IB.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 4 other hours a week.
Content: This subject extends the topics covered Á ?A56 Building Studies IS a¡d 79'19
Building Studies IB. The syllabus comprises:
Building Structures (13L+13xZf): Axially loaded members. Bending moments and shear in
beams, theory of bending, design of beams and columns, the behaviour of structural
materials, timber, steel, concrete. Structural systems for buildings. Choice of forms and
selection of materials.
Environment (13L+13xZI): Environmental facto¡s which influence the design of buildings,
acoustics, lighting and thermal performance. Experimental wo¡k will be undertaken in the
laboratory.
Assessmen!: 2 two-hour examinations 7O7o and laboratory work 307o.
Tø-books: Shaeffer, F'E., Buitding smrctutes (Prentice-Hall); Hodgkinson, A.' (ed.), A.I.
Handbook of building smrcture (Architectural Press); Hassall, D., Reflective insulation and
thc control of thermal environments (St. Regis-ACI).
9104 Christianity and Architecture
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Level: ll.
Poinsvalue:4.
Restrktion:8378 History and Theories of Architecture II and 9104 History and Theories of
Architecture IIA.
Contact hours:2 lectures and L tutorial a week.
Content: A study of the architecture of the JudaeeChristian tradition u¡ith particular
emphasis on the Gothic cathedrals and on lgth-century Gothic Revival. Concepts of
iconography, symbolism and sacred space will be introduced as part of a detailed study of
selected Gothic monuments. The activities of major architects and advocates of the Gothic
Revival will be discussed in relation to the general development of historicism and
historical studies in lgth{entury Europe. The subject will conclude by considering the
differences in the problematics of sacred architecture in these areas.
Assessment: Tutorial papers 40Vo, tinal essay 60Va
Tø-bool

Architecture & Planning
Asswned løowledge..Mathematics equiwalent to Year 12 Mathematics I & II.
Conuct hours:2 lectures and 3 computing laboratory hou¡s a week.
conten!: computing methods as used in the building and design professions. The
production of elementary software; computer hardware; algorithmic processes and computer
graphics and modelling.
Assessment:3 hour examination 50Vo and assignments 507a.
6344 Design Studies IIA
Level: II.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: 3976 Design Studies II.
he-requkiæ: 5742Design srudies I or 8897 Design studies lA and 2i73 Design studies IB.
contact hours: 2 lectures, 1 tutorial and 1 one-hour seminar a week plus 4 two-hour
workshop sessions.
Contenl: This subject examines how the organisation and conduct of the architectural
profession
includes a
analysis of
nature of t
to the archilecture which is produced by them.
Assessment: Project work 507o, tutorial wo tk 20Vo and essay 30Vo.
Tø-books: Broadbent, G., Design in architecture (Wiley); Iawson, 8., How designøs think
(Architectural Press).
7090 Design Studies IIB
I-ettel: IL
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction : 3976 Design Studies II.
Pre-requisite: 5742Design srud¡es I or 8897 Design srudies IA and2ir3 Design Studies IB.
contact hours: 2 lectures, I tutorial and 1 one-hour seminar a week plus 4 twGhour
$/orkshop sessions.
variety of influences on the nature, programme and
of the intersection of functional and contingent aspects
ation, se¡vices) with dive¡se theoretical stances and
Theoretical issues such as formalism, style, eclecticism, regionalism, will be studied in
relation to the productlon, reception, and criticism of architecture.
A number of written texts and buildings (as texts) will be studied with a view both to
establishing tools and skills in the critical analysis of architecture, and understanding the
nature of the public's appreciation of architecture.
Assessment: Essays, and papers, projects and exe¡cises submitted and/or presented: the
details and weighting of each assessment component will be decided in consultation with
students and confirmed within the first two weeks of the semester.
Tø-boolcs: Attoe, W., Architecwre and critical imagination (Wiley); Bonta, J.p., Architecure
and is interpretation (Rjzzoli).
56

8084 Design Theories II
AvailabiliE: Not offered in 191.
I-evel: ll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: 6895 Design Studies IIH.
Contacl houre: 2 lectures and 3 seminar houn a week
Arch¡tecture & Planning
Contenu An investigation of a number of philosophical, cultural, social, political and
ideological constructs informing theories of design, its practice(s) and its reception; the -
economic, political and environmental relevance of design as both intellectual and
pragmatic activity within the s¡ider social context.
Assessment: Tttorials and workshops 507o, and essays 507o.
865L Landscape Design Studies II
Availability: Even years only.
I-evel: ll.
Poinu value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:3138 Urban and I-andscape Design Studies II.
Contact hours: I lecture and 3 hours of tutorial/practical v/ork a week plus occasional site
visits.
Content: The history of landscape design is reviewed and contemporary issues in landscape
design are examined - the concepts, theories, materials and people involved.
Assessment: Project work 40Vo, tutonal assignments 30Vo, Z-hour examinatio¡ 30Vo.
3073 Modernity and Architecture II
I-evel: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester L
Restriction: 272Á Modernity and Architecture III.
Contact houts: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Modernity and a¡chitecture. An exploration of the transformation of the
traditional pmctices of Western architecture in the aftermath of the Scientific Revolution
and the French Enlightenment. Issues discussed will include concepts of rationality and
functionalism, the technologies and m¡hologies of industrialisation and mass production,
and the ideologies of the avant-gardes, considered in relation to selected architectural
projects from the 18th century to recent decades. The implications of structuralist and posþ
structuralist positions for a methodological critique of conventional accounts of 20thcentury
architecture will be e4rlored.
Assessment: Tutorial papers 40Vo, final essay 60cno.
Tø-boolcs: Rykwert, J.,Thefitstmodems: thcarcútectsoltheeighteenth cenøry (MfIPress,
1980); Perez-Gomez, P., Architecure and the crkk of modem sciznce (l'fÍ[ Press, 1983);
Tafuri, M., The sphere and the lebyrinth: Avant-gardes and architecture from Piranesi to the
1970s (ÌMff Press, L987); Vidler, 4., The writing of the walß: architectural tlrcory in the late
enlightenment (Princeton Architectural Press, 1987); Hlarrey, D., The condition of
postmoderniE: An enquíry into th¿ orígins of culural chnnge (Basil Blackwell, 1989); Kolb,
D., Postmodem sophistications: Philosopþ, architecture and tadirton (University of Chicago
Press, 1.Ð0).
57

Architecture & Planning
7774 Planning Processes in Urban and Landscape Design II
Availability: Odd years only.
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:6425 Urban and La¡dscape Design Studies IIIA.
Contac¿ hours: I lecture and 3 hours of tutorial/practical work a week plus occasional site
visits.
Conten+ This subject examines the nature of planning processes in urban and landscape
design in the 20th century. Their contribution to the management of both human-made and
natural environments is discussed. Case studies of local and international urban and
landscape projects will be used for critical analysis and evaluation.
Assessment: Project work 40Vo, tutonal assignments 307o, Lhour examination 30%o.
8814 Urban Design Studies II
Availability: Even years only.
Level: lI.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction:3138 Urban and I-andscape Design Studies II.
Contact hours: I lecture and 3 hours of tutorial/practical work a week plus occasional site
visits.
Content: This subject is concerned with urban areas and urban design. Emphasis is placed
on examining how the built envi¡onment becomes what it is - the theoretical concepts,
practices, policies and participants that interact to create this environment.
Assessment: Project work 407o,tvtoÅal assignments 30Vo,2-hour examination 307a.
LEVELIII
9303 Australian Planning III
Availability: Odd years only.
Level: lll.
Poinsvalue:6.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:8807 Australian Planning ll ot 6425 Urban and Landscape Design Studies IIIA
orT2A5Urban and l:ndscape Design Studies IIIB
Contact haurs: I lecture and 4 hours of tutorial/practical work a week plus occasional site
visits.
Content: This subject is concemed with the nature and evolution of urban and regional
planning as practised in Australia. South Australian and other case studies are examined.
Assessment: Project work 30Vo, tutonal assignments 40/o,2-hour examination30Zo.
2920 Building and Development Economics III
Level: lll.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semester I.
58

Contact hours:1 lecture and 1 tutorial a week.
Architecture & Planning
Content: This subject introduces the student to the economic aspects of building and
development planning and implementation. The topics covered include: urban development
and resource use, the initial and recurring costs associated with buildings, estimating, lifecycle
costing, investment and yield feasibility studies, cost/benefit analysis, budgeting and
cost cont¡ol.
Assessment: Tutorial work and assignments 50%o,2-hott exami¡atio¡ 50/o.
Tø-boolcs: Ferry, D.J. and Brandon, P.S., Cos, planning of buildings (Granada); Stone,
PA., Building design evaluation-costs in use (Methuen); Bathurst, P.E., and Butler, D.4.,
Building cost control teclmiques and economics (Heinemann).
2l5l Building Science IIIS
Availabilþ: Not offered in 1991.
I-arcl: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:1098 Building ftience II or IIH.
Assumed knowledge: 9423 Building Studies IIB.
Contact hours:2 lectures arrd 4 tlaoíalflaboratory hours a week.
Contmt: The application of scientific methods to the understanding of the nature and
behaviour of building environments and materials. History of recent building science.
Experimental techniques. Materials behaviour, brick expansion, salt damp. Environmental
physics: colour, transient heat flow, sound absorption, solar radiation and daylight. A
supervised individual project.
Assessment: Ptqect 4OVo, Shour examinaiion 40Vo, tutorial and laboratory reports 20Vo.
2258 Computer-Aided Design IIIA
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriclion:2ã8 Computer Methods in Architecture IIIA.
Assumed knowledge: 1530 Computer Methods in Architecture II or IIH or 1530 Computer-
Aided Design II or equivalent.
Conlact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 4 other hours a week.
Content: This subject aims to extend the student's use of programriring languages and
techniques including data processing and file handling, and to introduce the principles and
practice of computer graphics and automated drafting as they relate to the design and
construction of buildings. Students will undertake practical exercises.
Assessment: Examination 507o assignments 50Vo.
4903 Computer-Aided Design IIIB
Level: lll.
Poinu value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:4903 Computer Methods in Architecture IIIB.
Assumed knowledge: 1530 Computer Methods in A¡chitecture II or IIH or 1530 Computer-
Aided Design II or equivalent.
Contact hours:1 lecture and up to 6 hours of tutorials, seminars etc. a week.
59

Architecture & Planning
Content: This subject aims to introduce the student to advanced theories applied to
computing related to architectural and building problems. CAD, knowledge engìneering,
expert s5ßtems and the integration of computer sewices in desigr ofFrces will be discussed.
Students will undertake an indepth study on a selected topic.
Assessment: Examination 20Vo assignments 20Vo, selected toptic rcport 607o.
3148 Computer-Aided Design IIIS
Level: IlI.
Pointsvalue:6.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: 1530 Computer Methods in Architecture II o¡ IIH or 7530 Computer-Aided
Design II or 3L48 Computer Methods in A¡chitecture IIIS.
Assumed lotowledge: Mathematics equivalent to Mathematics I or II at Year 72.
Conlact hours: læctures, 1 tutorial and 3 hours of computing laboratory a week.
Content: Computing methods as used in the building and design professions. The
production of elementary software; computing hardware; algorithmic processes and
computer graphics and modelling.
Assessment: Prcject30Vo, examination 35Vo and assignments 357o.
3547 Critiques, Theories and Architectural History III
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: 6528 History and Theories of A¡chitecture III or 3547 History and Theories of
A¡chitecture IIIB.
Conlact hours: 2 lectures and 3 seminar hours a week.
Contenl: A topic will be offered of a speciallsed nature conceming architectural history.
Drawing on the works of prominent writers in modern cultural studies such as Walter
Benjamin and Michel Foucault, this subject will focus on developing techniques of
historical study and for examining various historical methodologies.
Topic for 1991: Aust¡alian a¡chitectural discourse since 1880.
Assessment: Tutorial papets 40Vo, final essay 60Vo.
Tett-bool

Architecture & Planning
Component A: Social Factors Affecting Desigr, bcation and Environment: A discussion of
social and cultural factors and their impact on the form of buildings in an urban setting. A¡
examination of theoretical approaches to urban design and the political and social
circumstances surrounding urban building development.
Component B: Physical Factors Affecting Design, Location and Environment: Climate and
micro+limate of cities and urban spaces: daylight, solar access and shadowing, wind and
rain among tall buildings, urban noise problems.
Assessment: Project assignments 50Vo, examinations 507o.
6229 Design and Building Studies IIIB
Level: lll.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:9680 Desigr and Building Studies III.
Assumed knowledge: 5020 Design and Building Studies IIIA and either 6674 Human
Environment Studies III or 2920 Building and Development Economics IIL
Contact hours: 6 hours a week comprising (on average) 2 lectures, 2 tutorials and one 2hour
seminar or workshop.
Conlent: This subject examines the nature of architecture in its physical, social, legal,
economic and urban setting. Lectures and seminars which will explore the interdisciplinary
synthesizing processes of architectural design are based on an understanding of social,
economic and environmental parameters. Lecture and seminar topics will include legal
aspects of project planning and implementation, responsibility and the law, planning and
building regulations, building contracts, urban transportation and engineering services in
the urban infrastructure. Students will undefake team and individual projects which will
examine selected design and/or building themes through presentation studies.
Assessment: Seminarwork30Vo,team projects 20Vo,and individual project50Vo.
Ten-book: Baile¡ I.H., Constntction law in Australia (l-aw Book Co.); Tesch, C.,
Construction law and duties (Butterworth).
6674 Human Environment Studies III
I-ø'el: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours:1 lecture and 1 tutorial a week.
Contmt: Theories and mechanisms of human-environment interaction are reviewed with
emphasis on aslxcts directly useful to designers of the built environment. Psychological and
sociological models of human-environment interaction are studied. Topics include p€¡cep
tion, cognition and evaluation of built environment, ergonomics, proxemics and semiotics.
Research techniques are described and applied, using case stud¡es and projects to
demonstrate their use. Techniques include behavioural studies of environment interaction,
cogritive mapping, sociological surveJ6, design laboratory studies, post-occùpancy evaluation
of buildings.
Assessmml: Tutorial work and assignments 50Vo,2-hour examination 507a.
Selected references: Altman, 1. and Chemers, M.M., Culure and environment (C.U.P.);
Broadbent, G., Bunt, R, and Llorents, T. (eds), Meaning and behantiour in the built
environment (WilÐ; Canter, D., Psycholog for architecß (Applied Science); I-ang, Jon T.,
Burnette, C. et al., (eds), Designing for human behaviour: architects and the behavioural
sciences (Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross); Lee, T., Psychologt and lhe environmenl
(Methuen); Rapopo.t, A, Human aqtecs of urban form: towards haman environment
approach to urban form and desigtt (Pergamon).
61

Architecture & Planning
9149 Landscape Design Studies III
Availability: Even years only.
I-æel: lll.
Poinsvalue:6.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: 8651 bndscapr Design Studies ll ot &25 Urban and Landscape Design Studies
IIIA.
Contact haurs: I lectu¡e and 4 hours of tutorial/practical work a week plus occasional site
visits.
Content: This subject is concerned with landscape design. The history of landscape desigrr is
reviewed and contemporary issues in landscape design are examined the concepts,
theories, materials and people involved.
-
Assessntent: Project work {Vo, tutotral assignments 40Vo,2-hott exami¡ation 3OVo.
2726 Modernity and Architecture III
Lwel: lll.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: 6528 History and Theories of Architecture lll or 30'l3Modernity and
Architecture ll or 2726 History and Theories of Architecture IIIA.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 3 seminar hours a week.
Content: Modemity and architecture. An exploration of the t¡ansformat¡ons of the
traditional practices of Westem architecture in the aftermath of the ScientiFrc Revolution
and the French Enlightenment. Issues discussed will include concepts of rationality and
functionalism, the technologies and mythologies of industrialisation and mass production,
and the ideologies of the avant-gardes, considered in relation to selected architectural
projects from the 18th century to recent decades. The implications of structuralist and poststructuralist
positions for a methodological critique of conventional accounts of 20thcentury
architecture will be eçlored.
Assessment: Tutorial pape.n 407o, final essay 60Va
Teg-book: Rykwert, J., The firct modems: TTw architecß of the eighteenth cenury (Ml[
Press, 1980); Perez-Gomez, P., Architecture and the crkß of modem science (MIT Press,
1983); Tafuri, M., The sphere and tlp labyingth: Avant-gardes and architecãtre ftom Piranesi
to th¿ 1970s (MIT Press, 1987); Vidler, A.,The writing of the A,alk: Architecaral theo¡y in the
late Enligluenm¿n, (Princeton Architectu¡al Press, 1987); Hawe¡ D, The condition of
postmodemity: An enquiry into the origitts of cultural change (Basil Blackwell, 1989); Kolb,
D., Postmodern sophktications: Philosoplty, architecture and nadition (University of Chicago
Press, 1990).
9767 Planning Processes in Urban and Landscape Design III
Availability: Odd years only.
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
Resniction:7274Planning Processes in Urban and Landscape Design II or 6425 Urban and
Landscape. Design Studies IIIA.
Contact hours:1 lecture and 4 hours of tutorial/practical work a week.
Conlent: This subject examines the nature of planning processes in urban and landscape
design in the 20th century. Their contribution to the management of both human-made and
62

Architecture & Planning
natural envi¡onments is discussed. Case studies of local and intemational urban and
landscape projects s'ill be used for critical anaþis and er¡aluation.
Assesstnent: Project work 30Vo, tutonal assignments 40Vo, 2-hout examination J07u
9295 Urban Design Studies III
Availability: Even years only.
Lø¡el: lll
Poín*value:6.
Duration: Semester L
Restriction: 8814 Urban Design Studies II ot 64?5 Urban and l-andscape Design Studies
IIIA.
Contact hours: 7 lecture and 4 hou¡s of tutorial/practical work a week plus occasional site
visits.
Content: This subject is concerned with urban areas and urban design. Emphasis ls placed
on examining how the built environment becomes what it is the concepts, practices,
policies and participants that interact to create this envi¡onment. -
Assessment: Project work 3OVo, tttonal assignments 4OVo,2-hout examination 307o.
2493 Honours Architectural Studies
I-evel: lY.
Poins value: 24.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: See Schedule III.
Conlact å¿urs.' Discussion with supewisor, occasional seminars, labo¡atory sessions as
appropriate.
Conlent: Students will be required to undertake supewised research in one or twò ad\¡anced
topics, thereby developing a thorough understanding of appropriate research techniques.
The outcome of this research u¡ill be submitted in the form of a substantial essay or
research repof including a survey of the literature relevant to the topic(s) chosen. The
range of topics to be offe¡ed in any year will depend on staff availability. Topics which can
be expected to be offered from time to time include:
Architectural History
A¡chitectural Theories in Modern A¡chitecture
Australian Architectural History
*Building Acoustics and Noise
'Building Materials Behaviour
Computer-Aided Design
Computer Applications in A¡chitecture
Criticism and Architecture
Conservation in the Built Environment
'Daylight Studies
*Enerry Control in Buildings
Ergonomics
Housing
Rainfall and Buildings
Sola¡ Access
Urban Design
Wind and Buildings
Those with asterisk requite experimental work in the Building Science Lâboratory
Subject to the approval of the Head, Department of A¡chitecture and with the agreement
63

Architecture & Planning
of the other Department concerned, a subject equivalent to 12 points at Level [V taught in
another department may be taken as part of this subject.
Asse¡sment: Progress 307o and final presentation 707o.
&

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE
REGUI"ATIONS
Architecture & Planning
1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Architecture. A
candidate may obtain either the Ordinary degree or the Honours degree but not both.
2. The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time prescribe
schedules defining:
(a) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(b) the range of subjects to be sâtisfactorily completed and the examinations to be passed
by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
3. The syllabuses of the subjects shall be specified by the Head of the department or
departments concerned and approved by the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Rlucation Committee. The Head of the department or departments may approve minor
changes to anypreviously approved syllabus or syllabuses.
4. Except by the permission of the Faculty, a candidate shalt not enrol in any subject for
which the prerequisite studies as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject have not been
sâ tisfactorily completed.
5. A candidate shall not be eligible to attend for examination unless the prescribed work
has been completed to the satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
6. In determining a candidate's final result in a subject (or part of a subject) the examiners
may take into account oral, v/ritten, practical and examination work, pfovided that the
candidate has been given adequate notice at the commencement of the teaching of the
subject of the way in which work will be taken into account and of its relative importance in
the final result.
7. There shall normally be three classifications of pass in the final assessment of any
subject for the Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, Pass. If
the Pass classification be in two divisions a pass in the higher dMsion may be prescribed in
the syllabuses as a prerequisite for admission to further studies in that subject or to other
subjects. Results in certain subjects as specified in the Schedules, will not be classified.
8. There shall be th¡ee classifications for the Honours degree as follows: First Class,
Second Class and Third Class. The Second Class classification shall be divided into two
divisions as follows: Division A and Division B. A candidate who fails to obtain Honours
shall be awarded an Ordinary degree provided all requirements for the Ordinary degree
are satisfactorily completed.
9. A candidate will be permitted to take a supplementary examination in a subject only in
circumstances approved by the department administering such subject and coßistent \r¡ith
any expressed Council policy.
10. A candidate who fails a subject orç'ho obtãins a lower division pass and who desires to
take that subject again shall, unless exempted wholly or partially therefrom by the Head of
the department concemed, again complete the required work in that subject to the
satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
11. A candidate who has passed subjects in the Faculty of Architecture and Planning or in
other faculties of the University or in other educational institutions may on wdtten
application to the Registrar be granted such exemption from these regplations and from
schedules made under them as the Faculty may determine, save that a candidate shall
always be required to sadsry the examine¡s in all subjects of the final year of the course.
65

Arehlte'ótute & Plàitñlng
12. All plevious regulations concerning the degree of Bachelor of Architecture air hereby
fepealed, prorrided that:
(a) a candidate who he re¡rcgled ¡çgulalio¡rç shall have statu8
in equivalent subjec these'iog¡ulatidnb; and ' i l ' r ': '
(b) a candirtate whöfint enrolied in irre òllursé fói Úre oeþà otsacheior'oiA;cñì.täture
before 1987 shall satisfy the examiners in all of the Group A, Gtoup B and Group C
practiqsubjects, or the equivalent, listed in Schedule III of the degree which is contained
in the University Calendar for 1987, Volume 2, p.492. : .. , i '. ' r '. .
Rcgulslioú allffid 3l Jmùsry, 1980.
Aúádcd 4 Fcb. 1982 8, 11; 2i Fcb. l9&]t 5, 8; u Jm. 198s: 8O), rf; æ lf.¡' resC f¡a¡.
Rcgufrriom rcpcatäl ed subat¡tutcd 20 July, 1989; amiting altMæ: ?.
6

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 2.)
SCHEDULE I: ADMISSION
Architecture & Planning
Subject to quotas and selection procedures currently operating in the Faculty, and subject
to the approval of the Faculty of Architecture and Planning (and the C-ouncil) where
required, an applicant inay be considered for admission if one or mo¡e of the following prerequisites
are satisfied:
(a) Completion of the degree of Bachelor of Architectu¡al Studies.
(b) Completion in The Univerçity of Adelaide or another university of a degree which is
approved by the Faculty as equivalent for the purpose to the degree of Bachelo¡ of
A¡chitectural Stùdies.
(c) C-ompletion in another institution of the first three years of an approved Architecture
course.
(d) The holding of qualifications which satisfy the Faculty and the Council of the
candidate's fitness to undertake wo¡k for the degree after the completion of qualifying
studies as prescribed in Schedule IL
SCHEDULE II: QUALIFYING STUDIES
An applicant may be selected for admission under Schedule I(b) or (d) subject to
satisfactory completion of such qualifying studies as determined by the Faculty after
consideration of advice from the Head of the Department of Architecture.
Qualiflng studies will normally be undertaken on a half-time basis extending over a full
year preceding the candidate's entry to the B.Arch. course.
Qualifying studies will normally be selected from the preparatory subjects; in unusual cases
the Faculty may approve different studies, afte¡ conside¡ation of advice from the Head of
the Department of Architecture.
The preparatory subjects are:
1620 Qualiffing Studies in Building 6
5347 Qualifying Studies in Design 6
Candidates undertaking qualiflng studies must successfully complete those studies before
they may undertake subjects of the BA¡ch. course.
On the recommendation of the Head of the Department of A¡chitecture a suPplementary
examination may be offered to a candidate undefaking qualiffing studies.
A candidate who fails all or part of the qualiflng studies may repeat them in another year
only with permission of the Faculty.afte¡ it has conside¡ed advice from the Head of the
Department of Architectu¡e.
67

Architecture & Planning
SCHEDULE III: THE ORDINARY DEGREE
1. Course ofStudy
(a) The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall normally extend over three years of
full-time study. Students shall pass subjects to the value of at least 24 points at each of the
three levels. The point values of the subjects are contained in this Schedule and in the
Syllabuses.
(b) To qualify for the degree a candidate shall undertake the requirements of and satisff
the examine¡s in the following subjects:
Level I
6907 Architectural Construction I(P)
2220 Atchitecl.ural Design IS
Iævel II
9763 Architectural Construction II(P)
8332 Architectural Design IIS
3330 Architectural Design and Practice
II
Iævel III
8585 Architectural Construction III
464 Atchitectural Design IIIA
829 A¡chitectural Design IIIB
4 9861, Architectural Science I(P) 4
12 9700 Architectural Structures I(P) 4
2 1,493 Architectural Science II(P) 2
6 8498 A¡chitectural Structures II(P) 2
9536 Le,gal Aspects of Practice 1
10 6718 Office Administ¡ation 1
2 7943 A¡chitectural Science III 2
6 L539 A¡chitectural Structures III 2
T2
2. Otder of Subjects
Entry to I-evel II
A candidate may not enrol in lævel II subjects unless he or she has pased 2220
Architectural Design IS and at least two of 6907 Architectural Construction I(P), 9861
Architectural Science I(P) and 9700 A¡chitectural Structures I(P).
Entry to lævel III
A candidate may not enrol in Level III subjects unless:
(a) he or she has passed all of the lævel I subjects.
(b) he or she has passed 8332 Architectural Design IIS and at least two of 9763
A¡chitectural Construction II(P), 1493 Architectu¡al Science II(P) and 8498 A¡chitectural
Structures II(P).
3. Approval ofC-ourse
Courses of study must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty (or nomìnee) at enrolment
each year.
4. Assessment
In the case of the subject 3330 A¡chitectural Design and Practice II no supplementary
examinations a¡e granted except in exceptional circumstances as determined by the Head of
the Department of A¡chitecture.
The results in tbe subject 3330 Architectural Design and Practice II will not be classified.
5. Exemptions
Exemption or status will not be gfanted in any l,evel III subject undefaken for the first
time.
6. Students Enrolled before 1989
(a) No candidate will be disadvantaged because of changes in subjects tesulting from
semesterization of the academic year.
(b) Candidates who passed subjects in the course for the degree of BArch. and/or who
have been granted status on account of studies passed at another tefiary institution before
1989 will be given credit for those subjects in the 72-point degree structu¡e int¡oduced in
1989. The point values of subjects in Schedule III of the degree of BArch. before 1989 shall
be:
68

198?S&
6m7
92M
9861
9700
198E:
9763
6109
L493
8498
7ñ5
1982-86:
4137
9792
L686
98r'.7
L98237¿
8383
90/.2
3142
LO'|2
1982-E8:
8585
778',7
7943
1539
First Year
Architectural C-onstruction I(P)
Architectural Desigr I(P)
A¡chitectu¡al Science I(P)
Architectural Structures I(P)
4 Group A Practice Subjects (.5 points each)
Second Year
A¡chi tectural C.onstruction II(P)
Architectural Design II(P)
Architectural Science II(P)
Architectural Structures II(P)
Practical Experience
4 Group A P¡actice Subjects (.5 points each)
2 Group B Practice Subjects (.5 points each)
Fi¡st Year
A¡chitectural Construction I
A¡chitectural Design I
Architectural Science I
Architectural Structures I
6 Practice Subjects (.5 points each)
Practical Experience
Second Year
Architectural Construction II
Architectural Desip II
Architectural Science II
A¡chitectural Structures II
6 Practice Subjects (.5 points each)
Third Year
A¡chitectural Construction III
Architectural Design III
A¡chitectural Science III
A¡ch itectu¡al Structu¡es III
Points
4
10
4
4
)
24
)
7
2
)
8
)
1
24
3
,|
3
J
)
5
u
3
12
3
3
2
u
2
18
2
2
24
Architecture & Planning
(c) If as a result of course changes in 1989 a candidate undertakes a subject which contains
elements satisfactorily completed in subjects undertaken before 1989, the candidate may
apply to the Faculty to be exempted f¡om attendance in any pofion of a subject previously
passed.
(d) When in the opinion of the Faculty special circumstances exist, the Council on the
recommendation of the Faculty in each case may vary any of the provisions of this Clause.
SCHEDULE IV: THE HONOURS DEGREE
A candidate who wishes to proceed to the Honours degree must obtain the approval of the
Head of the Department of Architecture, normally by 15 December of the year preceding
enrolment.
A candidate for the Honours degtee in addition to completing the full course prescribed
for the Ordinary degree shall also attend classes regularly and pass examinations in an
additional advanced subject 3918 Honours A¡chitecture. This additional subject will
normally be undertaken concurrently with Level III subjects, but may, on the recommendation
of the Head of the Department of Architecture, be undertaken with Level II
subjects.
69

Architecture & Planning
In order to qualify for the award of Honours, a candidate must, irt addition to satitfying the
examiners in the advanced subject 3918 [lonours ,Architectu¡e, also achieve a high
classification of pass in the Level III subjects for the O¡dinary deg¡ep.
A document setting out guidelines approved by the,Faculty which,contains requirements
for admission and the criteria for the award of the Hoîol¡ß degree is av.¿ilable from the
Department of A¡chitecture.
70

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE
SYLLABUSES
Text-books:
Architecture & Planning
Students are expected to have their own copies of text-books; but they are advised to await
advice from the lectu¡er concerned before buying any particular book. Only the prescribed
edition of any text-book should be bought.
Reference books:
Although lists of books and journals for reference putposes are regarded as important,
details have not been included in this Volume. These will however be issued f¡om time to
time by the Department of Architectu¡e. It is hoped that all books and journals set for
leference will be available to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library, or in the case of
standard professional references and trade literature, in the Department of Architecture.
Examinations:
For each subject students may obtain from the depafment conce¡ned detâils of the
examination in that subject including the relative weights given to the components (e'g.
such of the following as a¡e relevant: assessments, semester tests, essays or other written or
practical work, final written examinations, vrvd voce examinations).
1620 Qualiflng Studies in Building
Level:0.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full Year.
Contact hours: An average of 3 contact hours a week. Students who have passed equivalent
studies may be exempted from undefaking portions of this subject.
Conlent: This is a preparatory subject for students entering the BÁrch. course without the
kind of knowledge of building construction, science and structures provided in 8334
Building Studies IA and 7979 Building Studies lB., 9423 Building Studies IIS and 5020
Design and Building Studies IIIA a¡d 6229 Design and Buildlng Studies IIIB. Topics from
those subjects will be selected for study during the year.
Assessment: Details provided at commencement.
5347 Qualifying Studies in Design
Level:0.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Contact hours: An average of 3 contact hours a week. Students who have passed equivalent
studies may be exempted from undertaking portions of this subject.
Content: This is a preparatory subject for students entering the B.A¡ch. course without the
kind of knowledge about design provided in 8897 Design Studies IA and 2713 Design
Studies IB, 6344 Design Studies IIA and ?090 Design Studies IIB and 5020 Desigt and
Building Studies IIIA and 6229 Design and Building Studies IIIB. Topics from those
subjects will be selected for study during the year.
Assessment: Details provided at commencement.
11

Architecture & Planning
LEVEL I SI,JBJECTS
6907 Architectural Construction I(P)
Level: l.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 2 other hours a week, plus occasional site visits.
Contenl: This subject int¡oduces the common construction techniques for domestic and
larger scale buildings. construction practices are examined with an emphasis on design
aspects. Topics include site preparation, footing systems, light timber-frame constn¡ctio;,
masonry construction, water-prooFrng and dampproofing, windows and doox, steel frame
construction, in-situ and pfe{ast concrete, load bearing construction, performance
evaluation of building components and elements, design of gutters and downpipes,
construction planning organisation of sites and sequence of work, network scheðutes,
materials handling, site safety.
Assessmen!:2 three-hour examinations 507a and assignments 507o.
2220 Architectural Design IS
Level: l.
Poinsvalue: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Conlact hours: 2 lecture and 2 other hou¡s and 10 stud¡o hours a week, plus a field trip
(Semester II).
Conænt: Architecrural Design (?ÁL+?ß0 hrs Studio). This subject aims to develop the
various techniques used in the creation of architecture - graphic analysis and simulãtion,
Appropriate integration of concepts and information from 6907 Architectutal Construction
I(P)' 9861 Architectural Science I(P) and 9700 A¡chitecturat Structures I(P) v/ill influence
assessment, and staff from these subjects will be available for scheduled consultation, as
will professional consultants for specific projects.
n this subject will complement the design projecrs and will include the
architectural representation and documentation, the use of computers in
ign, architectural briefs, measured drawing, sun¡efng, planning and desigr
A¡chitectural computin! (13L+11Ð. computer systems in the practice of arch¡tecture
including computer-aided design, drafting and management software ahd associated
hardware.
Architectural surveying (9L+27 hrs field work, drawing and levelling calculations).
Suweying gquipment. Suwey techniques for site boundaries tevels and contours, and for
setting out bu¡ldings,
Building Suweys (4L+12 hrs measu¡ed work and drawing). Suweying and measuring
exist¡ng.buildings. Measured drawings. Techniques for atteration of projects, for dilapidations
reports, and for the recording of historic buildings and sites.
Assessment: Project work (glEo), with one 2-hour examination (67o) in Architectural
C-omputing and one 2-hour examination in A¡chitectural Suwelng (3Øo).
72

Architecture & Planning
Tex-bool

Architecture & Planning
LEVEL II SUBJECTS
9763 Architectural Construction II(P)
Loel: ll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requisite: See Clause 2 of Schedule III of this degree.
Conlact hours: 1 lectu¡e and 2 other hours a week.
Content: Topics include dimensional and modular coordination, jointing of mate¡als and
components; principles and practice of modem joinery. Architectural hardware; design and
evaluation of construction details.
Assess ment: Assi gnments 1007o.
8332 Architectural Design IIS
I-evel: ll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requkite: 9792 Archltectural Desigr I or 92M A¡chitectural Desigr I(P) or 2220
Architectural Design IS.
Contact hours:5 lecture or tutorial hours, and 10 studio hou¡s a week.
Content: Architectural Design (13L+130 hrs Studio). The subject aims to develop the
ability to incorporate technical aspects into architectural designing. Solutions to design
projects will typically be requited to respond to cost restrictions, to take account of
regulations (building, planning, sanitation etc.), and/or to explore the creative potential
and const¡aints offered by structu¡e and construction techniques. A number of projects will
proceed beyond preliminary design stage, and submissions will take the form of technical
drawings, spe.cifications and bills of quantities.
Appropriate integration of concepts and information from 9763 A¡chitectural Construction
[(P), 1493 Architectural Science II(P) and 8498 A¡chitectural Structures I(P) will
influence assessment, and staff from these subjects will be available for scheduled
consultation, as will professional consultants for specific purposes.
Lectures will be given on regulations, some aspects of building sewices, and the production
of specifications and bills of quantities and estimating and cost control.
Building and Planning Regulations (9L). The authorities \Á"ith jurisdiction over buildings
and building operations; their regulations and their ways of admlnistering them. The mote
influential regulations are examined: their effects upon design, building and contract
administration.
Building Sewices and Equipment (Plumbing and Sanitation) (13L+1Tf). Water supply,
drainage and sewerage. Plumbing fittings for domestic and commercial use. Garbage
disposal in buildings. Special problems of high-rise buildings.
Specifïcations and Bills of Quantities (9L). Introduces the student to examples of
specifications and of bills, and how they are compiled. The work of specification writers and
of quantity surveyors. The relation of these documents to estimating, building, cost control
and contract administ¡ation. Thence their effect upon the desigr process.
Estimating and Cost Cont¡ol (9L). An introduction to the range of prediction techniques
and their applicability. Simple exercises in estimating. Cost control and project management
and the implications in tbe design process. Feasibility studies. The role of the
Quantity Suweyor.
Assessment: Project work (9lVo) and th¡ee 2-hour examinations (9Vo).
74

3330 Architectural Design and Practice II
Lqel: ll.
Points value: 10.
Duration: Semester I or II.
Architecture & Planning
he-requßite: 992 Architectural Design I or 92M A¡chitectural Design I(P) ot 2220
Architectural Design IS.
Contact hours: Over 20 weeks, 30 hours a week office work (or the equivalent part+ime). 2
hours of seminars per week during Semester I or II.
Content: Approved engagement q¡ith an architectural office or elsewhere in the building
industry or if such work is not available a practical or supervised project related to the
practice of architecture.
Assess¡nent: Report and associated documents 1.007o submitted by the end of the third week
of January in the year follos'ing enrolment in this subject.
L493 Architectural Science II(P)
I-etel: II.
Points value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisite: See Clause 2 of Schedule III of this degree.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 other hour a week.
Content: The following topics are developed with emphasis on application in desigt:
architectural acoustics and noise control; the visual environment (daylighting, artificial
lighting and colour considered in dasign); building materials.
Assessment: Course work lVo a¡d lhour examination 66Vo.
Tø-books: CIBS, Code for interior lighting (UK), (CIBS, 1984); Parkin, P.H., Humphreys'
H.R, and Cowell, J.R, Acoustics, noise and buildings (Faber) or Moore, J.E., Design for
good acoustics and noße connol (Macmillan).
8498 Architectural Structures II(P)
La'el: ll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
Pre-requisite: See Clause 2 of Schedule III of this degree.
Contact houts: L lecture and 2 other hours a week.
Content: Sizing of structural components; proportioning and detailing of components in
steel, concrete, timber and masonry, Principles of pre-stressed concrete. Advanced
structural forms.
Assessment: Tutorial assignments A7o and 3-hour exami¡alion 66Vo.
9536 lægal Aspects ofPractice
Level: ll.
Points value: 7.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours: 12 hours of lectures or seminars.
Content: This subject introduces the student to the legal responsibilities associated s/ith the
practice of architecture and the syllabus comprises the following topics:
75

Architecture & Planning
l,egal Aspects of Practice: Industrial law, contract law, torts, legal liabilities of the architect,
arbitration, copyright and insurance.
Building Contracts: Types of building contracts and their administration.
Assessmen!: 2-hour examination tA0Vo.
6718 OfliceAdministration
Læel: ll.
Poins value: t.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours:12 hours of lectures or seminars.
Content: The general organisation of architectural practice including the management of an
office's human and financial resources, the relationship between architects and their clients;
consultants and contractors; the architect's responsibilities; the range of services offered by
architects and the organisation of b'picaljobs.
Assessment: 2-hour examination 1007o.
LEVEL III SI,'BJECTS
8585 Architectural Construction III
Level: lll.
Poinsvalue:2.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisite: See Clause 2 of Schedute III of this degree.
Contact haurs:3 hours a week consisting of lectures (9), tutorials and seminars.
Contenl: Irctures will examine advanced building construction techniques with an emphasis
on design and economic aspects. Topics will include choice of constn¡ction forms and
systems; industrialised construction; large span and multi-storey buildings; below-ground
construction, underpinning, shoring. Students will prepare a construction report and
present a seminar on a chosen topic.
Assessment: Tutorial assignment I0To,serninatpresentation 20Voandrcport70Vo.
4624 Architectural Design IIIA
Level: IIl.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requkite: See Clause 2 of Schedule III of this degree. 9M2 Architectural Design II or
6109 A¡chitectural Design II(P) or 8332 Architectural Design IIS.
Contact hours: 1 lecture and 12 studio hours a week.
Content: This subject aims to develop design skills in the formal aspects of architecture,
also exploring its cultural roles. Projects will typically be those which encourage imaginative
conjectures and design responses will be expected to show familiarity with current
architectural issues.
Assessment: Project assignm ents 9O/o and 2-hour examination IÙVo.
8297 Architectural Design IIIB
Larcl: lll.
Poins value: 12.
76

Duration: Semester II.
Architecture & Planning
Assumed htowledge: See Clause 2 of Schedule III of this degree. 467A Architectural Design
IIIA.
Contact hours:20 hours a week studio work, with specialist lectures irregularly spaced.
Contenl: A single project, from a limited selection, which will be of moderate compleúty.
Responses should demonstrate all phases of architectural designing; skètch plans, technical
development including one spe.cialised topic, and a final p¡esentation which should show a
thorough integration of all major aspects of the course.
Assessrnent: Final project lNVo.
7943 Architectural Science III
Le+'el: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requkite: See Clause 2 of Schedule III of this degree.
Contact hours: 1 lecture and 2 other hours (tutorial, laboratory) a week.
Content: The following topics c/ill be developed with an emphasis on application in design:
architectural acoustics and noise control; the visual environment (daylighting, artihcial
lighting and colour); building materials. Selected laboratory/experimental work will be
undertaken by the student. Computer software for design evaluation will be introduced.
Assessment: C-ourse work 34Vo aod lhour examination 667o.
L539 Architectural Structures III
Loel: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisite: See Clause 2 of Schedule III of this degree.
Contact haurs: 2 hours (lectures/tutorials/seminars) a week.
Content: Students prepare a project report on a selected topic under the guidance of the
lectu¡er concerned. This report forms the basis of a seminar given by the student.
Assessment: Final report and seminar presentation 1007o.
3918 HonoursArchitecture
Level: lll.
Poins value: 3.
[)uration: Semester I.
he-requisite: Admission will be selective, based on prior results. Selection guidelines
available in the Department of Architectu¡e.
Contact hours: L two-hour tutorial/seminar weekly.
Content: Students will be required to undefake supervised research into a particular topic,
leading to the presentation of a seminar paper and submission of a final essay or report of
the order of 4000 words.
Topics offered for this subject will depend upon staff availability. Examples of topics which
can be expected from time to time are:
A¡chitectural History
Architectural Theories in Modern A¡chitecture
Australian Architectural History
'Building Acoustics and Noise
77

Architecture & Plannlng
'Building Materials Behaviour
Computer-Aided pesign
Computer Applications in Architecturc
Criticism and A¡chitecture
Coßen¡atiôn in the Built Envitonment
'Day'ight Studies
rEnerry in Buildings
Ergonomics
Housing
Rainfall and Buildings
Solar Access
Urban Desigr
Wind and Buildings.
Those with asterisk require eq)erimental s'ork in the Building Science Laboratory
78

DEGREE OF
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE
REGUI.ATIONS
Architecture & Planning
L. There shall be a degree of Master of Architectu¡e.
2. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall prepare a thesis, embodying the results of
original research or investigation made into a field of study on an aspect or aspects of
architectural design, building practice and/or the architectural profession. The field of
study shall be approved in advance by the Faculty and prepared under the guldance of and
in regular consultation with a supen'isor or supewisors appointed by the Faculty.
3. (a) The Faculty of Architecture and Planning may accept as a candidate for the degree
of Master of A¡chitecture any person who:
(i) has become entitled to receive the Honours degree of Bachelor of Architecture of
the University of Adelaide; or
(ii) has obtained in another university or tertiary institution qualifications which in the
opinion of the Faculty of Architecture and Planning are at least equivalent to those
of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Architecture.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies acting with the authority
wittingly devolved to it by Council the Faculty may in special cases and subject to such
conditions as ¡t may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degtee a
pe.rson who do€s not meet the requirements specified in regulation 3(a) if it is satisfied that
he or she is likely to be able såtisfactorily to undertake work for the degree.
(c) (i) Subject to the app¡oval of the Council, Faculty may accept as a probationary
candidate for the degree an applicant with an unusual background or whose academic
record does not clearly indicate fitness to undertake the degree. The Faculty may impose
special conditions on a probationary candidature.
(ii) The pe.rformance of each probationary candidate shall be reviewed by the
Faculty after such period as the Faculty prescribes or allows (not exceeding
twelve montbs) and, subject to the approval of the Council, the candidature shall
be either confirmed or terminated.
4. The Head of the Department of Architecture shall advise the Faculty whether suitable
facilities and staff are available to assist and supewise the research of the applicant befote
the candidature and proposed topic of ¡esearch are approved by the Faculty.
5. In cases where the proposed research calls for skills o¡ qualifications not yet possessed
by the candidate, the Faculty may on the ¡ecommendation of the Head of the Department
of Architecture require the candidate to spend a period of time, the length of which shall
be prescribed by the Faculty on the recommendation of the Head of the Department,
either on supewised study or on research unde¡ a supewisor or supenisors appointed by
the Facultf and/or to undertake and pass at an acceptable standard examinations in
courses related to the research topic.
6. There shall in each case be adequate and regular contact between the candidate and
internal supewisor(s). The candidate may, with prior permission of Faculty and subject to
such conditions as may be determined in each case, conduct research in an organisation
other than the University provided (i) that such rèsea¡ch is closely ¡elated to the thesis, (ii)
that the supewisor has access to all the candidate's external research work, and (iii) that
the publication of results will not thereby be prejudiced. Any candidate given such
permission shall be available for seminars and other discussions äs requited by the
supervisor(s) or the Head of the Depafment of Architecture.
7. (a) Unless the Faculty approves in advance an extension of time i¡ a particular case, the
thesis shall be submitted:
'19

Architecture & Planning
(i) in the case of a full-time candidate, not earlier than one year and not later than
three years from the date at which the candidatu¡e wris accepted by the Facult)'; o¡
(ii) in the case of a part-time candidate, not earlier than two years and not later than
five years from the date at which the candidature was accepted by the Faculty.
(b) Three months before the intended date of submission the candidate shall notify the
Faculty in writing of the candidate's intention to submit the thesis, and shall at the sâme
time submit the proposed title and a one-page summary of the thesis.
8. The candidate shall lodge with rhe Regist¡ar three copies of the thesis prepared in
accordance with di¡ections given to candidates from time to time.*
9. (a) The Faculty shall appoint at least two examiners of the thesis of whom at least one
shall be external. The examiners may recommend to the Faculty that the thesis:
(i) be accepted; or
(ii) be accepted subject to minor corrections; o¡
(iii) be accepted subject to the candidate's passingsuch examination(s) as determined by
the Faculty in the field of study immediately relevant to the subject of the thesis; or
(iv) be returned to the candidate for revision and resubmission (within such period of
time as tbe Faculty may allow); or
(v) be rejected.
(b) Tbe examiners of a thesis resubmitted following recommendation (iv) may recommend
only (i), (ii) or (v).
f0. (a) If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfacrory
progress, the Faculty may, with the consent of the Council, u¡ithdraw its approval of the
candidature and the candidate shall cease to be en¡olled for the degree.
(b) Before making a recommendation for termination of candidature to the Council the
Faculty shall notify the candidate of its intention so to do and shall permit the candidate to
offer within one month written explanation for the lack of satisfactory progress. If
notwithstanding any submission made by the candidate, the Faculty decides to recommend
termination of the candidature, the candidate shall be informed accordingly and shall have
the right to appeal c¡ithin one month to the Council, and any such appeal shall be
considered by the Council at the same time as it considers the Faculty's recommendation.
11. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy whose work is considered by the
Faculty, after report by the examiners appointed to make recommendations on it, to be not
of sufficient merit to qualify for that degree but of sufficient merit to qualify for the degree
of Master of Architecture, may be admitted to the degtee of Master of A¡chitecture
provided that the candidate is otherwise qualified to becorne a candidate for the degree.
12. When the Faculty is satisfied that a candidate has complied with the requirements and
conditions of the Regulations and that the thesis is acceptable, the Faculty shall
recommend to the Council that the candidate be admitted to the degree of Master of
Architecture.
RegulatioN allwcd 2l Deæmber, 1967.
Amended:28 Fcb. lq74t3iLS laÛ.196:2"8;2Fù.1978: 2;4 Feb. 1982: 8; 17Jan. 1985:1-lt, 12;Awiri¡g all(Mûæ:3.
'Pubüshed in "Guidclircs otr Hjghe¡ DeBrccs by Research aûd Specili@tioN for Thesis": re¿ Contents.
80

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES
REGULATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Architectural Studies.
Architecture & Planning
appointed by the Faculty.
3. (a) The Faculty ofArchitecture and Planning may accept as a candidate for the degree
of Master of Architectural Studies any person who:
(i) has become entitled to receive the Honours degree of Bachelor.of A¡¡hitectu¡al
'
Stùdies or the Honours degree of Bachelor of Architecture of the University of
Adelaide; or
(ii) ;'åiÍi?,,Ï"iåïi:J^f"åT:f:i:'äåll'å'Låt:
of A¡chitectural Studies'
th the authoritY
subject to such
for the degree a
t is satisFred that
(c) (i) Subject to the approval of the council, Faculty may accept as a probationary
ò"n¿'iá"t" ior the degreê an applicant with an unusual background or wirose academic
record does not clear-ly indicatd fitness to undertake the degree' The Faculty may impose
sp€cial conditions on a probationary candidature.
(ii) The performance of each probationary candidate shall be reviewed by the
Faculiy after such period a¡ the Faculty prescribes or allons (not exceeding
tweÞimonths) andfsubject to the approval of the C-ouncil, the candidature shall
be either confirmed or terminated.
4. The Head of the Department of Architecture shall advise the Faculty whether suitable
facilities and staff are "i.iluþlc to assist and supewise the research of the applicant before
the candidature and proposed topic of research are approved by the Faculty'
cours€s retated to the research topic'
81

Architecture & Planning
permission shall be a'¡ailabte for seminars and other discussions as required by the
supewisor(s) or the Head of the Depafment of AÌchitecture.
(Ð unt"*s the Faculty approves in advance an extension of time in a particular caæ, the
l.
thesis shall be submitted:
(i) in the case of a full-time candidate, not earlier than one year and not later than
three years from the date at which the candidature was accepted by the Facult¡ or
(ii) in the case of a part-time candidate, not earlier than two years and not later than
five years from the date at which the candidatu¡e was accepied by the Faculty.
(b) Three months before the intended date of submission the candidate shall notify the
Faculty in writing of the candidate's intention to submit the thesis, and shall at the same
time submit the proposed titte and a one-page summary of the thesis.
8. The candidate shall.lodge with the Registrar three copies of the thesis prepared in
accordance with directions given to candidates f¡om time to time,r
9. (a) The Faculty shall appoint at least two examiners of the thesis of whom at least one
shall be external. The examine¡s may recommend to the Faculty that the thesis:
(i) be accepted; or
(ii) be accepted subject to minor corrections; or
(iii) be accepted subjecr to the candidate's passing such examination(s) as determined by
the Faculty in the field of study immediately relevant to the subje¿t of the thesis; oi
(iv) be returned to the candidate for revision and ¡esubmission (within such period of
time as the Faculty may allow); or
(v) be rejected.
(b) The examiners of a thesis resubmitted following recommendation (iv) may ¡ecommend
only (i), (ii) or (v).
10. (a) If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory
progress, the Faculty ma¡ with the consent of the Council, withdraw its appror"al of thè
candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree.
(b) Before making a recommendation for termination of candidature to the C-ouncil the
12. When the Faculty is satisfied that a candidate has complied with the requirements and
conditions of the Regulations and that the thesis is acceptable, the Faculty shall
recommend to the council that the candidate be admitted to the degree of Máster of
A¡chitectural Studies.
Rcgulatio$ allowcd Ð ll',ay,lg8f.
ARitiDg allMDæ:3.
'Published i¡ "GuideliDes or Higher Degrees by Research aDd spcciÍetions fo¡ Thcsis": Je¿ contcDts.
82

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF BUILDING SCIENCE
RBGULATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Building Science'
Architecture & Planning
a supervisor or supe.wisors apPointed by the Faculty.
3. (a) The Faculty of Architecture and Planning may accept as a candidate for the degree
of Master of Building Science any person who:
(i) has become entitled to receive the Honours degree of Bachelor of Architectural
studies or the Honours degree of Bachelor of Architecture of the university of
Adelaide; or
(iD ity or tertiary institution qualifications which in the
ecture and Planning ale at least equivalent to those
lor of Architectural Studies.
the authority
bject to such
the degtee a
sâtisfied that
(c) (i) Subject to the approval of the Council, Faculty may accept as a probationary
òun¿ìáate for the degreê an applicant with an unusual background or whose academic
record does not clearly indicate fitness to undertake the degree. The Faculty may impose
special conditiois on a probationary candidature'
(ii) The performance of each probationary candidate shall be reviewed by the
Faculiy after such period as the Faculty prescribes or allows (not exceeding
twelve months) and, subject to the approval of the council, the candidature shall
be either confirmed or terminated.
4. The Head of the Department of A¡chitecture shall advise the Faculty whethor suitable
facilities and staff a¡e available to assist and supewise the research of the applicant befole
the candidature and proposed topic of research are approved by the Faculty.
courses related to the research topic.
6. There shall in each case be adequate and regular contact between the candidate and
supewisor(s) or the Head of the DePartment of Architectu¡e.
83

Architecture & Planning
7_. (Q Unless the Faculty approves in advance an extension of time in a particular case, the
thesis shall be submitted:
(i) in the case of a full-time candidate, not earlier than one year and not later than
three years from the date at which the candidature was accepted by the Facult¡ or
(ii) in the case of a Part-time candidate, not earlier than two years and not later than
Fwe years from the date at which the candidature was accepfed by the Faculty.
(b) Three months before the intended date of submission the candidate shall not¡ry the
Faculty in writing of the candidate's intention to submit the thesis, and shall at the same
time submit the proposed title and a one-page summary of the thesii.
8. The candidate shall lodge s,ith the Registrar three copies of the thesis prepared in
accordance with directions given to candidates f¡om time to iime.'
9. (a) The Faculty shall appoint at least tc/o examiners of the thesis of whom at leasr one
shall be external. The examiners may recommend to the Faculty that the thesis:
(i) be accepted; or
(ii) be accepted subject to minor corrections; or
(iii) be accepted subject to, the candidate's passing such examination(s) as determined by
the Faculty in the field of study immediately relevant to the subjeót of the thesis; oi
(iv) be returned to the candidate for revision and resubmission (within such period of
time as the Faculty may allow); or
(v) be rejected.
(b) The examiners of a thesis ¡esubmitted following recommendation (iv) may recommend
only (i), (ii) or (v).
10. (a) If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory
p¡ogr-.ess, the Faculty ma¡ with the consent of the council, withdraw its approval of thê
candidatu¡e and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree.
(b) Before making a recommendation for termination of candidature to the C-ouncil the
Regùlåtio! allrycd æ May, 198ó.
AwitiDg 8llowDe: 3.
Ity is satisfied that a candidate has compried with the requirements and
Regulations and that the tbesis is acceptable, the Faculty shall
Council that the candidate be admitted to the degree of Master of
'Published iD "cuideliDes oD Higher D€gre6 by Research aDd sp€cifietio$ for Thsis',: sec cootents.
u

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF PIANNING
REGUI,ATIONS
Architecture & Planning
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Planning.
2. To qualify for th ll PrePare
original reseatch or a Freld of
advance by the Facu e guidance
a supewisor or supervisors appointed by the Facutty.
3. (a) The Facutty of A¡chitecture and Planning may accept as a candidate for the degree
of Master of Planning any pe.rson who has become entitled to receive ari Honours degtee of
the University of Adelaide or other qualifications accepted by the University as equi lent
to an Honours degree.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Board of with the authority
wittingly devolved to it by Council the Facul nd subject to such
conditions as it may see fit to impose in each te for the degree a
person who does not meet the requirements specified in regulation 3(a) if it is satisfied that
he or she is likely to be able satisfactorily to undertake work for the degree.
(c) (i) Subject to the approval of the Council, Faculty may accept as a probationary
candidate for the degree an applicant with an unusual background or whose academic
record does not clearly indicate fitness to undertake the degree. The Faculty may impose
special conditions on a probationary candidate.
(ii) The performance of each probationary candidate shall be reviewed by the
Faculty after such period as the Faculty prescribes or allows (not exceeding
twelve months) and, subject to the approval of the Council, the candidate shall
be either confirmed or terminated.
4. The Head of the Department of Architecture shall advise the Faculty whether suitable
facilities and staff are available to ass¡st and supewise the research of the applicant before
the candidature and proposed topic of rèsea¡ch are approved by the Faculty.
5. In cases where the proposed ¡esea¡ch calls for skills or qualifications not yet possessed
courses related to the research topic.
6. There shall in each case be adequate and regular contact between the candidate and
internal supervisor(s). The candidate ma¡ with prior permission of Faculty and subject to
such condiiions as may be determined in each case, conduct research in an organisation
orher than the University provided (i) that such research is closely related to the thesis, (ii)
that the supe.wisor has access to all the candidate's extemal research work, and (iii) that
the publication of results will not thereby be prejudiced. Any candidate given such
permission shall be available for seminars and other discussions as required by the
supewisor(s) or the Head of the Department of Architecture.
7. (a) Unless the Facùlty approves in advance an extension of time in a particular case, the
thesis shall be submitted:
(i) in the case of a full-time candidate, not earlier than oûe year and not later than
three years from the date at which the candidatures was accepted by the Faculty; or
(ii) in the case of a part-time candidate, not earlier than two years and not later than
five years from the date at which the candidatures was accepted by the Faculty.
85

Arch¡tecture & Planning
(b) Three months before the intended date of submission the candidate shall notify the
Faculty in writing of the candidate's intention to submit the thesis, and shall at the same
time submit the proposed title and a one-page summary of the thesis.
8. The candidate shall lodge with the Registrar thrce copies of the thesis prepared in
acco¡dance with directions given to cåndidates from time to time..
9. (a) The Faculty shall appoint at least two examiners of the thesis of wtom at leasr one
shall be external. The examiners may recommend to the Faculty that the thesis:
(i) be accepted; or
(ii) be accepted subject to minor corrections; or
(ii¡) be accepted subject to the candidate's passing such examination(s) as determined by
the Faculty in the field of study immediately relevant to the subject of the thesis; or
(iv) be returned to the candidate for revision and resubmission (within such pe.riod of
time as the Faculty may allow); or
(v) be rejected.
(b) The examiners of a thesis ¡esubmitted following recommendation (iv) may recommend
only (i), (ii) or (v).
L0' (a) If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory
proqlgss, the Faculty ma¡ with the consent of the c-ouncil, ìr,ithdraw its approval of the
candidaturc and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree.
(b) Before making a recommendation for termination of candidature to the Council the
by the
be not
degree
ed that
12. When the Faculty is satisfied that a candidate has complied with the teqùi¡ements and
conditions of tbe Regulations and that the thesis is acceptable, the Faculty shalt
recommend to the council that the candidate be admitted to the degree of Master of
Planning.
Rcgulat¡oú a-Ìlwed 24 Februry, 1983.
Amended: 17 Ja¡. 1985: 3, AMiriDg allmnæ: 3.
Published in "Guidelines oD Hi&he¡ Degres by R6earch aDd sp€cifiqtiom for Thsis": s¿¿ cotrtcnts.
86

FACULTY OF ARTS
REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF
DEGRBES AìID DIPLOMAS
Bachelor of Arts (BA.)
lasl¡ding Bachelor of Arts
(Jurisprudence) (BA.(Jur.))
Regulations
A¡tbrcpolog
Asiån Studi6 .........,.
Classi6 .,,..........,.
Dæa ..............
E@nomic (for B.A.)
Etrglish
French..
GeogÉphy
Ge¡:@.....,,....
History ...............
IåûgEge Studies
MisæUanæú Artt Subjec,ls ......'.."....
Muic (for B-4,)
Philosophy
Physia (for B.{)
PsycholoС
Womeû's Studis
Graduate Certificate in Language Education
(Grad.Cert.Lang.Ed.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Graduate Diploma in Applied Remote Sensing
(Grad.Dip'App.Rem.Sensing)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Graduate Diploma in Archaeology
(Grad.Dip"A'rchaeol.)
Regu.lations
Schedules . ............................::
Syllabuses
90
93
109
109
t1.6
LY
t46
L48
t49
t63
170
182
190
2M
222
226
2n
238
2:ß
254
267
262
263
265
267
269
270
n4
276
278
87
-n Þo
L
E
o T1
Þ
Ð -{
v,

Graduate Diploma in Education (Grad.Dip.Ed.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
282
283
285
Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies (New
Course) (Grad. Dip.Env.St.[New])
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies
Course) (Grad.Dip.Env.St.[Old])
Regulations
Schedules
Bachelo¡ of Education (B.Ed.)
Note
Bachelo¡ of Educational Studies (B.Ed.St.)
Regulations
Schedules
Master of Applied Psychology (MApp.Psych.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Regulations
Notes by Departments ...............
Master of Arts (Women's Studies)
(M,{.(Women's St.))
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Master of Education (M.Ed.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Master of Educational Studies (M.Ed.St.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
88
293
295
2n
(old
298
300
303
M
305
308
310
312
318
320
323
325
328
338
v0
t44
357
359
ffi

Master of Environmental Studies (Old
(M.Env.St.I oldl)
Regulations
Course)
380
ß2
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Regulations and Schèdules: uhder "Board of Research
Studies"

Arts
DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ARTS
INCLUDING BACHEIOR OF ARTS (JT,JRISPRT,JDENCE)
REGUI.ATIONS
l. (a) There shall be an ordinary degree of Bachelor of A¡ts and an Ordinary degree of
Bachelor ofA¡ts (Jurisprudence). A candidate may obtain only one of these degrees.
(b) There shall be an Honoun degree of Bachelor of A¡ts.
(c) A candidate may obtain an Ordinary degree, an Honours degree o¡ both.
2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and
that for the Honours degree over four academrc years.
3. (a) In these regulations and in schedules made under them by Council the wo¡d
"subject" means â course of study at the University for which an official University result is
awa¡ded.
(b) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Facult¡ shall from time to time prescribe
schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council o¡ such
other date as the Council may determine.
(c) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of Department or Head of
Departments concerned and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Education C-ommittee for approval, except that Head of Departments may approve minor
changes to previously approved syllabuses.
4. A candidate for the degree shall attend classes as required by the Head of the
Department concerned and pass examinations in accordance s/ith the appropriate Ordinary
degree schedules (either schedule II o¡ schedule III) or Honours degree schedule (schedule
rÐ.
5. (a) A candidate desiring to enter for an honours school must obtain the approwal of the
head of the school concerned. The final examination may not, except by special permission
of the Faculty, be taken until four years of study have been completed after matriculation.
(b) The work of the final Honours year must be completed in one full year of full-time
stud¡ save tbat on the recommendation of the Head of the Department concerned, the
Faculty may permit a candidate to spread the ìÀ,ork over ts¡o years, but not more, under
such conditions as it may determine.
(c) The names of the candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published
within the following classes and divisions in each school:
First Class
Second Class
DivisionA
Division B
Third Class
(d) A candidate who is unable to complete the course for the Honours degree within the
time allowed, or whose work is unsatisfactory at any stage of the course, or who withdraws
from the course shall be repofed to the Faculty which may permit the candidate to reenrol
for the Honours degree under such conditions (if any) as it may determine.
90

lel A candidate mav not enrol
in the same
ì"i".rîìn" ãnãiout" 1i¡ n.r ; or (ii) has
pi.*"",.¡ i.t examinatio"n in
urs; or (iii)
withdraws from the course' un Permits the
candidate to re-enrol.
6. Except bypermission of the Faculty a candidate shall not proc.eed to a subject forwhich
ift" ."nåi¿"íJftas not completed the pre-requisite subjects prescribed in the syllabuses'
7'Acandidateshalldosuchwfittenorpracticalworkasmaybeprescribedbythe
at the final examination of that subject.
g.Thenamesofcandidateswhopassinanysubjectordivisionofasubjectforthe
Ordinary degree shall be published in the following classifications:
Pass with Distinction
Pass with Cred¡t
Pass
shall be deemed to have failed to pass the examination'
12. A c
culties or univenities or elsewhere may
on writ
such exemption from.these- regulations
and fro
I on the reðommendation of the Faculty
;i¡:'"å::
subject to
the following conditions:
(i) they may present for the degree such subjects. to a maximum aggrega,te pojnts value
'' p'Jiits at lævel I or Ëvet II; no such subject may be presented for the degree
"lji at lævel III;
(ii)theyshallpresentalangeofsubjectswhichfulfilstherequirementsoftherelevant
- -
schLdule made under regulation 3;
and
nother degree.
in other facult¡es, \Ã'ho
maY be granted such
9l
A

Arts
14. No graduat in a subject or fîeld,of study ih
another
-facult5r
helor of Arts in .orrixporrdlng
subject, Iield of
"
ls' tf i1 any y-ear/semesrer student enrolment for a particular subJect offered by the
Faculty is less than the minimum specified by the Facultyi that subject may not be offered.
Regul¡tioE allwed 17 Jeury, 195¿
Amcndcd:16Mü.1961: 16D€eil¡65:5,6,l?i,4Dcc lge/:4,14il7Dflc,:.g]/}tg,l3;21Dcc.
tftL 4,5,9,1\ rS tn t ß; 4 Fsù. 1982: I,l4 Z r.u. rb¡s: ¡,ia;'rZ ran. reasü[J¡, 9; t2 Feb;
1987: 1, 4, 13. 20 Jú 1989
92

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ARTS
INCLI]DING BACHEITOR OF ARTS (JTJRISPRUDENCE)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 3)
Four Schedules are hereby made, as follows:
Schedule I: Subjects of studY.
Schedule II: The Ordinary Degree of Bachelor of A¡ts'
Schedule III: The Ordinary Degree of Bachelor ot Arts (Jurisprudence)'
Schedule IV: The Honours Degree.
NOTES: (a) Sylabws of subjects for thc de8ree of 8.,A. atrd B4' (¡Y) 8re PÙblithedt€ld' imediâtely after these
S"n"o"f*'. hoí of sr¡jeas t"ugrt tå. a.gr"es and oìplomæ sãe the table of sùbjects 8t thc eûd of the
"yfftu"s "tn..
volume.
(b)Notwithstandi¡gtheschedulesandsyllabudpüblished¡Dlhisvolusc,anumb€rofsubjectslistedmyDotb€
offered i¡ 191.
The a%ilebitity of all sùbjects is æDditioMl uPon lhe aEilability ot stalf and laciliti6'
(c) Some subjecrs @mot be æuDted with othes towrds rhe degree ol B-A' À list of uûaGPtable @BbiútioN is
aEilable Ircm lhc FaculÐr ot À¡ts Otriæ.
SCHEDULE I: SUBJECTS OF STUDY
NOTES: (a) The points value of each subject is indicated at the end of each sÙbject title'
(b) unless otherwise indicated in the syllabuses, subjects will not normally be available to
students with exemption from lectures.
LEVEL I SI,JBJECTS
1. Arts Subjects
Anthropologn
Full-Year subiecs
?419 Introduction to Social Anthropologyl
Asian Studies:
Full-Year subiects
5978 Chinese I
27?5 Japanese I: Introductory Japanese
Classics:
Full-Year subjects
9178 Ancient Greek I
2858 Ancient Greek IA
1014 Classical Studies I
6
6
6
6
6
6
6'756 l-ari¡l
4546 l¿tin IA
93
Arls

Arts
Drama¡
Full-Year subjects
!)'613 Drama | 6
Economics
Full-Year subjecs
8461 Economics | 6
Semester subjects
9073 Economic History I 3 7322 Economic Statistics IA 3
21.48 Economic Institutions and Policy I 3 7626 Mathematical Economics I 3
8179 Economic Statistics I 3 7263 Mathematics fo¡ Economists I 3
English:
Full-Year subjecu
1278 English I 6
Frenclu
Full-Year subjecs
442 Frcnch I 6
2224. Frcnch IA: Beginners'French 6
Geograph¡t
Full-Year subjects
9587 Geography I 6
Semester subjecs
76L3 Geography IA: Society and Space 3
4823 Geography IB: Society and Physical
Environment 3
3482 Introduction to Physical
Geographyl 3
Germa¡u
Full-Year subjects
8431 German I 6 6806 German I (Flinders). I
5723 German IA: Beginners' German 6 German IA (Flinders)t 8
Histor¡
Full-Year subjecß
1118 Old Societies and New States | 6
853 Problems and Perspe.ctives in
Modern European History I 6
Semester subjecß
7071 Colonial Australia I 3
6ó75 The Renaissance 1350-1500 I 3
Mathemafics
Full-Year subjects
3617 Mathematics IH 6
Semester subjecs
4357 Mathematical IH 3
Music:
Full-Year subjecs
1935 Music Theory I
' For Flindeß Univesit)¡ stùdeDts oDbr.
94

Semester subjecs
6743 Introduction to Early Music I 3379 Introduction to Music History I 1
'J'
1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicology 1. 2202 Music of the 18th Century
Philosoph¡t
Semesler subjects
6001 Arguments & Critical 9014 Philosophy lA: Introduction to
Thinkingl 3 Metaphysics 3
7743 I-og¡c I 3 57M Philosophy IB: Moralit¡ Society
and the Individual 3
Physics:
Semester subjecs
293 Physics, Ideas and Society I 3
Politics
Full-Year subjects
329L Australian Politics I 6
2657 Political Development in Australia I 6
Semester subjects
9155 An Introduction to Political 2659 Politics & Societyin
Sociologyl 3 WesternEuropel 3
8605 Introduction to Political 1240 Problems of Political
Thought (A) I*¿ 3 Philosophyl'* 3
728 Women in Australian Political
Development I 3
Psychologn
Full-Year subjects
5104 Psychology | 6
Miscellaneous Arts Subjects:
Full-Year subjectr
1316 German for Reading and
Research I 3
9151 New Methods in Arts: Using
Personal Computers 3
2. Science Subjects:
Full-Year subjects
3174 BioloryI 6 9675 General Physics I 6
6878 Chemistry I 6 2L3ó Geology I 6
962 Evolution, Dinosaurs and 9864 Human Anatomy I 6
Greenhouse Earth I 6 3&3 Physics I 6
Semester subjects
4145 Astronomy I 3
3821 Botany I 3
7740 Genetics and Evolution I 3
3. Mathematical Sciences Subjects:
Full-Year subjecs
9276 Introduction to Computer Science 6
9786 Mathematics I 6
Semester subjecs
1073 Introduction to Programming and 9134 Mathematical Applications I 3
Systems 3 5543 Statistics I 3
5662 Introduction to Programming and
Applications 3
" Not offered in 1991
95
Arls

Arts
4. Architectural Studies Subjects:
Semester subjecu
5468 Art History and Theories IA
8361 A¡t History and Theories IB
3700 Asian Architecture I
2006 Australian Architecture I
1629 Classicism & Architecturel
LEVEL II SUBJECTS
1. ARTS S{JBJECTS
Anthropologn
Full-Year subjecs
None.
Semester subjects
8195 Aborigines and the State II
4287 \\e Anthropolog¡r of Political
Discourse II
6376 Communities, Boundaries and
Symbols II
Asian Studies:
Full-Year subjects
173ó Chinese II
1408 Japanese II
Sentester subjects
1435 Chinese Politics: The Politics of
Theory II**
4216 Chinese Politics II
4437 Japanese History Japan and War,
1931-1945 II*'
6118 Japanese History Meiji State
185G.1912 II*'
5820 Japanese Political Economy: 1945t973il
8065 Japanese Political Economy 1973-
1990 II
Classics:
Full-Year subjecs
5749 A¡cient Greek II
TlT3 A¡cient Greek IIA
7175 Ancient Greek IIS
Semester subjecs
6455 Ancient Philosophy II"*'
6761 Classical Mythologr II"'
1253 Archaic Greek A¡t and
A¡chitecture II"t
2384 Classical Greek Art and
Architecture IItt'
" Not offered in 1991
Yeaß onD¡
' ' ' ' Anilablc i¡ æû ycæ onbr
96
3
3
3
J
3
4
4
4
8
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8897 Design Studies IA
2713 Desigfr Stud¡es IB
2120 History and Theodes of
A¡chitectu¡e IA
'7471 F,thtic Identity and Ethnic
C-onflict II*' 4
981.7 Pre-Colonial Aboriginal Societyll 4
3895 Theories ofPractice II 4
7793 Korean History 187É1945 II" 4
7903 Korean History L945-1980 II" 4
2538 Modern Chinese History Empire
to Republic II** 4
6014 Traditional China II: Formative
Era and Middle Empire 4
8155 Traditional China II: Prosperityto
Decline 4
8139 Traditional Japan II: Origins to1467 4
2707 Traditional Japan II: Shogun,
"Barbarians" and Townspeople 4
8 ',1279
8 6048
8 3630
4 33M
4
5394
4
2628
4
I¿tin II
I-atin IIA
I¿tin IIS
Greek History Archaic and
Classical II*"'
Greek History to Alexander the
G¡eat IIttt*
I¡te Roman and B5zantine
Studies II"
3
3
3
8
8
8
4
4
4

9437 Roman Imperial HistoryA.D. 14l92ll."
2036 Roman Literatu¡e II+"
Drama:
Full-Year subjecs
6926 Dr¿.mall
Economics:
Semester subjects
9467 East Asian Economies
1682 Economic HistoryA
7350 Economic History C
7579 Economic Statistics II(S)
8457 Economic Statistics IIA(S)
5920 Economics of Resources and the
Environment II
English:
Semester subjects
9679 ßaíyMiddle English II
603 English Before 1066 II
31L2 Fiction and Drama in England
from L850-1910 II
4915 Gender and Narrative II*
7012 Major English Texts 1650-1800 II
1635 Medieval English Literature II
5720 Modernist Literatu¡e II
1323 ^Ihe Centre and the Australian
Imagination II
4525 The Emergence of the Modern
Sensibility II
Frencl¡:
Full-Year subjecs
5691 French II: language and Culture
Semester subjects
5245 French Studies II (Post 1789)
Geograph¡,:
Semester subjecß
76U Biogeography of Human-
Dominated Landscapes II
8673 Economic Geography II
4532 Origins of l¡ndforms in
Australia II"t
German:
Full-Year subjecs
8706 German II: Ianguage, Literature
and Culture
1214 German IIA: language, Literature
and Cultu¡e
" Not olïercd in 191.
'' ' ,{Eilablc in odd yeaß oDly.
"" Awilable iû dcDyeaÉ onb¡.
4
4
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8739 Roman Republic History 133
B.C.-A.D. 14 IIr**
5246 Industrial Relations II
9893 Macroeconomics II
8620 Mathematical Economics II
8870 Microeconomics II
4 2310 Popular Genres (A): Crime
4 Friction II
8750 Popular Genres (B): Science
4 Fiction II
4 8610 Romanticism and American
4 Literature II
4 7371 Twentieth CenturyAmerican
4 Literature II
1549 Women's Writing: The Nineteenth
4 C-enturyIl
2694 Writers of the English
4 Renaissance II
4
4
4
I
8
340 French IIA: I-anguage and Cultu¡e
3475 F¡ench Studies II (Pre 1789)
5581 Geographical Analysis of
Population II
3265 Social Geography II
4556 Structural Geomorpholog¡l II*'**
\245 German IIB: knguage, Literature
and Culture
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9"1
Arls

Arts
Histor¡,:
Full-Year subjecs
9200 Australia: Out¡nst of Empire in
the Antipodes II't
6796 Chi¡a: From Empire to
Communist Pov¡er II
9093 France 1848-1945 II
Semester subjects
6?78 Australian Femlnism in Context II
8243 Australian Urban History II'*
6237 USA: C.onstitution to Civil War II
5028 England under the Stuarts II
3463 Everyman and Ever)'woman in
P¡e-industrial Europe II(A)
1740 Fascism and National Socialism II
5805 Liberal Europe and Social Change
1815-1914 II**
Music:
Full-Year subjecs
5641 Early Music II 4
1.685 Ethnomusicology II 4
7800 Music klucation II 4
Semester subjecs
2135 Music of rhe 19rh Cenrury (Arrs) 2.5
Philosoph¡':
Semester subjecs
303? l,ogic II 4
7594 Knowledge and language II 4
860ó Minds, Brains and C-omputers II 4
6007 Modern Classical Philosophers II 4
Politics:
Full-Year subjecs
2650 Political Development in
Australia II** 8
1280 Public Policy in Australia II 8
Semesær subjecß
5289 Ana¡chism and Libertarianism II 4
5849 A SurveyofFeministThinke¡s II" 4
8089 Comparative Politics (A) II 4
8363 Comparative Politics (B) II-- 4
7427 History of Political Thought (A) II 4
6148 History of Political Thought (B) II 4
Psychologr:
Full-Year subjecs
3149 Psychology II
"Not olfered in 191.
98
8
8
8
4
4
4
4
2289 Pre-Scientific World View 150G
1750 II 8
3194 Russia in Crisis: Peter the Great
to Krushchev II 8
1,547 Tïrc Second World War 1939-1945 II 8
1640 Nationalism & Revolution in
South-East Asia (A) II 4
¿1419 Nationalism & Revolution in
South-East Asia (B) II 4
6748 Responses to \#ar: Machiavelli to
Vietnam II** 4
4590 Twentieth CrnturyAustralia II 4
8916 Urban History Europe 1000-1900 II 4
2197 USA: Colonies to Constitution II 4
7642 Music Theory II
9879 Musicology II
3977 Music of the 20th C-entury (Arts) 2.5
3538 Moral Problems II 4
4245 Moral and Social Philosophy Il 4
Ð46 Philosophy of Religion II 4
2525PhilosophyofScienceII** 4
4646 "Il'itd World Political Economy II 8
2935 International Politics II 8
7756 Politics and Society in Western
Europe II 4
3841 Politics and Ideologyll 4
3109 Sociolog¡r ofPower II 4
6103 Women and Policy II" 4

Miscellaneous Af s Subjecf s
4916 History and Development of Mass
C-ommunication II
2. Sciencc Subjects:
Full-Year subjects
3673 Botany II
610ó Chemistry II
4863 Genetics II
7013 Microbiology and Immunolog¡r II
L893 Organic Chemistry II
Semester subjecs
14M Biochemistry II
?447 Basic Molecular Biology II
67ã Chemical Geology and
Thermodynamics II
9828 Comparative Morphology II
74M Data Processing in the Geological
8
8
8
I
8
4
4
4
4
Sciences II 4
1443 Environment Geology II 4
4604 Media Analysis II 4
32M Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II
2653 Physics II
3773 Physiology II
v72 Znology ll
2559 Geophysics and Geodynamic
Geology II 4
9473 Histolory II 4
1995 Historicat Geolory and
Palaebiolog¡rll 4
9835 l-andscape Evolution in Australia
II*** 4
3. Mathematical Sciences Subjects
All full-year and semester subjects listed under Schedule II, Level II Subjects in the
Schedules of the B.Sc. degree in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and taught in that
Faculty.
4. Architectural Studies Subjects:
Full-Year subjects
None.
Semester subjecs
9888 A¡t History and Theories IIA 4
9853 Art History and Theories IIB 4
5094 Asian Architecture II 4
200ó Australian A¡chitecture II 4
8807 Australian Planning II++* 4
9104 Christianity and Archltecture II** 4
ó34 Design Studies IIA 4
LEVEL III SUBJECTS
1. Arts Subjects
Anthropologn
Semester'subjects
5437 Aborigines and the State III
8047 Communities, Boundaries and
Symbols III
'6730 Ethnic Identity and Ethnic
Conflict III'*
Asian Studies:
Full-Year subjecs
6140 Chinese III
Not olfercd i¡ 1991.
'¡
"'A%i-table in odd yeaß oDly.
"" Awilable i! fleD yearu only.
6
6
6
7090
8084
8651
3073
7774
8814
Design Studies IIB 4
Design Theories II 4
I:ndscape Design Studies II'*** 4
Modernity and Architecture II 4
Planning Processes in Urban and
l,andscape Design II*'* 4
Urban Design Studies II*t*' 4
9009 Pre-Colonial Aboriginal Society III
8994 The Anthropology of Political
Discourse III
6138 Theories of Practice III
12 7615 Japanese III
8
8
8
8
6
6
6
12
99
Arls

Arts
Semester subjecs
1954 Chinese Politics III"
6381 Chinese Politics: The Politics of
Theory III**
4922 Japneæ Historf Japan and War,
1931-1945 III.'
2958 Japanese History Meiji State
185G1912 III"
2371 Japanese Political Economy
197319m III
438L Japanese Political Economy
1945-1973IIl
Classics
Full-Year subjecu
5944 Ancient Greek III
3943 Ancient G¡eek IIIS
Semester subjecs
6113 Ancient Philosophy III'*
6829 A¡chaic Greek Art and
A¡chitecture III"'
61&l Classical Greek A¡t and
Architecture III***
3644 Classical Mythology III" **
5818 Greek History Archaic and
Classical III*'**
Economics:
Full-Year subjecs
2100 Economic Theory III
Semester subjecs
8178 Agricultu¡al Economics III
4883 Applied Econometrics III
5284 Business and Government III
7739 Econometrics III
4030 Economic Geography
English:
Semester subjects
1407 Adv¿nced Middle English III
17ã Advanced Old English III
8741 Early Middle English III
L807 Engllsh Before 1066 lll
4382 Gender and Narrative III**
8082 Fiction and Drama in England
from L850-1910 III
" Not offered iD l9l.
' ' ' Aw ilable iû odd ye6 on¡,.
' ' ' ' AEilable in ryen yeas only,
100
6
6
6
6
6
6
t2
L2
6 3548 Greek History to Alexander the
Great IIIt'*t 6
6 1300 l¿te Roman and Byz¿ntine
Studies III" 6
Á 5830 Roman Imperiat History A.D. 14-
u 192 III.|.
6 q57] Roman Literature III***
6
6
6
3189 Roman Republican History 133
B.C.-A.D. 14 III+" 6
8
5219 Korean Histoqt 1945-1980 III"
8778 Korean History 187G1945 III
5712 Modern Chinese History Empire
to Republic III"
6L14 Traditional China III: Formative
Era and Middle Empire '*
3409 Traditional China III: Prosperìty
to Decline*'
9483 Traditional Japan III: Origins to
1467
2503 Traditional Japan III: Shogun,
"Ba¡barians" and Townspe.ople
4232 l'ati¡lll
3454 I-atin IIIS
4 3751 Economic Development IIIA
4 5942 Economic Development IIIB
4 8518 Economics of hbbur III
4 7981 Public Finance III
4
6
6
6
6
6
5363 Major English Texts 1650-1800 III
3234 Medieual English Literature III
3M6 Modernist Literature III
9380 Popular Genres (A): Crime
Fiction III
5341 Popular Cenres (B): Science
6 Fiction III
6.
6
6
6
6
6
6
72
t2
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6

9256 Romanticism and American
Literature III
L154 The Centre and the Australian
Imagination III
2ß9 T1rc Emergence of the Modern
Sensibility III
Frenclu
Full-Year subjecs
4304 French III: l:nguage and Culture 72
Semester subjecs
2648 French Studies III 51 6
6175 French Studies III 52 6
Geograph¡r
Semester subjecß
4M0 Aboriginal Aust¡alia III 6
5359 Consen¡ation in Human-
Dominated Iandscapes III** 6
7300 Evolution of l¿ndforms in
Aust¡alía III'*' 6
9923 Geographic Information Systems III 6
8388 Equity in Cities: A Comparative
Perspective 6
Gern¡an:
Full-Year subjecs
8877 German III: language, Literatu¡e
and Culture 72
Histor¡r
Full-Year subjecs
2889 Australia: Outpost of Empire in
the Antipodes III** 12
2794 China: From Empire to
Communist Power III 72
9568 France 1848-1945 III 12
Semester subjecu
8339 Australian Feminism in Context III 6
2905 Australian Urban HistoryIII*' 6
2095 England under the Stuarts III
5961 Everyman and Ever¡nvoman in
Pre-industrial Europe III(A)
3877 Fascism and National Socialism III 6
64L3 Liberal Europe and Social Change
1815-L914 III** 6
1928 Nationalism & Revolution in
south-East Asia (A) III 6
" Not offered in l9l.
"' Awilable ¡¡ odd yeare oaly.
6
6
6
4596 Twentieth Century American
Literature III
5687 Women's Writing: The Nineteenth
Crntury III
7303 Writers of the English
Renaissance III
1150 Regional Development III
4289 Remote Sensing III(A)
1453 Rural Social Geography III
5722 Structural Geomorpholog¡r III
320O Tropical Environments and
Human Systems III
4959 German IIIB: l:nguage,
Literature and Cultu¡e
6379 Russia in Crisis: Peter the Great
to K¡ushchev III 72
9072 'I\e Pre-Scientific World View
150G1750 III 12
4827 'Ihe Second World War 1939-7945
III 'I2
3387 Nationalism & Revolution in
South-East Asia (B) III 6
35M Responses to War: Machiavelli to
Vietnam III" 6
6913 Twentieth CenturyAustralia III 6
2150 USA:Constitution to Civil War
1787-1865 III 6
776I U¡ban History: Europe 1000-1900 1116
6548 USA: Colonies to Constitution III 6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
12
101
Arts

Arts
Music:
Full-Year subjecs
9902 Eaily Music IIIC
3881 Ethnomusicology III
1492 Ethnomusicolog¡r IIIC
5381 Music Education III
8960 Music Education IIIC
Senrcster subjecß
3946 Chinese Music
5?A4 Diaghile'ds "Ballets Russes"
ó016 Japanese Music
3941. Mozart's C-once¡tos
Philosoph¡':
Semester subjecs
6570 Knowledge and l:nguage III
4?59 LogclllA
5192 Metaphysics III
5086 Minds, Brains and Computers III
8737 Modern Classical Philosophers III
Politics:
Full-Year subjecs
9287 International Politics III 12
9796 Public Po(iry in Australia III 12
Semester subjecs
5¿146 Ana¡chism and Libertarianism III 6
3466 A Suwey of Feminist Thinkers III'* 6
7160 Comparative Politics (A) III 6
1738 Comparative Politics (B) III" 6
Psychologn
Full-Year subjects
3170 Psychological Research methodology
m4
Semester subjects
826? Animal Behaviour III 2
2196 Environmental Psychologlr III 2
1131 Human Decision Processes III" 2
7196 Intelligence III 2
8779 Metapsychology III*' 2
4770 Neuroscience in Psychology III 2
Miscellaneous Arts Subjects
Semester subjecs
7853 History and Development of Mass
Communication III 6
2114 Human Biolory and Society III 6
2. Science Subjects:
Full-Year subjecs
6
6
6
6
6
15
15
15
15
9L89 Musicology IIIA
1256 Musicolory IIIB
4127 Musicolory IIIC
4851 Music Theory III
26t9 Moza¡'s Quintets 1.5
2923 Piano Music of Robert Schumann 1.5
6973 American Pathfinders in Music 1.5
6299 Wagner 1.5
1237 Moral Problems III 6
5213 Mo¡al and Social Phitosophylll 6
4825 Philosophy ofScience III" 6
7173 Philosophy of Religion III 6
4792 Tlti¡d World Political Economy III 12
6686 Potitics and IdeologyIII
2584 Sociology of Power III"
8382 Women and Policy**
9703 Psychology of Motivation III 2
8659 Social Psychology III 2
732 Studies in Personality III 2
5673 The Philosophy and Psychology of
Consciousness III 2
2366 Media Analysis III 6
8847 Social BioloryIII 6
All full-year and semester subjects Iisted under Schedule III lævel III Subjects
Schedules of the B.Sc. degree in the Faculty of Science and taught in that Faculty.
" Not otfered ¡D 1991.
toz
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
3
6
6
6

3. Mathematical Science Subjects
All full-year and semester subjects listed under Schedule II, Level III Subjects in the
Schedules of the B.Sc. degree in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and taught in that
Faculty.
4. Architectural Studies Subjects
Semester subjecs
9303 Aust¡alian PIanningIII"' 6
292O Building and Development
Economics III 2
3547 Critiquas, Theories and
A¡chitectural History III 6
5020 Design and Building Studies IIIA 4
6229 Design and Building Studies IIIB 6
"' Amilablc ir odd yean.
"" AÞilâblc i¡ wcn yeaN.
SCHEDULE II: THE ORDINARY
ARTS
Human Environment Studies III
l-andscape Design Studies III**"
Modernity and Architecture III
Planning P¡ocesses in Urban and
landscape Design III**'
Urban Design Studies III***'
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF
L. ToqualifyfortheOrdinarydegreeofBachelorofA¡tsacandidateshallpresentsubjects
to the value of 72 points which satisfy the following requirements:
(a) A candidate shall present passes in Iævel I subjects listed in Schedule I, to the value of
not more than Z points.
(b) A candidate shall present passes in I-evel III subjects listed in Schedule I to the value of
not less than 24 points, which must include Arts subjects to the value of not less thar. 12
points.
(c) A candidate may present passes in l-evel I and I-evel II Science and/or Architectu¡al
Studies subjects to a maximum total value of 22 points.
(d) A candidate may present passes in l,evel II Mathematical Sciences subjects to a
maximum value of 16 points.
2. (a) A candidate may present for the degree conceded passes in lævel II and Level III
subjects* provided that the pointsvalue of any individual subject forwhich a conceded pass
is presented does not exceed 3 points, and the aggregate points value does not exceed 6
points;
(b) Subject to the provisions of Clause I above, a candidate may not present for the degree
subjects in the sâme discipline** which exceed the following limits:
' (c) (i) A candidate c/ill not be perm¡tted to present for the degree any subject together with
any other subject which, in the opinion of the Faculty contains a substantial amount of the
same material.
(ii) A candidate will not be pemritted to count a subject twice for the degree, nor, in
the case of subjects available at two levels, any subject taken at both levels.
(d) A candidate shall not present any of the subjects: 76?.6Mathematical Economics I,
72ó3 Mathematics for Economists I, 2394 F¡onomic Statistics II, 9514 Economic Statistics
IIA, unless he/she has also sat for the final examination in 6993 Macroeconomics IH and
2740 Microeconomics IH or &161 Economics I.
3. A candidate maf on the recommendation of the two Departments concerned, and with
the approval of the Faculty, present parts of rwo lævel II or l.evel III subjects in lieu of a
l,evel II or lævel III subject.
4. I:w Subjects within the degree of Bachelor ofA¡ts:
(a) Subject to Clauses 5(c) and 6 below, a candidate will be permitted to present for the
674
9149
2726
9'167
9295
')
6
6
6
6
103
Arts

Arts
degree of Bachelor of Arts, I-aw subjects passed from 1987 onwards in accordance with the
following:
(i) l82Á Australian Legal System and 3731 Contract togetherwill count as 8 points at
I-evel II;
' Note: CoDæded pæs æ trol amrded iD thæ subjec{s lisled in Schcdùle I uBdcr tbe beadiDg: Ârts subjects.
"Notc: For thc purpoæ of lhis $hedulc, "dirìplinc" shall b. equiEleDt to "dcpaflmcot', cxæpr in the lollowi¡g
66:
(A)Átian Srudi¿s. Subjects offe¡ed by tbe Centre fo¡ Asiaû Srudies b€long to ttuee disciplines, æ follM:
(i) JapÐ* I,ll,III
(ii) Chilæ I,lI,lll
(üi) Sæial Scieûæ subjecls @Nisling of: TEditio¡al Japan l, II; T¡aditioMl China I, ll; Japanesc Historjq Japan aod
l¡/ar Il, ¡It; Modcm Chinese History ft, IU; KoreaD Hislory If, III; Japanesc Politi€l E@Domy II, III; ChiDes Potiri6
II, NI.
(B) Cras¿s. Subjects offered by the DepartmeDt of Clæsi6 belo¡g ro three discipliDes, æ follo$:
(i) Ancient Greek I, tA, Il, lIA, IIS, I¡1, IIIS.
(ü) Iiti¡ I, IA, II,II-4, llS, lll, IIIS.
(in) ClNi€l studis subjects @Nisli¡g of: Clæsiel Stùdies l; Greek Architec{ùe It, lll; RoDÐ LiteBture lI, llli
Clssi€l Mytholo8y II, III; GreekArt lI, ltl; Roman Repùbliøn H¡story IÌ, f tI; RoDaD Imperial History tI, IIl.
(Ð at Idel I: subjects to the wluc of 12 poirts;
(ü) at lsel ll: subjects to the Elue of 16 poinrs;
(iii) at l4el III: subjects to thevalue of24 poinrs.
(ii) LawsubjectsfromthelistofelectivesubjectsofferedintheLL.B.Schedulesmaybe
presented in lieu of a maximum of 6 points at Level I and 8 po¡nts at Level II.
(b) Subject to Clause 6 below, a candidate will be permitted to present for the degree of
Bachelor of Afs, I-aw subjects passed pr¡o¡ to 1987 in accordance with Clause 5 of
Schedule I of the 1986 Schedules for the degree of Bachelo¡ ofArts.
5. A candidate who enrolled as a matriculated student before 31st March 1964, and passed
in 101 Education before 31st March 1966, may present that subject for the Ordinary degree
and be granted 6 points at Level I.
6. C-andidates who commenced their course of study for the Bachelo¡ of Arts prior to 1989
are subject to the following provisions:
(a) Candidates will complete their course of study unde¡ the current Regulations and
Schedules, with such modifications as the Faculty may deem necessary to ensure that
subjects validly passed under previous Regulations and Schedules may be counted under
the cur¡ent Schedules. The following equivalences will appt¡r
S ubj ec s and H alf- S ubj ecs
passedpior to 1989:
Group A (first year) subject
Group A (first year) half-subject
Group B (second year) subject
Group B (second year) half-subject
Group C (thi¡d year) subject
Equivalent po in ß values
6 points at læ.vel I
3 points at lÆvel I
8 points at lævel II
4 points at lævel II
12 points at lævel III
Group C (third year) half-subject 6 points at lævel III
(b) No credit will be granted to candidates who have passed subjects or parts of subjects
under previous Regulations and Schedules if they would not normally have been granted
credit under those Regulations and Schedules.
7. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist, the Councit, on the
recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the ptovisions of Clauses 1-6
above.
NOTES (trot fomiag p¿rt of the Scbedules) [B-4.]
L Pdtem olstudy
Prcvided that th€y @mply vith the pre-rcquisites for each subjecl, sludents my select their m æmbimtioN o[
subjects et eâch l4el. Full-time students arc advised to tãke, ¿t each of Isels I, ll and lll, subjects vith aD aggregate
pointswlue of 24 points.
Hwaer, if during the fiñl year of study a studeni linds difficulty in @piDg with the worÌ-load required to obtain an
onU points at kvel I, be or she should oNider vithdÉwing froD oDe or Dore subjects a¡d takiog them in a
^Egregate
lateryear, prefeEbly in their third year when @mpteting lsel Ill subjects.
Stùdents who wish to take ân overload of sùbjects in any year should @Nult a Cou6e Adviser.
Z Aß Combired Suà¡cß (policy of rhe Faculry of Arrs)
104

Parts ol thc two æ@Dd-yeü or two third-yc8r subjeclr may bc @Ebi¡ed lo Dskc a singlc subjecl lor the OrdinaС
degre€ pryidcd lhat:
(a) ahc subjecls @næned €D bc rcadi¡¡ dMdcd i¡to @mpatible parts;
(b) tro stud.Dt doin8 such I æmbincd subjecl will b€ ¡equired to do morc mrt than il hc or 6hc werc doing 8 single
Eubject;
(c) thc studeDt h6 Etisfied the prc-requisil6 lor ctrlry to both of lhe subjed6 Aom which pañ6 erc b€ing @mbined;
(d) such @mbincd subjccls wil b. oficrcd ooty otr sppli€tion by indiúdul 6tudênt6,whên thcE arc adequtc tcachiD8
¡6ouEs awilablc i¡ the two departmetrts, strd when the two departmcnts onæmcd agree that thc @Dbi¡êd subject is
a@demi€lly dsiÞble.
¡t is up eDvisaged that, Do@lly, thæ subjccts will help studeDts prepare for @Dbi¡ed HonoüÉ, bul thât, where
¿edemi€lly d6inble, snd agrced by lhe two depañDenls @dæmed, lhry may be takeo by stüdents ool i¡teDditr8 to
preed to HooouE.
3. Wo* rcquiftd to complde an Ad¿bid¿ .leg@ (IÐhcy oÍrt,e Facùlty ol,.üts)
Wìth spccial pemissior of thc Fâolty, ÉDdidates Eây b€ pemilted to lak€ equihlent subjec-ts at aDolher iDstitutioD iD
South .A.stEliia or elsryberc (for cþDplc, IûdonesiaD Iånguge 8t thc Flhdes UdveFity oÍ South Aulm[å, or
SlavoÃic langug6 thrcugh the exteml studies prcgÉmme of Macqurie Unive$ity) for qedil to lhe Adetaide degree.
CaDdidates my also b€ gÉnted dedil towards their Adela¡de degree on a@uDt of work aLeady @mpleted at another
iEtitution,
ln order lo quhry fo¡ the Adel¿ide degrec, howser, a student mwt present Adelaide subjects with ad aggregate points
v¿luc md al the apprcpria¡e laels, s follow:
¿irrr¿¡i subjeds at kvcl llt vith aggregatc points wlue of 24 points;
o¡i subjeds at Isel III with an aggregâtc points wluc of 12 points and subjeds at IÆels I and lI with at agSrega¡e ol ¿t
leæt 2ó poiDts.
4. Study lot ,hc dcgre5 ol B Mß (Peú-) or D,Mrc and BA. corcunentþ
Candidates who vish to sludy for the degre6 of B.Mu. (Perf.) or B.ME. aod Bâ. onoæntv should tâke lhei¡
subjects a@rdi¡g to the scheme outli¡ed i¡ lbc notes followi¡g Schedule lll of cither the degree of Bachelor of Msic
(Perfomanæ) or the degree of Bachelor oÍ Mwic.
SCHEDULE III: THE ORDINARY DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF
ARTS (JURISPRUDENCE)
L. To qualify for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of A¡ts (Jurisprudence) a candidate,
unless otherwise allowed by the Schedules, must satisfy the requirements of Clauses 2 and 3
below.
2. A candidate shall pass subjects to the value of 52 points from those listed in Schedule I
which shall include:
(a) l,evel I Arts subjects from those listed in Schedule I, to the value of not mo¡e than 24
points.
(b) l,evel III A¡ts subjects from those listed in Schedule I, to the value of not less than L2
points.
(c) Not more than 12 points at lævel I from the Science and A¡chitectural Studies subjects
listed in Schedule I, lævel I, or not mo¡e than 16 points at l,evel II from the Science and
Architectural Studies subjects listed at l,evel II, or not more than 14 points in the case of
one subject taken at each level.
3. (a) A candidate shall present the two l-aw subjects 1826 Aust¡alian l,egal System and
3731 Contract.
(b) A candidate shall present law subjects \¡¡ith an aggregate points value of at least 12
points chosen from the following:
8433 Constitutional I-aw
9365 Torts
8580 Criminal Law
8821 Property
9159 l*gal History
7272 Enutonmental Planning and
Protection I-aw
6
6
6
6
6
9844 Conservation and Heritage Law 3
7'730 Land Use and Planning l:w 3
9622 lncome Maintenance 3
4777 Medial,aw 3
3 9C4,6 Aborigines and the l¿w 3
4. Credit towards the degfee of Bachelo¡ of Arts (Jurisprudence) on account of previous
studies in l¡w will be determined by the Faculty of A¡ts in acco¡dance with Faculty policy,
subject to the requirements of these Schedules and to the following provisions:
105
Arts

Arts
(a) Law subjects presented for Clause 3(a) (1826 Australian lægal System and 3731
C-ont¡act) will count as 8 points at Level II;
(b) l-aw subjects p¡esented for Clause 3(b) y/ill count as 12 points at Level IIL
5. credit tou¡ards the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Jurisprudence) on account of studies
prior to 1989 in subjects presented for clauses 2(a) and 2(b) of these schedules will be
determined in accordance r¡ith Clause ó of Schedule II.
6. Persons who have completed other qualifications, and graduates ii other Faculties who
wish to proceed to the deg¡ee of Bachelo¡ of Arts (Jurisprudence) and to count towards
that degree appropriate subjects which they have already p¡esented for another qualification
may do so subject to the following conditions:
(a) They may ptesent for the degree such subjects to a maximum aggregate points ralue of
24 points at læ.vel I or lævel II; no such subject may be presented for the degree at l-evel
ilI;
(b) They shall present a range of subjects which fulfills the requirements of Clauses 2 and 3
above;
(c) They shall present, for the purposes of Clause 2(b), not less than 12 points chôsen from
the subjects listed in Schedule I, lævel III: Arts subjects.
?. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist, the Council, on the
recommendation of the Faculty in each case, m4y vary the p¡ovisions of clauses 1{ above.
NOTES (Nor fominB pan of the Schedules IB]q.. (Jur.)]
1. The B-ar. (Jurþrudence) is designed to serye two purpo*s:
(a) it âllow students to in@rpomte i¡ an Afts deBree a Þnge of Iåw studis iDcludiDg subjects at third yeâr ldel;
(b) il is tbc rcute for students to lak if thcy vish to obtâin Afrs and [lw degre6 io a minimum time of five yeâ6 (with
some werload).
A.utmriæ r,gar sys¡em mut
pre-reqùisites for each of the
teking these sùbjecis. Students
de8ree.
poiDts at Iscl I of t
:l'í]"åig,i#i';
hc pcmission ol lhe
3. For students wishing to take thc Bachclor
of Arts to Bachelor of À¡ts (Jurisp eds I82ó
ANtBlisn I¡gal S)ßtem and 3731 bave the
tÉsfe¡ of elmloent endoNed on e CouFe
Adviser fo¡ the Facul¡y of tåw.
4. Pailem of Study
Full-time sludeots will ûomally takc tbeir subjects a@rdiûg to the tollowing scheme, which ¡nvolves some overload il
se@nd year and possibty io third year:
F¡ßt yeat
tsel I subjecls to the value ol24 poi¡ts, frcm thore tisred in Schedule L
Secon¿ lear
tael ll subjects lo thc Elue of 16 poiDts frcm tho$ listed i¡ Schedule I, pr6 1826 AutElian tagal S)6tem aDd 3Zi1
ContÉct.
Th¡d year
Iævel ¡ll subjects to the %luc of 12 points frcm lhose listed in Schedule I,1, (Arts subjects), pr6 Iåw subjects to the
%lue of 12 poi¡ts frcm thæ üsted in claue 3(b) above with the âdvie of the Iåw Coune Advi¡er.
5, Advice Írom th¿ Fævky of IÃ|9
B€lore emlEeot in the I¿v subjccls in the tbird year of the above scheme, students should @Nuit the hw Cou6e
Advise¡. nt Io¡ studeq egrcc. Altboùgh I¡w subjects in
the lhild ol 12 points de8rce of Bâ. (Juriçruàene),
@mpleti himum time be third year-
6. Ans combired iubjecß
Sec Schedule II, Note 2.
7. C¡¿dit on rccouru $ praiow studia in ttu Llniveniry ofAdeloid¿ (policy of the Faculry of Ans).
(a) Candidatcs vho hold aD LL B. degree and hold oo othe¡ degree will be given statu for ClaEe 3 of this Scbedule.
(b) Candidates who hold an a degree i¡ a Faculty othe¡ tbtu Iåw vill be given 6tatN for
Claue 3 of thìs Schedulc end qedit for the pu¡poscs of Claw 2 to the Elu; of 6 points at
lscl I or 8 points al Isel tl udies for the noD-Ilw degree.
106

(c) cmdidat6 my al6o be gEntcd ædit tmfds thc degrec oÍ B-4.. (JurisPrudcnæ) on a@uDt of studies nol
pÉDtcd for e dcgÊ
8. Crdi! o @couv of I@ subjccb ,4x6 ptiot to ]W (PoltrC' of Ìhc Faalty otÁn6).
(a) Cædidat6 sbo hsvc @mplcted their LLB. shall be gnnted qcdit i¡ 8 po¡Dts 8t l4cl II ud 12 Poinls at Isel III;
(b) CaDdidat6 who grolcd ædit t(Mrds thc BÂ' (JÜ.) s follm:
(i) of IÆ md Coßtitutional I¿w I shall be deemcd to have
gɡted 4 points at ldel lI;
(ü) for tbe LL.B. shall b€ deemed to have Pæsed ContBct for
gËnted 3 Points, i! 8@ldanæ wità Claúe 6).
g . Crcdit on rccouil of sudia in dh¿t rß¡ilutiarc (Policy of tbc Faolty of Ans) .
SCHEDULE IV: THE HONOURS DEGREE
(Note: The points value of each subject is indicated after each subject title).
1. A candidate may proceed to the Honours degree in one of the following subjects,
provided that the cànãidate has obtained, before enrolment, the approval of the Head of
the Department concerned:
8302 Honours Ancient Greek and/or
l¿tin
1105 Honours Anthropology
3025 Honours in Chinese Studies
4210 Honours Classical Studies
7711 Honours Economics
9ó39 Honours English l.anguage and
Literature
1760 Honours Ethnomusicology (B.4.)
4360 Honours French l:nguage and
Literature
3178 Honours GeograPhy 24
?A 1261 Honours German Language and
24 Literature 24
24 8717 Honours Historv 24
24 1509 Honours in Jaoánese Studies 24
u 1307 Honours Music Education (8.4.) 24
?A 5276 Honours Musicology (8.4.) 24
24 3315 Honours Philosophy 24
5442 Honours Politics U
24 4?02 Honours Psychology ?A
2. A candidate may proceed to the Honours degree in a combination of the subjects listed
in Clause I above, or it part of one subject together with work in the Centre for Asian
Studies or in the Research C-ent¡e for Women's Studies. The combination requires Faculty
approval and shall include such wo¡k as shall be deemed by the Faculty to be equivalent to
fiingte subject of a points value of 24 points, provided that one of the parts of the
combination'may be tãken from a subject within eithû the Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences or the Faculty of Science.
3. A candidate may, subject to the approval of the
Honours degree in a subject taught in a Departmen
must consult the chairpefson of the Department con
the Faculty ofArts by 30 November of the Preceding year.
A candidate wishing to proceed to Honou¡s in subjects within the Faculty of Mathematical
and Computer Sciences is referred to Clause 6 of Schedule III: the Honours Degree, of the
degree ofBachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences.
4. Candidates for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begin their Honours work in
that subject unt¡l they have qualitied for the O¡dinary degree of Bachelor of Arts or
107
Arts

Arts
Bachelor of Arts (Jurþndence), or some other degtee deened by the Faculty to be
appropriate preparation, and have completed'such pre-requisite subjects (if any) as may be
prescribed in the Honours degrce syllabus published in this C;alendar.
5, Except by permission of the Faculty a candidate shall take the whole of the final
examination (if any) for the Honours degfee at the one 4anual examination,
ó. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstanccs exist, the C-ouncil, on the
recommendation of the Faculty in each case, fnay vary the provisions of Clauses 1-5 above.
108

BACHELOR OF ARTS
SYLLABUSES
Texf-books
The lists of the text-books we¡e correct at the time that this Volume'went to Press. It is
possible however that amendments to these lists will be made before the start of lectures;
and, if so, students attending classes will be notihed approPriately by the lecturer
concerned.
In general, students are eq)ected to have their oùn copies of text-books; but they ale
advised to await advice from the lecture¡ concerned before buying any Particular book-
Only the prescribed edition of any text-book should be bought.
Reference books:
Although lists of books and journals for reference pulPoses are regarded as important,
details have not been included in this Volume. These will however be issued from time to
time by the depafments concerned. It is hoped that all books and journals set for reference
will be available to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library.
Pre-requisite subjects:
Students are reminded that in order to proceed to the second level in any subject in the
Faculty ofArts they must, in the case of any tevel I year subject or pre-requisite subject in
which the pass list is published in two dMsions, pass at Division I level or higher, unless
special permission is obtained in writing from the Registrar.
Examinations:
For each subject students may obtain f¡om the dePartment concerned details of the
examination in that subject including the relative weights given to the components (e.g.
such of the foltowing as are relevant: assessments, semester test, essays or other written or
practical work, final written examinations, vrva voce examinations).
ANTHROPOLOGY
LEVEL I
7419 Introduction to Social Anthropologt I
Level: l.
Poinuvalue:6.
Quota: iNlay apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requßites: None.
Restric tíon : 9457 Anthropology I.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Anthropology I is an introduction to the discþline of social and cultural
anthropology. A distinctive feature of the discipline is its emphasis on ethnograph)4 the
109
Arts

Arts
description and analysis of human social and cultural life based upon extensive field
research. The first section of the subject is devoted to identifying the characteristic way
anthropologists approach the understanding of society. This involves examining ethnographic
analyses of the killing of Captain Cook in Hawaii and cocklighting in Bali and then
uncovering the sources of them in the classic studies of suicide and the rise of capitalism.
This provides the context for introducing the main theme: meaning is the critical feìture of
human social and cultural process.
From here the lectures and tutorials explore a range of ethnog¡aphic studies of modem and
pre-industrial societies focussing on the relation between systems of s)rmbols and meaning
on the one hand and economic and political processes on the other. Among them a¡e:
Aboriginal society and land rights, myth, ritual and exo¡cisms in Africa, religious paintings
in Europe, u¡itchcraft and human modes of thought, hierarchy in India, and class and
fetishism in Western society. The discussion of these ethnographic studies yiill involve an
examination of the variety of analytic perspectives which anthropologists have created to
understand the complexities of human society. As part of this examination there will be an
extended discussion of gender relations and the feminist critique of anthropological
knowledge.
Assessment: Tutorial papers, essays and examination.
Tød-book: BaÍett, R. A., Culure and conduct (Wadsworth); Sahlins, M., Histoical
metaphors and mythical realities (University of Michigan Press); Turner, Y.W ., The forest of
symbok (Cornell); Levi-Strauss, C., Myth and meaning (Schocken); Ewans-Pritcbard, E. E.,
The Nuer (Oxford); Dumont, L., Homo Hierarchicus (Chicago); Taussig, M., Thc doit and
commodity fetkhkm (Universiry of North Carolina Press).
LEYEL II
Pre-requkites: 7419 Int¡oduction to Social Anthropology I. Subject to the approval of the
Chairperson of the Discipline, lævel I subjects from Asian Studies, Geography, History,
Philosophy, Politics and Sociology (Flinders) may be used as pre-requisites.
Requirements: Students intending to proceed to lævel III subjects in Anthropolog¡r must
complete satisfactorily two semesters of I-evel II subjects in Anthropolog¡r. Those students
planning to proceed to an Honours year in Anthropologr must have såtisfactorily
completed five semesters of Anthropology at [.eve[ ll/lll at least two semeste¡s of which
must be at I-evel III.
Reading Ís¿s.' Full reading lists for each I-evel II subject are available from the
Anthropolog¡r Office at the beginning of the year.
8195 Aborigines and the State II
Level: ll
Points value: 4
Duration: Semester II
Pre-requkites: l,evel I Anthropology or alternative approved by the Discipline.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject focuses on the seemingly inexo¡able encapsulation of the Aboriginal
people of Australia within the wider nation state. That is, it views the process whereby
Aborigines have been t¡ansformed f¡om autonomous hunter-gatherers into, and
maintained as, dependent Fourth Wo¡ld peoples. After briefly survefng the history of and
Aboriginal reaction to the European colönization of Australia, attention is devoted to a
range of contemporary issues - in both remote and urban environments. Here the thrust is
to place such phenomena as Aboriginal l¿nd Rights, community development
programmes, alcohol abuse, and high arrest and incarceration rates in their.broade¡sociopolitico-economic
context.
Assessment: Essays, examination and tutorial participation and papers.
110

Tø-book: Howard, M. (ed), Aboriginal power in Australian socrery, University of
Queensland Press. Keen, I. (ed), Being black, Abong¡nal Studies Press.
6376 Communities, Boundaries and Symbols II
Lael: ll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requkites: lævel I Anthropology or alternative approved by Department.
Restriction:9729 Anttuopolog¡r IIA (1987 or 1986).
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Contenl: The concept of communit¡r is a cent¡al one in the social anthropology of complex
societies, not least since the sense of belonging to rural and urban communities is
recurrently encountered in modern social life. In this subject we will examine the various
ways in which people constitute the cultural distinctiveness of their communities and
provide some anthropological explanations as to why they do so. A strong senso of personal
identification with the community at large is most characteristic of those resident s¡ithin
ru¡al contexts. We will examine several ethnographies which detail hos¡ such communities
maintain their distinctiveness despite major threats to their economic and political integrity.
At the same time, sub-ltrpulations within major urban centres also create some sense of
cultural uniqueness th¡ough particular modes of livelihood, distinctive forms of domestic
organization, singular speech forms and other ethnic markers. Throughout the subject we
will examine historical accounts and contemporary ethnograPhies of west European and
north American societies in order to explore the dynamics of community li[e.
Assessment: Essays and tutorial participâtion.
Tect-boolcs: Cohen, A. P., The symbolic constructíon of communiq (favistock); Faris, James
C., Cat Harbour: a Newfoundland fshing settlement (St. Johns: LS.E.R.); Sider, Gerald M.,
Culture and class in anthropologt and history: a Newfoundland illustration (Cambridge);
Okely, Judith., Th¿ traveller gpsies (Cambridge); Gilmote, David D., Aggression and
community: Paradoxes of Andalwian culture $ale): Cohen, A. P. (ed.), Symbolizing
boundaries: Identity and diversity in Britßh cultures (Manchester); Jackson, Anthony (ed.),
Anttuopologt at home (favistock).
9817 Pre-Colonial Aboriginal Society II
I-evel: lI
Poinu value: 4
Duration: Semester I
he-requisites: lævel I Anthropology or alternative approved by Discipline.
Contact hours:7 two hour lecture and L tutorial a week.
Content: Throughout this subject the focus will be on the life-style of Aboriginal
Australians as it was prior to European settlcmcnt. The semester will begin with a brief
overview of the so{alled "Traditional" Aboriginal socio-cultural s¡ntem. Following this
facets of this system, and some of the debates surrounding them, will be dealt with in a
more detailed fashion This will involve considering material and ideas on topics such as
hunting and gathering techniques and practices, relations to and eçloitation of areas of
land, inter-group kinship and marriage linkages, political organization and activity, and
religious beliefs and ritual - from places as disparate as the arid deserts of Central
Australia and the tropical wetlands of Arnhem l¿nd.
Assessntent: Essays, examination and tutorial participation and papers.
Tøct-books: Edwards, W. (ed.), Traditional Aboriginal society, MacMillan. Maddock, IC, TÀe
A ustralian A bonþrnes, Pengu in.
111
Arts

Arts
4287 The Anthropolory of Political Discourse II
I-ael: ll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: INlay apply.
Durotion: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: I-evel I Anth¡opology or altemative approval by Department.
Contact hours: I two hour lecture and 1 tutorial a week.
content: In this subject we will examine a diversity of anthropological perspectives on the
politics of speech and conversation. The ability to converse with othersis a capacity which
most of us "take-for-gmnted": it seems one of the most ,,non-problematic" aspects of living
in society. Social anthropologists however have increasingly recognized thaì speech acti
play a crucial role in the expression of social equality, political hierarchy and the èxercise of
power in society. Similarly, discourse pro€esses are conside¡ed central to understanding
how existing relations of dominance are reproduced over time. The work of, inler aliq
Bernstein, Bourdieu, and Foucault; will function as points of departure for examining in
detail a range of ethnographic studies.
Assessment: Essays and tutorial papers.
Tø-bool

LEVEL III
Pre-requßites: Two semesters of l-evel II semester subjects in Anthlopology'
Requiremenß: Those students planning to proceed to an Honours year in Anthropolory
muit have satisfactorily completed Frve semeste¡s of Anthropology at Iævel II/III at least
two semesters of which must be at lævel III.
Reading ks¿s.' Full reading lists for each Level III subject a¡e available from the
Anthropology Office at the beginning of the year.
5437 Aborigines and the State III
I-æel: lll
Poins value: 6
Duration: Semester II
Pre+equßites: l,evel II subjects in Anthropology with an aggregate points value of at least 8
points.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject focuses on the seemingly inexorable encapsulation of the Aboriginal
people of Australia within the wider nation state. That is, it views the process whereby
Aborigines have been transformed from autonomous hunter-gatherers into, and
maintained as, dependent Fourth World peoples. After briefly suwefng the history of and
Aboriginal reaction to the European colonization of Australia, attention is devoted to a
range of contempo¡ary issues - in both remote and urban environments. Here the thrust
is to place such phenomena as Aboriginal I-and Rights, community development
programmes, alcohol abuse, and high arrest and incarceration rates in thei¡ broader sociG
politico-€conomic context.
Assessment: Essays, examination and tutorial participation and papers.
Text-booles: Howard, M. (ed.), Aboiginal power in Ausnalian soclety, University of
Queensland Press, Keen, l. (ed.), Being black, Abongital Studies Press.
8047 Communities, Boundaries and Symbols III
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: Level I Anthropolog¡i or alternative approved by Department and at least 2
Level II Anthropology subjects.
Restriction:9729 Antftoplogy IIA (1987 or 1986).
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The eoncept of community is a central one in the social anthropology of complex
societies, not least since the sense of belonging to rural and urban communities is
recurrently encountered in modern social life. In this subject we will examine the various
ways in which people constitute the cultural distinctiveness of their communities and
provide some anthropolog¡cal explanations as to why they do so. A strong sense of personal
identificatioû with the community at large is most characteristic of those resident v¡ithin
rural contexts. We will examine several ethnogtaphies which detail how such communities
maintain their distinctiveness despite major threats to their economic and political integrity.
At the same time, sub-populations within major urban centres also create some sense of
cultural uniqueness through palicular modes of livelihood, distinctive forms of domestic
organization, singular speech forms and other ethnic markers. Throughout the subject s'e
will examine historical accounts and contempotary ethnographies of west European and
north American societies in order to explore the dynamics of community life.
113
Arls

Arts
Assessment: Essays and tutorial particþtion.
9009 Pre-Colonial Aboriginal Society III
Lqel: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: Level I Anthropolory or alternative approved by Discipline.
Contact hours: 1 two hou¡ lecture and 1 tutorial a week.
Austtalia and the tropical wetlands of Arnhem I-and.
Assessment: Essays, examination and tutorial pa¡ticipation and pape¡s.
Text-bool

and Meyers, R R (eds.), Dangerous words: Language and politics in the Pacific (New
York).
6138 Theories of Practice III
La,el: lll.
Poinß value: 6.
Quota: iNlay apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: l,evel I Anthropology or alternative approved by DePartment and at least 2
I-evel II subjects.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Living, loving, laughing, dying, comprise the events of everyday life which
anthropologists observe. This subject examines the work of those anthropologists and
sociologists who have sought to demonstrate how the encompassing structules of society
and culture are reproduced in the practices of everyday life.
The subject will open with a consideration of Max Gluckman's concept of social siuation and
will øramine various modes of analysing th¿ practices of everyday life which developed from it
or in opposition to it. Particular attention will be given to Wctor Tumer's concept of the
paradigm and this will be contrasted with a similar concept developed by Marshall Sahlins but
wilhin the framework of smtcturalkt theory. The focus will th¿n shifr, through a consideration
of cenain Manßt views on practice, to an utended treatment of Piere Bourdieu's pioneering
tl)ork and the critical commentary that hos developed in relation lo il.
Assessment: Essays and tutorial participation.
Recommended Reading: P. Bourdieu, An outline of a ù¿ory of practice (Cambridge U.P.);
M. Gluckman, An analysk of a social situation in modern Zululand; M. Sahlins, Historical
metaphors and mythical realities (Michigan U.P.); V.W. Turner, Dramos, Fields and
metophors (Cornell U.P.).
HONOURS LEVEL
1105 HonoursAnthropolory
La¡el.'Honours.
Points value: 24.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: (a) Five semesters (or the equivalent in full year Anthropolog¡l subjects) of
Anthropolo$/ subjects at Iævel II/III at least two of which must be at lævel III; and (b)
attai¡ a standard satisfactory to the Head of Anthropology in Level I, II and III subjects.
(A student who has attained a Credit average in the five Anthropology II/III subjects will
generally be deemed to have reached this standard). Students who have obtained these
qualifications u¡ill automatically be invited to join the Honours programme by the Head of
the Discipline.
Students within to tak¿ Honours in Anthropolog should consult with th¿ Head at the
beginning of their Level III work ín Anthropologt.
Requiremenß: Honours in Anthropology is a full year's course, involving weekly seminars,
essays, and a final dissertation. Students wishing to take Honours should consult the Head
of the Department at the beginning of their lævel III work. Admission to the programme is
subject to approval by the Head.
Assessment: Essays and a dissertation.
i15
Ans

Arts
ASIAN STUDIES
The centre for Asian Studies offers, for the ordinary degree of Bachelor of Afs, subjects
in Chinese language and cMtisation and Japanese language and civilisation. Students who
successfully complete l,evel III language subjects and a selection of other Asian studies
lubjects
are eligible to enrol for a Joint Honours course supervised by the centre and the
Department concemed, or a single honou¡s course in Chinese Studies or Japanese Studies
supervised by the C-entre.
Level I subjects in chinese and Japanese do not assume any prior language knowledge.
students with prior knowledge should read the introductory note at thJbeginning of tíre
Chinese and Japanese courses and consult the Head of the Centre.
LEYEL I
CHINESE IANGUAGE
Students who have completed chinese in the Year 12 Public Examination at an appropriate
standard or have equivalent knowledge of the language may, upon consultation-with the
chairman of the centre and subject to approval by the Facultyof Arts, enrol directly in
chinese II or chinese III. A condition of such approval would be that the studènts
concerned may not enrol concurrently in Chinese I.
students might consider in addition to chinese I, taking other subjects related to china
taught by the Centre and other departments as part of their degtee course. In particular the
subject old societies and New states taùght in the Department of History provides a
foundation for other Chinese Studies subjects.
5978 Chinese I
Level: l.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: No previous knowledge of Chinese is required.
Restriction:1736 Chinese II,6140 Chinese III
Contact hours:5 lectures and 2 hours in the I-anguage Laboratory a week.
conlenî: Ttre subject consists of the study of the basic grammar, vocabulary and structures
of Modern Standa¡d chinese (Mandarin) with special emphasis on the ¡tyle and usage
found in China today. The students wilt learn between 500 anO 600 basic Chinise characre¡s
and associated compounds concentrating on vocabulary which relates to contemporary
China.
Assessment: Regular weekly assignments 20Eo; tests 407o; artd iìnal examinatior' 40/o.
Tø-books: Elemenøry Chinese readus, Books L and 2 (Foreign I:nguages press, Beijing).
This course will be supplemented and eq)anded by materials prepared by the lecturers.
INDONESIÄ,N IANGUAGE
Prospective students of Indonesian language should note that Flinde¡s University teaches
37150 Indonesian I, 37151 Introductory Indonesian A, 37752 Introductory IndoÃesian B,
37160 Indonesian I4,37170 Indonesian studies I,37250 Indonesian Ii, 37360 Indonesian III
and other third-year subjects in Indonesian (For details see c¿lendar of Flinders
116

Universiry). Adelaide students may be permitted to enrol in these subjects for c¡edit to
their Adelaide degrees. Such students need to obtain approval in writing from the Registrar
and must comply with F'linden University enrolment procedures. Further information can
be obtained under the languages entry in the Faculty of Arts section of this Calendar.
JAPANESE IANGUAGE
Students who have completed Japanese in the Year 12 Public Examination at an
appropriate standard or have equivalent knowledge of the language may, upon consultation
with the Chairman of the Centre and subject 1o the approval of the Faculty of Afs, enrol
directly in Japanese II or Japanese III. A condition of such approval would be that the
students concemed may not enrol concur¡ently in Japanese I: Introductory JaPanese.
Students might consider in addition to Japanese language taking other subjects related to
Japan taught by the Centre and by other departments as part of their degree course. In
particular the subject Old Societies and New States, taught in the Department of History
provides a foundation for other Japanese Studies subjects.
2725 Japanese I: Introductory Japanese
Level: l.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: No previous knowledge ofJapanese is required. See Introductory Note.
Restrictions: 1408 Japanese lI,7675 Japanese lll;2928 Japanese I or Japanese [A before
1987.
Contact hours:5 lectures and t hour in the l:nguage l.aboratory a week.
Content: This introductory course is designed to achleve a solid foundation in the baslc
grammar and vocabulary of modern spoken Japanese, together with a basic knowledge of
the writing system. Emphasis will be placed on promoting students' communicative skills in
both spoken and written Japanese through practical tutorials.
Assessment: Work during semester 20Vo; tests 40lo; and final examination 40Vo.
Tect-books: Nihongo no Kiso l, Glammar I.
LEVEL II
1736 Chinese II
Level: Il.
Poins value: 8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites:5978 Chinese I (Div I) or alternative approved by Department.
Restriction: 6140 Chinese III.
Co-requkites: None, but other courses in the University related to China are recommended.
Contact hours:5 lectures and t hour in the l,anguage Laboratory a week.
Conte,tt: The subject consists of tuition in the speaking, writing and reading of Modem
Standard Chinese. The main emphasis is on building up vocabulary and reading experience
as a basis for studfng contemporary Chinese society and culture. It ¡s anticipated that by
the end of the year the student s/ill know between 1,100 and 1,300 Chinese cha¡acters.
Assessmenl: Regular weekly assignments 20Vo; tests 40Vo; and final examination 407o.
117
Arts

Arts
4216 Chinese Politics II
LoeL ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Serneste¡ I.
3 and 4 (Foreigr I-anguages Press, Beijing).
als supplied by the lecturers. Dictionaries:
A Chinese-English dictionary (Commercial
Pre-requkites: 5978 Chinese I or 99.81 society and culture in Traditional china I or
1118 old societies and New states or any first-year Politics or History subject or any firstyear
subject approved by the Chairman.
Restriction: ?501 Chinese Politics before 1989.
Assumed knowledge; None, but knowledge of modern Chinese history would be useful.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Assessment: By tutorial papers, essays and a final examination.
Tø=book: Miesner, M., Mao's China and afier (t\e Free Press).
Recommended reading Joseph, Y. S., Cheng, J. (ed.), China: Modemization in th¿ 1980s
(Chinese Univenity of Hong Kong Press, 1989);
Prescibed reading: Meisner, M., Mao's China and after, (The Free Press, 1986).
1435 Chinese Politics: The Potitics of Theory II
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: lL
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester IL
Pre-requkites: 1118 old societies and New states I or subjects at lævel I in Asian studies,
History, Politics, Geography or Anthropology to the value of at least 6 points.
Res¿ic¿¡on.' None.
Assumed knowledge.' None, although Chinese Politics provides a very useful foundation.
Contact hours: 2 lecture and 1 tutorial per week.
conlent: This subject will examine a numbe¡ of debates in fields such as gender studies,
legal studies, cultural studies and Marxist and post-Marxist social science. These debates
will be examined with particular reference to Chinese political p¡actice and the course will
demonstrate the importance of these debates to the study of China.
A wide range of issues will be examined in this way. For example, women's issues will be
analysed in relation to contemporary Western feminist literature, white the mass campaign
based strategies so central to Mao Zedong's politics will be reviewed in relation to recent
western theoretical work on the issue of populism. In terms of Marxist theory the chinese
concept of the "all roùnd dictatorship of the proletariat" will be examined in relation to its
place in the wider debates around the theory of the State, while the examination of the
Chinese penal system of reform through labour will be carried out with ¡efe¡ence to recent
European theoretical work which has examined the natute of penal reform generally.
The aim of the subject will be to underscore the necessity of theory in the examination of
118

Chinese social practice. It will attempt to demonstrate how apparently disparate and
remote theoretical traditions and concerns have had an impact upon Chinese social practice
and upon \ry'estem anal¡rsis of China and how the conceptual and theoret¡cal grids of social
science are of use in analysing China.
Assessment: Tutorial paper, respondent report, and final essay.
Tø-boolc Blecher, Marc, China: politics, economics and society: iconoclasm and innovation
in a revolutionary, socialist courrtry (Marxist Regimes Series, Francis Pinter, I-ondon, 198ó).
9467 East Asian Economies
Level: ll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisite:846L Economics I or 2250 Social Economics I (altemative I-evel I subjects may
be approved as pre-requisites by the l-ecturer-in-Charge).
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and I one-hour tutorial a c¡eek.
Content: The subject is designed to introduce students to the natu¡e and structure of East
Asian economies. It will examine the mechanisms which shape their economic activity and
the role of historical and cultural factors in the development of their economic institutions.
The contribution of these institutions to economic gros'th will be closely examined.
Assessment: A combination of tutorial papers, essays and lhour final examination.
Tø-book: To be advised.
1408 Japanese II
I-evel: ll.
Poinsvalue:8.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Fu[l year.
Pre-requkites: 27?S Japanese I: Introductory Japanese (Div I) or equivalent. See also
Introductory Note.
Restriction: 7615 Japanese III.
Contact hours:5 lectures and t hour in the l:nguage I-aboratory a u¡eek.
Content: This intermediate course continues instruction and drill in the speaking,
understanding, writing and reading of modern Japanese. Throughout the course mastery of
conversational skills will be reinforced through oral-aural practice, and at the same time
increased emphasis will be placed on reading contemporary texts.
Assessment:'Work done during semester 30Eo; tests 30Vo; and final examination 4074.
Tø-books: Nihongo no Kiso 2. Other materials available from the Centre for Asian Studies.
6118 Japanese History: Meiji State 1850-1912 II
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: ll.
Poinx value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requßites: 1118 Old Societies and New States I or any subject at Iævel I in Asian
Studies, History Poli tics, Geography or An thropology.
Contact hours: 1 lecture and 2 hour workshop a week.
Content: This subject examines Japan's transition from the traditional, "feudal" condition
119
Arls

Arts
of the Tokugawa shogunate to its emergence as a modern imperialist power, focussing on
the Meiji Restoration of 1868. The course seeks to understand why it was that Japan alone
in 19th century Asia was able to resist western imperialism and suðcessfully translo¡m itself
from a feudal agrarian to a modern industriâl state.
The character of Tokugawa society is examined with particular leference to the main
theoretical models by which it has been interpreted. The process of Japan's incorporation
in the world economy, the political, social and economic dislocations which ensued and led
to the Meiji Restoration, and the subsequent construction of a modernizing state are all
examined in a general comparative and theoretical framework.
The course looks at both the nature of Meiji success and the costs it entailed - both the
social costs exâcted froñ the classes which bore the heaviest bu¡dens and enjoyed least the
benefits of modernization, and the political costs in the narrowly based, authoritarian,
imperial state s/hose formula of domestic repression and imperial expansion contained the
seeds of subsequent disåster.
Assessment: By tutorial papers and written wo¡k.
hescribed Reading: Gluck, C.arol,.Iøpan's Modem Myths (Pnnceton, 1985).
heliminary Reading: l-,ehmann, Jean-Pierre, The roots of modem lapan (MacMillan, 19g2)
4437 Japanese History: Japan and War, 1931-1945 II
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Level: ll.
Points value: 4,
Duration: S€meste¡ I.
he-requisites:1118 old societies and New states I or anylævel I subject in the Faculty of
Arts or alternative approved by Centre.
Restriction: 1354 The Rise of Modern Japan prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
conlenl: This subject considers the causes, course, character, and some of the consequences
of Japan's "15 years war" (with china f¡om 1931 and with Britain, united states, Australia,
etc., from 1941).
Though the main focus of the course is on the years of war, some attention will be paid
initially to delineating the evolution of the Japanese state, the nature of the Japanese stake
in Korea and China and the character of Japanese Imperialism in the decades bìfo¡e 1931.
Issues considered are both macrocosmic-the relevance of strateg¡c, economic, racial and
cultural considerations in the adoption of policies and programmes which led to and
sustained war, the question of "responsibility" for war, and the physical scale and scope of
the war--and microcosmic, invoMng detailed considerations of some matters arising during
the war-Japan's china campaigns, including Nanking, Japanese bacteriologiàal anã
chemical warfare, atrocities, propaganda, treatment of p.O.W.,s, the fi¡e-bombing of totyo
and the nuclear destruction of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, and finally the "wal crimes,,
trials.
Assessment: By class participation, 2 short tutorial papers, essay and final 2 hour
examination.
helintinary Reading: Ienaga, S., Iapan's last war (Canberra ANU, 1981); ,,The War and
Japan" in Japan Echo, Yol. XI (1984 special issue).
Prescribed Reading: Thorne, c., Thc issug of war: states, societies and the Far Eastern
c9nflict, !941-1945 (O.U.P., 1985); Dower, J., úVar without mercy: Race ancl power in the
Pacifc War (New York and London, L986).
t20

5820 Japanese Political Econom¡': 1945-ln3 il
I-e,ttel: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester L
he-requisites: 1118 Old Societics and New States I or any Level I subject or altemative
approved by Centre.
Restriction:3963 Japanese Political Economy II; 5217 Japanese Political Economy III.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: An examination of the economic development of postwar Japan until the late
1970s. The subject will be divided into four sections:
An examination of the initial stage of reconstruction of Japan's economy right after the war
from 1945 to 1948. This will include an anaþis of the so.called "Democratization Policies"
(i.e. agrarian land reform, the dissolution of the Zaibatsu and the liberalization of the
labou¡ movement) by the U.S. Occupation Forces and government efforts to suppress
inflation anrl to inc¡ease production of coal and steel.
A¡ examination of the final stage of the reconstruction of the economy between 1949 a¡d
1960, when Japan's economywas set on the ¡oad to rapid growth in 196Os and 70s. Some of
the major issues to be discussed in this section are the sudden economic boom caused by
the "special procurements" for the U.S. forces fighting in the Ko¡ean War, the effect of the
San Francisco Peace Treaty and the U.S.-Japan Security Treaty upon government policies
as well as Japan's economy as a whole, the decline of the coal mining industry and the rise
of oil and chemical industries.
The period of rapid economic growth from 1960 to the so-called first oil crisis in 1973 will
be examined. Topics covered include various government policies such as the "Income
Doubling Potiqy'' and the "National Total Development Plan", the role of the Vietnam
War in Japan's economic development, and the policies and structure of the Ministry of
Intemational Trade and Industry.
An analysis of the major structurål change of Japan's economy from that based upon heavy
and chemical industries to the one centering upon "hi-tech" industries, which was mainly a
result of the two oil crises in the 70s. The enormous ¡mpact of such structural changes in
the economy upon the society in general will be examined.
Assessment:2 tutorial papers, essay and final 2 hour examination.
Tex-books: Takafusa Nakamura, The postwar Japanese economy; Halliday, J., A political
history of Japanese capitalism.
8065 Japanese Political Economy:1973-1990 II
Loel: ll.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: 1118, Old Societies and New States I or any level I subject or alternative
approved by the Centre.
Contact haurs:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject will provide students u¡ith a broad outline of Japan's economic and
political system from 1973 to the present. It will examine Japan's economic development,
decision-making and party politics as well as social issues such as education and human
rights. The course will also examine Japan's relations with other nations.
Assessment:2 tutorial papers; 1 essay; 2 one-hour examinations.
Tøtt-books: McCormack, G, Democraqt in contemporary lapan; }Jalliday, J., A political
history of Japanese Capitalkm (New York, Monthly Review Press, 1.975).
121
Arts

Arts
7793 Korean Histor¡r 1876-1945II
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
I-ael: ll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: Subjects in Asian Studies (History Politics, Geography or Anthropologl¡) to
the value of at least 6 points.
Assumed knowledge: None, although other Asian Studies courses provide useful background.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The first part of the subject will examine the impact of western imperialism on late
19th century East Asia, with specific reference to Korea. The course will require
examination of socioeconomic conditions in both Korea and Japan of the period and a
contrast of their responses tocrard imperialism.
The second part of the subject will examine how a small nation such as Korea was treated
by Western and Japanese imperialists in their power politics, for example, with reference to
the AngleJapanese Alliance, where Ko¡ea was an important bargaining point.
The third part will look into the subsequent colonization of Korea by Japan from 1910 to
1%5.-The broad-theoretical questions of colonialism and imperialism will be introduced
through examination of the Korean case.
The subject will also examine the evolution of nationalism as a form of reaction to
imperialism.
Assessment: By class participation and two tutorial papers to a total of about 5,000 words.
Suggested readings: Conro¡ }Iilary, The Japancse seizue of Korea: 188-1910 (Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1960); Kim, C.I. Eugene and Kim, Han-þo, Ko¡ea and
the politics of imperialism: 1876-1910 (Berkele¡ University of California Press, 1967); Ku,
Dae-yeol, Korea under colonialism: The March First Movement and Anglo-Iapanese ¡elations
(Seoul, Royal Asiatic Society Korea Branch, 1985); Lee, Chong-sik, The politics ofKorean
nationalism (Berkeley, University of California Press, 1963); Nahm, Andrew C., Korea
under fapanese rule (Kalamazæ, Western Michigan University, Cæntre for Korean Studies,
te73).
7903 Korean History: 1945-1980II
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Lqel: ll.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requßítes: Any Iævel I subject in the Faculty of Arts or alternative app¡oved by Centre.
Contacl hours:2 ¡ectures and 1 tutorial aweek.
Conlent: This subject is concerned with the genesis and evolution of the Cold Wat in East
Asia, as specifically illustrated in the case of Ko¡ea. It traces the dynamic relationship
between the domestic revolutionary movement which developed in Korea in the wake of
the colla¡xe of Japanese colonial control in 1945 and externally imposed Cold War
pressures. Particular attent¡on is paid to the involvement of Australia and the United
Nations. The cha¡acter of the Korean War (1950-1953), the first phase of the Cold rtrar,
and the divided Korea which has persisted relatively unchanged to the second Cold War are
analysed.
Assessment: By class participation, 2 short tutorial papers, essay and 2 hour final
examination.
Prescibed reading: Cumings, 8., The oigins of the Korean llar (PÅnceton, 1981);
McCormack, G. P., Cold War Hot llar: An Australian perspective on the Korean War
t22

(Sydney, 1983); Cumings, B. and
1988).
Halliclay, J., Korea: th¿ fotgotten war (Viking/Penguin,
2538 Modern Chinese History Empire to Republic II
Availabitity: Not offered in 191.
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4'
Quota: None. Students enrolled through the Department of History may be required to
ballot for this subject.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requ ßites: AnY first-Year
in Tmditional China before
Empire (Semester I) and 8
after 1989, or anY other subj
Resniction:478O China: From Empire to Communist Power (before L989)'
Assumedknowledge:None.TraditionalChina(bothsemesters)providesausefulfoundation.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week'
course for Chinese language studies.
Assessntent: By tutorial papers and essays.
Text-books: Chesnaux, J., Bastid, M. and Bergere,lr/.', China: From the Opiunt Wars to the
1911 Revolutioø (Pantneon Båks); Immaniel C' Y' Hsü, The rße of modem China
(o.u.P.).
6014 Traditional china II: Formative Era and Miildle Empire
Læel: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßites:5gT8ChineseI,lllSoldSocietiesandNewStatesofanyfu||ortwo
semester-lon g first-year subjects.
Restrictions:9981 Society and culture in TIad¡tional china I and 8055 Society and culture
in Traditional China II (before 1989).
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week'
studies.
t23
Arts

Assessment: By tutorial papers and essays.
Tø-books: civilization (Cambridge University press); de
Bary W T. vol 1 (Colùbia Uni"e.stty riessj; gvii rur.,
The panem n),
8155 Traditional China II: Prosperity to Decline
Level: ll.
Poinu value: 4.
Duration: Semester IL
he-requisites:5918 Chi and NewStates or?22t T¡aditional China
I: Formative E¡a and Traditional China II: Formative Era and
Middfe Empire, or aîy , or aîy first_year ."U.¡*l áppiá*d by the
Chairman.
!rt!r!!yt 9981 society and curru¡e in Traditional china I and 80s5 soc¡ery and culture
in Traditional China II (before 1989).
Assumed knowledge: 6074 Traditlonal china II: Formative E¡a and Middle Empire.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Assessment: A combination of tutorial papers and essays.
Tøct-b ru.y, s*;lÍ'¡,"Y*î:;r.:;:ï),'"f;
EMn, ß73).
8139 Ttaditionat Japan II: Origins tot467
Level: IL
Poinx value: 4.
Duration:1 Semeste¡.
Pre-requkiles:1118o|d Societies and New States;2725Japanese I or any other Level I
subject.
Contact hours:2 lectures, 1 tutorial,
Assessment: Essays and tutorial papers.
nese societ¡r and culture from ancient
;i;i:ff :J:iff J.+i'"T,ï:åïîl#
Try;!o.o\t: Hafl, J., Iapan lrom p_re-histoty to modem times; Sansom, G., A history of Japan
to 1334; Sansom, G.,A history of Japan ftom 133+l6jí.
27 01 Tfaditional Japan II: Shogun, ..Barbarians" and Townspeople
Lwel: Il.
Poitts value: 4.
tu

Duration: Semester II.
he-requßites:1118 Old Societies and New States,2T25 Japanesel or and l,evel I subject.
Restriction:2503 Traditional Japan III: Shogun, "Barbarians" and Townspeople.
Contact hours:1 lecture and 1 two hour workshop a week.
Content: The course is an introductory survey of Japanese society and culture from the late
Middle Ages into the Tokugawa period. Central concems are the Political and cultural
aspe.cts of the rise of the Samurai and Japanese feudalism, the coming of western
missionaries and traders, the ascension of the Shoguns to politicat hegemony in the 16/17th
centuries and the origins of urban Japan.
Assessment: Tutorial presentations and essays.
hescribed Reading Hatl, J., Iapan lrom prehistory to modem times; Sansom, G., A hktory of
fapan ftom 1334 to 1615 and Sansom, G.,A hßtory of lapan ftom 1615-1867.
LEVELIII
6140 Chinese III
Level: l[l.
Poins value:12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 1736 Chinese II (Div I) or alternative approved by Department.
Co-requisites: None, but students are advised to take other courses related to China in the
University.
Contact hours:6 lectures a week with optional practice in l:nguage l:boratory.
Content: The subject aims to consolidate and extend the language skills already attained by
means of further oral, reading, writing and t¡anslation practice. The emphasis is on the
application of inese source materials
rèflecting cont that by the end of the
course, the st gained exPerience of
reading modern literary and journalistic styles, and will be familiar with the historical and
social background of the texts studied. It is proposed to assess the historical and literary
aspects of the course by essay work.
The course falls into three parts: study of selected contemPorary literary writings, reading
of documentary and other materials telated to contempo¡ary Chinese society and
conversational Chinese. Texts studied in the literary cou¡se include selections f¡om the
short stories and essays by Lu Xun, China's leading literary figure in the 20th century, and
literary works in the post-Mao era. Texts studied in the documentary reading course
include materials related to contemporary Chinese society. The conversational Chinese
uses materials prepared by the teacher(s).
The course also int¡oduces the regular style of Chinese characters alongside the simplified
form and the Wade-Giles system of romanisation.
Assessment: Oral tests lÙVo; translations and associated short essays (about 6 thloughout
year) 50Vo and final examination 4O/o.
Taa-book: Xinhua Zidian (Beijing); Iianhuazi Zongbiao lianzi (Beiiing); Mathews Chinese
Englkh dictionary; A Chinese-Englßh Dictionary (Commercial Press, Beijing or Pitman's
Press). Other materials to be supplied by lecturers.
1954 Chinese Politics III
Availability: Offered in 1991 subject to availability of staff.
Level: IlI.
Points value: 6.
t25
Arts

Arts
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisiæs: 1736 chinese II, 8055 society and culture in Traditional china, l11B old
Societies and New States; any second-year Potitics or History subject, any second-year
subject approved by the Chairman.
Restriction: 7501 Chinese Politics before 1989
Assumed knowledge.'None, but knowledge of modern Chinese history would be useful.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject focuses on the rise of communism in China wíth emphasis on
political, social, economic and cultural life since 1949. It includes (a) a study of the struggles
waged by the Chinese Communist Party to gain power (b) an analysis of the thought of
I|tlaoZædong and its impact on the course of the communistled Chinese revolution, (c) an
examination of the changes in the Chinese economy, pol¡tical system, society and culture in
the post-Mao era in the light of continuity or discontinuity c¡ith Maoism.
Assessment: By tutorial papers, essays and final examination.
Recommended reading: J. Y.S. Cheng (ed.), China: modemization in the 1980's (Chinese
University of Hong Kong Press, 1989).
hescribed reading: Meisner, M., Mao's China and after, (fhe Free Press, 1986).
6381 Chinese Politics: The Politics of Theory III
Availabili,t: Not offered in 1991..
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
he-requßites: Subjects at level 1 in Asian Studies, History, Politics, Geography or
Anthropolog¡r to the value of at least ó points
Assunted lotowledge; None, although Chinese Politics provides a very useful foundation.
Contact hours:2 lecture and 1 tutorial a \¡/eek.
Content: This subject will examine a number of debates in fields such as gender studies,
legal studies, cultural studies and Marxist and post-Man

7615 Japanese III
I-æel: lll.
Poins value: t2.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites:1408 Japanese II (Div I) or altemative approved by Department.
Contact hours:5 lectures and t hour in the l:nguage l:boratory a week.
Content: This course is a continuation of the course in modern Japanese for students who
have successfully completed Japanese II or equivalent. This course aims to consolidate
communicative comp€tence of Japanese for students from upper intermediate to advanced
levels. Emphasis is placed on widening students' experience of
and vocabulary of the language and on building up the student
in reading, writing, listening and speaking. This course also i
through reading materials on culture, literature and history.
Assessment: Regular tests and written assignments.
Ta

Arts
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: Any Level II subject in the Faculty of A¡ts or alternative approved by c-entre.
Restrictions: 1354 The Rise of Modern Japan prior to 1989; 4437 Japanese History Japan
and War 1931-1945, II.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a r4'eek.
cgltent: This subject considers the causes, course, character, and some of the consequences
ofJapan's "15 years V/ar" (with China from 1931 and with Britain, United States, Australia,
etc., from L941).
of the course is on the yean of v/ar, some attention wilt be paid
e evolution of the Japanese state, the nature of the Japanese stake
the character of Japanese imperialism in the decades before 1931.
Issues considered are both macrocosmic-the relevance of strategic, economic, racial and
Assessment: By class participation, 2 short tutorial papers, essay and final 2 hour
examination.
Preliminary Reading: Ienaga, S., Iapan's last war (A.N.U., 198f); ,,The Wa¡ and Japan', in
Iapan Echo, Vol. XI (f984 special issue).
hescribed Reading: Thorne, C., The issue of war: States, societies and the Far Easte-rn
conflict, 1941-1945 (O.U.P., 1985); Dower, J., War without mercy: Race and powu in the
Pacific War (New York and London, 1986).
4381 Japanese Political Economy: 1945-1973 III
Lwel: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semester L
he-requkites: Aly Level II subject o¡ alternative approved by Chairperson.
Restrictions: 3963 Japanese Political Economy ll; 5217 Japanese Political
before 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Economy III
conlent: An examination of the economic development of postwar Japan until the late
1970s. The subject will be dMded into four sections:
An examination of the initial stage of reconstruction of Japan's economy right after the v/ar
from 1945 to 1948. This will include an analysis of the so-called "Democrafization Policies"
(i.e. agrarian land reform, the dissolution of the Zaibatsu and the liberalization of the
labour movement) by the U.S. Occupation Forces and government efforts to suppress
inflation and to inc¡ease production oT coal and steel.
An examination of the final stage of the reconstruction of the economy between 7949 and
1960, when Japan's economy was set on the road to rapid growth in the 1960s and 70s.
some of the major issues to be discussed in this section a¡e the sudden economic boom
caused by the "special procurements" for the U.S. forces hghting in the Korean War, the
effect of the San F¡ancisco Peace Treaty and the U.S.-Japan Security Treaty upon
government policies as well as Japan's economy as a whole, the decline of the coal mining
industry and the rise of oil and chemical industries.
The period of rapid economic growth from 1960 to the socalled first oil crisis in 1973 will
be examined. Topics covered include various government policies such as the ,,Income
Doubling Policy'' and the "National Total Development Plan", the role of the Vietnam
t28

War in Japan's economic development, and the policies and structure of the Ministry of
International Trade and Industry.
An analysis of the major structural change of Japan's economy from that based upon heavy
and chemical industries to the one centering upon "hi-tech" industries, which was mainly a
result of the two oil crises in the 1970s. The enormous impact of such structural changes in
the economy upon the society in general will be examined.
Assessmenl:2 tutorial papers, essay and final 2 hour examination.
Tøtl-books: Takafusa Nakamura, The postwar lapanese economy; Haliday, J.' A political
hktory of lapanese capitalism.
2371 Japanese Political Economy 1973-1990 III
Lwel: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: Any level II subject or alternative approved by the Centre.
Contact haurs:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject wilt provide studetts with a broad outline of Japan's economic and
potitical system from 1973 to the present. It will examine Japan's economic development,
decision-makin9 ar.d party politics as well as social issues such as education and human
rights. The course will also examine Japan's relations with other nations.
Assessment:2 tutonal papers; 1 essa¡ 1 twohour examination,
Tex-bookc: McCormack, G., Democracy in contemporary lapan; }Jalliday, J.' A political
history of Japanese capitalism, (NewYork, Monthly Review Press, 1975).
8778 Korean History 1876-1945 III
Availability: Not offered in 799L
Lqel: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Senrester L
he-requisites: Subjects in Asian Studies (History, Politics, Geography or Anthropology) to
the value of at least 8 points.
Assumed lotowledge: None, although other Asian Studies counes provide useful background.
Contacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The first part of the subject will examine the impact western.imperialism on late
Lgth century F-ast Asia, with specific reference to Korea. The course will require
examination of socio-economic condition in both Korea and Japan of the period and a
contrast of their responses toward imperialism.
The second pa¡t of the subject will examine how a small nation such as Korea was tteated
by Western and Japanese imperialists in their power politics, for example, with reference 1o
the Anglo-Japanese Alliance, where Korea was an important bargaining point.
The thi¡d part will look into the subsequent colonization of Korea by Japan f¡om 1910 to
1945. The btoad theo¡etical questions of colonialism and imperialism u¡ill be introduced
through examination of the Korean case.
The course will atso examine the evolution of nationalism as a form of reaction to
imperialism.
Assessmenl: By class participation and two tutorial PaPers to a total of about 5,000 words.
Suggested readings: Conro¡ Hílary, The Japanese sekure of Korea; 18ß-1910 (Philadelphia'
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1960); Kim, C.I. Eugene and Kim, Han-þo' Korea and
thc politics of impeialkm: 1876-1910 (Berkele¡ University of California Press, 1967); Ku,
t29
Afls

A¡1s
Dae-yeol, Korea under colonialßm: The March First Movement and Anglo-Iapanese relations
(Seoul, Royal Asiatic Society Korea Branch, 1985); Lee, Chong-siþ The potitics ofKorean
Nationalism (Berkele¡ University of California Press, 1963); Nahm, Andrew C., Korea
under fapanese rule (Ralamazoo. Western Michigan University, C-entre for Korean Studies,
1973).
5219 Korean Histora: 1945-1980III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: lll.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: Any lævel II subject in the Faculty of A¡ts or altemative approved by Centre.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and I tutorial a week.
Content: This subject is concemed \À/ith the genesis and evolution of the Cold War in E¿st
Asia, as specificatly illustrated in the case of Korea. It traces the dynamic relationship
between the domestic revolutionary movement which developed in Korea in the v¿ake of
the collapse of Japanese colonial control in 1945 and externally imposed Cold War
pressures. Particula¡ attention is pald to the involvement of Australia and the United
Nations. The characte¡ of the Korean War (1950-L953), the first phase of the Cold War,
and the divided Korea which has persisted relatively unchanged to the second Cold War are
analysed.
Assessment: By class participation, 2 short tutorial papers, essay and 2 hour final
examination.
hescribed reading: Cumings, 8, The oigins of the Korean [lar (Pinceton, 1981);
McCormack, G. P., Cold War Hot \lar: An Australian puspective on the Koredn War
(Sydney, 1983); Cumings, B. and Halliday, J., Korea:the forgotten uar (Viking/Penguin,
1988).
5712 Modern Chinese History: Empire to Republic III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: None. Studeits enrolled through the Department of History may be required to
ballot for this subject.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: Any second-year history subject, or 1736 Chinese II, or 8055 Sociery and
Culture in T¡aditional China before 1989, or 6014 Traditional China II: Formative Era and
Middle Empire (Semester I) and Sl55Traditional China II: Prosperity to Decline
(Semester II) as second-year subjects alter 7989, or any other subject approved by the
Department.
Restriction:4780 China: From Empire to Communist Powe¡ befo¡e 1989.
Assumed knowledge: None. Traditional China (both semesters) provides a useful foundation.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject examines the final decline and collapse of the traditional Chinese
Empire, focussing on problems of social, cultural and political change. It covers the period
from 1839 to 1911, i.e. from the beginning of the Opium War to the establishment of the
Republic of China. It attempts to explain the relationship between the p¡ocess of internal
development taking place within China and the impact of the imperialist challenge from
outside. Emphasis is be placed on the impact of the rffest, agrarian revolution, experiments
with modemization, and the reassessment of Confucian values. The course provides an
130

essential foundation for the study of contemporary China and is a useful companion course
for Chinese language studies.
Assessment: By tutorial papers and essays.
Tø-book: Chesnaux, J., Bastid, M. and Bergere, M., China: From tle Opiurn llars to the
1911 Røtolution (Pantheon Books); Immanuel C. Y. Hsü, The rise of modern China
(o.u.P.).
6114 Traditional China III: Formative Era and Middle Empire
I-evel: l[l.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requkites: Subjects at Level II to the value of 8 points or alternative approved by the
Centre.
Resniaion:9981 Society and Culture in Traditional China I and 8055 Society and Culture in
Traditional China II before 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject introduces the salient aspects of Chinese society and cultu¡e from the
early formative stages of Chinese civilization up until the end of the Tang Dynasty. It first
considers the key environmental and cultural featùres of Chinese society. It then looks at
hos/ the Chinese Empire was united and at the philosophical, political and economic factors
which contributed to that unity. In doing so the course addresses questions about the
relationship between the philosophies and social structure of the early empire and about
the economic, administrative and technological foundations of political unity. The course
does not assume any knowledge of Chinese and provides a foundation for further study of
later pe.riods of Chinese history. It is also a useful companion course fôr Chinese language
studies.
Assessment: By tutorial papers and essa¡s.
Tøtt-books: Gernet, J., A hktory of Chinese civilization (Cambridge University Press); de
Bary, W. T., Sources of the Chinese tadition, Vol 1 (Columbia University Press); Elvin, M.,
The pattetn of the Chinese pdsf (Eyre Methuen).
3409 Traditional China III: Prosperity to Decline
Level: lll.
Poinx value: 6.
Quota: None.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: Subjects at l,evel II to the value of 8 points or alte¡native approved by the
Centre.
Restriction:9981 Society and Cultu¡e in T¡aditional China I and 8055 Society and Culture in
Traditional China II before 1989.
Assumed knowledge:1227 Ttaditional China I: Fo¡mative Era and Middle Empire.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Contenl: This subject analyses the new elements in the social, political, economic and
cultural life of posÞTang China. It discusses how political/ideological factors interacted
with socio-economic factors to sustain the imperial system. It also examines how the system
failed to respond to new challenges in modern times and what role foreign elements played
in the b¡eakdown of the old orde¡. The course assumes sorne knowledge of the society and
cultu¡e of China before the Song Dynasty. Students are therefore advised to take this
course as a sequel to Society and Culture in Traditional China: the Formative Era and the
L3I
Arts

Arts
Middle Empire. The course provides useful background knowledge for the study of the
Chinese language and modern Chinese history.
Assessment: By tutorial papers and essays.
Tø-books: Gernet, J., A history of Chinese civilization (Cambridge University Press); de
Bary W. T., Sources of the Chinese tradition, Vols 1 & 2 (Colurnbia University Pres, 1960);
Elvin, M., The pauern of the Chinese past (EWe Methuen, 1973).
9483 Traditional Japan III: Origins tol467
Level: l[l.
Poinx value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: Any Level II subject or alternative approved by the Centre.
Contact hours:2 lectures, L tutorial.
Conlent: The course is an introductory suwey of Japanese societ¡r and culture from ancient
times through the Muromachi period (1aóf. Emphasis will be on the development of social
and political institutions; and on the cultural forms and practices of the Yanato state, the
Neian court, and medieval warrior society.
Assessment: Essays and tutorial papers.
Tørt-books: Hall, J., Japan lrom pre-hßtory to modern times; Sansom, G., A history of lapan
to 1334; Sansom, G.,A history of Japan lrom 1334-1615.
2503 Traditional Japan III: Shogun, rrBarbarians" andTownspeople
LaryI: lll-
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: Subjects in Asian Studies, History, Politics, Geography or Anthropolog)¡ to
the value of at least 8 points.
Contacl hours: t lecture, and 1 two-hour wo¡kshop per week.
Content: The course is an introductory survey of Japanese society and culture from the late
Middle Ages into the Tokugawa period. Central concerns a¡e the political and cultural
aspects of the rise of the Samurai and Japanese feudalism, the coming of western
missionaries and traders, the ascension of the Shogun to pol¡tical hegemony in the 16th/
17th centuries and the origins of urban Japan.
Assessment: Essays and tutorial presentations.
Tørt-books/References:Hall,J.,Iapan:ftomprchìstorytomodemrrmes; Sansom, G.,Ahistory
of Japan from 1 3 34- 1 61 5; Sansom, G., A history of lapan from 1 61 5- 1 867.
HONOURS LEVEL
JOINT HONOURS IN ASIAN STUDIES
Arrangements are possible for joint honours combining study in the Centre with study in
anothe¡ department.
Pre-requßìtes: Students must (a) have satisfactorily completed language courses offered by
the Cent¡e at third-year level; and (b) be acceptable as an honours candidate v¡ithin the
Department which is jointly participating in the student's honours programme.
Students wishing to take this option are advised to consult the Head of the Centre and the
relevant Department as early as possible so that adequate arrangements for entry prerequisites
can be made.
r32

Content: The nature of the honours wotk undertaken and the balance between language
work and work within the discipline shall be defined in consultation between the Head of
the Department concerned, the Head of the Gntre and the student; and requires the
approval of the Faculty of Arts. Details of the arangements between the Centre and the
Department of History can be found below under History.
3025 Honours in Chinese Studies
Larcl:Honorrs.
Points value: ?4.
Duration: Full year.
No¿e.. Students wishing to take Honours in Chinese Studies should consult the Head of the
Centre early in their B-{. cou¡se and should plan their B.A. programme carefully, so that
they include the appropriate language subjects as well as the related studies which mmprise
the pre-reqùisites for the Honours course.
he-requkites: (a) For students who have completed Chinese I, II and III, the pre-requisites
for Honours are: (i) Chinese III at credit standard or higher and (ii) at least two subjects
(one ofwhich must be at second or third-year level and at credit standard or higher) from a
specified range of ¡elated literature, culture and social science subjects listed in the
Centre's Handbook.
(b) For students who have completed Chinese II and III, the pre-requisites for Honours
are: (i) Chinese III at credit standa¡d or higher and (ii) at least two subjects (one ofwhich
must be at second or third-year level and at credit standa¡d or higher) from a specilted
range of related literature, culture and social science subjects listed in the Centre's
Handbook and (iii) the subject Traditional China I or II, Formative Era and Middle
Empire, and Prosperity to Decline until 1990 or 1118 Old Societies and New States after
1990.
Entry to the Honours course is subject to the approval of the Head. In individual cases, the
Head may approve some other subjects or combination of subjects as appropriate prerequisites.
Requiremenß: Honours work includes the following components: A core course consisting
of (i) methodology and source materials (ii) an advanced language course. Special topic
reading. A thesis related to the student's special topic reading. Further details are to be
found in the Cent¡e's Handbook.
Assessment: Advanced language course30Vo; special topic readhg3Ùlo; thesis 40Øo.
1509 Honours in Japanese Studies
Level.'Honours.
Poinu value: ?4.
Durution: Full year.
Nor¿.'students wishing to take Honours in Japanese Studies should consult the Head of the
Centre early in their 8.A.. course and should plan their B.A. programme carefull¡ so that
they include the appropriate language subjects as well as the related studies rÀ¡hich comprise
the pre-requisites for the Honours course.
Pre-requisites: (a) For students who have completed Japanese I, II and III, the pre-requisites
for Honours are: (i) Japanese III at credit standard or higher and (ii) at least four
semester-subjects (rwo ofwhich must be at second or third-year level and at credit standard
or higher) from a specified range of ¡elated literature, culture and social science subjects
listed in the Centre's Handbook.
(b) For students who have completed Japanese II and III, the pre-requisites for Honours
are: Japanese III at credit standa¡d or higher and (ii) at least four semester-subjects (te/o of
which must be at second or third-year level and at credit standald or higher) from a
133
Arts

Arts
specified range of related literature, culture and social science subjects listed in the
Centre's Handbook.
Entry to Honours cou¡se is subject to the approval of the Head. In individual cases, the
Head may approve some other subjects or combination of subjects as appropriate prerequisites.
Content: Honours work includes the following components: A core course consisting of (i)
methodology and source materials (ii) an advanced language course. Special topic reading.
A thesis related to the student's special topic reading. Further details a¡e to be found in the
C-entre's Handbook.
Assessment: Advanced language cowse30Vo; special topic rcading3ÙVo; thesis 407a.
CI.ASSICS
In Classical Studies ancient literature is studied in translation, and no knowledge of Greek
or l-atin (except for Honours candidates) is required.
The editions of Greek and Latin texts mentioned below are not prescribed, but are
¡ecommended for the use of students. Every student taking a subject in l¿tin or G¡eek
should have a Latin-English or a Greek-English lexicon.
LEVELI
9178 Ancient Greek I
Level: L
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: Satisfactory standard in Mat¡iculation Ancient Greek o¡ 2858 Ancient Greek
lA.
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption from tutorials.
Contact hours: 3 tutorials a week.
Content: One hour per week will be devoted to formal study of gtamma¡ and s¡mtax, and
translation into Ancient Greek. one hou¡ will be spent on a discussion text: text wilt be
discussed in class, with attention given to g¡ammatical analysis, as well as naÍative content.
One hourwill be spent on a preparation text, prepared beforeh4nd and ttanslated in class.
Assessmenl: The preparation texts \¡¡ill be assessed by means of an examination at the end
of each semester: passages will be set for translation and short passages set for comment. A
critical paper will be set on each discussion text. There will also be examinations to test
unseen ability.
Dkcussion tex6.' Homer, Iliad I, ed. Harrison and Jordan (B.C.P.), (Se mester l); Euripides
Bacchae, ed Dodds (O.U.P.), (Semester II).
heparation læ¿Í.' Homet, Xenophon Cyopaedeia, ed. Shuckburgh (C.U.P.), (Semester I);
Herodotus IX, ed. Shuckburgh (C.U.P.), (Semester II).
2858 Ancient Greek IA
Lqel: l.
Poínts value: 6.
t34

Duration: Full year.
Restrictions: Students with some knowledge of the language will be advised by the
Departme¡t concerning the level at which the language should be taken. Not ar¡ailable to
students s/ith exemption from lectu¡es.
Contact hours:4 tutorials a week.
Content: Complete suwey of grammar and syntax, rÀ¡ith translation of English into Gleek to
be done by student. One Greek text to be studied by the student for the purpose of
translation into English; one text o¡ selections of texts for the pulpose of studying
background and sryle.
Assessment: One t¡anslation test during the year; one essay and a final examination at end
of year in translation, literary criticism and knowledge of background.
Tex-books: Betts and Henry, Teach Yourself Ancienl Greek (Hodder and Stoughton).
1.0f4 Classical Studies I
Level: l.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Resriction: Not available to students with exemption from lectules.
Contact hours:3 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Con¿enl: The subject forms an introduction to the Greek world and is concemed with the
Iiterature, history and society of Ancient G¡eece. Homer, Hesiod, and He¡odotus are
studied in the first semester, the plays in the second semester. As an example of the
method adopted, the treatment of epic is as follows: there is one lecture a week and a
tutorial on epic literature, combining a b¡oader suwey with detailed study of the lliad and
¡.he Odyssey. The tutorial, for which preparatory reading is set, is connected with the literary
lectures. A second lecture a week covers archaeological, historical, and social topics, which
are particularly relevant to the essays.
Assessmenl:2 th¡ee-hour examinations, 1 essay and 5 tutorial papers.
Tut-books: Lattimore, R., (tr.), The Iliad of Homer, (Chicago U.P.); I¿ttimore, R., (tr'),
Homer, The Odyssq, (Harper and Rowe); West, D., (tr.), Hesiod, Theogony: Worl

Arts
critical paper witl be set on each discussion text. There will also be examinations to test
unseen translåtion ability.
Dkcussion ta:s: Latin Letters, ed. I-evens (Methuen), (semester l)i caailuç, ed. euinn
(Macmillan) (Semester II).
heparution ds.' Sallust, Bellum Catlinae, ed. Summers (C.U.p.), (Semester I); Virgil,
Aeneid M, ed. Austin (O.U.P.), (Semesrer II).
4546 Latin IA
Level: I.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Contact hours: 3 tutorials a week.
some knowledge of the language will be à¿vised by the
Ievel at u.hich the language should be taken. Not available to
m tutorials.
and syntax, with t¡anslation of English into l-atin.
purpose of translation into English; one text or
dlng background and style.
Assessment: one translation test during the year; one essay and a final examination at end
of year in translation, literary criticism and knowledge of background.
Text-book: Gavin Betts, Teach Yourself l-atin (Hodder and Stoughton); De Heer, An
Il:tr?duclory l-atin
.course for university studenß (Dept. of classics and Ancient H¡srory,
University of W.A.).
LEVEL II
5749 Ancient Greek II
Level: lI.
Poinß value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:9178 Ancient Greek I (Div. I).
Resnicion: Not available to students with exemption f¡om tutorials.
Contact hours: 3 tutorials a week.
Contenl: One hour a week will be spent on a discussion text: text will be discussed in class,
ìvith attention given to grammatical analysis, as well as narrative content. One houru¡ill be
spent on the first preparation text, p¡epared befo¡ehand and translated in class. The
remaining hour will be spent either on the second preparation text or grammar work,
including translation into Greek. There is also a text to be ¡ead befo¡e the start of the fint
semester for examination in Orientation lVeek.
ion texts wifi be assessed by means of an examination at the end
s will be set for translation and short passages set for comment. A
on each discussion text. Their will also be examinations to test
unseen translation ability. The Vacation Reading examination will involve translation only.
D-fcussion _!aß: Antholog of Greek Verse (&lection to be supplied by Department),
(Semester I); Aristophanes, Frogs, ed. Stanford (Macmillan), (Semester II). -
Firct preparation þds:'[lucydides, Book I (Ch. t-SS), ed. Marchant (B.C.p.), (Semester I]
Plato,Apologt, ed. Adam (C.U.P.), (Semester II).
Second preparation tess: Sophocles, Oedipus Tyannw, ed. Jebb (C.U.p.) (Semester I);
Lucian, Selections, ed. Sidwell (B.C.P.) (Semester II).
t36

Vacation Reading tørt: Plvtarch, Lives of thc Gracchi, ed. Holden (C'U.P').
7773 Ancient Greek IIA
Level:11.
Poinß value: 8.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites:2858 Ancient Greek IA (Div. I).
Restriction: Not available to students s¡ith exemption from tutorials.
Contact hours:3 tutorials a week.
Content: One hou¡ a week will be devoted to formal study of glammar and syntax, and
translation into Gr
in
class, with attentio
ur
will be spent on
In
addition, a text is
ln
Orientation Week.
Assessment: The preparation texts will
at the end of each
semester; pa*ttges will be set for transl comment. A critical
paper wili be set on each discussion
unseen translation
ability. The Vacation Reading examinat
Discussion tøcts: Hornet, Iliad I, ed. Harrison and Jordan (B.C.P.), (Semester I); Euripides'
Bacchae, ed. Dodds (O.U.P.), (Semester II).
heparation tex¿t' Xenophon, Cyopaedeia, ed. Shuckburgh (C.U.P.), (Semester I);
Herodotus, -X, ed. Shuckburgh (C.U.P.), Semester II.
Vacation reading tex: Lysias, Frve Speeches, ed. Shuckburgh (B.U.P.).
7175 Ancient Greek IIS
Lael: ll.
Points value:8.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: Acceptance for Honours.
Resniction: Not available to students with exemption from tutorials'
Contact hours: 4 tutorials a week.
Contenl: Complete suwey of gfammaf and syntax, with translation of English into Greek to
be done by sludent. One Greek text to be studied by the student for the plrpose of
tfanslation into English; one text or selection of texts for the pulpose of studying
background and style.
Assessmenl: One translation test during the year; one essay and a final examination at end
of year in translation, literary c¡iticism and knowledge of background.
Tøt-books: Betts and Henry, Teach Yourself Ancient Greek (Húder and Stoughton).
1253 Archaic Greek Art and Architecture II
Level: lI.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: Any Level I subject or half-subject.
Restriction: C701 Greek Art & Archaeology (1); C?11 Greek Art & Archaeolog¡r (2);
g2l2GteekArr & Archaeolory (1); 1301 Greek Art & Archaeology (Ð; Ae2 classical An
and Archaeology II in 7979, 1981, 1983; AC93 Classical Aft and Archaeology II in 1981,
137
Añs

Arts
sical Art and Archaeolog¡r II in 1985 & 19g7; g501 crassical Arr and
in 1985 & 7987; 693rGreek Architecture II; 9304 Greek Architecture III;
II; 6716 Greek Arr III.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tuiorial a week.
and Archaeolog¡r
_Art from the earliest times, Ancient Egypt,
It also deals with Greek pottery, sculpture and architecture up
Assessment:2 hour examination, slide test, 2 tutorial papers, 1 short essay.
6761 Classical Mytholog II
Level: lI.
Poinß value: 4,
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
oor, W. 8., Zle Lawrence, A.
lure (penguin); lek); Cook, R
guin); Boardma
Pre-requisites: 1014 classical studies or alternative approved by the Department.
Restriction: 1951 Classical Mythology befo¡e 1989. Not available to students with exemption
from lectutes.
Conîact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Assessment:3 hour examination, 2 tutorial papers and short essay.
c.l3nt, ?-?Z.f: M.l Myths ol the Greeks and Romaru, (Mentor); Kirk, c., The Naare of
Greek Myths, (Penguin).
2384 Classical Greek Art and Architecture II
Level: IL
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: Any Level I subject or half-subject.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week,
f Greek A¡t and Archaeology through the
weys the Hellenistic art of the successors of
Agora' its history
:Í SitJ¡å'ff åihenian
Assessment:2 hour examination, sride test, 2 tutorial papers and 1 short essay.
138
Boardman, J., Greek ln, (fhames and
Work, (Elek); Dinsmoor, W. 8., The
ce, A. W., GreekArchitecture (penguin).

7279 Latin II
I-øel: ll.
Poinß value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: 6756 l-zti¡ I (Div. I).
Restriction: Not available to students viith exemption from tutorials.
Contact hours:3 tutorials a week.
Content: One hour a week will be spent on a discussion text: text will be discussed in class,
ì¡¡ith attention given to grammatical analysis, as well as narrative content. One hour will be
spent on the first preparation text, prepared beforehand and t¡anslated in class. The
remaining hour will be spent either on the second preparation text or glammar work,
including ttanslation into látin. The¡e is also a text to be read before the start of the First
Semestèr for examination in Orientation Week.
Assessment: The preparation texts will be assessed by means of an examination at the end
of each semester: passages will be set for translation and short passages set for comment. A
critical paper will be set on each discussion text. There will also be examinations to test
unseen translation ability. The Vacation Reading examination will involve translation only.
Discussion tøtts: }{orz,ce, Odes I, eds. Gould & Whitely (Macmillan) (Semester I); Tibullus,
Selections, ed. Postgate (Macmillan), (Semester II).
First preparatiott tæç.' Tacitus, Annals Bk. XIV, ed. r#oodcock (Methuen), (Semester I);
Petronius, Cena Trimalchionrs, ed. Smith (O.U.P.), (Semester lI).
Second preparation t&s: Livy, Bk. I ed. Gould and Whitely (Macmillan), (Semester I);
Plautus, Bacchides, ed. Barsby (Aris and Phillips), (Semester II).
Vacation Reading tøtt: Pliny, Selected l-etters, ed. Merrill (Macmillan).
6048 Latin IIA
Lael: ll.
Points value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:4546 La¡in IA (Div. I).
Restriction: Not available to students ìvith exemption from tutorials.
Contact hours:3 tutorials a week.
Content: One hour a week will be devoted to formal study of g¡ammar and syntax, and
translation into I¡tin. One hour will be spent on a discussion text: text will be discussed in
class, with attention given to grammatical analysis, as well as nar¡ative content. One hour
will be spent on a preparation text, prepared beforehand and translated in class. In addition
a text is to be read before the start of the first semeste¡, for examination in Orientation
Week.
Assessment: The preparation text will be assessed by means of an examination end of each
semester; passages will be set fo¡ translation and short passages set for comment. A critical
paper will be set on each discussion text with examinations to test unseen translation
ability. The Vacation Reading examination will involve translation only.
Discussion terts: Latin Leuers, ed. I-evens (Methuen), (Semester l); Caullus, ed. Quinn
(Macmillan) (Semester II).
Preparation r¿r¿r.' Sallust, Bellum Catalinae, ed. Summers (C.U.P.), (Semester I); Vlrgil,
Aeneid M, ed. Austin (O.U.P.), (Semester II).
Vacation Reading tøct: Caesar's Ilar in Aløcandia. ed. Townsend (B.C.P.)'
139
Arts

Arts
3630 tatin IIS
Latel: ll.
Poinß value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: Acceptance for Honours.
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption f¡om lectu¡es,
Contact hours:3 tutorials a week.
and syntax, \À¡ith translaticn of Engtish into l_atin.
purpose of translation into English; one text or
dlng background and sryle.
Assessment: one Ρanslation test during the year; one essay and final examination at end of
year in translation, literary criticism and knowledge of background.
Text-books: Gavin Betts, Teach Yourself Latin (Húder and Stoughton); De Heer, An
Ilttgductory Latin course for university studens (Dept. of ctassics and Áncient Hisiory,
University of WA.).
9437 Roman Imperial History A.D.14-192lI
Le+'el: lL
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: A lævel I subject or half-subject in the Departments of classics, History
Politics or Anthropology. 2706 Roman Republican History is not essential but would be
helpful.
Restriction:3013 Roman History (2) before 1988. Not av-ailable ro students with exemption
from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
C_ontent: This subject covers the political and social history of Rome f¡om Tiberius to
Commodus. The last four weeks of the semester will be devóted to a special topic: slavery
and the Roman family.
Assessment:3 hou¡ examination, 2 tutorial papers and short essay.
Tst-books: Wells, C., Th¿ Roman Empire, (Fontana); Suetonius, The Twelve Caesais
(Penguin).
2036 Roman Literature II
I-evel: ll.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßites: Any Level I subject or half-subject.
Restriction: 228 Narrative and Didactic Poetry and 1437 Roman poetry before 19g9. Not
available to students with exemption f¡om lectu¡es.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1. tutorial a week.
content: This subject considers Roman epic, didactic and lyric poetry, satire, an

and the Fragmens, tr. Sullivan, J. P., (Penguin); Apuleius, The Golden.áss, tr' Graves' R,
(Penguin).
8739 Roman Republican History 133 B.C.-A.D. 14 II
Level: ll.
Poinx value: 4.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requkites: A l-evel I subject or half-subject in the Departnlent of classics, History
Politics or Anthropolory.
Restriction:2706 Roman History (1.) before 1988. Not available to students with exemption
from lectu¡es. 8739 Roman Republican History in 1989 and Ancient Hlstory II before 1978.
Contact hours:1 tutorial and 2 lectures a week on Mondays and Wednesdays.
Content: This subject considers the fall of the Roman Republic and the transition ftom
Republican government to Imperial rule.
Assessment:3 hour examination, 2 tutorial papers and 1 short essay.
Tøct-books: Crawford, M., The Roman Repubtic, (Fontana); Plutalch, The Mak¿rs of Rome,
(Penguin); Plutarch, Thz FaU ol the Roman Republic, (Penguin).
LEVEL III
5944 Ancient Greek III
Level: l[l.
Points value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: '1773 Ancient Greek IIA (Div. I) or 5749 Ancient Greek II (Div. I) or
3943 Ancient Greek IIIS (Div. I).
Resniction: Not available to students u¡ith exemption from tutorials.
Contact hours: 3 tutorials a week.
Content: One hour a week will be spent on a discussion text: text will be discussed in class,
privately during the year.
Assessment: The preparation texts will be assessed by means of an examination at the end
of each semester; passages will be set for translation and short Passages set for comment. A
critical paper will be set on each discussion text. There will also be examinations to test
unseen iranslation ability. The Vacation Reading examination q'ill involve translation only.
The Homer reading will also be examined.
Tøtt-books: Homet,Iliad XXILXXV, ed. læaf and Bayfield (Macmillan)'
Dkcwsion tøds: Anthologt of Greek Verse, (klection to be supplied by Dept.), (Semester I);
Aristophanes,.Frogs, ed. Stanford (Macmillan), (Semester II).
First preparation texts: 'f\ucydides, Book f Gh. 1-55), ed. Marchant (B.C.P')' (Semester I);
Plato, Apologt, ed. Adam (C.U.P.), (Semester II).
Second preparat¡on tøds: Aestehylus, homøheus Bound, ed. Grifflth (C.U.P.), (Semester I);
Sophocles, Oedipus Tyannus, ed. Jebb (C.U.P.), (Semester II).
Vacation Reading ters.' Pluta¡ch, ¿ives of the Gracchi, ed. Holden (C'U.A.).
L41
Arts

Añs
3943 Ancient Greek IIIS
La¡el: ll[.
Points value: L2.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites:2858 Ancient Greek IA (Div. I) or 7175 Ancienr Greek IIS (Div. I).
Restriction: Acceptance for Honours. Not available to students with exemption fronr
tutorials.
Contact hours:3 tutorials a week.
conrent: one hour a week will be devoted to fo¡mal study of grammar and syntax, and
t¡anslation into Greek. One hour will be spent on a discussión teñ: text will be díscussed in
class, rÀ,ith attention given to grammatical anatysis, as well as narrative content. one hour
will be spent on a preparation text, preparéd beforehand and t¡anslated in class. In
addition, a text is to be ¡ead before the start of the First semester, for examination in
Orientation \Meek.
Assessment: The preparation text will be assessed by mea d of
each semeste¡; passages will be set fo¡ translation and s t. A
critical paper will be set on each discussion text. There test
unseen ability. The vacation Reading examination will involve t¡anslation only.
Dßcussion tøcts: Homer, Iliad I, ed. Harrison and Jordan (B.c.p.), (Semester I); ,Euripides,
Bacchae, ed. Dodds (O.U.P.), (Semester II).
!.enar-ation _1ørts¡ _Xe19phon, Cyopaedeia, ed. Shuckburgh (C.U.p.), (Semester I);
Herodotus.X, ed. Shuckburgh (C.U.p.), (Semesrer II).
Vacation Reading text: Lysias, Five Speeches, ed. Shuckburgh (B.U.p.).
6829 Archaic Greek Art and Architecture III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semeste¡ L
Pre-requisites: Any Level II subject or half-subject.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Art and Archaeology from the earliest times, Ancient Egypt,
It also deals with Greek pottery, sculpture and architecture up
Assessment:2 hou¡ examination, slide test, 2 tutorial papers, 1 short essay and I long essay.
, Greek An, (pe , Greek Art (fbames and
8., The Architect (Batsford); Lawrence, A.
enguin); Coulton at l4tork, (Elek).
6184 Classical Greek Art and Architecture III
Level: Ill.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Seneste¡ II.
he-requkites: Any Level II subject.
t42

Restriction: C?11 Greek A¡t & Archaeolog¡r (2); C772 Grcek A¡t & Archaeology (special
topics); 1301 G¡eek Art & Archaeology (2); 2743 Greek A¡t & Archaeolog¡r (special
topics); AC92 Classical Art & Archaeolog¡r II in 7979, 1981, L983; AC93 Classical A¡t &
Archaeology II in 1981, 1983; 9695 Classical Art & A¡chaeology II in 1985 & 1987;
8501 Classical A¡t & Archaeology III in 1985 & 1987; 6931 Greek Architecture II;
93O4 Greek A¡chitecture III; 3573 Greek An II; 6716 Greek Art III.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject continues the study of Greek A¡t and Archaeology through the
classical period of 5th century Athens and suweys the Hellenistic art of the successors of
Alexander the G¡eat. It also involves a detailed study of the Athenian Agora, its history,
topography, and the finds made by the American School in Athens.
Assessment:2 hour examination, slide test, 2 tutorial papers, L short essay and 1 long essay.
Text-books: Cook, R. M., Greek lrr, (Penguin); Boardman, J., Greek,4n, (fhames and
Hudson); Coulton, J. J., Greek Architecs at Wolk, (Elek); Dinsmoot, W. 8., The
ArchitectureofAncientGreece,(Baßford); lawrence, A.W.,GreekArchitecture (Penguin)'
3644 Classical M¡'tholog III
Level: lll.
Poinsvalue:6.
Duration: Semcster II.
Pre-requisites:1014 Classical Studies I or alternative approved by the Department, and any
l,evel II subject.
Restriction: 1953 Classical Mythology befo¡e 1989 or 6'761 Classical Mythology II' Not
available to students with exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject examines some of the functions of myth in G¡eco-Roman society. For
illustrative purposes, some attention is paid to myths in other cultures, but the course is
mainly concerned with the Greek and Roman material that deals with the Olympian
goddesses, Apollo, Dionysus, Creation, the Golden Age, the Heroes, Foundation Legends,
and the Underworld. The relationship between myth and early phitosophy and historiography
will be considered, and the topic of m¡h and visual art.
Assessment:3 hour examination, 2 tutorial papers, short essay and long essay.
Tes;t-books: Grant, M., Mythç of the Greeks and Romans, (Mentor); Kirk, G., The Nature of
Greek Myrhs, (Pen gui n).
4232 Latin III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:6&8 htin ItA (Div. I) or 7279 t-atin II (Div. I) or 354 Latì¡ IIIS (Div. I)'
Resniction: Not available to studerrts with exemption ftom tutorials.
Contact hours: 3 tutorials a ìveek.
Content: One hour a week wilt be spent on a discussion text: text will be discussed in class,
with attention given to grammatical analysis, as well as narrative content. One hour will be
spent on the first preparation text, prepared befo¡ehand and translated in class. The
remaining hour will be spent either on the second preparation text or grammar work,
including translation into tåtin. There is also a text to be read before the start of the F¡rst
Semester for examination in Orientation Week. Th¡ee books of Yitgrl's Aeneid, to be read
privately during the year.
Assessment: The preparation texts will be assessed by means of an examination at the end
143
Arts

Arts
of_each semester; passages will be set for translation and short passages set for comment. A
critical paper will be set on each discussion text. There will àso bi examinations to test
unseen translation ability. The Vacation Reading examination will involve translation only.
The Virgil reading will also be examined.
Tæ-bool

C-ommodus. The last four weeks of the semester will be devoted to a spec¡al topic: slavery
and the Roman family.
Asçessment:3 hour examination, 2 tutorial papers, L short essay and 1 long essay.
Tæ-boolcs: Wells, C., The Roman Empire, (Fontana); Suetonius, The Túetve Caesars
(Penguin).
4571 Roman Literature III
I-arcl: Ill.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requßites: Any lævel II subject.
Restriction: 228 Narrative and Didactic Poetry and 1437 Roman Poetry before 1989.
Students at Level III who took 5617 Pastoral, Satire and Novel in 1988 or earlier will be set
extra reading (e.g. Livy or Ovid). Roman Literatu¡e at lævel II. Not available to students
with exemption from lectu¡es.
Contact haurs:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a r¡/eek.
Content: This subject considers Roman epic, didactic and lyric poetry, satire, and the novel,
as wel[ as Cicero's varied writings.
Assessment:3 hour examination, 4 tutorial papers and short essay.
3189 Roman Republican History 133 B.C.-A.D. 14 III
Level: llI.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: A lævel II subject or half-subject in the Department of Classics, History,
Politics or Anthropolog¡r.
Restriction:2706 Roman History (1) before 1988, 8739 Roman Republican History in L989
and Ancient History II before 1978. Not available to students with exemption from lectures.
Contact hours: I tutorial and 2 lectures a week on Mondays and Wednesdays.
Content: This subject considers the fall of the Roman Republic and the transition from
Republican government to Imperial rule.
Assessmenl:3 hour examination, 2 tutorial papers, I short essay and 1 long essay.
Tst-book: Crawford, M., Thc Roman Republic, (Fontana); Pluta¡ch, The Makers of Rome,
(Penguin); Plutarch, The Fall ofthe Roman Republic, (Penguin).
HONOTJRS LEVEI,
42L0 Honours Classical Studies
Lqel: Honours.
Poins value:24.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requbites: An acceptable standa¡d in 1014 Classical Studies I and at least four semester
subjects taught in the Classics Depafment, of which at [east two must be at lævel lll; and
in at least one of 5944 Greek III, 3943 Greek llls,4232 Latin III, 354 l¡rin IIIS.
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption from tutorials.
Assunted lçtowledge: Note: Students wishing to take an Honours degree in Classical Studies
145
Arts

Arts
should consult the Head of the Classics Department, if possible before beginning studies at
Level IL
Content and Assessmenl: a) the study of three Greek or látin texts in the original language.
C-andidates must offer one of the texts for examination at the beginning of the first
semester. b) the study of Greek and Roman artiquity through essays, with emphasis on
some of the following: i) the literature; ii) Greek and Roman history and society iii) the
¡emains of material culture. c) a special topic chosen from the field of classical studies, or
ancient history, or art and archaeology, in acco¡dance with the inte¡ests of the candidate,
which will be the subject of a long essay to be written during the year.
The exact arrangement of the course may be varied by the Head of the Departrnent in
accordance with the interests of the students and the availability of specialised teaching.
JOINT HONOURS
Arrangements are possible for joint honou¡s
Classics with study in another Department in
should consult the Department of History.
8302 Honours Greek and/or Latin
Level.'Honours.
Poins value: 24.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: Fo¡ Greek: 5944 G¡eek III; for I-atin: 4232 Latin III; for Greek and l¡tin:
5944 Greek III and 4232 I-atin III.
Restriction: Not available to students \Mith exemption f¡om tutorials.
Assumed knowledge: Note: Students wishing to take an Honours degree in Greek and/or
I-atin should consult the Head of the Classics Department, if possible before beginning
studies at l,evel IL
Content and Assessmen.'a) the study of Greek and/or l-atin literature through essays
togethe¡ u/ith the study of othe¡ material in acco¡dance with the inte¡ests of candidates.
V/hen students take Honours in both Latin and Greek, including the long essay (see section
c), the need to study such other material may be relaxed. b) the study of six Greek o¡ six
l-¿tin or th¡ee Greek and three I-atin texts in the original language, chosen with ¡eference
to the interests of the candidates. Two of the texts must be offered for examination at the
beginning of the first semester. Unseen translation will also be tested by exarnination.
Unseen translation will also be tested by examination. e) unless determined otherwise in
consultation \À¡ith candìdates, a special topic chosen fuom the field of G¡eek and/or I-atin
literature in acco¡dancewith the inte¡ests of the candidates. The topicwill be the subject of
a long essay to be written during the year. Topics which, while not pu¡ely literary depend
on the interpretat¡on of ancient literature, may be approved.
The exact arrangement of the course may be varied by the Head of the Department in
acco¡dance with the interests of the students and the availability of specialised teaching. If
the long essay is not included, the work of Sections A and B will be expanded to take its
place.
DRAMA
(FOR TTIE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS)
Two subjects, 9613 D¡ama I and 6926 Drama II, ate offered. They deal with the history and
development of theatre arts and the theory and practice of d¡ama.
For full information on Drama subjecls and teaching aúangements, students should obtain
the Drama Depaftment Handbook which is available at the office of the Faculty of
Performing Arts, Hartley Building, 46 Kintore Avenue.
t46
combining study in the Department of
the Faculty of Arts. Inte¡ested students

Students wishing to take Drama III, which is available elsewhere, should make early
application to the Faculty of Arts Office.
961-3 Drama I
Level: l.
Points value: 6.
Quota: Will apply-
D uration : Two Semesters.
Pre-requkites: None.
Restriction: Visiting students and miscellaneous en¡olments.
Conlacthours:2xlhourlectures,lxlhourtutorial/seminar,lx2hourworkshop,lxl
hour film/video viewing.
Conlent: Semester 1: Drama in societ¡r an historical suwey of the relationship between
actors, audiences, content and space. Semester 2: Foundations of Modern Drama: focussing
upon the achievements and influence of lbsen, Strindberg and Chekhov.
Assessment: Continuous assessment based on research exercises, short tests, \¡rr.itten and
oral reports, and practical presentations.
Tøtt-books: Hartnoll, P., A concise history of th¿ th¿atre, l-ondon Cfhames and Hudson,
1986); Styan, J. L., Moden drama in thcory and practice,Yol..1, Cambridge, (Cambridge U.
Press, 1983). Further reading is included in the Drama Department Handbook.
6926 Drama II
Level: ll.
Points value: 8.
Quota: Will apply.
Duration: Two Semesters.
Pre-requisites: Pass in Drama I or assessed equlvalent at tertiary level.
Contacthaurs:2x1hou¡lectures,lxlhourtutotial,lx2hourwo¡kshop,lx2hourfilm/
video viewing, as required.
Content: Semester 1: Themes in Australian D¡ama: from settlement to the 1930's and the
efforts of a nation to find independence and to assert an identity as ¡evealed in the popular
entertainment, radio and early film. Semester 2: C-ontemporary Australian Drama: an
analysis of the social forces that have characterised d¡ama and film from \try'orld Wa¡ II to
the present.
Assessment: Continuous assessment on all theoretical and practical actMties based on
research exercises, short tests, written and oral reports, and a long essay.
Tøct-books: Rees, Leslie, Thc history of Australian drama, YoL 1, Sydney (Angus &
Robertson, 1978); Holloway, Peter (ed.), Contemporary Australian drama, Sydney
(Currenry, 1987); Rees, læslle, Thc history of Austalian drama, Vol. 2, Sydney (Angus &
Robertson, 1978). Serials and playscripts as prescribed in the Drama Department
Handbook.
r47
Arts

Arts
ECONOMICS
(FORTTIE DEGREE OF BACHEIÐR OFARIS)
It is possible for A¡s students to take F¡onomics at I-evel I which will enable them to take
a choice of Economics subjects at Level II and Level III for the degree course of the
Bachelor of A¡ts. However, places in Economics I and some other Iævel I subjects taught
by the Department of F¡onomics are subject to quotas fo¡ other than B.Ec. students.
Students intending to take such a sequence of Economics subjects from level I to l¿vel III
should consult with Course Advisers in the Faculty of Economics.
The subject 2250 Social F¡onomics (no longer offered) will not be accepted as qualifying a
student to enrol in the l,evel II subjects 9893 Macroeconomics II and 8870 Microeconomics
II, except that students who have passed with credit in 2250 Social Economics I may, with
the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Economics, be permitted to enrol in the b¡/o
subjects 9893 Mac¡oeconomics II and 8870 Microeconomics II.
The Economics subjects available to B.A. students a¡e listed belowwith syllabuses provided
under the Degree of B.Ec. in the Faculty of Economics.
LEVEL I
8461 Economics I
9073 Economic History I
2148 Economic Institutions and Policy I
8179 Economic Statistics I
7322 Economic Statistics IA
7626 Mathematical Economics I
7263 Mathematics for Economists I
LEVEL II
9467 East Asian Economies II
1682 Economic History Ä
7350 Economic History C
7579 Economic Statistics II(S)
8457 Economic Statistics IIA(S)
5920 Economics of Resources and the Environment II
148

5246 Industrial Relations II
9893 Macroeconomics II
8620 Mathematical Economics II
8870 Microeconomics II
LEVEL III
8178 Agricultural Economics III
4883 Applied Econometrics III
5284 Business and Government III
3751 Economic Development IIIA
5942 Economic Development IIIB
7739 Econometrics III
8518 Economics of t abour III
2100 Economic Theory III
7981 Public Finance III
HONOTJRS LEVEL
77Ll Honours Economics (for B.À & B.Ec.)
ENGLISH IANGUAGE AND LITERATIJRE
Subjects usually are taught by means of lectures and tutorials and are not normally
available to students u/ith exemption from lectu¡es.
A preliminary meeting of students enrolled in each subject is held before formal classes
begin. All students must attend such meetings, after whiCh they will be assigned to tutorial
grouPs.
Arls

Arts
Methods of assessment will be proposed by the lecturers in charge of each course at the
beginning of the year, and will be available for discussion with students.
The subjects listed belowwill only be offered as staff and enrolments P€rmit.
For full information on subjects offered, methods of assessment and teaching aúangements,
students should obtain the handbooks available at the English department office.
LEVEL I
1278 English I
Level: I.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: None.
Assumed knowledge: Although there are no pre-requisites, the ability to wlite clear, coÍect
English is assumed.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: An introduction to some characteristic featu¡es ofl¡terature and language and also
to the critical vocabularies used to describe them. Classes will be taught by relating some
major English literary texts of the 16th century onwa¡ds to 20th century language and
literature from both the Otd World and the New.
Assessment: By essays, and final examination.
Tøct-books: DRÁMA-Shakespeare, The tempest (Penguin or New Oxford); Jonson, Ben,
Volpone in Tlree comedies (Penguin); Soyinka, The lion and the jewel (Oxford); Pricha¡d,
Brumby Innes (Currency); Thomas, Dy\an, Under milk wood (Everyman Classics).
FICTION-Defoe, Robinson Crusoe (Pengtin); Shelle¡ Mary, Frankcnsteln (Oxford
World's Classics); Poe, Selected tales (Oxford World's Classics); Brontë, Charlotte, Jane
Eye (Oxfotd World's Classics); Conrad, Heart 01 darlorcss (Penguin); Rhys, Jean, Wtde
Sargasso Sea (Penguin); Harrower, The watch tower (Angos & Robertson); Achebe,Things
fall apan (Heinemann); Naipaul, Y, 5., Miguel Srreer (Penguin); Gardam, Jane, Crusoe's
dauglxer, (Abacus).
POE-IRY-The set text is Seven centuries of poeay in Englkl¡ edited by John Leonard
(Oxford). However, other poems not included in this anthology will be provided as pafr of
the fo¡mal syllabus and wilt be required reading.
LEVEL II
1323 The Centre and the Australian Imagination II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: 1694 Australian Literary Studies (1982-88) or equivalent.
Conlact å¿urs.' 3 hours.
Content: Early colonial attitudes towards the interior of the Australian continent have been
undergoing a t¡ansformation. In both a literal and a metapho¡ical sense the "centre" has
been accepted by and assimilated into the Australian imagination. This subject will attempt
to construct charts and maps bywhich this change can be followed and understood and it
will draw its evidence from a range of cultural artifacts including works of literature,
paintings, social attitudes and cultural myths.
Assesmtent: Essays and examination (additional written wo¡k will be required of students
taking this subject at tævel IIf.
150

9679 Early Middle En'gl¡sh II
I-evel: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites : En glish Before 106ó.
White, Zoss (Penguin); Stivens, A tnrse of air (Penguin); Stow,
Hibberd, A stretch of the imagínation (Currenry). Additional texts
n class.
Restriction: 28'14 Old and Middle English; AE87 Old and Middle English II.
Contact hours:2 one-and-a-half hour seminars per week.
content: A study of the language and literatures of England in the two hundred years
following the Norman conquest.
Assessment: By essays and examination.
Tæt-book: Early Middle English verse and prose, ed. Bennett, J. A. W. and Smithers, G. V.,
2nd ed. (Odord).
4525 The Emergence of Modern Sensibility II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisite: 1278 English I.
Contacl haurs: 3 hours a week.
conlent: The subject deals rvith some major English and (in transtation) Russian texts
which have helped to shape "modem" consciousness.
Assessment: Essa¡n artd examinations.
6034 English before 1066 II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
Pre-requisites: 1278 English I or othe¡ approved by Chairman.
t); Dostoevsky, Crime and punishment (Pengoirr);
dy, Iude the obscure (O.U.P.); Conrad, Heart of
The rainbow (Penguin); Woolf, Virginia, To the
(Macmillan).
Restriction:2874 Old and Middle English, AE87 Old and Middle English II.
Contact hours: 3 hours a week (two one-and-a-half bour seminars).
content: An introduction to old English language and literature and to Anglo-Saxon
culture and society.
Assessment: Essays and classwork50To, examination 502a.
Test-books: An inuoduction to old English ¡evised with texts and glossary, ed. Mitchell and
Robinson or Old Englßh grammar and reader ed. Cassidy and Ringler.
151
Ans

Arts
3ll2 Fiction and Drama in England from 1850 to 1910 II
Lqel: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Quotr,: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßites: 1278 English I.
Restriction:33L7 Major English texts (2) in 1988 or ea¡lier.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject will deal with some representative English novels from the mid
nineteenth century to the early twentieth century. It will also look at some of the new
dramaincluding European drama-that emerged from the late 1880's onwards.
Assessmenl: By essays and examination.
Tar¡-bool

poems and prose, ed. Davies, Tony (Routledge); Etherege, The man of mode, ed.
Camochan, W. B. (Regents Restoration Drama); Wycherle¡ Tlæ country wiþ, ed.
Fujimura, Thomas H. (Regents Restoration Drama); Dryden, Selected poetry, ed. Arthos,
John (Signet); Pope, Selected poedy, ed. Price, Martin (Sipet); Gray and Collins, Poetical
works (Ofrotd);Defæ,Roxanq ed. Jack, Jane (World's Classics); Fielding,IosephAndrews,
ed. Battestin, Martin C. (Wesleyan U.P.); Smollett, Roderick Random, ed. Boucé, Paul-
Gabriel (World's Classics); Goldsm¡th, Th¿ Wcar of WakefieW, ed. Friedman, Arthur
(World's Classics); Johnson, Rasse/as, ed. Rick, C., and Enright, D. J. (Penguin); Sterne,,4
sentimenral joumey, ed. Petrie, G¡aham (Penguin); Tristram Shandy, ed. Petrie, Graham,
(Penguin).
1635 Medieval English Literature II
Level: lI and l[l.
Points value: 4 or 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: English I.
Co-requkite: None.
Restriction: No¡e.
Contact hours:2 one-and-a-half hour seminars per week.
Content: A study of some major English texts, authors, and genres of the period 1350-1450.
Assessment: By essays and examinations.
Tørt-bool

Arts
Contact hours: 1 lecture and 1 two-hou¡ seminar per week.
Content: This subject will study the history of crime fiction, the problem of defining the
genre and the values promoted by this form of genre writing. Various sub-genres and
modes, with leading examples, will be surveyed. The work of some leading or æminal
writers as well as recent worke¡s in the field will be included and Australian examples, both
eaily and recent, will be highlighted. Although English literary texts will be chosen fo¡
particular study rather than, for instance, films, various media will be considered and the
approach to the study will not be exclusively literary-critical but will involve ¡elevant sociocultural
and larger issues, where appropriate. This subject is ava)able to students outside
the Faculty of Arts.
Assessment: EssalÅ and classwork 50Vo, examinatio¡ 507o.
Tex-bool

Hucqebe¡ry Finn; Chopin, The awakcning; Fitzgerald, The Great Garsåy; Stevens, Selected
poemS; Roethke, Selected poems.
7371 Twentieth Century American Literature II
I-oel: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkite: 1278 English L
Restriction: 621,4 Amencan Studies prior to L988.
Contact hours:1 lecture and 1 two-hour seminar a week.
Content: Study of selected fiction, film and poetry produced in the USA since 1900. The
emphasii will be on the shift from modernism to postmodernism.
Assessment: By tutorial assignments, essa¡6, and examination.
Tø-books: DlYanni, R-, Modem American poets: their voices and visiots (Random House);
As I laY dYing (Penguin)
zer (Picador); Vonnegut,
t 49 (F,anaam); Doctorow,
Kingston, M. H., The woman warior (Picador); Hett, Dispatchcs (Picador)' Note: These
texts will all be studied at l,evel II and IIL
1549 Women's Writing: The Nineteenth Century II
I-e,r,el: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
fue-requkites: 1278 English I.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Contenr: This subject will consider the rise of the woman writer in the nineteenth century
and the developmlnt of a female literary tradition. It will look at questions which arise out
of the adoption of a woman centred perspective for the writer and the critic'
The course is concemed with questions of gender and representation. Texts both central to
and outs¡de the British female tradition will be considered, with reference to historical
context and contemporary feminist literary theory. Special attention will be given to
problems of language and subjectivity, the construction of sexuality and sexual differences,
and ways in which gender affects writing and reading.
Assessment: Essays and examination.
Tact-boolcs: Austen, J., Emma (Odord); Brontë, E., Wuthering heights (OxÍord); Gaskell'
Cranford (Oxford); Brontë, C., ViIIeue (Penguin); Spence, C. H., Clara Morßon (Wakefield
ereú); etiot, G., The milt on the ÍIoss (Oxford); Schreiner, O., The story of an African farm
@en[r:in); Chopin, K., The awakening and oth¿r stories (Signet); Baynton, B', The portable
Èarbara Baynton (University of Queensland Press); Gitman, C. P., The Charlotte Petkins
Gilman rea-der (Pantheon). Selected poems by women writers of the period will also be
studied.
Secondary Reading Belsey, C., Critical practice (Methuen, 1980); Eagleton, M., Feminist
Iirerary theory: a reodn (Blackwell, 1986); Gilbert, S., and Gubar, 5., The madwoman in th¿
attic'(yale Îniversity Þress, 1929); Moi, Toril Søcual/tactuat po&'llcs (Methuen, 1985);
Showalter, 8., The new feminist criticism (Virago, 1986); Silverman, R., The subiect ot
semiotics (Oxford University Press, L983); Wright, 8., Psychoanalytic criticism (Methuen,
1e8s).
155
Arts

Arts
2694 Writers of the English Renaissance II
Lael: ll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: 1278 English I.
Restriction: 7179 Majot English Texts (I) in 1988 o¡ earlier.
Contact hours:2.lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
conlenr: Major English liteÉry texts in Drama, Poetry and prose from chaucer to the
metaphys¡cal poets.
Assessment : Essays and examinations.
As you like it, Hamle4 Th¿ winter's tale (OxÍord, New Arden, Cambridge or penguin);
Jonson, The alchemkt, ed. Bement, P. (Methuen); Webster, The Duch¿ss of Motfi, eá.
Brown, J. R (Revels).
LEVEL III
1407 Advanced Middte English III
Level: lll.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites:2874 Old and Middle English or 603 or 9068 English Befo¡e 10ó6.
Restriction:5999 Advanced Old and Middle English.
Contac! hours: 1 seminar of one-and-a-half hours a week.
content: Ancrene lilisse (early Middle English prose); The owl and the nightingale (eaily
Middle English poetry); Patience and Pearl (major dialectat Middle English poetry).
Assessment: Essa¡re during semester 50Vo, examination 507o.
Text-books: Early Middle English verse and prose, ed. Bennett and Smithers; pearl
Cleanness, Patience, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, ed. Cawley and Anderson (Dent).
1725 Advanced Old English III
Level: lll.
Points value: 6,
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites:2874 Old and Middle Engtish or 6034 o¡ 9068 English Before 1066.
Resricüon:5999 Advanced Old and Middle English.
Contact hours: 1 seminar of one-and-a-half hours a week.
Content: Old English homiletic prose (Aelfric, Wulfstan, Blickling); Old English religious,
elegiac, and miscellaneous poetry.
Assessmenl: Essa¡a during semester 50Vo, examination 50Vo.
Tæt-book: Bright's Old English grammar and reader, ed. Cassidy and Ringler.
156

ll54 The Centre and the Australian Imagination III
I-evel: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: 1278 English I.
Restriction: 1694 Australian Literary Studies (1982-88) or equivalent.
Contact hours: 3 hou¡s.
Content: F,arly colonial attitudes towards the interior of the Australian continent have been
undergoing a t¡ansformation. In both a literal and a metaphorical sense the "centre" has
been accepted by and assimilated into the Australian imagination. This subject will attempt
to construct charts and maps by which this change can be followed and understood and it
will draw its evidence from a'range of culturãl artifacts including works of literature,
paintings, social attitudes and cultural myths.
Assessment: Essays and examination (additional wdtten work will be required of students
taking this subject at l,evel III).
Tø-bool

Arts
1807 English Before 1066 III
Larcl: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction:2874 Old and Middle English, AE87 Old and Middle English II.
Contact hours:3 hours a week (two'one-and-a-half hour seminars).
Content: An introduction to Old English language and literature and to Anglo-Saxon
culture and society.
Assessment: Essays and classwork 507a, exami¡ation 50Vo.
Tø-books: An Introduction ø OId English revised with texts and glossary, ed. Mitchell and
Robinson or OId English grammar and reader ed. Cassidy and Ringler.
8082 Fiction and Drama in England from L850 to 1910 III
Level: IIl.
Poin* value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duralion: Semeste¡ I.
he-requkites: 1278 English I.
Restriction: 3317,Major English Texts (II) in 1988 o¡ earlie¡.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject will deal with some representat¡ve English novels from the mid
nineteenth century to the early twentieth century. It will also look at some of the new
d¡ama-lncluding European d¡ama-that emerged from the late 1880's onwards.
Assessment: By essays and examination. Additional written work witl be requirêd of
students e/ho take this subject at I-evel III.
Tøct-books: Dickens, C. Bleak house (Pengtin); Dickens, C. Little Donit (Penguin); Eliot, G.
Middlemarch (Penguin); Hardy, T. Iude th¿ obscure (O.U.P.); Ibsen, H. Four major plays
(O.U.P.); Wilde, O. The imponance of being eamest (Pengsin); Shaw, B. Ploys unpleasant
(Penguin); and Major Barbara (Penguin); Stevenson, R. L. Dr. Jeþll and Mr. Hyde
(Penguin); Hardy, T., Tess of th¿ d'Urbe¡villes (Penguin).
4382 Gender and Narrative III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: ll.
Poins value: 6,
Quota: Nday apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkite: 1278 English L
Conlact hours:2 lectu¡es and a tuto¡ial a week.
Assessntent: Essays and examination.
Tøtt-books: Chaucer, G., "The Wite of Bath's Prologue and Tale", in Th¿ Canterbury tdles,
ed. Cawley, A. C. (Everyman); de laclos, C., Les liaßons dangereuses (Penguin);
Vy'ollstonecraft, M., Mary (Wo¡ld's Classics); Austen, L, Pride and prejudice (World's
Classics); Flaubert, G., Madame Bovary (World's Classics); Eliot, G., The mill on the floss
(Penguin); Freud, S., "Dora", in Case histories d Vol. 8, Pelican Freud Library @enguin);
Woolf, 4., /n love and trouble (Women's Press); Carter,4., Nights at the circus (Picador).
158

5363 Mqior English Texts 1650-1800III
I-evel: lll.
Points value: 6.
Quota: Ì|lf.ay apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: 1278 English I.
Restriction: 7779 Majot English Texts (1) in 1988 o¡ earlier.
Contacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Major English literary texts in poetry, prose aod drama f¡om Milton to Sterne.
Assessment: Essays and examinations. Additional work will be required of students who
take this subject at third year level.
Tøtt-books: Mllton, Paradße lost, ed. Hughes, Merritt, Y. (Odyssey); Milton, Selected shoner
poems and prose, ed. Davies, Tony (Routledge); Etherege, The man of mode, ed.
Camochan, W. B. (Regents Restoration Drama); Wycherle¡ The country wife, ed.
Fujimura, Thomas H. (Regents Restoration Drama); Dryden, Selected poety, ed. Arthos
John (Signet); Pope, Selected poeûy, ed. Price, Martin (Signet); Gray and C-allins, Poerical
workr (Odord);Defæ,Roxana. ed. Jack, Jane (World's Classics); Fielding,losephAndrews,
ed. Battestin, Martin C. (Wesleyan U.P.); Smollett, Roderíck Random, ed. Boucé, Paul-
Gabriel (World's Classics); Goldsmith, Thc Vicar of Wakefield, ed. Friedman, Arrhur
(Vr'orld's Classics); Johnson, Rasse/as, ed. Ricks, C., and Enright, D. J. (Penguin); Sterne,,4
sentimental joumq, ed. Petrie, Graham (Penguin); Tristram Shandy, ed. Petrie, G¡aham
(Penguin).
3234 Medieval English Literature III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
he-requkites: English L
-Resrnc¿¿onr None.
Contact hours:2 one-and-a-half hour seminars per week.
Content: A study of some major English texts, authors, and genres of the period 1350-1450.
Assessment: By essays and examinations.
Tøtt-bool

Arts
Assessment: By essays. Additional written work will be required of students who take this
subject at t evel III.
Tø-books: Eliot, T. 5., Collected poems 1909-1962 (Faber); Joyce, J., Dubliners, (Granada);
Joyce, J.,A portrait of the artist as a young ma4 (Granada); Joyce, J., Uþsses: TIæ conected
lø4 (Penguin).
9380 Popular Genres (A): Crime Fiction III
Level: l[l.
Poinß value: 6.
Quota: May app|y.
Duration: S€mester to be advised.
he-requkites: Any I-evel I subjects to the value of 6 points.
Conlact hours: 1 lecture and L two-hour seminar per week.
Content: This subject will study the history of crime fiction, the problem of defining the
genre and the values promoted by this form of genre writing. Various sub-genres and
modes, with leading examples, will be surveyed. The work of some leading or seminal
writers as well as recent workers in the field will be highlighted. Although English literary
texts È'ill be chosen for particular study rather than, for instance, films, various media will
be considered and the approach to the study will not be exclusively literary-critical but will
involve relerrant socio

Contact hours: 1 lecture and L two-hour seminar per week.
Content: Romanticism was a key factor shaping the emergence of American literature in the
nineteenth century. While its influence was already waning in Europe, it acquired a new
lease of life west of the Atlantic and has left its rnark on the development of American
writing, lasting even till today. The subject will study the natu¡e of Romanticism from its
European origins, examine what forms it took in nineteenth{eñtury American writing, and
follow its legary - including reactions to it - up to the present. Some texts of nineteenthcentury
American literature will be considered in the context of recent reactions,
interpretations or reinterp¡etations of them.
Assessment: Essays and examinations.
Tø-books: (Dependent on availability): Thoreau, Walden; Whitman, Selected poems;
Dickinson, Selected poems; Hawthome, The scarlet letter; Melville, Moby Dick;'lwain,
Hucúeberry Finn; Chopin, The awakening; Fitzgerald, The Great Gøtsåy; Stevens, Selected
poerzs; Roethke, Selected poems.
4596 Tïventieth Century American Literature III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: I$lay apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisite: L278 English I.
Restriction:6214 American Studies prior to 1988.
Contact hours: L lecture and 1 two-hour seminar per week.
Content: Study of selected fiction, film and poetry produced in the USA since 1900. The
emphasis will be on the shift from modernism to postmodernism.
Third year students wi[[ be required to do additional reading, leading to a mo¡e substant¡al
tutorial report and final essay than would be expected of Level II students. This will usually
entail in-depth study of a single writer or film-maker chosen in consultation with the tuto¡.
Assessment: By tutorial assignments and essays. Additional written wo¡k will be required of
students taking this subject at Level III.
Taa-books: DiYanni, R-, Modern American poets: their voices and vßions (Random House);
Hemingwa¡ Fieslø (Penguin); Faulkner, As I lay dying (Penguin); Nabokov, Y., Lolita
(CorS); Coover, R., Pricl

Arls
prob¡ems of language and subjectivity, the construction of sexuality and sexual differences,
and wa5a in which gender affects writing and reading.
Assessment: Essays and examination. Additional written work will be required of students
taking this subject at Level III.
Tæ-bool

and the equivalent of at least frve one-semester subjects offered by the Department. (A
full-year subject taken in 1988 or earlier is equivalent to two one-semester subjects.) A
minimum of Credit standard will be required in at least four of these subjects, and at least
two Credit standards must have been achieved at third-year level. Minimum requirement =
30 points.
Note that, fot 7991, 1407 Advanced Middle English III and 1725 Advanced Old English III
(or 2874 Old Middle English, the pre-1.989 equivalent) are pre-requisites for the study of
Old English or Middle English Special in Honours English. ?Å74 Old and Middle English
(as either a second- or third-year subject) is a pre-requisite for the study of OId Norse in
Honours English. The pre-requisites fo¡ a Joint Honours degree in English and some other
subject may be varied frorn those listed above at the d¡sctetion of the respective
departmeûtal Chairpersons.
The English Department has a Depafmental Honours Sub-Committee which will conside¡
each application to study Honours English. Admission to Honours is alwa¡n at the
discretion of the Chairperson of the Department acting on the advice of the Honours Sub-
Committee. In extraordinary cases students who have not met the above pre-requisites, but
who for other reasons can satisfy the Departmental Honours Sub-Committee and the
Chairperson that she or he is qualified to undertake Honours English, may be accepted
into Honours.
In general: It is expected that by the end of thei¡ Honours yea¡ students will be familiar
with major aspects of English Literature, including pte-nineteenth century literary texts
apaf from those studied in English L The Departmental Honours Sub-Committee will
consider each case and advise on which subjects each student should take in the Honours
year so that an appropriate course of study for each student can be decided. The choice of
subjects taken by students in their Honours year must be approved by the Chairperson. All
students must therefore consult ìÀ'ith the Chairperson o¡ his or her Deputy before finalising
enrolment.
Requiremenß: The work for the Honours year consists of taking a common subject
(Literary Theory), two other subjects, and the writing of a short Honours Thesis whose
topic will normally be drawn from another subject offered at Honours level. Students will
be expected to audit this fou¡th subject as general background for the preparation of the
thesis, but will not take fu¡the¡ examination in it, A l¡st of subjects offered for 1991 will be
available from the Department late in 1990, and students should consult the Departmental
Honou¡s Handbook. Students should note that the availability of these subjects will depend
on a sufficient number of people electing to take them.
The Honours year is considered a year of full-time study, and regular attendance at classes
and tutorials is required.
Assessment: Deta¡ls of the assessment procedures to be followed are set out in the Honou¡s
Handbook. Assessment as at present envisaged will be by thesis, end of year examination
(inctuding aviva voce examination) and/or work presented throughout the year.
FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
There are nine subjects in French for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts: 2224 Fre¡ch
lA, 4U2 French I, 5691 French ll, 3/40 French IlA, 3475 French Studies II (pre 1789)
(Semester Il), 5?1,5 French Studies II (post 1789) (Semester I) 430a F¡ench III and 2&8
F¡ench Studies III(SI) (Semester I), 6175 F¡ench Studies III(S2) (Semestet II).2224 Ftench
lA assurnes little or no previous knowledge of the language and is a first-year subject for
the degree of B.A. The aim of the course is to provide a basic working knowledge of the
written and spoken language to those students who have done little or no F¡ench at school
and who wish to study the language at University, eithe¡ fo¡ cultu¡al reasons, or for more
163
Arts

Arts
practical reasons, such as to acquire a rcading knowledge of French for Honours or
postgraduate work in another discipline. No subject is pre-requisite to 422 French I, but a
knowledge of French at the standard of the Year 12 Public Examination is assumed and
students are advised to attempt the couxe only ifthey have reached a scaled score of 60 or
higher in that examination or possess some other equivalent qualification. Students
enrolled i¡ 4242 French I for the first time will not be exempted f¡om attendance at
lectures and tutorials.
5691. French II is the course which will normally be taken in second year by stude¡ts who
have passed i¡ 4?42 French I at Division I standard or higher. 3440 French IIA will be
taken by students who have passed in 227A Ftench IA at Division I standard or higher.
Students who pass 3440 French IIA will be qualified to enter 43Ot French III in the
following year.
3475 French Studies II (pre 1789) and 5?A5 F¡ench Studies II (post 1789) may be t¿ken as
additional subjects to 5691 French II, and may be taken either in Levels II and III, the only
pre-requisite being a pass in 4?A2Frcnch I at Division I standard or higher. In special cases
students may be permitted by the department to enrol in 3475 French Studies II þre 1789)
and 5'2AS French Studies II þost 1789) at Iævel II, without also taking 5691 French II. 3475
French Studies II þre 1789) a¡d 5?A5 French Studies II þost 1789) may also be taken by
students who have
a¡d 57AS French St
to 4304 French III
However, in spe.cia
taken and passed in 375 French Studies II (pre 1789) and 5?AS French Studies II (post
1789) only may be admitted to 4304 French III.
IIIS2 at Iævel III v/ithout also taking 4304 French III.
Lectures on literatu¡e and civilisation, particularly in second and third year courses, may be
given in French.
All exercises set during the year form an integral part of the courses, and students may be
refused permission to sit for the annual examination if their performance of the exercises
has been unsatisfactory.
LEVELI
4242 French I
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: French Matriculation or an equivalent qualification acceptable to the
Department.
Restriction: None.
Contact hours: 1 lecture (civilisation/literature), 2 hours of tutorials (language) and 2 hours
of practical work (oral/aural) a week.
Content: This subject consolidates the language skills of French matriculants and introduces
students to the study of French literature. Oral expression and aural comprehension will be
encouraged by exercises and tutorial papers based on audievisual materials. The writing
competence will be developed by means of grammar exercises as well as various forms of
essays set on French contemporary culture (including films) and/or the prescribed literary
texts.
Tg

Assessmenl: Continuous assessment, tests, essays and language examination.
Tø-books: r¡¡.rcuece

Arts
(Fof io); Sartre, J-P., Le nt4r (Folio); Sartre, J-P., I-es Mouches (Folio); Sartrc, J-p., Kean
(o.u.P.).
(iii) LE SOCIAL ET L'INDIVIDU: ST EXUPERY, AI-A,IN-FOURNIE\ CAMUS (Iævel
il).
Tes-boolcs: St Exupery A. óeß I¿ Petit hince (Heinemann); Vot denuir (Folio). Camus, A.
La Peste (Liwe de Poche); Alain-Fownier It grand Meaulnes (Liwe de Poche).
(Ð NOVEIS FROM AFRICA: BEFORE AND AF IER INDEPENDENCE (Levet II and
nD.
Tøtt-boolcs: I:ye, C. L'Enþnt norr (Presses-Pocket); Dramouss (Presses-Pocket); Sembène
Ousmane, Les Bous de bok de Diea (Presses Pocket); Sembène Ousmane, le Mandat
(Présence Africaine); Ba, M. Un Chant écarlale (Nouvelles Editions Africaines, poche).
(v) REFLECTIONS OF SELF: SOME 19TH AND 2C[H CENTURY FRENCH
AUTOBIOGRAPHIES (Level II and III).
Tect-book: Vallès, J. L'Enfant (Folio); Colette La Makon de Claudine (Liwe de poche);
Sartre, J-P. Les Mos (Methuen); Duras, M. LAmant (eds. de Minuit); Barthes, R-Roland
Banhes par Roland Banhes (Seuil).
(vi) HISTORICAL FRENCH LINGUISICS (lævel III).
Tart-books: No set books.
Option offered by Flinders University staff and taught at Adelaide University.
SEMESTERII
(i) LE ROMAN AUX XWIe E-I XVIII2 SIECLES (tævel II and III).
Tst-books: Mme de La Fayette, La Princesse de Clèyes (Harrap); Prévost, Manon Lescaut
(Garnier); Voltaire, Candide (Bordas); LaClos, Les Liaisons dangereuses (Garnier).
(ii) THE EXISTENTIALIST GENERATION (tævel II and III).
Text-books: Beauvoir, S. de Méntoires d'une jeate filte rangée (Folio); le Sang des autes
(Folio); Sartre, J-P. Le mur (Folio); Sartre, J-P. Les Mouches (Folio); Sartre, J-p. Kean
(o.u.P.).
(iii) SAMUEL BECKETT E-r LE TI{EATRE DE L'ABSURDE (Level IIf .
Tqt-books: French Poetry from Hugo to Apollinai¡e (tævel II and III), Baudelaire, las
Fleurs du rzcl (classiques Gamier); Baudelaire, Petits poèmes en prose (présie/Galtimaed);
Appolinaire, G.,Alcods (Classiques l:rousse); Auttiology (to be distributed).
(Ð THE QUEST: SYMBOLISM IN TFIE NOVEI-S OF MICHEL TOURMER E.T
MARGUERITE YOURCENAR (I-evel II and III).
io); GasparQ Melchior et Balthazar (Folio);
ourcena¡, M. ltléntoires d'Hadrien (Folio);
o).
CHOICE OF OPTIONS
Intending Honours students, before completing Level III, are recommended to take, either
in l-evel II o¡ Level III, at least one option involving (a) 17th or 18th century literature, (b)
19th century lite¡ature, (c) 20th century literature.
LEVEL II
5691 French II: Language and Culture
Level: ll.
Points value: 8.
Duration: Full year.
t66

Pre-requisites:4242 French I (Div. I).
Restriction:4?A2 Frc¡ch I (Div. II).
Contact hours: 2 lectures (option 1, language 1), 2 tutorials (option 1, language 1) and 1
hour in the language laboratory.
Content: Training in the speaking and writing of F¡ench including gmmmar exercises,
comprehension, composition and translation, based on contemporary French material.
Two options at I-evel II, one per semester (see list).
Assessment: Continuous assessment and an examination comprising one 3 hour language
paper and an o¡al interview. Options: tutorial papers and essals.
Ta¡t- b oo ks : Oll ivier, J., Gra m m aire fr ançaise, (Harcourt).
Optioru: See list provided.
3440 French IIA: Language and Culture
Level: lI.
Points value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre -re qu ß i tes : 2224 F r e nch lA: Begin ners' French (D iv. I).
Restriction: 4'2A.2 French I (Div. II) ot22?A Frcnch lA: Beginners' French (Div. II).
Contact hours: 2 lectures (language 1, literature 1), 2 tutorials (language oral 1, literature 1)
and t houi in language laboratory a week.
Content: Consolidation of grammar r¡¡ith exe¡cises----composition-omprehension
skills-t¡anslation-leading to essay writing. Reinforcement of oral/aural skills by discusslons.
A core cou¡se on French cultu¡e and literature in Semester I and one option chosen from
the list at Level II in Semester II.
Assessmenl: C-ontinuous language assessment including tests-Essays on texts prescribed in
Semester L Option: tutorial papers and essays. language examination at the end ofyear.
Tøct-books: Ollivie¡, J., Grammaire française, (Harcotrt); Whitmarsh, New advanced French
course, (l-ongman); Verdelhan, Sans frontières, Vol 2 (Clé international).
Semester l-literary course: Sartre, Huis Clos (Methuen); Barbiere (ed.), Onze nouvelles
inédites (Hachette); I-e Clézio, J. M. et al-, Le hoverbe et autres nouvelles (Hachette);
Maupassant, Selected shon stoneq (Hodder & Stoughton); Lainé, La Dentellière (Methuen).
Semester II--Options: See list provided.
5245 French Studies II (post 1789)
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: 4242 Frcnch I or 340 French IIA language and Culture.
Restriction: Not to be taken in same C-alendar year as 3440 French IIA: I:nguage and
Culture (except in special circumstances).
Co-requisiles:5691 French II: Language and Cultu¡e.
Contact hours:7 lecture and 1 tutorial (option); 1 lecture and I tutorial (core course).
Content: One option taken from the list offe¡ed at lævel II. Core Course: Literary
movements in France: an overview f¡om the Revolution to contemporary France.
Assessment: Tutorial pap€rs and essa)6 as required. Oral inte¡view.
Text-books: Option: see list. C.ore course: Doumet, C. and Pécheur, J., Litteraure française
(Hachette, Colt. Outils). In addition selected texts will be distributed by the Department.
167
Arls

Arts
3475 French Studies II (pre 1789)
Level: lI.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: 4?A2 F¡enchl or M40 French IIA Language and Culture.
Restriction: Not to be taken in same calendar year as 3440 French IIA: l:nguage and
Cultu¡e (except in speciaI circumstances).
Co-requkites:5691 F¡ench II: l:nguage and Cultu¡e.
contact hours:1 lectu¡e and 1 tutorial (option); L lectu¡e and 1 tutorial (core course).
content: one option taken from the list offered at Level II. core course: Literary
movements in France: an ovewiew from the Renaissance to the Revolution.
Assessment: Tutorial papers and essa)ß as required. Oral interview.
Tørt-books: option: see list. co¡e course: selected material will be distributed by the
Department,
LEVEL III
4304 French III: Language and Culture
Lsel: lll.
Points value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:5691 French Il or 3440 F¡ench IIA.
Restriction:3475 French Studies II (pre 1789) and 5?AS French Studies II (post 17g9) alone
does not qualify for entry to 4304 F¡ench III hnguage and Culture.
contact hours:2 lectures (option 1, language t) and 1 tutorial (option) a week and t hou¡
conversation a fortnight. In addition, 1 laboratory session a week.
conter't: Advanced prose work (translation from English to French), general essays,
grammar exercises and translation from F¡ench to English. Comprehension exercises and
dictations, using the Language l,aboratory. conversation classes. 2 options at l-evel III, one
per semester.
Assessment: continuous assessments and an examination comprising one 3 hour language
paper and an o¡al interview. Options: tutodal papers and essays as required.
Text-boolc: Byrne & Churchill,,4 comprehensive French grammar (Blackwell).
Options: See list provided.
2648 French Studies IIIS1
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßites: 5691 French ll or 3475 French studies II þre
II (post 1789).
1789) or 525 French studies
Restriction:3440 French IIA l:nguage and Culture not accepted as a pre-requisite.
co-requisites: 430¿l French III Language and culture or any other Level III subject
acceptable to the Depafment.
conta.ct,hours: 1 lecture (option) and 2 tutorials (option 1, research topic 1) a week.
l|agtrgl
work comprises conversation (with 4304), t hour a fortnight for itudents taking
2648 French Studies III(S1) sepatately after 43M.
168

Conlent: One option taken from the list offered at I-evel III. One special research topic
chosen in consultation with a member of staff, and not directly related to the texts of the
option.
Assessment: Option: tutorial papers and essays as required. Supervised essay of 3,0(X) words
on special topic.
Tqt-books: See list of options.
6175 French Studies IIIS2
Level: lll.
Poinßvalue:6.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites:5691 French ll or A75 French Studies II þre 1789) or 5245 French Studies
II (post 1789).
Restriction: 3440 French ILA language and Culture not accepted as a pre-requisite.
Co-requkites: 4304 French III Language and Culture or any other lævel III subject
acceptable to the Department.
Conlact hours: I lecture (option) and 2 tutorials (option L, ¡esearch topic 1) a week.
Practical work comprises conversation (with 4304), t hour a fortnight for students taking
6175 French Studies IIIS2 sepafttely afer 43M.
Con¿ent: One option taken f¡om the list offe¡ed at Level III. One special research topic
chosen in consultation with a membe¡ of staff, and not directly related to the texts of the
option.
Assessmenl: Option: tutorial papers and essays as required. Supervised essay of 3,000 words
on special topic.
Tøtt-books: See list of options.
HONOTJRS LEVEL
4360 Honours French Language and Literature
Level: Honouts.
Poins value:24.
Duration: Full year.
No¡e.' Students intending to take Honours should consult the Head of Depailment befo¡e
the beginning of their studies at lævel II. It is also possible to take a combined Honours
degree, consisting of French and anothe¡ subject. For this also, students should consult the
Head of Department before the beginning of their l-evel II studies.
Pre-requisites: Honours students will normally be requìred (i) to take the courses
5691 French II or 340 French IIA, followed by 43M French III; (ii) in addition, to
complete at least 3 of the following units: 3475 French Studies II þre 1789), 5245 French
Studies II (post 1789),2ó48 French Studies IIIS1, 6175 French Studies IIIS2 before entry to
the Honours year; (iii) to devote their honou¡s year entirely to advanced courses and
exercises (including a L5,000 word thesis) in literatu¡e and language. However, the
Department mayvary the pre-requisites in (ii) above in certain exceptional cases where the
applicant for Honours has demonstrated a high level of ability. Intending Honours students
in French language and Literature, before completing third year, are recommended to
aake, at least one option involving (a) 77th or 18th century literature, (b) 19th century
literature, (c) 20th century lite¡atufe.
Students who have not complied with this recommendation before beginning the Honoun
yeat may be asked to chooie an appropriate option in the cou¡se oÍ the Honours year.
Before entering the final year of Honours, students must have qualified for the Ordinary
769
Arts

Arts
degree of B.A., i.e. have passed in nine subjects or completed 72 points from the subjects
offered by the Faculty of Arts, or for some other degree deemed by the Faculty to be
sufficient preparation. To avoid completing more than nine subjects or 72 points in
qualifying for entry to combined honours, students may arange with the departments
concerned to take appropriate combined subjects at lævel II and Level III.
The Honours year content will consist of the following:
t, TANGUAGE: The course will be conducted jointly with Flinders University staff. Semestet
I: Development of oral/aural proficiency. Semester II: Advanced w¡itten skills.
ii. sunvgv couRSE oN FRENcH LTTERATURE FRoM THE 17rH cB¡m;nv ro rue rnesevr oev (1
hour a week th¡oughout the year).
hescibed tdç.' Montaign e, Essaß (Bordas); Pascal, Pensées (Bordas); la Fontaine, Fables
(Bordas, 2 vols); Diderot, lacques le fatalkte (Folio); Proust, Du côté de chez Swann
(Folio); Mallarmé, Poésies, (Poesie/Gallimard); Znla, Germinal (Garnier-Flammarion);
Newal,Les Filles du feu (GarnierFlammarion).
iii. orrroNs: One option to be chosen from the list offered to third year students.
Assessment: Two 2-hour language pap€rs; two 3-hour tests on literary suwey coune (one
held in mid year and one at the end of the year); one o¡al examination; one 15,000 word
thesis, wdtten in French; and continuous assessment on language and literatu¡e (including
the option taken).
The ma¡ks obtained for essays in both the third and fourth years may be conside¡ed with
the final exanrination results in determining the student's classification.
GEOGRAPHY
The Geography cou¡se structure concentrates on two b¡oad and overlapping themes-the
understanding of spatial patterns in society, and the inte¡action of human society with the
natural environment. Each or both of these may be followed through a first, second and
thi¡d level progression of subjects. A more limited range of subjects, taught in collaboration
with the Department of Geology and Geophysics, is available in some aspects of systematic
physicat geography.
As well as contributing to the students' general academic training, the Department also
teaches a variety of practical skills appropriate to applied geographical analysis and useful
in the workforce or fufhe¡ ¡esea¡ch (e.g. field techniques, social survey methods, computer
mapping, remote sensing). Hence many Geography subjects involve practicals and fietd
wo¡k.
Students who wish to specialise in Geography fo¡ academic or vocational reasons, or who
are considering Honours in Geography, a¡e st¡ongly advised to enrol for at least
Geography I at lævel I, and to include in their course structure, as appropriate, some or all
of the following subjects which provide basic techniques, skills and concepts: at lævel II,
5581 Geographical Analysis of Population ll, 16y Biogeography of Human-dominated
landscapes II; and at lævel III, 9923 Geographical Information Sptems, ?198 Remote
Sensing III.
The Department caters both for students who wish to specialise in Geography at each level,
and for those (whether from Arts o¡ from several other Faculties) who simply wish to select
some Geography subjects for inclusion in a general degree. An interdisciplinary approach is
characteristic of Geography, and students who wish to design a course st¡ucture to meet
their particular needs will find that many Geography subjects fit well into a broadly based
degree.
More detailed information about the Depa¡tment and its courses, including guidance on
170

the selection of suitable sequences, is given in the Departmental Handbooks, available from
the Geography Office.
LEVEL I
The full-year subject 9587 Geography I introduces both of the two main themes developed
in the majority of the Department's l-evel II and III subjects, and gives the necessary
grounding in concepts and techniques. For students whose interests are restricted to only
one of these themes, the single-semester subjects 7613 Geography IA: Society and Space
(first semester) and 4823 Geography IB: Society and the Physical Environment (second
semester) are provided. Together these two semeste¡ subjects equate exactly to
9587 Geography I.
Grounding in aspects of systematic physicat geography is provided in a further singlesemester
subject, 382 Introduction to Physical Geography I (first semester). This may be
taken either alone or together with any other I-evel I Geography subject. Thus students
may take l-evel I Geography subjects up to a maximum value of 9 points.
9587 Geography I
Level: I.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: None.
Restriction: ?613 Geography IA: Society and Space; 4823 Geography IB: Society and the
Physical Environment; 9198 (or AJIH) Physical Geography lf{1, '7636 (or AJ2H) Human
Geography IH.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 3 hours of tutorials and practical work a week plus 2 days of
field wo¡k.
Content: Semester I: Society and Space. The first part of the course deals with aspects of
the social, economic and political envi¡onment----the wo¡ld we have made for ourselves. The
initial focus is on Australia and on aspects of the Aust¡alian social environment. Access to
housing, employment and health services can provide a good indicatôr of differences in
opportunities, while spatial distributions of poverty and crime reflect patterns of inequatity.
The scale then broadens to conside¡ global inequalities and the life chances ofpeople in the
so-called Third World. Problems of continuing rural and urban poverty in the poorest
nations contrast with the achievenìents of newly industrializing states, some of which are
located in the Pacific Basin. The possible costs of such "progress" and the posit¡on and role
of Australia, both in the region and in an increasingly interdependent world, are impofant
topics for consideration.
Semester II: Society and the Physical Envi¡onment. This part of the course emphasizes the
relationships between people and the physical environment in Australia.
One theme concerns the impacts of Aboriginal and European people on the flora and
fauna of humid and arid Australia, together with discussion of current issues and
management options, relating, for example, to forestry pastoralism and national parks.
A second broad area addresses the role of water in the envi¡onment, including salinity
problems and pollution dangers fo¡ marine ecos)ßtems. Finally, examination is made of the
human impact on and response to climatic phenomena, both extreme events such as
cyclones and floods and normal climatic processes, especially in u¡ban areas. Conclusions
are drawn suggesting suitable strategies for envi¡onmental management in Australia.
Assessment: Coursework 50Vo and examinations 507a,
Text-books: No set texts. Books of essential readings will be available to students through
the Depafment at cost.
t71
Arls

Arts
7613 Geography IÀ Society and Space
Loel: l.
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: None.
Restríction: 7636 (or AJ2H) Human Geography IH; 9587 (or AJ01) Geography I.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 3 hours of tutorials and practical work a week, plus I day of
field work.
Content: Identical with that contained in the Society and Space segment of 9587 Geography
I described above.
Assessment: C-ou¡sework 50Vo and examination 50Vo.
Tart-books: No set texts. Essential readings will be available to students th¡ough the
Department at cost.
4823 Geography IB: Society and the Physical Environment
Level: l.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: None.
Restriction: 9587 (or AI07) Geography I; 9198 (or AJIH) Physical Geography IH.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 3 hours of tutorials and practical work a week, plus 1 day of
field wo¡k.
Conlent: Identical u¡ith that contained in the Society and the Physical Environment segment
of 9587 Geography I described above.
Assessment: Coursework 50Eo and examinaTio¡ 5O7o.
Text-books: No set texts. Essential readings will be available to students through the
Department at cost.
3482 Introduction to Physical Geography I
Level: l.
Poinu value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: None.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 3 hours of tutorials and practical work a week, plus 1 full-day
of field work.
Content: The purpose of this subject is to anal¡ne and explain the physical geographyof the
earth's surface. Emphasis will be given to the study of r¡arious geomorphological processes
and to their implications.
Topics discussed will include the origin, structure and evolution of planet earth and its
moon; major relief features such as continents and ocean basins; the significance of
earthquakes and volcanoes, as explained by the unifying theory of plate tectonics;
generalised climatic patterns and the effect of solar, orbital, and other factors on ancient
climates; the role of geological, climatic and biological factors in weathering and soil
formation, erosion and deposition; the interptay of internal and external forces in the
production of landforms and landscapes; climatic, cyclic and timedependent models of
landscape evolution.
Assessment: One written examination, plus essays, tutorial and ptactical exercises, field
exculslon.
t72

Tø-books: Muller, R, and Obe¡lander,T., PlEsical geography todq 3rd edn. (CRM, 1984);
White, I. D., Mottershead, D. N. and Harrison, S. J., Environmental sysæms (Unwin
Hyman).
LEVEL II
Six subjects are offered, normally four in any one year (in 1991 five subjects will be
available). Any combination of these subjects may be taken, and none is compulsory.
Students wishing to specialise in the spatial patterns in society theme may take
5581 Geographical Analysis of Population II together v/ith 8673 Economic Geography II
and/or 9030 Social Geography IL Those interested in the hurnan/environment interaction
theme may enrol in ?634 Biogeography of Humandominated I-andscapes II, with the
subject Environmental Change II, while 4556 Structural Geomorphologyll or4532 Origins
of I-andforms in Australia II provide options in systematic physical geography.
Students wishing to obtain the broadest available core of concepts, skills and techniques for
lævel III Geography and Honou¡s work should combine 5581 Geographical Analysis of
Population lI and7634 Biogeography of Human-dominated I:ndscapes II.
For further guidance on choosing subject combinations, students are referred to the
Geography Depaf ment Handbooks.
The Department's poliry on assessment is that examinations should account for not more
lhan 6070 and not less than 40Vo of marks, with coursewo¡k making up the balance. The
exact proportions a¡e decided by discussion with the class at the commencement of
teaching.
7634 Biogeography of Human-Dominated Landscapes II
Level: lI.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: 9587 Geography I, or Level I Geography subjects to the value of at least six
points including 4823 Geography IB: Society and the Physical Environment; or their
equivalent prior to 1989; or any other subject(s) approved by the Departmental Head.
Resnicdon: J710 (or 6805) Community Biogeography.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and a 2-hou¡ laboratory session a week, plus compulsory 4 day
field camp.
Content: This subject is concerned with the p¡ocesses that determine the biophysical
character of human-dominated landscapes in South Australia's agricultural provinces. Here,
native vegetation occurs on isolated patches of ¡emnant natu¡al land scattered ì¡¡ithin a
matrix of settled (rural/urban) land. The course will focus on the $,ays in which natural
landscape processes havc been modified by fragmentation of the native vegetation cover
and other forms of human-induced disturbance.
Assessntenl: Laboratory exercises, field exercises and a written examination.
Tøct-booksl No set texts.
8673 Economic Geography II
Level: lI.
Points value: 4.
Duralion: Semester L
Pre-requísites:9587 Geography I, or l,evel I Geography subjects to the value of at least six
points; or their equivalent prio¡ to 1989; or any other subject(s) approved by the
Departmental Head.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 2 hour tutorial/practical session a week.
t73
Arts

Arts
Content: This subject is concerned c/ith the forces and processes which influence the spatial
organisation of economic activity. Though the space-economy is clearly an inteÉcting
s)6tem, the course proceeds from a consideration of the agricultural sector, to that of
service activity, then to manufacturing and finally to transport.
Lectu¡e topics include: decision-making by the farm firm; problems of risk and uncefaint¡6
linear programming and game-theory the economic rent model; u¡banisation of the
countryside; the gfavity model; central place theory and the location of service activit¡
industrial location-neo-classical location theory, behavioural models, radical/marxist
approaches; interaction, transport and tfansport netwo¡ks.
Assessment: Practical exercises, tutorial wo¡k, an essayt and a written examination.
Text-boolcs: Lloyd, P. E. and Dicken, P., Location and space: a theoreticol approach to
economic geograplty (Hatper and Row); Dicken, P. and Lloyd, P.8, Modem westem society:
a geographical perspective on worl

Restiction: nm< l:ndscape Evolution in Australia II; noo

Arts
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 3 hours of tutorial/practical work a week plus 4 days of
fieldwork.
Content: The form of the land surface varies with the structur€ of the underlfng crust, with
the processes responsible for shaping the surface and with wariations in structute and
process in time. This subject is concerned primarily with the fißt of these variables. Topics
considered include the earth's major relief, volcanoes, and the effects ofjoints, faults, folds
and rock type on landform development. Examples are taken from a global canvas but
particular attention is devoted to the Mount Lofty Ranges, the Flinders Ranges and Eyre
Peninsula, each of which not only illustrates aspects of structural geomorphology but also
offers opportunities for considering the total development of landforms and the methods
used to analyse and explain geomorphological problems.
Assessmenl: Vy'ritten examination, 2 essays, 3 tutorial pap€rs, ptactical exercises, field work.
Tact-books: Thornbury, W . D., Principles of geomorpholog (Wiley); Twidale, C. R., Analysis
of landforms (Wiley); Twid ale, C. k, Gr ani te I andfo rms (Elsevier).
LEVEL III
Entry to l,evel III Geography subjects normally requires lævel II Geography subjects to the
value of at least eight points. A maximum of nine lævel III subjects is offered (not all are
available in any one year). Onty two of these (Geographical Information Systems and
C-onservation in Humanlominated l¿ndscapes) have specified l.evel II subjects as prerequisites.
The¡e is much overlap in philosophy and approach across the various lævel III
subjects, but broadly the three subjects Equity in Cities, Regional Development, and Rural
Social Geography cluster in the spatial patterns in society theme, while Aboriginal
Australia, Conservation in Human-dominated l¿ndscapes, and Tropical Environments and
Human Systems represent the human/environment interaction theme. Two
subjects-Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems-pan equally over both
themes. The subjects 5722 Structural Geomorphology III or 7300 Evolution of I¡ndforms
in Australia III provide options in systematic physical geography.
The Department's policy on assessment is that examinations should account for not mo¡e
than 60Vo and not less than 40Vo of marks, with coursewo¡k making up the balance. The
exact propofions a¡e decided by discussion \¡¡ith the class at the commencement of
teaching.
4840 Aboriginal Australia III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6,
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: lævel II Geography subjects to the value of at least eight points; or thei¡
equivalent prior to 1989 (9509 Geography ll&,9671 Geography IIB, or their equivalent
haff-subjects); or any olher subject(s) approved by the Departmental Head.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and t hour of tutorial/practical wo¡k a week, plus 1 week of field
work.
Content: The subject attempts a reconstfuction of Aboriginal land use, art and landscape,
gender relationships and population pattems. The changes which occurred following
European settlement are then analysed and the various conflicts and accommodations are
discussed in relation to present day issues such as land rights, mining, national parks and
tourism.
Assessmenl: 1 field work or practical rcWrt;2 tutorial papers; 1 examination.
Text-bool

5359 Conservation in Human'dominated Landscapes III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Le'tel: lIl.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duralion: Semester II.
Pre-requßiles: Level
these must includ
eight points (from 1990
landscapes); or theit
equivalent prior to IIB, or their equivalent
hãlf-subjects); or an
al Head.
Re stric tio n : 4665 Conservation of Biological Com munities.
Contact hours:2 lectures and a Shour labolatory se*sion a week, plus one week compulsory
field camp.
mines the problems of nature conse¡¡ation in human-dominated
vegetation persists as isolated islands of remnant natural land
induced vegetation and human constructions. The course will
consider strategies fór consewing temnant natu¡al land both within and outside natule
resewe s)¡stemJ. tt *lll also examine the nature conservation function of the rural and
urban tand that surrounds temnant natu¡al land and provides human-modified and humanconstructed
habitats for a wide variety of native species.
Assessntent: l-aboratory exercises, field camp report, and written examination.
Texl-books: No set texts.
8388 Equity in Cities: A Comparative Perspective III
Læel: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßites: Level II lue of at least eight points; or their
equivailent prior to 19 Geography IIB, or their equivalent
hálf-subjects); or any o Departmental Head.
Assumed knowledge: 86?3 Economic Geography ll or 3265 Social Geography or
553L Geographical Analysis of Population II.
Conract hours: 2 lectufes and t hou¡ of tutorials/practical work a week, plus 4 days field
work.
Confent: A comparative approach to utban and regional development, and resource
allocation in cities ùnder state capitalism and state socialism. Key features of the property
system, housing allocation and thè provision ofservices are studied, and lelevant aspects of
urban policy are treated in an inttoductory way'
and service provision in socialist cities.
Assessment: Essay or project, tutorial particiPation and examination.
Tørt-bool

Arts
7300 Evolution of Landforms in Australia III
I-evel: lII.
Poinß value: 6.
I)uration: Semester L
Restriction: '7?A2 AtsÍalian landscape Evolution III; 9g35 l:ndscape Evolution in
Australia II; 4532 Origins of I¡ndforms in Australia II.
rt,
rd
ge
ects to the value of at least eight points (from 1990
); or. theft equivalenr prior to 1989 (9509 Geography
equivalent half-subjects); or any oah". r subject(s)
contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 4 hours of tutorials/practical work a week plus 5 days field
work.
Assessment: written examination, essays (3), tutorial papers (5), practical exercises, viva
voce examination, field work.
Tact-books: Thornbury W. D., Principles Twidale, C. R.,
Analysk of lqydforms (WitÐ; Jeans, D. N t. 1, The natural
environment (Sydney Univ. Press); Bowen, D. amon).
9923 Geographical Information Systems III
La¡el: lII.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Semester lI.
east eight points (from 1990
II); or their equivalent prior
equivalent half-subjects); or
Restriction:. 3523 Cartographic communication in 19g? or eaflieq 7M2 Geographic
Database Analysis and Computer Mapping in 198g or earlier.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 3 hours of practical work a week.
Content: Geographical information systems a¡e essentially computer data banks containing
spatially located information about human and naturai aspeìts of the earth's surface]
togethers¡ith the facility to manipulate these data.
t78

systems with the use of computers. This includes means of establishing a spatial database,
retrieving and analysing such data and producing literary graphic and cartographic output.
Assessment: Coursework and written examination.
Tæ-books: Burrough, P. A., Principles of geographical information systems lor land resource
assessment (Odord); Dale, P. F. & Mcfaughlin, J. D., I-and information monagement
(Otrord); Monmonier, M.5., Computer-assisted cartograpþ (Prentice Hall); Robinson, A.
H., et at., Elements of cartography 5th edn. (Witey); Ripple, r#. J.' (ed.), Geographic
informatîon systems for resource management: a compendium (ASPRS and ACSM).
1150 Regional Development III
Level: l[l.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: lævel II Geography subjects to the value of at least eight points; or their
equivalent prior to 1989 (9509 Geography llA,9671 Geography IIB, or their equivalent
half-subjects); or any other subject(s) approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction:4030 F¡onomic Geography III; 2951 Regional Economic Analysis and Development.
Assumed knowledge: 8673 Economic Geography II.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 2 hour tutorial/practical wo¡k a week. Field work to be
determined.
Content: This subject is concerned u/ith regional development and uneven development, and
with spatial inequality. Variation in economic welfare will be of central concern insofar as
th¡s is the basis [o¡ many other kinds ofwelfare. However, not all aspects of the "good life"
are dependent upon economic welfare, and it will be shown that some appear to be
inversely related.
I-ectu¡e topics include: The nature of regions; the relationship between econoñic growth
and development; sustainable development; the nature of regional economic problems;
explanatio ent and uneven development: stage models; orthodox
regional e m; linkages: economic-base, inPut-output, cumulative
causation, t, growth centres; critiques of orthodox equilibrium
theory dependency.
Assess me nt: C-oursework and written examination.
Tet¿-bool

Arts
Additional applications of remote sensing to geographic studies and environmental
science including mapping and monitoring of native vegètation, rangelands, agricultural
regions, wilderness, forestry and v,rater resources will be discusssed.
Assessment: Coursework and examination,
l4S3 Rural Social Geography III
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requßites: Level II lue of at least eight points; or their
equjvalent prior to 19 Geography IIB, ór tieir equivalent
half-subjects); or arly o Departmental HeaO.
Restriction:70ó8 Rural Social Geography in 1988 or earlie¡.
Assumed knowledge: 5581. Geographical Analysis of population ll or 3265 Social Geography
II.
contacl hours: 2 lectu¡es and 2 hours of tutorial/practical lÀ/ork a week plus 5 days of
fieldwork (compulsory).
Content: The subject is concerned ì¡¡ith spatial aspects of rural society in V/estern countries,
and the \À,ay this society is adjusting to the profound technological and economic changei
taking place in ¡u¡al areas. The major focus is on ru¡al communities and local social
ii¡ i',"'.""îïi:,'yrJ"ii'"1
:ñ:i ff':',',ä,HL ä::.ïå
to rural people ¡ather than farming systems.
The course emphasises practical and applied work, and a field camp is expected to be held
in the mid-semeste¡ b¡eak.
Assessmenl: Field camp report, tutorial work, examination.
180

5722 Structural Geomorpholory III
Availability: Available in even years only.
I-evel: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction:8159 I¡ndforms and Geology II; 4556 Structural Geomorpholory II.
o the value of at least 8 Points; or their
9761 Geography IIB, or their equivalent half
Departmeirtal Head.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 4 hours of tutorials/practicals a week plus 5 days of fieldwork.
Content: The form of the land surface varies with the structure of the underl¡ring crust, with
the surface and with variations in structure and
ed primarily with the first of these variables. Topics
lief, volcanoes, and the effects ofjoints, faults, folds
and rock type on landform development. Examples are taken from a global canvas but
particular attention is devoted to the Mount l,ofty Ranges, the Flinders Ranges and Eyre
Peninsula, each of which not only illustrates aspects of structural geomorpholog¡i but also
offers opportunities for considering the total development of landforms and the methods
used to analyse and explain geomorphological problems.
Assessmen¿: Written examination, 3 essays, 5 tutorial paPers, practical work, viva voce
examination, field work.
Tesct-bool

Arts
HONOURS LEVEL
3178 Honours Geography
Is¡el.'Honours.
Poins value: ?A.
Duration: Full year.
Content: three parts. First there is
which is ents are eq)ected to select
the Hon 1990 will be found in the
must undertake a thesis on an approved topic.
ts to the value of at least 12 points, with
ct, will be expected. Admission to the
Assessnent: Thesis 507o, coursework 50vo. The actual method of assessment within each
course will be decided after discussion u/ith the students concerned.
GERMAN I.ANGUAGE AND LITERATTJRE
Students may be required to attend tutorials at times additional to those published in the
calendar.
students may wish to supplement their academic course-work by joining the German
Students' Club, the Adelaide German Club, the Goethe Society, and by additional
independent work in the l,anguage l:boratory.
More detailed information on course aims and the options available may be found in the
Departmertal Handbook. students are requested to collect their copy of the year's
Depafmental Handbook from the Sectetary's office.
Assessment: Grades of Pass, Credit and Distinction are awarded to students on satisfactory
performance in both language and literature/cultu¡e sections of thei¡ courses and à
Nale.' Evening classes (in addition to day classes) are offered in German I, II and III in 3yearly
cycles as staff and student numbers allow. In 1991 German I will be offered both in
the day and the evening.
All courses, both day and evening, are offered only as staff and student numbers allow.
LEVEL I
8431 German I
Larcl: l.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisiæs: None.
r82

Re stric tion : 5723 German [A: Begin ners' German.
Assumed lotowledge: At least Yea¡ 11 German in South Australian schools or its
equivalent.
Contact hours:3 lectures and 2 tutorials a week'
Content: The aim of German I is to introduce students to the life and language of Germanspeaking
countries, to make them more skilled at speaking and writing the language and
more informed about contemporary German culture. In the fint semester all students will
students will have three hours of practical language instruction per week. In addition, all
and
tics.
the
Assessment: (1) l,anguage: weekly exercises, end of semestef tests, tutorial participation; (2)
Other: essays-and, wheìe appropriate, end of semester tests. All grades of pass require a
¡easonable balance of,achievement in all areas of the course.
Leaming about linguktics (Hutchinson).
6806 German I (Flinders)
Level: l.
Poinß value: 12 units torÀ/ards Flinders University courses.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: None.
Restriction: 5723 Germa¡ IA; 8431 Gernran I.
Assumed knowledge: At least Year II German in S'A' Schools or its equivalent'
Contact hours:3 lectu¡es and 3 tutorials a week.
Content: This subject is offered to students enrolled in courses at Flinders University of
S.A. only; it is taught on the Flinders University campus. For information on enrolment
proceduies, students should contact the Faculty of Arts Office of the University of
Adelaide, or the School of Humanities at Flinders University. Information on the subject
content can be obtained f¡om the Dept. of German.
5723 German IA: Beginners'German
Poins value: 6.
Dulation: Full year.
Pre-requisites: None
Restriction: 8431 German I; 1316 German for Reading and Research; except with
departmental permission, South Australian Matriculation in German of its equivalent.
183
A¡1s

Arts
Contact hours:6 hours of lectures a week (Semester I, 5 hours of lectures) and one tutorial
a week in Semester II.
Assessmenl: Regular and frequent Ìvdtten exercises, end of semeste¡ tests and tutorial
participation.
German IA (Flinders)
Level: l.
H., Bock, H., Gerdes, M., Mülle
(Max Huber Verlag); Russon,
., Die Plrysiker (Methuen); Nösttin
Poins value: 12 units toìyards Flinders University courses.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: None.
Restrictio n: 5723 German IA.
successful completion of this course with a Division I pass or higher admits students to
German I at Flinders University (or German IIA at the Úniversity õf Ao"laio"¡ f¡om which
they may go on to mo¡e advanced courses.
LEVEL II
8706 German II: Language, Literature and Culture
Level: lI.
Poinr value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:8431 German I (Div. I).
Restriction: 1214 German IIA; no part of this subject may be counted tou,ard any other
subject in the German Department.
Contact hours: 3 lectu¡es and 2 tu torials a week.
Con a
bala of
liter th
part re
t84

usually available as well in such areas as applied linguistics, history of the German language
and German stylistics. l:nguage instruction consists of one formal hour per week, one
weekly tutorial in small groups and, in both semeste¡s, students are required to particiPate
in one session of three continuous hours of Intensive Conversation. Tutorials in German
accompany all other courses/options. In Semester I, all students will take the Core Course:
Studies in German Literature and Cultural Background 1848-1945. In Semester II, all
studènts will choose one of the following options: (1) The Jews in Germany from the
Roman Empire to the Holocaust; (2) Aspects of Written I:nguage; (3) Introduction to
German Poetrï (4) Suwey of German-speaking countries toda$ (5) German Literature of
the 1980s. Students with outstanding qualifications in language may, s¡ith the permission of
the Depafment, take the language components of the course at a more advanced level.
Assessment: [:nguage: weekly exercises, end of semesteÌ tests, tutorial participation. Other:
essa¡m and, where appropriate, end of semester tests. All grades of pass require a
reasonable balance of achievement in all a¡eas of the course.
Tut-bool

Arts
students will choose one of the following options: (1) The Jews in Germany fiom the
Roman Empire to the Holocaust; (2) Aspects of Written language; (3) Introduction ro
German Poetry (4) Survey of German+peaking countries today (5) German Litenture of
the 1980s.
Assessntent: Language: weekly exercises, two tests per semester, tutorial participation.
Other: essays and, where appropriate, end of semester tests. All grades of pass require a
reasonable balance of achievement in all areas of the course.
Tex¡-boolc: Semester I: eithcr (1) Core Course: Brecht,B., Gediclxe (Suhrkamp) st 251);
Craig, G., Thc Germans (Penguin); Fontane, T.,Imtnge4 I|îmngen (Reclam); Hauprmann,
G., Vor Sonnenaufgang (Clarendon/O.U.P.); Jünger, E.,Auf den MarmorHippen (Ullstein);
Remarque, E. M., Im Westen nicltts Neaes (Ullstein); Wagner, R-, Die Mektersinger von
Nürnberg Reclam); or (2) Getmaty, Austria and Switzerland from 1945 to 1991: Kloss, G.,
l,l'est Germany: an introduction (Macmillan); Russell, P. (ed.) Thc divided mind: a portrait of
modern German culturc gictorìa University Press); Rauschning, H. (ed.), Das latu '45 in
Dichtung und Bericht (Heyne) together with selected German Litenry Texts of the 20th
Century Btill, H., Das Brot der frühen lahre (Heinemann); Borchert, W., Draubenvor der
Tlr (Rowoh lt), Bt echt, 8., M utter Co ur age (Heinema nn).
l:nguage: Dreyer, H. and Schmitt, R., l,ehr and Ubungs = buch der deutschen Gramma =
tile (Verlag für Deutsch); Russon, L., Complete German Course (l-ongman).
Semester II, Options: (1) The Jews in Germany from the Roman Empire to the Holocaust:
Celan, P., Gediclue (Fischer Schulausgabe); Clare, R, Last Waltz in Vienna (Pan); Dorst,
T.,Toller (ManchesterU.P.); FeuchtwangeqL.,Iud SrTss (FischerTB 1748);Heine,H.,Der
Rabbi von Bacharach (Reclam 2350); Lessing, G., Die luden (Reclam 7679); Schnitzler, 4.,
Liebelei, I-eutuant Gustl Die letøen Masken, Stern, J. P. ed. (C.U.P.); Zweig, 5., Die llteh
von Geste:rn (Fischer TB 1152); (2) Aspects of Written language: C.oulmas, F., über Scnri¡
(Suhrkamp taschenbuch wissenschaft 378), Walter, J., Orality and literacy (Methuen); (3)
Introduction to German Poetry Swales, M., German poet!: an antholog) from Klop*ock to
Enzensberger (C.U.P.); (4) Survey of German-speaking countries toda),: Atouell ,91
(Harenberg Lexikon Verlag), Kluge, M., (ed.) Das deutsch-deußche l*sebuch (Heyne
Allgemeine Reihe Nr 0l/7818), Grass, G., I-astenausgleich (Sammlung Luchterhand 921);
(5) German Literatu¡e of the 1980s: Braum, M. and Thitl, H. (eds.) Punkueit. Deusch¿
Lyik der 80er lahre, Enzensberger, H. M., Ach Europa, Handke, P., Die Lehre der Sainte-
Wctoire, Ludwig, Y., Linie 1, Mayrticker, F., Das HenzereiBende der Dinge, Müller, H.,
Quafte tt, Ra nsmayr, C., D ie le ate Welt, SüBkt nd, P., D as P a fii m.
1245 German IIB: Language, Literature and Culture
Level: II.
Points value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites:8431 German I (Div. I) or 5723 Germat IA (Div. I).
Restriction: 870ó German II; no part of this subject may be counted toward any other
subject in the Germah Department.
Contact hours:3 lectures and 3 tutorials a week.
Content: Like all subjects in German at second and thi¡d year level, German IIB offers a
balance between practical language instruction and teaching a critical appreciation of
Iiterature, culture and society in German-speaking countries since the Middle Ages, with
particular emphasis on the period from the Reformation to the present. Options are
usually available as well in areas such as applied linguistics, history of the German language
and German stylistics. I-anguage instruction consists of one formal hour per week, one
weekly tutorial in small groups and, in both semesters, students are required to patticipate
in one session of three continuous hours of Intensive Conversation. Tutorials in German
accompany all other courses/options. In Semester I, all students will choose one of the two
options: (1) Berlin and Venna in Word and Image; (2) Music and Theatre. In Semester II,
all students will choose one of the following options: (1) The Jews in Germany from the
186

Roman Empire to the Holocaust; (2) Aspects of Written knguage; (3) Introduction to
German Poetr',; (4) Suwey of German-spe.aking countries today; (5) German Literature of
the 1980s. Students with outstanding qualifications in language ma¡ with the permission of
the Department, take the language components ofthe course at a more advanced level.
Assessment: l:nguage: weekly exercises, end of semester tests, tutorial participation. Other:
essays and, where appropriate, end of semester tests. All gndes of pass require a
reasonable balance of achievement in all a¡eas of the course.
Tørt-books: Semester I: Options: (1) Berlin and Vienna in Word and Image: Fontane, T.,
Schach von Wuthenovt (Reclam 76886), Grillparzet, F., Der arme Spielmann (Reclam 21430);
Schädlich, H-J., Osnuestberlin (Rowohlt); Ernst, G. and Wagenbach, K., (eds.) Lileratur in
Òsteneich Tintenfisch 16 (Klaus Wagenbach Verlag). (2) Music and Theat¡e: Mozart, W.-
A., Die Zauberflöle (Reclam); Beethoven, L. vary Fidelio (Reclam); Wagner, k, Trßtan and
.Isolde (Reclam); Strauss, k, Elelara (Schott); Büchner, G., Woyzeck (Manchester U.P.);
Brecht,8., Aufstieg und Fall der Stadt Mahagonny (Suhrkamp); Hindemith, P., Mathis der
Maler (khott).
Langoage: Dreyer, H. and Schmitt, R., Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deußch¿n Grammatik
(Verlag für Deutsch); Russon, L., Complete Getman Course (Lnngman).
Semester II, Options: (1) The Jews in Germany from the Roman Empire to the Holocaust:
Cælan, P., Gedichte (Fischer Schulausgabe); Clare, R, I-ast \Iahz in Wenna (Pan); Dorst,
'L, Toller (Manchester U.P.); Feuchtwanger, L., Iud Siiss (Fischer TB 1748); Heine, H., Der
Rabbi von Bacharach (Reclam 2350); læssing, G., Die luden (Reclam 7679); Schnitzler, 4.,
Liebelei, Leutnant Gustl, Die letøen Maskcn, Stern, J. P. ed. (C.U.P.); Zweig, 5., Die Welt
von Gestem (Fischer TB 1152); (2) Aspects of Written language: Coulmas, F., Über Scnri¡t
(Suhrkamp taschenbuch wissenschaft 378), ltr/alter, J., OraIþ and literacy (Methuen); (3)
Introduction to German Poetry Swales, M., German poetry: an anthologt ftonr Klopstock to
Enzensberger (C.U.P.); (4) Survey of German-speaking countries today Aktuell '91
(Harenberg Lexikon Verlag), Kluge, M., (ed.) Das deusch-deutsche l-esebuch (Heyne
Alfgemeine Reihe N¡ O1/78L8), Grass, G., Lastenausgleich (Sammlung Luchterhand 921);
(5) German Lite¡atu¡e of the 1980s: Braum, M. and Thill, H. (eds.) Punktzeit. Deusche
Lyrik der 80er lahre, Enzensberger, H. M., Ach Europa, Handke, P., Die Letue der Saintehcloire,
Ludwig, Y., Linie 1, Mayrocker, F., Das HezzereiBende der Dinge, Müller, H.,
Quartett, Ransmayr, C., Die letzte l/e/t, Süskind, P., Das Parfiint.
LEVEL III
8877 German III: Language, Literature and Culture
Level: lll.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 8706 German II or 1214 German IIA or lL45 German IIB.
Resniction: No part of this subject may be counted toward any other subject in the German
Department.
Contact hours:3 lectures and 2 tutorials a week.
Content: Like all subjects in German at second and third year level, German III offers a
balance between practical language instruction and teaching a critical appreclation of
literature, culture and society in German-speaking countries since the Middle Ages, with
particular emphasis on the period from the Reformation to the present. Options are
usually available as well in such areas as applied linguistics, history of the German language
and German stylistics. l:nguage instruction consists of one formal hour per week, one
weekly tutorial in small groups and, in both semesters, students are required to participate
in one session of three continuous hours of Intensive Conversation. Tutorials in German
accompany all other courses/options. In Semester I, all students will take the Core Course:
Studies in German Literature and Cultu¡al Background 1848-1945. In Semester II, all
187
AÌ1S

Arls
students will choos ons: (1) The Jews in Germany fiom the
Roman Empire to of ltr/ritten l-anguage; (3) Introduction to
German Poetry; (4) countries today; (5) German Literature of
the 1980s.
Assessmenl: I:nguage: weekly exercises, end of semester tests, tutorial participation. other:
essays and, where appropriate, end of semester tests. Where students in German III take
cou¡se components also available to second year students, an appropriately higher level of
achievement is required and additional work must be completed.
Tel-boolcs: Semester li either (1) Core Cou
Craig, G., The Germans (Penguin); Fontane,
G., Vo r S onnenaufgang (Clarcndon/O.U.P.);
Remarque, E. M., Im llesten nichts Neues
Nümberg Reclarn).
Victoire, Ludwig, Y' Linie 1, Mayräcker, F., D¿s He¡zzerei&ende der Dinge, Müller, H.,
Quanett, Ransmayr, C.,Die letne l,/e/r, Süskind, P., Dd-s Parfim.
4959 German IIIB: Language, Literature and Culture
Level: lll.
Poins value: L2.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites:8706 German ll or 7274 German llA or l?AS German IIB.
Restriction: No part of this subject may be counted toward any other subject in the German
Department.
Contact hours:3 lectures and 2 tutorials a week.
Content: Like alt subjects in German at second and third year level, German IIIB offers a
balance between practical ing a critical appreciation of
literature, culture and socie s since the Middle Ages, with
particular emphasis on the to the ptesent. Options are
usually available as well in such areas as applied linguistics, history of the German tanguage
and German stylistics. l-anguage instruction consists of one formal ho_ur per week, one
\À/eekiy tutorial in small groups and, in both semesters, students are required to participate
in one session of three continuous hours of Intensive Conversation. Tutorials in German
accompany all other courses/options. In Semester I, all students will choose one of the two
options: (1) Berlin and Vienna in Word and Image; (2) Music and Theat¡e. In Semester II,
all students will choose one of the following options: (1) The Jes,s in Germany from the
Roman Empire to the Holocaust; (2) Aspects of Written l:nguage; (3) Introduction to
German Poetry (4) Survey of German-speaking countries today; (5) German Literature of
the 198ß. Students with outstanding qualifications in language may, with the permission of
the Department, take the language components of the course at a more advanced level.
Assessment: language: weekly exercises, end of semester tests, tutorial participation. Other
essays and, where appropriate, end of semester tests. All grades of pass require a
188

¡easonable balance of achievement in all areas of the course. Where students in German
IIIB take course components also available to second year students, an appropriately higher
level of achievement is required and additional work must be completed.
Td-books: Semester I: Options: (1) Berlin and Vienna in Word and Image: Fontane, T.,
Schochvon lluth¿now (Reclam 76886), Grillparze4F,, Der arme Spielmann (Reclam 44I);
Schädlich, H.-J., Oswestberlin (Rowohlt); Ernst, G. and \Vagenbach, IL, (eds.) Literatur in
Òstereich Tintenfisch 16 (Klaus Wagenbach Verlag). (2) Music and Theatre: Mozart, W.-
A., Die Zauberflöle (Rectam); Beethoven, L. van, Fidelio (Reclam); Wagner, k, Trßtan and
Isolde (Reclam); Strauss, k, Elehra (Schott); Büchner, G., Woyzeck (Manchester U.P.);
Btecht,8, Aufstieg und Fall der Stadt Mahagonny (Suhrkamp); Hindemith, P., Mathis der
Maler (*hott).
Semester II, Options: (1) The Jews in Germany from the Roman Empire to the Holocaust:
Cælan, P., Gedichte (Fischer Schulausgabe); Clare, R, Last WalE in Vienna (Pan); Dont,
T., Toller (Manchester U.P.); Feuchnlanger, L, fud Siks (Fischer TB 1748); Heine, H., Der
Rabbi von Bacharach (Reclam 2350); Lessing, G, Die luden (Reclam ?ó79); Schnitzler, 4.,
Liebelei, Leutnant Gustl, Die leaten Maskcn, Stern, J. P. ed. (C.U.P.); Zweig, 5., Die W'elt
von Gestem @ischer TB 1152); (2) Aspects of Written l:nguage: Coulmas, F., Über Scwifr
(Suhrkamp taschenbuch wissenschaft 378), Walter, J., Orality and liæracy (Methuen); (3)
Introduction to German Poetry Swales, M., German poery: an antholo&t lrom Klopstock to
Enzensberger (C.U.P.); (4) Suwey of German-speaking countries toda¡r Alauell '91
(Harenberg Lexikon Verlag), Kluge, M., (ed.) Das deußch-deußche ksebuch (Heyne
Allgemeine Reihe Nr Ol/7878), Grass, G., I-asænausgleich (Sammlung Luchterhand 921);
(5) German Literatu¡e of the 1980s: Braum, M. and Thill, H. (eds.) Puntdzeit. Deuuch¿
Lyrik der 80er lahre, Enzensberger, H. M., Ach Europa, Handke, P., Die I¿fue der Sainte-
Victoire, Ludwig, Y., Linie 1, Mayrticker, F., Das He¡zzereiBende der Dinge, Müller, H.,
Quartett, Ransmayr, C., Die letzte }/e/t, Süskind, P., Das Parf)m.
HONOURS LEVEL
1261 Honours German Language and Literature
Level: Honours.
Poins value: ?4.
Duralion: Full year.
Na¡¿.' Students may obtain the pe.rmission of the Faculty of A¡ts to combine German with
another subject for the Honours degree. They should consult the Head of Department as
soon as possible, so that a suitably modified course can be arranged. Where the subjects
taken for the Ordinary degree of B.A,. need to be chosen to satisfy the pre-requisites of
more than one Department, a student may arrange \Ã,ith the Departments to take
appropriate combined subjects, so as to avoid doing more than nine (or 72 points) subjects
to qualify for entry to combined honours.
he-requßitæ: Before entering the final Honours year, candidates for the Honours degree in
German must have qualified for the Ordinary degree of BA., or some other degree
deemed by the Faculty to be sufficient preparation, and should normally have passed
8431 German I or 5723 German IA; 8706 German ll or 7274 German llA;1?AS German
IIB, 8877 German IIl, and 4959 German IIIB, or equivalent, at appropriately high
standard. However, the Department reserves the right to vary these pre-requisites where it
is satisfied as to the academic merit of an applicant. Note that the pre-requisite concerning
second- and third-year subjects may be fulfilled by taking approved combined subjects
which include parts of these. See Schedules-Degree of B.A. Schedule III: The Honours
Degree.
189
Ails

Arts
Requirements: During the final year, students will write a dissertation on some aqrect of
German literature or language. Choice of subject should be made not later than the middle
of the second semester in the preceding year. Students must also attend advanced courses
in language, together with two options. Both thesis topiæ and options should be chosen in
consultation with the Head of Department.
HISTORY
For full information on History subjects, methods of assessment and teaching arrangements,
students should obtain a copy of the History Department handbook. This can be
obtained from the History Office in December, 1989.
Details of the subjects listed below may be subject to changes up to the enrolment period,
depending on the availability of staff and resources.
LEYEL I
7071 Colonial Australia I
Let'el: l.
Poínts value: 3.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: None.
Contact hours:2 lecturqs and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: A social history of aboriginal and European Australia to c.1860 with some
emphasis on South Australia.
Assessment: By essays, tutorials and examination.
Tex-books: Students are advised to consult the Departmental Handbook.
1118 Old Societies and Ne\r States: the Making of Modern Asia I
Level: l.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: None.
Restriction:5109 Old Societies and New States prior to 1989.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week plus essay preparation discussion (45
minutes per student each semester).
Content: The focus of this subject is the transformation of 'old societies' into 'new
states'-the making of the modern world-gimarily in an Asian context. Topics covered,
with reference to South Asia, Southeast Asia and China and Japan, range from state
building, lords and peasants and the status of women in the 'old societies' through to the
role of imperialism, nationalism and communism in the making of 'new states'.
Assessment: By essay and examination.
190

Tæ-book: Students are di¡ected to the list of suggested prior readings in the History
Department's Handbook.
8534 Problems and Perspectives in Modern European History I
I-aryl: l.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: None.
Restriction:5511 Problems and Perspectives in Modern European History prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject deals with the history of Europe from the Enlightenment to 1945, and
embraces the French Revolution and Napoleon, British society in the early part of
Victoria's reign, working+lass women in 19th century Paris, Bismarck and German
unification, the Great War, the Russian Revolution, and the rise and fall of Nazi Germany.
Assessment: By tutorial essays and examination.
Text-bool

A¡'ts
and concerns of first-wave feminism, locating them in their specific economic, cultural and
political contexts. Central issues to be discussed are sex and work.
Tutorials will discuss literary works written during the period, padiamentary enquiries and
debates, as well as secondary texts.
Assessment: Two seminar papers of no more than 1,000 wo¡ds each (?SVo each), and one
4,000 word essay (50%).
Tex-boolcs: Uselul heliminary Reading: Judith Allen, Sæ and secrets: crimes ínvolving
Australian women since 1880 (Odord University Prcss); Australian feminist s¿¡.¿di¿ç Nos. 7
and 8, Summer 1988: Special issue of 'Feminism and Histoqy'; Verity Burgman and Jenny
læe (eds.), Consnucüng a culure (McPhee Gribble/Penguin); Connelt, R W. and lrving, T.
H, Closs stntcture in Australian history: documenß, nanative and argument (Longman
Cheshire); Miles Franklin, My brilliant career (sevetal editions); Miles Franklin, Sorne
everyday folk and dawn (Virago); Beverley Kingston, My wfe, my daughter and poor Mary
lna (Nelson); Norman MacKenzie, l4/omen in Awtralia (F. W. Cheshire); Catherine
Mafün,An Australian girl (Pandora); Brian Matthews, Louisa (McPhee Gribble).
9200 Àustralia: Outpost of Empire in the Antipodes II
Availability: Not offered in L991.
Level: ll.
Poinß value:8.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Depafmental Head.
Restriction: 8112 Laae Colonial Australia in 1989; 3365 Aust¡alia: Outpost of Empire in the
Antipodes prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: A study of Australian history from the 1850s to the 1.930s emphasizing the
interaction between British heritage and Australian envi¡onment. Some of the major
themes and events explored in this period are: nationalism and imperialism, the urban and
land frontiers, liberalism, radicalism, the rise of trade unions and political parties, White
Australia and racism, the welfare state, federation and the constitution, the great
depressions of the 1890s and 1930s and the Great War. The course deals mainlywith social
and political aspects of the period, though elements of economic history are int¡oduced.
Assessment: By essays and examination.
References: Blainey, G., The tyanny of distance (Sun Books); Crawford, R. M., Australia
(Hutchinson); Crowley, F. K. (ed.), 1 new hßtory olAustralia (Heinemann); Hancock, W.
K, Australia (Jacaranda Press); Thomson, D., England in the nineteenth century (Pelican);
Thomson, D., England in lhc il)entieth century (Penguin).
8243 Australian Urban History II
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 1991.
Level: lI.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction: Urban History Europe 1000-1900 in 1989; 8893 Urban History prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
192

Content: Urbanisation in Australia 1788-1900: Capital Cities Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide,
Hoba¡t to 1900; South Australian Country Towns.
Assessment: By research paper and examination.
Tø-book: McCarty, J. W., and Schedvin, C. B.,Australian ca¡tiøl cities (1978); Statham, P.
(ed.) The oigin of Australia\ capital cities (L98).
6796 China: From Empire to Communist Power II
Le,rtel: II.
Poinß value: 8.
Quota: llday apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 pointS or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Res¡rict¡b¿.' None.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a u¡eek.
Content: This subject will examine the transformation of Çhina from empire to modern
Communist power. The emphasis will be placed on the structure and function of traditional
Chinese society, the impact of the Wesst, the process of agrarian revolution, the impact of
imperialism and the rise of modern Chinese nationalism, social and economic change, the
socialist revolution and the reconstruction of Chinese society.
Assessment: Details are outlined in the History Department Handbook.
Tøct-bool

Arts
Restriction:2851 Everyman in Pre-Industrial Europe prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and I tutorial a week.
Content: This subject covers the basic conditions of life (food, housing clothing, disease,
hygiene, work, play, demography, and climate) and att¡tudes (famil¡ women, sex, teligion,
children, the old, and death).
Assessment: Tutorial papers 40Vo, take home examination ñVo.
Tørt-bool

1640 Nationalism and Revolution in South-East Asia (A) II
Level: lI.
Poinß value: 4.
Quota:INlay apply.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction: 76/,0 Nationalism and Revolution in South-E¿st Asia (A) (1989),
3913 Nationalism and Revolution in South East Asia prior to 1989.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week, plus essay preparation discussion (1 hour
per student).
Conlenl: A study of the t¡ansformation of traditional S.E. Asian Societies from about 1800
to the present. The prime focus will be the Modern History of Indonesia.
.ássessrneru.' Essays.
Tact-bo o ks : I-ngge, J., In donesia (Prentice Hal l).
4419 Nationalism and Revolution in South-East Asia (B) II
I-e¿el: ll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requßites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Depafmental Head.
Restriction: 4419 Nationalism and Revolution in South-East Asia (B) (1989);
3913 Nationalism and Revolution in South East Asia prior to 1989.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week, plus essay preparation discussion (1 hour
per student).
Content: A study of the t¡ansformation of traditional S.E. Asian Societies from 1800 to the
p¡esent. The prime focus will be the Modern History of Vietnam.
Assessment: Essays.
Tst-books: To be advised.
3194 Russia in Crisis: Peter the Great to Krushchev II
Level: lI.
Poinß value: 8.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction:2074 Russia in Crisis and Revolution prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Tsars and Tsaritsas; The Peasants; The Nobilit¡ Russian/Soviet Industrialization;
The Road to Revolution; Marx, Lenin and Trotsky; The Collapse of Tsardom; the Russian
Revolution; The peasant under Soviet rule, Stalinism, The Red Terror, Soviet Foreign
Polic¡ The USSR today.
Assessmenl: Four short essays of 2,500 words each. Two to be submitted in first semester
and two in second semester. The essays are to be presented orally to the students' tutorials
195
Arts

A¡1s
as part of the assigrments' requirement. (60Vo) Examination on the textbook in the middle
of the first semester (70Vo).Final examination in November (307a).
Tøct-bool+s: Riasanowþ, N'A hktory of Russ¡d (O.U.P.).
2289 The Pre-Scientific World Yiew: 1500-1750 II
I-evel: ll.
Points value: 8.
Quota: May apply.
Durution: Full year.
he-requisites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction: 6661 The P¡e-Scientific World View: England C.1500-1750 offered in 1988;
HT0L Popular Religion and the P¡e-Scientific Wo¡ld View in Early Modern England c.150O-
1700 offered in1979.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Conlent: A study of the components of 'pre-scientific' thought (e.9. astrolory, alchemy,
humoural medicine and psycholory, witchcraft) with some references to Renaissånce and
Reformation Europe in addition to early modern England. Changes in belief systerns at the
popular and elite level will be examined. The relationship between P¡otestantism,
capitalism and the rise of science will be investigated.
While the primary concern of the course s¡il1 be v/ith the history of ideas, emphasis will be
given to the soc¡al, economic and historic contexts ofbeliefsystems; the changing natu¡e of
popular culture; the relationship between folklore, lite¡ature and societl the chatacter of
early scientific thought and the e¡osion of the pre-scientific wo¡ld view
A study of original texts and contempotary literatute will be an important part of the
course.
Assessment: Essa¡ tutorial papers and examination.
heliminary readøg. Thomas, K, Religion and the decline of magic (Pelican).
tS47 The Second World War: 1939-1945 II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 8.
Quota: IN.f.ay apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction:8238 Wa¡ in Vy'estern Europe 7944-1945 (1989).
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Studies of selected aspects of The Second World War. In 1990 the topics will
include the origins of the war; the defeat of France and The Battle of Britain; scientific and
intelligence warfare; The Battle of the Atlantic; conflicts in the Mediterranean and Middle
Eåst; the Russian front and the "Second Front" question; the Allied bombing offensive
against German¡ social effects of the war in Britain, the USA and Germany; the
"Overlord" invasion in t944; Allied successes and failu¡es in Normand¡ at Arnhem and in
the Ardennes; the debate over the capture of Berlin and Prague.
Assessment: 2 essays, 1 th¡ee-hour examination.
Tæt-books: Parker, R A. C., Struggle for suwival (Oford); Hastings, M., Overlord (Pan);
Liddell Hart, B. H., Hkøry of the second world war (Pan).
t96

4590 TWentieth Century Australia II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duratio n: Seme-ster II.
he-requkites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Resuiction:9200 Australia: Outpost of Empire in the Antipodes.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject will describe secular Australia between fede¡ation and 1975, with a
brief suwey of the yeaß the¡eafter. It will trace how some fundamental ideas in
Australia-about equality, materialism, race, land settlement and ¡esource
development-have interacted in the twentieth century, and how a prosPe¡ous but
apprehènsive society has responded to its increasing integration with the world. Topics will
include land settlement and centralization, economic development and dependence, wafs,
migration, race, consumerism, technological change and industrialization, politics and sport.
The subject will probably conceûtrate most on social and political history, and may develop
particular emphasis on South Australia.
Assessment: One 4,000 word essay based on primary sources (407o), two tutorial papers
(toølnEo), one two hour final exam (30Vo).
Tart-books: Students a¡e advised to consult the Departmental Handbook.
89L6 Urban History: Europe 1000-1900 II
Level: ll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requkites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Depafment Head.
Restriction:8893 Urban History before L989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a rveek.
examples taken chiefly, though not exclusively from Italy, France and Britain'
number of
istory from
and spatial
tudied with
Assessment:3,000 word research paper and lhour examination.
Tø-books: Mumford, L., The City in Hktory (1.961); Carter, H., An introduction to Urban
His toric al G eo gr ap ny $983).
2197 U.S.A.: Colonies to Constitution II
Levek lll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: IÀf.ay apply.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of 6 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
.Res¡nc¿¡bn.' None.
197
Arts

Arts
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject covers the period from foundation of the colonies in the first decades
of the 17th century to the adoption of the United States C-onstitution in 1787. There is an
quences, and finally the Constitution, why it was desired, why it was opposed and how a
minority of Americans succeeded in getting it accepted.
Assessmen!: one 3,000 word essay (507o); tttotial performance (107o); one examination
(4o%).
Tæ-book: Students will be supplied ìvirh ¡eading lists early in the subject.
6237 USA: Constitution to Civil War, 1787-1865II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
.Pre-requisites: History I or Politics I subjects to the value of ó points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction:5188: USA: Colonies to Civil War 1600-1865 prior to 1987.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a e/eek.
Content: The course f American slavery as that institution
affected Negroes, sou ites; the impact of slavery on national
and local politics and ; the causes of the Civil Wa¡ and the
reasons for the Union victory.
Assessment: One 3,000 word essay (50Eo), t'rtoñal performance (I0%), one examination
(4o/o).
Tøct-boolcs: Students will be supplied with reading lists early in the subject.
LEYELIII
8339 Australian Feminism in Context: 1880-1914 III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duralion: Semester I.
he-requisites: History II or Politics II subjects to the lue of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Resrn'c¡¡ozr None.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
content: Beginning with an examination of the campaigns for female suffrage in Australia
198

in the late nineteenth century and early twentieth centuries, this course will consider the
actMties and concerns of first-wave feminism, locating them in their specif,rc economic,
cultu¡al and political contexts. Central issues to be discussed are sex and work.
Tutorials will discuss literary x¡orks s/ritten during the period, parliamentary enquiries and
debates, as well as secondary texts,
Assessment: Two seminar papers of rio more than 1,000 words each (25Vo each), and one
4,000 word essay (50%).
Tørt-books: Usefut Pretiminary Reading: Judith Allen, Søt and secreß: crimes involving
Australian women since.l88o (Oford University Prcss); Australian feminkt sr¡¡d¡'¿s Nos. 7
and 8, Summer 1988: Special issue of 'Feminism and History'; Verity Burgman and Jenny
l,ee (eds.), Consmtcting a culure (McPhee Gribble/Penguin); Connell, R W. and Iwing, T.
H., C/ass structure in Austratian history: documenls, nanative and argument (Longman
Cheshire); Miles F¡anklin, My brilliant career (sevetal editions); Miles Franklin, Soze
everydoy fotk and dawn (Virago); Beverley Kingston, My nt|"' my daughter and poor Mary
lnz (Nelson); Norman MacKenzie, Women in Ausnalia (F. W. Cheshire); Catherine
Martin, An Australian girl (Pandora); Brian Matthews , Loußa (McPhee Gribble).
2889 Australia: Outpost of Empire in the Antipodes III
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Level: lll.
Poins value: 72.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
Prè-requisiæs: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of I points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Resnicüon: 3295 Late Colonial Australia in 1989; 3365 Australia: OutPost of Empire in the
Antipodes prior to 1989.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The course is a study of Australian history from the 1850s to the 1930s
emphasizing the intetact¡on between British heritage and Australian environment. Some of
the major themes and events explored in this period are: nationalism and imperialism, the
urban and land frontiers, liberaliòm, radicalism, the rise of t¡ade unions and political
parties, Vy'hite Aust¡alia and racism, the welfare state, federation and the constitution, the
great depressions of the 1890s and 1930s and the Great War. The course deals mainly with
social and politicat aspects of the period, thoùgh elements of economic history are
introduced.
Assessment: By essays and examination.
References: Blaine¡ G., The tyanny of dLctance (Sun Books); Crawford, R. M., Austrølia
(Hutchinson); Crowley, F. K (ed.),,a new history of Ausnalia (Heinemann); Hancock, W.
Yv Australia (Jacaranda Press); Thomson, D, Engtand in th¿ nineteenth cënwry (Pelican);
Tïomson, D.,England in the twentieth century (Pelican).
2905 ,{ustralian Urban History III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Lqel: Ill.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisiles: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of I points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
199
Arls

Arts
Restriction: urtran History Europe 100G1900 in 19g9; gg93 urban History prior to 19g9.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week,
content: u¡banisation in Australia_1288-1900: cåpital cities sydne¡ Melbourne, Adelaide,
Hobart to 1900; South Australian CountryTowns.
Assessmenl: By research paper and examination.
Try:bg:okç: M-cCafy, J. W., and Schedvin, C.B.,Australian capitalcities (19?g); Statham, p.
(ed.) The origin of Ausuatia's capital citíes (7g9g).
2794 China: From Empire to Communist power III
Lettel: lll.
Poins value: 72.
Quota: IÑlay apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: History II or Potitics II subjects to the value of g points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Resmc¿bn..None.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1. tutorial a week.
t¡ansformation of China from empire to modern
placed on the structure and function of t¡aditional
, the process of agrarian revolution, the impact of
a¡d economic chanse, the
lïälï::t:.J,:sociat
Assessment: Details are outlined in the History Department Handbook.
Ty bogks: Fàirbank, J. K, The united staæs and China (Harvard u.p.); Bianco, L., origins
of the chinese revorution j91s-1949 (stanford u.p.); Hsu, I. c. y ., Thc Áse o¡ máa"rn cnra
(Oxford U.P., New York).
2095 England Under the Stuarts III
Level: IIl.
Poinß value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
he-requisites: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of g points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
l::fr,t:tft_!0?] Jhe eldisn Revolurion (prior to Lggg), 4779 The Engtish Revotution,
1529-17ñ III, 3235 The English Revotution, 7529-Il,60 II.
content:,A study o_f social, political and ideological conflict during the stuart dynasty, 1603.
1774 and of the influence of that conflict on thè rise of B¡itain asã world poweí.
Assessment: Essays and.examination.
Tex-books: 17ir' (Nelson); Russell, C., The crisis of
parliamen* Engtkh society iSB0-16g0 (Hutchinson)
Aylmer, G.,
5961 Everyman and Eyeryrvoman in Pre-Industrial Europe III(A)
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Quota: 1|l4.ay apply.
2ro

Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßites: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction:2851 Everyman in Pre-Industrial Europe prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject covers the basic conditions of life (food, housing, clothing, disease,
hygiene, work, play, demography, and climate) and attitudes (family, women, sex, religion,
children, the old, and death).
Assessment: Tutorial papers 40Vo; take home examination 60Vo.
Tørt-books: Huppert, G.,Alter the black death (lndiana); Ginsburg, C.,The cheese and the
worms (Penguin); læ Roy I-adufte,E., Montailloø (Penguin).
3877 Fascism and National Socialism III
I-evel: IIl.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requkites: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction:3549 Fascism and National Socialism prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and L tutorial a week.
Content: A study of Hltle¡'s Nazi movement and Mussolini's Fascist movement, and of
similar movements elsewhere in Europe, from 1918 to 1945.
Assessment: By essays and examination.
Tøct-books: Carsten, F. L, The rke of fascism (Batsford); Woolf, S. I. (ed.) Fascism in
Europe (Methuen).
9568 France 1848-1945 III
Lwel: lll.
Poins value: 12.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requßites: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Res¡nctioz: None.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and I tutorial a week.
Content: A polit¡cal, social and intellectual history which begins with the themes of
Bonapartism and democrary after the 1848 Revolution, and ends with the German
occupation of France in 1940-7944. Amongst the topics to be exam¡ned will be:
Bonapartism in practice during the Second Empire; painters, writers and musicians under
Napoleon III; bankers, investors, worke¡s and p€asants in the novels of Zola and in
contemporary documents; Catholicism and anticlericalism; the Dreyfus Affai¡ and the
origins of modern antisemitism; intellectual life at the beginning of the twentieth century
France and the Fi¡st World War; the Popular Front of 1936; and collaboration and
resistance under the Nazi occupation.
Assessment: 2 essays; L three-hour examination.
Tex-books: Magraw, k, France 1815-1914 (Fontana); Plessis, 4., The rße and fall of thz
second empire (Cambridge); Azéma, J., From Munich to the liberation.
201
Arts

Arts
Preliminary Reading: One of the standard histories of the Revolution of 1&48, e.g.
Denholm, A. F., France in revolution: 1848; ot Robertson, P., Revotutions of IB4B.
1928 Nationalism and Revolution in South-East Asia (A) III
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Quota: Iilfay apply.
Duralion: Se mester II.
Pre-requßites: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction: 1928 Nationalism and Revolurion in Sourh-East Asia (A) (1989) or
3913 Nationalism and Revolution in South EastAsia prior to 1989.
contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week, plus essay preparation discussion (1 hour
per student).
Content: A study of the transformation of traditional S.E. Asian Societies from about 1800
to the p¡esent. The prime focus will be the Modern History of Indonesia.
lssessrzenl.' Essays.
Tø- boo k: l-e,gge, J., Indonesia (Prentice Hall).
3387 Nationalism and Revolution in South-East Asia (B) III
I-evel: lll.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisiæs: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction: 3387 Nationalism and Revolution in South-E¿st Asia (B) (1989);
3913 Nationalism and Revolution in South East Asia prior to 1989.
contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week, plus essay preparation discussion (1 hour
p€r student).
Content: A study of the t¡ansformation of t¡aditional S.E. Asian Societies f¡om 1800 to the
present. The prime focus will be the Modem History of Vietnam.
,4ssessrnenl.' Essays.
Tau-books: To be advised.
6379 Russia in Crisis: Peter the Great to Krushchev III
Larcl: lll.
Points value: 12,
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmentat Head.
Resnicùon:2074 Russia in Crisis and Revolution prior to 1989.
Conlact hours:2lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
content: Tsars and Tsaritsas; The Peasants; The Nobility, Russian/Soviet Industrialization;
The Road to Revolution; Marx, lænin and Trotskn The Collapse of Tsardom; the Russian
202

Revolution; The peasant under Soviet rule, Stalinism, The Red Terror, Soviet Foreign
PoliqS The USSR today.
Assessment: Four sho¡t essays of 2þ00 words each. Two to be submitted in first semester
and t$,o in seco¡d semester. The essays a¡e to be presented oral¡y to the students' tutorials
as part of the assigrments' requirement. (60Vo) Bxamination on the textbook in the middle
of the first semester (L07o). Final examination in November (307o).
Tørt-books: Riasanovsþ, N.,A hktory of Russia (O.U.P.).
4827 The Second World War: 1939-1945 III
Level: lll.
Poinu value: 12.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction: War in Western Europe in 1989.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Studies of selected aspects of The Second World Wa¡. In 1990 the topics will
include the origins of the war; the defeat of France and The Battle of Britain; scientific and
intelligence warfare; The Battle of the Atlantic; conflicts in the Mediterranean and Middle
East; the Russian f¡ont and the "Second Front" question; the Allied bombing offensive
against Germany; social effects of the war in Britain, the USA and GetmanÍ the
"Overlord" invasion in 1944; Allied successes and failures in Normandy, at Arnhem and in
the Ardennes; the debate over the capture of Berlin and Prague.
Assessment:2 essays, 1 tbree hour examination.
Tøtt-bool

Assessment: Essay, tutorial papers and examination.
Preliminary readmg: Thomas, K., Religion and the decline of magic (Pelican).
6913 Ttventieth Century Australia III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6,
Quota: I|.lay apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: History II o¡ Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Restriction: 9200 Australia: Outpost of Empire in the Antipodes.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject will describe secular Australla between federation and 1975, with a
brief survey of the years thereâfter. It will trace how some fundamental ideas in
Aust¡alia---bout equality, materialism, ¡ace, land settlement and resource
development-have interacted in the twentieth century, and how a prosperous but
apprehens¡ve society has responded to ¡ts increasing integration with the world. Topics will
include land settlement and centralization, economic development and dependence, wars,
migration, race, consumerism, technological change and industrialization, politics and sport.
Tbe subject will probably concentfate most on social and political history, and may develop
particular emphasis on South Aust¡alia.
Assessment: One 4,000 word essay based on primary sources (407o), two tutorial papers
(total 30Vo), one two hour final exam (30%o).
Tøct-books: Students are advised to consult the Departmental Handbook.
6548 U.S.A.: Colonies to Constitution III
Lø'el: IIl.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requkites: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points o¡ any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Res¡nc¡¿on.' None.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a.week.
Content: The subject covers the period from the foundation of the colonies in the first
decades of the 17th century to the adoption of the United States Constitution in 1?87.
There is an emphasis on social history including the history of the colonial American
famil¡ the impact of the four chief strains of British mig¡ation to America: Puritans,
Virginians and Marylanders, Quakers, and the Scots, Borderers and Scots-Irish; s¡itchcraft
and popular beliefs; the demographic impact of climate and disease and how they shaped
differing societies north and south; the first emergence of representative institutions of
govemment; the emergence of Negro slavery as the preferred solution of the southern
colonies to their labour problem during the 17th century the paradox of a land of
opportunity developing into a socieqrwith considerable gulfs between rich and poor during
the 18th century the development of towns as centres of distress and political radicalism in
the period 772U1760; the conf¡ontational politics emerging between the colonists and the
British imperial government after the F¡ench and Indian Wars; the Revolution, its causes
and consequences, and finally the Constitution, why it was desired, why it was opposed and
how a minority of Americans succeeded in getting it accepted.
Assessment: 3,500 word essay (50Vo); tuto¡ial perform ance (707o); one examinatio n (40Vo).
204

Tø-books: Students ¡¡'ill be supplied with reading lists early in the subject.
2150 US.d Constitution to Civil War,l787'1865 III
Larcl:lll.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: INlay apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requßires: History II or Politics II subjects to the value of 8 points or any other subject
approved by the Departmental Head.
Resniction:5188 USA: Colonies to Civil Vr'a¡ 1600-1865 prior to L987'
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The course examines the social history of American slavery as that institution
affected Negroes, southern whites and nofhern whites; the impact of slavery on national
and local potitics ano the growth of "sectionalism"; the causes of the civil war and the
reasons for the Union victory
Assessment: By one 3,500 word essay (50%), tutorial performance (lOVo), one examination
(40Vo).
Tød-bool

Arts
A-rrangements are possible for joint honours combining study in the Depafrnent of
History with study in another Department; details are available from the Èead of the
Depafmen includes the
writing of â ¡d a special
individual s ibìe for
combining ,äf ," ,n"
Departmen
I.ANGUAGE STUDIES
The following language subjects (languages othe¡ than English) may be counted towards
the Adelaide B.A. or B.A.(Jur.) in 1991:
I"ANGUAGES OFFERED BY DEPARTMENTS OF THE
TJNTVERSITY OF ADELAIDE
CENTRE FORASUN STUDIES
CIIINESE
The subjects available at undergraduate level are:
l¡vel I
5978 Chinese I
Iævel II
1736 Chinese II
l¡vel III
6140 Chinese III
Honours
302-5 Honours in Chinese Studies
For detailed information on these subjects, see the relevant sytlabuses in the Asian Studies
section of the Calendar.
JAPANESE
The Centre for Asian Studies offers Japanese
of Bá,. or BA.(Jur.) as well as Honou¡s in
students with no prior knowledge of Japanese
at Year 12 level or at a higher standard may b
III. Subjects involve grammar and vocabulary
206

the writing system and, in later years, literary and cultural studies. Quotas may apply in
some Japanese language subjects.
The subjects available at undergraduate level are:
Iævel I
2725 Japnese I: Introductory Japanese.
I¡vel II
1408 Japanese II.
I-cvel III
76L5 Japanese III.
Ilonours
1509 Honours in Japanese Studies.
For detailed information on these subjects, see the relevant syllabuses in the Asian Studies
section of the Calendar.
DEPARTMENT OF CI,ISSTCS
IATIN
ANCIENTGREEK
The Department of Classical offers I-atin and Ancient Greek at I-evels I, II and III of the
ordinary degrees of B.A. or B"A,.(Jur.) as well as Honours in the languages. First year
subjects are available both for students s'ith no prior knowledge of l:tin or Ancient Greek
or for students with Year L2 standard in the languages. Studies include grammar, dialogue,
composition, writing and some translation.
The subjects available at undergraduate level are:
I¡vel I.
9178 Ancient Greek I
2858 Ancient Greek IIA
6754 Lati¡ I
4546 låtin IA
I¡vel II
5?49 Ancient Greek II
7773 AncienÌ Greek IIA
71.75 Ancient G¡eek IIS
'72'79 l-atinll
6M8 t-atin IIA
3630 t-atin IIS
I¡vel III
5944 Ancient Greek III
3943 Ancient Greek IIIS
4232 l-atin lll
34f Latin IIIS
Honours
8302 Honou¡s Greek and/or l-atin.
For detailed information on these subjects, see the relevant syllabuses in the Classics
section of the Calendar.
DEPARTMENT OF FRENCH
FRENCH
207
Arls

Arts
The Department of French offers subjects at levels I, II and III of the ordinary degree of
B-Ár. or 8.4* (Jur) as well as Honours in French. At fint year level the Department has two
streams: French IA for beginners, and F¡ench I for students with Year 12 French or
equivalent. Most subjects offer various options representing different aspects and epochs of
French civilization from u¡hich student can choose. In all subjects there is active usì of the
French language.
The subjects available at undergraduate level are:
I-evel I
4?A2Frcnchl
2274 F¡ench IA - Beginners' French
I¡vel II
5691 French II: l,anguage and Cultu¡e
3440 French IIA: I-anguage and Culture
375 French Studies U(S1)
5245 French Studies II(S2)
Level III
4304 French III
2648 French Studies III(S1)
6175 French Studies UI(S2)
Honours
4360 Honours French l:nguage and Literature.
For detailed information on these subjects, see the relevant syllabuses in the French
I-anguage and Literatu¡e section of the Calendar.
DEPARTMENT OF GERMAN
GERMÄN
The Department of German offers subjects at levels I, II and III of the o¡dinary degree of
B.A.. or B.{. (Jur) as well as Honours in German. At first year level the Department has
two streams: German lA for students with no prior knowledge of German, and German I
for students with Year 11 German or equivalent. All subjects in the Department include
language, literature, otal and cultural components.
The subjects available at undergtaduate level are:
Iævel I
8431 German I.
5723 German IA: Beginners' German
I¡vel II
8706 German II: Language, Literature and Culture
12-1,4 Ge¡man IIA: language, Literatu¡e and Culture
125 German IIB: l:nguage, Literature and Culture
I¡vel III
8877 German III: l-anguage, Literature and Cultu¡e
4959 German IIIB: I-anguage, Literature and Culture
Honours
1261 Honours German Language and Literature
For detailed information on these subjects, see the relevant syllabuses in the German
knguage and Literature section of the Calendar.
208

OTHER I.ÁNG UAGE S UBTECTS
I¡vel I
131ó German for Reading and Research
For detailed info¡mation on this subject, see the relevant syllabus in the Miscellaneous Arts
subject section oÍ the Cølendar.
STUDYING IANGUAGES OF OTHER INSTITUTIONS
(Policies on the wo¡k required to complete the Adelaide degree of B3.. and B.A. (Jur.)).
Students should note that the Faculty of Arts has a policy on work required to complete an
Adelaide degree, specifying the minimum number of Adelaide subjects to qualify for the
B"{. or BA.(Jur). Tbe details of this policy are given in Note 3 of Schedule II for B.A'.
students, and Note 9 of Schedule III for B"A,. (Jur) students. For the purposes of this
poliry, the language subjects listed below are regarded as non-Adelaide subjects.
Note 3 of Schedule II (8.4.) states:
"3. IVork required to complete an Adelaide degree (Pol\cy of the Faculty of Arts).
With special permission of the Faculty, candidates may be permitted to take equivalent
subjects at another institution in South Australia or elsewhere (for example Indonesian
I-anguage at the Flinders University of South Aust¡alia, or Slavonic l:nguages through the
external studies programme of Macquarie University) for credit towards the Adelaide
degree. Candidates may also be granted c¡edit towa¡d their Adelaide degree on account of
work already completed at another institution.
In order to quali$r for the Adelaide degree, however, a student must present Adelaide
subjects with an aggregate points value and at the appropriate levels as follows:
eilr¿r. subjects at lævel III with an agg..egate points value of 24 points;
on subjects at Level III with an aggregate points value of 12 points and subjects at Levels I
and II with aggregate ppints value of at least 26 points."
Note 9 of Schedule II (8.4. (Jur)) states:
"9. Credit on account of studies in other institutions (Policy of the Faculty of Arts).
With special permission of the Faculty, candidates may be permitted to take equivalent
subjects at another institution in South Australia o¡ elsewhere fo¡ credit to the Adelaide
degree of B-A,. (Jur). Candidates may also be granted credit towards the Adelaide degree
on account of wo¡k already completed at another institution, but not presented for another
degree or award. The minimum requirement for such candidates is that all levcl III subjects
required by Clauses 2 and 3 of Schedule III (that is, Level III Arts subjects to the value of
12 points, and the law subjects indicated in Clause 3(b) to the value of 12 points) should
have been taken at the University of Adelaide. Approval of credit as above for the
purposes of the degree of BA. (Jur) does not imply acceptability for the later purposes of
the LL.B. degree, and candidates wishing to proceed to the LL.B. degree should therefore
consult the l:w Course Adviser".
I.ANGUAGES ÀVAII-ABLE ON THE ADEIAIDE
TJNTVERSITY CAMPUS BUT OFFERED BY OTHER
INSTITUTIONS
ITALUN IILNGUAGE AND LITERA?I/RE. (Flinden University)
209
Afts

Arts
ÍTALIAN
The Flinders University teaches Italian at the University of Adelaide for students enrolled
in Adelaide courses. Adelaide students may enrol in Italian subjects and count them
towards their Adelaide degrees.
From 1991, Italian c/ill be available at both Iævels I and II at the University of Adelaide
campus. Details of the subjects offered are given below. It is anticþted ahat ftorn 1992,
Italian at l¡vel III will also be taught at the University of Adelaide. This means that
Adelaide students will be able to complete a three-year sequence in Italian at the
University of Adelaide; there will be no neèd for travel required tõ n¡nders University.
There are, however, some Italian subjects that are only taùght at the Flinders University,
such as Italian for medical students or community health workers. Students wanting to take
such subjects can only do so by attending lectures at Flinders University. For details on
these subjects consult Vol. II of the C¿lendar of Flinders University.
Enrolments in Italian subjects will take place where the subjects are taught. Thus, in 199L,
Adelaide students taking Italian at Levels I and II will be able to enrol at the Univeßity of
Adelaide, but those taking ltalian at lævel III must enrol at Flinders University.
Information on en¡olment procedures is available from the School of Humanities, Flinders
University, or from the Faculty of Arts, University of Adelaide.
15198 Italian IS
Lertel: l.
Poinuvalue:6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: Yea¡ 12 (PES) standard in ltalian or an equivalent knorvledge of the
language.
Contact hours: I-ectures, tutorials, conversation classes, 4-5 hours weekly.
Assessmenl: Both language and non-language courses are assessed both during and/or at
the end of the year, by any one or more of the following methods: (a) written assignments,
(b) examination, (c) colloquio (oral discussion) either in English or Italian as required by
the course.
A satisfactory level of achievement must be reached in both Section A: Ianguage and
Section B: Society and Literature.
heliminary reading Hearder, H., and Waley, D. P. (eds.), A short hktory of Italy ftom
classical times to thc present day (Cambidge U.P.). Students are encouraged to read as
widely as possible on modern ltaly before commencement of lectures, e.g. Wille¡ D.,
Italians (BBC).
A. I.ANGUAGE
Contenl: In the first semester: Basic Grammar Iævel B and Further l,anguage Level A (34
hours per week)
Basic Grammar l,evel B is a thorough revision of the basic structures of the Italian
language. In Further l:nguage A students will study the use of contemporary ltalian, both
spoken and written, and will p¡actise various skills such as aural comprehension, oral
communication, translation and linguistic analysis.
In the second semester: Basic Grammar Iævel C and Aural-Oral skills lævel C (4 hours per
week)
Basic Grammar Level C is a revision and consolidation of more advanced structu¡es of
Italian, with full treatment of some of the principal sections or morpholog¡r and syntax;
lessons are designed also to extend the student's knowledge of ltalian.
Aural-Oral skills Level C, which will be conducted in tutorial groups, will further develop
the student's skill in o¡al communication.
Tø-book: Basic ltalian Grammarl (Flinders University Italian Discipline); O'C-onnor, D.,
Revision aærcises for students of ltalian (l,ongman Cheshire); McCormick, C. Chi cerca
2t0

ova (A Student's Reference to ltalian Grammar) (l,ongrnan Cheshire); further material to
be provided.
B. SOCISTYAND LITERATURE
Content: A series of lectures throughout the year examining Ita¡ian literature (narrative and
poetry) against the backgfound of social and political developments in Italy from
Unification to the present day. Students s¡ill read both literary and non-literary texts.
Tøct-books: Clark, M., Modern Itaty 1871-1982 (I-ongman, 1984); Pavese, C., La cosa in
colline e alni racconti (Einaudi, l-etture Scuola Media).
Other material to be supplied.
Note: Fach student should possess an Italian-English dictionary for the purpose of rapid
consultation. The following are recommended:
Ragazzini, G., Dizionario inglese-italiano italiano-inglese (Zanichelli); Thc Sansoni Dictionaries
Englßh-Italian ltalian-Englßh (Sansoni); Ragazzini, G., and Biagi, 4., Italian and
Englßh dictionary (Tanichelli-lnngman); Reynolds, B. (ed.), The Concise Cambridge Italian
Dictíonary (Cambridge U.p.); Dizionaio Garzanti italiano-inglese inglese-italiano
(Garzanti); Melzi, Robert C.,The Bantam New College ltalian and Englkh Dictionary (New
York).
Each student is expected to possess a map of ltaly.
Those proceeding beyond lævel I Italian should also possess a good Italian-Italian
dictionary. Lists of recommended editions, and information about reference books will be
available from the teaching staff.
15199 Italian IBS
I¿vel: l.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: No prior knowledge of Italian is assumed.
Restriclion: Students who have completed Yeat 12 Italian are not permitted to take this
subject. These students should enrol in 9470 ltalian IS.
Contact hours: Lacaures, tutorials, conversation classes, language laboratory sessions; 5-6
hours weekly throughout the year.
Assessment: See 9470 Italian IS.
Preliminary reading: As for 9470 Italian IS.
A. I-A.NGUAGE
Content: (1) Basic Grammar level A (34 hours per week throughout the year).
(2) Aural-Oral skills level A (one hour per week throughout the year).
This is an intensíve coune giving the basic elements of Italian phonology and grammar fot
Beginners in the language. Emphasis is given to the comp¡ehension and use of both spoken
and written ltalian. The course presupposes regular attendance as the basis for achieving
the skills necessary for simple communication in the language.
The Basic G¡amma¡ segment includes lectures, tutorials (with audio-visual material) and
language laboratory sessions. Tutorial groups will be arranged to provide concentrated
practice in aural-oral skills.
Tørt-boolcs: Italian Beginners First Year Coarse (Flinders University Italian Discipline); Elia,
P.,I verbi italiani ad uso degli snanieri (Edizioni Scolastiche Mondadori); Mazzetti, A. and
Comodi,4., Scrsr, Lei parla italiano (I-e Monnier).
ztI
Arts

Arts
B. SOCIETYAND LITERATURE
Content: A series of lectures designed to p¡ovide (a) a suney of the social and political
history of the ltalian people from Unification to the present day. (b) the study of selected
modern texts in their sociopolitical context.
Tø-books: Material to be provided.
Not¿.' See note under Italian IS.
15290 ltalian IIS
Lø"el: ll,
Poinß value: 8.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkitu: Pass Div. I or better in Italian IS.
Contact hours:4 one-hour lectures pe.r week and 1 one-hour tutorial per week.
Content: A. IANGUAGE: Basic Grammar Level D (treatment of adv-inced points of
Italian grammar, particularly synta{ aural/oral skills, level D; Further Language B (the
linguistic study of selected Italian texts designed to strengthen the stùdent's proficiency in
syntax, id¡om, aural/oral skills and composition. B. SOCIETY & LITERATURE: (1) a
study of the themes and narrative techniques in Yerga's I malavoglia. (2) History of Italian
I:nguage & Literature from the origins to the frrst half of the 19th Century (a suwey
course c/ith emphasis on the historical development of ltalian language and literature
through a detailed examination of selected representative texts.
Tø-book: Basic ltalian Grammar Part II (Flinders Univenity Italian Discipline, 1991);
Lepschy, A. L. and G, The ltalian langnge toda! (Hutchinson, 1979); O'Connor, D.,
Ra'ision æercises for
sudents of Inlian (Inngman Cheshire, 1983); Verga, G., I malwoglia
(Mondadori, 1980); An anthology of texts edited by the ltalian Discipline will be made
available for purchase.
Reference books: Whitfield, J.H.,A short hkøry of ltalian literawre (SydneyU.P., 1980).
ls29l ltalian IIBS
Løtel: ll.
Poinßvalue:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: Pass Div. I or better in Italian IBS.
Conlacl hours: 5 f6 one-hour lectures throughout the year and 1 one-hour tùtorial per week
in semester I and II.
Content: A. LANGUAGE: Basic Grammar Level B (thorough revision of the basic
structures of the Italian language) and Basic Grammar Level C (a revision and
consolidation of more advanced structures of ltalian, with full treatment of some of the
principal sections of morpholo and syntax in order to extend the student's knowledge of the
language); Aural/oral skills level C; Further l:nguage A (contemporary ltalian, both
spoken and written, practised through skills such as aural comprehension, translation and
linguistic analysis). B. SOCIETY AND LITERATURE: (1) The study of a selection of
modern and contemporary Italian texts dealing with issues related to the changing role in
women in modern ltalian society. (2) History course with emphasis on the historical
development of Italian language and literature through a detailed examination of selected
representative texts.
Tæt-book: Basic ltalian Grammar Pan 1 (Flinden University Italian Discipline, 1991);
O'Connor, D., Revision øærcises for sudens of Italian (l,ongman Cheshire, 1983);
McCormick, C, Chi cerca uova (A Student's Reference to Italian Grammar) (Longman
Cheshire, 1987); An Anthology of texts edited by the Italian Discipline will be made
available for purchase.
212

Reference books: l-epæ.hy, A. L. and G., The ltalian language today (Hutchinson, 1979);
Whitfield, J. H., A shott history of Ihl¡an literaure (Sydney U.P., 1980).
MODERN GREEK IANGUAGE AND LITERATLTRE (flinders University)
The Flinders University teaches Modern Greek at the University of Adelaide for students
enrolled in Adelaide couÍses. Adelaide students may enrol in Modern Greek subjects and
count them towards their Adelaide degree.
In 191, it is expected that Modern Greek will be available at the University of Adelaide at
Level I; details of the subjects to be offered are given below. It is anticipated that in t9\
Modern G¡eek will be ar¡ailable at both Level I and Level II, and that, from 193, a whole
sequence of Modern Greek up to Level III will be taught at the University of Adelaide.
There will be no need to travel to Flinders University for the subjects taught on the
Adelaide campus.
There are, however, some subjects in Modern Greek that are only taught at the Flinders
University. Students vranting to take such subjects can only do so by attending lecturqs at
Flinde¡s University. For details on these subjects, consult Vol. II of the Calendar of
Flinde¡s University.
Enrolments in Modern G¡eek will take place where the subjects are taught. Thus, in 1991,
Adelaide students taking Modern Greek at Level I will be able to enrol at the University of
Adelaide, but those taking Modern Greek at l-evels II and III must enrol at Flinders
University. Information on enrolment procedures is available from the School of
Humanities, Flinders University, or from the Faculty of Arts, University of Adelaide.
19197 Modern Greek IS
Level: L
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: Year 12 (PES) standard in Modern Greek or an equirralent knowledge of the
language.
Contacl hours: IJctures and tutorials, 5 hours per week.
Content: SECTION A: I-A.NGUAGE (50Vo). Three houx per week throughout the year
distributed as follows: 1. Grammar and Syntax: Applications of the most important
morphological featu¡es and syntactic structures. 2. Development of reading and writing
skills: Structuring a composition, choosing the appropriate vocabulary and style; based on
selected texts. 3. Development of conversational skills: Improving listening comprehension
and speaking facility through debate and argumentation on contemporary topics. SEC-
TION B: CULTURE AND LITERATURE (5070). Two hou¡s per week throughout the
yeat A series of lectures examining important aspects of Greek literature, culture and
history in relation to ancient, Byzantine, and modem traditions and within the context of
Modern Greek society.
Tø-boolcs: SECTION A: Dounas, D., Reference grammar (Discipline of Modern Greek);
Tsianikas, M., Applied grammar (Discipline of Modern Greek); Tsianikas, M., Beuer Greek
(Discipline of Modern Greek). SECTION B: Clogg, k, A short hktory of modem Greece
(Cambridge University Press); Dimiroulis, D., (ed.), An anthologt of modem Greek prose
(Discipline of Modern Greek); Tsianikas, M., An anthologt of modern Greek prose
(Discipline of Modern Greek).
Reference òools: SECTION A: Crighton, Mega Elleno-Angliko Laikon (Eleftheroudakias);
Sakellariou, C. H. Neo l*xiko Demotikes (Sideris); Stawopoulos, D. N. and Hornb¡ A. S.,
Oxford Englkh-Greek leamer! Dictionary (Oxford University Press). SECTION B: Dimaras,
C. T\., Istoria tes Neoellenikes Logotechnias (Ikaros); Woodhouse, C. M., Modem Greece: A
shart history (Faber).
213
Arts

Arts
19198 Modern Greek IBS
Læel: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: No prior knowledge of Modern Greek is assumed.
Conlacl hours: Ianguage, tutorial and language laboratory,5 hours per week.
Topic Content and Goak: SECTION A: I,ANGUAGE (80Eo). Four hours per week
throughout the year distributed as follows: 1. Grammar and Syntax. Apptication of basic
morphological and syntactic structures aiming at developing the student's compelence in
spoken and written Greek. 2. Conversation. Improving the student's listening comprehension
and proficiency in communication through discussion of cultural topics with the aid of
audiovisual material. 3. Reading and writing skills. Analyzing the structure of simpte
passages. Students will be guided in writing simple compositions in G¡eek. SECIION B:
Modern Greek Culture/History (207o). 7 hour per week. Series of lectures focusing on
Modern Greek culture and history with emphasis given to social [ife, poputar culture and
contemporary art in their European context.
Text-books: SECTION A: Greek Now I + 1 þlus two tapes); Greek language and people
(plus two tapes) (B.B.C.); Dounas, D., Reference grammat (Discipline of Modern Greek);
Additional material to be supplied by the Discipline. SECTION B: Clogg, P. A,A short
history of modem Greece (Cambndge University Press).
S PANI S H I-ANG UAGE AND LnE RATUTRE (Fl inders Universi ty).
SPANISH
The Flinders University teaches Spanish at the University of Adelaide for students enrolled
in Adelaide courses. Adelaide students may enrol in Spanish subjects and count them
towards thei¡ Adelaide degrees.
From 1991, it is expected that Spanish will be available at the University of Adelaide at
I-evels I, II and III; details of the subjects offered are given belou This means that
Adelaide students will be able to complete a three-year sequence in Spanish at the
University of Adelaide; there will be no need to travel to Flinders University.
There are, however, some Spanish subjects that are only taught at Flinders University, such
as Spanish for medical students. Students wanting to take such subjects can only do so by
attending lectures at Flinders University. For details on these subjects, consult Vol. II of
the Calendar of Flinders University.
Enrolments in Spanish subjects will take place where the subjects are taught. Thus, from
1991, Adelaide students taking Spanish at I-evels I, II and III will be able to enrol at the
University of Adelaide. Information on enrolment procedures is available from the School
of Humanities, Flinders University, or from the Faculty of Arts, University of Adetaide.
12198 Spanish IAS: Modern Spanish for Beginners
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: No prior knowledge of Spanish is assumed.
Contact hours: Six hours a week.
Content: This subject is specifically for those who want to approach the language for the
first time, and is designed to develop the latest communicative approaches to languages by
stressing involvement in two sorts of activities, those relat¡ng directly to students, their
interests and lives, and those retating to the wotld of Spain and l¿tin America. The
primary goal is to encourage students to feel free to interact in Spanish as naturally and as
spontaneously as possible.
214

Tø-book: Terrell, T. D., et al, Dos mundos: A communicative approach (Random House,
198ó) together with the associated Cuademo de nabajo.
Reference Book: Smith, C. C., Collins Spanish Dictioncry (C.ollins); Cstillo, C., University of
Chicago Spanish Dictionary (University of Chicago Press).
t2209 Spanish IIS
Lcvel: lI.
Points value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requ isiæs : Spanish IAS.
Contact hours:6 hours per week.
Scction.{: Language
The aim of the course is to consolidate and extend the work done in Spanish IAS.
Contenl: Grammar exercises, reinfo¡cement of communication skills through discussion,
dialogue and intewiews; computer aided instruction and language laboratory sessions.
Set books: Bretz, M. L., et al., Posaþs: Lengua,2nd ed. (Random House, 1987) together
with associated Cuaderno de Práctica.
Section B: Literature
Contemporary Latin America and Spanish Literatu¡e.
Set books: A selection of l¿tin American and Spanish short stories (texts to be provided by
the Discipline). Garcia Mórquez, G, Crónica de una muefle anunciada. One additional
literary text to be announced.
Assessment: Continuous assessment, tests, final w¡itten examination, communicative skills
examination.
12390 Spanish IIIS
Level: lll.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: Spanish IIS.
Contact haurs:7 hours per week.
Section A: I-anguage.
l:nguage will be dealt with at an advanced level.
Content: Grarn¡nar exercises; translations from English into Spanish, and Spanish into
English; essays in Spanish, advanced conversation.
Reference: Iglesias, M. and Meidle n, W ., Spanish for oral and wriuen review (Holt, Rinehaf,
1e86).
Section B: I-atin America and Spanish Literature
Set Books: Skármeta, A., I-a Insunecclrín. Rulfo, J., Pedro Póramo; Generación del 27:
Antonio Machado, Juan Ramón liménez, Iorge Guillén (texts to be provided by the
Discipline); Vargas Llosa, M.,I-a ciudad y los penos.
Section C: Culture
One option taken from the following topics:
A. Semester l¿ Latin American ,S¡adies. This topic will explore the major political,
sociological and controversial issues of Latin America from the colonial period up to the
present day.
B. Semester ll= Language, socíety and culture in Spain and Latin America. This topic will
2r5
Arts

Arts
study the use of languages in relation to cultures and societies in the Spanish sp'eaking
countries.
Assessment: Continuous assessment, final language examination, oral interviews, literature
assiglments. Option: essa)ß as required,
RUSSIAN IANGUAGE Melbourne/Flinders Universities.
In 1989, new arangements for the teaching of languages ¡esulted in the University of
Melbourne subject 17É102 Russian IA (beginners' Russian) being taught (through Flinde¡s
University of South Australia) on the University of Adelaide campus. The subject could be
counted towards the B.A. degrees of both the University of Adelaide and the Flinders
University. In 1990 Russian I and Russian IIA were offered at Adelaide through the same
arangements.
In 1991 Flinders University will "host" the subjects Russian IA (Beginners Russian) and
Russian IIIA and these will be taught on the University of Adelaide campus. Rusian IA
assumes no prior knowledge of the language and Russian IIIA is ar¡ailable to all students at
Flinders and Adelaide Unive¡sities who have completed Russian IIA.
Interested students should contact the Faculty of Afts office of the University of Adelaide,
the School of Humanities of Flinders University, or the South Australian Institute of
languages, for details about the availability of Russian IIIA and for en¡olment procedures
in 1991.
Russian IA (Beginners Russian)
Russian IIIA (Advanced Russian)
Level: lll.
Points value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: Russian IIA or equivalent approved by the Head of Department, Melbourne
University.
Contact hours:5 hours per week-4 hou¡s advanced grammar, including translation in both
directions; I hour composition; 2 hours study of lite¡ary texts.
Contenl: This course aims to provide the student s/ith solid comp€tence in all areas of
language use. Also an understanding of the language used in literature along with basic
literary criticism.
Assessment: One l-hour test at the end of first semester on language. At the end of the
year, two lhour papers, one on language, one on lite¡ature. Continuous assessment
throughout the year consists of regular language assignments and short essays on the
lite¡ature.
Tøct-books: hescribed: Townsend, C., Continuing with Russian (Slavica); Chekhov, 4.,
Chaika; Vtshnevyi sad.
Recommended: Unbegaun, B. O., Russran Grammar; Borras and Christian, Russian Syntasc;
Gerhart, G, The Russian's World - Life and Language; Harker, K, et al., New Voices:
Contemporary Soviet Shan .çron¿s; Other literary texts to be announced and material
supplied.
ARABIC IANGUAGE AND CLTLTTJRE (Level II only) (Sydney/Adelaide Universities).
In 1991, new arangements for the teaching of languages resulted in the Sydney subject
Arabic IB (beginners' Arabic) being taught on the University of Adelaide campus. The
subject could be counted towards the Adelaide degrees of B-{. and B'{. (Jur). In 1991 the
University of Adelaide will "host" the lævel II subject Arabic IIB. It will be available to all
students who have completed Arabic IB and students may be able to count it towards their
Adelaide degree.
The University of Sydney sequence of subjects A¡abic IB, IIB, IIIB (for beginners) aim to
build and develop proficiency in Modern Standard Arabic (i.e. the A¡abic of contemporary
2t6

literature, press and educated speech throughout the A¡ab world) with due attention to the
four skills of reading, writing, comprehension and speech, using thc audiolingual approach
as much as possible. These subjects are expected to enable the student to read material in
modern literary Arabic, comprehend educated speech, write and converse in A¡abic on a
¡easonable range of familiar topics. Second and Third years (Arabic IIB and IIIB) give
some attention to translation skills, particularly from Arabic into English.
It is envisaged in 1992 Arabic III will be available at the University of Adelaide.
Interested students should contact the Faculty of A¡ts office at the University of Adelaide,
or the South Aust¡alian Institute of fanguages, for details about the availability of A¡abic
IIB and for en¡olment procedures in 1991.
Details of the subject are as follows:
7750 Arabic IIB.
Lael: l.
Poins value: 8.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: Arabic IB.
Contact hours: 5 hours per week: 2 hours practical language skills (continuing with volume
II of the same basic textbook); t hour int¡oductory translation skills from and into Arabic
(material from current Arabic writing, e.g. the press, to be used); t hour contemporary
Arabic: the Essay t hour contemporary Arabic: the Short Story.
Conlent: This course follows on f¡om Arabic IB offe¡ed in 1990. In the two hou¡s on
practical language skills, essentially the same approach of Arabic IB will be followed, with
more developed dialogues, exercises, drills and composition assignments, and more scope
for guided topical conversation. In the translation hour more emphasis will be given to
A¡abic into English translation; the selections of passages will represent contemporary
Arabic writing on cur¡ent affairs, general knowledge, community and business matters. The
Contemporary Literature hours, using special Readers with glossaries and questions,
introduce the students to authentic modem Arabic writing. students wi[[ be required to
write shof essays in A¡abic on asp€cts covered in the course. continuous assessment
applies to all sections of the course, including regular language and t¡anslation exercises.
Further details, including reading lists of Arabic literature in English translation and on the
modem Arab World wilI be available.
Assessment: Examination (or equivalent) on practical language skills:2ovo; examination on
Contemporary Literature: 207o; continuous assessment on translation: 207o; continuous
assessment of practical language skills: 207o; continuous assessment on li¡e¡atve; 207o.
(To.ali 700Eo).
Text-books: Language Course Book: Peter F., Abboud et al., Elementary modern standard
Arabic,Part II, Cambridge University Press, L987.
Contemporary Literature Tøctbooks: Bashshur, R. L. (ed.), Contemporary Arab readers:
Arabic essays - Level II (Part I and 2), University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 19'16 ot later
reprint; Bellamy, J., et al., Contemporary Arabic readers: the short srory, Michigan, Ann
Arbor, L976 or later reprint.
Dictionaries: Wehr, H., Arabic-Englßh Dictionary: a Dictionary of modern written Arabic, ed.
Cowan, J. M. (3rd ed.), Spoken I-anguage Sewices, Ithaca N.Y., 1976; or Librairie du Liban,
Beirut, latest edition; Baalbaki, Munir, Al-MawriQ English-Arabic Dictionary, Dar al-,Ilm
lil-Malaln, Beirut, latest edition.
EXTERNAL LANGUAGE STUDIES THAT MAY BE
COUNTED TO\ryARDS THE B.A. OR B.À (JUR).
with special permission of the Faculty, students may normally take subjects in slavonic
2t7
Arls

Arts
language, literature and culture, in particular Ukrainian and Polish, through the etdernal
studies programme of Macquarie University, for credit towards the Adelaide B.A. or BA.
(Jur), (subject to the provisions of Note 3 of Schedule II and Note 9 of Schedule III
respectiveþ.
UKRAINIAN I-/INGUAGE, LTTERATURE AND CULTURE
In 190, however, special provision was made for students wishing to study subjects in
Ukrainian, at first, second or third year levels ([.evels I, II or III). Any one (or all) of the
subjects listed below may be counted towards the Adelaide B1r. or B.A. (Jur). Similar
arrangements for Ukrainian students u¡ill be made in L991.
Study materials for these subjects will be provided by Macquarie University, as part of its
external studies programme. However, for a period of at least four years from 199O, the
South Australian Institute of Languages c¡ill promote studies in Uk¡ainian by facilitating
enrolments on behalf of interested students, and, further, by providing a lecturer in
Adelaide who will be able to suppof students with their study. The lecturer will provide
assistance at the University of Adelaide, at times that are as convenient as possible to the
students concerned.
Students intetested in studying Ukrainan subjects in language, literature and culture,
should contact the Faculty of Arts Office and the South Australian Institute of l.anguages
regarding enrolment procedures and equivalent points values.
Students should note the poliry of the Faculty of A¡ts on work required to complete an
Adelaide degree, speciflng the m¡nimum numbe¡ of Adelaide subjects required. Details of
this policy are given in Note 3 of Schedule II and Note 9 of Schedule III. For the pu4)oses
of this policy, the Ukrainian subjects listed below are regarded as subjects taught at
Macquarie University, that is, as non-Adelaide subjects.
The subjects for which a lecturer will be provided, in addition to the study materials
normally available to students through Macquarie University, are listed below, together
with brief syllabus details. Further information may be obtained from the South Aust¡alian
Institute of l-anguages, or the Macquarie University Calendar for 191. For full syllabus
details and study programs, details on pre-requisites, and for any other information,
students should contact the South Australian Institute of lánguage.
LEVEL I
UKR101 Ukrainian Civilisation
An outline of the early history and cultures of Ukraine. The¡e are no linguistic o¡ other
pre-requisites. Suitable both for those intending to major in Ukrainian and for those
wishing to gain a broad overview.
UKR102 Introduction to Ukrainian [Language]
A unit designed for both those with little knowledge of Uk¡ainian and those without any
familiarity with Ukrainian, or, indeed, any other Slavonic language.
UKR106 Ukrainian Literature IA
An introduction to Ukrainian literature in the form of prose from 1900 to7920. All texts
will be made available in both English and Uk¡ainian.
UKR107 Ukrainian Literature IB
An introduction to the reading and analysis of original literary texts, mainly in the form of
short stories from the 19th and 20th centuries.
UKR110 Ukrainian Reading Course
A vacation unit intended to assist students who have completed UKR102 and others to
reach the level required for UKR120.
2t8

UKR120 Ukrainian Ianguage I
Improvement and extension oral skills, together with a suney of
9krainian
gmmmar. This su udents who have a knowledge of the
Ukrainian language at a level tion.
LEYEL II
UKR200 Ukrainian Language II
HigherJevel ukrainian language skills: reading and aural comprehension, writing, spe.ech,
and mo¡e advanced grammar.
UKR201 Ukrainian Literature II
A detailed study of ukrainian literary texts, with equal emphasis on prose, poetry and
drama.
UKR203 Nineteenth Century Ukraine
A_detailed analysis of the main historical events in Uk¡aine during the nineteenth century.
The unit also looks at neighbouring countries and nations and eximines their influence on
Uk¡aine's political and cultu¡al affairs.
LEVEL III
UKR300 Ukrainian Language III
study of_ uk¡ainian syntax simple, compound and complex sentences; development of
reading skills, stylistics; vocabulary building through reading.
I,ANGUAGES OFFERED BY FLINDERS T]NTVERSITY
WHICH ARE AVAILABLE FOR CREDIT TO\ryARDS THE
ADELAIDE IINIVERSITY DEGREES OF B.A. AND B.A.
(JUR).
The following language subjects are all taught by and at Flinders University. University of
Adelaide students wishing to undertake these subjects for credit towards an Adeláide
the polícy of the Faculty of Arts on work required to complete an
flng the minimum number of Adelaide subjects required. Details of
Note 3 of Schedule II and Nore 9 of Schedule III.
Indonesiaru Full three year sequence within a Bachelor ofArts (for syllabuses, see below).
Modern Greelc 2nd and 3rd year subjects (l,evels II and III) (Level I taught at the
University of Adelaide).
Italia-n: 3rd.year subjects (Level III). (l,evels I and II taught at the Flinders univenity and
the University of Adelaide).
Latvian: 2nd,3rd and 4th year subjects in LaMan language, culture and linguistics.
2t9
Arts

Arts
INDONESIAN IANGUAGE
Prospective students of Indonesian language should note that Fli¡ders University teaches
37150 Indonesian I, 3715L Introductory Indonesian A,37L52 Introductory Indonæian B,
37160 Indonesian lA, 371,70 Indonesian Studies I, 37250 Indonesian II,373ó0 Indonesian III
and other third-year subjects in Indonesian. (For details see Calendar of Flinders
University). Adelaide students may be permitted to enrol in these subjects for credit to
their Adelaide degrees. Such students need to obtain approval in s'riting from the Registrar
and must comply with Flinders Univenity en¡olment procedures.
37150 Indonesian I
Enrolment: At Flinders University. Approval in writing must be obtained from the
Registrar of the University of Adelaide; Flinders University enrolment procedures must be
complied with.
Level: l.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: No previous knowledge of Indonesian is required.
Contact hours: Langoage classes and laboratory 5 hours a week. I-ectures/tutorials on
social and cultural backgtound: t hour a week.
Content: This topic is desigred to provide basic communication skills in modern
Indonesian. Emphasis will be on preparing students to negotiate successfully the types of
everyday situations which a foreign visitor may expect to encounter in Indonesian society.
Some reading and vrritten u/ork will be introduced, but this aspect of the language study will
not be fully developed until upper year levels. One hour per week will be devoted to a
study of some themes in the social, cultural and political life of modern Indonesia. The
other five contact hours will be dMded between class work and language laboratory
sessions. This topic is not available to students whose home country or country of origin is
Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore or Brunei, or (except with the permission of the lecturer) to
students who have alteady studied Indonesian or Malaysian at secondary school as a second
language.
Assessmenl: Tests conducted in the language laboratory, exercises and essa¡n or tutorial
papers. Details are finalized after group discussion. To achieve a pass in this topic students
musf pass both the language and the cultu¡e and society components of the topic.
Tøct-book: Fietkiewicz, D., Wolff, J. U., and Oetomo, D., Beginning Indonesian through
self-insmtction (Comell U.P.); Ricklefs, M. C., A history of modern Indonesia (Macmillan,
1e81).
References: Aveling, H., ed., The danlopment of Indonesian socr¿ty (Queensland U.P., 1979);
Caldwell, M. and Utrecht, 8., Indonesia, an altemative hktory (Altemative Publishing
Cooperative, 199); Keeler, Ward, Iavanese Shadow Plays, Iavønese SeÍves, (Princeton U.P.,
1987); McDonaÍd, H, Suharto's Indonesia (University of Hawaii Press, 1981); McKay, 8.,
ed., Studies in Indonesian hktory (Pitnan,1976).
37151 Introductory Indonesian A
Enrolment: At Flinders University. Approval in writing must be obtained from the
Registrar of the University of Adelaide; Flinders University enrolment procedures must be
complied with.
Level: l.
Points value: To be advised.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: Consent of the Di¡ector of Studies.
Contacl hours: Language classes and laboratory 5 hours a week; lectures and tutorials on
culture and societ¡r t hour a week.
220

Content: Introductory Indonesian A is designed for students outside the School of Social
Sciences who are unable to take the 12 unit Indonesial I topic, but who would like to
acquire some knowledge of spoken and written Indonesian. It consists of the language and
background components of Indonesian I for the first half of the full year topic. Successful
completion of Introductory Indonesian A will not qualify a student for admission to 37?5O
Indonesian II. Students who have completed Int¡oductory Indonesian A wanting to proceed
to 37250 Indonesian II must first complete 37152 Int¡oductory Indonesian B. This topic is
not available to students whose home country or country of origin is Indonesia, Malaysia,
Singapore or Brunei, or to students who have already studied Indonesian or Malaysian at
secondary school as a second language.
Tad-boolç Fietkiewicz, D., Wolff, J. U. and Octomo, D., Beginning Indonesian through selfinsmtction
(Cornell U.P., 1984).
37152 Introductora Indonesian B
Level: l.
Points value: To be advised.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requßites: 37151 Introductory Indonesian A with a gade of C or better.
Contact hours: l-angluage classes and laboratory 5 hours a week; lectures and tutorials on
cultu¡e and societ¡t t hour a week.
Content: Introductory Indonesian B is designed for students who have successfully
completed 3715L Introductory Indonesian A and who wish to increase their knowledge of
Indonesian. The topic consists of the second half year's work for the full year topic.
Successful completion of 37752 Introductory Indonesian B will qualify a student for
en¡olment in 37?50 Indonesian II.
Tst-bool

Arts
papers. Details are finalized after gfoup discussion. To achieve a pass in this top¡c students
must pass both the language and the culture and society components of the topic.
Tø-booles: As fo¡ 37150 Indonesian I, plus fufher material supplied by the Discipline.
37170 Indonesian Studies I
Enrolment: At Flinders University. Approval in writing must be obtained from the
Registrar of the University of Adelaide; Flinders University enrolment procedures must be
complied with.
Level: I.
Points value: 6.
Duralion: Full year.
he-requkites: Indonesian (Bahasa Indonesia) or Malaysian (Bahasa Malaysia) as home
language or as main language medium in secondary education.
Contact hours:4 hours a week.
Content: Two hours of language classes a week will be devoted to Indonesian language
expression at an advanced level, including a suwey of major diffe¡ences between modern
Malay in its Indonesian and Malaysian forms, and translation from English into Indonesian
on topics related to Indonesian culture and society. One lecture or tutorial a week will be
devoted to a study (in English) of some themes in the social, cultural and political life of
modern Indonesia. In addition, one hour per week will be devoted to a study of some
examples of modern Indonesian literature.
Assessment: Langtage tests and exercises, essays and tutorial papers in English, plus class
attendance.
References: As for 37150 Indonesian I.
FT.'RTHER INFORMÄTION ON IANGUAGE STIJDIES
For further information on language studies available at the University of Adelaide or fo¡
credit towards the Adelaide B-A.. or B.A. (Jur), contact either the individual departments at
the University of Adelaide (French, German, Classics ot the CÆntre for Asian Studies), and
at the Flinders University (Disciplines of ltalian, Spanish, Modern Greek, Asian Studies) or
the Faculty of Arts Office, Room 204, Napier Building, the University of Adelaide.
MISCELLANEOUS ARTS STJBJECTS
LEVEL I
1316 German for Reading and Research I
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Level: I.
Poinuvalue:3.
Duration: Fu[l year.
he-requisites: None.
Assumed knowledge: No familiarity with language concepts or any previous knowledge of
German.
Contact hours:2 lectures a week.
Content: The aim is to provide the specific skills necessary fo¡ accurate comprehension of

written German in any subject area. There is thus no emphasis on the spoken language and
the accent is on recognising forms and structures of language so as to be able to use the
dictionary effectively. Students will fint be taught the basics of German grammar and
pronunciation and given guidance in the use of suitable dictionaries and language reference
works. This will be accompanied by translation wo¡k at an appropriate level. Students will
then work on translating texts in their own subject a¡ea. Work outside class times involves
preparing passages for translation.
Assesstnent: By course work and end of semeste¡ tests. A detailed assessment plan will be
circulated at commencement.
Taa-boolcs: Borgert, U. and Nyhan, C.,A German reference gtamrnar (S.U.P.); Any small
German/Engl ish dictionary (e.g. Collins).
9151 New Methods in Arts: Using Personal Computers I
Level: l.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Full year.
he-requßites: None.
Contact hours: 3 hours a week.
Content: This subject int¡oduces Arts students who may have no previous knowledge of the
use of computers to the value, uses and limitations of elementary computer-based
numerical methods and basic compute¡ skills. Ïhese methods and skills are applied to
typical research themes relevant to a variety of Arts subjects. Such a problem is used as the
integrating theme to cove¡ the following topics: Problem-oriented social science and the
choice of method; measurement and the uses and limitations of statisticâl methods in the
social sciences; statistical source materials and the idea of data bases; Descriptive statistics
and their uses; Data presentation and repof writing.
Practicals cover computer systems and their uses, basic word processing, descriptive
statistics and the basics of spread sheet use.
Assessment: Practicals 20Vo, project 4OVo, examination 40Vo.
Tst-books: To be advised.
LEVEL II
4916 History and Development of Mass Communications II
I-evel: Il.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I-
he-requßites: A pass in any lst year subject from the departments of English, German,
History, Politics, Anthropology, French, Psychology, Classics, Philosophy.
Conmct hours:3 hours a week.
Content: This subject will trace the growth of mass communications in both print and
electronic media, including the impact of new technologies. Illustrative examples will be
derived from Australian, American and European sources, A number of important general
themes will be discussed including Censorship. Freedom of Information, Satellite Broadcasting,
Television Violence etc.
AssessnTent: 507o essay (2000 words); 50Vo media file (5 exircises of 500 words each).
Tø-bool

Arls
4604 Media Analysis II
I-evel: ll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requßites: A pass in any first year subject from the departments of English, History,
German, French, Classics, Politics, Anthropolog¡r, Philosophy.
Contact hours:3 hours a week.
Content: This subject will concentr4te upon significant media genres (or kìnds of
programme). The programmes studied will be treated analytically to demonst¡ate how
media's major ideas and stories are constructed. Areas such as Radio and Television news,
Documentary Soap Opera, Film will be covered. Related themes to be analped will
include Advertising, Race and Gender issues and Popular Fictional forms etc.
Assessment: 50Vo essay (2000 word essay) 50Vo media file (5 short exercises 500 words
each).
Text-books: Barthes, k, Mythologies (Palatin Books, 1973); Williams, R., Television,
teclmologt and culural forms, (Fontana, 1974).
LEVEL III
7853 History and Development of Mass Communications III.
Level: lll.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requßites: Any 2 level pass from the departments of German, Politics, English, History
French, Anthropology, Psychology, Class ics, Philosophy.
Contact hours: 3 hours a week.
Content: This subject will trace the growth o[ mass communications in both print and
electronic media, including the impact of new technologies. Illustrative examples will be
derived from Australian, American, and European sources, A number of important general
themes will be discussed including Censorship, Freedom of Information, Satellite Broadcasting,
Television Violence etc.
Assessment:507o essay (30ü) words) 507o media file (5 exercises of 750 words each).
Tact-books: Windschuttle, K, The media, (Penguin Book, 1984); Watson, J. and Hill, 4., I
dictionary of communication and media studies (Ed., Arnold, Rev. ed., 1989).
2Ll4 Human Biologr and Society III
Level: l[l.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: lævel I subject in Psycholory or Anthropology or Genetics or Biolog¡r or any
other subject approved by the Senior læcturer in Social Biology.
Assumed knowledge: Some knowledge of genetics and aspects of human biology.
Contact hours:2 tutorials and 1 lecture a week.
Content: The subject will examine scientific, religious, political, environmental and
economic attitudes to the gfo'À'th of human population f¡om Thomas Malthus to the
present day. The need, means and outcomes of limiting population growth will also be
considered. Linked with this, the course will consider the development of eugenics, Social
Darwinism and human sociobiolog¡r. The principles and implications of genetic counselling,
2U

genetic screening and the potential and the risks of genetic engineering will finally be
considered.
Assessment: A variable combination of tutorial pâpers, essa),s and an examination.
Tøtt-book: Chase, 4., The legacy of Malthus (Illinois U.P. 1980); Kevles, D. J.,In the name
of eugenics (Penguin 1985); Harsanyi, Z S. and Hutton, k, Genetk prophecy: bEond ,he
double helix (Rawson Wade 1983); Sayets, L, Biological politics (Tavistock 1982); Johnson,
S. P., World population and the Uni¿ed Nations (C.U.P. 1988); Glover, J., What sort of people
should there be? (Penguin 1984).
23ffi Media Analysis III.
Level: Ill.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkiles: Any Level II pass from the departments of English, History, German,
French, Classics, Politics, Anthropolog¡r, Philosophy.
Contact hours:3 hours a week.
Content: This subject will concentrate upon significant media genres (or kinds of
programme). The programmes studied will be treated analytically to demonstrate how
media's major ideas and stories are const¡ucted. Areas such as Radio and Television news,
Documentary, Soap Opera, Film will be cove¡ed. Related themes to be analysed will
include Advertising, Râce and Gender issues and Popular Fictional forms etc.
Assessment: 50Vo essay (3000 word essay) 507o media file (5 short exercises 750 words each.
Tøtt-book: Barthes, R., Mythologies (Paladin Books, 1973); Williams, R., Television,
technologr and cultural form, (Fontana, 1974).
8847 Social Biologr III
Level: lII.
Points value: 6.
Quota: Il'lay apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requisites: l,evel I subject in Psychology or Anthropology or Genetics or Biology or any
other subject approved by the Senior læcturer in Social Biology.
Assumed knowledge: %me knowledge of genetics and aspects of human biology.
Conlact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject will examine the social and political pressu¡es on science in general
and human biologr in particular. It \¡¡ill survey the historical development of and knowledge
and attitudes to such matters as the biology of race and race differences; sex, sexuality and
sex related behaviours; and human intelligence and its determination.
Assessnrcnt: A variable combination of tutorial papers, essays and examination.
Kamin, L. J. and I-ewontin, R C., Not in our genes (Penguin 1983); Chase, A., The legacy of
Malthus (Illinois U.P. 1981); Hoyenga, IC B. and K T., Th¿ question of søc differences (Little
Brown 1979); Archer, J. and Lloyd, 8., Sæ. and gender (Penguin 1982); Banton, M., Racial
theories (Canbndge U.P. 1987).
225
Ads

Arts
MUSIC
FORTHE DEGREE OF DACHEIOR OFARTS
Subjects are offered in the Elder C-onseriratorium of Music and in the C-ent¡e for
Aboriginal Studles in Music. All students are encouraged to attend the practical uork of
the Elder Conservatorium and may âpply for admission as s¡ngle study studerts.
For syllabuses of those subjects which a¡e not provided below see under the Faculty of
Music.
LEVELI
3379 Introduction to Muslc History I
Level: l.
Points value:2.
Durqtion: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: None.
Co-requisiæs:1935 Music Theory L
Contact Inurs: 2 hours of seminars a week,
Content: A graded introduction to repfesentative works of the eighteenth Century as well as
a discussion of various approaches to the history of Western Music. This subject is intended
for students with no previous knowledge of music.
Assessment: 2,0ffi word essay (or 2 hour written examination) 507o; t hottt repe¡toire and
general knowledge test, which may include score recognition 507a.
1935 Music Theory I
1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicolory
2202 Music of the 18th Century
226

LEVELII
5647
1685
7800
7642
9879
Early Music II
Ethnomusicologr II
Music Education II
Music Theory II
Musicologr II
2135 Music of the 19th Century (Arts)
Level: ll.
Poins value:2.5.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
Pre-requkites:2202Music of the 18th Century.
Co-requisites: 7642 Music Theory II.
Contact hours: L hour of lectu¡es and t hour of tutorials a week for 7 weeks (Semester I Lst
half), plus t hour of seminars a week for 7 week (Semester I 2nd half).
Content: Fi¡st half semester: On aspects of 19th century music beginning with Beethoven
and Schubert and continuing through to composers at the end of this century.
Second half semester: Seminars on detailed analysis and study of complete works or
substantial pofions of complete works drawn f¡om the music of this period.
Whole semester: A programmed listening course dealing with selected works of this period
integrated u¡ith the lecture, tutorial and seminar topics studied.
Assessment:2300 wo¡d essay o¡ 2 hour written examination based on lectures and tutorials
35Vo; I hout repertoire and general knowledge test, \¡/hich may include score recognition
307o; a2000 word analysis assignment or equivalent 357o.
3977 Music of the 20th Century (Arts)
Level: II.
Points value:2.5.
Duration: Semester IL
he-requisites:1M9 Music of the 19th Century.
Co-requisites: ?642 Music Theory II.
Contact hours: 7 hour of lectures and t hour of tutorials a week for 8 weeks (Semestet II
lst halfl plus t hour of seminars a week for 6 weeks (Semester II 2nd halfl).
Content: Fi¡st half senìester: Tutorials on aspects of 20th century music beginning with
Debussy, Mahler, Bartok, and thè Second Viennese school continuing to the present.
Second half semester: Seminars on detailed analysis and study of complete wo¡ks or
substantial portions of complete works drawn from the music of this period.
Whole semester: A programmed listening course dealing with selectcd works of this period
integrated with the lecture, tutorial and semina¡ topics studied.
Assessmenl: 2300 word essay (or 2 hour written examination based on lectures and
tutorials) 357o;1 hour repertoire and general knowledge test, wh¡ch may include score
recognition 307o; a2000 word analysis assignment or equivalent 357a.
22'1
Arts

Arts
LEVEL III
9902 Early Music IIIC
1492 Ethnomusicolory IIIC
8960 Music Education IIIC
4127 Musicolory IIIC
3881 Ethnomusicologrlll
5364 Music Education III
9189 Musicology IIIA
1256 Musicologr IIIB
4851 Music Theory III
3941 Mozart's Concertos
3946 Chinese Music
5244 Diaghilev's "Ballets Russes"
7162 Wagner
6016 Japanese Music
2923 Piano Music of Robert Schumann
2609 Mozart's Quintets
6973 American Pathfinders in Music
HONOURS LEVEL
1760 Honours Ethnomusicologr (8.À)
Lqel: Ho¡ours.
Pointsvalue: A.
Duration: Full year.
Nol¿.' Students intending to take Honours should seek advice f¡om the Elder
228

Consewato¡ium as to the most relevant choice of Br{. subjects, and should consult the
Director of the Elder Conservatorium before the beginning of their thi¡d year's work.
Conlact hours:3 hours a week.
Conlent: A course of seminars and individual tuition in the theoretical background to
Ethnomusicolog¡r, including field techniques, transcription, analytical procedures and
performance techn¡ques.
Assessntent: Equivalent of 30,000 words, normally divided as follows:
(a) Field wo¡k and field recording-2 units;
(b) 'vVriting of field report, to be presented to the Ethnomusicolory Senrinar (5,00O
words)-1 unit;
(c) Extended writing, transcription and analysis based on (a) above-3 units.
Reference book: Bateson, G., Steps to an ecologt of mlzd (Ballantine Books).
1307 Honours Music Education (8.4.)
lgvel Honours.
Poins value:24.
Duration: Full year.
Nole.' Students intending to take Honours should seek advice from the EIde¡
Conservatorium as to the most relevant choice of BA. subjects, and should consult the
D¡rector of the Elde¡ Conservatorium before the beginning of thei¡ third year's work.
Contacl hours: 3 hours a week,
Content: A course of seminars, workshops and individual tuition. Students will complete
individual ¡esearch assignments and a balanced ploportion of telated work.
Assessment: (a) A major piece of field work with supporting documentation-3 units;
(b) A major thesis of 10,000 words-2 units;
(c) A project in an approved area of 5,000 words or equivalent-1 unit.
5276 Honours Musicologr (8.4.)
Level: Honot¡¡s.
Points value: 24.
Duraliott: Full year.
No¿e.' Students intending to take Honours should seek advice from the Elder
Conservatorium as to the most relevant choice of B.A. subjects, and should consult the
Di¡ector of the Elder Conservatodum before the beginning of thei¡ third year's work.
Pre-requisites: A reading knowledge of a language or languages necessary for the course of
study will be assumed.
Contact hours:3 hours a week.
Content: Candidates will be required to complete individual resea¡ch assignments as
directed in one of the following:
i. a thesis on a music-historical topic (with or without accompanying edition);
ii. two papers (one per term) in the Postgraduate Seminar which ranges over a broad
variety of historical epochs and selected inter-disciplinary area;
iii. one paper in the Advanced Seminar, usually on a music-historical topic or performance
practice area;
iv. a guided course in style identification and criticism based upon selected scoles.
Assessment: (a) 2 5,000 word papers each in the postgraduate seminar 307o;
(b) 5,000 word paper in an advanced honours seminat 75/o;
229
Añs

Arts
(c) Aviva voc¿ in score identihcation 157o;
(d) 12J00 word thesis 40Vo.
PHILOSOPHY
hilosophy at all three levels. I-evel I subjects with
I thinking are offe¡ed both in the day and the
in one semestet. They are not normally available
A student may take all semester subjects offe¡ed.
ing to l-evel II subjecs, the
two I-evel II subjects are
commended. See the details
those who may
o do philosophy
completed 7743
ubjects. Consult
Students who have passed later Philosophy hat ¡est¡ictions
on existing subjects constrain their preferre le overlap with
earlier options. These restrictions may be exist; students
should consult the Head of the Department.
6001 Argument and Critical Thinking I
Level: l.
Points value: 3.
Quota: Will apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requisites: None.
Contact haurs: 1 lecture and 2 tutorials or workshops a week,
Content: Theories and principles of argument; styles and methods of argumentation;
appraisal and analysis of arguments; ptactical exercises in mounting arguments and
critica I ly appraising arguments.
Assessment: By examination, essay, and/or workshop assignments and practical work.
Text-books: Rowan, M. and Coleman, 8., Reading writing and reasoning (fhe Authors).
7743 Logic I
Level: I.
Poins value: 3.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: None.
Restrictiott: 7743 lag¡c lH.
Contacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week,
Conten!: An int¡oduction to modem formal logic.
230

Assessment: By examina tions.
Tø-bool

Arts
Res¡n'c¡¡on.' None.
Contact løurs:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: A study of topics in epistemolory and related topics in the philosophy of language.
Assessment: By essays, total 6,000 words.
Tø-book: Dancy, J.,An introduction to contemporary epistemologt (Blackwell).
3037 Logic II
Level: ll.
Quota: May apply.
Pointsvalue:4.
Duration: S€mester I.
Pre-requisites:7743 l-o$c I or Logic IH or a first year mathematics or computing subject.
Restriction: 9286 lngsc ll.
Contacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Contenl: Standa¡d f¡rst-order logic and many valued logic, possibly including also material
on Set Theory and the Philosophy of logic.
Assessme nt: Examinations and essay.
Tøtt-books: Mates, 8., Elementary logic (O.U.P.).
8606 Minds, Brains and Computers II
I-evel: ll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
Pre-requisites: Passes in lævel I philosophy, psychology, coinputer science or mathematics
subjects of at least 6 points value, at least 3 points of which are at Div. I pass level or
better; or any alternative approved by the Head of Department.
R¿srn'c¿ion; None.
Conlact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week,
Content: This subject will provide an introduction to Cognitive Science, which is a relatively
new interdisciplinary field of study that embraces aspects of philosophy, psycbology,
computer science and neuroscience. Topics to be discussed will include some of the
followinç the nature of commonsense psycholog¡r and its relevance to a mature theory of
mind; the natu¡e of consciousness; the relation between psycholory and the brain sciences;
the computer as a model of the mind; connectionism; and mental imagery.
Assessment: Two essays and one tutorial paper.
Text-books: Churchland, P. M., Mauer and consciousness (Bradford); Haugeland, J.,
Anifcial intelligence: the very idea (BradÍotd).
6007 Modern Classical Philosophers II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßites: Either (a) passes in two of Philosophy IA (or II{A), IB (or IHB), or lngic I
(or IH), at least one of them a Div. I pass or its equivalent, or (b) any other subject(s)
approved by the Head of Department.
232

Restriction:4937 Philosophy II except with the permission of Department.
Contacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Conænt: A study great philosophers: Dascartes, l,ocke, Hume,
Kant. A study of the possibility and structure of knowledge of
all four; and of th of Hume and Kant.
Assessment: Three essays totalling 6,000 words.
Tøtt-books: Schacht, R' Classical modern philosopl¡€rs (Routledge); V/olft R.P. (ed.) Ten
great works of philosophy (Mentor).
3538 Moral Problems II
Laryl: ll.
Poinß value: 4.
Quota: IÑlay apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: Either (a) passes in two of Phìtosophy lA (or IIIA), IB (or IHB) or Logic I
(or lfi), at least one oflhem a Div. I pass or its equivalent, or (b) any other subject(s)
approved by the Head of Department.
Restriction:8438 Practical Ethics except with the permission of Department.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tùtorial a week.
Content: P¡actical ethics. A philosophical examination of
contemporary moral controversies. Problems discussed wi
euthanasia, invitrofertilization, pornography and censorship,
ethics, sexual morality, and others.
Assessment: By essays, total 6,000 words.
Tact-books: Regan,T., Matters of hfe and death (2nd ed.) (Random House).
4245 Moral and Social Philosophy II
Level: ll.
Points value: 6.
Duralion: Semester L
Ei PhilosoPhY lA (or IHA), c I
eas pass or its equivalent, ( G)
the (c) a Pass in anY two of cal
il, cal Thought (B) II; or a of
Political Thought, or 7233 P¡oblems of Political Philosophy'
Restriction:8295 Social Philosophy excePt \À/ith the permission of Department'
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Contenl: (a) Freedom of will and determinism. Concepts of agency and action. The nature
of desire. Culture and the foundat¡ons of value. Dialectical structure of valuing; authentic
values. (b) Problems of social justice and equality with refe¡ence to the debate between
John Rawls and Robert Nozick.
Assessment: By essays, total 6,000 words.
Tst-books: Brown, A., Modern political philosoplry (Pelican).
9946 Philosophy of Religion II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
233
Ads

Añs
a) passes ilrwo of phitosophy IA (or I[IA), IB (or IHB) or Logic I
of them a Div. I pass or its equivalent, or (b) any other subjeðt(s)
of Department.
Restriction:5525 Philosophy of Religion except u/ith the permission of Department.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Three of the following:
Miracles, The cosmological Argument, Religious Experience, Faith and Knowledge, God
and Evil.
Assessment: Two essaln and one tutorial paper.
Tect- bo o ks : Mackie, J. L' The mirac te o f
2525 Philosophy ofScience II
Availability: Not offered in 1991..
I-evel: ll.
Points value: 6.
Duralion: Semester.
Res¿n'c¿¡o¿,' None.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
thek m (Oxford 19g2).
IA (IHA), IB (or IHB) or togic I (or
at least one of them a Div. I pass or
ste¡-length Iævel II science subject as
Contenl: An investigation of the methods used in science and of the nature of scientific
revolutions.
Assessment: By essays.
Tæt-books: Kuhn, T. s., The- stntcture lf scieltr¡c revolutions, (2nd edn.) (chicago u.p.);
Hempel, C. G., Philosoplry of natural science, (prentice Hall).
LEVEL III
6570 Knowledge and Language III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester Il.
he-requkites: Either (a) a pass in Ph-ilosophy II, or (b) passes in rwo l¡vel II philosophy
subjects or a c¡edit in one, or (c) any other subjeõt(s) approved by the Head- o?
Department.
Restriction: None.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week,
content: A study of topics in epistemolog¡r and related topics in the philosophy of language.
Assessment: By essays, total 9,000 words.
Text-book: Datcy, J.,An introduction lo contemporary epktemolop (Blackwell).
234

4259 Logic IIIA
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: 3037 l-ogic II, or (with permission of the Head of Department) a
demonstrable knowledge of logic plus a good mathematical or computer science background
such as a pass in a second year subject.
Restriction: t ogic III before 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week,
Conlenl: Infinite sets, computability, first{rder logic, non+lassical logic, philosophical
aspects of logic, mathematics and comPuting.
Assessment: Examinations and essay.
Tøct-bool

Arts
8737 Modern Classical Philosophers III
Level: IlI.
Poinß value: 6,
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkiæs: Either (a) a pass in Ph-ìlosophy II, or (b) passes in rwo Iævel lI philosophy
lubjects or a credit in one, or (c) any other subjeit(s) approved uy the Head- of
Department.
,Resfn'c¡¡a¿.' None
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
conreilr: A study of the \r,ork of the following great philosophers: Descartes, Locke, Hume
and_Kant. A study of the views about reality and the possibility and structu¡e of knowledge
of all four; and of the contrasting moral theories of Hume and Kant.
Assessment: By essays, total 9,000 c/ords.
Tørt-books: Schacht, k, Classical modem philosopåøs (Routledge); Wolfi R p. (ed.), Zez
great wotks of philosoplty (Mentor).
1237 Moral Problems III
Level: IIl.
Points value: 6,
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: Either (a) a pass in Phìlosophy II, or (b) passes in two Level II philosophy
lubjects or a credit in one, or (c) any other subjeõt(s) approved by the Head- of
Depafment.
Resricüon:8438 P¡actical Ethics except with the permission of Department.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week,
Assessment: By essays, total 9,000 words.
ophical examination of atguments concerning some
Problems discussed will include some of abortion,
ography and censorship, environmental ethics, sexual
Tæ-books: Regan,T., Matters of life and death (2nd ed.) (Random House).
5213 Moral and Social Philosophy III
Level: IlI.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
or (b) Passes in two Level II pbilosophy
two ol 7427 History of political Thought
II; or a pass in 8044 History of pol¡rical
Resniction:8295 Social Philosophy except u/ith the permission of Department.
Contac! haurs:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Conten
desire; xäi,?:'.?'L.fijå:llïffj
values. special reference tJihe debate
betwee
236

Assesstncnt: By essays, total 9,000 words.
Tæ-booles: Biroun, A., Modern political philosoplzy (Pelican).
4825 Philosophy ofScience III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Luel: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
Passes in two of Philosophy IA (or IHA)' IB (or IHB) or l,ogic I
ve approved by the Department, at least one of them a Div' I pass
A pass in any full year or semeste¡-length Level II science subject
as listed in Schedule II of the Bachelor of Science Degree'
Resm'c¡¡on; None,
Contacl hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: An investigation of the methods used in science and of the nature of scientific
¡evolutions.
Assessment: By essa¡s.
Tst-books: Kuhn, T.S., The stntcture of scientific revolutions, (2nd edn.) (Chicago U'P.);
Hempet, C.G' Philosophy of natural science, (Prentice Hall).
7173 Philosophy of Religion III
Level: ll[.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requßites: Eithe¡ (a) a pass in Philosophy II, or (b) passes in two l¡vel II philosophy
subjecis or a credit in one, or (c) any other subject(s) approved by the Head of
Department.
Restriction:5525 Philosophy of Religion except with the permission of Department.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Three of the following:
Miracles, The Cosmological Argument; Religious Experience, Faith and Knowledge, God
and Evil.
Assessment: Two essa¡n and one tutorial paper.
Tød-books: Mackie, J. L., The miracle of thcism (Oxford, 1982).
HONOURS LEYEL
3315 HonoursPhilosophy
lsvel: Honours.
Points value:24.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: Acredit in any two third level semestef subjects. Ingic IIIA (or Logic II) may
be counted as one such semester subject.
There is no logic pre-requisite for the Honours year, but Honours courses frequently
require a kno\il¿dg¿ of logic to at least lÆvel I. Prospective Honours students ate therefore
advised to take 7743 Ingic I. The Depafment does not gualantee to plovide sufficient
237
Arts

Arts
Honours courses without such pre-requisites to enable the Honou¡s year to be completed
by these alone.
Requiremenß: courses and texts will be decided at the beginning of each year. prospective
Honours students should consult s¡ith the Head of the-Depalnment béfore the end of
January.
Assessment: Normally a thesis and one or two essa¡a for each of the four subjects taken.
PHYSICS
FORTIIE DEGREE OF BACHEIÍ)R OFARTS
2934 Physics, Ideas and Society I
Level: l.
Points value:3.
Quota: A.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: None.
Contacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a ì,eek.
in character and no previous knowledge of
ly for students of the humanities and social
:ïä :1 n"'::ËÍ;,î1,'å'-ä:l å' lå ffi:1;
hat confront society.
Three topics to be selected from the following:
The Impact of Physics. This topic will discuss the nature and status of some of the great
discoveries of physies.
Matter and Anti-Matter. The fundame¡tal constituents of matter, the elementary particles
and their anti-particles will be studied.
Light-waves or Particles. The conflict between wave and corpuscular theories of light.
People and Energy. An .int¡oduction to the physical concept of energy anal the
consequences of the inc¡easing use of energy by man.
space, Time and Relativity. The contribution of Galileo, Newton, Einstein and others to
our understanding of space, time and motion,
The Realm of the Atom. An introduction to the basic ideas of quantum theory.
The Sea and the Sky. Origin and composition of the atmosphere and the oceans.
Assessment: By examination, essays and tutorial work.
Tøtt-books: Details available from Department.
POLITICS
The subjects in Politics listed below will only be offe¡ed as staff and en¡olments permit
either in 1991 or in later years. Quotas may be imposed in some options.
Note:The Politics Department expects to fill the Chair of Politics and several lectuteships
238

efore 1991. Additional subjects available in 1991 are listed in the Polit¡cs Depafmental
Handbook, copies of which are available after December 10th, 1990 from the Depafmental
Office in Room 403 of the Napier Building.
Where the same options are offered at more than one level, either at first and second year
or at second and third year level, students undertaking such options at the higher level will
be required to ùndertake additional work in those options'
Tacts: The list of ¡ecommended books a¡e not exhaustive, but are offe¡ed as suggested
references.
LEVELI
91.55 An Introduction to Political Sociologr I
L¿vel: l.
Points value:3.
Quon: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:5993 Political Sociology prior to 1989. Not available to students with exemption
from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week,
Content: Sociological approaches to politics: er. The political
f¡amework of society-types of political system; itics - ethnicity,
regionalism, religion; elites and classes; the fo ments - culture
and socialization; the political aspe.cts of social change.
Assessmenl: Compulsory essay; remainder of assessment by choice from examinatlons;
research projects, course-work.
Tao-books: Orum, A. N.,Introduction to political sociolog (3rd ed., Prentice Hall).
3291 Australian Politics I
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: None.
Restriction: P712 Libe¡al Democracy in Australia or 5270 Australian Politics prior to 1989.
Not available to students with exemption from lectures'
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject witl focus on the natu¡e of the Australian politicat system in its social
and economic context. It covers recent issues and students will be introduced to relevant
debates in state theory and liberal democratic theory. Subjects covered include political
parties; pressu¡e g¡oups; trade unions; business organisations; the role of the media; class;
gender; race.
Assessment: By coursework and/or optional examination.
Tøct-books: Smith, R and V/atson, L., eds., Potitics in Awtralia (Allen and Unwin' Sydney,
1e89).
8605 Introduction to Political Thought (A) I
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
I-evel: l.
239
Arts

Arts
Points value: 3.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: Not available to students c¡ith exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Political thinking is a medium of thought and communication distinct f¡om the
Assessment:2 essays (lJ0Gwords each) and one final examination.
Required ræ-book: Tinder, G., Potitical thinking the pereilnidl questions,4th edn. (Little
Brown, 1986).
collateral primary tøtts: More,T., utopia (penguin); plato, Gorgios (penguin); Rousseau, J.-
J., Dkcourse on the oigin of inequaliry @enguin).
2657 Political Development in Australia I
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 7991,.
Level: L
Poinß value: 6.
Quota: INlay apply.
Duration: Full year.
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption f¡om lectu¡es.
Conlacl haurs:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
content:. A study of political development in Australia since 1g90. Although primary
emphasis will be given to _national politics, âttention will also be directed to sigìificant
featu¡es of state politics in South Austral¡a.
Assessntent:2 tutorial papers, 2 essays, and 3 hou¡ final examination.
2659 Politics and Society in Western Europe I
Level: l.
Poinß value:3.
Quota: A quota may apply.
Availability and Duration: Semester I.
he-requkites: None.
Resfit¿ion.. None.
Contact hours:3 hours perweek (2 lectures and 1 tutorial).
240

industrial development and control. All the countries of Western Europe will be covered
but there will be some emphasis given to members of the E.E.C. and attention will be given
to its development towards a uniFred entity.
Assessment: Essays, projects; optional examination.
Tø-books/References.' Jurg Steiner, European democracies (tnngman, 1986); Geoffrey
Robefs and Jill [.oveny, West European politics today (Manchester University Press, 1988).
7248 Women in Australian Political Development I
Level: l.
Points value: 3.
Quota: A quota may apply.
Availability and Duration: Semester I, available every three years.
Pre-requkites: None.
Contact hours:3 hours per week (2 lectures and 1 tutorial).
Contenl: The course takes a thematic approach to the subject. It begins by challenging the
t¡aditional distinction drawn between private and public/political spheres. The course
explores the coonections befween these two domains, with a particular emphasis upon the
¡ole of women. As central organising themes the course uses Juliet Mitchell's, Women's
Esate fout categories: production, reproduction, sexuality, and the socialisation of children.
Specific topics include: changes in family formation, shifting patterns in women's wo¡kforce
participation, women and welfare, health and education, training for motherhood, sex
reform, contraception, prostitution, and the history and politics of the feminist movement.
The purposes of the course is to broaden our understanding of the social forces affecting
women's lives. Students will use primary documents as a basis for discussion in tutorials.
Assessment: By essays, tutorial paper and examination.
Tøct-books: Alison Mackinnon et al., Fresh evidence, new witnesses (South Australian
Government Printer, Adelaide, 1989).
Additional Reading: Jocelyn Clarke and Kate White, Women in Australian politics
(Fontana/Collins, 1984); Norma Grieve and Ailsa Burns, eds., Australian women: nei,
feminßt perspearves (Oxford University Press, Melboume, 1986); Jill Matthews, Good and
bad women (Allen and Unwin, Sydney, 19U); Juliet Mitchell, Ilomen's Estate (Yintage
Books, 1973); Belinda Probert, Working /r/e (McPhee Gribble, Melbourne, 1989); Heather
Radi,20O Ausnalian women: a redress antholo&t (Women's Redress Press, Sydney, 1988);
Kerreen Reiger, The disenchantment ol the home (Oxford University Press, Melbourne,
1985); Marion Sawer and Marion Simms, A woman's place: women and politics in Austalia
(Allen and Unwin, Sydney, 1984); Anne Summers, Damned whores and God's police: the
colonization of women in Ausnalia (Penguin, 1976).
LEVEL II
Note: T\e Pol¡tics Department expects to fill the Chair of Politics and several lectureships
before 1991. Additional subjects available in 1991 a¡e listed .in the Politics Departmental
Handbook, copies of which a¡e available after Decembe¡ 10th, 1990 from the Departmental
Office in Room 403 of the Napier Building.
5849 A Survey of Feminist Thinkers II
Availability: Not offered in 191.
I-evel: Il.
Poittts value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester L
ut
Arls

Arts
Pre-requisites: For Iævel II students a pass in any I-evel I Politics, H¡story, Philosophy,
Geography, I:q Anthropolory or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by
the Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year).
Restriction: 5930 Women and Politics prior to 1989. Not available to students with
exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Conlent: The subject traces developments in feminist thought predominantly in America
and England from the late eighteenth century to today. It examines the contributions of
some of the principal theorists in this period and locates them within the liberal, socialist
and radical feminist traditions. The history of the organized women's movement ¡s also
introduced to set the context. The purpose of the course is three-fold: to undeßtand the
origins of feminism, to consider to s,hat extent feminist thought is derivative of mainstream
political theory and to what extent it is innovative, and to consider the implications of
leminist thought and theory for society today.
Topics covered include: Wollstonecraft, Mill and Liberal Feminism; Socialist Feminism;
Second-Wave Feminism; the P¡o-Woman School; Marxism and Feminism; Problems of
Class and Race.
Assessment: By essays and tutorial papers.
Teta-books: Banks, O., Faces of feminism (Martin Robertson, 1981); Eisenstein, H.,
Contemporary feminkt thought (Urwin Paperbacks, 19M); Grimshaq J., Feminkt philosop
hers (W heatsheaf, 198ó).
5289 Anarchism and Libertarianism II
Læel: ll.
Poinß value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: For lævel II students a pass in any lævel I Politics, History Philosoph¡
Geography, Anthropology or Asian Studies subject o¡ any other subject approved by the
Depafmental Chairpenon (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year).
Restriction: Not arrailable to students u/ith exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutor¡al a week.
Content: The subject will study the emergence and development of anarchism as a political
theory of the community. Its grounds for opposing liberal-democracy, capitalism and
Marxism will be examined. The t¡adition of libertarianism s¡ith its emphasis on the minimal
state and competitive individualism will also be examined.
Topics to be covered: Anarchism and Libe¡alism; the Problem of Authorit¡ Autonomy and
Communit¡6 Co-operation versus Competition; Anarchist Theories of Propert)5 the State
and Political Power; Anarchism and Marxism; Anarchy and Utopia; Violence and Pacifism;
the Spanish Experience; Anarchism and the Russian Revolution; Anarchism and Ecolo$¡;
Anarchism, Art and Architecture; the Libertarians and the F¡ee Individual; the Market and
the Individual; Liberty, the State and the New Right.
Assessment: By essays and tutorial papers.
Tøct-book: Joll, James, The anarchkß ([-ondon, 1964); Woodcock, George, Anarchkm
(Harmondsworth, 1983); \iloodcock, George (ed.), The anarchkt reader (l-ondon, 1986); for
further readings see: Nursey-Bray, Paul et. al., A select bibliography of anarchist thought
(Politics Department, University of Adelaide, 1986). Barry, Norman P., On classical
liberalßm and libenarianrsnr (New York, 1987); Machan, Tibo¡ R., The libmarian reader
(fotowa, 1982).
242

8089 Comparative Politics (A) II
Larcl: ll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: I|/l.ay apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: Any Level I Politics subject or alternative approved by Department.
Restriction: 9987 State, Society and Political Regimes prior to 1989. Not available to
students with exempt¡on from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: ajor political events in Britain, France, German¡
United S in the interwar period. Topics covered include the
General F¡ont in France, The New Deal in America, The
rise of authoritarian rule in Germany and Japan and the fate of the scullin Govemment in
Australia. ,
Assessment: By essays andf or an optional examination.
Tst-boolcs: C-onsult Departmental Handbook.
8363 Cornparative Politics (B) II
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: For Iævel II students a pass in any lævel I Politics, History Philosophy,
Geograph¡ l:w, Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by
the Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year). .
Restriction: 9987 State, Society and Potitical Regimes prior to 1989. Not available to
students s/ith exemption f¡om lectu¡es.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
content: A comparative study of the political responses to the 1972-l9ll8 recession in
Britain, France, Germany, Japan, The United States of America and Australia.
Assessment: By essays andf ot an optional examination.
Tex-books: See Politics Departmental Handbook for recommended reading.
7427 History of Political Thought (A) II
Level: ll.
Poinsvalue:4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: Any two lævel I Politics semester subjects, or any other combination of
subjects approved by Department.
Restriction:8(X4 History of Political Thought prior to 1989. Not available to students with
exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject examines the recurring ideas and problems of Western politicâl
thought, from the classical Greek schools to the rise of "modem" political theory in the
thought of Machiavelli. Major themes:
u3
Arls

Arts
1. the relationship between philosophy and potitics, the aims of political community and the
nature of "the good life".
2. foundations ofjustice and law in nature and convention.
3. Judeo-Christian concepts of sovereignty and secular order.
4. Machiavellian and Renaissance conceptions of the state.
Assessment: Two essays (8O7o) and tutorial work (207o).
Tæ-books: Plato, The republic (Penguin); Plato, The lost days of Socrates (Penguin);
A¡istotle,.Eftuics (Penguin); Aristotle, Pol¿7¿cs (Penguin); Machiavelli, The prince (Oxford).
6148 History of Political Thought (B) II
I-evel: ll.
Poinsvalue:4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: Any two Level I Politics semester subjects, or any other combin¿tion of
subjects approved by Department.
Restriction:8044 History of Political Thought prior to 1989. Not ar¡ailable to students with
exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and L tutorial a week.
Content: The subject will examine important political thinkers from the seventeenth to the
nineteenth century. Theories of the state of nature, the social contract, political obligation,
natural and civil rights, democrary and revolution, socialism, utilitarianism and liberalism
will be emphasised.
Assessment: Two essays (80Vo) and tutorial work (207o).
Tøtt-boolc: Hobbes, T, Leviathan (Penguin); Locke, J., Two treatßes of govemment
(Mentor); Rousseau, J. J., The social contract (Penguin); Paine, T., Rights of man
(Penguin); Wollstonecraft, M., Wndications of the ights of woman (Penguin); Mill, J. S.,
Utilitaianism et al. (Fveryman).
2650 Political Development in Australia II
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: ll.
Poins value:8.
Quota: Nlay apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: Fo¡ lævel II students a pass in any lævel I Politics, History Philosophy,
Geograph¡ Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year.
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption from lectures.
Conlact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: A study of political development in Australia since 1890. Although primary
emphasis will be given to nat¡onal politics, attention will also be directed to significant
featu¡es of state politics in South Australia.
Assessment:2 tutorial papers, 2 essays, and 3 hour final examination.
Tæt-bool

3841 Politics and ldeolory II
Level: ll.
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Availability and Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: For l-evel II students a pass in any lævel I Politics, History Philosophy,
Anthropology o¡ Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the Head of
Department which has a minimum cont¡ibution of 6 points first year.
Resrn'c¿iott; None.
Conlacl hours:3 hours perweek (2 lectures and 1 tutorial).
Contenl: The course will analyse differing theories of ideolog¡r and discourse, concent¡ating
on selected aspects of feminist theory marxist theory and the thought of Michel Foucault
and Jurgen Habermas. Students will also be int¡oduced to selected postmodernist anal¡nes
of the issues and thinkers being discussed, for example, Baudrillard's critiques of Marx and
Foucault. The course will centre around the contentious issue of the relationship between
ideas/meaning and society. The political content of differing perspectives on this
relationship will be emphasised, particularly their implications for social analysis and
strategies for change.
Assessment: By essays and tutorial contribution.
Tæ-boolcs/Reþences.' Jorge larrain, Marxßm and ideolog (Hutchison, lnndon, 1985);
Chris \Meedon, Feminßt practice and post-stntcturalkt theory (Blackwell,-Oxford, 1987);
Barry Smart, Mich¿l Foucaul, Cfavistock, lnndon, 1985); Michael Pusey, Iurgen Habermos
Clavistock, I-ondon, 1987); Nancy Fraset, Unruly practices: power, dkcourse and gender in
contentporary social theory (University of Minnesota, 1989).
7756 Politics and Society in Western Europe II
Level: lI.
Poinu value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Availability and Duration: Semester I.
he-requkites: A pass in any lævel I Politics, History Anthropology, French, German,
Economics, Geography, Spanish or Italian.
,Resm'cl¡on; None.
Contact hours: 3 hours per week (2 lectures and 1 tutorial).
Content: This course will examine some key features of the political s)6tems of Vy'estern
European countries and wa¡n in which these arise f¡om the social patterns within them.
Topics to be covered will include: National Integriryr the rise of nationalism, ethnic
minorities, sub-nationalism, immigrants, supra-nationalism, European unity. Pol¡tical
Systems: dictatorships and democracy, presidents and parliaments, elections, party systems,
centralism, and localism. Social and economic structure: elites and classes, patterns of
industrial development and control. All the countries of Western Europe will be covered
but there will be some emphasis given to members of the E.E.C. and attention will be given
to its development towards a unified entity.
Assessment: Essays, projects, optional examination.
Tea-booksr/ReJerences: Jurg Steiner, European democracies (l,ongmans, 1986); Geoffrey
Roberts and Jill l-oveny,llest European politics today (Manchester University Press, 1988).
2935 International Politics II
Availability: Subject to staffing.
Level: ll.
u5
Arts

Arts
Poinßvalue:8.
Quota: ÌÑlay apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: For I-evel II students a pass in any lævel I Politics, History Philosoph¡
Geograph¡ Anthropolog¡r or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairperson (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year).
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption from lectures.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject examines the evolution of the international s¡ßtem, and debates about
the nature of the system, since 1945. Semester one focuses on supe¡power relations
between 1945 and 1980. Second semester focuses on the Second Cold War of the 1980s and
the post{old w¿rr era of the 1990s. Specific topics include the debates between realism,
globalism and radical political economy, the Cold War in Europe and Asia, the North
South divide, nuclear stratery and Aùst¡alia's foreign, defense and foreign economic
relations.
Assessment: C-onsult Departmen tal Handbook.
Tøct-books: Kennedy, P., Th¿ rke and fall of great powers (Unwin Human, 1988); Ambrose,
S., Rrse ro globalkm (Penguin, Fifth Revised Edition, 1988); Jones, W. S., Tå¿ logic of
intemational relations (Y,Iintrop, 1987); Vadney, T.8., Th¿ world since 1945 (Pengin,1987).
Students are encouraged to read The Guardian lleeØy and watch SBS current affain.
1280 Pubtic Policy in Australia II
Avail ab il ity : Subject to staffing.
Level: ll.
Points value:8.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: For lævel II students a pass in any l*vel I Politics, History, Philosoph¡
Geography, l:w, Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by
the Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year).
Resnicüon: Not available to students with exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject attempts to make students familiar with current issues in the major
a¡eas of Aust¡alian public poliry, and with different ways of understanding the politics
behind public policy processes and outcome.
In the subject various approaches to the study of public poliry will be compared; the
usefulness ofconcepts such as "class", "state", "mixed econom¡/', "ftee market" and "social
contract" will be assessed; and the emergence of cur¡ent policy problems during the post-
1945 period will be reviewed. The subject will then move from general theory to specific
policy areas in such fields as economy policy, defence and foreign affairs, health, education,
housing, social welfare, women's affairs, immigration, environmental protection, transport,
minerals and energy, aboriginal affairs and media polirywill be reviewed. Key issues will be
discussed in tutorials. The analysis of specific areas or case studies will lead on to a study of
a particular policy area chosen by the student.
Throughout the year students will be expected to pay close attention to cuûent national
politics and its bearing on the course of public poliry debate.
Assessment: Consult Departmental Handbook.
heliminary reading: Consult Departmental Handbook.
246

3109 Sociologr ofPower II
Level: ll.
Poinß value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: For I-evel II students a pass in any Level I Politics, History Philosophy,
Geography, Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairperson (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year).
Restriction:5993 Political Sociology or 6ó85 Political Sociolog¡r IIIH prior to 1990. Nor
ar¡ailable to students with exemption from lectures.
Conlact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week.
Conlent: This subject will examine a central concept of politics - po\À'er, and the ways in
which it interacts with social structures.
Firstly, the methodology of the identification of power will be dealt q/ith, since this has an
important bearing on assumptions about the distribution of power.
Next, a range of theories about the distribution of power will be covered, including
constitutidnalism, pluralism, corporatism, elitism, ideological dominance.
The role of a number of key institutions will be examined, including the bureaucracy, the
military political parties, the press, trade unions and business.
Illustrative material will be d¡awn from a wide range of intemational sources but major
focus will be the application of the theories to Australia.
Assessment: By essays, tutorial contribution and opt¡onal examination.
Tact-books: Orum, Anthony N.,Introduction to political sociolop (3rd edn.) (Prentice Hall).
4646 Third World Political Economy II
Level: II.
'Poins value: 8.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkiles: For l,evel II students a pass in any l-evel I Politics, History, Philosophy,
Geography, Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairperson (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year) or
any one of the following: 2615/'7802 Peasantry and Peasant Rebellions, 3'757/5942 Economic
Development lIl, 421,6/1954 Chinese Politics, 7435/6381 Chinese Polirics, The Politics of
Theory, 5820/4381,/8065f2371 Japanese Political Economy, 9û8þ2m Tropical Environments
and Human Systems III, 1118 Old Societies and New States, 1640/1928 Nationalism
and Revolution in South-East Asia,9467 East Asian Economies.
Restriction: Not available to students $'ith exemption f¡om lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The co¡e question this subject addresses is why poor people in the Third Wo¡ld
stay poor, powerless and hungry. As much as possible, it attempts to take a ,,poor peasant's
eye-vieu/' of mass movements, famines, poverty, and similar issues. The course begins by
taking a critical survey of t¡aditional approaches to the study of development. Although
readings on specific cases come from Asia, Af¡ica and l¿tin America the heaviest emphasis
is placed on the monographic literature available for south and southeast Asia. In the
second section the course examines contemporary issues in the Thi¡d World, and the
impact of development policies on indigenous peoples and tropical rain forests. The final
section of the course is devoted to a significant piece of individual research.
Assessment: Tutorial papers, tutorial contributions, two essa)a and a research paper. The
weighting of these components will be discussed in the first tutorial meeting.
24'l
Arls

Arts
Preliminary reading: George, 5., How the olh¿r half dies: the real reasons for world hunger
(Penguin).
Recommended lør: McC-o¡ A, Priess on trial (Penguin); Chambers, k, Rural døvelopment:
putting thc Ist frist (Iongnan); Jeffre¡ R., India: Rebellion to republic (ASAA);
Wilber, C. K, The political economy of development and under-da'elopment (4th ed.,
Random House).
6103 Women and Policy II
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: iNl.ay apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
Pre-requisites: For I-evel II students a pass in any lævel I Politics, History, Philosophy,
Geography, Anth¡opology o¡ Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairperson (which has a minimum combination of 6 points first year).
Restriction: 5930 Women and Politics prior to 1989. Not available to students \¡/ith
exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject examines a range of policy areas with a particular focus upon how they
impact on s'omen. It considers to what extent assumptions about women and their role
have affected the formulation of policy. It also looks at the usefulness and limitations of a
legislative approach to ameliorating women's position in society.
Topics covered include: child care and child allowances; prostitution; rape; abortion;
domestic violence; pornography; taxation; defence; equal opportunity and affirmative
action; sex discrimination; housing; Aboriginal women; social security; unemployment;
education; health.
Assessment: By essays and tutorial papers.
Tst-books: Baldock, C., and Cass, 8, eds. Women, social políq and lhe slcre (Allen and
Unwin, 1983); Goodnow, J., and Pateman, C., eds. W'omen, social science and public poliq
(Allen and Unwin, 1985); Pascall, G., Social policy: a feminkt analysis (Iavistock
Publications, 1986); Sharp, R, and Broomhill, R, Short-changed: Women and economic
policies (Allen & Unwin, 1989); Franzway, S., Court, D., and Connell,8., Staking a claim:
feminism, bureaucraq and the State (Allen & Unwin, 1989).
LEVEL III
Note: '[he Politics Department expects to fill the Chair of Politics and several lectureships
before 199L. Additional subjects available in 1991 are listed in the Politics Departmental
Flandbook, copies of which are available after December 10th, 1990 f¡om the Departmental
Office in Room 403 of the Napier Building.
3466 A Survey of Feminist Thinkers III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: lll.
Poinßvalue:6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester L
he-requkites: For lævel III students a pass in any Iævel lI Politics, History Philosophy,
Geography, Anthropology or Asian Studies subjeôt or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of 8 points second year).
248

Restriction: 5930 Women and Politics prior to 1989. Not available to students \r,ith
exemption from lectures.
Contacl hours: 2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial a week,
Con¿ent: The subject traces developments in feminist thoùght predominantly in America
and England from the late eighteenth century to today. It examines the contributions of
some of the principal theorists in this period and locates them within the liberal, socialist
and radical feminist traditions. The history of the organized women's movement is also
introduced to set the contert. The purpose of the course is three-fold: to understand the
origins of feminism, to consider to q/hat extent feminist thought is deri'¿ative of mainstream
political theory and to u/hat extent it is innovqtive, and to consider the implications of
feminist thought and theory for society today.
Topics covered include: Vy'ollstonecraft, Mill and Liberal Feminism; Socialist Feminism;
Second-Wave Feminism; the PrGvy'oman School; Marxism and Feminism; Problems of
Class and Race.
Assessment: By essays and tutorial papers.
Text-bool

Arls
Duration: Semester I.
he-requkites: Any lævel II Politics subject or alternative approved by Department.
Restriction: 9987 State, Society and Political Regimes prior to 1989. Not available to
students with exemption from lectures.
Contacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: A compa¡ative study of the major political events in Britain, France, German¡
United States of America and Australia in the interwar period. Topics covered include the
General Strike in Britain, The Popular Front in France, The New Deal in America, The
rise of authoritarian rule in Germany and Japan and the fate of the Scullin Government in
Australia.
Assessment: By essays andf or an optional examination.
Tø-boolcs: Consult Departmental Handbook.
1738 Comparative Politics (B) III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: ltl.
Poinu value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: For l¡vel III students a pass in any I-evel II Politics, History Philosophy,
Geograph¡ Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of 8 points second year).
Restriction: 9987 State, Society and Political Regimes prior to 1989. Not av¿ilable to
students with exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Conlent: A comparative study of the pol¡tical responses to the 797L1988 recession in
Britain, France, Germany, Japan, The United States of America and Australia.
Assessmeilt: By essays and/or optional examination.
Tøtt-boolcs: See Politics Departmental Handbook for recommended reading.
9287 International Politics III
Availabiliry: Subject to staffing.
Larcl: lll.
Poins value: 12.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
s a pass in any lævel II Politics, History Philosophy,
Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
a minimum combination of 8 points second year).
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption from lectures.
Contac! hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a u/eek.
Content: The subject examines the evolution of the intemational s¡ntem, and debates about
the nature of the system, since 1945. Semester one focusses on superpower relations
between 1945 and 1980. Second semester two focusses on the Second Cold War of the
1980s and the post-cold u,ar era of the 199Os. Specific topics include the debates between
realism, g.lobalism and radical political economy, the Cold War in Europe and Asia, the
North South divide, nuclear strategy and Australia's foreign, defense and foreign economic
relations.
250

Assessment: By essays and tutorial papers, with optional exams.
Kennedy, P., The rke and fall of great powers (Unvan Hyman, 1988); Ambrose, S., Rre lo
globalßm (Penguin, Fifth Revised Rlition, 1988); Jones, W. S., 7h¿ logic of intemational
relatiots (Winthrop, 1987); Vadne¡ T. 8, The world since./915 (Penguin, 1987). Students
are encouraged to read The Guardian lUeekly andwatch SBS current affairs.
6686 Politics and Ideologi III
Level: IlI.
Poinu value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Availability and Duration: Semeste¡ II.
Pre-requisites: For l,evel III students a pass in any lævel II Politics, History, Philosophy,
Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the Head of
Department which has a minimum contribution of 8 points second year.
Resmc¿¡bn.' None.
Contacl hours: 3 hours per week (2 lectures and 1 tutorial).
Content: The course will analyse diffeing theories of ideology and discourse, concentrating
on selected aspe.cts of feminist theory, marxist theory and the thought of Michel Foucault
and Jurgen Habermas. Students will also be introduced to selected postmodernist analyses
of the issues and thinkers being discussed, for example, Baudrillard's critiques of Marx and
Foucault. The cou¡se will cent¡e around the contentious issue of the relationship between
ideas/meaning and society. The political content of differing perspectives on this
relationship will be emphasised, particularly their implications for social analysis and
strategies for change.
Assessment: By essays and tutorial contribution.
Text-boolcs/References: Jorge l:rrain, Marxism and ldeologt (Hutchison, l,ondon, 1985);
Chris Weedon, Fentinist practice and post-stntcturalist tlæory (Blackwell, Oxford, 1987);
Barry Smart, Michel Foucaul, Cfavistock, [.ondon, 1985); Michael Ptsey, Jurgen Habermas
(Tavistock, London, 1987); Nancy Fraser, Unruly practices: power, discourse and gender in
conler,tporary social theory (University of Minnesota, 1989).
9796 Public Policy in Australia III
Level: l[l.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: For l,evel III students a pass in any I-evel II Politics, History, Philosoph¡
Geography, Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairman (which has a mjnimum combination of 8 points second year).
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption f¡om lectu¡es.
Contacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject attempts to make students familiar with current issues in the major
areas of Australian public poliry, and with diffe¡ent ways of understanding the politics
behind public policy processes and outcome.
In the course various approaches to the study of public policy will be compared; the
usefulness of concepts such as "class", "state", "mixed economy'', "f¡ee market" and "social
cont¡act" will be assessed; and the emergence of current policy problems during the post-
1945 period will be reviewed. The course will then move from general th'eory to specific
policy areas in such fields as economy policy, defence and foreign affairs, health, education,
housing, social welfare, women's affairs, immigration, environmental protection, transport,
minerals and energy, aboriginal affairs and media policy will be reviewed. Key issues will be
25t
Arts

Arts
discussed in tutorials. The analysis of specific areas or case studies vrill lead on to a study of
a particular policy area chosen by the student.
Throughout the year students will be expected to pay close attention to current national
politics and its bearing on the course of public policy debate.
Assessment: Students will have the option of being assessed either by course wo¡k or via
examinations. Details will be available at the first lectu¡e.
heliminary reading: Davis, G., Wanna, J., Warhurst, J., Weller, P., Public policy in
Australia" 1988; Emy, H., Hughes, O.,Australian politics.
2584 Sociologr of Power III
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: For lævel II students a pass in any l,evel II Politics, History, Philosophy,
Geography, Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of I points second year).
Restriction: 5993 Political Sociology or 6ó85 Political Sociology IIIH prior to 1990. Nor
available to studentswith exemption from lectures.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: This subject will examine a central concept of politics - poq¡er, and the ways in
which it inte¡acts with social structu¡es.
Firstl¡ the methodology of the identification of power will be dealt with, since this has an
important bearing on assumptions about the distribution of power.
Next, a range of theories about the distribution of power will be covered, including
constitutionalism, pluralism, corporatism, elitism, ideological dominance.
The role of a number of key institutions will be examined, including the buteaucracf the
military, political parties, the press, trade unions and business.
Illustrative material will be drawn f¡om a c/ide range of intemational sources but major
focus will be the application of the theories to Australia.
Assessment: By essays, tutorial contribution and optiona¡ examination.
Tø¿-books: Orum, Anthony N.,Introduction to political sociologt (3td edn.) (Prentice Hall).
4192 Third World Political Economy III
Level: lll.
Points value: 12.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: For Iævel III students a pass in any Level II Politics, History Philosophy,
Geograph¡ Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of 8 points second year) or
any one of the following:2615/7802 Peasantry and Peasant Rebellions, 3'751./5942 Economic
Development lllB, 42t6/7954 Chinese Politics, 1435/638I Chinese Politics: The Politics of
Theory 5820/438t/8065f2377 Japanese Political Economy, 9û8/3200 Tropical Environments
and Human Systems, 1118 Old Societies and New States, t&0/I928 Nationalism and
Revolution in South-East Asia,9467 East Asian Economies.
Restriction: Not available to students with exemption from lectures.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
252

Content: The core question this course addresses is why poor people in the Third World
stay poor, powerless and hungry. As much as possible, it attempts to take a "poor peasant's
eye-vieu/' of mass movements, famines, poverty, and s¡milar issues. The course begins by
taking a critical suwey of traditional approaches to the study of development' Although
readings on specific cases come from Asia, Africa and l:tin America the heaviest emphasis
is placed on the monographic literature available for south and southeast Asia' In the
second section the course examines contempo¡ary issues in the 'fh¡rd World, and the
impact of development policies on indigenous peoples and tropical rain forests. The final
section of the course is devoted to a significant piece of individual research.
Assessmen¿: Tutorial papers, tutorial combinations, two essays and a research paper. fie
weighting of these components will be discussed in the first tutorial meeting.
Pretiminary reading: George, 5., How the otltü half dies: lhe real reasons for world hunger
(Penguin).
Recontmended tøtts: I|dcCny, A, Pziess on trial (Penguin); Chambers, R., Rural developnænr:
putting the tast.¡Trsr (Longman); Jeffrey, R, India: rebellion to republic (ASAA);
Wilber, C. K, The political economy of development and under-dæelopment (4th ed.,
Random House).
8382 Women and Policy III
Availabiliry: Not offered in 1Ð1.
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: Fo¡ l,evel III students a pass ln any I-evel II Politics, History Philosophy,
Geograph¡ Anthropology or Asian Studies subject or any other subject approved by the
Departmental Chairman (which has a minimum combination of 8 points second year).
Restriction: 5930 Women and Politics prior to 1989. Not available to students with
exemption ffom lectufes.
Conlacl hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The subject examines a range of policy areas with a partlcular focus upon how they
impact on women. It considers to what extent assumptions about women and their role
have affected the formulation of poliry. It also looks at the usefulness and limitations of a
legislative approach to ameliorating women's position in society.
Topics covered include: child care and child allowances; prostitut¡on; rape; abortion;
domestic violence; pornography taxation; defence; equal oppofunity and affirmative
action; sex discrimination; housing; Aboriginal \À/omen; social securit¡ unemployment;
educat¡on; health.
Assessment: By essays and tutorial papers.
Tæ-book: Baldock, C., and Cass, 8., eds. ll/omery social poliq and lh¿ slore (Allen and
Unwin, 1983); Goodnow, J., and Pateman, C., eds. Ilomen, social science and publíc poliq
(Allen and Unwin, 1985); Pascall, G., Social poliq: a feminkt analysis (favistock
Publications, 1986); Sharp, R and Broomhill, R, Shon-ch4nged: llomen and economic
policies (Allen & Unwin, 1989); Ftanzvay, S., C-ourt, D., and Connell 8., Staking a claim:
femínisn¡ bureaucracy and the state (Allen & Unwin, 1989).
253
Arts

Ans
HONOTIRS LEVEL
5442 Honours Politics
L¿vel.'Honours.
Points value: ?A.
Quota: Will apply.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: The normal requirement is for four year length subjects in Politics, that is
eight semester length subjects in the new slrstem. However, with the permission of the
Head of the Department or the Honours Convenor, two of the four, or four semesters of
the eight, may be offered in cognate dlsciplines, that is Asian Studies, Anthropolog¡r,
History Geography and Economics, or such disciplines as the Department of Politics shall
deem to be acceptable. At least two semesters must be taken within the Politics department
at third year level.
Students wishing to enter honours should have achieved at least two credit results in year
length subjects, or four credits in semester length subjects, or some combination thereof,
during their three undergraduate years. One credit in a year length subject, o¡ two credits
in semester length subjects, at least, must have been obtained in a Politics option oroptions
at a thi¡d year level. Other cases may be considered, and students admitted, at the
discretion of the Honou¡s C-ommittee of Politics.
There is a preliminary honours meeting in Octobe¡ of each year where applications wilt be
available.
PSYCHOLOGY
A four-year sequence of study in Psycholory is available which has been accredited by the
Australian Psychological Society as meeting the requi¡ements for Associate Membeship of
the Society, and which is accepted by the S-A,. Psychological Board as fulfilling its
requirements with respect to formal study in Psychology specified in the Psychological
Practices Act and associated Guidelines.
The sequence consists of 5104 Psychology I, 3149 Psychology II; a range of third-year
Psychology subjects including 3170 Psychological Research Methodology III to a total value
of at least 12 points; and Honours Psychology.
NOTE: Except for that in ¡elation to Psycholog¡r I, the syllabus entries omit reference to
Assumed knowledge as this, in the case of all other Psychology subjects, is the same as the
specili ed he -re qu is ite.
LEVEL I
5104 Psycholory I
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Quota:481.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: None.
Assumed knowledge: Qualification for entry into Year 12 Mathematics IS and satisfactory
achievement at Yea¡ 12 level in a literary subject using English and a physical science
subject.
Contact hours: 3 lectures, and on average 1 tutorial and t hour of practical work a week.
254

Content: This subject provides a survey of the main fields of modern erperimental
psycholory, and qualifies the student to take further psycholory subjects. The topics that
may be covered are biological bases of behaviouq innate behaviour, conditioning,
intelligence, personality, cognitive psycholory, social psycholory, langtage and elementary
descriptive and inferential statistics.
Assessment: End of semester examinations. Marks will also be awarded for other
assignments to be completed. To obtain a positive mark for practical reports, attendance at
the practical sessions is required.
Tst-boolç: Reading list available in Departmental Subject Handbook.
LEVELII
3149 Psychologr II
La'el: ll.
Points value:8.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 51.04 Psychology I.
Contact hours: 3 lectures and 1 tutorial a week, plus practical work involving analysis and
report s,riting in student's own time.
Content: The subject is oriented towards the controlled study of human and animal
behaviour, both individual and social, and is concemed alsoì'ith the possibilities for the
wider application of contemporary psychological theories. Specialised tutorial sequences
allow some choice of additional topics.
Assessment: Marks in a range of assessable products including end of semester examinations,
tutorial work and practical reports are combined to produce the final score for the
subject.
Tqt-books: Reading list available in Depafmental Subject Handbook"
LEVEL III
At the third year level, one subject (3170) will be offe¡ed in Psychological Research
Methodology (4 poins), and a set of subjects (2 points each) to cover a range of topics in
psychology which are organized into the following three groups. The range of subjects to be
offered in any year will be subject to the availability of staff and other necessary resources.
Group A: 7324 Studies in Personality III, 5673 The Philosophy and Psychology of
Consciousness III,8659 Social Psychology,8779 Metapsycholog¡rIII (not offered in 1991).
Group B: 2196 Environmental Psychology III, 1131 Human Decision Processes III, (not
offered in L99L),'1796 Intelligence IIL
Group C: 8267 Animal Behaviou¡ III, 4770 Neuroscience in Psycholory III,
9703 Psychology of Motivation III.
To qualify for entry into Honours Psychology, it will be necessary to complete the subject
Psychological Research Methodology and 4 other subjects in psycholory from the list
above, with at least one subject chosen from each group, to provide a total value of 12
points.
Students wishing to complete a substantial proportion of their study at the third year level
in psycholory (to the value of I points or more) are advised to undertake the subject
Psychological Resea¡ch Methodology, since the majority of the practicals assume competence
in statistical analysis and in the use of the computer-based statistical package at the
level provided in that subject. A similar assumption about familiarity with statistical
255
Arts

Arts
procedures and methodological issues may be made in the presentation of the other
material.
Practical lVork
All Level III subjects have associated practical work assignments which contribute ?SVo of
the final mark. In the case of Psychological Research Methodology, this consists of
workshops and a substantial exercise in statistical computing.
Details about the practical work, including formal contact time, are included in the Third
Year Psychology Handbook. It is not possible to stipulate formal contact hours for practical
work in the syllabus entries below since this varies among the different practical exercises;
in some cases the data-gathering, and in all cases the statistical analyses and the
preparation of the reports, are completed in the students' own time. Since it is assumed
that stùdents will either be concurrently enrolled in Psychological Research Methodology,
or have completed it (or some equivalent) previousl¡ whe¡e this is not the case students
may need to devote additional time to develop competence in the statistical techniques
employed.
8267 Animal Behaviour III
Level: lll.
Poinu vàlue:2.
Quota: May apply.
Duralion: Semeste¡ I.
Pre-requkites: 3149 Psychology II.
Restriction:3609 Animal Behaviour prior to 1989.
Contact hours: 1 lecture a week, plus 4 tutorials and practical work.
Content: This subject will proceed from the point reached in the Psychology II section
devoted to the topic. The central theme will be the evolution of behaviour in mammals.
Primates will receive particular attention but other species will also be treated. Play
behaviour, domestication and man-animal contacts will be emphasized. Extensive use will
be made of film and it is hoped to organize visits to animal instrumentalities in the
Adelaide area.
Approximately 12 film screenings will be arranged in association with the cou¡se and a film
programme will be available from the Departmental Office during Orientation Week.
Assessment: Final examination and the report of a practical exercise.
Text-books: Bamett, S. A., Modetn ethologt (O.U.P., 1981). (Reading list available in
Departmental Third Year Psychology Handbook.)
2196 Environmental Psycholory III
Level: lll.
Points value: 2.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ L
he-requkites: 3149 Psychology II.
Restriction: 2766 Environmental Psychology prior to 1989.
Contact hours: I lecture a week, plus 4 tutorials and practical work.
Content: An introduction to environmental psychology including methods, perception and
cognition, stressors, personal space and territoriality, aesthetics, and human-environment
interactions.
Assessment: Final examination and the report of a practical exercise.
256

Tø-book: Fisher, Bell and Baum, Environmental Psyhologt 2nd edn. (Holt, Rinehart,
Winston, L984); Studenrs' attention is drawn to the periodicals Joumal of Envitonmental
Psychologt, and Environment and Behaviour. (Reading list availabte in Departmental Third
Year Psycholory Handbook).
1131 Human Decision Processes III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Larcl: lll.
Poins value:2.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: 3L49 Psychology II.
Restriction:7767 Human Information Processing prio¡ to 1989.
Contacl hours:1 lecture a week, plus 4 tutorials and practical work.
Content: An examination of the decision processes employed by individual human beings in
everyday life and in the psychological laboratory as well as in applied context (e.g.
industrial monitoring, legal decisions, forecasting and medical diagnosis).
Assessntent: Final examination and the report of a practical exercise.
Tørt-books: Kahneman, D., Slovic, P. and Tversþ, A, Judgment under uncmainty: heurßtics
and biases (Cambridge University Press, 1982) (Reading list available in Departmental
Third Year Psychology Handbook).
7196 Intelligence III
Level: lll.
Poinß value:2.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: 3149 Psychology II.
Restriction:1508 Intelligence prior to 1989.
Contact hours: 1 lecture a week, plus 4 tutorials and practical work,
Content: This subject reviews recent cognitive analytical approaches to the study of
individual differences in intelligence, comparing the psychometric paradigm with various
information processing models. Partlcula¡ emphasis is given to the consequences of mental
¡etardation, brain damage, and ageing fo¡ intellectual functioning.
Assessntent: Final examination and the report of a practical exercise.
Tøct-books: Sternberg, R. J. (ed.) Handbook of human intelligence (Cambridge University
Press, 1982). (Reading list available in Departmentat Third Year Psycholog¡r Handbook).
8779 Metapsychotog III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Lanl: l[l.
Points value:2.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: 3149 Psychology IL
Contact hours: 1 lecture a week, plus 6 tutorials.
Content: This subject will treat the psychological enterprise as the object of study, that is
25't
Arts

Arts
the netu¡ork of indMduals, groups and institutions involved in the production, dissemination
and application of psychological knowledge claims. Findings from phitosophy,
history sociology and psychology itself will be considered in an attempt to extend rhe
understand¡ng of the enterprise. The aim of the course is not to provide Frnal answers, but
to assist participants to develop a more critical perspective to the discipline.
Assessment: Final examination and ¡esea¡ch project,
Text-books: Reading l¡st to be available in the Departmental Third Year Psychotog¡r
Handbook.
4770 Neuroscience in Psycholory III
I-evel: lll.
Points value: 2.
Quota: INfay apply.
Dura¿ion: Semester IL
Pre-requkites: 3149 Psycholog¡r II.
Res tric tio n : 8743 Physi otogica I Psycholog¡r prior to 1989.
Conlact hours:1 lecture a week, plus 4 tutorials and practical work.
Content: This subject seeks to expose further some of the difficulties of understanding
Psychology in brain terms, and to develop an impression of what, in principle, can be
achieved by an interchange of ideas between the two discþlines, Psychotog¡r and
Neu¡oscience: examining, on the one hand, emotion as a representative psychological
construct, and, on the other, a model fo¡ the brain's fu¡ctional organization (the
development of which was commenced in Psychology II).
The subject consists, essentially, of three principal components: theoretical contemplations
of the ¡¡structure" of emotion, and its functional relevance in psychological explanation;
researcb approaches.in its various aspects; and the implications of physiological perspectives
in a consideration of emotion.
Assessment: Final examination and the report of a practical exe¡cise.
Tut-books: Strongman, K T., The psycholog of emotion 2îd edn. (Wiley, 1978). (Reading
list available in Departmental Thi¡d Year Psychology Handbook.)
9703 Psychology of Motivation III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 2.
Quota: Nlay apply.
Duration: Semester l.
Pre-requisites: 3149 Psychology II.
Restriction:9205 Motivation prior to 1989.
Contact haurs: 1 lecture a week, plus 4 tutorials and practical work.
Content: Motivation will be treated as a core concept in psycholog¡1. Motivation refers to
the factors that determine the activation, di¡ection and persistence of behaviou¡. The
course of lectures will, u¡ith diffe¡ent degrees of emphasis, provide a systematic cover of a
variety of experimental findings on topics directly related to motivation. Examples of topics
are eating, drinking, sexual behaviour and intrinsic motives. I-ectures and discussions will
be based on both animal and hurnan eqteriments. A survey of prominent theo¡etical
systems will be given. It is intended to present a useful synthesis of physiological and
psychological determinants of motivation.
Assessnænt: Final examination and the teport of a practical exercise.
Text-books: Hoyenga, K B. and Hoyenga, K T., Motivational uplanations of behaviour
(Brooks-Cole, 1984) or Buck, R, Human motivation and emotion (Wiley, 19?6); Deci, E. L.
258

(1975) Inninsic ntotivation (Plenum, 1975). (Reading list available in Depafmental Third
Year Psychology Handbook.)
3L70 Psychological Research Methodolory III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: 3149 Psychology II.
Restriction: 1759 Methodolog¡r and Statist¡cs prior to 1989.
Contact hours:2 lectu¡es and up to L tutorial a week, plus practical work.
Content: This subject will add to the range of statistical significance tests taught in
Psychology I and Psychology II a number of more complex techniques. These will include
multiple regression, multifactor analysis of variance, planned and post-hoc contrasts, t¡end
analysis and analysis of covariance.
Students will be introduced to the use of statistical softwa¡e (specifically SPSSX) on the
University's computers, and will carry out a range of practical exercises in this area.
A wide range of issues relating to research design will be cove¡ed in lectures and tutorials.
Topics dealt with will range from the general (e.g. the various concepts of reliability and
validity, the logic of infe¡ence from data obtained in diffe¡ent ways, the use of quasi
experimentation and unobtrusive measures) to the highly specific (e.g. the consideration of
the ¡nferences that have been made byspecific resea¡chers usingparticular research designs
in particular areas of psychological interest).
Assessment:2 final examination papers, and exe¡cìses in statistics and statistical computing.
Tea-books: (Reading list available in Departmental Thi¡d Yea¡ Psychology Handþook.)
8659 Social Psycholog III
Level: lll.
Poinß value:2.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-re quisites : 3149 Psychology II.
Restrictions: 6423 Social Psychology and Intergroup Relations III; 4553 Cognition and
Aflect in Social Relationships III; 8659 Social Psychology and Inte¡group Relations III.
Contact hours: I lecture a week plus 4 tutolials and practical work.
Content: This course will be concerned with the analysis of the cognit¡ve and affective
processes which are associated with the behaviour and experience of people in social
interaction. Attention will be paid to the facets o[: social perception; how we interpret and
judge the behaviour and intentions of other people, in interaction \¡¡ith other individuals
and with groups; the nature of the self-concept and how it may influence social
relationships and social development; social structures and their interaction with personal
characteristics. The¡e will be an emphasis on a sun/ey of the experlmental literatu¡e and a
practical exercise will be conducted as part of the course. This exercise will be concerned
with the influences on inte¡- and intra-group perception.
Assessment: Final examination and report of the practical exercise.
Prelinùnary Reading: Fiske, S. and Taylor, S. (1984) Social cognition (Reading, Mass.,
Add ison-\ùr'esley).
Readings: These will come from the primary lite¡ature and there will be no set textbook.
259
Arts

Arts
7324 Studies in Personality III
Level: lll.
Poinßvalue:2.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
Pre-requßites: 3149 Psychology II.
Restriction:5202 Personality prior to 1989.
Contact hours: I lecture a week, plus 4 tutorials and practical work.
Conlent: Psychological studies of personality, including its assessment, development and
organisation. One particular theme s'ill be personality in ¡elation to occupational and
ed ucational activities and interests.
Assessment: Final examination and the ¡epof of a practical exercise.
Tact-books: Holland, J. L., Making vocotional choices: a theory of vocational personalities
and work environments 2nd edn. (Prentice-Hall, 1985); l,okan, J. J. and Taylor, IC F. (eds.)
Holland in Australia. (Australian C.ouncil for Educational Research, L98ó). (Reading list
available in Departmental Third Year Psychology Handbook.)
5673 The Philosophy and Psycholory ofConsciousness III
Level: IIl.
Poins value: 2.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: 3149 Psycholog¡r II.
Resrriction: 1967 Tll'e Philosophy and Psychology of Consciousness prior to 1989.
Contact hours: 1 lectu¡e a week, plus 4 tutorials and practical work.
Content: This subject examines the place in Psychology of the phenomena associated with
such terms as "consciousness", "awareness" and "experience". Lectures and tutorials deal
with the place of these types of concept in an ove¡all scientific programme, considering
¡elevant issues at levels ranging from the philosophical to the physiological. Specific topics
cove¡ed include the mind-body problem, the feasibility of a ¡eductionist approach, the place
of phenomenology and existentialism, and the suggestions of physiologists on the nature of
the mechanisms that might underlie consciousness.
Assessment: Final examination and the report of a practical exe¡cise.
Texl-bool6: (Reading list available in Departmental Third Year Psychology Handbook.)
HONOTJRS LEVEL
4702 HonoursPsychologi
l,evel.' Honou¡s.
Points value: ?A,
Quota: INlay apply.
Duration: Fu[ year.
Pre-requisites: Students wishing to enrol in 4702 Honours Psychology must have reached a
satisfactory standard in 5104 Psychology l, 3149 Psychology II, and third-yea¡ level
psychology subjects with a total of at least 12 points value, including the double subject
3L70 Psychological Research Methodology III and covering a wide range of content (such
as specified in the general rubric to l-evel III Psychology); or an equivalent sequence of
subjects from other degree courses deemed acceptable by the Head of the Department. A
260

satisfactory standard will normally require an overall Credit or Distinction standard in at
least one of first, second or third-year assessments of psycholory subjects'
Content: Honours in Psycholory is a full year's course which will include lectures and
discussions on advanced topics. It will also involve the wdting of a substantial essay and the
prqsentation of a dissertation embodying the results of, and a suwey of the l¡telature
iele'."ant to, a research investigation carried out under the supewision of a member of the
staff of the Department, or other person nominated by the DePartment for the purpose.
Assessment: Achievement in the examinations for six half-semester topics provides for
approximately half of the assessment of the course; an essay and an empirical research
thesis provides for the remainder of the assessment.
WOMEN'S STUDIES
The Research Centre for Women's Studies does not offer undergraduate subjects, that is,
subjêcts for the O¡dinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. However, it is possible for students
intending to take the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts to seek joint supenision by a
Depa¡tment in the Faculty of Arts and the Research Centre for Women's Studies for
lesea¡ch concerned with women, gender and feminist theories. Inte¡ested students should
consult the Head of the Department concemed and the Director of the Research Centre
for Women's Studies. Detâils of topics covered and ¡elevant background reading are
available from the Centre.
The Women's Studies Unit at Flinders University offers seve¡al topics at undergraduate
level. Students wishing to study topics at Flinders University for c¡edit to their Adelaide
degtees need to obtain approval in writing in advance from the Registrar of the University
of Adelaide and must also comply with the enrolment procedure at Flinders University.
26L
Arts

Arts
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE
IN IANGUAGE EDUCATION
REGULATIONS
1. There shall be a G¡aduate C-ertificate in language Education.
2. An applicant for admission to the couNe of study for the Graduate Certificate shall:
(a) have qualified for a degree of the Unive¡s¡ty and a Graduate Dþloma in Education of
the University, or hold qualifications from another institution accepted by the Universiry
for the purpose, and
(b) have completed such other wo¡k as may be prescribed in the schedules.
3. Subject to the approval of the Council, the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to
such conditions as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the
certificate a person who does not satisfy the requirements of Regulation 2 above but who
has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake wo¡k for the
Certificate.
4. To qualify fo¡ the Certificate a candidate must satisfactorily complete a course of study
and comply with conditions as prescribed in the schedules.
5. Except u¡ith the special permission of the Faculty the course for the Cefificate must be
completed in one semester of full{ime study or in not more than two years of part-time
study.
6. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defi ning:
(i) the subjects of study for the certificate; and
(ii) the rartge of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the forms of assessment to be
unde¡taken by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescriptìon by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of each Department
concerned, subject to endo¡sement by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
Committee of the Education Committee. The Head of a department concerned may
approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabu's.
7. In special cases, on written application by the Candidate, and on the advice of the
Faculty, a candidate may be granted such exemption f¡om the requirements of these
¡egùlations as the Council may determine.
8. If in the opinion of the Faculfy a candidate for the Certificate is not making satisfactory
p¡ogress, the Faculty may, with the consent of the Council, terminate the candidature and
the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the Certificate.
RegulatioN allowed 1989.
Note: PostgEdu(e tuition fees may apply Ìo this ou6e in 1991.
2Á2

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE
IN LANGUAGE EDUCATION
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 6)
SCHEDULE I: SUBJECTS OF STUDY
CThe points value of each subject is indicated at the end of the subject title).
NOTES:
(a) The language of instruction in all of the subjects below will be German.
(b) All subjects are offered subject to enrolments and the availability of staff and resources.
Additional subjects may be offered at the discretion of the C¡uncil.
1. The subjects for the Graduate Certifìcate in l,anguage Education (Advanced German)
are the folloq/ing:
(a) Compulsory subjects: Atl candidates shall take the following subjects:
8060 A Suwe| of German-Speaking
Countries Today 3
3333 Strategies and Materials in Teaching
German 4
(b) Electives: Candidates shall take (subject to the approval of the Faculty in each case):
Eithet
2626 Aduanced l:nguage (German) 3
8539GermanConversationTutorial 2
or
5647 Special Project in German Teaching 5
SCHEDULE II: COURSE OFSTUDY
1. To qualify for the Graduate Certificate, a candidate shall satisfactorily complete subjects
from Schedule I with a minimum aggregate points value of 12 points.
2. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Department of German, lequire
suitably qualified native-speaking candidates to take the 5647 Special Project in German
Teaching as an alternative to the subjects 2626 Advanced l,anguage (German) and
8589 German Conversation Tutorial.
3. The subjects presented for the Ce¡tificate shall not include any subject which is, in the
opinion of the Faculty, substantially equivalent to another subject presented for the
Certificate or already counted towaids another qualification gained by the candidate.
4. Candidates wishing to enrol in subjects for which they do not have the necessary
preliminary knowledge may be required to take such bridging studies plior to the
commencement of the course for the Certificate as may be deemed appropriate by the
Faculty.
5. To complete the course of study, the candidate, unless exempted therefrom by the
Faculty, shall:
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars; and
(b) undertake such other work and complete all assessments as the Faculty may prescribe.
263
Arts

Arts
non-
'Pass
L When, in the opinion of the Faculty, qrecial circumstatces exist, the Council, on the
recommendation of the Faculty, mayvary the provisions of clauses 1-7 above.
264
eaclì

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE
IN LANGUAGE EDUCATION
SYLLABUSES
Note: The staffing situation may prevent the
these subjects in any one semester.
8060 Survey of German-Speaking Countries Today
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
Contacl hours:2 lectures a week.
Department of German from offering all
Conlent: The aim of this subject is to treat many of the central social, cultural and political
issues in German-speaking countries today. The unification of the two Germanys will be
the major object of study, q/ith comparisons with and contmsts to Austria and Switze¡land.
Topics suweyed will include the impofance of the European Community, the changing
relationships of the Western countries to Cæntral and Eastern Europe and to the Greens
and Far Right movements. There will also be discussion of the revolution in the GD& of
problems encountered by individuals when they try to enjoy their guaranteed freedoms, and
of the difficulties caused by and for ethnic German migmnts, asylum-seekers, and other
outsider groups. The particular concerns of women, erwironmentalists and the need to
develop and adapt educational systems will also be discussed. The suweywill use material
from newspapers, journals, ¡adio and television to illustrate and inform the discussion.
Assessment: Essay 60Vo, semester wotk 40Vo.
Text-books: Aktuell '91 (Harenberg læxikon Verlag); Kluge, M. (ed.), Das deußch-deutsche
Lesebuch (Heyne Allgemeine Reihe Nr 01/7818); Grass, G., Lastenausgleich (Sammlung
Luchterhand 921).
3333 Strategies and Materials in Teaching German
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es a week.
Conrcnt: This subject deals with language teaching methodology in a very practical sense. It
will concentrate on the practical aspects of teaching German as a foreþn language in a
schooI setting:
of establish¡ng the needs of learners;
-ways
- analyzingand evaluating existing materials (i.e. the textbooks most widely used in S.A.);
- criteria for the development of new materials;
- preparing exe¡cises for specific communicative needs.
The course will rely heavily on the e4)erience and contributions of the participants,
because improving our Ianguage teaching methods is as much a co-operative exe¡cise as
language learning ilself.
Assessment: Essay 60Vo, semester work 4070.
Text-bootcs/Refersrrces.' Neuner, G. & Krüger, M. & Grewer, lJ. Übungsq'pologie zunt
kpmntunikntiven Deußchunterictu (langenscheidt, Berlin, München, V/ien, Zürich, 1982).
265
Arts

Arts
2626 Advanced Language (German)
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours:2 lectures a week.
Content: The aim of this course is to upgrade existing language skills by written and oral
work in modem German at an advanced level. The course will emphasise linguistic
problems encountered in the classroom situation and recent changes in usage ln German.
The alternative to this subject for students already having substantially these skills is the
Special Project.
Assessment: Exami nation 50Vo, class work 507o.
Tut-booksr/References.' Duden, Richtiges und gutes Deußch (Duden Verlag); Wahrig, G.,
Deutsc hes Wönerbuch (Bertelsmann).
8589 German Conversation Tutorial
Points value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact haurs: 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The aim of this subject is to upgrade existing fluenry and conve¡sational skills in
modern, everyday German by intensive o¡al work in small groups. Special attention will be
given to topics of cur¡ent cultu¡al, political and social interest and to recent changes in
spoken German idioms. The alternative to this subject for students already having
substantially these skills is the Special Project.
Assess¡nent: Participation 1007a.
Tat-books/References : Mateials supplied by the Department.
5647 Special Project in German Teaching
Poins value: 5.
Duration: Semester II.
Conlact hours: t hour a week average.
Content: The Special Project is an alternative to both 2626 Advanced l,anguage and
8589 German Conversation Tutorial and replaces these subjects for those students who
already have substantially those language skills. It consists of an individual project
embodying ¡esearch into some aspect of German l:nguage Teaching Methodology, or a
¡elated field acceptable to the Department, and may be based on the student's own
teaching experience. A supervisor will be assigned to the project and individual guidance
sessions will take place on a regular basis. Supervision will be conducted in German.
Assessment: Extended essay (6,000 words) 1007o.
T ext - b o o ks / Refer e¿ces.' Non e.
266

GRADUATE DIPLOMA
IN APPLIED REMOTE SENSING
REGUI,ATIONS
1. There shall be a Graduate Diploma in Applled Remote Sensing.
2. (a) An applicant fo¡ admission to the course of study fot the Graduate Diploma shall:
(i) have qualified for a degree of the University or for a qualification of anothe¡ institution
accepted for the purpose by the University, and
(ii) have completed the pre-requis¡tes prescribed in the Schedules.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to
such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for
the Graduate Diploma a person who does not hold the qualifications specified in regulation
2(a) but who has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for
the Graduate Diploma.
(c) The Faculty, if it sees fit to do so, may require the applicant to complete such additional
preliminarywork as it may prescribe before being accepted as a candidate for the Graduate
Diploma.
3. To qualify for the G¡aduate Diploma a candidate shall satisfy examiners in courses of
study as prescribed in the schedules.
4. Except with the permission of the Faculty, the course for the Graduate Diploma shall be
completed in oneyearof full-time studyor not more than three years of part-time study.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the Graduate Diploma;
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be passed
by candidates; and
(iii) the pre-requisite work for any subject.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date ofprescriptlon by the Council o¡ such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the Department of
Geography and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the &lucation
Committee. The Head may approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabus or
syllabuses.
6. The maximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any subject for the
G¡aduate Diploma shall be determined from time to time by the C-ouncil on the
recommendation of the Facult¡ and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the
Council to provide any or all of the subjects in any year if for any reason the Council
decides to suspend it or them.
7. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the Graduate Diploma is not making
satisfactory p¡ogress the Faculty may with the consent of the Council withdraw its approval
of candidature and the candidate shall thereupon cease to be enrolled for the Graduate
Diploma.
26'l
Arls

Artg
8. A candidate who fulfils the requirement of these regulations shalt be awarded the
Graduate Diploma in Applied Remote Sensing. r '
RegulÂtio¡ ellocrcd: I March, 190. .
NOffE: Dr¡c to striaiou ingoæd by thc ¡våil¡b¡lity ol f¡fi ¡¡d ¡wuE, tbc æq[cryiil bc offcß{ oD¡y o¡ s paÉtimc
bssis i¡ 1990 ed 1991. Fuü-timc ¡tudy for the æue üy be pæible only ûom lÐ2 Tbcrc will bc rc nd parttirc
i¡t8kc in 191 but @otiouing ludeils who rcE cmllcd part-timc in 190 will bc able to rc€Nl. Postgndute
tu¡lion fc6 my apply lo lhis @uæ i¡ 1991.
268

GRADUATE DIPLOMA
IN APPLIED REMOTE SENSING
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5).
Note: All subjects are offered subject to enrolments and availability of staff and resou¡ces.
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
(fhe points value of subjects is indicated at the end of each subject tille).
1. Unless exempted therefrom by the Faculty, candidates for the Graduate D¡ploma shall
complete 8 subjects with an aggregate points value of 24 points, f¡om the following two
cbmponents:
(a) Core Subjects Points value
Candidates for the Graduate Diploma shall complete
all the following core subjects:
1690 Fundamentals of Remote Sensing 3
3983 Digital Image Analysis 3
2035 Radar and Thermal Infrared Remote Sensing 3
2773 Field Sampling Techniques for Remote Sensing 3
5291 Environmental Change 3
6775 Applied Geographic Information Systems 3
(b) Elective Subjects
Candidates shall complete a minimum of two elective
subjects chosen f¡om the following:
8L35 Remote Sensing Applications I 3
3789 Remote SensingApplications II 3
5392 Remote Sensing Applications: Dryland Agriculture 3
6844 Remote Sensing Applications: Rangeland Management 3
6505 Remote SensingApplications: Natural Resources 3
8587 Remote Sensing Applications: Water Resources 3
3. No candidate will be permitted to count for the Graduate Diploma any subject that, in
the op¡nion of the Faculty, contains Substantially the same material as any other subject
which he or she has aheady presented for another qualification.
4. To complete a course of study, a candidate, unless exempted therefrom by the Faculty
shall:
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures, tutorials and seminars; and
(b) undcrtake such practical work, fieldwork and case studies, do such written work, and
pass such examinations as the Faculty may prescribe.
5. A candidate who desires that work completed in the University or elsewhere should be
counted towards the requirements of these schedules may, on written application to the
Registrar, be granted such exemption f¡om the requirements as the Council, on the advice
of the Faculty, shall determine.
6. Each candidate's course of study must be approved by the Faculty, or its nominee, at
enrolment each year.
7. When in the opinion of the Faculty special circumstances exist, the Council, on the
recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the provisìons of Clauses 1-6
above.
269
Arts

Arts
GRADUATE DIPLOMA
IN APPLIED REMOTE SENSING
SYLLABUSES
1690 Fundamentals of Remote Sensing
Availability: To be offered in 1992.
Poins value: 3.
Conlact hours:42 hours (lectures and seminars 30 hours; workshop 12 hours).
Content: This subject is concerned ìáith the physical background to remote sensing
techniques and their application. Tbe nature and interaction of electromagnetic radiation
with the atmosphere and earth materials a¡e studied. In addition, the airborne and satellite
payloads of past, current and future programmes and the characteristics of the most
commonly used sensors are investigated. Introduction to digital image analysis, including
coffection for geometric and ¡adiometric distortion, completes this subject.
Assessment: Essay workshop report (607o), examination (407o).
Tact-books: Curran, P. J., Principles of remote sensing (l,nngnan, 1985); Reeves, R. G.,
Manual of remote sensingYol. 1 (American Socy. of Photogrammetry, 1983); Harrison, B.
A. and Jupp, D. L. 8., Introduction to remotely sensed data (C.S.\.R.O., 1989).
3983 Digital Image Analysis
Availability: To be offered in 1992.
Poinß value: 3.
Pre-requisites: 1690 Fundamentals of Remote Sensing.
Conlacl hours:42 hours (lectures and seminars 30 hours; workshop 12 hours).
Content: This subject is concerned with analysis of digital remote sensing data collected by
airborne and satellite sensors, It includes image enhancement, core statistical concepts in
remote sensing and image'classification on PC's.
Assessment: Essay workshop rcpoft (60Vo); examination (407o).
Tex¡-book: Richards, J. A., Remote sensing digital image analysk: an introduction (Springer-
Verlag, 198ó); Jensen, J. R., Introductory digital image processing (Prentice-Hall, 1986);
Harrison, B. A. and Jupp, D. L. B.,Introduction to image processlng (C.S.I.R.O., 1990).
2035 Radar and Thermal Infrared Remote Sensing
Poinu value: 3.
Contact hours:42 hours (lectures and seminars 30 hours; workshop 12 hours).
Content: This subject is concerned with the principles of tadar and therntal infrared remote
sensing. Content includes interaction of radar signal with the earth Surface, variation of
¡adar and scene parameters, interp¡etation of rada¡ images, image processing of radar data,
incorporation with visible/infrared airborne and sâtellite data and application to environmental
monitoring. It also includes emission of thermal infrared radiation from ea¡th
mateilals and application of thermal IR ¡emote sensing to agricultural and water resou¡ces
management.
Assessment: Essay workshop teport (60Vo); examination (407o).
Tet-boolcs: Curran, P. J., Principles of remote sensing (l,ongman, 1985); Trevett, J. W.,
Imaging radar for resources surueys (Chapman and Hall, 1986).
270

2773 Field Sampling Techniques for Remote Sensing
Poins value: 3.
he-requkites: 1690 Fundamentals of Remote Sensing.
Contact hours:42 hours (lectures and seminars, 30 hours; workshop 12 hours).
Con¿ent: ïhis subject is concerned with appropriate environmental sampling strategies in
different landscapes to link with remote sensing data collected by airborne and satellite
sensors. It also includes radiometric data sampling strategies, multi-layer sampling,
calibration techniques, field checking and incorporation of ancillary data through raster and
vector GIS.
Assessment: Essay workshop rcpoÍ (60Vo); examination (40%io).
Ten-book: Townshend, J. R G., Tenain analysis and remote sensing (George Allen and
Unwin, 1981).
5291 Environmental Change
Availability: To be offe¡ed i¡ 1992.
Poins value: 3.
Contact hours:42 hours (lectures and seminars, 30 hours; workshops 12 hours).
Contenl: This subject is concerned $'ith the time scales (Quaternary, Holocene, post-
European) and rates of change involved in the history of environmental problems in
Australia today the origin and development of salinisation, accele¡ated soil erosion,
woodland degrádation and envi¡onmental pollution; change detection techniques in remote
sensing and the integration of palaeoecological and remote sensing studies of the
Aust¡alian environment.
Assessment: Essay workshop rcport (60Vo); examination (407o).
Text-books: Goudie, A.,Environmental change (Oxford Univ. Press, 1983).
6775 Applied Geographic Information Systems
Availabiliry: To be offe¡ed in 1992.
Poinsvalue:3.
Contact hours: 42 hours (lectures and seminars 30 hours; workshop 12 hours).
Content: This subject is concerned with raste¡ arid vector GIS, data sou¡ces, data collection,
data incorporation and integration of remote sensing and GIS data for envi¡onmental
applications.
Assessment: Essay workshop repoft (60qo); examination (40Vo).
Tøtt-books/References: Buttough, P. A.., Principles of geographical infomntion systems lor
land resource assessment (Oxford Science Publications, 1986).
8135 Remote Sensing Applicatilns I
Poins value:3.
Pre-requkites: All core subjects.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours: 42.
Content: This subject is run as a seminar/workshop series covering a wide range of
applications of Remote Sensing to environmental management problems: the topics will be
selected each year to suit individual students'backgrounds and course ¡equirements and to
cover a ¡epresentative range of application issues. Students will be required to present a
seminar on a topic which may complement but must not duplicate work covered in any
other elective subject presented by the student.
27t
Arls

Arts
Assessment: Major seminar paper.
Tat-bookr/References: ln, C. P.,Applied remote sensing (l,ongman, 1986).
3789 Remote Sensing Applications II
Points value: 3.
he-requkites: All core subjects plus 8135 Remote Sensing Applications I.
Duration: Semester L
Contact hours:42.
Contenl: This subject will consist of a minor project on a topic nominated by the student
that involves the application of Remote Sensing and Geographic Information Systems to an
environmental management problem.
Ass essme nt : Project repof .
Tut-boolcs/References: Ln, C. P., Applied Remote Sensing (lnngman, 1986).
5392 Remote Sensing Applications; Dryland Agriculture
Poins value:3.
Pre-requkites: All co¡e subjects.
Contact hours:42 hou¡s (lectures and seminars 30 hours; workshops 12 hours).
Content: This subject covers through seminars, lectures and workshops, the application of
remote sensing techniques to the monitoring and management of dryland agricuttural
s)¡stems.
Assessment: Seminar paper and project report.
Tøtt- b o ok: l-o, C. P., Appl ie d re mo te se nsi n g (l,ongman, I 986).
6844 Remote Sensing Applications; Rangeland Management
Poínts value: 3.
Pre-requßites: All core subjects.
Contacl hours: 42 hours (lectures and seminars 30 hours; workshops 12 houn).
Content: This subject covers through seminars, lectures and workshops, the application of
remote sensing techniques to the monitoring and management of rangeland ecos¡ntems.
Assessment: Seminar paper and project report.
Tøct-book: l-o, C. P., Applied remote sensing (lnngman, 1986).
6505 Remote Sensing Applications: Natural Resources
Poins value: 3.
Pre-requisites: All co¡e subjects.
Contact hours:42 hours (lectures and seminars 30 hours; workshops 12 hours).
Conrcnt: This subject covers through seminars, lectutes and workshops, the application of
remote sensing techniques to the monitoring and management of natural resources,
Assessntent: Seminar paper and project report.
Tøtt-book: La, C. P., Applied remote sensing (Longman, 1986).
8587 Remote Sensing Applications: Water Resources
Points value: 3.
he-requkiles: All core subjects.
272

Contact hours:42 hours (lectures and seminars 30 hours; workshop 12 hours).
Content: This subject covefs thrcugh seminars, lecturss and workshops, the application of
remote sens d,1e t of watef .¡esourçes'
.i 'iii :. r'i '. -.f
Tæ-book ln, C, P.,Applied temote sensing (t ongman, 1986).
n3
Arts

Arts
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ARCIIAEOLOGY
REGUIATIONS
l. There shall be a Graduate Diploma in Archaeology.
2. (a) An applicant for admission to the course of study for the Gtaduate Diploma must be
a gmduate of the University of Adelaide or hold qualifications fiom another univenity or
institution acceptable for the purpose by the University of Adelaide.
(b) Subject to the approval of the C-ouncil, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to
such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for
the Graduate Diploma a person who does not hold the qualifications specified in regulation
2(a) above but u/ho has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake
wo¡k for the Diploma.
(c) The Faculty, if it sees fit to do so, may require the applicant to complete such additional
preliminarywork as it mayprescribe before beingaccepted as a candidate fo¡ the Graduate
Diploma.
3. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma a candidate shall satisfy examiners in courses of
study as prescribed in the schedules.
4. Except with the special permission of the Facult¡ the course for the Graduate Diploma
shall be completed in one year of full-time study or not more than th¡ee years of paf-time
study.
5. candidates who qualify for the Graduate Diploma shall be g¡anted one of the following
classes and divisions for their award:
First Class
Second Class
Division A
Division B
Third Class
6. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice f¡om the facult¡ shall f¡om time to time
prescrlbe schedules defining:
(D the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by the candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of the prescription by the Councit or
such other date as the Council may determine.
Q) lt" syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the Classics Department or
Heads of Departments concerned and submitted to the faculty and thè Executive
committee of the &lucation commitiee for approval, except that the Head of the classics
Department or Heads of Departments may approve minor changes to previously approved
syllabuses.
?. The maximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any subject for the
Graduate Diploma shall be determined from time to time by the C.ouncil on the
recommendation of the Faculty and nothing in tbese regulations shall be held to bind the
C-ouncil to provide any or all of the subjects in any year if for any reason the Council
decides to suspend it or them.
8. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for Gtaduate Diploma is not making
satisfactoryprogress the Facultymaywith the consent of the Council withdraw its approval
of candidature and the candidate shall thereupon cease to be enrolled for the Giãduate
Diploma.
274

9. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations shall be awa¡ded the
Graduate Diploma in Archaeolory.
Regulåt¡om auitin8 alloMnæ.
2'15
Arts

Arts
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ARCHAEOLOGY
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 3.)
NOTE: All subjecs are offered subject to enrolments and availability of staff and reslurces.
Additional subjecu møy be offered at the dßcretion of thc Faculty.
SCHEDULE I: COURSE OF STUDY
1. Unless exempted by the Faculty, every candidate for the Graduate Diploma shall
complete satisfactorily the compulsory subjects and four subjects chosen from the electives,
as follows:
1(a) Compulsory subjects Points Value
6539 Archaeological Theory & Method 4
either
9702 Research Project (full-time) I
or
6680 Research Project (part-time) 8
1(b) Elective subjects
Candidates mùst complete ,åree subjects from those listed below, of which at least or¿ must
be chosen from the semesterJength subjects in Group A and at least one ftom the pnctica¡
subjects in Group B. Each of the subjects has a points value of 4 points.
The subjects are offered at either the University of Adelaide or the Flinders University of
South Australia. Credit witl be granted toward the Adelaide diploma for any of the subjects
offered by the Flinders University that are successfully completed. Students taking subjects
at both the University of Adelaide and the Flinders University must comply with the
enrolment procedures of the institution at which they are offe¡ed.
Group A, subjects:
At least two of the following:
University of Adelaide
9460 Roman Art and A¡chitecture IVt* 4
6738 Later Roman Art and Architecture
fVtt 4
4'132 A¡chaic G¡eek A¡ and A¡chitecture
fV' 4
3070 Classical Greek Art and Architecture
IV* 4
' Offered i¡ odd ye¡F only.
" Offered i! qen yeaF only.
276

Flinders University
Archaeologn An Introduction to its
History Techniques and Methodology 4
The Museum: An Historical and
Critical Survey 4
Australian Archaeolog¡r I* 4
Australlan A¡chaeolog¡¿ II'* 4
Early Celtic Art and Archaeolog¡r** 4
Group B subjects:
Atleasaone of the following:
University of Adelaide
5371 Architectural Suweys fo¡ Archaeologists
4
Flinders University
Science and Archaeology 4
2. Candidates wishing to enrol in subjects for which they do not have the necessary
preliminary knowledge or approved qualiflcations may be required to take such bridging
courses prior to the commencement of their studies as may be deemed appropilate by the
.Head of the Classics Depaftment.
3. No candidate may be permitted to count for the diploma any subject that, in the opinion
of the Faculty, contains substantially the same material as any other subject which he or she
has already presented for another qualification.
4. To complete a course of stud¡ a candidate, ùnless exempted therefrom by the Facully,
shall:
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures and tutorials; and
(b) undertake such practical work and fieldwork, do such written work, and pass such
examinations as the Faculty may prescribe.
5. A candidate who desi¡es that wo¡k completed in the Un¡vers¡ty or elsewhere should be
counted towa¡ds the requirements of these schedules may, on written applicat¡on to the
Registrar, be granted such exemption ftom the requirements as the Council, on the advice
of the Faculty, shall determine.
6. Each candidate's course of study must be approved by the Faculty, or its nominee, at
enrolment each year.
7. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist, the Council, on the
recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary the provisíons of Clauses 1-6 above.
277
Afls

Arts
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ARCHAEOLOGY
SYLI.ABUSES
Compulsory Subjects:
6539 Archaeological Theory and Method
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: None.
Conlact hours:24 dvnng the year.
Content: The course provides an int¡oduction to archaeolog¡1. It includes an examination of
the history of archaeological exploration in Greece, Italy and Northern Europe and covers
the methods of archaeology and its relationship with other discþlines such as the life and
physical sciences, anthropology and ethnography. Students are required to do 20 hours of
fieldwork on an archaeological excavation or 20 hou¡s practical work in a museum.
Tøct-books: Daniel, G.,,4 short history ofarchaeologt (London, 1981).
9702 Research Project (Full-time)
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Senlester I or IL
Pre-requkites: None.
Content: This may take the fo¡m of an essay which provides evidence of the erriter's abil¡ty
to group, synthesise and assess critically the major issues involved in the chosen area; in
some circumstances, the essay may make an original contribution to knoì¡¡ledge in a
particular limited a¡ea of study. The essay will normally be related to one of the topics
dealt with in the core subject.
Assessment: 8,000-10,000 word essay.
Teí-books: None.
6680 Research Project (Part-time)
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: None.
Content: This may take the form of an essay which provides evidence of the writer's ability
to group, synthesise and assess critlcally the major issues involved in the chosen area; in
some ci¡cumstances, the essay may make an original contribution to knowledge in a
particular limited area of study. The essay will normally be related to one of the topics
dealt with in the core subject.
Assessment: 8,000-10,000 word essay.
Taa-books: None.
278

Elective Subjects:
University of Adelaide subjects:
5371 Architectural Surveys for Archaeologists
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: None.
Con¿act hours:7 lecture and 3 hours fieldwork,
Content: A series of 6 lectures will cover the following topics: architectural drafting and
measu¡ed drawing; measurement of buildings; architectural surveys; suweying historical
buildings; recording of archaeological sites; reconstruction drawings. A fieldwork project
will be carried out to give students an appreciation of architectural history and construction
by undertaking a detailed suwey of an existing buitding.
Assessment: Project work (1007o).
Te*-books: Chitham, R., Measured Drawings for Architecs.
4732 Archaic Greek Art and Architecture [V*
Availability: Odd years only.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester L
he-requisites: None.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Restriction: C701 Greek Art and Archaeology (1); C711 Greek Art and Archaeology (2);
92L2 Greek Art and Archaeology (1); 1301 Greek Art and Archaeology (); AC9z Classical
Art and Archaeology II in 7979,1981, 1983; AC93 Classical Art and Archaeolog¡r II in 1981,
1983; 9695 Classical A¡t and Archaeology II in 1985 and 1987; 8501 Classical Art and
Archaeolog¡iIII in 1985 and 1987; 6931 GreekArch¡tectu¡e II; 9304 GreekArchitecture III;
35?3 Greek Art ll;67L6 Greek Art III.
Content: This option covers Art and A¡chaeolog¡r from the earliest times, Ancient Eg¡rpt,
Minoan Crete and Mycenae, It also deals with Greek pottery, sculpture and architecture up
to the early 5th century B.C.
Assessment: Essays and slide test.
Tøtt-books: Cook, R. M, Greek Art; Boardman, 1., Greek Art; Coulton, J. J., Creek Architecs
at Work; Dinsmoor, W. 8., The Architecture of Ancient Greece.
3070 Classical Greek Art and Architecture fV*
Availability: Odd years only.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Restriction: C711 G¡eek A¡t and Archaeologli (2); C7I2 Greek Art and Archaeolory
(special topics); 1301 G¡eek Art and Archaeology (2); 2la3 G¡eek Art and Archaeology
(special topics); AC92 Classical A¡t and Archaeolory ll in 1979,1981, 1983; AC93 Classical
Art and Archaeolog¡r II in 1981, 1983¡.9695 Classical A¡t and Archaeology II in L985 and
1987; 8501 Classical Art and Archaeology III in 1985 and 1987; 6931 Greek A¡chitecture II;
9304 Greek Architecture III; 3573 Greek A¡t II; 6716 Greek Art III.
Content: This option continues the study of G¡eek Art and Archaeolog¡r through the
Classical period of sth century Athens and surveys Hellenistic art of the successors of
279
Arls

Arts
Alexande¡ the Great. It also involves a detailed study of the Athenian Agora, its history,
topograph¡ and the finds made by the American School in Athens.
Assessment: Essays and slide test.
Teg-book: C-ook, R M., Greek An; Boardman, J., Greek Art; Coulton, I. J., Greek Architecs
at lü'ork; D insmoor, W . 8., The Archi tec rur e of An c i ent Gre e c e.
9460 Roman Art and Architecture [V**
Availability: Even years only.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requkites: None.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Restriction: C703 Roman A¡t and Archaeolog¡r (1); C7f5 Roman Art and Archaeology
(special topics); AC92 Classical Art and Archaeology II in 1979, 1980, 1982, 1984; AC93
ology III in 1980, 1982, l98r';4501 Roman A¡t and Archaeology
Archaeology (special topics); 9695 Classical Art and Archaeology
ssical Art and Archaeology III in 1986, 1988; 9258 Roman Art II;
1521 Roman A¡chitecture II; 3526 Roman Art III; 6511 Roman Architecture III.
Content: This course surve¡æ Roman Art and ,Architecture from the time of the Etruscens
to the Flavian period (late lst century A.D.). It also covers the art of Pompeii and deals
with wall-painting and sculptu¡e as well as the minor arts such as glass, plate, jewellery and
gems.
Assessment: Essays and sl¡de test.
Text-books: Sear, F. 8., Roman Architecture (Batsford); Henig, M., A Handbook of Rontan
An (Phaidon).
6738 Later Roman Art and Architecture IV**
Availability: Even years only.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester lI.
he-requisites: None.
Restriction: C705 t¿te Roman Art and Archaeolog¡6 AC92 Classical Art and Archaeology II
in 7979, f980, 1982, 1984; AC93 Classical Art and Archaeology III in 1980, 1982, t9?A; 1979
Roman Art and Archaeolory Q);9695 Classical Art and Archaeology II in 1986, 1988; 8501
Classical Art and Archaeolog¡r III in 1986, 1988; 9258 Roman Art II; 1521 Roman
Architecture II; 3526 Roman Art III; 6511 Roman Architecture IIL
Contact hours: 2 læctu¡es and 1 tutoríal a week.
Conlent: This course continues the study of Roman art and architecture from the Flavian
period (late 1st century A.D.) to the foundation of Constantinople in 330 A.D. It also deals
with the art and architectu¡e of the Roman provinces.
Tøct-books: Sear, F. 8., Roman Architecture (Batsford); Henig, M., A handbook of Roman
cn (Phaidon).
Flinders University subjects
These subjects are offered by the Fìinders University of South Austral¡a. Diploma students
enrolled at the University of Adelaide wishing to take any of these subjects (with¡n the
limits indicated in the Schedules) will be granted appropriate credit towards theirAdelaide
award.
Students taking any of the subjects must comply with the enrolment procedures of the
Flinders University. Details of those procedu¡es ate available front the School of
Humanities, Fl inders University.
280

Archaeologn An Int¡oduction to its History, Techniques and Methodolory
The Museum: An Historical and Critical Suwey
Australian Archaeolory It
Aust¡alian Archaeolo5f II'f ' , i
Eafly ÇctticA¡t ár0 2{ichAeolegy'.
Science and Archaeologr.
Details about these Flinders University subjects, including information on their content,
a_ssessment and reading lists, are available in the Calendar of the Fliqde$ University, Vol.
u.
' Offered in odd yeæ on-ly.
'' Olfered iD wetr )rcæ oo¡¡.
28r
Ads

Arts
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION
REGUI.ATIONS
L. The¡e shall be a G¡aduate Diploma in Education.
2. ExcepT as provided for in regulation 3 a candidate for admission to the course lor the
Graduate diploma shall have qualified for admission to a degree of the Universityor to a
degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the University.
3. Subject to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may in special cases and subject to
such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case accept as a candidate for
the Graduate diploma a person who does not hold a degree of a University but has given
evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the G¡aduate Diptoma.
4. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma a cand¡date shall:
(a) satisfactorily complete a course of full-time study extending over at least one year or of
part-time study extending ove¡ at least two years; and
(b) satisfy the University in a course of practical teaching.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice f¡om the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the Graduate Diploma; and
(iD the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the C-ouncil or such
other date as the C.ouncil may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the head of department or chairmen of
departments conce¡ned and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Education Committee for approval, except that heads of departments may approve minor
changes to previously approved syllabuses.
6. A candidate who desires that the examinations v/hich the candidate has passed in the
Univemity or in another university should be co]unted pro lanto for the G¡aduate Diploma
in Education, may on written application be granted such exemption from the requirements
of these regulations as the Council shall determine.
7. A candidate for the Graduate Diplona by part-time study who desires that ex¡rerience as
a teacher should exempt the candidate from a cou¡se of practical teaching may on written
application be gtanted such exemption provided that the candidate satisfies the University
that the candidate is a proficient teache¡.
8. A candidate who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a
subject may not en¡ol for the sutrject again except by special permission of the Faculty and
then only under such conditions as the Faculty may prescribe.
For the purpose of this regulation a candidate who is refused permission to sit for
examination, or who fails, without reasons accepted by the Dean as àdequate, to attend all
or part of a final examination (or supplementary examination if granted) after having
enrolled for at least two thi¡ds of the normal pedod during which the subject is taught,
shall be deemed to have failed to pass the examination.
9. A candidate who cómplies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall
be awarded the Graduate Diploma in Education.
RegulatioN âUowed 1ó March, 1961.
Amended: 4 Apr. 1963; 10; 2a Feb. 1974:13; B !a¡.1975: 2; 15 Jan. 1976: 5; 24 Feb. 19&l: 5. Ð Jul. 1989: 8.
l March, 1990: diploma to gradua¡e diploma,
282

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5.)
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
(Note: The points value ofeach subject is indicated at the end ofthe subject title).
1. The subjects for the Graduate Diploma in Education shall comprise:
(a) Compulsory subjects
6988 Instructional Design: Theoryand Practice
7791 Issues in Learning: Pupils, Teachers and Parents
6452 History of Aust¡alian Education
732 Philosophy of Education IA
5203 Culture, Education and Society
5705 Teaching PracticeA
9636 Teaching Practice B
(b) Curriculum Studies subjects to a value of 6 points from:
6059 Social and Cultural Studies
1478 Classical Studies
4397 Economics
!94 Geogtaphy
6149 History
2039 Legal Studies
6311 knguage Major
3912 l-anguage Minor
4130 English Major
4207 English Minor
4271 Music Major
2498 Music Minor
8179 Mathematics Major
9856 Mathematics Mino¡
4212 Computer Studies
2459 Junior Science
4855 Biology
2918 Chemistry
2598 Physics
8634 Eårth Science/Geology
9063 Introduction to Curriculum Design and Evaluation
8345 Practical Curriculum Design
6797 Pncaical Curriculum Er¡aluation
(c) Ttvo Subjects from:
5602 Themes in &lucational History
526 Philosophy of Education IB
6316 &lucation in Multilingual Societies
Points
)
)
)
2
2
J
J
2
)
2
2
)
1
4
2
4
)
4
')
4 .,
2
)
)
2
')
2
)
) )
2ß3
Arts

Arts
54 06 Educational Structure,s a nd Relationships
1608 Professional Ethics
2199 Computers in Fiucation
5143 tanguage, Education and Society
5387 Motivational Theory in &lucational P¡actice
1125 History of Tertiary Education
A candidate who has had practical teaching experience may apply in writing in advance to
the Faculty of Arts, through the Regist¡ar, for status in one or both of the subjects
5705 Teaching Practice A o¡ 963ó Teaching Practice B.
Such an application should be accompanied by a statement giving tull details of teaching
practice including dates, names and add¡esses of schools, and names of head teachers. The
Universitywill in due course seek a repof on the candidate's competence as a teacher.
The Registrar will inform each candidate whethe¡ his or he¡ application for status has been
gfanted.
The¡e shall be three classifications of pass in all subjects except Curriculum Studies
subjects and Teaching Practice (A) and (B) which will be ungraded. These three
classifications shall be Pass s/ith Distinction, Pass \¡/ith Credit and Pass.
2. Candidates who commenced their course of study for the Graduate Diploma in
Education prior to 1990 arc subject to the following provisions:
(a) Candidates will complete thçir course of study under current Regulations and
Schedules, with such modifications as the Facutty may deem necessary to ensure that
subjetts validly passed under previous Regulations and Schedules will be counted under the
current Schedules.
(b) Appropriate credit will also be g¡anted to candidates who have successfully completed
teaching practice components or curriculum studies options within the subject 3388
Cur¡iculum Studies and Teaching P¡actice prior to 1990.
2M

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION
SYLI.ABUSES
Course Requirements:
The course for the Graduate Diploma is composite course of full-time study lasting for one
year and requiring the whole of a candidate's time to be devoted to it. The work consists of
reading, attendance at a number of tutorial and serninar classes each week, such practical
and wfitten exe¡cises as may be prescribed, visits to schools and othe¡ institutions, periods
of supervised teaching practice, and attendance at lecture courses.
Part-time students may also enrol. While the major focus of the course has been on the
p¡eparat¡on of secondary teachers, those involved, or intending to be involved, in higher,
adult or tertiary education will find a degree of flexibility in the course which should cater
for many of their needs.
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION
6988 Instructional Design: Theory and Practice
Poinß value:2.
Duration: Semester L
he-requisites: None.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented e¡ith 21ó8 Educational Psychologl I.
Contact haurs: 1 lecture and 1 tutoriaI a week for I weeks.
Content: The subject is an integrated series of lectures, tutorials and videos providing
opportunities to study the psychological bases for effectively organising and teaching
subject content, and to practise their use.
Assessment: (a) At the start of the semester a written plan, considered appropriate for a
stated age g¡oup, is required for a single instructional period in your subject a¡ea, together
with a brief comment on the basis for planning. For intending high school teachers, this
should be a lesson plan for a class chosen from one qf the grades 8 to 11.
(b) A reconstruction of that plan based on the theory of Ausubel (Novak), or Gagne.
(c) A second reconstruction of plan (a), or the plan of another lesson clearly related to it.
The theoretical basis for the second plan must not be that used for the first, and must be
chosen f¡om those ofAusubel (Novak), Gagne, or Piaget.
Each of plans (b) and (c) must consist of two parts, the design of what will be done in the
lesson, and its theoretical justification. At the start of the subject, students will be provided
with more detail on the form of presentation required, together with examples covering a
variet¡r of subject areas.
Plans (b) and (c) will each be assessed Íor 507o of the marks.
2ß5
Arts

Arts
779I Issues in læarning: Pupils, Teachers and Parents
Poinß value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: None.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented with 2168 Educational Psychology I.
Contact hours: L lecture and 1 tutorial a week for 8 week.
Contenî: Topics will include the developmental psychology of adolescence; teacher roles,
conflict and stress; and parental involvement in education.
Assessment: Essay(s) or project(s) equivalent to 2500-3000 wo¡ds.
7342 Philosophy of Education IA
Poins value: 2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: None.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented ìvith 3433 Philosophy of Education I.
Contacl hours:1 lecture and 1 tutorial a week for 8 weeks.
Content: Analysis of contemporary problems in schooling, including discipline, authority,
democ¡atic education, sex discrimination, new methods and media, the radical critique of
schooling, vocational education etc.
Assessment: By essay of 2500-3000 words or examination.
6452 History of Australian Education
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: None.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented with 1757 History of &lucation I.
Contacl hours: 7 lectu¡e and 1 tutodal a week for 8 weeks.
Coillent: This subject examines the origins and development of the Australian education
system with particula¡ refe¡ence to secondary schooling, both state and non-state.
Assessment: Either one 2500-3000 word essay or a 2-hour examination or an exercise
¡nterpreting and commenting upon historical documents.
the people? (l,ongman, Ctresfrire);
Hyams, et al. (eds.), Leaming and otlpr things: sources for a social hkøry of education in
South Aust¡alia (S.A'. Government Printer).
Tea-boot

Assessmenl: Essays or project equivalent to 3000 wo¡ds or examination.
Sugested preliminary reading: Cuff, E. C. & Payne, G. C. F. (eds.), Perspectives in sociologt
(Allen and Unwin); Melboume satdies in Education, 19æ-1969 (M.U.P.); Smolicz, J. J.,
Culture and education in a plural society (C.D.C.).
5602 Themes in Educational History
Poins value:'1,.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: None.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented r¡/ith 1?57 History of klucation I.
Contact hours: 1 lecture and 1 tutorial a week for 8 weeks.
Contenl: This subject examines major issues in the social history of education including
class, gender and the history of childhood.
Assessnrcnt: Either one 1500-2000 wo¡d essay or a 2 hour examination.
Tøct-books: Maynes, M. J., Schaoling in westem Europe: a social history; Miller, P., Long
division: state schooling and society in South Australia (Wakefield).
ll25 History of Tertiary Education
Availability: Not offered in 1.991.
Points value: l.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
he-requkites: None.
Contact hours: One 2 hour seminar a week for 8 weeks.
Content: This subject examines Australian tertiary educational institutions, practices and
policies in their historical context. Afte¡ an introduction to the European academic and
technical education traditions, and their transplantation to colonial Australia, the subject
will study the local and international influences on the development of te¡tiary educat¡on,
aud the increasingly direct fole of governnlents.
Assessnrcnt: One 1500-2000 word essay, or a 2 hour examination.
Text-books: A reading list will be available from the Department.
5387 Motivational Theory in Educational Practice
Poins value: l.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
Pre-requisites: None.
Conlacl houts: 1 lecture and 1 tutorial a week for 8 weeks.
Conlent: This subject wilt give an introduction to major theories of motivation which have
practical relevance to the class¡oom teacher. Lectures will set out this theo¡etical
background, give an overview of relevant psychological studies and indicate how many
teacher decisions and actions (e.g. management, interaction, evaluation, course design) can
affect the motivation of students to learn.
Students will be asked to collect obsewations of relevant student and teacher behaviour
during their second teaching practice (or from prior teaching experience). Tuto¡ials will
deal with appllng psychological theory to the analysis of these observations and devising
possible solutions to problems encounte¡ed.
Assessment: One assignment of 1500-2000 words based on the tùtorial discussions. Students
will be required to give a psychological analysis of their own observations (of students with
motivational problems and teacher behaviour with motivational implications) and suggest
possible strategies for dealing with selected situations.
2ß'7
Arts

Arts
Tøct-books: A good int¡oduction to moti\¡ation is found in: Biggs, J. & Telfer, R., The
process of leaming (2nd edn.), (Prentice-Hall, 1987).
5246 Philosophy ofEducation IB
Poinß value: l.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: None.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented with 3433 Philosophy of Education I.
Contacl hours: I lecture and 1 tutorial a week for 8 weeks.
Contenl: An int¡oduction to the major philosophical problems of education, emphasising
pa¡ticularly the analysis of the concept of education, questions of general epistemology in
relation to the curriculum, value judgments and ethical issues, moral education and
rationality.
Assessment: By essay of 1500-2000 wo¡ds or examination.
6316 Education in Multilingual Societies
Points value: 1,.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: None.
Contact hours: 1 lecture and 1 tutorial a week for 8 weeks,
Content: The subject will examine national policies on languages in Australia, Germany and
the Philippines and the impact on students'life chances and access to tefiary institutions in
relation to their ethnic and linguistic backgrounds.
Assessment: Essay or project equivalent to 1500-2000 words or examination.
5406 Educational Structures and Relationships
Avaitability: Not offered in 1991.. Alternates with 631.6 Fiucation in Multilingual Societies.
Poins value: 1.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requisites: None.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented with 69ó9 Sociology of Education I.
Contact hours: '1. lecture and 1 tutorial a week fo¡ I weeks.
Content: This subject will compare bureaucratic, professional and "non-formal" or "radical"
ways of organising the process of education. Attention will be focussed on the specific
nature of interaction between teacher and students underllng each of these structural
anangements, and the social and cultural backgtound factors which may influence
educational relationships.
Assessment: Essay or project equirralent to 150G2000 words or examinatioo.
5L43 Language, Education and Society
Poins value: 7.
Duration: Semester IL
Pre-requisites: None.
Contact hours: Two hours a s/eek for 8 weeks.
Content: An examination of the social bases of the English language, and the ways in which
sociolinguistic and interactionist research contribute to an understanding of both classroom
and general conversation, talk and leaming.
288

Assessment: Essay and exercises equivalent to 1500-2000 words or examination.
2199 Computers in Education
Points value: l.
Duration: Semester IL
he-requisites: None.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented with the option 8398 C-omputers across the
Curriculum within the subject 3388 Curriculum Studies and Teaching Practice.
Contact hours:2 hours a week for 8 weeks.
Content: The subject will examine the use of computers in South Australian schools and
other educational institutions and will include at least one visit to another institution.
Students will develop a degree of famlliarity with using general purpose softsare and
specific subject oriented material. This is a general subject designed to appeal to all
students.
Assessntent: A software review plus an essay of about 1000-1500 words.
1608 ProfessionalEthics
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poins value: 7.
Duration: One Semester.
Pre-requisites: None.
Contact hours: Two hours a week for 8 weeks.
Content: The nature ofvalue judgments and the basis of ethics. Professional ethics will be
considered f¡om two distinct but related viewpoints: the conduct and restraints on the
teacher in relation to students, emplolng institutions and subject matter; the natu¡e and
basis of socalled professional ethics as established or agreed u/ithin certa¡n professional
groups (doctors, lawyers, engineers, journalists, accountants, etc.).
Assessment: By essay and tutorial papers of 1500-2000 wo¡ds.
Tart-books: Goldman, A. H., The moral foundations of professional ethics 1980. In addition,
students will be expected to familiarise themselves with the chief works on professional
ethics and standa¡ds appllng to their own areas of interest.
5705 Teaching Practice A
Points value: 3.
Resniaion: This subject may not be presented ìvith 3388 Curriculum Studies and Teaching
Practice.
Requiremmts: Students 'À¡ill undertake five weeks of supervised teaching practice. One week
will normally be in a primary school and four weeks in a secondary school. Under special
circumstances students might, on application, undertake this practice in other educational
situations. Students who successfully complete the subject are given a non-graded pass.
9636 Teaching Practice B
Points value: 3,
Rescriction: This subject may not be presented with 3388 Curriculum Studies and Teaching
Practice.
Requiremenß: Students \À¡ill undefake fou¡ weeks of supenised teaching practice. Normally
this will be in a secondary school, but under special circumstances students might, on
application, undertake this practice in other educational situations. Students who successfully
complete the subject are given a non-graded pass.
2ß9
Arts

Arts
CURRICULUM STUDIES SUBJECTS
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Restriction: No subjects in this list may be presented with 3388 Curriculum Studies and
Teaching Practice.
Requirements: Students are required to complete curriculum studies subjects to a total of 6
points. Except whe¡e otherwise stated, students may NOT take a 4 point and a 2 point
option in the same subject area. Each subject consists of weekly seminars for 8 weeks, and
will include visits to schools.
Students should take note of both the conditions attached to particular subjects and the
pre-requisites laid down for them. The Chairman of the Department may dispense with any
of the conditions in any particular case.
Assessnenl: Generally by projects and assignments. Students who successfully complete the
subjects are given a non-graded pass.
Options: Note: The availability of subjects depends on the a\¡ailability of staff and facilities.
6059 Social and Cultural Studies
Poins value:2.
Pre-requisites: A pass at lævel III in Anthropology, Classical Studies, Economics,
Geograph¡ History l-aw, Politics or any other approved subject.
Restriction: This subject may not be presented with either of the options 5301 Social Studies
Major or ¿1499 Social Studies Mino¡ within the subject 3388 Curriculum Stud¡es and
Teaching Practice.
1478 Classical Studies
Points value: 2,
he-requisites: A pass in fævel III in Classical Studies, Ancient History, l¡tin or G¡eek.
Restriction: May not be taken \À¡ithout Social and Cultural Studies.
4397 Economics
Poins value:2.
he-requisites: A pass in one Economics subject at lævel III.
Restriction: May not be taken without Social and Cultu¡al Studies.
3494 Geography
Poins value: 2.
he-requßites: A pass in one Geography subject at Level III.
Restriction: May not be taken without Social and Cultural Studies.
6149 History
Poins value:2.
Pre-requisites: Apass in one History subject at I-evel III.
Resniaion: May not be taken without Social and Cultu¡al Studies.
290

2039 lægal Studies
Points value:2.
Pre-requkites: A pdss in all the lævel I, II and III work required of a full-time student in the
course for LL.B.
Restriction: May not be taken $'ithout Social and Cultural Studies.
6311 Language Major
Poins value: 4.
he-requkites: A pass in the appropriate language at I-evel III.
3912 Language Minor
Points value: 2.
he-requisites: Either a pass in the appropriate language at lævel II, or a pass at Level I
combined with extensive p¡actical experience in the language.
Restriction: May be taken ì¡/ith a l:nguage Major providing that the two languages are
different.
Note: Langtage options are usually offered in French, German and Italian. If there is
sufficient demand they may also be offered in Chinese, Japanese and Spanish.
4130 English Major
Poins value: 4.
he-requkites: A pass in one English subject at Level III.
4207 English Minor
Points value: 2.
he-requkites: A pass in one English subject at l,evel II.
4271 Music Major
Poins value: 4.
Pre-requkites: A degree in Music, or a pass at Iævel III in one Music subject, plus
recognised instrumental qualifications.
2498 Music Minor
Poins value: 2.
Pre-requisites: A pass in one Music subject at lævel III.
May be taken with Music Major.
8719 Mathematics Major
Poittsvalue:4.
he-requkites: A pass in one subject in Mathematics at Level III.
9856 Mathematics Minor
Points value: 2.
he-requkites: Apass in one subject in Mathematics at lævel I.
291
Ails

Arts
4212 Computer Studies
Poins value:2.
Pre-requkites: A pass at fævel III subject in Computer Studies.
2459 Junior Science
Poins value:2.
he-requisites: A pass in two Level I subjects in the physical and biological sciences.
4855 Biologr
Poinsvalue:2.
he-requßiæs: Apass in a lævel III Biological Science subject.
2918 Chemistry
Points value: 2.
he-requkites: A pass in a lævel III subject in Chemistry.
2598 Physics
Poins value: 2.
he-requisites: Apass in a Level III subject in Physics.
8ó34 EarthScience/Geolory
Points value: 2.
he-requisites: A pass in a lævel III subject in Geology.
The following three options are available to students who meet one of the following
cond¡tions:
(a) they are unable to meet the pre-requisites for options totalling to 6 points.
(b) they are already experienced secondary teachers.
(c) they are involved in teaching at adult, further or higher education level.
Enrolment for these three options should be discussed with the Course Co-ordinato¡.
9063 Introduction to Curriculum Design and Evaluation
Points value: 2.
he-requisites: None.
8i:t45 Practical Curriculum Design
Poins value:2.
he-requkites: Introduction to cu¡riculum design and evaluation.
6797 Practical Curriculum Evaluation
Poinr value:2.
he-requisites: Int¡oduction to curriculum design and evaluation.
292

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN
ENTVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (NEW COURSE)
REGUI.ATIONS
1. There shall be a Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies.
2. (a) An applicant for admission to the course of study fo¡ the G¡aduate Diploma must be
a graduate of the University of Adelaide or hold qualifications from another university or
institution acceptable for the purpose by the University of Adelaide.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to
such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for
the Graduate Diploma a person who does not hold the qualifications specified in regulation
2(a) above but who has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to ùndertake
wo¡k for the Diploma.
(c) The Faculty, if it sees fit to do so, may require the applicant to complete such additional
preliminarywork as it mayprescribe before being accepted as a candidate fo¡ the G¡aduate
Diploma.
(d) Applications for admission shall be addressed to the Registrar.
3. To qualify for the G¡aduate Diploma a candidate shall satisfy examiners in courses of
study as prescribed in the schedules.
4. Except u¡ith the special permission of the Faculty, the cou¡se for the Graduate Diploma
shall be completed in one year of full-time study or not more than three years of part-time
study.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice f¡om the Facult¡ shall from time to time
prescribe schedu les defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Director of the C.entre or chairmen
of depafments concerned and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of
the Education Committee for approval, except that the Director or chairmen of
departments may approve minor changes to previously approved syllabuses.
6. The maximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any subject for the
Graduate Diploma shall be determined from time to time by the Council on the
recommendation of the Facult¡ and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the
Council to provide any or all of the subjects in any year if for any reason the Council
decides to suspend it or them.
7. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the Graduate Diploma is not making
satisfactoryprogress the Faculty maywith the consent of the Council withdraw its approval
of candidatu¡e and the candidate shall thereupon cease to be en¡olled for the Graduate
Diploma.
8. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations shall be awarded the
Graduate Diploma in Envi¡onmental Studies.
9. Notwithstanding the above regulations a candidate who has been enrolled for the degree
of Master of Environmental Studies and who has completed the work prescribed herein fo¡
293
Arts

Arts
the G¡aduate Diploma and who has not been awarded the Master's degree shall, on w¡itten
application to the Regist¡a¡, be awarded the Graduate Diploma.
RegùlåtioN allrycd 31 Jaoury, 1980,
Amcnded: 4 Fcb. 1982t 2i 2A Fcb. 19&l: 5; I Mar. 1984: 4; 17 Jan' 19&5: Z(U), Z(c)' 2(a), S(a)' 5(b)' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10; 12 Feb
1987:4. æ Jul. 1989: 5, ó. 1 March, 190: d¡ploma to gÉdutc diPloma.
294

GR^A.DUATE DIPLOMA IN
EIIWRONMENTAL STUDIES (NEW COURSE)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5.)
NOTES: (a) Syllabuses of subjects for the Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies are
published immediately after the schedules of the degree of Master of Environmental
Studies (New C.ourse).
(b) AII subjects are offered subject to enrolments and availability of staff and resources.
Additional subjects may be offered at the discretion of the Faculty.
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
1. Unless exempted by the Faculty, every candidate for the Graduate Diploma shall
complete the compulsory subjects: 9791 Envi¡onmental Politics, Philosophy and Ethics
(full-year) and 3686 Environmental Resea¡ch Methods and Project (semester subject),
together with five semesterJength subjects or the equiva¡ent, to be chosen from the
following two groups in consultation with the Director of the Centre.
Group A Subjects
Semester Subjects
99?3 Aspects of the Antarctic
Environment'
4734 Appropriate Technology
2602 Erologjcal l-and Survey and
Evaluation
6339 Ecosptem Patterns and P¡ocesses
7796 Flnergy, Usage, Consenration and
Equiry
8260 Environmental Chemistry
2290 Environmental Economics
9474 Environmenta[ Hazards
L183 Environmental Impact Assessment
Practice
7735 Environmental Policy Making
3216 Environmental Systems Management
Group B Subjects
Semester Subjects
51.91 Aboriginal Australia'
9188 Atmospheric and Environmental
Physics (Env.St.)
2438 Conservation in Humandominated
Landscapes"
7189 Equity in Cities: A Comparative
Perspective
'Availabilitj¡ to be advised.
" Unavailable.
2743 T\e Global Commons
5752 Hentage C.onservation Theory
7191 Indigenous Peoples, C.onservation
and Development'
5013 International Environmental
Diplomary
5832 The Marine Environment
7007 Principles of Environmental Ea¡th
Science
6000 Principles of Envi¡onmental
Population Biology
1641 Issues in Rangeland Ecology
1302 Sustainable Agriculture
3208 Women and Environments
7272 Envtronmental Planning and
Protection Law
9844 Conservation and Heritage Iåw**
7225 land-Use Planning l-aw
7654 Geographic Information Systems
1236 Remote Sensing
9608 Tropical Envi¡onments and
Human Systems
295
Arts

Añs
2. Candidates shall take no more than two subjects from those listed in Clause I, Group B.
3. Candidates wishing to en¡ol in subjects for which they do not have the necessary
preliminary knowledge or approved qualifications may be required to take such bridging
courses prior to the commencement of their studies as may be deemed appropriate by the
Director of the Centre.
4. No candidate will be perm¡tted to count for the diploma any subject that, in the opinion
of the Faculty, contains substantially the same material as any other subject which he or she
has already presented for another qualification.
5. To complete a course of stud¡ a candidate, unless exempted therefrom by the Faculty,
shall:
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures, tutorials and seminars; and
(b) undertake such practical work, fieldwork and case studies, do such written work, and
pass such examinations, as the Faculty may prescribe.
6. A candidate who desires that wo¡k completed in the University or elsewhere should be
counted towards the requirements of these schedules may, on written application to the
Registrar, be granted such exemption from the requirements as the Council, o¡ the advice
of the Faculty, shall determine.
7.Each candidate's course of study must be approved by the Faculty, or its nominee, at
en¡olment each year.
296

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN
SYLLABUSES
The sy'labuses of the Graduate Diploma in Environmerital Studies (New Course) are
publishçd below immediately after the sched.ules 9f the degree of Master of Bnvironmental
Studies (NewCourse). j
297
'Ans

Arts
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN
ENIVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (OLD COURSE)
REGUI,ATIONS
1. There shall be a G¡aduate Diploma in Envi¡onmental Studies.
2. (a) An applicant for admission to the coùrse of study for the G¡aduate Diploma must be
a graduate of the University of Adelaide or hold qualifications from another university or
institution acceptable for the purpose by the University of Adelaide.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to
such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for
the Graduate Diploma a person who does not hold the qualifications specified in regulation
2(a) above but who has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake
work for the Graduate Diploma.
(c) The Faculty, if it sees fit to do so, may require the applicant to complete such additional
preliminary work as it may prescribe befo¡e being accepted as a candidate for the Graduate
Diploma.
(d) Applications for admission shall be add¡essed to the Registrar.
3. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma a candidate shall satisfy examiners in courses of
study as prescribed in the schedules.
4. Except with the special permission of the Façulty, the course for the Graduate Diploma
shall be completed in one year of full-time study or not more than three years of pail-time
study.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the head of department or heads of
departments concerned and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Flucation C.ommittee for approval, except that chairmen of departments may approve
minor changes to previously approved syllabuses.
6. The maximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any course for the
G¡aduate Diploma shall be determined from time to time by the Counc¡l on the
recommendation of the Facult),; and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the
Council to provide any or all the subjects in any year if for any reason the Council decides
to suspend it or them.
7. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the Graduate Diploma is not making
satisfactory progress the Faculty may with the consent of the Council withdraw its approval
of candidature and the candidate shall thereupon cease to be enrolled for the G¡aduate
Diploma.
8. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations shall be awarded the
G¡aduate Diploma in Envi¡onmental Studies.
9. Notwithstanding the above regulations a candidate who has been enfolled for the degree
of Maste¡ of Envi¡onmental Studies and who has completed the work prescribed herein for
the Graduate Diploma and who has not been awarded the Master's degree shall, on written
application to the Registrar, be awarded the G¡aduate Diploma.
298

RegulatioN allowed 31 Janury, 1980.
Amended: 4 Feb. 1982: 2| U Fù. 19æ:5; I Mar- 1984: 4; 17 Jan. 1985: 2{O), 2(c), 2{O), 5(a), 5(b), 6, 7, 8, 9, l0; 12 Feb
1987: 4; 1 March 190: diploro to gEdutc diploma.
299
Arts

Ads
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (OLD COURSE)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5.)
Candidates may complete their course of study under these Regulations and Schedules,
with such modifications as the Faculty may deem necessary to ensure that subjects
presented from 1989 onwards may be counted under these Schedules.
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
1. Unless exempted by the Faculty, every candidate for the Graduate Diploma shall
complete the following two components - General Envifonmental Studies and EnvironmentaI
Synthesis.
2. Component One: General Environmental Studies-Subjects
Unless the Facutty, or its nominee, decides otherwise, students will take seven subjects
chosen from among the following list. V/ith permission of the Facult¡ or its nominee,
students may enrol in six subjects from C-omponent One and two subjects from Conlponent
Two.
A. UNDERSTANDING THE E¡Ñ/IRONMENT
1. The Physical Environnrent
Options available:
4757 Issues of the Physical Environment
5825 Int¡oductory Environmental Earth Science
2405 Environmental Resources
1647 Structural Geomorpholog¡r (Env.St.)
1374 Sedimentolory (Env.St.)
2278 I|ulineral Deposits
3844 Atmospheric Physics (Env.St.)
3141 Environmental Physics (Env.St.)
4281 Introductory Chemistry
86?8 Soil Management A
8830 Soil Management B
4457 Process Geomorphology (Env.St.)
2. The Living Environment
Options available:
3460 Introductory Environmental Biology
3713 Plant Ecology
6850 Rangeland Ecolog¡r (Env.St.)
2038 Marioe Plant Biology (Env.St.)
1350 Plant V/ater Relations (Env.St.)
5743 Phytoplankton Ecology (Env.St.)
3160 Marine Ecologi (Env.St.)
8288 Management of Inland Aquatic Resou¡ces
5250 Community Biogeography (Env.St.)
3599 Entomology (Env.St.)
300

3. The Modified Environment
Options available:
6401 Human-Environment Studies (Env.St.)
7%l Urban and I-andscape Design Studies
9511 Australian Planning
9560 Urban and l:ndscape Design Processes
2198 Environmental Psycholog¡r (Env.St.)
6959 Engineering Planning and Design
3787 Topics in Environmental Engineering
1934 The Adelaide Region
B. ANALYSING THE EI.MRONMENT
1. Quantitative Techniques
2904 Introductory Computing
1796 Intrcductory Statistics
7741, Epidemiolog¡r and Biostatistics
2. Remote Sensing
1627 Remote Sensing Techniques (Env.St.)
2096 Remote Sensing Applications
3. Social Survey
2069 Social Survey Techniques (Env.St.)
3780 Applications of Social Survey Techniques
4. Environmental Philosophy
6618 Introductory Philosophy and the Environment
2849 Philosophical Issues
C, MANAGING THE ETIVIRONMENT
1. Envi¡onmental Law
8180 Environmental and Planning Law (Env.St.)
2. Environmental Economics
7486 Introductory Environmental Economics
3. Environmental Conservation
6199 Conservation of Biological Communities (Env.St.)
3641 National Parks and Heritage Management
D. LIVING INTHEENVIRONMENT
1. Environmental Hazards
7986 Environmental Hazards: Processes and Policies
2. The Social Envi¡onment
9917 Communit¡r Aspects of the Social Environment
3. The Environment and Health
8000 Occupational and Environmental Health (Env.St.)
4. Energr
8929 Energn Sources, Uses and Abuses.
All subjects are offered subject to enrolments, and availability of staff and resources.
Additional optional subjects maybe offered at the discretion ofthe Faculty.
3. - Component Onq General Environmental Studies-Approval of
Subjects
(a) At le¡¡st one option shall be chosen f¡om:
A. UNDERSTANDING THE ENVIRONMENT.
B. ANALYSING TIIE ETIVIRONMENT.
301
Ads

Añs
C. MANAGING THE EI.IVIRONMENT.
D. LTVING IN THE E¡.I'r'IRONMENT.
(b) Students without approved qualifications or substantial employment experience in one
of the biological sciences shall include 3460 Int¡oductory Environmeital Biology in the
subjects they take.
(c) Students without approved qualifications or substantial employment experience in any
ofthe eafh sciences shall take 5825 Int¡oductory Environmental Eafh Science.
(d) Students \¡¡ithout approved legal qualification or substantial emplo)¡ment experience in
a legal field shall take the subject 8180 Environmental and Planning I:w.
(e) Students ç'ithout approved qualifications or substantial employment experience in the
held of economics shall take the subject 7486 Introductory Environmental Economics.
(f) Applications to have particular qualifications or work experience approved for the
purposes of subject choices will be conside¡ed by the Facultf or its nominee, at the time of
enrolment each year.
(g) Proposed combinations of subjects in Component One shall be considered for approval
by the Faculty, or its nominee, at the time of en¡olment each year.
(h) On the recommendation of the Head of the department concerned, the Faculty or its
nominee, may exempt a candidate f¡om the need to satisfy any pre-requisites prescribed in
the syllabus of any subject for which the candidate wishes to en¡ol.
4. Component TWo: Environmental Synthesis
(a) There are two subjects offered:
8218 Envi¡onmental Synthesis A
5249 Envi¡onmental Synthesis B
Each comprise a series of seminars, lectures, case studies and reports ofwork in progress.
(b) Students shall en¡ol in one of these subjects and shall complete a substantial joint
report to the satisfaction of the Faculty. Students may, with the permission of the Faculty,
or its nomlnee, enrol in both 8218 Environmental S¡thesis A and 5249 Environmental
Synthesis B, in which case they need en¡ol in only six subjects from Component One.
5. To complete a course of study, a candidate, unless exempted therefronl by the Faculty
shal l:
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures, tuto¡ials and seminars; and
(b) undefake such practical work, fieldwork and case studies, do such written work, and
pass such examinations, as the Faculty may prescribe.
6. A candidate who desires that work completed in the Univers¡ty or elsewhe¡e should be
counted to\¡/ards the requirements of these schedules may, on written application to the
Registrar, be granted such exemption from the requirements as the Council, on the advice
of the Faculty, shall determine.
7. Each candidate's course o[ study must be approved by the Facult¡ or its nominee, at
en¡olment each year.
302

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION
REGUI.ATIONS
There will be no further intake into the cou6e for the Bachelor of Education degree.
Students currently enrolled will be permitted to complete the course unde¡ such condiiions
as the Faculty may prescribe. They must however, complete the course by 31 Decernber
7992.
For Regulations, Schedules and Syllabuses of the Bachelor of Education see Calendar of
the University for 1989, Volume II, Pages 299-317.
303
Arts

Arts
DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
REGUI"ATIONS
1. The¡e shall be a postgraduate degree of Bachelor of Educational Studies.
2. An applicant for admission to the course for the degree shall:
(a) have qualified for a degree of the University or for a degree of another institution
accepted for the purpose by the Universit)r; and
(b) have qualified fo¡ the G¡aduate Diploma in Blucation of the University or for a
qualification accepted by the University as equivalent; and
(c) have completed such otherwo¡k as may be prescribed in the schedules.
3. (a) Subject to the approval of the Boa¡d o[ G¡aduate Studies acting with aurhority
wittingly devolved to it by Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such
cond¡tìons (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the
degree a p€rson who does not have the qualifications specified in regulations 2(a) and 2(b),
but who has given evidence sâtisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the
degree.
(b) Before deciding the applicant's fitness the Faculty may require the person to complete
prescribed preliminary work, which may include courses of stud¡ and to undertake
q ua I i fying exa m ina tions.
(c) The form and assessment of any preliminary work andfor oÍ any course of study shall
be proposed by the departments concerned and approved by the Faculty. In any qualifying
examination at least two examiners, approved by the Faculty for the puq)ose, must
contribute to the assessment of the applicant's performance.
4. To qualify for the degree, a candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course of full-time
study extending over at least one year, or of part-time study extending over at least two
years.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily conrpleted and the examinations to be passed
by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council o¡ such
other date as the Counc¡l may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be as specified by the Head of each depafment
concerned, subject to endorsement by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
Committee of the Education Committee. The Head of a department concemed may
approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabus.
6. A candidate who desires that the exanrinations which the candidate has passed in the
University or in another institution should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Bachelor
of Educational Studies may, on written application to the Registrar, be granted such
exemption from the requirements of these regulations as the Council may determine.
7. A candidate who complies y¡ith the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall
be awarded the degree of Bachelor of &lucational Studies.
RegulatioN aqiting allownæ,
304

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5)
NOTES: ( for the degree of Bachelor of Educational Studies are
published these Schédutes. For syllabuses of subjects laught for
óther degr table of subjects at the end of the volume.
(b) Notwithstanding the schedules and syllabuses published in this volume, a numbe¡ of
subjects listed may not be offered in 1990.
The availability of ¿¡, subjects is conditional upon the availability of staff and facilities.
SCHEDULE I: SUBJECTS OF STUDY
1, The subjects for the degree of Bachelor of Educational Studies in the field of Australian
Studies are:
Group E Subjects (offered by the Department of Education):
1850 Class, Gender and Schooling in Australia
4
1611 Public and Progressive SchoolTraditions
4
1898 Multicultural Societyand Educational Policy 4
4709 Íanguage and Media
4
32L2 Cur¡iculum Studies in History and Social Science 8
the Departments of AnthroPolog¡r,
Australian Studies, approved by the
d bY the student.
2. The subjects for the degree of Bachelor of Educational Studies in the fÍeld of languages
are:
Group E Subjects (Offered by the Department of Education):
4
1898 Multicultural Society and Btucational Policy
8832 language & Education in Multilingual Settings
8503 Research Project in Sociology of klucation
5456 Theories of Psychology in Blucation
Group L Subjects (Offered by tanguage departnents \¡¡ithin the Faculty of Arts):
Any subject, o¡ component of a subject offered by the Centre for Asian Studies, and the
Deþartments of French and German, approved by the Faculty of Arts for this award and
not previouslyPassed by the student.
3. The subjects for the degree of Bachelor of Educational Studies in the lield of Science
are:
Group E Subjects (Offered by the Department of Education):
1595 Making Sense of the Scientific World 4
8950 Project (Science Education)
4
2502 Scientific Revolutions and Education 4
86?1 The Nature of Science and Science Curricula 4
5456 Theories of Psychology in Education
4
4
4
4
305
Arts

Arts
Subjects
Çroup ! (Offered by the Faculty of Science and by the Centre for Environmental
Studies):
Ary subject, approved by the Faculty of Science for this award,
and ed by the C_entre foi Envitonmental Studies:
47y 3
9188 mental physics 3
'7796 ion and Equiry 3
82û 3
750'7 e P¡ocesses 3
6000 Principles of Environmental popularion Biology 3
1641 Issues in Rangeland Frology 3
2743 T\e Global Commons 3
9183 Environmental Issues in South Aust¡alia 6
SCHEDULE II: COURSES
1. To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Educational Studies in the field of Australian
studies, a candidate shall present subjects to a value of 24 points which satisfy the following
requirements:
(a) A candidate shall present passes in Group E subjects listed in Clause 3 of Schedule II to
a value of at least 8 points and not more than 1ó points.
(b) A candidate shall present passes in Group A subjects listed in Clause 3 of Schedule II
to a value of at least 8 points and not mo¡e thãn 16 points.
2. To qualify for the degree of Bachelo¡ of Educational studies in the field of l:nguages a
candidate shall present subjects to a value of 24 points which satisfy the f;ll;wing
requirements:
(a) A candidate shall present passes on Group E subjects listed in Clause 2 of Schedule II
to a value of at least 8 points and not more thãn 16 points.
(b) A candidate shall present passes in Group L subjects listed in Clause 2 of Schedule II to
a value of at least 8 points and not more than 16 points.
3. To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Rlucational Studies in the fietd of Science
Education, a candidate shall present subjects to a value of 24 points which satisfy the
fol lowi n g req u ire ments:
(a) A candidate shall present passes in Group E subjects listed ¡n Clause I ofschedule II to
a value of at least 8 points and not more than 16 points.
(b) A candidate shall present passes in Group S subjects listed in Clause I of Schedule II to
a value of at least 8 points and not more than 16 points.
4. when, ,in. the opinion of Faculty, special circumstances exist, the council, on
¡ecommendation from the Faculty in each case, may vary the provisions of clauses 1-3
above.
NOTES (not forming paft of rhe Regulations and Schedules).
1. Work required to complete the degree of Bachelor of Educational Studies in the fields
covered by Schedules I and II.
2. Programmes of Study
(a) The aim of the course cove¡ed by Schedule Ll is to broaden the candidate's knowledge
306

and skills in both science and science education. Each candidate's programme of studywill
be negotiated with the course coordinator and representatives of the Faculty of Science, the
Cæntrã for Environmental Studies and the Department of Educat¡on, and will be deve foped
around the previous academic background and current needs of the student.
previous academic background and current needs of the student.
(c) The aim of the course covered by Schedule I.3, is to broaden the candidate's knowledge
àí¿ .Utl. in both the Australian Studies a¡ea and education. Each candidate's program of
study
f the FacultY of
A¡r,
Politics and the
Depa
mic background
and current needs of the student,
307
Arts

Arts
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY
REGUIÂTIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Applied psychology.
2. (a) The Faculty of Arts may accept as a candidate for the degree any person who has
qualified:
(i) to be admitted to an Honours degree of Bachelor, with Honours in psycholog¡r, of
the_ univers¡ty of Adelaide, or to a degree of another institution oeemeo by tne
University to be equivalent; o¡
(ii) to be granted the Diploma of Applied psychology of the university of Adelaide or
some othe¡ award from another institution deemed by the úniversity to be
equivalent.
acting with authority wittingly
may see fit to impose in each
egtee a pe¡son who does not
sfied that the person is likely
3' The Faculty of Arts may require a candidate to complete satisfactorily such additional
wo¡k as it may prescribe.
4. To qualify fo¡ the degree a candidate shall:
(i) satisfy examiners in subjects of study as p¡esc¡ibed in the schedules;
(ii) complywith conditions as prescribed in the schedules; and
(iii) present a s_atisfactory dissertation on a subject approved by the Faculty of Arts. The
thesis shall give the results of original ¡esearchbì of an investigatioion which the
candidate has been engaged, unde¡ the supewision of the UniveÃity.
5. (a) The council, after receipt of advice f¡om the Faculty of Arts, shall from time to time
prescribe sched ules defi ning:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the exam¡nations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective f¡om the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
pecified by the Head of the Departmenr of
of A¡ts and the Executive Committee of the
epartment may approve minor changes to any
6. Except with the permission of the Faculty, the subjects of study and the thesis shall be
completed in not more than two years of full-tinìe study or four yeãrs of part-time study.
7. ¡s in which the candidate is en¡olled
in rolled in the previous year may only
¡e Faculty, and under such conditions
as
(b) emrpted fo¡ a reason acceptable to
the ture by the Dean on behalf of the
Fac um period specified in regulation 6
will intermission.
8. (a) A candidate who fails the examination in any subject or who does not complete
308

satisfactori¡y the prescribed practical work or dissertation, and who desires to take the
subject or practical work again or resubmit the dissertation, shall again attend such lectules
and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as the lecturer concerned may
prescribe, unless specifically cxempted therefrom after written application to the Registrar
for such exemPtion.
(b) A candidate who has twice failed the examination in any subject or who on two
occasions has not completed satisfactorily the prescribed practical work or dissertation, may
not enrol for that subject or practical work again or resubmit the dissertation except by
special permission of the Faculty of Arts (to be obtained in writing from the Registrar) and
on such conditions as may be determined.
(c) For the purpose of this regulation a candidate who is refused permission to sit for
èxamination òwing to unsatisfactory attendance or work, or who does not attend all or part
of a final examination (or supplementary examination if granted) without a reason accePted
by the Department of Psychology as adequate' shall be deemed to have failed the
examination.
9. If in the opinion of the Faculty of A¡ts a candidate for the degree is not making
satisfactory progfess, the Faculty ma¡ with the consent of the Council, terminate the
candidatu¡e and the candidate shall cease to be en¡olled for the degree.
seftation the candid three
n acco¡dance with di me to
presented for any other
institùtion shall be submitted.
11. The Faculty shall appoint two examiners for each dissefation, one of whom shall be
external to the UniversitY.
12. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations shall be qualified for
admission to the degree of Master of Applied Psychologr.
RegulatioN allwcd æ July, 1989.
AMit¡ng allownæ: 2(b).
309
Arts

Arls
DEGREE OF
1- t

(c) that the thesis be fetumed to thc candidate fo¡ revision and rcsubmission; or
satisfactory for the Purpose of the degree.
must sat¡sfêctorily
of the oomPulsory
Periods of Prdctical
FacultY of Arts as
311
Arts
J

Arts
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY
SYLLABUSES
Pre-requkites: The¡e are no pre-requisites for any subject in addition to those required for
entry to the course.
Quota: Cuûeîtly 10 F.T.E. students for the complete M.App.psych. course.
Text-books: Detailed reading lists are provided with the syllabus entries in the course
handbook available from the Department at en¡olment.
Assessment: The proposed assessment for each subject is given in the specific subject entries
below. The proposed assessment is discussed with the students and th" finål fo¡m of
assessment for each subject requires the app¡oval of the Departmental c-ommittee.
Assessments may include examinations, essa)6, practical exercises, õase reports, or a blend
of these.
1286 AppliedMethodolory
Poinß value: 3.
Duration:1 semester.
Conracl hours: Weekly 3-úour sessions for 12 weeks.
Content: Topics may
sample suweys; questi
interview and literary
The use of computers i
will be an integal part
Assessment: Practical assignments and final examination.
' &@pt that 1937 Heâlth aad CoDmuniDrpsycholorywill be offered j! the seænd year.
312

3166 Applied Social and Organizational Psycholory
Points value: 3.
Duration:1 semester,
Contact hours: Twelve lhour sessions.
content: The subject will provide a coverage of issues concerned with the application of
social psychological theory and melhodologr to a variety of societal and local community
concerns.
Specific coverage will be given to the ptoblems of programme evaluation, to consider the
design and anal¡ais of interventions that are concerned with the implementation of social
policy change; under this n¡bric the issues for the social psychologist of interdisciplinary
communication and collabo¡ation will be addressed, together with the processes of
professional socialisation of the social psychologìst. The study of the value and ideological
positions that are implicit in the conduct of social psychological enquiry will be included.
The natu¡e of the processes, and the constraints upon them, whereby social psychological
information is disseminated within psychology and to the community, and how that
knowledge is utilised, will be examined in depth.
The nature of the individual as a processor of information, the capacities and the possible
limits of the individual and the ways in which there may be effects upon the professional
capabililies of the social psychologist, will also be considered.
other topics to be studied will be the psychology oforganizations, togetherwith the growth
and development of social organizations and thei¡ consequences fo¡ the individual and the
communit¡ the effects of the mass media upon social and political processes; att¡tudes and
decision making; concomitants of technological change and the growth and modification of
social identity over the life span.
Assessment: Final examination.
6382 Psychological Assessment
Points value: 6,
Duration: Full year.
Contact hours: Weekly lhour periods of lectures, demonsttat¡ons and practical exercises
fo¡ 24 weeks.
Content: The subject examines the theoretical background to objective mental tests and
techniques, and aims to provide a basic practical familiaritywith these.
Standardized procedures to be studied include means for evaluating the effectiveness of
organizations and s¡rstems of communication, together with tests of abitit¡ aptitude,
attitude and personality, suited to a wide range of ages. Discussion will also focus on both
normal and abnormal responding. Particular emphasis will be given to the role of testing in
decision making, treatment and training. Other topics to be discussed include the selection
and use ofa range o[rnaterials appropriate to different areas of assessment; test standards;
techniques and requirements for test development; contempo¡ary issues in psychological
assessment; narrative and discourse analysis.
Assessment: Practical exercises thtoughout, these being completed in the candidate's own
time, and a written examination at the conclusion.
27L0 Working with Humân Systems: Theory and Practice
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Contact hours: Thour session a week for 24 weeks, plus practical work in the students, own
time.
Content: The emphasis will be on developing a contextual approach:
(a) to service delivery and
313
Arts

Arts
(b) to the assessment and solution of human problems in the famil¡ group, community and
organizational setting.
The subject will provide an int¡oduction to human syst€ms and grbernetic theory as applied
to the famil¡ the social network and organizations together with the recunive relationships
between them, Supewised training and practice will be provided in:
(a) the evaluation of problems in the above systems;
(b) preventive and interventive approaches to problem solution;
(c) basic interuiewing helping and consulting skills.
Topics will include General Systems Theory, First and Second Cþernetics; Organ¡zational
Theory Organizational Development; Team-building and Multidisciplinary Teamwork;
Intercrganizational dynamics and Interdomain rivalry Conflict solution; Communication;
Theory and pract¡ce of change; developmental and therapeutic approaches; FamilyTheory
and Therap¡5 Community-based sewice delivery.
Assessment: Practical assignments and essay.
4918 BehaviourManagement
Poinß value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hòurs: Shour weekly session for 12 weeks plus practical work in the students' own
time.
Content: The subject will provide ar introduction to (a) the principles and practice of
behaviour modification and (b) the application of learning principles to the amelioration of
common behavioural problems. This will include the discussion of faitors influencing the
generalization and maintenance of behaviour change; and social and ethical concerns in the
applications of behavioural methods in clinical, institutional and cummuniqr settings.
Speciflrc topics may include Behaviour Analysis and problem identiFrcation, Relaxation
Training, Systematic Desensitization, Positive Reinforcement, the Aversion Paradigm,
Flooding, Cognitive Behavioural Concepts, and Assertive Training. There will also be a
consideration of social-cognitive approaches to therapy.
Assessnent: Practical assignments and essay.
5772 Professional Practice and Ethics
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours: Weekly lhour sessions for 12 weeks.
Content: The subject will provide an introduction to issues bearing on professional practice,
casework and service delivery in the community context. Topics will include professional
ethics, the requirements and responsibilities of the psychologist, registration, the history
organization and institutionalization of psychological pract¡ce. Attention will be given to the
role of v¿lue systems and characteristic models of thought in the community in the
determination of accounts of proper scientific and professional practice, the social
construction of psychological practice and the sociocultural framework of psychological
practice. In this context, the scientist-practitioner nodel of psychological practice will be
critically examined.
Also considered are: the psychologist in an institutional setting, multidisciplinary teamwo¡k
and interdisciplinary issues, community based service delivery preventive approaches to
psychological health, children with special needs, child abuse and neglect, violence,
substance abuse, psycholoryand the law, the psychologist in private practice.
Assessment: Essay to be completed during the summer vacation in order to be assessed by
the end of February in the following year.
314

1937 Health and Community Psychologr
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poinßvalue:3.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours: Weekly lhour sessions for 12 week.
Content: The subject will be concerned with the role of psychological processes related to
health and illness. Individual differences in ¡eaction to psychÞsocial stressors and the
possible relationships with illness will be considered, together with socia¡{ognitive models
of belief and mechanisms of coping with stress. Particular attention will be paid to the study
of stress in occupational sett¡ngs. Also examined witl be evidence on behavioural aspects of
major causes of premature mortality and morbidity and the characteristics of psychological
interventions to modify health-related behaviour. The¡e will be a discussion of
methodological issues in the analysis and assessment of the outcomes of community and
individuat interventions to change health-related behaviour.
Assessme nt: Fi nal examination,
3371 Rehabilitation Psycholory
Availability: Not offered in 799'1,.
Poins value:3.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact løurs.'Weekly 3-hour sessions for L2 weeks.
Content: Topics will include the psychological aspects of different ty?es of disability and
social problems, including cognitive, physical and personality aspects of handicapping
conditions; the use of generic services; assessment and training principles and practice,
including the use of individual rehabilitation plans, maintenance and generalisation of
skills, staff training, and programme evaluation.
Assessment: Semina¡ assignments, practical exercises and essa¡m.
3709 Disability: Yocational Tfaining and Assessment
Availabiliry: Not offered in lÐ1.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact åoursr Vy'eekly lhour sessions for 12 weeks.
Contenl: Topics include work and the concept of normalization, models of vocational
training and current services, employment options, assessment for training, learning deficits
and technical aids, skill training techniques, measuring performance, managing behaviour
problems, placement procedures and staff training.
Assessment: Seminar assignments and practical exercises throughoùt, these being completed
in the candidate's own time, and a written examination at the conclusion.
9445 Ergonomics
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours: Weekly Shour sessions for L2 weeks.
Content: This subject assumes no previous knowledge of ergonomics and aims to introduce
those taking it to the application of scientific knowledge in the interests of workable
environments. Topics may include: seating, controls displays and control display
relationships, ergonomics and disability, ergonomics and personal computers and the
315
Arts

Arts
electronic office, ergonomics and cogtitive overload, ergonomics and environmental
psycholory.
Assessmeú: Examination.
1392 Psychologr of Unemployment
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours: Weekly Shour sessions for 12 weeks.
Content: The subject covers the following topics: the trsychological and social significance of
unemployment; unemployment in the 1930s and currently; youth unemployment compared
with job loss in middle-age; methods of studying the psychological impact of unèmployment
(anecdotal, cross-sectional, retrospective, Iongitudinal); psychological theories and evidence;
policy, community and counselling implications.
Assessment: Examination.
3592 Educational Psychologr
Poins value: 3.
Restriction: Any subject of those listed below under C.ontent, may not be offered for both
the MApp.Psych. and the B.Ed.
Contenl: This subject consists of the work for two of the subjects 5456 Theories of
Psychology in Rlucation, or 8566 Personal Factors in &lucation, or 4772 Aspects of
Motivation in Rlucation, or 1964 Adult Psycholory and Education. Syllabi and other details
are given under the degree of Bachelor of Education.
Assessment: See Department of Education's Courses of Study booklet for the B.Rl.
5623 Placement I
Poinu value: 3.
Duration: Semester I or II.
he -requ k ites : See Regula t ions for M.App.Psych.
Contact hours: 5 half{ays per week.
Quota: ke entry for MÁpp.Psych.
Contenl: Placements are arranged with various agencies in South Australia. Placements are
undertaken to enable candidates to gain a broad range of experience in areas such as
providing psychological services to children, adults, maladjusted people, ctients with
cognitive deficits etc.
hoposed Assessment: See Course Handbook.
1107 Placement II
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester I or II.
he-re quisites : See Regulations for MApp.Psych.
Contact hours:5 half-days per week.
Quota: See entry for M.A.pp.Psych.
Conlent: Placements are arranged s'ith various agencies in South Australia. Placements are
undertaken to enable candidates to gain a broad range of experience in areas such as
providing psychological services to children, adults, maladjusted people, clients with
cognitive deficits etc.
316

Proposed Assessm¿zt' See Coune Handbook.
5287 Placement III
Poinßvalae:3.
Duratíon: Semester I or II.
Pre-requisites: See Regulations for MÁpp.Psych.
Contact hours: 5 halfdays per week.
Quota: See entry for MApp.Psych,
Contenr: Placements are a'rranged with various agencies in Soùth Austfalia, Placements are
undertaken to enable candidates to gain a broad range of elçerience in areas sr¡ch as
providing psychological sen¡ices to children, adults, ntaladjusted people, clients with
cognitive deficits etc.
Proposed Assessmenr.' See Course Handbook.
3I7
Ails

Arts
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF ARTS
REGUI.ATIONS
1. The Faculty of Arts may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Arts any
person who
(a) is recommended by a depafment or departments within the Faculty able and willing to
provide facilities for the candidate's work towards the degree and
(b) has obtained an Honours degree, or other qualification accepted by the Univenity as
equivalent to an Honou¡s degree, in a subject or subjects to which his proposed field of
study relates.
2. (a) Subject to the app¡oval of the Board of Graduate Studies acting $/ith authority
wittingly devolved to it by Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such
conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the
degree a person who does not hold the qualification¡pqcified in regulation 1 above, but
who has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty o[Qis fitness to undertake work for lhe
degree.
(b) Before deciding such a person's fitness the Faculty may, if it so desires, .eqri.( lim
(i) to complete prescribed preliminary work and thereafter, or alternatively \-
(ii) to complete a prescribed course of study and pass a qualifying examination of
honours standard.
(c) The form and assessment of any preliminary work andfor of any course of study shall
be proposed by the department or departments concerned and approved by the Faculty. In
any qualitlng examination at least two examiners, approved by the Faculty for the purpose,
must contribute to the assessment of the candidate's performance.
3. Every candidate shall either
(a) present a tbesis or
(b) (i) pursue a course of advanced study, which may include practical exercises and
(ìi) present a thesis or dissertation.
The subject of any thesis or dissertation, and the content and method of assessnlent of any
course of adr"anced study, shall be approved by the department o¡ departments concerned
and by the Faculty. Assessment shall in every case be by not less than two exanriners of
whom at least one shall be exte¡nal to the University. The names of the examiners and the
relative weighting of any course work and the thesis o¡ dissertation in the overall
assessnìent shall be proposed by the depa¡tment or departments concerned and approved
by the Faculty.
4. (a) Unless the Faculty expressly approves an extension of time in a particular case, the
work for the degree shall be completed and the thesis or dissertat¡on submitted
(i) in the case of a full-time candidate, not less than one year no¡ mo¡e than th¡ee
years fronr the date at wh¡ch candidaturewas accepted by the Facultyor
(ii) in the case of a part-time candidate, not less than one year nor mo¡e than five yea¡s
from the date at which candidature was accepted by the Faculty.
(b) On completion of work for the degree the candidate shall
(i) inform the Head or Heads of the department or departments in which his wo¡k has
been done, and his supewisor or supervisors of his intention to submjt his thesis or
disse¡tation. The Head or Heads shall fo¡thwith propose the names of examiners
for approval by the Faculty.
(ii) lodge with the Registrar three copies of his thesis or dissertation prepared in
318

accordance with directions given to candidates f¡om time to time.r
5. The examiners of the thesis or dissertation may recomríeîd ahat it eittvt
(a) be accepted, with orwithout conditions ¿r
(b) be accepted, with or without conditions subject to satisfactory performance in an
examination, either written or oral or both, in the field of study immediatety televant to the
subject ofthe thesis or dissertation or
(c) be not accepted, but that the candidate be allowed to re-submit it after revision or
(d) be rejected.
The examiners of a thesis or dissertation re-submitted following recommendation (c) may
recommend only (a), (b) or (d).
6. A candidate who fullils the requ¡rements of these regulations and satishes the examiners
of the thesis or dissertation under regulation 4 and of any course work under regulation
3(b) shall, on the recommendation of the Facult¡ be admitted to the degree of Master of
Arts.
Regulatio6 sllowed l5 Jaoury, 197ó.
Amended 29 Janury, 1981: l, 2; Awiting allownæ: 2{a).
'Publ¡shcd i¡"Gu¡delines on Higher Degrees by Rcsearch and Sp€ciÍetioD forThsis": s¿¿ Contents.
NoTE (not foming part of the regùlâtio$): Any thesis or dis*¡tation is to @mpriæ at leðt one half of tbe total
reqüiremeoÌs for the degrce. D€pa¡lmeDl6 and øDdidâtes are i¡Íomcd that ¡t pFæDt ÀEtmliaD Govcmment
PGtgmdulc Rææh AErds æ otly sEilablc if 70 or Dorc o¡ ¡hc wrt for thc dcgrcc i¡ tlMrds a disrtatio! or
thes¡s, 8trd Aulmlian GwemmcDt PostgÉdutc Couñ Aw¡ds are oDb¡ aw¡lablc if 507¿ or mo¡c of lhc work for rbe
degree is ouæ rcrk of vhich at leæt 75øo mut bc at postgmdutc lael.
3t9
Arts

Arts
DECREE OF
MASTER OF ARTS
NOTES BY DEPARTMENTS
The attention of candidates is directed to"Notes and Instructions to candidates forhigher
degrees" which gives general advice to candidates and sets out the specifications fortheses.
(See Table of C-ontents.)
Anthropologn
1. Master of Arts Qualiflng
This course will be open to students with no previous training in Anthropology orclosely
related disciplines and to students holding a degree not considered by the Discipline to be
equivalent to Bachelor of Arts Honours. Students wilt do the Bachelor of Arts Honours
course work and must produce a L5,000-word qualiflng essay.
2. Master of A¡ts Programme:
Potential candidates for the degree of Master of A¡ts in Anthropolog¡l are advised to
consult the Head of the Discipline. Candidates should have a good Honours degree or
equivalent in Anthropology or a closely related social science discipline. They must present
a thesis, on a subject approved by the Faculty of Arts, of approximately 30,000 to 40,000
wo¡ds.
Asian Studies:
The programme is intended to supplement the present honours progràmmes in Chinese
and Japanese studies. It is aimed at, for example, overseas students whose first language is
Chinese or Japanese or students who can demonst¡ate considerable fluenry in Chinese o¡
Japanese but lack training in relevant social science disciptines or history.
A student in the Maste¡'s Qualiflng programme will essentially do the work of an honours
student. This will entail successful completion of:
the methodology component ofthe co¡e reading course, and
directed readings, leading to the submission of the honours thesis.
The only difference u/ith the honours course concerns the advanced textual readings
component of the core reading course. Given a Master's Qualifying student's established
fluenry in Chinese or Japanese, in lieu of the advanced readingÞ, the student will be
expected to complete: t$'o one-semester lecture courses concerning the relevant area or
country of specialization at third-year level, with marks of credit or above.
Ilis substitution ls designed to enhance a student's command of method and analytical
skills and to ensure that the student possesses writing skills adequate to postgraduate work.
Classics:
Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in Classics must Present a thesis on a subject,
and in a form, approved by the Faculty of Arts. The length of the thesis should be about
20,000 words.
The Depafment may also require candidates to present themselves fòr examination in a
portion of work chosen with refe¡ence to the subject area of the thesis. Such an
examination must be passed to the satisfaction of the Head of the Department, but will not
form part of the assessment for the award of the degree,
The qualifications required of applicants to be admitted as candidates for the degree are
320

set out in the regulations of the degree of Master of Arts. In general, a candidate should
have obtained a good Honours degree in Greek and/or I-atin or Classical Studies.
The degree is intended to be obtained normally by one year of full-time or two years of
part-time study. Work towards the degree is pursued under a supervisor or supervisors
appointed by the Faculty, and consists largely of preparatory reading, until the candidate is
ready to begin writing the thesis. The thesis its€lf, thciugh of an advanced standard, is not
intended necessarily to contain material that is a new contribution to knowledge.
Potential candidates should consult the Head of the Department of Classics in the first
instance.
English language and Literature:
C-andidates for the degree of Master of A¡ts in English l:nguage and Literatu¡e are
advised to consult the Head of the Department. It is advisable that the length of the Master
of A¡ts thesis should not exceed 50,000 words.
French Language and Literature:
Candidates for the degree ofMaster ofArts in French l:nguage and Literature are advised
to consult the Head of the Department at the earliest oppof unity.
C¿ndidates who seek to qualify under regulation 2 are normally required to have already
passed at a good standard in French I, II and III, or their equivalents, and, then, to take the
fourth-year Honours course in French Language and Literature, At the end of one year, if
full-time, or at the end of two years, if part-time, they will be required to pass, at a
satisfactory standard, the following examinations: the thesis and the three papers required
for Honours in F¡ench l:nguage and Literature.
Geograph¡r
Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in Geography are advised to obtain the
Departmental Postgraduate Handbook and to consult the Head of the Department.
Candidates should have at least a Ctass IIA Honours degree or equivalent in Geograph¡
or, with the permission of the Head, in an associated discipliñe. Persons whose
qualifications are in a discipline other than Geography may be required to complete
prescribed supplementary work in Geography to the satisfaction of the Head.
German language and Literalure:
Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in German language and Literatu¡e are
advised to consult the Head of the Department.
History:
Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in History are advised to consult the Head of
the Department.
Music:
C¿ndidateswill be expected to undertake a composite master's degree course comprising:
Musicology
(i) the presentation of a thesis or a scholastic and performing edition of a major musical
wo¡k or collection of musical work involving paleographic skills, a substantial editorial
introduction and commentaries;
(ii) four subjects listed under the Master of Music Degree (Musicology).
The degree of Master of Arts in Music is also available in Ethnomusicology, and Music in
Education.
321
Arls

Arts
Philosoph¡,:
Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in Philosophy are required to consult the
Head of the Department within the first month of the academic year about the subject and
the course of reading for their thesis.
Politics:
Candidates for the degree of Master of A¡ts in Politics are advised to consult the Head of
the Department at the earliest oppofunity.
Psychologn
Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in Psychology are advised to consult the Head
of the Department.
The qualifications required of applicants to be admitted as candidates for the degee are
set out in the regulations of the degree of Master of Arts. In general, a candidate should
have obtained a good Honours degree in Psychology or the Diploma in Applied Psycholog¡r
of the University. In considering the equivalence of othe¡ qualifications, the Department
will seek specific evidence of ¡esearch competence as well as coursework, of an appropriate
extent and quality. Vy'here this does not obtain, some preliminary work may be prescribed.
Candidates who are required to pass a qualiflng examination of Honours standard undor
regulation 2(bxii), are required to pass at an acceptable standard, the required number of
pap€rs set at the Honours examination and to complete an independent research
investigation.
Candidates enrolled for the degree of Master of Arts in Psycholorywill normallywrite a
thesis reporting an independent research investigation on a topic approved by the Faculty,
which will be examined by two external examiners appointed by the Faculty. C-andidates
may, however, propose subjects of study which include examinable exercises in association
with a research thesis, as permitted by the procedures specihed in regulation 3(b). Such
non-thesis components as are proposed to the Faculty will normally constitute 30Vo of the
work for the degree.
After one year of satisfactory progress, candidates may apply to transfer to the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy.
Woments Studies:
Candidates intending to enrol for the degree of Maste¡ of A¡ts in a Department of Faculty
of Arts may, with the agreement of that Depafment, be jointly supewised by the Di¡ector
of the Resea¡ch Centre for Women's Studies and by a member of staff of their original
Department. Pre-requisites are those of the Department in which the candidate is
enrolling, but candidates may find it useful to have undertaken some study in the Research
Cent¡e for Women's Studies as part of their Honours work. It is possible to combine
Honours work in a Depaf ment in the Faculty of Arts with work in the Research Centre for
Women's Studies.
Note:
For the purpose of the degree of Master of Arts regulations the Discipline of Anthropology
the Centre for Asian Studies and the Research Centre for Women's Studies are deemed to
be departments.
322

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF ARTS (WOMEN'S STUDTES)
REGULATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of A¡ts (Women's Studies).
for the degree must have qualified
Class or IIA standard, or other
rsity, or a Graduate Diploma in
and which is graded at a standard
or IIA standatd ovetall.
(c) The Faculty, if it sees fit to do so, may require the applicant to complete such additional
preliminary work as it may prescribe before being accepìéd as a candidãte for the degree.
3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall:
(i) satisfy examiners in courses of study as prescribed in the schedules; and
(ii) as prescribed in the schedules, carry out research work and present a satisfactory thesis
on a subject approved by the Faculty.
4. (a) The council, after receipt of advice f¡om the Facult¡ shall from time to time
prescribe sched u les defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be passed
by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective f¡om the date ofprescription by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The sy'labuses of subjects shall be speclfied by the Di¡ector of the Research Cent¡e for
women's studies or Head of each department concerned, subject to endorsement by the
Faculty and approval by the Executive committee of the Education committee. The
Director_or _Head of a depafment concerned may approve minor changes to any previously
approved syllabus.
5. The maximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any subject for the degree
shall be determined from time to time by the council on the recommendation of the
Faculty;-and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the council to provide any
or all of the subjects in any year if for any ¡eason the council decides to suspend it oi
them.
6. Except with the permission of the Faculty, the coursework and ¡esearch for tbe deg¡ee
shall be completed in not less than one and a half years of full-time study or three yeaà of
part-time study.
7. If ¡n the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory
proqlï. the Faculty may with rhe consent of the council withdraw its approval of
cand¡dature and the candidate shall the¡eupon cease lo be enrolled for the degreè.
8. On completion of the thesis the candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of
the thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates from time to time.
9. The Faculty shall appoint two examiners for the thesis, one of whom shall be associated
323
Añs

Artg
with the teaching of the course and one of whom shall be extemal both to thô teâobing bf
the course and to the Uníversity.
10. A candidale wlro .f.u!.tils the require¡n9nts o[ these; ,F.gulati-oqs and salMe.! lhg .
examiners may'on ttrè'r,èco'rninendation olthii Fatuidy be ádmitteit to,tñedodrèê.' t ' i
Regul¡tiotrsllffd I Mæh, 190.
Awiti¡gall('wue 4b).
3U

O+ 2-1- 1ì^-lß
DEGREE'F >+4n î^1
MASTER OF ARTS (WOMEN'S STUDIES)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 4.)
NOTE: All subjects are offered subject to enrolments and the availability of staff and
resources. Additional subjects may be offered at the disctetion of the Faculty.
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
1. The course of study for the degree of Master of Arts (Women's Studies) shall be made
up of three parts with an aggre9 te points value o Unless exempted therefrom
by the Faculty, every candidate for the degree sha all parts. An overall pass in
each part is necessary for admission to the degree.
2.PartI¿ Core Subjects
Unless the Faculty, or its nominee, decides otherwise, candidates shall take the following
compulsory subjects:
6399 Feminist Questions (4.5 points)
and
L700 Research Strategies (4.5 points)
3. Part II: Elective Subjects
Unless the Faculty, or its nominee, decides othen+,ise, candidates shall take eitler No or
fou¡ of the following elective subjects: wo iÎ they choose to present a thesis to the r¡alue of
18 points (see Part ll[); four if they choose to present a thesis to the value of 9 points (see
Part III). Candidates may not take more than two subjects from those listed as Group B
subjects. All subjects are taught over one semeste¡, and have a points value of 4.5 points.
The subjects a¡e offered at all three South Australian Unive¡sities. Status towards the
Adelaide degree will be granted for any of the subjects offered by Flinders University or
the Universityof South Australia that are successfullyconrpleted and that are listed below.
GROI.JPA SUBJECTS
University of Adelaide:
1780 History of Feminist Thought Since 1?50
4076 Aust¡alian Feminist Historiography
204L Vy'omen Writers: the Tu/entieth Centu
3700 Special Topic in Women's Studies
Women and Environments (Women's Studies)
SUBJECTS OFF'ERED AT OTHER INSTITUTIONS
Subjects offered at other institutions (as may be approved from time to time by the Council
on the recommendat¡on of the Faculty of Arts) for which status will be granted towards the
Adelaide degree.
Students wishing to take any of these subjects must comply with the enrolment procedures
of the institution at which they are offered. Details of these procedures will be available in
due course.
325
A¡ts

Arls
In 1990 these subjects were:
trlinders Universit¡
Critique and construct in feminist knowledge
fheories of Race and Gender
Family State and Social Policy
Reading Topic
Universlt¡r of South Australia:
Women in History
Feminist Theory
\Momen and Social Policy
Feminism and the State
Gender and Trade Unions
Gender Issues in Education
Women and the Division of l¿bour
'Women
from Non-English Speaking Backgrounds: An Australian Study
Women Writers and the Literary Tradition
Semiotics and Gender Representation
rùy'omen and Popular Culture
hnguage and Gende¡
Memory and the Culture of Mothering
Feminine Subjectivity
Female Sexuality
\Vomen's Studies: Special Seminar
Au tobiography and Creative Wri ting
Personal and P¡ofessional Development
Women's Health and Lifestyle
GROIJP B SUBJECTS:
SUBJECTS OFFERED AT OTHER INSTITUTIONS
Subjects offered at other institutions (as may be approved f¡om time to time by the C-ouncil
on the recommendation of the Faculty of Afs) for which status $'ill be granted towards the
Adelaide degree.
Students wishing to take any of these subjects must comply with the entolment procedures
of the institution at which they are offered. Details of these procedures will be available in
due course.
In 1990 these subjects were:
f,linders Universit¡r
'Women's Studies: History
Women's Studies: Theories
'Women's Studies: Cultu¡al Texts
Women's Studies: Introduction
4. PART III: Thesis
Unless the Faculty, o¡ its nominee, decides othenvise, candidates shall complete either a
thesis to the value of 9 points (approximately 20,000 words) or a thesis to the value of 18
points (approximately 40,000 words) on a topic approved by the Faculty. Candidates
wishing to undertake a 9 point thesis will take four elective subjects (see Part II).
Candidates wishing to undertake an 18 point thesis will take two electiúe subjects (see Part
u).
Candidates must en¡ol in, and complete, one of the following subjects to fulfil the
requirements of Part III:
6981 Thesis (B) Full-time (9 points)
9239 Thesis (B) Part-time (9 points)
5419 Thesis (A) Full+ime (18 points)
4536 Thesis (A) Part-time (18 points)
326

5. To compleæ a oourse of study a candidate, unless exempted therefrom by the Faculty,
shall:
(a) regularþ attend the prescr¡bed lect¡rrw, tutorials ¡nd seminars
tical wort d woiþ and pass s¡tch-examlnations, as -the
ires that wo ¡n the Un¡versity or elsewhere should be
counted towards the requirement of these schedules may, on written application to the
Registrar, be granted such exemption f¡om the requirements as the Coun¿il, on thê ad'tiÒe
of the Faculty, shall determine.
7. Each candidate's course of study must be approved by the Faculty, or ¡ts nominee, at
enrolment each year.
8. When, in the opinion of the Facultf special circumstances exist, the C-ouncil, on the
recommendation of the Facutty in each case, may \¡ary any of the provislons of Gläuses 1-7
above.
t )
3n
Arts

Arts
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF ARTS (WOMEN'S STUDIES)
SYLI.ABUSES
CORE SUBJECTS:
6399 FeministQuestions
Poins value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: This topic s¡ill introduce students to the politics and theories of rùy'omen's Studies
by considering the impact of selected feminist questions on existing political philosophies,
eg liberalism, anarchism, marxism, st¡ucturalism and post-structuralism, positivism, empiricism
and functionalism.
Assessment: One 6,000 word essay.
1700 ResearchStrategies
Poins value: 4.5.
Duration: Full year.
Contact hours:2 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: Students will become familiar with the range of methods and procedures employed
in current feminist research and acquire the knowledge and skills to initiate a successful
research project. They will consider a¡guments for and against a specifically feminist
methodolory, investigate the uses of qualitative and quantitative models, consider
philosophical, ethical and ideological assumptions underlying various modes of research,
and explore the nexus between research, social practices and social change,
Assessment:6000 word ¡esearch proposal, including methodolory and sources, fo¡ the thesis
component of the degree. Up to 1J00 words. At the end of the subject, studenrs
proceeding to M.A. (Women's Studies) will submit concise outline to Higher Degrees
Committee.
PAKT II SUBJECTS: GROUP.E ADEIAIDE UNTVBRSITY:
1780 History of Feminist Thought Since 1780
Points value: 4.5.
Duratiott: Senrester I.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who are also taking Feminist Theory (SACAE).
Cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their qualifications for
entry to this Programme.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectures a fortnight.
Content: This topic exanrines theories on such topics as education for women, paid work,
domestic labour, sex, marriage, motherhood and families, by discussing works by M.
Wollstonec¡aft, F. Engels, J. S. Mitl, E. Goldman, C. P. Gilman, V. \Voolft S. de Beauvoir,
328

K. Millett, S. Firestone, J. Mitchell, S. Rowbotham, M. Barrett and C. Delphy, each in their
cultural and historical context.
Assessment: One 6,000 word essay,
4076 Australian Feminist Historiography
Points value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as Part of theif
qualification for entry to the Programme.
Contact løurs: 4 hours of lectu¡es and tutor¡als a fortnight.
Contenl: This topic explores influences upon and achievements of such Australian feminist
historians as A. Summers, B. Kingston, M. Dixson, E. Ryan, IC Daniels, M. I¿ke' J.
Matthews and K. Reiger, focussing upon the approaches, methodologies and mate¡ials
developed by each, and their relation to developments in contemporary feminist theory'
Assessment: One ó,000 word essay.
Tørt-book: Scott, J. W. Gender and the politics of hktory (Columbia University Press, 1988).
2041 Women Writers: the TWentieth Centuty
Poins value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contact hours: 4 hours of lectu¡es and tutorials a fortnight.
have already taken it as part of theil
Conlenl: This subject will consider key women's texts lvritten in English in the twentieth
century in relation to questions of gender and representation. Texts both central to and
outside the British lemate tradition will be considered, with reference to historical context
and contemporary feminist literary theory. Special attention will be given to problems of
language and subjectivity, the construction of sexuality and sexual differences, and the ways
in which gender affects writing and reading.
Assessmenl: One essay of ó,000-8,000 words.
Tst-books: Cather, W., My Antonia (1918); Woolff, Y., Mrs. Dalloway (1925); Pichard' K
3700 Special Topic in Women's Studies (Adelaide)
Poins value: 4.5.
Duratiott: One Semester,
Women and Environments (Women's Studies)
SyIIa bus : See M.Env.St.
329
Arts

Arts
PARÍI II SI,JBJECT& GROI,JP & ÍLINDERS I,JNIVERSITY:
41505 Critique and Construct in Feminist Knowledge
Poinu value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours: 4 hours of lectu¡e and tutorials a fortnight.
conlent: To explore theoretical debates surrounding the concept of "feminist knowledge,'
and its ¡elationship to other disciplines.
Assessment: One 6,000 word essay.
41506 Theories of Race and Gender
Availability: Not of¡ered in 191.
Poinsvalue:45.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fofnight.
content: To explore debates from 18th century to the present about the relationship
between race and gender. The topic will explore the impact of major theories of race to
question their significance.
Assessment: One 6,000 word essay.
Text-books: A dossier ofjournal articles and readings will be offered.
51521 Famil¡ State and Social Policy
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poins value: 4.5.
Restriction: cannot be taken by students who are also taking women and Social policy
(SACAE).
Corrtacl hours: 3 hours of lectures a fortnight.
Content: This topic explores the range of policy issues which arise from the extension of the
state's authority to encompass the fam¡ly and the lives of women and children.
Assessnrcn!: One 6,000 word essay.
Text-books: Baldock, C. & Cass, B. (eds.) Women, social welþre and the state in Austratia
(Allen & Unwin, 1983/1988).
41507 Reading Topic
Poins value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester L
PARI II ST.JBJECTS: GROUPÆ
Due to the restructuring of the South Australian College of Advanced &lucation the venue
and availabitity of the following subjects shoutd be checked at the Research centre for
Women's Studies.
Women in History
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 1991.
Poins value: 4.5.
Restriction: cannot be taken by students who are also taking women's Studies History
(Flinden). C¿nnot be taken by students who have aheady taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
330

Content: This unit involves a study of women in the recent history of Britain, the United
States and Australia. Topics include Aboriginal women, pre-industrial society, industrial
revolution and gender divisions, pioneer women in Australia, ideologies about women,
first-wave feminism, sexuality, the birthrate, women's paid and unpaid work, the Depression
and the rù/orld Wars.
Assessment: One 6,000 word essay.
Text-books: McMurchy, et al, eds. For love or money (Penguin, 1983); Bevege, M. et al, eds.
Worth ler salt (Hate & Iremonger, 1984).
Feminist Theory
Points value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who a¡e also taking History of Feminist Thought
(Adelaide). Cånnot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Progranìme.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: This subject examines conservative views of women's social Position; Liberal
feminism, past and present; Marxist feminism; Radical Feminism; Socialist feminism; new
F¡ench Feminism; Theories of sameness and difference in ¡elation to \¡¡omen; Theories of
patriarchy Feminlst analysis of the family Feminism and exclusion; Passive, assertive and
aggressive patterns of interaction and the diffe¡ence between them.
Assessment: One 6,000 word essay.
Text-books: Eisenstein, H., Contemporary feminkt thougltt (Nlen & Unwin, 1984); Mitchell,
J. and Oakle¡ A. (eds.), Ilhat's feminism? (Basil Blackwell, 1986); Broom, D. (ed.),
Unfnished business: women and social justice in Australia (Allen & Unwin, 1984).
Feminism and the State
AvailabiliE: Not offered in 1991.
Poins value: 4.5.
Duration: One Semester.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this ProgÌamme.
Contact hours: 4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: This topic explores feminist analysis of the family in relation to the state. It
focusses on contrasting themes: the patriarchlal family/the state as Patriarch; state
intervention in fanrilies/state protection of families; the s,elfare state/the caring family.
Enrphasis is given to the politics of feminist campâigns around the family and the
Austral¡an state.
Assessn¿ent: One 6,000 word essay.
Tut-books: Bums, 4., et al (eds.), The family in thc modem world (Allen & Unwin, 1983);
Franzway, S., Court, D., Connell, R W., Stc&rng a claim: þminkm, bureaucracy and lhe
state (Allen & Unwin, 1989).
Gender and Trade Unions
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Points value: 4.5.
Duratiott: One Semester,
Restiction: Cannot be taken by students who have aheady taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Progrâmme.
331
Arts

Arts
Contact hours:4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: This topic investigates how gender contributes to the construction of trade
unionism. The investigation includes the sexual division of labour, the Australian labour
movement, the Australian industrial relations system, the sexual politics of union
organisation, union sisters and "brothers", union campaigns on ,\yomen,s issues".
Assessment: One ó,000 word essay.
Tqt-books: Rawson, D., Unions and unionßu in Austalia (Allen & Unwin, 1986); Williams,
C., BIue, white and pink collar workers in Australia (Allen & Unwin, 1989).
Gender Issues in Education
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Poinsvalue:4.5.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of thei¡
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Conlent: This top¡c int¡oduces students to ¡ecent research in girls'and women's education.
It examines the relationship between schooling and patriarchy and attempts to integrate it
with an analysis of class structure.
Assessment: One minor essay of 2,000 wotds,33Vo; One major essay of 4,000 wotds, 66Vo.
Tøct-books: Deem, R., I4/omen and schooling (Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1978); Porter, P.
(ed.) Gender and education (Deakin, University Press, 1986).
The Division of Labour
Availability: Not offered in 1991..
Poins value: 4.5.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who have atready taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectu¡es and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: This unit examines competing definitions of the division of labour in relation to
women by exploring a Énge of theo¡etical framewo¡ks and debates. Examination of such
definitions will inform analysis of the exploitation of women in paid work, in marriage and
ntotherhood and the connection between these a¡eas. Cur¡ent social issues relevant to this
investigation of the division of labour and the position of women will also be addressed.
Assessntent: Seminar participation and presentation (1,000 words), 307oi Major essay/
Project (5,000 words), 70Vo.
Tøtt-books: Hargreaves, l{-, Women at work (Penguin, 1983); Grieve, N. & Bums, A. (eds.),
Austtalian women; new feminkt perspectives (O.U.P., 1986).
Women from Non-English Speaking Bacþrounds: An Australian Study
Poins value: 4.5.
Duralion: Semester II.
Restriction: C¿nnot be taken by students who have aheady taken it as part of their
qualification fo¡ entry to this Programme.
Contacl hours:4 lectures and tutotials a fortnight.
Content: This unit will aim to develop a criticat and comparative perspective on the system
of ethnic and racial stratification in Australia and its impact on ethnic women. To achieve
that, the unit will examine the role played by migrant women in the creation of Aust¡alia as
a nrulticultural society, and circumstances under which they have been subordinated and
332

their effect on self concept. It will explore the survival and resistance strategies and the role
of social movements and social poliry.
Assessment: Two 3000 word essays.
Tact-books: Jarrett, C. & Stewart, R- G., Three worlds of inequality: race, class and gender
(Penguin, L97Ð; Bottomley, G. & Delæpewanche, M., Ethtticity, class and gender in
Australia (Alten & Unwin, 1984); l,owenstein, W. & Irh, M., Immigrants (Penguin, 1977).
Women Writers and the Literary Tradition
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poinß value: 4.5.
Duration: One Semester,
Restriction: Cånnot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contact hours:4 lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: This subject will study representative female novelists, poets and prose writers of
the 19th and 20th centuries in terms of: historical and social backgrounds, the texts
themselves, and their critical reputations. It wilt involve issues relating to writing and sexual
difference.
Assessmen!: Two 3000 word essays or equivalent.
Tøct-books: Bronte, C., læssing, D.,
(Panther, 1973); Austen, ; ShelleY, M',
1,986); Stead, C., Thc ma & Robertson
(Harper & Row, 1966); s'), Adrienne
797s).
Semiotics and Gender Representation
Poins value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who are also taking Women's Studies: Cultural
Texts (Flinders).
Contact hours: 4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: Students will be introduced to semiotic theory in order to read the cultural codes
th¡ough which
made to wofnen as
subjecl and obj
theory and Practice,
und in literary
the sPlit subjectivity
of women wiÍl
cultu¡al Production,
the unconscious, the construction of sexuality and desires.
Assessment: Two decoding exercises 30Vo; essay or project 40/o; seminat presentation 30øo.
Text-books: Coward, R., Femate desire (Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1984)' Unit Reader
prepared by the Lecturer.
Women and Popular Culture
Poins value: 4.5.
Duratiott: Semester I.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectu¡es and tutorials a fortnight'
Content: Students will investigate the ways in which women and ideas about femininity are
represented in popular culture. Through an analysis of newspapers, advefisements,
JJJ
Añs

Arts
television, film, women's magazines and fiction, as well as public monuments in Adelaide,
students will consider how masculine/feminine dichotomies are produced and consumed
with specific ¡eference to Australian culture and Australian nationál identity.
Assessment: Two 3000 word essays or equivalent.
Tefl-book: Barthes, J., Mythologies (palradin, 1972). Reader prepared by the Lecture¡.
Language and Gender
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 1991.
Poinls value: 4.5.
Duration: One Semester,
Restriction: cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contacl hours: 4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Conlent: This un d gender, including those
developed within ics, sociai semiotic-theory.
Attention is paid oth an adequate theory óf
the interrelations effective feminist praciice
directed towards
Assessment:^seminar presentation 2ovo; Textual anatysis (2,500 words) 40vo; T\eoretical
paper (2J00 words) 40Vo.
Tøtt-books: Poynton, c., Language and gender: making the difference (Deakin university
Press, 1985).
Memory and the Culture of Mothering
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poitts value: 4.5.
Duratiott: One Senrester.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who have'already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contact hours:4 hours oF lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Assessment: One 6,000 word report on research project.
Tøct-books: Haug, P., Female sextalizatrbn (Verso, 1987); Matthews, J. J., Good and mad
wonten (Allen & Unwin, 1984).
Feminine Subjectivity
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 1991.
Poins value: 4.5.
Duration: One Semester.
Restriction: cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme. cannot be taken bystudents who aie also taking
Female Sexuality.
Contact hours:4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
334

Conænt: This topic investigates the nature of subjectiviç focussing upon identity and
object choice in ¡elation to "the feminine". Analysis of a range of theoretical frameworks
will be undertaken. The relation between social structure and identity formation, romance,
sexuality and sexolory are among the areas to be considered.
Assessment: Seminar paficipation and presentation (1,ffi0 words) 307o; Major essay/
project (5,000 wotds) 70Vo.
Tact-books: Connell, R. W., Gender and power (Allen & Unwin, 1987); Meulenbelt, .¿r., I
creative tension (Pluto, 1984).
Female Sexuality
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poins value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester IL
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme. Cannot be taken by students who are also taking
Feminine Subjectivity.
Contac! hours:4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Contenl: The unit examines the cultural factors which have influenced the construction of
sexualities in western societ% past and present. It explores personal attitudes to and
experiences of one's own and other women's sexuality and considers the terms of
maintenance of feminine positions in popular culture through the dynamics of female
desire.
Assessment: Three 2000 word essa)6 or equivalent.
Tut-books: Coward, k, Female desire (Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1984); Heath, S., 7he
suual fx (Macmillan, 1982). Unit Reader prepared by the læcturèr.
lVomen's Studies: Special Seminar
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poinß value: 4.5.
Duration: One Semester.
Autobiography and Creative Writing
Availability: Not offered in 1991,.
Poinsvalue:4.5.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this programme.
Contact hours:4 hours a fortnight.
Content: In this unit students will read autobiographical texts by women w¡iters f¡om
various cultu¡es and career backgrounds, and explore the similarities and differences in
women's life experiences. Students also engage in creative writing workshops in which they
explore the personal, social and vocational aspects of their lives, using a variety of writing
styles and techniques to develop their creative writing abilities.
Assessment: Three pieces of c¡eative wnting33.3Vo; seminar participation, 33.3Vo; a w¡itefs
diary,33.3Vo.
Taa-books: A selection of autobiogaphical texts.
335
Arls

Arts
Personal and Professional Development
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Points value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: cannot be taken by students who have already taken it as part of their
qualification for entry to this Programme.
Contact hours: 4 hours a fortnight.
Content: In this unit, students will learn to ptactise skitls and model behaviour which is
elf and others. The content of the unit includes: development
to enhance personal and professional competence; suwey of
various professions; analysis of main a¡eas of disadvantage;
enhance women's position within the professions; research
Assessment: Research project 307o; written contract 30Vo; wotkplace ¡eview 20Vo; diary
record 207o.
Tect-books: A Reader prepared by Unit Co-o¡dinator.
'Women's Health and Lifestyle
Points value: 4.5.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: cannot be taken by students who have already taken it for Graduate Diploma
(Women's Studies).
Conlacl hours: 4 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Contgnl The unit aims to provide an opportunity for q¡omen to e:çlore and develop their
physical potential and become more aware of the pressures on women in our sociely and
the effect on their physical, mental and social health.
A practical component will determine a base line level of fitness and introduce a range of
physical activity.
semina¡s will cove¡ nutrition, exercise and fitness, menstruation to menopause, wellness,
stress management, ageing, recreation in lifestyle plans.
Assessment: Practical skills and fitness personal contract 30Vo; seminat presentation 307¿;
research papet or project 40Vo.
Text-boolc: Boston women's Health c.ollective The new ou¡ bodies ourselves
Harmondsworth (?enguin, 1984); Ryan, R & Travis, J., l4/ellness workbook (Berkeley;
Tenspeed Press, 1981.).
PARI III SI.JBJECTS: FLINDERS I,JNIVERSITY:
41502 Women's Studies History
Poins value: 4.5.
Duralion: Semester II.
Restriction: C.annot be taken by students u/ho are also taking Women in History.
Contact haurs:2 bours of lectures and 2 of tutorials a fortnight.
Assessnent: One 6,000 word essay.
Teu-books: Matthews, J. J., Good and mad women: tlt¿ hktorical construction of femininity
in wentlet! century Austalia (Allen & Unwin, 1984); Reiger, I(, Th¿ disenchaniment o¡ the
Iøme (O.U.P.,L985).
336

41503 Women's Studies Theories
Poinsvalue:45-
Duration: Semester I.
Contact lnurs: ó hours of lectures and tuto¡ials a fortn¡ght.
Contenî: To familiarise students with the range of contemporary debates about feminist
theory dra$,n from Aust¡alian and overseas feminist joumals. Each year the topic will focus
on particular issues in contemporary femlnist theory.
Assessment: One 6,000 word essay.
Tø-boolcs: Pateman, C. & Gross, E. (eds.), Feminist challenges (Allen & Unwin, 198ó);
Weedon, C., Feminkt practice and posstntcturalßt theory (Blachvell, 1%7).
41504 Women's Studies Cultural Texts
Poins value: 45.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: Cannot be taken by students who are also taking Semiotics and Gender
Representation.
Conlact hours:6 hours of lectures and tutorials a fortnight.
Content: To investigate a range of cultural texts from the popular media through hlm and
the arts with attention to some Australian materials. The investigation will be guided by
feminist questions about the position of women as cultural producers and representations
of gender e4lerience in various media,
Assessment: One 6,000 word essay.
Tect-boolcs: Coward, k, Female desire (Paladin, 7982); Moi, T., Sqtal/tøual politics
(Methuen, 1985).
Women's Studies: Introduction
Poinsvalue:4.5.
Duration: Semester L
he-requkites: Admission to Progfamme.
337
Ads

Arts
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF EDUCATION
REGULATIONS
L. There shall be a degree of Master of Education.
2. An applicant fo¡ admission to the course for the degree shall:
(a) have qualified for at least a Class II honours degree of the University or of another
University accepted for the purpose by the University, and have qualifigd for the Graduate
Diploma in Rtucation of the University or for a qualification accepted by the University as
equivalent; or
(b) have passed subjects equivalent to at least 24 points from the subjects listed under
Schedule I for the degree of Maste¡ of Educational Studies, with at least eight points being
gained at distinction or credit level; or
(c) have qualified for the degree of Master of Educational Studies of the University
and satisfy such other requirements for admission to the course as ate set out in schedules.
24. (a) Subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Stùdies acting q,ith authority
wittingly devolved to it by C.ouncil, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such
conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the
degree a person who does not hold the qualifications specified in regulation 2(a) and 2(b)
above but who has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of his fitness to undertake
wo¡k fo¡ the degree.
(b) Before deciding such a person's fitness the Faculty may, if it so decides, require him
(i) to complete prescribed preliminary úork, and theteaftel, or altematively
(ii) to complete one or more prescribed courses of study and pass qualifying
examinations of ordinary degree standañ andfor Diploma in Education
standard as fits the subject matter.
(c) The form and assessment of any preliminary work andfot of any course of study shall
be proposed by the depafment or departments concerned and approved by the Faculty. In
any qualiflng examination at least two exarqiners, approved by the Faculty for the pur¡rose,
mùst contribute to the assessment of the candidate's performance.
-. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall:
(a) satisfactorily complete a course of studywhich extends over one year of full-time study
or up to four years of part-time itudy, and
(b) present a satisfactory thesis on a subject approved by the Faculty of Arts, for which the
candidate shall be en¡olled for not less than one year if a full-time candidate, no¡ mole
than three years, without special permission of the Facult)l
' provided that a candidate admitted under Regulation 2(b) or 2(c) shall be exempt from the
\qequirements of section (a) of this Regulation.
4. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects !o be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the Counc¡l may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of department or Heads of
departments concemed and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Education Committee for approval, except that chairmen of departments may aPP¡ove
minor changes to previously approved syllabuses.
338

Ë
5. A candidate for the degree by part-t¡me study shall be examined in any year in not more
than half the subjects of the course of study.
6. A candidate shall submit for approval by the Faculty of Arts the subject of the
thesis or of the dissertation prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates
from time to time.'
9. (a) The Faculty of Aits shall appoint examiners of the thes¡s, of whom at Ieast one shall
be an external examiner.
(b) At the discretion of the examiners a candidate may be examined orally on the
candidate's thesis and may also be required to pass a written examination connected with
the subject of the thesis.
10. A candidate who desires that examinations whích the candidate has passed in the
University or in another university should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Master of
klucation, may on written application be granted such exemption from the requirements of
these regulations as the Co.uncil shall determine.
11. l\ candidate who complies ì¡¡ith the foregoing conditions and satlsfies tlre examiners
shall, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Arts, be admitted to the degree of Master
of Blucation.
12. A candidate who holds the degree of Bachelor of Ertucation, or the degree of Master of
&lucational Studies, of the University of Adelaide shall sur¡ender that degree before being
admitted to the degree of Master of Education.
Regulat¡o6 allowcd ló March, l9ó1.
Amended: 22 Dec. 196ó;3,6,7,9i9 tat.lg@t 2i2l Dæ.lylzi 2i 28Fú. L974t 16:, B tú. t975t 2i 15 JaL 1976: 4, 8; 3l
Jatr. 1980: 3, 6, 7,9; 8 Jan. l98l:2A, l4 4 Fcb. 1982 8; 24 Feb. 1983: 4, 12t 24 Mar.1988: 7. 1 Mar. 19901 2,3,6,7,9,12
Àwiting auoMnæ: 2A(a).
'Published in"Guidelines on Higher Deg¡ees by Research and Specit¡ørio$ for Tlsis',: Jæ Con¡cnts.
339

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF EDUCATION
SCHEDULES
(Made by the C-ouncil under Regulation 4.)
SCHEDULE I: SUBJECTS OF STUDY
(NOTES: (a) The points value of the subjects is indicated at the end of each subject title.
(b) Notwithstanding the Schedules and Syllabuses published in this Volume, a number of
subjects listed may not be offered in 1991.)
Philosophy of Flucation
Semester subjects
8936 Problems inTheoryofCulture 4 6lL6 Knowledge, Relativism and the
5491 Ideas and Education in
Enlightenment France
?ß60 The Idea of the University in
Vctorian England
History of Education
Semester subjects
387 Class, Gender and the History of
Schooling
1850 Class, Gender and Schooling in
Australia
8989 Higher F¡lucation in Australia
2995 Education in Renaissance ltaly
and England
Sociologr of Education
Semester subjects
1898 Multicultural Society and
Educational Policy 4
8900 Schools as Cultural S¡ntems 4
Educational Psychologr
Semester subjects
5456 Theories of Psychologr in Education 4
4172 Aspects of Motivation in Education 4
English Curriculum Studies
Full-Year subjects
8502 Special Topic in English Curriculum
Development I
Semester subjects
4709 I-znguage and Media 4
8333 English in Blucation and
Contemporary Culture 4
340
Curriculum
4 25M Eth¡cs, Aesthetics and &lucation
4868 Plato's Thought on Education
4
4
4
4
4
3469 Women, Work and Education
1611 Public and Progressive School
Traditions
3897 History of Feminist Thought,
1780-1980
8832 hnguage and Education in
Multilingual Settings
8503 Research Project in Sociology of
Blucation
8566 Personal Factors in &lucation
?079 Honours English (A) Fiucation
4198 Honours English (B) klucation
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Mathematics Curriculum Studies
Fulì-Year subject
5105 Honours Mathematics (&lucation) 8
Semester subjects
2051 Mathematics &lucation 4
History and Social Science Curriculum subjects
F\ll-Year subject
3212 Curriculum Studies in History and
Social Science I
tfq4
Science Education
Semester subjects
1595 Making Sense of the Scientific World4 8671 The Nature of Science and Science
2502 Scientific Revolutions and &tucation4 Curricula
8950 Science Education Project
Adult Education
Semester subjects
1964 Adult Psychology and Education 4 æX Special Topic in Adult Education
General Research Methods
Semester subjects
8713 Introduction to Statistics in &lucational
Research 4
SCHEDULE II: COURSE OF STUDY
Unless exempted by the Faculty of Arts, a candidate shall present passes in subjects
equivalent to d total of 24 points and present a satisfactory thesis on a subject approved by
the Faculty of Afs.
SCHEDULE III: DIRECT ADMISSION TO THE THESIS
In accordance lvith Regulation 2(b) or 2(c) candidates may be admitted directly ¡nto the
thesis component of the degree. Before being admitted a cåndidate shall:
(a) present passes in subjects equivalent to at least 24 points from the subjects in Schedule
I with subjects equivalent to at least 8 points being at credit or distinction level; and
(b) pass at credit or distinction level in any subjects deemed necessary by the Head of the
Department of Rlucation to be necessary for research in the candidate's chosen field; or
(c) have qualified for the award of Master of Educational Studies.
2. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Rlucation
admit candidates lacking the pre-reqùisites if they show other evidence of the¡r fitness to
undefake research for the degree.
NOZE' Not forming part of the regulations and schedules.
(a) Work required to complete the degree of Master of Education
With special permission of may be permitted to take subjects at
another institution for credi Cair¿iOaies may also be granteä credit
toward the Adelaide degree dy compteted at another institution.
In o¡der to satisfy the requirements of the degree, candidates must normally complete at
the University of Adelaide
(i) at least three of the six course¡¡rork subjects (i.e. at least 12 points);
34r

(ii) the thesis.
However, candidates who have already completed the subject equivalent of 24 points at
another institution at a standard equivalent to that required under Schedule II Clause 1
may be granted status, and must then complete the thesis at the University of Adeláide.
(b) The sy'labus codes and names of the subjects in the course were changed in 19&5. A
minor change was also made in 1988, removing from the names of the subjects the letter
which denoted grouping and identified half-subjects. The list below gives the old syllabus
codes and names (i.e. pre-1985) and the new equivalents. Candidates may not present both
the "old" subject (or half-subject) together with the equivalent 'rner/' subject for the
degtee:
Old Subjects
AD2E Philosophy of Education
New Subjects
8936 Problems in Theoryof
Culture
AD3E Philosophy of Rlucation IIH(C) 191 ldeas and Education in
Enlightenment France
AD4E PhilosophyofEducationllH(D) 26l,0'theldeaoftheUniversityin
ADSE Philosophy of Fiucation IIH(E)
AD6E Philosophy of Education IIH(F)
ADTE Philosophy of Education IIH(G)
ADBE Philosophy of Education IIH(H)
AD9E Philosophy of Education IIH(I)
AD1F Historical and Comparative
Education IIH(A)
AD2F Historical and Comparative
Education IIH(B)
AD3F Historical and C.omparative
Education IIH(C)
AD4F Historical and Comparative
Education IIH(D)
AD5F Historical and Comparative
Education IIH(E)
ADSF Historical and Comparative
Education IIH(H)
ADlG Sociolory of Education IIH(A)
AD2G Sociology of klucation IIH(B)
AD3G Sociology of Education IIH(C)
AD4G Sociology of &tucation IIH(D)
AD5G Sociology of Btucation IIH(E)
AD?G Sociology of Education IIH(G)
AD1H &lucational Psycholog¡r IIH(A)
AD2H Blucational Psychology IIH(B)
AD3H Blucational Psycholory IIH(C)
AD80 Special Topic in English Curriculum
Development
342
Victoria England
6116 Knowledge, Relativism and
the Curriculum
25¿14 Ethics, Aesthetics and
Education
2502 Scientific Revolutions and
Education
8671 The Nature ofScience and
Science Curricula
48ó8 Plato's Thought on
Education
8989 Higher Blucation in
Australia
2995 Education in Renaissance
Italy and England
4589 Family Class and Schooling
in North America
1643 Famil¡ Class and Schooling
in England
3469 Women, Work and
Education
1611 Public and Progressive
School Traditions
1898 Multicultural Society and
Educational Policy
8900 Schools as Cultural Systems
7253 Families, Schools and
Children's Achievements
3703 Sociological Research
Methods in Education
5878 Sociolory of Knowledge I
8503 Research Project in
Sociolory of Education
5456 Theories of Psychology in
Education
9745 Psychology and Science
Education
53T) Motivation and Personality
Factors in Education
8502 Special Topic in English
Curriculum Development

Old Subjects Nor Subjects
AD5H Aó¡anced Curriculum Studies in 4709 Langaage and Media
English IIH(A)
(c) From 1990 the subject 5330 Motivation and Personality Factors in &lucation is replaced
by two subjects 4172 Aspects of Motir¡¿tion in Education and 856ó Personal Factors in
Education. Neither of the last two subjects may be counted with 5330.
(d) From 1990 the subject 9745 Psycholory and Science Blucation is replaced by
8950Science Education Project. Only one of these subjects may be presented for the
course.
343

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF EDUCATION
SYLLABUSES
Course requirements
Subjects for this degree usually take the form of weekly twchour seminars' Reading lists
for each course will be given in the Departmental Handbook for 1991.
Assessmenl:
Assessment in each subject usually includes a combination of three or more of the
following: seminar papers, seminar part¡cipation, essa¡n, minor resea¡ch project, book
¡eviews and an examination,
MASTER OF EDUCATION
1964 Adult Psychologr and Education
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May app|y.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requßites: None.
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: An introduction to the concepts of life-span developmental psychology with the
emphasis on the implications for adùlt educators.
Assessmenl: Essa¡ seninar paper and examination.
Tut-books: Birren, J. E. and Schaie, K. W. (eds.) Handbook of tlu psycholog of ageing;
Elias, M. F. and others, Basic processes in adult developmental psycholog. A mo¡e detailed
reading list will be available from the department.
205t Advanced Curriculum Studies in Mathematics
Availability: Odd years only.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester IIL
he-requisites: Pass in a third year mathematics subject, or other qualification accepted by
the Department of Btucation.
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: A study of current research and theory in mathematics education,
Assessment: Essays and assignments as appropriate for gauging each students progress in
the knowledge and understanding of the subject matter'
344

4L72 Aspects of Motivation in Education
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: None.
Conlact hours:2 hours a week.
content: This subject examines various aspects of the psycholog¡r of motivation. concepts
such as intrinsic motivation, achievement motivat¡on and behaviour modification have
generated considerable bodies of resea¡ch and these are discussed at some tength.
Asses-sment: Essay (70Vo) and seminar papet (TVo) OR essay (307o) and seminar paper
(70%),as decided by the students.
húroducto,y reading: Da¡ H. I., Berþe, D. E. and Hunt, D. E. Intrinsic motivation - a
new direction in educatiön (Holt, Rinehart and Winston).
3487 Class, Gender and the History of Schooling
Availability: Offered in 1991 subject to arrailability of staff.
Poittsvalue:4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ L
he-requisites: None.
Restrictions: Either 4589 Famil¡ class and Schooling in Nofh America or 1643 Famil¡
Class and Schooling in England.
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week,
lssessrnent' Essays.
t examines changes in d socialisation
with u¡banisation an nth and nine_
Western Europe and on the major
s in the debates about
1850 Class, Gender and Schooling in Australia
Poinß value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester Il.
Pre-requisítes: None.
Contact haurs:2 hours of seminars a week.
Il'estern Europe: a social årstory (SUNY Press,
(Hill and Wang); McCann,P., Popular education
Methuen).
Content: This subjec relations and socialisation
p¡actices in Australia social history Of childhood,
the family and schoo centuries. Ii is designed to
be taken alfer3y'.ST C
lssessnlen!,' Essays.
Tact-boolc: Connell, R n history (Longman
Cheshire); Miller, P., in Souitt Australia
(Wakefield); Reiger, K.,
345

3212 Curriculum Studies in History and Social Science
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Poinuvalue:8.
Quoø: I|'Íay apply.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: Pass in History III or a thi¡d year social science subject, or other qualification
accepted by the Department of Education.
Contact hours: 2 hours of semina¡s a week.
Content: This subject'is intended mainly for history and studies teachers, curriculum
developers and teacher educators, in both primary and secondary education. Prospective
students should consult with the Bachelor of Education history and social science course
co-ordinator before enrolling. This course extends over the full year and is designed to
raise critical questions regarding the content and methodologr of history and social sciences
in the school. It focusses on (1) theoretical issues in history and the social science and their
implication for curriculum design; (2) ¡ecent theories of curriculum and (3) important
recent examples of curriculum development in the field. The final section of the course
involves a critical examinatlon of current South Australian curriculum and teaching
methods. Each student lvill undefake a project in curriculum design or evaluation as a
major part of the assessed work, which will also include essays and seminar papers.
Assessntent: Essays and project.
2995 Education in Renaissance Italy and England
Poins value: 4.
Quota: ii'lay apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: None.
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content:^f}'te Italian Renaissance will be studied as a cultu¡al revolution, focussing upon the
int€llectual and moral value asserted by the leading humanist writers and teachers. The
increased value placed upon education, the transformation of the curriculum, and the
development of educational institutions will be examined in their social context, both in
Italy and England. The influence of Italian humanism, the Christian humanists and the
Protestant Reformation upon English education will be studied, and the interaction
between educational change and the strengthening of the Tudor state. Some influential
writings on schooling, and concepts of the civilised man and woman will be examined,
including those of Castiglione, Eþt and Mulcaster.
Assessment: Essays and seminar contribution,
Tørl-book: Ross, J. B. and Mc[¿ughlin, M. M. (eds.) The portable renaissance reader
(Viking); Burke, P., Tlæ ltalian Renaßsance rev. edn. (Polity Press); Kristeller, P.'O.,
Renaksance thought - the classic, scholastic and humanistic snains (Hatper); Bowen,
James, A history of we*em education Vol. 2 (Methuen); Cressy, D. (ed.) Education in Tudor
and Stuart England (EÃward Arnold).
8333 English in Education and Contemporary Culture
AvailabiliE: Not offered in 1991.
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: Pass in English III or other qualification accepted by the Department of
Education.
346

Conlact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: The role and status of English in E

38n History of Feminist Thought, 1780-1980
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semestef I.
Pre-requkites: None.
Conøa tàurs:2 hours of seminars a week.
Contenl: Consideration of such issues as the distinction between sex and gender and the
different positions of women and men in relation to work, sex, marriage, families, culture
and the state, examined through the writings of such theorists as Mary Wollstonecraft,
Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Simone de Beauvoir, Juliet Mitchell and Michelle Barrett.
Assessment:1 or 2 essays totatling 5-6,üX) words, submitted at the end of the semester.
Tæt-boo Ic : To be advised.
7079 Honours English (A) Education
Poinsvalue:4.
Duration: Semester I or IL
Pre-requisites: English III or other qualification in English accepted by the Departments of
Education and English.
Contact hours: 2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: Prospective students should consult with the Bachelor of Education English course
co-ordinator before enrolling.
One paper, not already passed, from the Honours topics offered by the Department of
English.
Assessment: Essays.
Tsl-books: To be advised.
4198 Honours English (B) Education
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I or II.
he-requisites: English III or other qualification in English accepted by the Departments of
&lucation and English.
Contact hours: 2 hou¡s of seminars a week.
Content: Prospective students should consult with the Bachelor of Education course coordinator
before enrolling.
One paper, not already passed, from the Honours topics offered by the Department of
English.
lssessrzent' Essays.
Text-boolcs: To be advised.
5105 HonoursMathematics (Education)
Points value:8.
Duration: To be advised.
Pre-requkites: A qualification in Mathematics acceptable to DePartment of Etucation and
the relevant department in Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. Prospective students should
consult with the Bachelor of &tucation Mathematics course co-ordinator before enrolling.
Restrictions: A candidate shall not present this subject for the degree unless 2051 Advanced
Curriculum Studies in Mathematics is also presented.
Contact hours:2 hou¡s of seminars a week.
348

Content: Three options not already passed,
Mathematics, Honours Applied Mathematics,
Science and Honours Mathematical Physics.
Assessment: See relevant Mathematics option.
Tæ-boolcs: See relevant Mathematics option.
5491 Ideas and Education in Enlightenment France
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 191.
Poins value: 4.
Quota: INfay apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: None.
from those offered in Honours Pure
Honours Statistics, Honours Computer
Assumed løowledge.' Reading knowledge of French helpful, but not required.
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: Origins and development of French Enlightenment thought. The "philosophes"
and the "Encyclopérlie". The Problem of Rousseau. Aspects of educational theory and
practice.
Assessment: Essays,
Ceneral background reading: Wade, I. O., Intellectual origins of the French Enlightenment;
Cassirer, 8., Púlosophy of the Enlightenmenl; }Iazard, P., The European mind lûL1715;
Hazatd, P., European thought in the 18th century; Durkheim, 8., The æolution of educational
thaught in Frunce.
87L3 Introduction to Statistics in Educational Research
Poins value: 4.
Quota: Iu'[.ay apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: None.
Contact hours:2 hou¡s of seminars a week.
Content: This subject will provide students with an introduction to the use of statistics in
educational research. Emphasis will be placed on students achieving an understanding of
the statistical procedures considered so that they can think critically about suitable
procedures for the collection and ana\ais of data, and about the educational usefulness of
calculated statistics. Students will gain experience with using the SPSSX package on the
VAX computer.
Assessmenl: Course work assessments plus examination.
Tea-book: Norusis, J. J., SPSSX introductory statistics guide.
6116 Knowledge, Relativism and the Curriculum
Poinsvalue:4.
Quota: Iù'f.ay apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: None.
Contact løurs:2 hou¡s of semina¡s a week.
Content: This subject questions the status of our knowledge of the physical and social
worlds. How objective are our theories about physical and social reality? That is, to what
extent are our theories based on the nature of those realities? Recently, both philosophers
and sociologists have quoted arguments which deny the objectivity of our knowledge. These
349

thinkers argue for the position known as cultural relativism: our theorie.s, our decisions
about truth and falsity are determined by the cultures to which we belong. Decisions about
truth and falsity then, are relative to culture, and have no legitimacy beyond the culture
which spawns them. We examine the arguments for and against the doctrine of cultural
relativism, and go on to consider the implications for the curriculum, viz, that what counts
as knowledge is determined by teachers, and is relative to their position in society.
lssessnent' Essays,
Tøct-books: Hollis, M. and Lukes, S., (eds.) Rationality and ¡elativism (Oxford: Basil
Blackwell, 1982).
8832 Language and Education in Multilingual Settings
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 1991.
Poinßvalue:4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requkites: None.
Conlact hours:2 hours a week,
Content: The subject will consider basic concepts from the sociologr of language in the
work of scholars such as Haugen and Fishman. Attention will be focussed on ¡ecent studies
of bilingualism and biliteracy within their regional contexts, u,ith special reference to the
"lesser used" languages of Europe, Asia, North America and the USSR Scholars whose
research will be considered include I-ambert, Giles, Clyne, Cummins, Skutnabb-Kangas,
Paulston and Andersson. Emphasis will be placed on the role of the school in helping to
maintain and/or acquire bilingualism and early biliteracy, especially through Australian
educational systems.
Assessment: Two 3,000 word essays, plus a seminar paper.
Tat-books: Fishman, J. A. (selected by A. S. Dil), I-angtage in sociocultural change
(Stanford University Press); Skutnabb-Kangas, T., Bilíngualism or nor (Mulrilingual
Matters); Clyne, M. (ed.), Australi4 ,neeting place of languages (A.N.U. - Pacific Srudies);
Spolsky, B. (ed.), Language and education in multilingual s¿trrngs (Multilingual Matters);
Jupp, J. (ed.), Tlæ Australían people: an encyclopaedia of the nation, is people and their
ozgrrr (Angus and Robertson).
4709 Language and Media
Poinß value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
he-requkites: Engtish III or other qualification accepted by the Department of Rtucation.
Contact hours:2 seminars a week.
Content: The nature and function of media language are examined, using various linguistic
and semiotic methods of analysis. An important part of the course is provided by the
Practice of criticism of media"texts". The cultural and educational significance of media
and language are also dealt with.
Assessmen!: Essays.
Text-books: To be advised.
1595 Making Sense qf the Scientific World
Availability: Even years only.
Poins value: 4.
Pre-requkites: None.
350

Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours:2 hours a week,
Conteú: Much recent research in science education has focussed on how untutored
students view aspects of the world, and how these views change after teaching. This sirbject
will examine some of this research, and its implications for teaching.
1. Research studies which have used different methodologies to identify studcnts' beliefs on
selected scientific topics will be examined.
2. Each student will nominate a science topic ofpersonal interest and will select and use an
appropriate methodology to identify students'views. In most cases it is expected that th¡s
will be a near replicate of another study.
3. Where students'views differ from those of scientists, change is required, but this proves
to be quite difficult. Different methodologies and suggested requirements for effecting this
change have been proposed and tested by several authors. Some of these will be critically
examined.
rü/h¡l€ this subject is aimed at students s'ith a science background, others may enrol with
Permrsslon.
Assessment: A paper descr¡bing the individual project, plus a 3000 word essay.
Tut-book: Driver, R, Guesne, E. & Tiberghien, e. (eOs.¡ Children's ideas in science (Open
University Press, Milton Keynes, 1985); Osborne, R & Freþerg P. Learning in scietrce
(Heinemann, Auckland, 1985).
1898 Multicultural Society and Educational Policy
Points value: 4.
Quota: INlay apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: None.
Contact hours: 2 hours of seminars a week.
Contenr The theoretical framework of this subject is provided by humanist sociolory. This
is extended to social systems and developed in relation to ethnically plural societies. The
key concepts a¡e those of core values of different cultures,'and personal cultural systems
that individuals construct from the group values that are provided for them in society.
Alternative orientations to cultural and structural pluralism are examined with special
reference to curriculum and school organizations. Future cultural outcomes are then
related to educational policy.
Assessment: Essays and seminar paper.
Text-boolrs: Smolicz, l. J., Culure and education ín a plural society (C.D.C.); Clyne, M.,
Multilingual Australia: resources, needs, policies (River Seine); Tnaníeckt, F., Cultural
sciences (University of Illinois Press); de l:ce¡ P. and Poole, M. (eds.), Mosaic or melting
pot and Australia in transition: culture and liþ possibilities (Harcourt, Brace and
Jovanovich); South Australian Ministerial Task Force on Multiculturalism and Education,
Education for a cuhwal danocracy (S/'. Gow. Printers); Megarry, J., Nisbet, S. and Hoyle,
E. (eds.) Vlorld year book of education 1981: education of minorities.(Nichols Publishing
Co.); Spolsk¡ B. (ed.) Language and education in multilingual serangs (Multilingual
matters).
8566 Personal Factors in Education
Poins valu¿: 4.
Duraion: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: None.
Contaca hours:2 hours a week.
Content: This subject considers various teacher and student personality characteristics and
351

their implications for leaming. The effects of anxiety on leaming, and thè issue of gender
and classroom peformance are also examined.
Assessmena F-*vy (70Vo) and seminar papt (30Vo) or essay (30Vo) and seminar paper
(70Vo) is decided by the student.
Introductoty reading: Maccob¡ E E. & Jacklin, C. N, Tle psyholog of søc differences
(o.U.P.); Gaudry E & Spielberger, C. D, Anxiety and educational achiarcment (wilÐ;
Naylor, F. D. Personalþ and educational achiarcment (Wiley),
4868 Plato's Thought on Education
AvailabiliE: Not offered in 1991.
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requkites: None.
Contact løurs:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: A study of Plato's writings on education in relation to philosophical arguments
current in his and our own times. No knowledge of classical Greek language is required.
A ssessment: Essays or examination.
Tact-books: Barrow, R-,Plato and education (Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1976); Popper, IC,
The open society and is enemies, Vol. 1 (Routledge and Kegpn Paul, 1966); Barrow, R,
Plato, utilitarianßm and educaa'on (Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1975).
8936 Problems in Theory of Culture
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: None.
Contact hours:2 hou¡s of seminars a week.
Content: Historical and philosophical aspe.cts. Ianguage, meaning, symbolism. E4>lanation
and understanding. Holism and individualism. Rationality, cultu¡al relativity, judgement.
Assessment: Essays.
General background reading: Frankfort, H, Beþre philnsophy; Snell, 8., Dkcovety oî tlæ
nind;E,erlin,l.,Wco and Herder; Wilson, 8, (ed.) Rationality; Apel,K.,Analytic philosophy
of language and the Cekteswissenschafien.
8950 Project (Science Education)
Points value: 4.
Duration : Sei.nester II.
Restriction: 9745 Psycholory and Science Education.
Pre-requkites: Qualifications in science and a pass in at least one of the following subjects:
8761The Nature of Science and Science Curricula; t595Making Sense of the Scientifìc
V/orld; 5456Theories of Psychology in Rlucation; 2502ScientiÍtc Revolutions and Education.
Students wishing to en¡ol r¡¡ithout these qualifications should seek the permission of
the subject co-ordinator and the Head of the Depafment.
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Corrteht: A project in science education related to the needs and background of the student.
V/here several students with similar interests enrol, an attempt will be made to select a
broadly based project to which each can contribute his or her knowledge and skills.
352

1611 Public and Progressive School IÞaditions
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Points value: 4.
Quota: l,|/Iay apgly.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: None.
Contact hours: 2 hours of seminars a week,
Content: This subject examines the theories and practices of two related movements in
English secondary education, and their transplantation and significance in Australian
educational and social history. Beginning with the reform and proliferation of'public
schools" f¡om the time of Thomas Arnold at Rugby, it will include the c¡eation of girls'
secondary schools, and the foundation of experimental progressive secondary schools from
the late nineteenth century. The adaptation of the public school model in the Australian
context will be examined, and the way in which Australian schools have adopted aspects of
both the Arnoldian and progressive traditions.
Assessment: Research Project and/or essap.
Terû-books: Gáthome-Hardy, J., The public school phenomenoz (Penguin); Stewart, W. A.
C., hogressives and radicak in English education (Macmillan); Sherington, G., Petersen, R
C. & Brice, I.D.,Leaming to lead (Allen & Unwin).
8503 Research Project in Sociolory of Education
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Both Semesters.
he-requisites: Credit in at least one Sociolory of Education subject.
Contacl hours: To be advised.
Content: This subject will give students the chance to design and carry out a research
project in the a¡ea of sociolory of education.
Assessment: Research project.
8900 Schools as Cultural Systems
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duralion: Semester I.
he-requisites: None.
Contact hours: 2 hours of seminars a week.
Conlent: Humanistic sociolog¡r of culture is developed in relation to schools that are v¡ewed
as distinct cultu¡al systems in society. Various types of schools are examined and members
of the systems concerned are studied by the juxtaposition of the humanistic sociological and
structural functional approaches in sociology.
lssessrlert' Essays.
Tø-bool

2502 Scientific Revolutions and Education
Poinßvalue:4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requßites: Science qualifications or with permission of the Chairman of the Department
of Education.
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: The subject involves a critical analysis of the work of Thomas Kuhn. Case-histories
are then studied to illustrate the application of different aspects of Kuh¡'s theory to \¡ado'rs
branches of science. The educational consequences of Kuhn's thesis are examined and
conclusions drawn in regard to its relativistic and prescriptive qualities.
.ássessmeru.' Essays.
Tø-boolcs: Kuhn, T. 5., Thc strucrure of scientific ra'olutians 2nd edn. (Chicago U.P.);
Lakatos, I. and Musgrave, A., Criticism and the gro$,th of kttowledge (C.U.P.); Mulkay, M.
J., TIæ social process of innovarrbz (Macmillan); Barnes, 8., Sociolog of science (Pelican);
Ben-David, J., The scientkt's role in society (PrenIice-Hall); Murray-Smith, S., (ed.)
Melboume sudies in education (M.U.P.).
8502 Special Topic in English Curriculum Development
Points value: L
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: English III or other qualification accepted by the Department of Rlucation.
Contact hours: 2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: A special topic related to English curriculum development ând approved by the
Chairman of the Department of Education, which will be the subject of an essay of
approximately 12,000 to 15,üÐ words. Normally the topic would involve an original
investigation of an issue which has sorne practical relevance for the candidate's p¡ofess¡onal
interests.
Assessmenl: Essay.
3836 Special Topic in Adult Education
Poittts value: 4.
Duration: Both Semesters.
Pre-requisites: A credit in 1964 Adult Psycholog¡r and Education. In special cases the Head
of the Department of &lucation may approve enrolment without this pre-requisite.
Enrolment will be subject to the ar¡ailability of appropriate supervision.
Contact hours: By individual arrangement.
Content: The subject requires students to carry out an individual project or investigation in
tlreir teaching field or in some aspect of adult or continuing education.
Assessment: Bsay.
Tøct-boolcs: To be advised.
2660 The ldea of the University ¡n Yictorian England
Points value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: None.
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
354

Content: Oldord, a study in cultural fragmentation: secutarisation, science, research.
Attempts at reform. The ideas of Newman, Pattison, Jowett and othe¡s.
Assessment: Essays.
General background reading: Rothblatt, 5., Tradition and change in Englkh líberal
education: an essat in hirøry and culturc; Del-aura, D., Hebrew and Hellme in Victorian
England; Newsome, D., T\tto classes of men: Platonism and Englßh romantic thoughr;
Chadwick, O.,TIæ secularisation of thz European mind in the 19th century; Ogilvie, k, Latin
and Creek: a history of the influence of the classics on English hfe lrom 1ffi0-1908.
8671 The Nature of Science and Science Curricula
Points value: 4.
Quota: IN/.ay apply.
Duration: One Semester.
Assumed lotowledge: While the subject is aimed at students with a science background,
others may enrol with permission.
Conlact hours: 2 hou¡s of seminars a week,
Con¿ent: Many school science courses expressly intend students to develop an
understand¡ng of scientific method. rù/hat is this scientific method? What, if anything, is
unique to science and scientists? C.ommonly held views of science and scientists will be
identified and alternative views examíned. Relationships between existing science cou¡ses
and particular notions will be explored.
Assessmmt: Essays,
Taa-boolcs : See departmental handbook.
5456 Theories of Psycholoryin Education
AvailabiliE: Not offered in 1991. Available i¡ 1992.
Points value: 4.
Quota: lNlay apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: None.
Contacl hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: This subject will be concerned with selected psychological theories of demonstrable
consequence to education. A critical examination will be made of these theories,
their educational interpretations and the research they have generated.
The course necessitates consu¡ting articles from several journals of psychology and
education. These, together with relevant books, will be detailed as the course progresses.
lssessrn enL' Essays.
3469 'Wolnen, Work and Education
Poins value: 4.
Quota: May apply.
Dtration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: None.
Contøcl løurs: 2 hours of seminars a week.
Conte,tt: This subject is a comparative study of wonren in England, in the United States and
in Australia, in the ¡ecent past. It is intended to examine the impact of.industrialization on
women's work and women's family role and the changing nature of the sexual division of
355

labour. The place ofeducational institutions in maintaining or challenging that divisionwill
be critically examined.
lssessøeru.' Essays.
Tø-boolcs: Carroll, B, (ed.) Liberating women's history (University of lllinois Press); Deem,
R-,ll/omcn and schooling (Routledge and Kegan Paul); Till¡ L. and Scott, J.,W'omen, work
and family (Holt); Windschuttle, E. (ed.),llomen, class and history (Fontana).
356

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
REGUI"ATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Educational Studies.
2. An applicant for admission to the course of study for the degree shall:
(a) have qualified for a degree of the University or for a degree of another institution
accepted for the purpose by the Universitf and
(b) have qualified for the Graduate Diploma in Education of the University or for an
award accepted by the University as equivalent; and
(c) satisfy such other requirements for admission to the course as are set out in schedules.
3. (a) Subject to the app¡oval of the Board of Graduate Studies acting with authority
wittingly devolved to it by Council, the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to such
conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the
degree an applicant who does not hold the qualifications specified in Regulation 2(a) or
2(b) above but who has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake
work for the degree.
(b) Before deciding the applicant's fitness the Faculty may require the person to complete
prescribed preliminary work, which may include courses of stud¡ and to undertake
qualifying examinations.
(c) The form and assessment of any preliminary work and/or of any course of study shall
be proposed by the departments concerned and approved by the Faculty. In any qualiflng
examination at least two examiners, approved by the Faculty for the pu¡pose, must
contribute to the assessment of the applicant's performance.
4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course of study and a
special project on a subject approved by the Faculty of Afs.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Facult¡ shall from time to time
prescribe the schedules defining:
(¡) the subjects ofstudy for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the C-ouncil or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be as specified by the Head of each department
concerned, subject to endorsement by the Faculty and approval'by the Executive
Committee of the &lucation C-ommittee. The Head of a department concerned may
approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabus.
6. Except \Mith the permission of the Faculty, the coursework and research for the degree
shall be completed in not less than one and a halfyears of full-time study or th¡ee years of
_.....part-time study.
7.- A- ca¡(idate shall submit for approval by the Faculty of Arts the subject of the
candidate'sþeciat-project. TTe Faculty shall appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate.
8. Unless the Faculty expresst¡r approves an extension of time in a particular case, the work
for the degree shall be completed
(i) in the case of the whole degree, in not more than six years from the date of
enrolment;
(ii) in the case of the special project, in not more than one year from the date it is
357

commenced.
9. On completion of work the candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of the
special project report prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates from tirne
to time.
10. The Faculty ofArts shall appoint examiners of the special Project' one ofwhom shall be
external to the Universify.
1.1. A candidate who desires that the examinations which the candidate has passed in the
University or in another institution should be counted Pro tanto for the deg¡ee of Master
of Educational Studies, may on written application be granted such exemption from the
requirements of these regulations as the Council shall determine.
L2. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners
shall, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Arts, be adm¡tted to the degree of Master
of Educational Studies.
13. A candidate who holds the degree of Bachelor of Education of the University of
Adelaide shall surrender that degree before being admitted to the deglee of Master of
Educational Studies.
Regulatiou allorcd 1 March, 190.
Awa¡ting sllowûæ: 3(a).
358

DEGREE OF
MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5.)
SCHEDULE I: COURSE OFSTUDY
A candidate shall:
(a) present passes in subjects equivalent to at least 28 points from the subjects prescribed
in Schedule I of the Master of Education degree.
(b) present a satisfactory special project of a maximum lenglh of 15,000 words on a subject
approved by the Faculty of Arts [5835 Special Project (Part+ime) or 3161 Special Project
(Full-time)1.
NOTE: Not forming part of the regulations or schedules.
Work required to complete the degree of Master of Blucational Studies.
'With special permission of the Faculty, candidates may be pennitted to take subjects at
another institution for credit to the Adelaide degree. Candidates may also be granted credit
toward the Adelaide degree on account of work already completed at another institution.
In order to satisfy the requirements of the degree candidates must normally complete at
the University of Adelaide:
(i) at least three of the coursewo¡k subjects (i.e. at least 12 points).
(ii) the special project.
359

DEGREE OF
MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
SYLI,ABUSES
Coursework
The syllabuses for the cou¡sework component of the degree of Master of Fiucational
Stud.ies are published above, immediately after the schedules of the degree of Master of
Blucation.
Additional subjects: Candidates take either
3161 Special Project (Full-time)
Poins value: 8.
Duration: Semester I or Semester II.
Re qu irem ents : See below.
or
5835 Special Project (Part-time)
Poins value: 8.
Duration: Full year.
Requirements: This may take the form of an essay which provides evidence of the writer's
ability to group, synthesise and critically assess the major issues involved in the area treated
or of a minor research project which makes an original contribution to knowledge in a
paficular limited area. The total length should not exceed 15,(X)0 words.
360

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF ENIVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
(NEW COURSE)
REGUI.ATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Environmental Studies.
2. (a) An applicant for admission to the course of study for the degree must have obtained
an Honours degree, or other qualification accepted by the University as equivalent to the
Honours degree, or the Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies acting with authority wittingly
devolved to it by Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions
(if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a
person who does not hold the qualifications specified in regulation 2(a) above but who has
given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the degree.
'(c) The Faculty, if it sees fit to do so, may require the applicant to comÞlete such additional
preliminary work as it may prescribe before being accepted as a candidate for the degree.
(d) Applications for admission shall be addressed to the Registrar.
3. To qualiþ for the degree a candidate shall:
(i) satisfy examiners in courses of study as prescribed in the schedules; and
(ii) as prescribed in the schedules, carry out research work and present a satisfactory
minor dissertation on a subject app¡oved by the Faculty.
4. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Facult¡ shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the C-ouncil or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The sflabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Director of the Centre or Heads of
departments concerned and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Education Committee for approval, except that the Director or Heads of departments may
approve minor changes to previously approved syllabuses.
5. The maximum number of candidates which maybe enrolled in anysubject for the degree
shall be determined from time to time by the Council on the recommendation of the
Facult¡4 and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the Council to provide any
or all of the subjects in any year if for any reason the Council decides to suspend it or
them.
6. Exceptc/ith the permission of the Facult¡ the course for the degree shall be completed:
(i) in not less than two years nor more than three years of full+ime study
(ii) in not less than three years nor more than five years ofpart-time study.
7. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory
progress the Faculty may with the consent of the C.ouncil withdraw its approval of
candidature and the candidate sha¡l thereupon cease to be enrolled for the degree.
8. On completion of the minor dissertation the candidate shatl lodge rvith the Registrar
three copies of the dissertation prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates
from time to time.
36r

9. The Faculty shall appoint two examiners for the minor dissertation, of whom at least one
shall be an extemal examiner.
10. A candidate who fulfits the requirements of these regulationb and satisfies the
examiners may on the recommendation of the Faculty be admitted to the degree.
11. A candidate who holds the Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies shall surrender
the Graduate Diploma before being admitted to the degfee.
12. Students enrolled in the Masters degree will be required to complete the degree before
enrolling for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
RegulâlioG alloved 2L Deætær, 1972.
Amcnded: 15 JaD. 196: 9t 2 Fú. 19181 7; 31 Jan. 1980: 7, 15; 29 Jan. l98l: ¿
March 1984: ll, rcDumbering 12-16ì 17 laî.1985: 1-17; 12 Feb. 1987: 6. 20 Jul.
diploma to gmdute diploru. Awaiting alllMne: 4b).
362
4 Feb. 1982t 1, L2; U Fú- 1983: 2, 9; I
1989: 4a),4,5, 8, 9, 12; I March, 190:

DEGREE OF
MASTER OF ENIWRONMENTAL STUDIES
(NEWCOURSE)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 4.)
NOTE: All subjects are offered subject to enrolments and the availability of staff and
resoulces. Additional subjects may be offered at the discretion of the Faculty.
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
1. deg¡ee of Master of Envi¡onmental Stud¡es shall be made up
ol d therefrom by the Faculty, every candidate for the degree
sh Part II.
2. PARTI
Unless ty, or its nominee, decides otherq/ise, candidates shall take the compulsory
subject Envi¡onmental Politics, Phitosophy and Ethics (Full-year) and
logy and Project (Semester subject), together with
ivalent, to be chosen from the following two groups
Centre.
Group A Subjects
Semester Subjects
9973 Aspects of the Antarctic
4'tu
2602
6339
7796
8260
2290
9474
1183
Environnrent'
Appropria te Technology
Ecological Land Suwey and
Evaluation
Ecosystem Patterns and P¡ocesses
Energy, Usage, Consewation and
Equity
Environmental Chemistry
Environmental Economics
Environmental Hazards
Environmental Impact Assessment
Practice
7735 Environmel tal Polic)¡making
3216 Environmental Systems Management
Group B Subjects
Semester Subjecfs
5191 Aboriginal Australia'
9188 Atmospheric and Envi¡onmental
Physics (Env.St.)
9844 Consen¡ation and Heritage law**
2438 Conservation in Humandominated
Landscapes"
'12'12 Enutonmental Planning and
P¡otection l¡w
' A€ilabiliDr to b€ advised.
" Una%ilãble.
2743 ^t\e Global Commons
5752 Hentage Conservation Theory
7L91 Indigenous Peoples, C.onservation
and Development'
5013 Intemational Environmental
Diplomacy
5832 The Marine Environment
7007 Principles of Environmental Earth
Science
6000 Principles of Environmental
Population Biology
1641 Issues in Rangeland Ecolog¡r
1.302 Sustainable Agriculture
3208 Women and Envi¡onments
7189 Equity in Cities: A Compararive
Perspective
7654 Geographic Information Systems
72?5 [-and-Use Planning I:w
1236 Remote Sensing
9608 Tropical Environments and
Human Systems
363
]ìs
2)ogb

3. PARTII
Unless the Faculty, or its nominee, decides otherwise, candidates shall complete the
followinç
(a) the compulsory fult year subject 9183 Environmental Issues in South Australia
(b) the subject 2989 Minor Dissertation
(c) four semester-length subjects chosen from those l¡sted for Part I of the degree (Clause
2 of these Schedulas) which have not yet been completed.
4. Where possible the relat¡onship between Part I and Part II of the degree will be between
the general and theoretical aspects of environmental studies in Part I and the particular and
technical aspects of environmental management in Part II.
5. Candidates shall take no more than four subjects fiom those listed in Clause 2, Group B.
6. Candidates wishing to enrol in subjects for which they do not have the necessary
preliminary knowledge or approved qualifications may be required to take such brid$ng
course prior to the commencement of their studies, as may be deemed appropriate by the
Director of the Centre.
?. No candidate will be permitted to count for the degree any subject that, in'the opinion of
the Faculty, contains substantially the same material as any other subject which he or she
has already presented for another qualification.
8. 2989 Minor Dissertation and Supervised Project Vr'ork.
Candidates may either propose their own field of study for their minor dissertation fo¡ the
approval of the Faculty, or their minor dissertation may take the form of a commissioned
piece of research required by a public bod¡ Government department or environmental
consultant. In either case the co-operative effort of several students may be required.
Examiners will be appointed by the Faculty.
9. To complete a course of study a candidate, unless exempted therefrom by the Faculty
shall:
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures, tutorials and seminars; and
(b) undertake such practical work, fieldwork and case studies, do such w¡itten work, and
pass such examlnations, as the Faculty may prescribe.
10. A candidate who desires that work completed in the Unive¡sity or elsewhere should be
counted towards the requirenrents of these schedules may, on written application to the
Registrar, be granted such exemption from the requirements as the Council, on the advice
of Faculty, shall determine.
1L. Cåndidates who commenced their course of study for the Master of Environmental
Studies prior to 1989 will be granted credit towa¡ds Part I and Part II of the course in
accordance with Faculty policy.
12. Each candidate's course of study must be approved by the Faculty, or its nominee, at
enrolment each year.
364

DEGREE OF
MASTER OF EIWIRONMENTAL STUDIES
(NEWCOURSE)
SYLI"ABUSES
5191 AboriginalAustralia
Availability: Subject to resources.
Quota: INlay apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction:9917 Community Aspects of the Social Envi¡onment.
Contact hours:2 lectutes, 2 tutorials and practical work a week, plus 1 week of fieldwo¡k.
Content: This subject attempts a reconstruction of Aboriginal land use, art and landscape,
gender relationships and population pattems. The changes which occurred following
European settlement are then analysed and the various conflicts and accommodations are
discussed in relation to present day issues such as land rights, mining national parks and
tourism.
Assessment: To be advised.
Tørt-books: Edwards, W. H. (ed.), Traditional Aboriginal society: a reader (Macmillan); Fisk,
E.,Thc Abori$nal economy in town and country (Allen and Unwin); Flood, J.,Archaeolng
of ú¿ dreamtime (Collins); Gale, F. and Wundersitz , J., Adelaide Aborigines (A.N.U.).
2617 Approaches to Environmental History
Duration: To be advised.
Pre-requisites: To be advised.
Contact hours: To be advised.
Content: This subject has two objectives: firstly to explore the ways in which historians are
re-interpreting the environmental implications of the scientifîc revolution and European
expansion of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. What were, for example, the
consequences of the "mechanisation of the world picture", and of what Alfred Crosby has
described as "ecological imperialism"?
The second purpose is, within the context of English and American schools of historical
writing to evaluate the assumpt¡ons, approaches and methodologies of recent histories of
the environment.
Assessment: To be advised.
Introductory reading: Merchant, Caroþ, The death of natwe: women, ecologt and the
scientific rø'olution; Thomas, Keiïh, Man and th¿ natural world: changing auitudes in
England 1500-1800.
4734 Appropniate Technolory
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: None.
Contact hours:3 hours a week, plus two day field trips.
Content: Variously known as Intermediate Technolory, Alternative Technology and
Appropriate Technology the subject matter of this course is based on the ¡deas promoted
365

y E. F. Schumacher and his followers and the practica¡ities and problems of their
implementation. Initially conceived as an approach to the development problems of the
"third world" they are increasingly promoted as a remedy for the environmental problems
of develope.d industrial society. I-ectures, seminars, fieldwork and practicals will deal with
the cultural, technical and economic problems and advantages associated with small scale
industry renewable forms of enerry, biodynamic and other forms of sustainable agriculture
and with the social implications of such strategies.
Assessment: To be advised.
Tøct-books: Schumacher, 8.F., Small ß beautilul (Abacus); Schumacher, D. (ed.), Enøg:
crisis or opponunity (Macmillan, 1985); Carr, M., The ahernative technologt reader,
Intermediate Technology Cæntre, London, 1985); McRobie, J., Small is possible (Abacus
Press).
9973 Aspects of the Antarctic Environment
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: Preliminary Science course.
Contact haurs: 3 hours a week, plus practicals and possible Anta¡ctic field'À/ork.
Content: A major part of the subject wilt be devoted to a b¡oad look at the nature of the
physical environment - the ice, surrounding ocean, atmosphere and upper atmosphere.
Attention will be paid to the utility of Antarctic observations as indicators of global change.
A fufher section of the course will deal with the implications of Antarctic activity and
decision making processes, at a national and international level, for the future of
Antarctica.
Assessment: To be advised.
Introducøry reading Antarcrica (Capricom Press, 1985); Walton, D. W. H. (ed.) Antarctic
science (C,ambridge, 1987); Lovering J. F. (ed.) Antarctic Science Advkory Committee
Report (Department of Arts, Sport, the Environment, Tourism and Territories, Canberra,
1987).
918E Atmospheric and Environmental Physics (Env.St.)
Duralion: Semester II.
Assumed knowledge: 2653 Physics II.
Contact hours:2 lectures a week and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: An introduction to physical and dynamic meteorology. Composition and structure
of the Atmosphere; Solar radiation; heat exchange processes; atmosphere in motion, the
general circulation; vorticity, wave motion; Ai¡ in vertical motion; cloud physics; Planetary
boundary layer. Forecasting. Role of ozone, ea¡bon dioxide, minor constituents and
aerosols. Monitoring of the environment; energ)¡ resources.
Assessment: Examination and marked assignments,
References: Mclntosh, D. H. and Thom, A. 5., Essentiab of meteorologt (Wykeham);
Houghton, J. T., The pþsics of aþnosph¿re (C.U.P.); Australian Bureau of Meteorologr,
Manual of Meteorologt Parts 1 and 2; Chamberlain, J. W., Theory of planetary atmospheres;
Atkinson, B. W. (ed.), Dynamical meteorologt - an introductory selection.
9844 Conservation and Heritage Law
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 199L.
Duration: Semester lI.
Quota:20.
Pre-requßi tes : 7272 E¡vi¡onmen tal Plann iD g and Protection låw.
Restriction: Not available to students who have satisfactorily completed 8180 Environmental
366

and Planning l-aw (Env.St) or 5429 E¡vtrcnmental and Planning I'aw or 2lrl Environmental
Law and Policy prior to 190.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures a week and a 2-hour seminar a fortnight,
Content: The subject will commence with a brief oven¡iew of systems for the alloc¿tion of
reso n arid lands, surface and underground $ratefs, and minerals
and of these traditional tenurial s¡atèms to address conservation
obje
an examination of measures designed to identify and protect items of the built and cultural
heritage (including Aboriginal culture).
an historical accoùnt of the emergence of
nd the development of international environt¡eaties
and agreements, Whilst emphasis will
measutes (world heritage,' wildlife protection,
ttention will be di¡ected also to environmental
p¡otection measu¡es, pa¡ticularly with respect 1o pollution of the high seas and ptotect¡on
of the atmosphere from acid rain, ozone depletion and the greenhouse effect.
Assessment: ],000 word paper to be presented at a seminar and submitted within a fortnight
of presentation (worth 507o); examination at end of the course (full-day, take-away paper,
worth50Vo).
Tøct-boolcs: There is no prescribed text-book for the course. A background to matters
covered in the course is provided by Bates,'G. M, Environmental Law ii Austratia znd ed.
(Butterworths, 1988). statutory and other reading materiats are issued regularly during the
cou¡se.
2438 Conservation in Human-dominated Landscapes
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester IL
Pre-requkites: 6339 Ecosystem Pattems and Processes.
Restriction: 6199 Conservation of Biological Communities.
contact hours:2 lectures and 3 hour laboratory session a week plus compulsory 1 week field
camp.
conlent: This subject examines the problems of nature conservation in human-dominated
landscapes where native vegetation persists as isolated islands of remnant natural land
within a sea of human-induced vegetation and human construct¡ons. The course will
consider strategies for conserving'remnant natural land both within and outside natu¡e
reserve s)¡stems. It will also examine the nature consen'ation function of the n¡ral and
urban land that surrounds remnant natural land and provides human-niodified and humanconstructed
habitats for a wide variety of native species.
Assessment: To be advised.
367

2602 Ecological Land Surrey and Evaluation
Availability: To be advised.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requßites:6339 Ecosystem Patterns and Processes; 123ó Remote Sensing.
Contact hours: 3 hour workshop/seminar a week plus a maximum of 4 one day trips.
Content: Ecological l-and Survey (ELS) involves the use of remotely sensed imagery to
inventory classi$ and evaluate ecosj6tems and their components, including climate, and
forms, soils, $/ater, vegetation and wild life. By collecting; organizing and interpreting
information on the stable and dynamic properties of ecosystems at various geographic
scales, EI,S provides general data bases for regional landuse planning and management, as
well as more specialised data bases for applications such as nature reserve management;
environmental impact monitoring and assessment; assessments of wildlife habitat potential;
outdoor recreation potential; wilderness quality, etc.
The course will examine both the theory and practice of EI^S using project work to provide
students \4'ith "hands-on" experience of relevant techniques.
Assessment: To be advised.
Tø-bootc: McDonald, R C., eú al., Austalian soil and land swvq field handbook (lnkata
Press, Melbourne); Townsend, J. R G. (ed.), Tenain analysis and remote sensing (Allen and
Unwin); Vink, A. P- A.,Landscape ecologt and land use (Longmans).
6339 Ecosystem Patterns and Processes
Quota: May apply.
Duratio n: Semeste.r II.
Restriction: 5?50 C.ommunity Biogeograph¡5 3460 Introductory Environmental Biology.
Con¿act hours: 2 lectures, 1 tutorial and a 2 hour laboratory session a week plus a
compulsory 4 day field camp.
Content: The subject is concerned with the biophysical processes that determine the
character of natural ecos)stems in human{ominated landscapes where native vegetation
occurs on isolated patches of remnant natural land scattered with¡n a matrix of settled
(rural/urban) [and. The course will focus on the wa¡a in which natural ecosystem patterns
and processes are modified by fragmentation of the native vegetation cove¡ and other
forms of human-induced disturbance. Tutorials will be used to extend students'
understandings of the ecotogical principles that explain ecos),stem functioning; including
ecological energetics, biogeochemical cycling, toroph¡c interactions, invasion and extinction,
succession and competition/co-existence.
Assessment: To be advised.
T.st-books: Anderson, J. M., Ecolog for envirorunental sciences: biosphete, ecosyslems and
man (Hward Arnold); Kirkbawa, J. and Anderson, D. J., Community ecologt: pattem and
process (Blackwell Scientific); Packham, J. R and Harding, D. J. L., Ecologt of woodland
processes (Edward Arnold); Wallace, H. R. (ed.), Ecologt of the foress and woodlands of
South Australia (S.4. Government Printer).
7796 Eneqgr, Usage, Conservation and Equ¡ty
Duration: Semester II.
Conøct hours:1 lectu¡e and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The aim of the subject is to examine global, national and local environmental and
consenation issues pertaining to enerry use and resources e¡ploitation; to reviewviable
short-and long-term alternative energy policies; and to review the socieeconomic
consequences of ad hoc political decision-making. Attention will be focussed on diffe¡ent
usable energy sources, the importance of technolog5l and scenarios for future energyuse,
368

Assessmenl:1 tutorial paper, 1 project of at least 8,000 words.
Tøct-books: To be advised.
8260 Environmental ChemistrY
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisi te s : 6878 Chemistry I or equivalent.
Contact hours:3 hours a week,
rain; toxic chemicals; air and water pollution.
Assessmenl: To be advised.
Tart-boolcs: Jones, Mark et at., Chemktry, man and sociery (Saunders); Cymer, R G''
Chemktry - an òcological approach (Haiper and Row); Raisewell, R- W., Environmental
chemktry.
2290 Environmental Economics
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours:1 lecture and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: Basically the subject will cover the more applied aspects of first year microeconomics.
It can best be described under the following headings:
1. Economics as the science of choice
2. Human satisfaction and demand
3. Production and suPply
4. The interplay of supply and demand and the notion of the market
5. Failure of the market - externalities, information deficiencies
6. Time in economies. Problems of inter-generational allocation
?. Benefit/cost analysis and social decision making
8. Taxes, subsidies and bans as remedies for market failure
9. Income dishibution effects of environmental policy and its remedies
10. Global economic issues: resource depletion, irreversibility, extinction, etc'
11. No growth economics: limits to growth
12. Economists and environmentalists, a clash of paradigms!?
overall the object is not to produce instant economists, but rather, to enable the students
to converse wiih economists ãnd know when economists a¡e up to no good! To this end the
course will attempt to outline basic neo-classical micro-economic analyses, but always
critically.
Assessment: To be advised.
Tæt-books: Seneca, J. J. and Tanssig, M. Y*, Environmental economlics (Prentice-Hall);
Barkley, P. W. and Seckler, D.W., Economic growth and environmental decay (Harcourt'
Brace, Jowanovich).
9474 Environmental Hazards
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours: 3 hours a week, plus some field work.
Content: This subject will be concemed with some of the environmental and health hazards
faced by humans ioday and individual and institutional responses to them' It will also cover
369

theoretical aspects of risk analysis and the practic¡¡lities of planning for and responding to
disaster and emergenry s.ituations.
Assessmenl: 5,000 to ó,000 word essay and report of a particular case study.
Tø-boolcs: Burton, , TIrc environrment as hamrd (O.U.p.,
1978); Rowland, A and health (Rlward Amold, 19SÐ;
Hewitt, K (ed.),Int Unwin, 19g3).
1183 Environmental Impact Assessment practice
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
Content: The_purpos! of this subject is to provide an intncduction to Environmental Impact
Assessment (ElA). The course gives an introduction to the methodolory and producè of
EIA and examines the development of EIA oveÍseas. The course then fäusses'on EIA in
Aust¡alia and in particular draws on case studies of EIA from south Aust¡alia. Tlre
legislation embodying EIA in South Australia is critically examined including discussion of
recent changes to the legislation.In addition to the geneial lecture/seminar pïgramme the
course provides an-opportunity f9r. a syrthesising ápproach in environmenial õtudies by a
Practical analysis of environmental issues through a õãse study of an Environmental Impåct
Statement.
Assessment: Continuous.
Tst-books: No prescribed texts.
9183 Environmental Issues in South Australia
Duration: Full year.
Contact hours:3 hours a week, plus some field work.
Content: rffhile many envi¡onmental problems are shared between several Australian states,
this course deals u¡ith those which have become issues in the histo¡ical and political context
of south Australia in the past-15L years. Detailed content may vary in iesponse to the
opportunities presented by public controversy but will cover major areás as foliows:
The Murray Water quality and quantit;!,, multiple uses, conservation of wetlands. The
Coastal Zone: Management, parks, fish-eries coìservation, recreation. The A¡id Zone
(including the Flinders Ranges): I:nd degradation, multiple uses, mining conse¡vation,
Aboriginal ownership. The urban Areas and southern Mt. Lofty Ranges: i'lanning, urban
pollution and industrial haz¡rds.
Assessment: To be advised,
7272 Environmental Planning and protection Law
Durarion: Semester L
e; Twidale, Tyler and
iety of SA., 1976);
Meinig, W, On the
Quota:2O.
he-requisites: Environmental Studies students ate required to take a pieliminary Introduction
to l¿w course offered by the Department of L¿w-during February and March.
Resttiction: Not available to students who have satisfactorily completed 8180 Environmental
and Planning I-¿w (Env.St) or s429 Envtronmenral and ptãnning I¿w; or 6g02 Introduction
to Envi¡onmental and Planning taw prior to 19g).
contact hours:2 one-hou¡ lectu¡es a week and a two-hour seminar a fortnight.
conte,tt: The subject examines regulatory mechanisms that address environmental prob-
370

ment,
intrbduction section
general structure of
are: constitutional
Protection; land-use
o Promote develol>
Assessnent:3,O0o word paper to be presented at a seminar and submitted within a fortnight
of presentation (worth 50%); examination at end of the course (fullday, take-away paper'
worth50/o).
Texl-books: There is for the course. A background to matters
covered in the course M\ Environmental l-aw in Australia 2¡d ed.
(Butterworths, 1988). ing materials are issued regulady during the
cou6e.
7735 Environmental PolicYmaking
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: None.
Contact haurs: 1 lecture and 1 two-hour tutorial per week.
Content: Students will become familiar with, and develop a critical appreciation of, the
of environmental Policy bY the
a theoretical understanding of
cope and effectiveness of current
n policy as it relates to the South
Aust¡alian environment.
Assessment: One 3,000 word report, one 3,000 word essay.
Text-books: No prescribed texts.
9791 Environmental Politics, Philosophy and Ethics
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: None.
Contacl hours:1 lecture and 1 two hour seminar a week.
and theory will be related to existing political structures'
Assessment: Essays, seminar papers and an exam.
Tett-books:
The environ
and lhe env
Scherer, D.
371

a-n_ecologtgal lgwap society, (Black Rose Books, Montreal); Gorz, A., Ecolog as politics
(Southend Press, 1980).
3686 Environmental Research Methods and project
Duration: Semester IL
he-requkites: None.
contact hours: one 2-hour workshop a week and individuar project supewision.
Assessment: Group project.
Tørt-books: No p¡escribed texts.
3216 Environmental Systems Management
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: Principles of Environmental Earth Science.
Contact hours:3 hours a week plus 2 days of fieldwork.
systems and earth processes with particular
i'¿ Jl ïJr.','ïi,"'T: ii i:-.ï':ïîå1ï' jî
anagement,
Assessment:5000 word essay and one tutorial paper or fieldwork report.
R V. and_.Dornkamp, J. C., Geomorpholog¡t in environmental manage_
Press, 1974); Derbyshire, E., Gregory, IC àãd Hails, J. k, hocesses h
awson, 1980 ed.).
7189 Equity in Cities: A Comparative perspective
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Se¡nester I.
contact hours:2 lectures and 2 hours of tutorials/p¡actical work a week, plus 4 days of field
work.
conlent: A compa¡ative approach to urban and regionar development, and ¡esource
allocation in cities under state capitalism and state soci-alism. Key feåtures ãf th" p.op"*y
s¡atem, housing allocation and the provision of services are studiéd, and relevant "ip"ót. or
urban policyare t¡eated in an introductoryway.
Urban_¡ent theor¡r; private and public sector housing allocation. Residential land market in
Australia and redistribution. rnner area re.¡uvenalion, gentrification and Jirpiu.",n"nr;
neighbourhood preservation. urban and regiónal clangé iî the u.K an¿ ù.si.iin¿ust¡ul
restru_cturing and inner a¡ea decline. u{an lld pro}amme and inner city poricy in the
u.IC socialis?lannlng and spatiar alrocåtion. urban aid regional o"""r,rpr*ni riã"r.tut.
socialism: u's.s.R., Eastern.Furope, china. I¿nd ailocaion, the ho'usinf .y.à, .no
service provision in socialist cities.
Assessment: To be advised.
4., crlies (Basil Blackwell); Cardew, R V.,
D. change: urban darclopment and economic
nd R A. and Hamilton, F. E. I., The socialkt city
372

- spatiol structure and urbon policy ÇV,liley); Inærnational journal of urban and regional
research Inequality and Segregation in State Socialist Cities: Poland, Hungary and
Czechoslovakia, Special Issue. (Edward Arnold, II: 1, 1987); Rees, G. and Lambçrt, J.,
Cities in crisis: the political economy of urban danlopmcnt in post-wu Briøin (Edward
Arnold); Pinch, S., Cities and setvices: thc geogaplry of collective consumptian (Routledge
and Kegan Paul); Szelenyi,l., Urban inequalities under state socialßm (O.U.P.).
7654 Geographic Information Systems
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester II.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 3 hours of tutorials and practical work.
Content: Geographic information systems are essentially computer data banks containing
spatially located information about human and natural aspects of the earth's surface.
The subject aims to introduce students to the concepts and theory implicit in geographic
information s)atems, and to the pract¡cal use of such systems with the aid of computer
terminals. It deals \r,ith the problems involved in the construction and use of large
geographic databases, including measurement, and the retrieval and analysis of spatial data.
It deals also with the representation of graphic and cartographic data as the main means of
communicating spatial relationships, including the study of the logic involved in such
communication. The practical work teaches basic skills in handling the contents of
geographic information systems with the use of computer teminals. This includes means of
establish¡ng a spatial database, retrieving and anal¡'sing such data and producing literary
graphic and cartographic ouq)ut.
Assessment: To be advised.
Ta

with the economic aspirations of growing populations and the need for consereation.
tradi{o.na] relationshþs between people and land in selected areas of papua-New Guinea,
New Caledonia, New Zealand and Fiji will be considered in detail. Atten-tion will then be
present t¡me both locally and
nvi¡onment as a pragmatic and
m and both support of and
Assessment: To be advised.
T6t-books: Rappaport, R, tic Books, 1979);
Crocombe, k, Land tenure Ravuw, A., The
Fijian etlns; Connel, J., New
5013 InternatÍonal Environmental Diplomacy
Duration: Semester IL
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial a week.
tems, legal ideas and procedures at the level of
Stud¡es stùdents. Students are strongly advised
Law or its equivalent and 2743 The Global
Assessment:5,000-6,000 word essay and significant tutorial paper or their equivalent.
164I Issues in Rangeland Ecologr
Poins value:3.
Quota:75.
Duration: Every year in mid-Semeste¡ break in July (S2) ci¡cumstances permitting.
Restrictions: Rangeland Ecolory in Botany Department.
Contact hours: 54.
Contenl: This subject discusses the climate and biotic nature of South Australia's inland
uences of an historic unwillingness on tlers
its aridity. It evaluates the effect of gng
t, and examines the impact of exoti and
374

abbits. It addresses the problems involved in the implementation of sustainable managerial
systems and provides an opportunity for first hand e:çerience of rangelands conditions and
problems.
Tøû-bool$: M.ei
Pick, J. H. (194 e);
(1982)'South A n'
Report').
7225 Land-Use Planning Law
Quota:20.
Duration: Semester IL
Pre+equkites: '1272 Envtronmental Planning and Protection Law'
Restriction: Not ar¿ailable to students who have satisfactorily completed 8180 Environmental
and Planning l-aw (EnvSt.) or 5429 E¡uro¡mental and Planning l-aw prior to 1989'
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures a week and a tu/o-hour seminar a fortnight.
areas; prevention of pollution; and Protection for existing uses.
Assessment:3,000 word paper to be presented at a seminar and submitted within a fortnight
of presentation (worth 50%); examination at end of the course (futl{a¡ take-away paPer,
wotth 507o).
Tqt-bootc: There is no prescribed ckground to matters
covered in the course is provided by law and policy (I'att
Book Co., L987). Statutory and oth regularly during the
coufse.
2989 Minor Dissertation
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: Environnental Research Methodology and Project unless by afrangement
with Faculty.
Contact hours: t hour per week with supewisor'
Contenl: The minor dissertation subje the Master's
course for full-tinre students and the
students' It
allows students to resea¡ch a chosen e .it should go
beyond the conventions of data presentations and analpis alone and seek to address a
p.óbl"fn, or contain an argument, that takes into account the total environment in which
the problem arises.
Assessment: Intemal and extemal examination.
Text-books: No Ptescribed texts.
7007 Principles of Environmental Earth Science
Duration: Semester I.
Quota:2O.
Contact hours:3 hours a week plus 4 days of field wo¡k.
ea
375

Content: A subject concerned with characterist
will treat both the fluid earth (atmosphere and
topics as: elimates and climatic changes,
phenomenon, geological hazards, mineral reso
evolution of South Australia.
Assessment: 5000 word essay and one tutorial paperlieldwork report.
6000 Principles of Environmental Population Biologl
Duration: Semester II.
Restriction: 3460 Introductory Environmental Biolory nor graduates in the bjological
sciences who have taken significant genetics and population bioiory in their degree.
Assumed knowledge: Blementary concepts of biology at least at matriculation level or as in
the Centre for Environmental Studies' Foundation Science C-ourse.
contact hours: 7 lecture and 2 tutorials a week or their equivalent in practical work. Two
dap field work.
Coryteyt: Th_e broad objectives of this su int¡oduce knowledge and
techniques for such practical matters as: n; population contõl and
management policies; the impacts of end the course will be
the movement of energy through the biosphere; the
the consideration of broad ecological strategies; the
genetic variability in populations; aspects of reprotural
selection, extinctions and evolution; human
Assessmmt: Students decide their own.
Tø-books: Raven,
M. D. and Quinne
1984); Wilson, E. :
Soule', M. E. (ed.)
1236 Remote Sensing
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Restriction: 1627 Remote Sensing Techniques.
contact hours: 2 lectures and 3 hours of practical work a week, plus 3 days of field work.
Contenl: Remote Sensing is concerned with interpretation of detailed information about
the earth's surface gathered by satellites and airborne scanning s¡mtems.
This subject examines both the principles and applicat¡ons of remote sensing for use in
geographic and environmental studies. The principles of remote sensing'include the
interaction of elect¡Gmagnetic ¡adiation with the Earth's su¡face and the méasurement of
this radiat f of remote sensing discussed include
mapping a s rangelands, agricultural regions, land
degradatio each digital image processiñg for data
correction a orientated problems.
Assessment: Coursework and examination.
Text-books: Harrison, B. A. and Jupp, D. L. 8., Introduction to remoteþ sensed data
376

(CSIRO); Curran, P. J., hincþles of remou serring (Longnan); Jensen, l. k, Inùoducing
digital image processing (Prentice-Hall); Lo, C. P., Applied remotc sensing (Longman);
Richards, J. A., Remoæ sensing image anaþsis: an innodaction (Springer-Verlag); Swain, P.
H. and Davis, S. M., Remoæ sensing: the quant'ttative approach; Tæ,nshend, J. R G.,
Tenain analysis and remote sensing (Allen and Unwin).
1302 SustainableAgriculture
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-rcqukites: None.
Contact hours:2 hours a week and 3 days of fieldwork.
Content: The subject aims to critically assess a broad range of farming practices which have
been termed "sustainable" such as Organic Farming, Bio{ynamics, Permaculture and
Agroforestry. Traditional forms of farming subsistence systems, and a range of contemporary
alternatives to "agribus¡ness" will be considered scientifically, and also in the context of
existing social patterns, market infrastructure, financial institutions, legislation and other
variables affecting the rural sector. Obstacles to a trans¡tion to sustainable land use will be
identified and strategies for change evaluated.
httroductory readrrg.' Booklist available during first semester.
Text-book: Molf ison, W., Pe'rmac ulture.
2743 The Global Commons
Duration: Semester I.
Resnicdon: 529 Environmental Synthesis B.
Assumed knowledge: Information contained in 7507 Principles of Eafh Surface Processes
(or its equivalent) and Introductory Population Biology (or its equivaleót).
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutoria¡ a week (or the equivalent thereof in seminars,
workshops etc.).
Content: The objective of the subject is to examine the origins and the scientific, legal,
political and economic background necessary to understand the importance of a number of
envi¡onmental issues which transcend national and institutional boundaries and which
affect the whole or a signifìcant portion of the whole earth and human habitation of it. The
topics to be cove¡ed include:
The atntosphere and iu pollution'The greenhouse effect; ozone depletion; acidification.
Biotk conseruation.' Preserving the forests; retaining genetic diversit¡5 fisheries, whales, krill
and other marine resources; wetlands and migratory species.
Resources and special issues: [,aw of the sea; major freshwater diversions; Antarctica; global
¡adiation levels.
Hu man popul at io n grow t lL
Assessment: 5,0006,000 word essa¡ individual tutorial paper and joint piece of wo¡k on
some special issue.
Text-books: The World Commission on Envi¡onment and Development, Our common future
(O.U.P., 1987); Gribbin, J., The hole in tlæ sky (Corg, 1988); Johnsun, S. P., World
populatíon and the United Nations (C.U.P., 1988); Ayensu, E. S., et al., Our green and living
world (C.U.P.,1984).
5832 The Marine Environment
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: None.
Quota: May apply.
Contact hours:3 hours a week, plus 2 one day field trips.
3't'1

Con ent: This subject examines local, national and global issues conceming the impact of
human activity on the marine environment. The first part of the course will provide an
oveliew of important physical and biological processes which occur in the ma¡ine
environment. Topics will include oceanography, coral rcef formation, the classification of
marine organisms, marine ecosystem3 and the intertidal'zone. The course will then consider
the ways in which the marine environment has been overexploited and degraded, as nell as
the social and economic consequences. Topics will include marine pollution, coastal
development, the Greenhouse effect and the implications of sea-level rise, Frsheries
management, marine mammal management, tourism and marine reserves.
Assessment: To be advised.
Tæ-boolcs: Carefoot, T., Seashore ecologt (Univetsity of Queensland Press, 1985); Connell,
D. W, llater pollution (2nd edn.) (University of Queensland Press, 1981); Ling, J. K &
Bryden, M. M. (eds.), Studies of sea mamtnaß in south latitudes (South Australian Museum,
1985); Tait, R-Y., Elemens of marine ecologt 3rd edn. (Butterworths, 1983).
9608 Tropical Environments and Human Systems
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 2 hours of tutorials/practical work. Non-compulsory field
work in Indonesia may be undertaken, dependent on resources.
Content: The nature of physical and human environments in the tropical Third World;
social, economic and environmental consequences of colonisation; the modern state and its
rural and urban interventions; economic and social planning; the political economy of
resource allocation and degradation; impacts of international agencies, trade and aid
policies; projections for the future.
Assessmenl: To be advised.
Tut-bool

Geographers, Geograplty and gender: an introduction to femkkt geography (Hutchinson);
B,ell,D., Daugluers of the drearning (Allen and Unwin).
379

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF ENIVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
(oLD COURSE)
REGULATIONS
1.. There shall be a degree of Master of Envi¡onmental Studies.
2. (a) An applicant for admission to the course of study for the degree must be a gradùate
of the University of Adelaide or hold qualifications from another university or ¡nstitution
acceptable for the purpose by the University of Adelaide.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Stud¡es acting with authority $'ittingly
devolved to it by C.ouncil, the Faculty may in special cases and subject to such conditions (if
any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a peßon
who does not hold the qualifications specified in regulation 2(a) above but who has given
evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undefake the work for the degree.
(c) The Faculty, if it sees fit to do so, may require the applicant to complete such additional
preliminary work as it may prescribe before being accepted as a candidate for the degree.
(d) Applications for admission shall be addressed to the Registrar.
3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall:
(a) satisfy examiners in cou¡ses of study as prescribed in the schedules; and
(b) as prescribed in the schedules, carry out resea¡ch work and present
dissertation on a subject approved by the Faculty.
a satisfactory
4. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to t¡me
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date ofprescription by the Council or such
other date as tbe Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of department or Heads of
departments concerned and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Fducation Committee for approval, except that Heads of departments may approve minor
changes to previously approved syllabuses.
5. The maximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any course for the degree
shall be determined from time to time by the council on the recommendation of the
Facult¡,; and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the Council to provide any
'or all the subjects in any year if for any reason the C¡uncil decides to suspend it o¡ them.
6. Except with the permission of the Faculty, the course for the degree shall be completed:
(i) in not less than two years no¡ mo¡e than three years of full-time study
(ii) in not less than three years nor more than five years ofpart-time study
7. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory
prog¡ess the Faculty may with the consent of the Council withdraw its approval of
candidature and the candidate shall thereupon cease to be en¡olled for the degreè.
8. On completion of the disse¡tation the candidate shall lodge \r,ith the Registrar three
copies of the dissertation prepared in acco¡dance with di¡ections given to canãidates from
time to time.
9. The Faculty shall appoint the examiners for the dissertation.
380

10. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations and satisfies the
examiners may on the recommendation of the Faculty be admitted to the degree.
1.1. A candidate who holds the Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies shall surrender
the Graduate Diploma before being adm¡tted to the degree.
Regulat¡oN allowcd 21 Deæmbe¡, 197¿
Amended: 15Jan. 1976:9;2 Fcb. lc7& 7;31 Jan. 1980:7, 15; æ Je. 1981: ? 4 Fcb. l982t7,l2i2/Fù-19æt2,9il
March 1984: 11, rctrumbering 12-16; l7 JeD. 1985: l-17; 12 Feb. l9&/: 6. Aw¡tin8 atlwáDæ: 2{b).
381

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF E}IVIRONMENTAL STUDTES
(oLD COURSE)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 9.)
Candidates may complete their course of study under these Regulations and Schedules,
with such modifications as the Faculty may deem necessary to ensure that subjects
presented f¡om 1989 onwards may be counted under these Schedules.
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
1. Unless exempted therefrom by the Facult¡ every candidate for the degree shall complete
three components: General Envi¡onmental Studies, Environmental Synthesis, and Research
and Dissertation.
2. Component One: General Environmental Studies - Subjects.
Unless tlie Faculty, or its nominee, decides otherwise, students must take at least six and
may take seven subjects chosen from among the following list:
A, UNDERSTANDING THE EIWIRONMENT
1. The Physical Environment
Options available:
4757 Issues of the Phys¡cal Environment
5825 Introductory Environmental Ea¡th Science
2405 Envi¡onmental Resou¡ces
1647 Structural Geomorpholog¡r (Env.St.)
1374 Sedimentologlr (Env.St.)
2278 Mine¡al Deposits
3844 Atmospheric Physics (Env.St.)
3141 Environmental Physics (Env.St.)
428L Introductory Chemistry
8ó78 Soil Management A
8830 Soil Management B
4457 Process Geomorphology (Env.St.)
2. The Living Environnrent
Optíons available:
3460 Introductory Environmental Biology
3713 Plant Ecology
6850 Rangeland Ecology (Env.St.)
2038 Marine Plant Biology (Env.St.)
1350 Plant Water Relations (Env.St.)
5743 Phytoplankton Ecology (Env.St.)
3160 Marine Ecology (Env.St.)
8288 Management of Inland Aquatic Resources
5250 Community Biogeography (Env.St.)
382

3599 Entomologr (En*St.)
3. The Modified Environment
Options available:
6401 Human-Environment Stud¡es (Env.St.)
736L Uftan and Iandscape Design Studies
9511 Australian Planning
9560 U¡ban and l:ndscape Design Processes
2198 Environmental Psycholory (Env.St.)
6959 Engineering Planning and Design
3787 Topics in Environmental Engineering
L934 The Adelaide Rcgion
B. ANALYSINGTIIE EISr'IRONMENT
1. Quantitative Techniques
2904 Introductory Computing
1796 lntroductory Statistics
7741. Epidemiology and Biostatistics
2. Remote Sensing
1627 Remote Sensing Techniques (Env.St.)
2096 Remote Sensing Applications
3. Social Survey
2069 Social Survey Techniques (Env.St.)
3780 Applications of Social Survey Techniques
4. Environmental Philosophy
6618 Introductory Philosophy and the Environment
2849 Philosophical Issues
C. MANAGING THE EIfTIRONMENT
l. Environmental Law
8180 Environmental and Planning Iaw (Env.St.)
2. Environmental Economics
7486 Introductory Environmental Economics
3. Environmental Conservation
6199 Conservation of Biological Communities (Env.St.)
3641 National Parks and Heritage Management
D. LMNG INTHEEI.IURONMENT
1. Environmental Hazards
7986 Environmental Hazards: Processes and Policies
2. The Social Environment
9917 Communit),: Aspects of the Social Environment
3. The Environment and Health
8000 Occupational and Environmental Health (Env.St.)
4. Energr
8929 Energr: Sources, Uses and Abuses.
All subjects are offered subject to enrolments, and availability of staff and resources.
Additional optional subjects may be offered at the discretion of the Faculty.
383

3. Component One: General Environmental Studies-Approval of
Subjects
(a) At least one option shall be chosen from:
A. UNDERSTANDINGTIEENIVIRONMENT.
B. ANALYSINGTHE EI.IVIRONMENT.
C. MANAGINGTTIE ENIVIRONMENT.
D. LTVING IN THE EI.IWRONMENT.
(b) Students without approved qualifications or substantial emPloyment experience in any
of the biological sciences shall include 360 Introductory Environmehtal Biology in the
subjects they take.
(c) Students $.ithout approved qualifications or substantial employment erçerience in one
of the earth sciences shall take 5825 Introductory Environmental Earth Science.
(d) Students c/ithout approved legal qualification or substantial employment experience in
a legal field shall take the subject 8180 Environmental and Planning l-aw.
(e) Students without approved qualifications or substantial employment experience in the
field of economics shall take the subject 7486 Introductory Environmental Economics.
(l) Applications to have particular qualifications or work experience approved for the
puiposes of subject choices will be conside¡ed by the Faculty, or its nominee, at the time of
enrolment each year.
(g) Proposed combinations of subjects in Component One shall be considered for approval
by the Facult¡ or its nominee, at the time of enrolment each year.
(h) On the recommendation of the Chairman of the department concerned, the Faculty or
its nominee, may exempt a candidate f¡om the need to satisfy any pre-requisites prescribed
in the syllabus of any subject for which the candidate wishes to enrol.
4. Component TWo: Environmental Synthesis
(a) There are two subjects offered:
8218 Environmental Synthesis A
529 Environmental Synthesis B
Each comprise a series of seminars, lectures, case studies and reports of work in progress.
(b) Students are required to complete each subject and to complete two substantial joint
rePorts.
(c) Students may, with the permission of the Faculty or nominee, enrol in a seventh
optional subject from "Component One: General Envi¡onmental Studies" in lieu of either
"Environmental Synthesis A" or "Environmental Synthesis 8". They are still expected to
attend and pa¡ticipate in both rycles of "Environmental Synthesis".
5. Component Three Research and Dissertation
(a) Students shall commence their research on a topic approved by the Faculty at a point in
time in their course approved by the Faculty but not normally until they have completed at
least four subjects from "C.omponent One: General Environmental Stùdies" and either
8218 Environmental Synthesis A or 5249 Environmental Synthesis B from Component Two'
(b) The research project will normally require the co-operative effort of several students;
however, each student must present a separate dissertation of a standatd acceptable to
exanriners appointed by the Faculty. The dissertation must not only deal with those aspects
of the project studied by the student, but must also indicate an appreciation of the work of
other students undertaking the project.
(c) V/ith permission of the Facùlty in each case two or more candidates may submit a joint
dissertation on a subject approved by the Faculty. In that case, each candidate must also
attend an individual oral examination. In the light of their assessment of each candidate's
contribution and quality of work, the examiners may recommend for each candidate: (i)
that the degree be awarded; (ii) that the degree not be awarded; or (iii) that the candidate
384

e required to subm¡t additional individual work or to contribute to a revision of the joint
dissertation. The dissertation must normally be acceptable before the degree can be
awarded to any of its contributors, but in special circumstances the examiners may
recommend that the Faculty suspend that requirement to allos, the degree to be awarded
to one or more contributors to a dissertation which is not in all respects acceptable.
(d) In special circumstances, the Faculty may grant an extension of time beyond the
maximum period applicable to a full-time or to a part-time candidate.
6. To complete a course of stud¡ a candidate, unless exempted therefrom by the Faculty,
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures, tutorials and seminars; and
(b) undertake such practical work, heldwork and case studies, do such written work, and
pass such e.kaminations, as the Faculty may prescribe.
7. A candidate who desires that work completed in the Unive¡sity or elsewhere should be
counted toc/ards the requircrilents of these schedules may, on written application to the
Registrar, be granted such exemption from the requirements as the Counc¡I, on the advice
of the Faculty, shall determine.
8. Each candidate's course of study must be approved by the Faculty, or its nominee, at
enrolment each year.
385

DEGREEOF
DOCTOR OF LETTERS
REGUI"ATIONS
1. (a) The Faculty ofArts may accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Letters a
person who has qualified for any degree in the University of Adelaide.
(b) On the recommendation of the Faculty of Arts, the Board of Graduate Studies acting
with authority wittingly devolved to ¡t by C.ouncil may accept as a candidate for the degree
a person who (i) has obtained in another university or institution of higher education a
qualification accepted for the purpose by the University as equivalent to a degree of the
University and (ii) has, or has had, a substantial association with the University.
(c) No person may be admitted to the degree of Doctor o[ Letters before the expiration of
five years from the date on which he obtained the qualification prescribed in (a) or (b)(i)
above.
2. (a) A person who desires to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his
intended candidatu¡e in writing to the Registrar and with such notice shall furnish
particulars of his scholarly achievements and of the work which he proposes to submit for
the degree.
(b) The Faculty of Arts shall examine the information submitted and decide whether or not
to allow the applicant to proceed.
(c) If the Faculty accepts the candidature it shall nominate examiners, of whom two at least
shall be extemal examiners.
3. (a) To qualify for the degee the candidate shall furnish satisfactory evidence that he has
made an original and substantial contribution of distinguished merit to the knowledge or
understanding of any subject with which the Faculty is directly concerned.
(b) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of such of his published
wo¡ks as a candidate may submit for examination, but the examiners may take into account
any unpublished original work that he may submit in support of his candidature.
(c) The candidate in submitting his work shall, where applicable, state generally in a
preface and specifically in notes the main sources from which his information is derived and
the extent to which he has availed hinlself of the work of others, especially where joint
publications a¡e concerned. He may also signify in general terms the portions of his work
which he claims as original.
(d) The candidate shall indicate what paf, if an¡ of his works has already been submitted
for a degree in this or any other university.
4. The candidate shall lodge \¡/ith the Registrar three copies of the works submitted for the
degree, any unpublished work being prepared in accordance with the di¡ections given in
sub-paragraph (b) ofclause 28 of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for
the degree the Registrar will t¡ansmit two of the copies to the University Library.
5. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may,
on the recommendation of the Faculty of Arts, be admitted to the deg¡ee of Doctor of
Letters.
6. Notwithstanding an¡hing contained in the preceding regulations, the Faculty may
recommend the award of the degree to any person who is not a member of the staff of the
University. Any such ¡econrnrendation must be accompanied by evidence that the person
fo¡ whom the award is proposed has made an original and substantial contribution of
386

distinguished merit to the knowledge or understanding of a subject with which the Faculty
is directly concemed, of a standard not less than that required by regulation 3.
RcgulatioN alloved 16 DeæDbcr, 1971.
Amended 15 JanuÐf, 1976: 6. ,{miting aü()Wæ: l(b).
387

FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE
REGUIÂTIONS, SCHEDULES AND
Bachelor of Economics (B.Ec.)
Regulations .....
Schedules.........
Syllabuses ........
Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.)
Regulations .....
Syllabuses ........
Graduate Diploma in Economics (Grad.Dip.Ec.)
Regulations .....
Schedules.........
Syllabuses ........
Graduate Diploma in Management
(Grad.Dip.Mgt.)
Regulations .....
Sched ules.........
Syllabuses ........
Master of Business Administration (M.B-A..)
Regulations.....
Sched u1es.........
Syl labuses ........
Master of Economics (M.Ec.)
Regulations 453
Schedules.........
Syllabuses ........
Master of Commerce (M.Com.)
Regulations..... 459
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Regulations and Schedules: under "Board of Research
Studies"-s¿e Contents.
SYLI.ABUSES
390
3v2
398
4t2
4r4
4t9
428
430
432
434
435
437
442
M3
445
455
457
389

Economics and
Commerce
DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS
REGULATIONS
1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of F¡onomics. A
candidate may obtain either degree or both.
2. The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time prescribe
schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
3. The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the depafment or
departments concerned and approved by the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
&lucation Committee. The Head of the department or departments concemed may
approve minor changes to any pfeviously approved syllabus or syllabuses.
4. Except by the permission of the Faculty, a candidate shall not enrol in any subject for
which the pre-requisite studies as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject have not been
satisfactorily completed.
5. (a) A candidate shall not be eligible to attend for examination unless the prescribed work
has been completed to the satisfaction of the teaching staff concemed.
(b) For the purposes of these Regulations a candidate who has failed to comply c/ith the
provisions of Regulation 5 shall be deemed to have failed the examination.
6. In determining a candidate's final result in a subject (or part of a subject) the examiners
may take into account oral, written, practical and examination work, provided that the
candidate has been given adequate notice at the commencement of the teaching of the
subject of the way in which work will be taken into account and of its relative importance in
the final result.
?. There shall be th¡ee classifications of pass in the final assessment of any subject for the
Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Ctedit, Pass. If the Pass
classification be in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may tie prescribed in the
syllabuses as a pre-requisite for admission to fu¡ther studies in that subject or to other
subjects.
A candidate may present, for the ordinary Degree of Bachelor of Fæonomics, a limited
numbe¡ of subjects for which a Conceded Pass has been obtained, as specified in the
relevant Schedules made under these Regulations.
8. A candidate \À¡ill be pe¡mitted to take a supplementary examination in a subject only in
circumstances approved by the department admlnistering the subject and consistent with
any expressed Council policy.
9. A candidate who fails a subject or who obtains a lower division pass and who desires to
take that subject again shall, unless exempted wholly or partially therefrom by the Head of
the department concemed, again complete the required work in that subject to the
satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
10. A candidate who has twice failed the examination in any subject ,for the Ordinary
degree may not enrol for that subject again or for any other subject which in the opinion of
the Faculty contains a substantial amount of the same material, except by permission of the
Faculty and then only under such conditions as Faculty may prescribe.
11. There shall be three classifications of Pass in the final assessment of any subject for the
390

Honours degree as follows: First Class, Second Class, Third Class. The Second Class
classification shall be divided into two divisions as follows: Division A and Division B.
12. A candidate who has passed subjects in other Faculties of the University or in other
educational institutions, may on wdtten application to the Registrar be granted such status
and/or exemption from the requi¡ements of the schedules made under these regulations as
the Faculty may determine.
13. A candidate who has obtained or qualified for the degree of Bachelor of C-ommerce ín
the Faculty of F-conomics and Commerce may qualiff for the degree of Bachelor of
Economics by completing such subjects as the schedules made under these regulations shall
specify.
14. If in any year/semester the student enrolment for a particular subject offered by the
Faculty is less than the minimum specified by the Faculty, that subject may not be offered.
RegularioN 8llrycd 17 Janury, 195¿
AmeDded:20 Dec. 1956:8, 10;4 G. 1962:13;4Apr. l9ó3;13;4 Nov. l96tt2,L3i2ADec.lg@i B, 10; t6 Dec. 1971;3, 13;
15 JaD. 1976: 15; 29 Jan. l98l: 13; 4 Feb. 1982: 8; 2A Feb. 1893t3,12,13, 14, 15 detetêd, rermbering 4-15; I March 19&4:
14; l7 Jan. 19&5: 4, 5.
RegulalioN repealed, substiÌùted and allowed: æ Jub¡, 1989.
Economics and
Commerce
391

Economics and
Commerce
DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulations 2 and 3)
NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Ec. are published below, immediately
after these schedules. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see
the table of subjects at the end of the volume.
SCHEDULE I: GENERAL
1 The following may be presented for the Ordinary degree:
(Note: Thc points Elùe of subjects ¡r indietcd aftcr eacb subject titb).
(a) (i) LEVEL I suBJEcTs
ECONOMICS SI,JBJECTS
Full-Year Subjects
8461 Economics I
Semester Subjects
9073 Economic History I
2148 Economic Institutions and Poliry I
8179 Economic Statistics I
COMMERCE SUBJEC:TS
Sen¡ester Subjecfs
6362 C.amme¡cial kw I(S)
2499 Info¡mation Systems I
(iÐ LEVEL II
(See also subjects listed under LEVET II/LEVEL III)
ECONOMICS SUBJEC;TS
Semester Subjects
9893 Macroeconomics II
8870 Microeconomics II
392
3 7322
3 7626
3 7263
3 4359
3 3086
4
4
Economic Statistics IA
Mathematical Economics I
Mathematics for Economists I
Financial Accounting IA
Financial Accounting IB
7579 Economic Statistics II(S)
8457 Economic Statistics ILA(S)
J
3
3

COMMERCE SIjBJECTS
Semester Subjects
4L90 Business Finance II
1282 C.ommercial I¿w II
7651 Financial Accounting II
(iiÐ LEVEL rrr
(See also subjects listed under LEVEL II/LEVEL III)
ECONOMICS STJBJECTS
Full-Year Subjects
2100 Economic Theory III
Semester Subjects
8178 Agricultural Economics III
4883 Applied Econometrics III
4367 Applied Economics III
5284 Business and Government III
4030 Economic Geography III
COMMBRCB SUBJECTS
Semester Subjects
4196 Accounting Theory III
72140 Auditing III
5177 Business Finance III
8315 Company Accounting III
5427 Information Systems III
9955 C.omputerised Accountíng and
Systems III
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2663 Information Systems II
4807 Management and Organizâtions II
5312 Marketing II
8518 Economics of I¡bour III
7739 Econometrics III
3751 Economic Development IIIA
5942 Economic Development IIIB
7981 Public Finance III
5473 Income Tax l-aw III
5?41 Management Accounting IIIA
9790 Management Accounting IIIB
9759 Management and Organizations III
4 9885 Marketing III
(iv) LEVEL IIrILEVEL III
The following subjects may be counted at LEVEL II or LEVEL III
ECONOMICS SUBJEC:TS
Semester Subjects
9467 East Asian Economies
1682 Economic HistoryA
5426 Industrial Relations IIr|III
4 7350
4 8620
4 5920
Economic History C
Mathematical Economics II/III
Economics of Resou¡ces and
the Environment
Economics and
Commerce
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
393

Economics and
Commerce
(b) ARTS SI'BJECTS
Subjects listed in the Schedules of the degree of Bachelor of Arts, excluding those ¡¡sted in
1(a) above.
(c) LA\{ SUBJECTS.
The [¿w subjects available u¡ithin the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Jurisprudence), namely
the l-evel II subjects 1826 Australian Legal System and 3731 Contract (each ofwhich counts
as four points towards the degree of Bachelor of Economics) and the following Level III
subjects:
9M6 Aborigines and the l¡w 3
M33 Constitution l¡w 6
8580 Criminal l¿w 6
7272 Envtronmental Planning and
Protection l¿w 3
9844 Conserr"ation and Heritage Iaw 3
'1730 l-and Use Planning I-aw 3
9622 lncome Maintenance 3
9759 l*.gal History 6
4777 MediaLaw 3
8821 Property 6
9365 Torts 6
2. A candidate nray not count for the degree any subject together with any other subject
which, in the opinion of the Faculty, contains a substantial amount of the same material;
and no subject may be counted twice towards the degree.t*
3. A candidate may not present both 2100 Economic Theory and, 4367 Applied
F¡onomics III for the degree.
4. A candidate may not p¡esent 6362 Commercial I-aw I(S) for the degree if passed after
3731 Cont¡act.
5. Courses of study must be approved by the Dean (or the Dean's nominee) at enrolment
each year,
6. Candidates who have completed subjects for the degree under previous schedules may
continue under the schedules then in force, with such modifications (if any) as shall be
prescribed by the Dean.
SCHEDULE II: THE ORDINARY DEGREE
1. The course of study for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Economics shatl extend ove¡
three years of full-time study or its part-time equivalent. A candidate for the Ordinary
degree shall attend lectures and pass examinations in acco¡dancewith the provisions ofth¡s
Schedule.
2. To qualify for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Economics, candidates must pass
subjects with a combined total of not less than 72 points, including:
not more than 24 points for subjects at Level I drawn from clause 1 of Schedule I, and
not less than 24 points for subjects at Level II[, drawn from clause I of Schedule I, which
nray comprise no mote than 8 points from those subjects listed under the special category
of lævel ll/I*vel III subjects, specified in clause la(iv) of Schedule I and not more than 12
points for subjects drawn f¡om clauses 1(b) and 1(c).
3. Tlre subjects presented must include the following:
(a) 8a61 Economics I
(b) 8179 Economic Statistics I or 7322 Economic Statistics IA.
(c) 9893 Macroeconontics II
(d) 88?0 Microeconomics II
(e) 7579 Economic Statistics II(S) or 8457 Economic Statistics ILA(S).
(t) 2100 Economic Theory III.
'See Note 4 1o Schedule lI belw on Stüdies in t w.
"A table of unaæeplâble @mbinaÌioN of subjeds is avaitable lrcm thc FaculÐ/ offie.
394

4. To qualify for the degee of Bachelor of Economics a student granted status for previous
studies must pass subjects taught at the University of Adelaide to the value of at least 22
points. These must include those subjects under clause 3(e) above. However, the
requirement under clause 3(e) may be waived in special circumstances approved by the
Faculty.
5. ll' candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Economics of the University, who wishes to
complete the degree elsewhere, must, unless exempted from the requirement by the
Facult¡ present subjects taught at the University of Adelaide, having a minimum value of
48 points and including at least 22 points from clause 3 above and also arrange through the
Registrar for the proposed scheme of study elsewhere to be approved in advance by the
Faculty.
6. A gladuate of the Faculty with the degree of Bachelor of C-ommerce who wishes to
proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Economlcs:
(i) may be granted status in subjects to the lue of not morc than 36 points, which the
graduate has already presented for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce or in which
the graduate has been granted status or exemption on account of wo¡k done for
another degree;
shall present a range of subjects which fulfils in all respects the requirements of
these Schedules;
(iii) shall present not less than 12 points for Economics subjects drawn f¡om lævel III of
clause 1 of Schedule I not presented for the degree of Bachelor of Comme¡ce.
7. Except in special circumstances determ¡ned by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce,
a graduate of the Faculty with the deg¡ee of Bachelor of Economics completed ea¡lier than
7992 wtll not be admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce.
8. A graduate in one or mo¡e other Faculties (other than the Faculty of Economics and
Commerce) or other tertiary Institutions who wishes to proceed to the degree of Bacheloi
of Economics:
(i) may be granted status in subjects to the value of not more than 30 points, which the
graduate has already presented fo¡ another degree or in which the graduate has
been gÍanted status o¡ exemption on account ofwork done for another degree;
(ii) shall present a range of subjects which fulfils in all respects the requirements of
these Schedules;
(iii) shall present Level III subjects to the value of not less than 12 points which must be
Economics subjects and which are not presented for another degree.
9. In determining a candidate's eligibility for the awa¡d of the degree, Faculty may not
credit any subject passed nrore than 10 years previously.
10. A candidate may p¡esent for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Economics conceded
passes in Level II and lævel III subjects,"* provided that the points value for any.
individual subject for which a conceded pass is presented does not exceed 3 points, and the
aggregate value does not exceed 6 points.
11. When, in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, special ci¡cumstances
exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty, may vary the provisions of
Clauses L-10 above.
NOTES (not fornring parf of the schedules):
1. Students are advised that a knowledge of mathematics is helpful for commerce and
economics subjects and is essential for some subjects.
"' Nore.' Conæded passes âre nol awarded in those sùbjects listed in Claw 1(a) of Schedule I of the Ordimry degree
of Bachelor of Eænomic,
Economics and
Commerce
395

Economics and
Commerce
2. rwhile guaranteeing that the¡e will be no net change in the total number of optional
subjects being offered per annum, the Economics Department resewes the right not to
offer cefain options in any part¡cular year. Decisions on which optional subjects are to be
offered will be determined party by the availability of relevant staff membe¡s and partly by
the numbers of students wlio eñ¡oi in each option. If the numben are less than 10ìhen the
subjects may not be offered.
3. Students who have passed the previously offered subject 9743 Accounting II shatl be
deenred to have passed 5T4L Management Accounting IIIA and 4190 Business Finance II.
Students who have passed the previously offered subject 9Tl4Accounting III shall'be
deemed to have passed 6110Financial Accounting III and 7,140 Auditing III. Students who
have passed the previously offered subject 3349 Commercial Law I shall be deemed to have
passed 6362 Commercial I-aw I(S) and t?ß2 Commercial Law II(S).
4. Studies in Law within thc Degree of B.Ec.
4.1 C-andidates who have successfully completed subjects to the value of 24 points at lævel I
of the B.Ec. degree may apply for admission to Iåw Studies. Applications for admission to
[¿w must be made through SATAC by mid-October of the year during which they
conrplete their lævel I subjects. Except with the permission of the Dean of the Faculty ol
[.aw or a nonrinee, 1826 Australìan lægal System must be unde¡taken concurrently with the
law subject 3731 Contract. These two subjects are prerequisites fo¡ each of the third year
[:w subjects listed in clause 1(c) of Schedule I. Students will remain candidates for the
degree of B.Ec. and may present for the degree of B.Ec. the l¿w subjects listed in clauses
1(c) of Schedule I. Students must complete all the requirements for the B.Ec. before they
can obtain their LL.B. degree.
4.2 See also the Schedules of the LL.B. degree and see, in particular, the Introductory
Notes to the LL.B. Syllabuses.
4.3 Credit for Law subjecu passed prior to 1987.
Candidates who wish to present fo¡ the B.Ec degree I:w subjects passed prior to 1987
should apply in writing to the Registrar to have their position determined by the Faculry of
F¡onomics and Commerce. Such candidates will not be disadvantaged by the transition.
However, in accordance with the Schedules of the degree of Bachelo¡ of l:ws, students
who have passed 6256 Elements of [¿w and 29,14 Constitutional [¿w I shall be deemed to
have passed 1826 Australian lægal System.
SCHEDULE III: THE HONOURS DEGREE
1. A candidate for the Honours degree shall attend lectures and pass examinations in
accordance with the provis¡ons of this Schedule.
2. A candidate may, subject to the app¡oval of the Head of the Department concerned,
proceed to the Honours degree in the foltowing subject:
7711 Honours Economics
3. A candidate may, subject to the approval of the Head of the Department concerned,
proceed to the Honours degree taught jointly by the Depafment of Economics or
Conrmerce and another department. Candidates must apply in writing to the Registrar for
the proposed course of study to be approved in advance by the Faculty.
a. (a) A candidate preparing for the Honours year tartght by the Economics Department
must complete the requ¡rentents fot the Ordinary degree of B.Ec. (or their equivalent
elsewhere), inctuding the subject 2100 Economic Theory lII, before proceeding with the
Ilonours year, and must obtain a high standard in subjects presented for the Ordinary
Degree (or their equivalent else\À/he¡e).
(b) A candidate who has satisfied the requirements for admission to Honours as set out in
previous schedules is also eligible to apply fo¡ admission to the Honours year as above.
5. The wo¡k of the Honours year is normally completed in one year of full-time study, after
completion of the Ordinary degree or its equivalent. The Faculty may permit a candidate to
spread the work over two years, but not more, under such conditions as it may determine.
6. A candidate who is unable to complete the course for the Honours degree within the
396

time allowed, or whose work is unsatisfactory at any stage of the course, or who withdraws
from the course shall be reported to the Faculty, which may permit re-enrolment for an
Honours degree under such conditions (if any) as it may determine.
7. A graduate who has obtained the Honours Degree of Bachelor of A¡ts in Economics
may not obta¡n the Honours degree of Bachelor of Economlcs.
Economics and
Commerce
39',1

Economics and
Commerce
DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS
For Syllabuses of subjects taught by the Department of Commerce see under Bachelor of
Commerce.
SYLLABUSES - DEPÄ.RTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Text-books:
The lists of the text-books were conect at the time that this Volume went to press. It is
possible, however, that amendments to these lists will be made befo¡e the start of lectures,
and, if so, students attending classes will be notified appropriately by the lecturer
concerned.
In general, students are expected to have their own copies of text-books, but they are
advised to await advice from the lectu¡er concerned before bufng any particular book.
Only the prescribed edition of any text-book should be bought.
Reference books:
Although lists of books and journals for reference purposes are regarded as important,
details have not been included in this Volume. These will howeve¡ be issued from time to
time by the departments concerned. It is hoped that all book and journals set for refetence
will be available to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library.
Assessnrent:
For each subject, students may obtain from the department concerned details of the
assessment in that subject ìhcluding the relative weights given to the components (e.g., such
of the following as are relevant: semester tests, essays or other written or p¡acticâl wofk,
final w¡itten examinations, viva voce examinations).
To complete a B.Ec. course and accountancy qualifications in minimum time, it is necessary
for students to undertake a programme of study overloaded by 4 points. This should be
discussed with a Cou¡se Advisor of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce.
All Economics subjects are given annuall¡ except that some Iævel II and lævel III subjects
nìay not be offered if staff are unavailable, and/or if the number of students enrolling in
those subjects is too low
LEVEL I
9073 Economic History I
Level: I.
Poittts value: 3.
398

Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisite: None.
Contact hours: 2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content:'[he origins, emergence and spread of industrialisation to 7914. Special emphasis is
placed on the British and American experience in the 18th and 19th centuries, and their
roles in the world economy. It provides a useful basis for studies of Australian and 20th
century world economic history at Level II and Level IIL
Assessment: To be finally determined in consultation $rith students at or before commence-
Tesu-books: To be advised.
2148 Economic Institutions and Policy I
Level: l.
Points value: 3.
Duratíott: Semester II.
Appropriate background: Economics I (taken as concurrent subject) or Economics at Year
L2 level.
Contact hours: 2 one-hour lectu¡es and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content: An analysis of the development and ope¡ations of some of the major economic
institutions in Australia, with particular ¡eference to the natute and effects of govemment
policies. An examination of issues such as structural change in the econom¡ foreign
investment, unemployment, health ca¡e and the allocation of housing. A study of the
functions and performance of institutions such as the Industries Commission and the
A¡bitration Commission.
Assessment: To be finally determined in consultation with students at or before commencement.
Prelintinary reading lndecs, State ofplay (latest edition).
Tert-books: To be advised. Additional references to be prescribed by the lecturers.
8179 Economic Statistics I
Level: I.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
h-e-rcquisites: None.
Resn'ictiott: Students who have already passed eithet 2394 Economic Statistics II or
9514 F¡onomic Statistics IIA may not enrol in this subject. 8179 Economic Statistics I and
5543 Statistics I (pre-1989 5543 Statistics IH) cannot both be counted towards a degree.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 1 tutorial per week,
Content: Sources of economic and financial data, introduction to computers, descriptive
statist¡cs, index numbe¡s, seasonality, probability and probability distributions including the
binomial, Poisson, normal and t distributions, confidence intervals and h¡pothesis testing
for single sample mean or propo¡tion.
Assessntenl: To be finally determined in consultation \¡¡ith students at or before commencenlerì
t.
Tev-bool

Economics and
Commerce
7322 Economic Statistics IA
I-evel: l.
Poittts value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: None. An adeqùate mathematics background ie rcquired.
Resnicüon: Students who have already passed eithel 2394 Economic Statistics II or
9514 Economic Statistics IIA may not enrol in this subject. 7322 fu,o¡omic Statistics LA
and 5543 Statistics I (pre-1989 5543 Statistics IH) cannot both be counted towards a
degree. Enrolment is subject to the permission of the Head of the Department of
Economics.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 1 tutorial per week.
Contenl: The subject deals \¡/ith an essentially mathematical approach to probability and
statistical inference with economic applications. Topics covered may include sources of
dâta, descriptive stat¡stics, probability and probability distributions, expectation theory,
simple estimation and statistical inference, index numbers and seasonality.
Assessment: To be finally determined in consultation with students at or befo¡e commencement.
Tut-boolc: To be advised.
8461 Economics I
Level: l.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite: None.
Nole.' Students who have passed 6993 Macroeconomics IH or 2740 Mlcroeconomics IH
should consult with the Faculty course Advisers conceming completion of Level I
ecoriomics requirements. Students intending to proceed to 8870 Microeconomics II and not
planning to take 7263 Mathematics for Economists I or'1626 Mathematical Ecoiromics I
should contact the Economics Department concerning assumed mathematics background
for 8870 Microeconomics II.
Contact hours: 3 hours of lectures plus at least 1 one-hour tutorial/workshop a week.
Content: This subject provides an introduction to the basic principles of economic analysis
and outlines important economic features of the Australian economy. The subject matter
covers both micro and macroeconomics. It looks at forces which determine the overall level
of economic activity in the economy and in various markets and various policies which
influence this. It also looks at Australia's place in the world economy.
Assessment: To be finally determined in consultation with students at or before commencement.
Text-books: To be advised.
7626 Mathematical Economics I
Level: I.
Points value:3.
Durotion: Semester L
Appropriate background: A knowledge of either year 72 Mathèmatics IS or year 12
Mathenlatics I and II, or the equivalent.
Con¿act hours:3 one-hour lectures and 1 two-hour workshop/tutorial a week.
Content: This subject develops mathematical techniques particularly suitable for use in
economic analysis. The main emphasis will be on calculus of several variables, integral
400

calculus, matrix algebra, differential and difference equations, and an introduction to g3me
and decision theory u/ith applications of each to economic problems.
Assessment: To be finally determined in consultation with students at or before commencement.
Tact-boolc ìüeber, J. 8, Mathematical analysis: business and economb applications, 4th edn.
(Harper and Row), or Arya, J.C. and l:rdner, R-W., Mathematícal analysis for business,
economics and the Iiþ and social sciences, third edn. (Prentice Hall)'
7263 Mathematics for Economists I
Luel: l.
Poins value:3.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: Intended for students who have not taken mathematics at year 12.level, and
who wish to obtain a knowledge of mathematical techniques suitable for economic analysis,
but who do not exp€ct to proceed with fu¡ther stùdy of mathematics. 8461 Economics I is a
pre-requisite or concurrent subject.
Restriction: This is a beginners' course. Except c¡ith the permission of the Dean of the
Faculty, it may not be taken by students who have performed satisfactorily in Year 12
mathematics (Mathematics IS or Mathematics I and Mathematics II) or the equivalent.
Contacl hours:2 one-hour lectu¡es and 1 one-hour tutorial a week. Some lectules may be
conducted as workshops.
Content: Introductory algebra, calculus and matrix algebra with applications to economic
problems. Emphasis will be placed on the geometric interpretation of functions.
Assessment: To be finally determined in consultation with students at or before commencement.
Tut-book: To be advised.
LEVEL II
7579 Economic Statistics II(S)
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisite: 8461 Economics I (Div. ll) plus 8179 E*onomic Statistics I (Div 1).
Restriction: This subject is not available to students who have already completed
2394 Economic Statistlcs Il.':,579 Economic Statistics II(S) and 5543Statistics I (pre-1989
5543 Statistics IH) cannot both be counted towards a degree'
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial per week; day lectures in even years, evening
lectures in odd years.
Content: Sampling theory and practice, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing for ts'o
samples, .oniingãnry taUles an¿ goodness-of-fit rsing chi-squaie, anal¡nis of variaice,
simple and muitiple regression and cor¡elation, introductory econometrics, basic time
sefles,
Assessment: To be finally determined in consultation with students at or before commencement.
Tøct-booles: To be advised.
Economics and
Commerce
401

Economics and
Commerce
8457 Economic Statistics IIA(S)
Level: ll.
Poinu value: 4.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requkites: l) plus 7322 Economic Statistics IA (Div. I). An
adequate mat equired, such as a good pass in ?626lriathematical
Econonrics I Economics IH) or gTS6Mathematics I or another
approved Mathema tics course.
Restriction: This_ subject is not available to students who have already completed
2394Economic Statistics II or 95-!,4 Economic Statistics IIA. 8457Econo.ic Stutistics
IIA(S) and 5543 Statistics I (pre-1989 5543Statistics IH) cannot both be counred towa¡ds a
degree. Enrolment is subject to the permission of the Head of the Department of
Economics.
contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and L tutorial per week; day lectures in even years, evening
lectures in odd years.
e taught with an esse
towards their economic
ference, chi-square and
analysis.
Assess,nenl: To be finally determined in consultation with students at or before comme¡cement.
Tøct-books: To be advised.
9893 Macroeconomics II
Level: II.
Poinß value:4.
Duration: Semester I (Repeated in Semester II).
Contact hours:2 one-hou¡ lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week,
Content: This subject expands th
introducing the ntonetary sector a
rnacroeconomic models with special
nrodel is then used to examine
Australian economy.
Assessnrcnt: By short tests and examination.
helintinary Rggding: state of Play 6th edn. The Australian Economy up-to-Date. (Allen
and Unwin, 1988).
Tetrbooks: To be advised. Additional refe¡ences to be prescribed by the lectu¡ers.
8870 Microeconomics II
Level: II.
Poitts value: 4.
Duration: Semester I (Repeated in Semester II).
he-requisites: (a) u67 Economics I (Div. I) and (b) 7263 Mathematics for Economisrs I.
Prerequisite (b) will be waived in the case of students who have achieved a satisfactory
402

standard in Year 12 mathematics (Mathematics 15 or Mathematics I and Mathematics
or the equivalent.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week,
Content: This subject builds on the microeconomic principles studied in the Level I
economics subjects and aims to provide an analysis of the way in which the market qÄtem
functions as a mechanism for co-ordinating the independent choices of individual economic
agents. It develops a basis for evaluating the efficiency and equity implications of
competition and other market structures, and a perspective on the appropriate role of
govemment. Included are the study of consumer choice, exchange and trade, production
and cost, market structure, general equilibrium and u/elfa¡e.
Assessment: By short tests, essay and examination.
Preliminary reading: Jackson, J. and C.R. McConnell, Economics 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill).
Tqt-books: To be advised. Additional ¡eferences to be prescribed by the lecturers.
LEVEL rrlllr
9467 East Asian Economies
Level: Il o¡ l[l.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisite: 8461 Economics I or 2250 Social Economics I (alternative Level I subjects may
be approved as pre-requisites by the Lecturer-in-Charge).
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectu¡es and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content: The subject is designed to introduce students to the nature and structure of Eåst
Asian economies. It will examine the mechanisms which shape their economic activity and
the ¡ole of historical and cultural factors in the development of their economic institutions.
The contribution of these institutions to economic Fowth will be closely examined.
Assessnrcnl: A combination of tutorial papers, essays and 3-hour final examination.
Text-books: To be advised.
1682 Economic Histoty A
Level: II or lll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
Pre-requßite: 2250 Social Economics I or 6993 Macroeconomics IH and 2740
Microeconomics IH, or 8461 Economics I.
Rest'riction: Students who have already passed either 1682 Economic History IIFIA o¡ 5973
Economic History IIIFIA may not enrol in this subject.
Contact løurs:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hou¡ tutorial a week.
Content: The subject covers the development of the Aìrstralian economy from its initial
origins in the British imperial design of the late 18th century through its emergence as a
world trader, to its relatively integrated, industrialised form after World War II. In the
process the economy's institutional framework is analysed including the matketing,
financial and arbitration s)ßtems.
Assessnent: To be finally determined in consultation with students at or before commencement.
Prelintinary reading: Blaine¡ G., The ryranny of distance (Sun, 198ó) and, for those $'ho lack
background historical knowledge of Australia; Ward, R 8, Australia (Ure Smith, 1977).
Economics and
Commerce
403

Economics and
Commerce
Tact-boolcs: To be advised.
7350 Economic History C
Level: ll or lll,
Poinsvalue:4.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisites: II (pre-1989 9893 Macroeconomics IIH) aùd g870
Microeconom Microeconomics IIH) previously passeá or taken
concurrently' ay be approved as pre-requisites uy the l-ectu¡e¡-in-
Charge).
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
the 1980s.
Assessment: Shour examination and work completed during the subject as determined at
preliminary lecture.
5920 The Economics of Resources and the Environment
Level: ll and III.
Poitts value:4.
D¿tratiott: Semester IL
he-requisites: 8870 Microeconomics IL
Resmc¡¡o¿.' None.
Co-Requ isites : 8870 Microeconomics II.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and L one-hour tutorial each week.
depletion and the role of time in a long run sense (sustainable economic development).
Assessment: Project/Essay and Examination.
5426 Industrial Relations II/II
Level: Il andIIl.
Poinu value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
404
It be
eaf);
Th¿
The
atural resource economics (2nd ed.) (Scott,
er, Ys, Economics of natural resources and

Pre-requisites: Economics I (8461).
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial each week.
Content: Tïe course can be conceptually divided into.two parts: industrial relations theory
and Australian industrial relations practice. The first part will include the following topics:
á review of the disparate theories of industrial relations; analysis of the emPloyment
relationship, the effort bargain and the ideolory of work; industrial conflict and its
resolution; the role of the state; the functions of management and unions; direct bargaining
and arbitration. Part II will have a policy emphasis coveríng the h¡storical development of
Australia's industrial relations system; strike patterns; the nature and role of trade unions,
employer associations and peak councils; state regulation, the industrial tribunals and the
judiciary the pattern of wage settlement and poliry; national, industrial and workplace
bargaining; public sector industrial relations; industrial democracy.
Assessment: By examination and assignments as determined by preliminary lecture.
Tøct-books: Dufty, N. F. and Fells, R- 8., þnamics of industrial relations in Aust¡alia
(Prentice Hall, 1989).
8620 Mathematical Economics II/III
Level: ll or lll.
Poins value: 4.
Duratiott: Semester I.
Pre-requkite: '7626 Ma¡hematical Economics I (pre-1989 7626 Mathematical Economics IH)
or 9786 Mathematics I or 3617 Mathematics IM. Students- l*¡.th 7263 Mathematics for
Economists I (Credit) (pre-1989 7263 Mathematics for Fæonomists IH (Credit)) wishing to
take this subject should consult a C.ourse Adviser or the l,ecturer-in-Charge of the subject
before enrolment. Students should also be taking concurrently or have passed 9893
Macroeconomics II þre-1989 9893 Macroeconomics IIH) and/or 88?0 Microeconomics II
þre-1989 8870 Microeconomics IIH).
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content: The subject concentrates on the investigation of economic models utilising the
tools of mathematical analysis developed in 7626 Mathematical Economics I Qtte-7989 7626
Mathematical Economics IH). Topics studied include mathematical anal¡rsis of consumer
behaviour, theory of the firm, mac¡oeconomic models, linear models and general
equilibrirrm, and choice under uncertainty. Optimisation with and without constraints.
Assessmenl: To be finally determined in consultation with students at commencement.
Tøtt-books: There is no single text-book suitable for the whole course. the following are
used at various stages: Birchenhall, C., and Grout, P., Mathcmatics for moden econonics
(Allan, Barnes and Noble); Chiang, A. C., Fundantental methods of matlematical
economics,2nd or 3rd edn. (McGraw-Hill); Henderson, J., and Quandt, R., Microeconomic
ttæory (Mc0nw-Flill); Smith, A.,A mathenøtical introduction to econontics (Blackwell).
LEVEL III
8178 Agricultural Economics III
Lø,el: lll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkite: 8870 Microeconomics II þre-1989 8870 Microeconomics IIH).
Contact haurs:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tußorial a week.
Content: This subject uses microeconomic theory to analyse both the changing role of
agriculture in a growing economy and the policies affeciing agriculture. rvVhile the emphasis
Economics and
Commerce
¿105

Economics and
Commerce
will be on Australia's agricultural sector, the use of an open-€conom¡ general equilibrium
framework ensures that the anaþis is applicabte also to other secto¡s and other countries.
main characteristics a
-economics and potitical
rmers (including tariff a
tu¡ing sector and assistance.to agricultural sectors in Europe, North America and Japan).
The ¡ole of policy in alleviating world food problems will also be assessed.
Assessment: To be finally determined ín consultation q/ith stùdents at or before commencement.
4883 Applied Econometrics III
Level: lII.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Sentester I.
Pre-requisites: 2394 Economic Statistics II.
Restriction:4883 Applied Econometrics III (pre-1989 4883 Applied Economerrics IIIH) and
7?39 Econometrics III þre-1989 7739 Econometrics IIIH) èãnnot be counted toward rhe
degree.
Conlact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Contena: The subject aims to
the capacity to formulate res
and a capacity to assess cr
applications of econometr¡c methods which use packaged programs.
Assessment: lhour examination and a project using the techniques developed.
Tqrl-book: To be advised by the Lecturer.
No¿e.' Students intending to proceed to the degree of Master of Economics will be expected
to have successfully completed this subject or 7739 Econometrics III.
4367 Applied Economics III
Level: III.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: 9893 Macroeconomics II þre-1989 9893 Macroeconomics IIH) and gg70
Microeconomics II þre-l989 8870 Microeconomics IIH).
Restrictiott: 2100 Economic Theory III.
Contact haurs:2 one-hou¡ lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
content: The purpose of the subject is to extend and apply the basic tools of economics to
deal with economic poliry in an international economy and additional aspects of
nricroeconomics focussing on important issues of practicàl concern in the Aìstralian
economy. P¡oblems to b to
business, such as asse nd
financial debates, tax an of
capital, protection and as
transport and the labour ma¡ket.
406

Assessment: lhour examination and work completed during the subject as determined at
preliminary lecture.
Tqt-boolcs: Indecs, .State of play 6th edn. (1990). Other text-books are to be advised.
5284 Business and Government III
[Formerly 5284 Economics of Airtitrust and Regulation IIIH]
Level: Ill.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requßite: 8870 Microeconomics II þre-1989 8870 Microeconomics IIH).
Restriction: Students who have passed either EE02 Economics II or 8870 Microeconomics
IIH (up to and including 1980) may not en¡ol for this subject.
Contact hours: 2 one-hour lectures a week and 1 one-hour tutorial/seminar/additional
lecture a week.
Content: The subject will take as its starting point the existence of market failure due to the
presence of all forms of monopoly power (including natural monopoly), and will
concent¡ate on investigating ways in which the actual and potential abuses of such power
can be controlled. The aim therefore is to consider the competitive environment within
which the modern firm operates, and to use the tools of microeconomic theory to analyse
firm behaviour and the ways in which it is regulated. Particular attention will be paid to the
policy measures which can be used to try and improve market performance. Throughout
the subject there is a heavy emphasis on the application of theory to cuÍent important
policy issues. Special attention will be devoted to the Trade Practices Act and its
enforcement and to specific markets in which a variety of forms of government regulation
are employed. Case studies will be used in teaching and assessment, and a major
empiricalty

Economics and.
Commerce
Ta-book Maddala, G. s., Introduction to econometrics (Macmillan, lggg). Altemative and
supplementary text-books will be suggested.
3751 Economic Development IIIA
Poinu value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
h_e-requisites: 9893 Macroeconomics II (pre-1989 9893 Macroeconomics IIH) and gg?0
Microeconomics II (pre-1989 8870 Microeconomics IIH).
Resttiction: Not to be counted with previously offered 816? Economic Development III
þre-1988 8167 Economic Development IIIH).
Contact hours:2 two-hour seminars a week.
Assessment: Shour examination and work completed during the course as determ¡ned at
preliminary lecture. Eåch student to write one essay and-prepare one or more short
discussion papers for seminars.
5942 Economic Development IIIB
Level: lll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester IL
Pre-requkites: 3751 Economic Development IIIA þre-1989 3751 Economic Development
IIIFIA) or taken concur¡ently.
Restriction: Not to be counted with previously offered 816? Economic Development III
(pre-1989 8167 Economic Development IIIH).
Contact hours:2 two-hour seminars a week.
Assessment: lhour examination and work c as dete¡mined at
preliminary lecture. Each student to prepare ing country of his
o¡ her choice and prepare one or more short rs.
408

Tøct-boolcs: As for 3751. Economic Development IIIA. In add¡tion the folloc/ing may be
found useful: Saunders, C, Tlr¿ political economy of nøt and old inùxuíal counties
(Butterworth, 1981); rü/h¡es, D. IC, Comparøive economic developmeru (Buttervrrorth,
1983); Cody, J,, Hughes, H., and Wall, D., (eds.) Policíes for industrial progress in danloping
countrícs (O.U.P. for World Banþ 1980); Motlett, J. A, Phnning for agriculwral
danlopment (Croom Helm, 19&l); Meier, G. M., Employncnl tadc afld danlapment
(Nijhoff, 7971); Baue4 P. T., Reality and rlæørtc: studies in lhe economics of darclopment
(Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1984).
4030 Economic Geography III
Læel: lll.
Poins value: 4.
Duratíon: Semester II.
Offered by: The Department of Geography.
Contact hours: 2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tùtorial a v/eek.
Content: This subject is concerned with the nature and processes of regional development,
and thus v,¡ith the problems of restructuring, uneven development and spatial inequal¡ty.
Variation in economic welfare will be of cent¡al conccrn. Howwer nÒt all aspects of the
"good life" are dependent upon economic 'þrogress" and perhaps some are inversely
related. Topics to be covered include: the naturc of regions; the relationship between
economic gfowth and development; sustainable development; the nature of regional
problems and problem regions; e4rlanation for regional dwelopment and uneven
development; stage models; orthodox regional equilibrium theory; dualism;
linkages--'economic base, input-output, cumulative causation, centre-periphery growth
poles; critiques of orthodox equilibrium theory; dependenry.
Assessment: By examination and continuous assessment. The examination component may
be as little as 4A%o or as much as 607o and is determined in consultation with students at
commencement.
Tact-books: Dicken, P., and Lloyd, P.8' Modem westetn socieE: a geographical perspective
(Harper and Row); Masse¡ D., Spatial division of labour (Macmillan); Stillwell, F. G. 8.,
Economic crkis: cities and regions (Pergamon); Watts, H, D., Indusnial geography
(l,ongman).
8518 Economics of Labour III
Level: lIl.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: 8870 Microeconomics II þre-1989 8870 Mic¡oeconomics IIH).
Conlacl hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content: This subject examines the economics of how the labour market works, and the
institutions which are peculiar to it. The topics studied will include the nature of the
Australian labour market; factors influencing the relative wage structure; unemployment
and the labour force; determinants of the quality and quantity of the $¡orkforce.
Assesmrcnt: One three-hour examination and work completed during the Cou¡se as
dete¡mined in consultation with students at the preliminary lecture,
Tøct-books: To be advised at the preliminary lecture.
2100 Economic Theory III
Level: lll.
Points value: 8.
Economics and
Commerce
409

Economics and
Commerce
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 9893 Macroeconomics II þre-1989 9893 Macroeconomics IIH) and 8870
Microeconomics II (pre-1989 8870 Microeconomics IIH).
Restriction: Not to be counted u^fh 4%7 Applied Economics (pre-1989 4367 Applied
Economics IIIH).
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content: The subject extends students' undèrstanding of economic theory used in analysing
structural and policy issues in a small, open economy. A general equilibrium framework is
used in addition to partial equilibrium analysis. Both micro- and macrG economic topics
will be covered, including theories of international trade and trade policy, exchange rate
determination, taxation and other public policies, and the economics of politics and public
choice.
Assessment: 2 three-hour examinations and work completed during the course as
determined in consultation with students at the preliminary lecture.
Tøct-books: To be discussed at the p¡eliminary lecture.
7981 Public Finance III
Level: Ill.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: 9893 Macroeconomics II (pre-1989 9893 Macroeconomics IIH) and 8870
Microeconomics II þre-1989 8870 Microeconomics IIH).
Contact hours:2 one-hour late afternoon lectures and 1 one-hour tùtorial a week,
Content: The subject is concerned with the theory and practice of public finance with
emphasis on its application in the Australian economy. The public sect'or will be discussed
in its ¡ole as a taxing, spending and regulating body. The major sections of the coursewill
the¡efore covet taxation, public goods, cost-benefit analysis and public choice theory.
Analytical concepts which assist our understanding of the role of govemment in a market
economy will be emphasized.
Assessment: An examination in November and work completed during the Semester, to be
finally determined in consultation u¡ith students at the preliminary lecture.
Tact-books: Groenewegen, P., Public fnance in Australia 2nd edn. (Prentice-Hall) (latest
edition); Musgrave, R 4., and Musgrave, P. 8., Public finance in theory and practice,
(McGraw-Hill) (latest edit¡on). Additional ¡eferences will be prescribed by the lecturen.
HONOIJRS LEVBL
77ll Honours Economics (8.4., B.Ec.)
Level: IY.
Points value: ?A.
Duration: Full year.
No¿e.' Detailed aÍangements fo¡ classes will depend on enrolments, and students are
advised to communicate ì¡¡ith the Head of the Department of Economics well before the
beginniug of the academic year. Students will be admitted to honours classes only with the
approval of the Head.
Arrangements are possible for joint honours combining study in the Department of
Fronomics with study in anothe¡ Department (or Centre), details are available from the
Head of the Department of Economics.
he-requisites: 3931 Economic Theory IIIH (before 1987) or 2100 Economic Theory III, or
1375 Economics III (Arts) (for B.A'. students prior to 1989).
410

Note also that while there is no formal mathematical pre-requisite for Honours, a certain
level of mathematical background will be assumed. Students who have not pssed 1626
Mathematical Economics I (pre-1%9 76?.6 Mathematical Economics IH), or who have not
obtained a credit or better in 7263 Mathematics for Economists I (pte-7989 7263
Mathematics for Economists IH), or their equivalent, are strongly advised to consult the
handout available from the Department of Economics and the lecturer in charge of the
Honours progmmme.
The honours year is conducted as a joint p¡ogramme by the economics departments of
Adelaide and Flinders Universities. Part of the course is taught at Flinders University.
Requirements: (i) Final honou¡s students are required to undefake a research project and
present a thesis of approximately L0,000 words. An absolute upper limit of 12,000 words
will apply and theses in excess of this will be penalised and/or retumed to be reduced to
this length. The thesis will form part of the final honours examination. The thesis counts
lor 307o of the yea/s assessment, students are elçected to commence ìÀ'ork on the thesis on
February4, deciding on a topic, so that a supeñ¡isor can be allocated to each student from
among the staff available at the two universities. A list of suggested topics is distributed
befo¡e the end of the previous year. Following background research in February students
a¡e not expected to devote more than an hou¡ or two per week to the thesis (collecting
data, background reading, etc.) until Julywhen work on the thesis should proceed full time.
The thesis continues in second semester, during which time students will be expected to
ou tline their thesis objective and proposed research to a small number of staff.
The thesis is to be completed and presented, t¡red and bound by November 4, 1991. Four
copies, typed double space on A4 paper must be presented. Students will be expected to
p¡esent themselves for an oral examination on their thesis at a date tou,ards the end of the
University's November examination period.
(ii) Each student is required to undertake the subjects Microeconomics and
Macroeconomics, classes in which are given in fi¡st semester.
(iii) Each student will select three options f¡om a range of subjects which, subject to the
availability of staff and sufficient enrolments, may include the following. Classes in these
subjects will take place in Semesters I and II.
Applied Economeftics
Corpo¡ate Finance
Development
Econometrics
Economic History
Economics of the Firm
History of Economic thought
In temational Financial Issues
Intemational T¡ade
I¿bour Economics
Management Decision Analysis
Mathematical Economics
Monetary Economics
Money
Public Economics
Regional Economics
Time Series Analysis
Transport and Urban Economics
(iv) The examination will consist of one paper in each of Mic¡oeconomics and
Macroeconomics (examined in June), papers in the three optional subjects (held in
Semester I or II in the Universitys Examination period) and the thesis.
Economics and
Commerce
4L[

Economics and
Commerce
DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE
REGUI.ATIONS
1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Commerce. A
candidate may obtain either degfee or both.
2. The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty shall f¡om time to time prescribe
schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by Council or such
other date as the C.ouncil may determine.
3. The syllabuses of subjects shall be as specified by the head of each department
concerned, subject to endorsernent by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
C.ommittee of the Education Committee. The head of a depafment concerned may
approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabus.
4. Except by the permission of the Faculty, a candidate shall not enrol in any subject for
which the pre-requisite studies as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject have not been
satisfactor¡ly completed.
5. A candidate shall not be eligible to attend for examination unless the prescribed work
has been completed to the satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned. A candidate who is
not eligible to attend for examinat¡on shall be deemed to have failed the examination.
6. In determining a candidate's final result in a subject (or part of a subject) the examine¡s
may take into account oral, written, practical and examination work, provided that the
candidate has been given adequate notice at the commencement of the teaching of the
subject of the way in which work will be taken into account and of its relative importance in
the final result.
7. There shall be three classifications of pass in each subject for the O¡dinary degree, as
follows: Pass '¡/ith Distinction, Pass with Credit, Pass. If the Pass classification be in two
dMsions, a pass in the higher division maybe prescribed in the syllabuses as a pre-requisite
for admission to fufher studies in that subject or to other subjects.
A candidate may present, for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Commerce, a limited
number of subjects for which a Conceded Pass has been obtained, as specified in the
relevant Schedules made under these Regulations.
8. A candidate will be permitted to take a supplementary examination in a subject only in
ci¡cumstances approved by the department administering the subject and consistent with
any expressed Council policy.
9. A candidate who fails a subject or who obtains a lower division pass and who desires to
take that subject again shall, unless exempted wholly or partially therqfrom by the Head of
the department concerned, again complete the required work in that subject to the
satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
10. A candidate who has twice failed the examination in any subject for the Ordinary
degree may not enrol for that subject again or for any other subject which in the opinion of
the Faculty contains a substantial amount of the same material, except bypermission of the
Faculty and then only under such conditions as Faculty may prescribe.
11. There shall be three classifications of Pass in the final assessment of any subject for the
Honou¡s degree, as follows: First Class, Second Class, Third Class. The Second Class
classification shall be divided into trvo dMsions, as follows: Division A and Division B.
412

12. A candidate who has passed subjects in other Faculties of the University or in other
educational institutions may on written application to the Registrar be granted such status
and/or exemption from the ¡equiremeûts of the schedules made under these regulations as
the Faculty may determine.
13. A candidate who has obtained or qualified for the degree of Bachelor of Economics in
the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may qualify for the degree of Bachelor of
Commerce by completing such subjects as the schedules made under these regulations shall
sþecify.
14. If in any year/semester the student enrolment for a particular subject offered by the
Faculty is less than the minimum specified by the Facult¡ the Faculty shall not be bound to
offer that subject.
15. The degree of Bachelor of Commerce will be awarded for the first time in May 193.
C¿ndidates graduating later than May 1993, who were originally enrolled for the degree of
Bachelor of Economics, may graduate with the degree of Bachelor of Commerce provided
that all requirements for that degree are satisfied.
RegùlatioN allowed I March 1990.
Economics and
Commerce
4t3

Economics and
Commerce
DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE
SCHEDULES
(Made by Council under Regulation 2)
NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Com. are published below, immediately
after these schedules. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see
the table of subjects at the end of the volume.
SCHEDULE I: GENERAL
1 The following may be presented for the Ordinary degree:
(Note: The points %lùe ofsubjects is indieted after eâch subject title).
(a) (i) LBVEL I SUBJBSIS
COMMERCE SI,JBJECTS
Semester Subjects
6362 C-ammercial Law I(S)
4359 Financial Accounting IA
BCONOMICS SUBJECTS
Full-Year Subjects
&161 Economics I
Sen¡ester Subjects
9073 Economic History I
2148 F¡onomic Institutions and Policy I
8179 Economic Statistics I
(¡Ð LEVBL II
(See also subjects listed under Irvel Il/lævel III.)
COMMERCE SUBJECTS
Semester Subjects
4190 Business Finance II
1282 Commercíal l¿w II
7651 Financial Accounting II
414
3 æ86
3 U99
3 7322
3 7626
3 7263
4
4
4
Financial Accounting IB
lnformation Systems I
Economic Statistics IA
Mathematical Economics I
Mathematics for Economists I
2663 Information Systems II 4
4807 Management and Organizations II 4
5312 Marketing II 4
J
J
3

ECONOMICS STJBJECTS
Semester Subjects
9893 Macroeconomics II
8870 Microeconomics II
(¡¡Ð LEYELIII
(See also subjects listed under lævel ll/lævel III.)
COMMERCE SUBJECTS
Semester Subjects
4196 Accounting Theory III
7,f40 Auditing III
5177 Business Finance III
8315 Company Accounting III
9955' C-omputerised Accounting &
Systems III
ECONOMICS SUBJECTS
Full-Year Subjects
2100 EconomicTheoryIII
Semester Subjects
81?8 Agriculturál Economics III
4883 Applied Econometrics III
4367 Applied Economics III
5284 Business and Government III
4030 Economic Geography III
4
4
I
7579 Economic Statistics II(S)
84?5 Economic Statistics IIA(S)
5473 Income Tax I¡w III 4
5427 lnÍormation Systems III 4
5?4L Management Accounting IIIA 4
9790 Management Account¡ng IIIB 4
9759 Management and Organizations III 4
9885 Marketing III 4
4 8518 Economics of Labour III
4 7'139 Econometrics III
4 3751 Economic Development IIIA
4 5942 Economic Development IIIB
4 7981 Public Finance III
(iv) LEVEL IIIIII
The following subjects may be counted at LEVEL II or LEVEL III
ECONOMICS SUBJECTS
Semester Subjects
9467 Fast Asian Economics
1682 Economic HistoryA
7350 Economic History C
(b) ARTS SUBJECTS
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5920 Economics of Resources and the
Environment
5426 Industrial Relations II/III
8620 Mathematical Economics II/III
Subjects listed in the Schedules of the degree of Bachelor ofArts, excluding those listed in
1(a) above.
(c) LAWSUBJECTS*
The I¿w subjects available within the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Jurisprudence), namely
the lævel II subjects 1826 Australian l,egal System and 3731 Contract (each of which counts
as four po¡nts towards the degfee of Bachelor of Commerce) and the following l-evel III
subjects:
' Subjecls available to stùdents who @metred the B,Ec. prior to 1990.
' See Note 5 to Schedule II below on Studies i¡ f¿w.
Economics and
Commerce
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
415

Economics and
Commerce
9M6
9844
8433
8580
7272
Aborigines and the láq, 3
Conserr¡¿tion and Heritage law 3
Constitution I¿w 6
Criminal I:w 6
Environmental Planning and
Protection Lâw 3
9 622 lncome Ma intenance
7730 l-and Usc Planning l-aw
9159 l*gal History
4Tl7 Medial-aw
8821 Property
93ó5 To¡ts
2. A candidate may not count for the degree any subject together wilh any other subject
which, in the opinlon of the Faculty, contains a substantial amount of the same material;
and no subject may be counted twice towards the degree.ra
3. A candidate may not present 6362 Commercial hw I(S) for the degree if passed after
3731 Contract.
4. Courses of study must be app¡oved by the Dean (or the Dean's nominee) at enrolment
each year.
5. C¿ndidates who have completed subjects for the degree under previous schedirles may
continue under the schedules then in force, with such modifications (if any) as shall be
prescribed by the Dean.
SCHEDULE II: THE ORDINARY DEGREE
1. The course of study for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Commerce shall extend over
three years of full-time study or its part+ime equivalent. A candidate for the Ordinary
degree shall attend lectures and pass examinations in accordance with this Schedule.
2. To qualify for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Commerce, candidates must pass
subjects with a combined total of not less than 72 points, including:
not more than 24 points for subjects at l-evel I drawn from clause 1 of Schedule I, and not
less than Z points for subjects at I-evel III, drawn from clause 1 of Schedule I, of which 12
points must be Comme¡ce subjects; the remaining 12 points may comprise no more than 4
points se¡ected from those subjects listed under the special category of lævel II/III
specified in clause 1a of Schedule 1 of the degtee of Bachelor of Economics.
3. The subjects presented must include the following:
(a) 4359 Financial Accounting lA and 3086 Financial Accounting IB
(b) 8461 Economics I
(c) 8179 Economic Statistics I or 7322 Economic Statistics 1A
(d) Eight points for Commerce subjects drawn from Level II of Clause L of Schedule I.
(e) Eight points for Economics subjects drawn from Level II of Clause I of Schedule I.
(F) Twelve points for Commerce subjects d¡awn from lævel III of Clause 1 of Schedule I.
4. To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce a student granted status for previous
studies must pass subjects taught at the University of Adelaide to the,value of atleast?2
points. These must include those subjects under clause 3(f) above. However, the
requirement under clause 3(F) may be waived in special circumstances approved by the
Faculty.
5. A candidate for the degree of Bachelor of C.ommerce of the Universit¡ who wishes to
complete the degree elsewhere, must, unless exempted from the requirement by the
Faculty, present subjects taught at the University of Adelaide, having a minimum value of
48 points and including at least 22 points from clause 3 above and also arrange through the
Registrar for the proposed scheme of study elsewhere to be approved in advance by the
Faculty.
6. A graduate of the Facu¡ty with the degree of Bachelor of Economics awarded aÍter 1992
who wishes to proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Comme¡ce:
(i) may be granted status in subjects to the value of not more than 36 points, which the
graduate has already presented for another degree or in which the graduate has
been granted status o¡ exemption on account ofwork done for another degree;
" A tablc of uDaæptablc æmbiÞtioN oI subjec-ts is awilable &om the Faohy Ofúæ.
416
3
3
6
3
6
6

(ii) shall present a range of subjects which fulfils in all respects the requ¡rements of
these Schedules;
(iii) shall present not less and L2 points for C-ommerce subjects drawn from Level III of
Clause 1 or Schedule'I not presented for the degree of Bachelor of Economics,
7. Except in special circumstances determined by the Faculty of Economics and C-ommerce,
a graduate of the Faculty \r/ith the degree of Bachelor of Economics awarded earlier than
1993 $,i11 not be admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce.
8. A graduate in one o¡ more Faculties (other than the Faculty of Economics and
Commerce) or other tertiary institutions who wishes to proceed to the degree of Bachelo¡
of Comme¡ce:
(i) may be granted status in subjects to the value of not more than 30 points, which the
graduate has already presented for another degree or in which the graduate has
been granted status or exemption on account or work done for another degree;
(ii) shall present a range of subjects which fulfils in all respects the requirements of
these Schedules;
(iii) shall present lævel III subjects to the value of not less than 12 points which must be
Commerce subjects and which are not presented for another degree.
9. In determining a candidate's eligibility for the award of the degree, Faculty may disallow
any subject passed more than 10 years previously.
10. A candidate may present for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Commerce conceded
passes in l¡vel II and l,evel III subjects provided that the points value for any individual
subject for which a conceded pass is presented does not exceed 3 points, and the aggregate
value does not exceed 6 points. Conceded passes are not awarded for those subjects listed
in clause 1(a) of Schedule I of the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of C-ommerce.
11. When, in the opinion of the Facult¡r of Economics and Commerce, special circumstances
exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty, may vary the provisions of
Clauses 1-10 above.
NOTES (not forming par{ of the schedules):
1. Students are advised that a knowledge of mathematics is helpful for commerce and
economics subjects and is essential for some subjects.
2. Subjects will be offered subject to the availability of staff and sufficient enrolments.
3. Students who have passed the previously offered subject 9743 Accounting II shall be
deemed to have passed 5741 Management Accounting IIIA and 4190 Business Finance II.
Students who have passed the previously offered subject 9714 Accounting III shalt be
deemed to have passed 6110 Financial Accounting lll and 7440 Auditing III. Students who
have passed the previously offered subject 3349 C.ommercial I¿w I shall be deemed to have
passed 6362 Commercial taw I(S) and 1282 Commercial hw II(S).
4. Students progressing towards the degree of Bachelor of Commerce will be allowed to
count toìvards the degree conceded passes in subjects taken in the Faculties of
Mathematical Sciences and Science wo¡th not more than three points to a maximum of six
points.
5. Studies in Law within the Degree of B.Com.
5.L Candidates who have successfully completed subjects to the lue ol 24 points at l-evel I
of the B.Com. degree may apply for admission to Law Studies. Applications for admission
to hw must be made through SATAC by mid-October of the year,during which the Level I
subjects are completed. Except with the permission of the Dean of the Faculty of Law or a
nominee, 1.826 Australian lægal System must be undertaken concuÍently with the Law
subject 3731 Contract. These two subjects are prcr,quisites for each of the th¡rd year law
subjects listed in clause 1(c) of Schedule I. Students will remain cand¡dates for the degree
of B.Com. and may present for rite \'-gree of B.Com. the [:w subjects listed in clauses 1(c)
of Schedule I. Students must complete all the requirements for the B.Coin. before they can
obtain their LL.B. degree.
"' Conæded pæses are not aMrded for those subjects listed is clawe 1(a) of Schedule I of the OrdiMry Degree of
Bachelor of Commeræ.
Economics and
Commerce
4r7

Economics and
Commerce
5.2 See also the Schedules of the LL.B. degree and see, in particular, the Intrcductory
Notes to the LL.B. Syllabuses.
5.3 Candidates who wish to present for the B.C.om. degree, Iaw subjects passed prior to
1987 should apply in writing to the Registrar to have their posit¡on detemined by the
Faculty of Economics and C-ommerce. Such candidates will not be disadvantaged by the
transition. However, in accordance with the Schedules of the degf€e of Bachelor of l:ws,
students who have passed 6256 E¡ements of l¿w and 2944 Constitutional I¡w I shall be
deemed to have passed 1826 Aust¡alian Legal System.
SCHEDULE III: THE HONOURS DEGREE
1. A candidate for the Honours degree shall attend lectures and pass examinations in
acco¡dance with the provisions of this Schedule.
2. A candidate may, subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Commerce,
proceed to the Honours degree in the following subject:6473 Honours Commerce
3. A candidate may, subject to the approval of the Head of the Departments concerned,
proceed to the Honours degee taught jointly by the Departments of Commerce and
another department. Candidates must apply in writing to the Registrar for the proposed
course of study to be app¡oved in advance by the Faculty.
a. (a) A candidate preparing for the Honours year taught by the Commerce DePartment
must complete the requirements for the Ordinary degree of B.Com. including the subject
4196 Accounting Theory III (or their equivalent elsewhere), before proeeeding with the
Honours year, and must obtain a high standard in subjects presented for the Ordinary
degree (or their equivalent elsewhere).
(b) A candidate who has satisfied the requirements for admission to Honours as set out ¡n
previous schedules is atso eligible to apply for admission to the Honours year as above.
5. The work of the Honours year is normally completed in one year of full-time study. The .
Faculty may permit a candidate to spread the work over two years, but not mote, under
such conditions as it may determine.
6. A candidate who is unable to complete the course for the Honou¡s degree within the
time allowed, or whose work is unsatislactory at any stage of the course, or who withdtaws
f¡om the course shall be reported to the Faculty, which may permit re-enrolment for an
Honours degree under such conditions (if any) as it may determine.
418

DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE
For syllabuses of subjects taught by the Department of Economics see under Bachelor of
F¡onomics
SYLLABUSES - DEPARîMENT OF COMMERCE
Text-books:
The lists of tbe text-books were correct at the time that this volume went to press, It is
possible however that'amendments to these listsu/ill be made before the staf óf lectures,
and, if so, students attending classes will be notified appropriately by the lecturer
concemed.
In general, students are expected to have their own copies of text-books; but they are
advised to await advice from the lecturer concerned before bulng any particular book.
Only the prescribed edition of any text-book should be bought.
Reference books:
Although lists of books and journals for reference puq)oses are regarded âs important,
details have not been included in this volume. Thesé will however bé issued from time to
time by the departments concerned. It is hoped that atl books and journals set for relerence
will be available to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library.
Examinations:
For each subject students may obtain from the department concerned detaits of the
examin-ation- in that subject including the relative weights given to the components (e.g.,
such of the following as are ¡elevant: assossments, semester iests, essays or otñer w¡itten ór
prac tical work, fi n al wri tten examin alions, viva voce examina tions).
LEVEL I
4359 Financial Accounting IA
Level: l.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisite: None.
Contact hours: 2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial class a week.
ng including the principles of double-entry
tements. Topics include worksheets, perpetual
O, specialised joumals and ledgers, subsidiary
debts.
Assessment: By examination and assignments as determined at the preliminary lecture,
Tev-book: To be advised at the preliminary lecture.
Economics and
Commerce
4r9

Economics and
Commerce
3086 Financial Accounting IB
I-evel: l.
Poinsvalue:3.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisite: None.
Assumed knowledge: A knowledge of the material in Financial Accounting IA is assumed.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial class a week.
Content: Topics may include: Accounting for acquisition and disposal of non+urrent assets,
accounting for partnerships and companies, assumptions underlying accounting procedures,
price level accounting, accounting for non-current liabilities, analysis and interpretation of
financial statements and funds statements.
Assessment: By examination and assignments as determined at the preliminary lecture.
Text-boolc To be advised at preliminary lecture.
6362 Commercial Law I(S)
Level: L
Poins value:3.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkite: None.
Restriction: Not to'be counted with previously offered 3349 Commercial I:w I.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures each week and 1 twohour tutorial a fortnight.
Content: An int¡oduction to the legal s¡atem and legal reasoning, including an examination
of the sources of law in Australia (the system of coufs and legislative authorities), and of
the rules of statutory ¡nterpretation. An examination of the general principles of the law of
contract including intention to create legal relations, intention to be bound, consideration,
privity, terms of a contract, enforceability of contracts, mistake, duress, undue influence,
unconscionabte contracts, misrepresentation, illegality, discharge of contract and remedies
for breach of contract. An examination of the law of agency. An examination of consumer
protection legislation applying in South Australia.
Assessment: By examination and assignments as determined at the preliminary lecture.
Tm-books: Text-books, reference books and required statutes advised at preliminary
lectures.
2499 Information Systems I
Level: l.
Poittts value: 3.
Duration: Semester IL
Pre-requkítes: None.
Assumed knowledge: A knowledge of basic accounting concePts and procedures will be
assumed.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial each week.
Content: lntroduction to hardware (PC and mainframe); operat¡ng system facilities;
principles and use of software; applications package including word processors,
spreadsheets, databases, accountingpackages; file management; principles ofprogramming;
networking and data communication; social issues.
Assessntent: By examination and assignments as determined at the prel¡minary lecture.
Tøa-books: Text-books and ¡eference books advised at prel¡minary lecture.
420

LEVEL II
4190 Business Finance II
Level: Il.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requkite: 3O49 Accounting I, U61. Economics I (Div. pre-requisite or concurrent
subject, 299 Information Systems I (after 190).
Restriction: Not to be counted with previously offe¡ed 9743 Accounting II.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectu¡es and 1 one-hour tutorial a u¡eek.
Conlenl: The financial decisions of the firm are analysed. Topics include a consideration of
the goals of the firm and the investor, valuation models, portfolio theory and asset pricing
models, capital budgeting, risk, sources of cor¡lorate finance, and the dividend decision.
Assessmenl: Examination and class test as determined at the preliminary lecture.
Tm.-book To be advised at the preliminary lecture.
1282 Commercial Law II
Lwel: II.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisite: 6362 Commercial kw I(S).
Restriction: Not to be counted with previously offered 3349 Commercial l¿w I.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures each week and 1 two-hour tutorial each fortnight.
Content: An examination of the law of partnerships and trusts. An ¡ntroduction to company
law in Australla including an examination of the following topics: the constitutional
background and history of companies legislation, the concept of corporate personalit% the
distinguishing features of diffe¡ent types of companies, memorandum and articles of
association, authority of agents to bind the company, pre-incorporation contracts, company
capital, nrânagement of the companl company accounts, directors duties, controlling
shareholders duties and the position of minorities, schemes of arrangement or compromise,
official management, receivers and winding up of companies.
Assessment: By examination and assignments as determlned at the preliminary lecture.
Tørt-books: Text-books, reference books and required statutes as advised at preliminary
lecture.
7651 Financial Accounting II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisite: 3049 Accounting l; &461 Economics I (Div. II) pre-requisite or concurrent
subject.
Restrictíon: Not to be counted with previously offered 971.4 Accounting III.
Conlact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content: Topics include problems and alternative procedures for accounting for intangibles,
leases, instalment sales, long service leave, superannuation, income tax, foreign operations,
funds statements, real estate, extractive industries.
Assessment: By examination, essays and assignments as determined at preliminary lecture.
Economics and
Commerce
42r

Economics and
Commerce
Tqt-books: Henderson, M.S., and Peirson, C.G. Iss¡es in financial accounting 4th edn
(t ongman Cheshire, 1988); ASA or lCfu,Accounting handboolç 1990 (CCH, 1990).
2663 Information Systems II
Level: ll.
Poinßvalue:4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisite: 2499 Information Systems I.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial each s,eek,
Content: Database including concepts, architecture, design, administ¡ation and implementation;
systems development including life rycles, analysis, design, evaluation, implementation,
operations and management; data quality and controls.
Assessmenl: By examination and assignments as determined at the preliminary lecture.
Tect-books: Text-books and reference books as advised at preliminary lecture.
4807 Management and Organisations II
Level: lI.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requisite: None.
Contacl haurs:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial each week.
Content: An introductory course which examines some of the major contemporary issues
surrounding work, employment and the management of people. The four broad areas
which are cove¡ed comprise: the role of the ¡ndividual; the nature ofwork groùp activities;
organisational processes; and the influence of environmental and cultural fo¡ces on work.
Topics include motivation, perception, stress, communication, group dynamics, power and
politics, culture, gender and the changing experience of employment.
Assessment: By examination and assignments as determined at the preliminary lecture.
Text-boolc: Text-books and othe¡ reference material will be advised at the preliminary
lectu¡e.
5312 Marketing II
Level: lI.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requdte: &161 F¡onomics I (Div. II).
Contact ltours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial each week.
Cofltent: The nature and purpose of marketing; market anal¡nis; segmentation; targeting
and positioning; the marketing mix, product/sewice decisions; pricing decisions; distribu
tion decisions; marketing communication.
Assessmenl: By examination and assignments as determined at the preliminary lecture.
Text-boolcs: To be advised at preliminary lecture.
422

LEVEL III
4196 Accounting Theory III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Pre-requisite:7651 Financial Accounting II and 4190 Business Finance lI.
Contact hours: 2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial per week'
Assessment: Examinations and assignments as determined at preliminary lectule.
Ten-books: Text-book and additional reading as advised at preliminary lectule.
7440 Auditing III
Duration: Semester II.
nature and role of
nonnative accounting
ting theory including
consequences.
Pre-requisite: 7651 Financial Accounting II and (after L997) 2499 Information Systems I.
Restriction: Not to be counted ìÀ,ith previously offered 9714 Accounting III-
Conlacl hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content: The nature and function of auditing and.the development of auditing ideas and
p¡actices is studied. Auditing topics include responsibilities of an auditor, principles and
þrofessional standards, procedures and practices, internal contfol and comPuter-based
systems.
Assessment: lhour examination plus work completed during the subject as determined at
preliminary lecture.
Text-books: ASA or lc{ Handbook for auditing and accounting standards, (ccH 1990),
other text to be advised.
5L77 Business Finance III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: lll.
Poinß value: 4.
Pre-requisite: 4190 Business Finance II.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 ohe-hour tutorial per week.
Conrcnr: This subject analyses asPects of financial management and a number of special
topics in corporat¿ financc. Topics r¡¡ill include short run financial management, analysis of
debt and equity financing, introduction to futures and options, financial analysis and
planning, corpoiate acquiiitions and restructuring, and an inttoduction to international
financial nìanagement.
Assessment: Examination and assignments as determined at the preliminary lecture.
Teg-bool

Economics and
Commerce
8315 Company Accounting III
Level: lll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: S€mester I.
Pre-requisite: 7ó51 Financial Accounting II.
Contact haurs:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a e/eek.
Content: Topics ude company formations, reconstructions, amalgamations
and ta e investments ",nd gfoup accounts; accounts of
liquidation and reportings; joint ventures; form and content of
financial statements.
Assessment: Th¡ee-hour examination, plus work completed during the subject as determined
at preliminary lecture.
9955 Computerised Accounting and Systems III*
Level: lll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Semester II (to be discontinued 1992).
; Eddey,
rson, S.,
le+equlsite,
2364 Managetial c.ost Accounting II (pre-1989 23& Manageriat cost
Account¡ng) or 7651 Financial Accounting II.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectu¡es and 1 one-hour tutorial a \4'eek.
conrent: Aspects of computer-based accounting information systems for transaction
processing and decision-making. Topics covered include compJter systems, computer
programming, database management systems, accounting applicìtions ioftware, deôision
support s)ßtems, expert systems and information systems concepts, structufe and devetop
ment.
Assessment: Assignments during the year ?S/o and a 2-hour examiîatioî 7SVo.
Tett-bool

Tøct-boolcs: Text-books, required statutes and reference material advised at preliminary
lecture,
5427 Information Systems III
Availability: Not offered in 191.
Level: lIl.
Points value: 4.
Pre-requkite: 2663 Information Systems II.
Contact løurs:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
contenl: Information systems technolory, concepts, structufe, development, implementation,
control, audit and management; accounting information systèms, managemeût
information systems, decision support systems, executive support sj¡stems, traniaction
systems, distributed systems, ofFrce automation, industrial automation, knowledge-based
systems; distributed databases; object oriented databases; inventory control; mate.ials
requiring planning.
Assessment: Examination and assignment as determined at prel¡minary lecture.
Text-books: Text-books and reference books advised at preliminary lecture,
5741 Management Accounting IIIA
Level: lll.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisite: 3049 Accounting l, U6I Economics I (Div. II), pre-requisite or concuûent
subject 2499 Information Systems I.
Restriction: Not to be counted q/ith the previously oÍfercd 23& Managerial Cost Accounting
or 9743 Accounting II.
Conlact houts:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hou¡ tutorial per week.
content: An introduction to accounting models especially the basic profit model. The
subject will then develop this model in the form used for operational budgeting. This will
include modelling for stock valuation methods, mult¡ products, cost apportionment losses,
budget reports, variance anal¡sis, depreciation learning cuwe adjustments, time preference
and random variables. Implicit in the subject is use of spreadsheets.
Assessment: Examination and q/ork completed during the subject as determ¡ned at
preliminary lecture.
Tøct-boolæ: To be advised at preliminary lecture.
9790 Management Accounting IIIB
Availability: Not offered in L991.
Level: Ill.
Poinr value: 4.
h'e-requisiæ: 5741 Managerial Accounting IIIA.
Contac! hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tuto¡ial per week.
content: Forecasting in accounting; profit costs, cash, share prices. ptanning and control;
design of informat¡on systems; participation, motivation, performance evaluation and othe¡
group problems. The management of information gathering and dissemination systems,
including the evaluation of data and reports. Future information management methods.
Assessntent: Examination and assignments as detem¡ned at preliminary lecture.
Economics and
Commerce
425

Economics and
Commerce
Tøct-books: Armstrong, J. 5., Long range forecasting, 2nd ed. (Wiley) plus collection of
a¡ticles.
9759 Management and Organisations III
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Level: lll.
Points value: 4.
Pre-requkite: 4807 Management and Organisations II.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial per week.
Content: A theo¡etical uhderstanding of the management of peoPle in organisations; such
issues as organisational development and change, industrial democrary; emPloyment
strategies and personnel; technological change at work; and the practices and possibilities
for the development of organisations in the 1990s.
Assessment: Examination and assignments as determined at the preliminary lecture.
Tect-book: Text-books and other refetence material will be advised at the preliminary
lectu¡e.
9885 Marketing III
AvailabiliE: Not offered in 199L.
Level: ll[.
Poittts value: 4.
Pre-requisite : 5312 Marketing II.
Contacl hours:2 one-hour lectures and L one-hour tutorial per week.
Content: Managing the marketing effort, marketing planning; competitive marketing
strategies; implementing, organising and controlling marketing programmes.
Assessment: Examination and assignments as determined at preliminary lecture.
Tæt-books: To be advised at preliminary lecture.
HONOURS LBVEL
6473 Honours Commerce
Level: lY.
Poins value:24.
Duration: Full year.
Note: Detailed arrangements for classes will depend on enrolments' and students are
advised to communicate Ì/ith the Head of the Department of Commerce well before the
beginning of the academic year. Students will be admitted to Honours classes only vr/ith the
approval of the Head.
Requirements: (i) Honours students are required to undertake a research project and
p¡esent a thesis of approximately 10,000 wo¡ds. An absolute upper limit of L2,000 words
will apply and theses in excess of this wilt be penalised and/or returned to be reduced to
this length. The thesis will form part of the Honours examination. Students are eq)ected to
decide on a thesis topic by the beginning of February. Depending on the toPic chosen, a
supewisor will be allocated to each student. Following background research in February
students are not expected to devote more than an hour or two per week to this thesis
(collecting data, background reading etc.) until the second semester. Iáte in the first
semester students will be expected to outline their thesis objective and proposed approach
to a meeting ol a small number of staff.
42ß

The thesis counts for 375/o of the year's assessment. A completed draft must be presented
to the supervisor for comments by the end of the eleventh week of second semèster, and
the final draft must be ready by the end of the second semester. Four copies, typed double
spaced on A4 paper must be prcsented by the end of second semester. students will be
expected to present themselves for an oral examination on their thesis at a date toc/'ards the
end of the University's November examination period.
(ii) Each student is requ¡red to undertake the subjects Accounting Theory and Financial
Theory. (fhis applies only until 192.)
(iii) Each student will select th¡ee options from a Ënge ol subjects which, subject to the
availability of staff and sufficient enrolments, may incfude the iollowing. Classes in these
subjects may take place in either semester.
Management Accounting
Portfolio Theory and Investment
Quantitative methods in business
Research Methods in Accounting and finance
Financial Accounting and Reporting Issues
Commercial I¡w
The examination will consist of the thesis and one paper in each of Accounting Tlreory,
Financial Theory and the three optional subjects.
Economics and
.Commerce
427

Economics and
Commerce
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS
Notc; P6tgmdutc tuitioû fees my apPbr to thit @uFc ¡¡ 1Ð1.
REGULATIONS
1. There shall be a Graduate Diploma in Economics.
Economics.
a candidate for admission to the course for the
admission to a degree of the University or to a
ted by the Faculty for this Purpose as equivalent
obtained the approval of the Department of
3. Subject to the approval of the C.ouficil the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to
such cónditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accèPt as a candidate for
the Graduate Diploma a person who does not hold a degree of a tertiary institution but has
given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the Graduate
Diploma.
4. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma a candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course
of full-tlme study extending over at least one year or of part-time study extending over at
least ts'o years.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the Graduate Diploma; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such Schedules will become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of'the depafment or
departments concerned and approved by the Faculty and the Executive C.ommittee of the
&lucation Committee. The Head of the department or dePartments concerned may
approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabus or syllabuses'
6. Candidates who desire that the examinations which they have passed in the University or
elsewhere should be counted for the G¡aduate Diploma may' on written application, be
granted such exemption from the requirements of these regulations as the Council shall
determine.
7. There shall be three classifications of pass at a Frnal examination in any subject for the
Graduate Diploma; Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass.
8. (a) A candidate q¡ho fails a subject and desires to take the subject again shall again
attend lectures and satisfactorily do such written and Practical work as the lecturer
concerned may prescribe.
subject or division of a subject
ssion to be obtained in writing
ay be prescribed.
(c) For the purpose of this regulation a candidate who is refused permissio¡ to sit for
examination, or who does not, without a reason accePted by the Head of the DePartment
of Economics as adequate, attend all or Part of a final examination (or supplementary
examination if granted) after having enrolled for at least two thirds of the normal period
duringwhich the subject is taught, shall be deemed to have failed the examination.
4'2ß

9. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisties the examiners shall
be awarded the Graduate Diploma in Economics.
Regulal¡oú ¡llwcd ã JuY, 19Þ.
I Mæh,19û dÞlou lo gEdutcdþlor.
Economics and
Commerce
429

Economics and
Commerce
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5.)
SCHEDULE I: GENERAL
1. A candidate for the G¡aduate Diploma shalt regularly attend lectures and tutorials, do
w¡itten work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in accordance with the provisions
of this Schedule.
2. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma the candidate shall complete satisfactorily six
semester subjects which shall comprise:
(a) Compulsory core subjects (2)
5515 Economic TheoryA
1188 Economic Theory B
(b) Elective subjects (4)
Four elective subjects chosen from the ¡ist of optional subjects available.
(i) From thz Syllabus of tlæ Undergraduate degree of B.Ec.
8178 Agricultural Economics III
4883 Applied Econometrics III
5284 Business and Government III
1682 Economic HistoryA
?350 Economic History C
4367 Applied Economics
4030 Economic Geography
9467 East Asian Economies
7739 Econometrics III
3T5L Economic Development IIIA
5942 Economic Development IIIB
?579 Economic Statistics II(S)
&157 Economic Statistics IIA(S)
8518 Economics of I¡bour III
9893 Macroeconomics II
8620 Mathematical Economics II/III
8870 Microeconomics II
7981 Public Finance III
5426 Industrial Relations II/II
5920 The Economics of Resources and the Environment
(ä) From the Syllabus of the Honours degree of B.Ec.*
4?03 Econometrics
8290 Economic Development
ó838 Economic History
7030 Economics of the Firm
1081 History of Economic Thought
6547 International Financial Issues
4724 lntemational Trade
559ó l¿bour Economics
3911 Macroeconomics (Hons)
430

8862 Mathematical Economics
5117 Microeconomics (Hons)
7484 Monetary Economics
2698 Money
3660 Public Economics
5372 Regional Economics
(äi) From the Slllabus ol the Postgraduate degree of M.Ec.*
4772 Economics of l¡bour
5369 Economists' History
?.652 Trade and Development
4656 Transport Economics
3. In special circumstances, candidates may be given permission to substitute another
subject forsubjects specified in clauses 2a and2b.
4. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist, the C.ouncil, on the
¡ecommendation of the Faculty, mayvary the provisions of clauses 1-3 above.
' 'IÞ¡qlb' the Dumber of elec{ivcs to b€ offered in any year vill b€ about 10, bùt the pæciæ ÁüDber vill be dcp€odert
upoD slaff a%ilabilily or stùdent demd.
Economics and
Commerce
437

Economics and
Commerce
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS
SYLI"ABUSES
Textbooks
The text books c¡ted were corect at the time this Volume went to Press. It is possible,
however, that amendments to these lists will be made before the start of lectu¡es, and if so,
students attending classes will be notified appropriately by the Iæctuter-concerned.
In general students are expected to have the¡r own copies of text books, but they are
advised to wait advice from the l.ecturer concerned before bufng any particular book.
Only the prescribed edition of any text book should be bought.
Reference Books
Although lists of books and journals for reference purposes are regarded as importarit,
details have not been included in this Volume. Thqse will however be issued from time to
time by the depafments concerned. It is hoped that al books and journals set for reference
witl be ar¡ailable to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library.
Assessment
For each subject students may obtain from the l¡cturer concerned details of the
assessment in that subject including the relative weights given to the components (e.g., such
of the following as are relevant: semester tests, essays or other written or Ptactical work,
final written examinations, viva voce examinations).
5515 Economic Theory A
Duration: Semeste¡ IL
Assumed knowledge:9893 Macroeconomics II (pre-1989 9893 Macroeconomics IIH).
Contacl hours:2 one-hour lectu¡es and 1 one-hour tutorial a week,
Con¿ent: Tltis subject provides an accelerated coveÌage of advanced Macroeconomics theory
through to honours level. It is designed for students in the Graduate Diploma course and
deals s,ith developments in Mac¡oeconomic theory ànd policy from the perspective of an
open economy. Includes coverage of monetarist, Keynesian and New Classical views.
Assessment: To be finally determined in consultation u/ith students at or before the
commencement of the course.
Tev-books: Stevenson, 4., Muscatelli, V. and Gregory, M, Macroeconomic theory and
srabilization polþ (Philip Allen, 1988); Brandson, W. H., Macroeconomic theory and policy,
3¡d edition (Harper and Row, 1.989); Shone, k, Open economy macroeconomics: lheory,
policy and evidence (Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1989); Scarth, W. H., Macroeconomics: an
innoduction to advanced methods (Harcourt Brace, 1988).
1188 Economic Theory B
Duration: Semester II.
Assumed lçtowleilge:8Á70 Microeconomics II (pre-1989 8870 Microeconomics IIH).
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial a week.
Content: This subject provides an accelerated coverage of advanced microeconomic theory
432

through to honours level. It is desigred for students_in the G¡aduate Diploma course.
Incluõed are consumption theory tñe'theory of the firm, imperfect comPetit¡on' general
equilibrium and welfare analSis.
Assessment: A mid-s.emester test and exercises, combined with onè three-hour examinat¡on
at the end of the semester.
Tørt-bool

Economics and
Commerce
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT
No¡e: PostgEdure tuirio! fees my apply to this ouFe i¡ 1991.
REGUI"ATIONS
1. There shall be a G¡aduate Diploma in Management.
2. The Council' after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time prescribe
schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the Graduate Diploma; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date ofprescription by the Council
or such other date as the Council may determine.
sPec Department or the Heads of
be Faculty and the Executive
ttee that Heads of Departments
usly
4. (a) The Faculty of
Graduate Diploma any
or of another education
business, public sewice
and Commerce.
7. The Faculty of Economics and commerce shall appoint a committee to conduct the
examinations and other assessments required under Rðgulation 2.
8. A candidate who has not regula
completed satisfactorily such u'¡itten
permitted to attend for examination
not eligible to attend for examination
9. If in the opinion of the Fac Commerce a candidate for the
G¡aduate Diploma is not making e Facurty ma¡ with the consent of
the Council, terminate the candid shall cdase ûo be enrolled for the
G¡aduate Diploma.
10. _A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners
shall be awarded the Graduate Diploma.
RegulatioG awiting alloMnæ.
434

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT
SCHEDULES
Note: All subjects are offered subject to enrolments and availability of staff and resources.
COIJRSES OF ST{,'DY
1. The course of study for the G¡aduate Diploma in Management shall extend over one
year in the case of a full-time candidate and two years for a part-time candidate.
2. Unless exempted by the Faculty, every candidate for the Diploma must pass all the
compulsory subjects, together with optional subjects or the equivalent, to be chosen in
consultation with the Director of the G¡adùate School of Management, to a combined total
of 24 points.
(a) coMPUISoRY SUBJECTS:
4535 Management, an Integlated Perspective
7386 Project Report
(b) OPTTONAL GROUP A SUBJECTS:
1856 Financial Management
6819 Managing Human Resou¡ces
7803 Marketing Management
5489 Computers and Quantitative Analysis
2632 Stt ate gj c Ma nagemen t
5326 Accounting Concepts
6654 Seminar in Managerial Skills
(c) oPTIONAL GROUP B SUBJECTS:
7496 Public Sector Financial Management and Accounting
7235 Human Resource Management in the Public Sctor
8383 Public Sector Marketing
7610 Systems for Information and Management
233 Strategic Management in the Public Sector
1522 Managing the Public Sector
3. The names of those who pass in any of the subjects shall be published $/ithin the
following classifications: Distinction, Credit, Pass DMsion I or Pass Division II.
4. The Faculty of Economics and C.ommerce may g¡ant such status in ahy subject as it may
determine up to a maximum of 9 points but not for ?386 Project Report.
5. Except by permission of the Facultf a candidate shall not be permitted to enrol for any
subject for which the pre-requisite work, as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject, has
not been successfully completed.
6. A candidate's programme of study must be approved by the Director (or nominee) at
enrolment each year.
7. No candidate will be permitted to count for the diploma any subject that, in the opinion
of the Faculty, contains substantially the same material as any other subject which he or she
has already presented fo¡ another qualification.
8. Each candidate will be required to undefake during Universityvacations such studies as
ntay be prescribed.
9. A candidate whose candidature is internrpted may re+nrol only with the approval of the
Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may impose in each case. Approval must
be sought in advance for any proposed intemrption.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
J
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Economics and
Commerce
435

Economics and
Commerce
1.0. Except with the permission of the Faculty, and subject to ctause 8 above, the
requirements of the diploma shall be completed by full-time candidates within one year and
by pârt-t¡me candidates in two years.
11. When, in the opinion of the Facùlty of Economics and C.ommerce, qæcial circumstances
exist, the c-ouncil on the recommendation of the Faculty may vary the pronisions of clauses
1-10 above.
436

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT
SYLLABUSES
Text Books:
Candidates will be advised of prescribed text-books and relerence material by the lecturer
concerned,
In general, candidates are expected to have thei¡ own copies of text-books and prescribed
reférence material; but they are advised to await advise from the lecturer concerned before
bulng any panicular book.
Reference Books:
Although lists of books and journals for reference putposes are regarded as important,
details Íave not been included in this Volume. These will however be issued from time to
time by the departments concerned. It is hoped that all books and journals set for reference
will be available to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library.
Assessment:
For each subject candidates emed with details of the
assessment in that subject to the components (for
example, tests, essays or oth ten examinations, project
reports, viva voce tests or examinations),
Timetable:
The current course programme timetable will be made available to candidates before the
commencement of the course.
COMPULSORY SUBJECTS
4535 Managemenû An Integrated Perspective
Duration: Full year.
Poins value: 3.
he-requßite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Content: An introduction to key functions of management within an integrated framework,
covering th¡ee broad areas:
Marketing

Economics and
Commerce
7386 Project Report
Duration: Full year.
Poins value:3.
he-requisite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Tatt-book: None.
GROI,JPA ST,JBJEC'TS
1856 FinancialManagement
Duration: Full year.
Poinß value:3.
Pre-requkile: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Ten-book: schall, D. L. and Hale¡ c.w., Introduction to fnancial marutgement (McGraw-
Hill,sth ed., 1988).
6819 Managing Human Resources
Duration: Full year.
Poìnß value:3.
Pre-requkite: None.
Co n tdc t l¡¿zrs.' 39 hou rs.
Content: The subject introduces t ¡ing and managing
human ¡esources for the private inciude wo¡k fórcé
planning, . development of o the employnent
relationship-the line manager's productivity, work
organisation, communication and
Text-book: To be advised.
7803 MarketingManagement
Duration: Full year.
Points value:3.
Pre-requisiu: None.
Contact å¿urs.. 39 hours.
Content: This subject provides an int practice. It
offers an explanation of the nature an f the major
elements of the marketing ,,mix,' and a f marketíng
rssues.
438

Tøtt-bo olc To be advised.
5489 Computers and Quantitative Analysis
Duration: Full year.
Poins value:3.
Pre-requisite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Content: This subject provides an introduction to the use of computers and simple
statistical method; as ãn aid to making management decisions, including the use of
spreadsheets, graphical methods, simple parametric and non-Parametric stat¡stics, legression
and forecasting.
Tatt-bootc Andemon, D. R, Sweene¡ D. J., Williams, T.4., Harrison, N' J. and Rickard, J'
A., Statistics for business and economics, Australian Edition (Harper and Rowe, 1989).
2632 StrategicManagement
Duration: Full year.
Poinsvalue:3.
Pre-requkite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Content: The major objective of this subject is to integrate some of the material covered in
the other subjeõts wiihin a general management context. It deals with formulation of
strategies to aðhieve overall goals and objectives of an organisation operating in the private
sectorl It then examines eiements which affect the effective implementation of such
st¡ategies. These elements inctude organisation structure' s)¡stems -of communication'
contrõl and performance evaluation, organisation culture and the rcle of the chief executive
officer. Case studies are used extensivelt to illustrate the concepts and techniques involved'
Tøct-book: None. A wide range of reference material will be prescribed.
5326 AccountingConcepts
Duration: Full year.
Points value: 3.
he-requßile: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Content: This cou¡se consists of two parts. The fi¡st part will provide students with an
int¡oduction to financ¡al accounting concepts and processes to enable them to intelp¡etand
use the financial statements of organisations. The second part will demonstrate hou¡
management accounting systems and techniques can assist management in decision making
and rñanagement cont;ol: Topics to be covered include the nature of accounting basic
accounting concepts; financial accounting reports; issues in external financial reporting;
interpretiãg and using financial statements; an overview of management accounting; cost
accoùnting-concepts and systems; accounting and short-run decisions; accounting and
management control.
Tqt-book: Newman, R-L.,Accounting information for dec'sion makers (l-nngman-Cheshire,
1989).
6654 Seminar in Managerial Skills
Duration: Full year.
Poins value: 3.
Pre-requkite: None.
Economics and
Commerce
439

Economics and
Commerce
Contact houts: 39 horin,
Tect-boolc To be advised.
GROTJP B SI,'BJEC:TS
oppofun¡ty to-explorc key contemporary
number of topics essential to the practicé
manager; Social and ethic¿l issues for
agers; Innovation and ent¡epreneurship;
7496 Public Sector Financial Management and Accounting
Duration: Full year.
Poinß value:3.
he-requisite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours,
Tæ-bookTo be advised.
7235 Human Resource Management for the public Sector
Duratíon: Full year.
Poins value:3.
Pre-requkite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Tect-boolc To be advised.
8383 Public Sector Marketing
Duration: Full year.
Poins value:3.
he-requßite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
nt to
ean
rting
nefit
in planning and managing
overed include work force
taining the employment
context, productMty and
thinking. Candito
the range of
to day decisions
ly on long term
Tect'book: Flynn' N., Puålrc sector managemenr (Harvester wheatsheaf, tondon, 1990).
440

7610 Systems for Information and Management
Duration: Full year.
Poins value:3.
he-requßite: None,
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Content: The course provides an introdùction to methods for analysis, desigr, implementat¡on,
management and audit of s¡ntems for the provision of information for management
and for the enhancement of management functions. Emphasis will be given to systems for
improving management and organisational performance. No progiamming skills are
required.
Tøct-boolc Sprague, R H, and McNurlin, B. C. (eds.), Information slstems management in
practice (Prentice-Hall ¡nternational Blition, 1989, 2nd ed.).
2334 Strategic Management in the Public Sector
Duration: Full year.
Poins value:3.
Pre-requisite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Content: The major objective of this subject ¡s to integrate some of the material covered in
the other subjects within a general management context. It deals with formulation òf
st¡ategies to achieve overall goals and objectives of an organisation operating in the public
sector or in a "not for profit" perspecti,¡e. It then examines elements which affect the
effective implementation of such strategies. These elements include organisation structure,
systems of communication, control and performance evaluation, organisation culture and
the role of the chief executive officer. Case studies are used extensively to illustrate the
concepts and techniques invofued.
Tø-book None. A wide range of reference material will be prescribed.
1522 Managing the Public Sector
Duration: Full year.
Poins value:3,
Pre-requisite: None.
Contact hours: 39 hours.
Content: The subject will erpose students to the distinguishing characteristics of managing
in the public sector. It will provide an opportunity to explore key contemporary issues
facing public sector managers. The course will pursue four general themes-The process of
poliry development and review; Accountability, ethics and administrative law; The
organisation of the public senice, commercialisation, privatisation and deregulation;
Service delivery and its evaluation.
Tecl-book: None. A wide range of reference material will be prescribed.
Economics and
Commerce
44L

Economics and
Commerce
DEGREEOF
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Note: P6tgÊdutc tuition fees wy apply lo this @uÉ i¡ 1991.
REGUI"ATIONS
1. The¡e shall be a degtee of Master of Business Adm¡nistration.
2. The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time prescribe
schedules defining:
(i) the subjecrc ofstudyfor the degree; and
(1i) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective f¡om the date of prescription by.the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
3. The syllabuses o[ subjects shall be specified by the Head of department or the Heads of
departments concemed and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive C-ommittee of the
&lucation Committee for approval, except that Heads of departments may approve minor
changes to previously approved syllabuses.
4 a) The Faculty of Economics and Commerce may accept as a caididate for the degree
any person who has qualified for a degree of the University of Adelaide or elsewhere and
who has had at least two years'experience in business, public seruice or other field of
emplo¡rment approved by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce and who has satisfied
such other tests as the Faculty, subject to the approval of the C-ouncil, may prescribe.
b) Subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies act¡ng with authority wittingly
devolved to it by Council the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to such conditions (if
any) as it may see ht to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person
who does not hold a degree but has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of Frtness to
undertake work for the degree.
5. A candidate who holds the Diploma in Business Management shall surrender the
diploma before being admitted to the degree.
6. A candidate who holds the degree of Master of Business Management of the University
of Adelaide may, on application to the Registrar, be admitted to the degree of Master of
Business Administ¡ation, provided that the degree of Master of Business Management is
first sur¡endered.
7. The Faculty of Economics and Commerce shall appoint a Committee to conduct the
examinations and other assessments required under Regulation 2.
8. A candidate who has not regularly attended the prescribed classes and has not
completed sat¡sfactorily such written and practical work as may be required shall not be
permitted to present for examinat¡on or final assessment in any course.
9. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce a candidate for the degree
is not making satisfactory progtess, the Faculty may, with the consent of the Council,
terminate the candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree.
10. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners
shall be admitted to the degree.
RegulatioN allowed l6 March, 1961.
Amended: 28 Feb. W4r2.9i 15ldÛ. Lq7&.4,6,7,8;Ð lan.l98l: 9,9 and l0 re-numb€red l0 and 11; 24 Feb. 1983: 8, U,
l¿ 1l re-numb€red 13; ¡ March 1984: l-10; ll, l¿ 13 dclcted; 17 Jd. 1985: 2{a).
Regùlatioß rcpealed subsaitùtcd aDd allwcd: 20 Jùly, 1989. 4,7, 9, fmtry ume changc, I March 1Ð0. .AMiring
allowaDæ:4(b).
442

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMIMSTRATION
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under regulations 2 and 3)
COURSES OF STUDY AND PROJECT WORK
1. The course of study for the Master of Business Administration shall extend over two
yearc in the case of a full time candidate and four years for a part time candidate:
2. To qualify for the Master of Business Administration, candidates must pass subjects with
a combined total of 48 points drawn from the following areas:
3. (a) Compulsory core subjects
8 subjects to a total of Z points must be taken.
6309 Business Policy
2697 Eco¡omics for Management
7229 Managenal Accounting
9684 Manageriàl Finance
9408 Marketing Principles
5367 Otganizational Behaviour
138 Quantitative Methods
5356 Human Resource Management
(b) Compulsory Integrative subjects
2 subjects to a total of 9 points must be taken.
6055 Co¡porate St¡atery
1092 Supenised Project Work
(c) Elective subjects
5 elective subjects to a total of 15 points must
subjects available.
8143 Advanced Managerial Finance
8725 Advanced Quantitative Decision Making
3564 Business l,aw
6814 Industrial Relations
1 985 Industry Economics
9363 International Business
7587 International Financial Management
ó005 International Marketing
2840 Interpersonal Skills
35?5 Organizational Theory & P¡actice
9699 Management and Information Systems
1215 Management C.ontrol S¡stems
2480 Marketing Decision Making
2789 O tganizational Psychology
9531 Personnel Management
2015 Public Sector Management
6072 Quantitative Decision Making
9066 Resources, Institutions & Policies
5876 Technology Innovations and
Organizational Change
9328 Topics in Business l¿w
J
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
be taken from the list of elective
3
J
3
J
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
J
3
3
3
J
J
J
Economics and
Commerce
443

Economics and
Commerce
4. The names of those who pass in any of the subjects shall be published within the
following classifications: Distinction, Credit, Pass Division I or Pass Division II.
5, A candidate shall pass in each of the prescribed subjects and shall attain an overall
average equivàlent to a Pass Division 1 or better.
6. The Faculty of Economics and C-ommerce may gant such status in any subject as it may
determine up to a maximum of 21 points, but not for 1092 Supervised Project Work. It may
also, in appropriate circumstances, allow a candidate to substitute an electiræ subject (or
subjects) for one or more of the compulsory subjects listed in gfoups (?) and (b) of Clause
1 above.
7. Except by permission of the Faculty, a candidate shall not be permitted to enrol for any
subject for which the prerequisite work, as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject, has
not been successfully completed.
8. A candidate's programme of study must be approved by the Dean (or nominee) at
enrolment each year.
9. E¿ch candidate will be required to undertake during university vacations such studies as
may be prescribed by the Director of the Graduate School of Management,
10. A candidate whose candidature is interrupted may re-enrol only with the approval of
the Faculty and under sùch conditions as the Faculty may impose in each case. Approval
should be sought in advance for any proposed intemrption.
11. Except with the permission of thê Faculty, and subject to Clause 10 above, the
requirements of the degree shall be completed within six years.
12. A candidate who has passed subjects under earlier schedules or under the schedules of
the degree of Master of Business Management ma¡ subject to the provision of clauses 10
and 11 above, count such subjects pro tanto for the degree of Master of Business
Administration.
13. When, in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, special circumstances
exist, the Council, on the ¡ecommendation of the Faculty mayvary the provisions of clauses
1-12 above.
444

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
SYLI"ABUSES
Text-books:
The lists of the text-books we¡e correct at the time that this Volume went to press. It is
possible however that amendments to these lists will be made before the start of lectures;
and, if so, students attending classes will be notified appropriately by the lecturer
concerned.
In general, students are expected to have their own copies of text-books; but they are
advised to await advice from the lecturer concerned before bulng any particular book.
Only the prescribed edition of any text-book should be bought.
Reference books:
Although lists of books and journals for ¡eference pulposes are regarded as important,
details have not been included in this Volume. These will however be issued from time to
time by the departments concemed. It is hoped that all books and journals set for reference
will be available to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library.
Assessment:
For each subject students may obtain from the lecturer concerned details of the assessment
in that subject including the relative wcights given to the components (e.g., such of the
following as a relevant; assessments, semester test, essa)ß or other written or practical
work, final written examinat¡ons, v¿vd voce examinations).
COMPULSORY CORE STJBJECTS
6309 Business Policy
Duration: Semester II and III.
he-requisite: Managerial Accounting, Economics for Management, Marketing Principles.
Contact houts:1}hour class a week.
Content: A general management perspective on stratery formulation and implementation
within business and public enterprise, focusing on tools and techniques for sttategic
analysis of business problems. Topics include the concept of strategy, environment
problems and opportunities, company competit¡ve advantages, business level strategies,
performance, global competition and national economic strategies.
Assessment: Written assignments 507o, two-hour examination 507o.
Tøct-book: Thompson, A.{., and Strickland, A., Strateg, formulation and implementation:
tasks of the genual manager 3td edn (Business Publications, 1986).
2697 Economics for Management
Duration: Semester I and II.
he-requisite: None.
Economics and
Commerce
445

Economics and
Commerce
Contact hours:2 one and one-half hour classes a week.
Tø-boolc To be advised.
1229 ManagerialAccounting
Duration: Semester I and II.
Pre-rcqußite: None.
Contact hours:2 one and one-half hour classes a week.
Content:
financial
financial
s)¿stemS,
ïhe first
y pelect
theory of
Tæt-book: Newman, k L., Accounting information for deckion makcrs (lnngman Cheshire,
1e8e).
9684 ManagerialFinance
Duration: Semester II and III.
Pre - re qu is i te : 7229 Managenal Accoun tin g.
Contact hours:2 one a¡d one-half hour classes a week,
the financial decisions of business enterprises. Topics to be
a consideration of the goals of the firm and the investor,
and fired interest securities, capital budgeting, risk, capital
Tøct-book: Pringle, J., Harris, k, Essentials of manageriat finance 2nd edn. (Scott,
Foresman & Co.).
9408 MarketingPrinciples
Duration: Semester I and II.
Pre-requisite: None.
Contact haurs:2 one and one-half hour classes a week.
Content: Topics covered include: nt and environm-ent;
market segmentation and haviou product
life-cycle; new product developm tion; a oi; sales
management; marketing organisation; marketing information s)ßtem; marketing control.
Text-book: McCarthy & Perreault, Basic marketing 10th edn (Irwin), or Kotler, Marketing
management, 6th ed. (Prentice Hall).
5367 Organisational Behaviour
Duration: Semester I and IL
Pre-requisite: None.
Contact løurs: One three-hour seminar per week.
Content: An introduction to the analysis ofindividual and group behaviourin organizations.
This involves study of human psychology, the sociotogr of organizations, and the resea¡ch
processes by which our knowledge in these fields is gained.
Tes-book: To be advised.
446

5356 Human Resource Management
Duration: Semester II and III.
Pre-requkite: 5367 Organisational Behaviour.
Contact hours: One three-hour class per week.
Content: Topics to be covered include: impact of technolory, desigt of a job and work
instruction on employees. The subject aims to provide an understanding of the factors
involved in the effective utilisation of people within organisations.
Tøct- book: To be advised.
1348 QuantitativeMethods
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: None.
Appropriate background: Competence in basic mathematics, basic statistics and the use of
computers. An optional course in Preparatory Quantitative Methods is conducted in
Semeste¡ I and involves one twGhour class per week.
Conlact hours:2 one and one-half hour classes a week,
Content: The subject examines the application of basic mathematicâl and statistical
techniques to a range of business and management problems. Topics covered may include:
probability concepts and distributions; sampling; estimation; hlpothesis testing; decision
theory forecasting; linear programming; network models; simulation; queueing theory and
inventory control models.
Tøct-boolc To be advised.
COMPULSORY INTEGRATIVE STJBJECTS
6055 CorporateStrategr
Duration: Semester I and II.
Pre-requisite: All eight compulsory core subjects.
Contact hours:1 three-hour seminar a week.
Content: Topics covered include: Diversification strategies, acquisition and divestiture,
portfolio analpis, factors affecting stratery implementation, structu¡e and strategy, systems
and strategy, organisational culture, matching strategies with shared beliefs and values,
management style, the role of the chief executive, strategic planning and implementation in
"non-profit" organisations.
Tø-boolcs: Thompson, A. 4., and Strickland, A. J., Straæg formulation and implementation
3¡d edn. (Business Publications, 1986); Quinn, J.8., Mintzberg, H., and James, R M.,The
strateg, process (Prentice-Hall, 1988).
1092 Supervised Project Work
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: All eight compulsory core subjects and corporate strategiJ¡.
Economics and
Commerce
447

Economics and
Commerce
Content: Detailed wdtten instructions on approval of a suitable topic, conduct of the
research and preparation of the Report will be issued to all students enrolling for this
subject.
ELECTIVE STJBJECTS
8143 Advanced Managerial Finance
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: 9684 Managerial Finance.
Contact hours:1 three-hour seminar a week.
Content: The topics to be covered include corporate financing; cu¡rent assets management;
leasing; futures and options markets; practical problems in capital budgeting inte¡action of
investment and financing decisions; mergers and acquisitions; equity markets, investment
managemert; and special topics in the rais¡ng, management and ¡nvestment of capital.
Tøct-boolc To be advised.
8725 Advanced Quantitative Decision Making
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisite: 6072 Quantitative Decision Making.
Contact hours:1 three-hourseminar a week.
Content: The subject provides a continuation of the work begun in 6072 Quantitative
Decision Making, with emphasis on methods for handling more complex, larger scale
problems including corporate marketing, production planning and inventory controt ànd
forecasting for planning and st¡ategic budgeting. Mathematical, statistical and computer
programming skills would be an adr/antage. It is anticipated that project work will involve
some computer use.
Tøct-booh To be advised.
3564 Business Law
Duratìon: Semester I.
Pre-requisite: None.
Contact hours: I three hour semina¡ a week,
Content: An introduction to the legal system, legal concepts and legal reasoning to assist
students to identifyproblems requiring legal remedies and to understand legal advice given
in commerce areas.
Tørt-book: Vermeesch and Lindgren, Business law of Australia (Butternorths).
68L4 Industrial Relations
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisite: 5356 Human Resource Management.
Contact hours: 1 three-hour seminar a week,
Content: The subject will discuss the role, objectives and development of trade unionism;
managerial strategies; the accommodation of inte¡ests at the national and enterprise levels
including the role and operation of A¡bitration Tribunals; the role of the State, and the
448

legal basis of the employment contract. It will give particular attent¡on to pressures for
reform in the Australian q6tem.
Tæ-boolc Dufty, N. F. and Fells, R- 8., Dynamics of Au;talian indusuial relations
(Prentice Hall, 1989).
1985 IndustryEconomics
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requ isite : 2697 Econom ics for Management.
Contact hours:1 three-hour s€ssion a weeþ with both lectures and student presentations.
Content: The subject will consider the fTrm and its competitive environment. Topics covered
will include: the concept of competition and the need for govemment intervention in
markets; oligopoly theory and the goals of the firm; the economic definition of markets;
market structure - concentration, economies of scale, pfoduct differentiation; market
condùct - pricing, ouþut policy, diversification, mergers, advertising research and
development, restrictive trade practices; market performance; trade practices legislation
and enforcement in Australia. The course will emphasise the application of economics to
sections 45-50 of the Trade Practices Act.
Assessment: A final examination, and a paper of approximately 2,A00 words. Class
discussion will count for a small amount of the final assessment. The actual weights for
each required piece ofworkwill be determined afterdiscussion with the class.
Tact-book: To be advised.
9363 InternationalBusiness
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: 6309 Business Policy.
Contact hours:1 three hour seminar a week.
Conlent: This subject is concerned with the managerial issues and problems that arise from
corporate involvement in international business. It consists of three closeþrelated parts.
The first part deals I'ith international financial management including foreign exchange
management; the management of working capital in a multinational organ¡sation; the
evaluation of overseas projects; international capital markets; and import and e4nrt
financing. The second part focusses on how the managerial task changes with involvement
in international business, both from a strategic and operational perspective. The last part
considers marketing in an international environment including the assessment of elçort
markets; the study of sp€cific foreign markets; logistics; and managing the marketing mix.
Tst-books: No single text book is appropriate. A number of reference books and articles
will be prescribed.
7587 International Financial Management
Duradon: Semester II.
he-requkite: 8L43 Advanced Managerial Finance.
Contact hours: To be advised.
Content: Examines the international financial environment part¡cularly determination and
management of currency exchange rates. Multinational working capital management,
overseas investment analysis including ownership options, financing of overseas operations,
tax and accounting implications of international investments.
Assessment: To be advised.
Te'

Economics and
Commerce
6005 InternationalMarketing
Dwation: Semester I.
Pre-requisiæ: 280 Marketing Decision Making.
Contact løurs:1 lhour seminar a week.
Content: Building on foundations provided in Marketing Principles, examines and analpes
exporting by medium and small companies, and international marketing by multinationals
with production facilities in mo¡e than one country. Focusses on the prcblems of
"globalisation" with particular reference to the activities of the largest U.S. and Japanese
companies.
Assessment: One paper and presentation.
Tø-boolc Czinkota & Ronkainen, Intemational Marketing (Dryden Press) and Jeannet and
Hennessey, International marketing managetnent (Houghton Miffl in).
2840 Interpersonal Skills
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
he-requkites: 5356 Human Resource Management.
Conlact hours: L three-hour seminar a week.
Content: Class sessions in this elective will emphasise experiential learning processes
including discussion, group feedback, elçerimental exercises and role playing. These
sessions are designed to increase the individual's self-awa¡eness and self-knowledge in a
systematic way.
Topics to be covered may include: intewiewing and communication skills; self-identit¡
stress and coping mechanisms, interaction between psychological and physiological state;
basic concepts of group dynamics; leaming processes in management education.
Tøct-boolc To be advised.
9699 Management and Information Systems
Availability: Not offered in 1991.
Pre-requkite: None.
Contacl hours:1 three-hour seminar a week.
Content: An introduction to methods for analysis, design, management and audit of systems
for the provision of management information. Emphasis will be given to s)6tems for
improving management performance. The course will not deal with routine data processing
methods, except in a management context.
No computer using or programming skills âre rêquired.
Tøct-book: Sprague, R H. and McNurlin, B. C. (ed.) Information systems nnnagement in
practice (Prentice-Hall, 1986).
L215 Management Control Systems
Availability:. Not offered in 1991.
Pre-requkites: L229 Managenal Accounting and 1345 Quantitative Methods.
Contact hours: 1 three-hour seminar a week.
Content: This subject will examine a number of manâgement control s)Étems within a broad
coirceptual framework of what constitutes effective management. lvhilst the emphasis will
be placed primarily on financial and coat controls (i.e., standard costin& budgetary control,
divisional performance measurement, transfer pricing, etc.). The systems studied may also
include purchasing, manufacturing, inventory, distribution and marketing controls. Some
consideration will be given to the behavioural implications of control systems.
Tact-boolc Dearden, J., Management accounting (Prentice-Hall, 1988).
450

2480 Marketing l),ecision Making
Duration: Semester II and III.
Pre-requisite: 9408 Marketing Principles.
Contact hours: I three-hour seminar a week.
Content: Topics include: marketing audit; the implications of cost behaviour on marketing
planning, application of strategic planning techniques (Portfolio Analysis Pims); implementation
of a strategic market planning p¡ocess; marketing tactics and action programme.
Tect-boolc Aaker, D. 4., Straægíc market management 2nd edn. (Wiley) and McDonald, M.,
Marketing plans (Heinemann).
2789 Organisational Psycholory
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 1991.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßite: 53ó7 Organisational Behaviour.
Contact hours: I th¡ee-hour seminar a week,
Content: Topics to be covered may include: causes, consequences, and management of
occupational stress; theories of personality; abnormal psychology.
Tert-book: To be advised.
3525 Organisational Theory and Practice
Duration: Semeste¡ III.
Pre-requßite : 5367 Organisational Behaviour.
Contact hours: 2 one and one-half hour classes a week.
Content: Topics to be covered may include: theory evaluation and other methodological
considerations; socio.technical s¡¡stems theory bureauôraq6 organisational structu¡e and
design; action resea¡ch and organisational characteq determinants of organisational
structu¡e; processes of organisational design; alternative forms of organisation; power in
organisations.
Tett-book: To be advised.
9531 Personnel Management.
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 1991.
h'e-requisites: 5356 Human Resou¡ce Management.
Contact hours: 1 three-hour seminar a week.
Content: Topics to be covered may include: human resource planning and recruitment, job
analysis, selection and p¡acement, training and development, job evaluation, performance
appraisal, and health and safety.
Tett-book: To be advised.
2015 Public Sector Management
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
he-requisite: 2697 Eronomics for Management.
Contact hours: I three-hour seminar a week.
Content: The subject will acquaint students with the special and unique characteristics of
management in the public sector, and the key issues facing public sector managers. Topics
to be covered may include the interaction of public sector organisations and the political
p¡ocess; the opportunity for strategic planning; the machinery of government; public
Economics and
Commerce
451

Economics and
Commerce
finance and resource allocation; the management of human resources in the public sector;
accountability; service delivery the organization of public commercial activities.
6072 Quantitative Ilecision Making
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkite: 138 Quantitative Methods.
Conlact hours: t three-hour seminar a week.
Content: The subject provides an introduction to and practice in the use of methods for
quantitative decision making such as forecasting and statistical decision analysis, computer
simulation, e).pert systems and linear and non-linear optimisation.
The elective does not require mathemat¡cal or computer programming skills, although
some familiarity would be an advantage. The elective will involve computer use.
9066 Resources, Institutions and Policies
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisite: 2697 Econom ics for Management.
Contact hours:2 one and one-half hour semina¡s a week.
Content: The subject provides an over-view of the environùent in which public and private
management decisions are made. The cou¡se involves presentations by individual semina¡
members, dealing with selected topics in Australian resources and social, political and
economic institutions and policies.
Tøct-books: Seminar membe¡s should own a copy of the most recent edition of the
Australian Year Book.
5876 Technologr Innovation and Organizational Change
Duration: Semester II.
he-requßite: 5356 Human Resource Management.
Contact hours:1 3-hour seminar a week.
Content: Examines various perspectives on nes/ technolory and change including technological
imperative, strategic choice and labour process theories. Attention is given to
successful managerial strategies and the practical consequences of change Êor managers,
supervisors and employees.
Assessment: To be advised.
Tøtt-book: McLoughlin, I. & J. Clark, Teclutological change at wor& (O.U.P., 1988).
9328 Topics in Business Law
Availability: Not offe¡ed in 1Ð1.
he-requisites: 3564 Business l¿w.
Contact hours:1 three-hour seminar a week.
Conlent: The subject covers specific aspects of law involved in management such as
structure of business, franchising, protection of intellectual property, importing and
exporting, debt, sales tax, finance but is not restricted to these topics.
Text-book: No prescribed text book.
452

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF ECONOMICS
REGULATIONS
L. There shall be a degree of Master of Economics.
2. The Council, upon receipt of advice from the Facult¡ shall, from time to time prescribe
Schedules defining:
(i) the subjects ofstudyfor the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations-to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date ofprescription by the C-ouncil or such
other date as the Council may determine.
3. The syllabuses of subjects shall be as specified by the Head of each department
concerned, subject to endorsement by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
Committee of the &lucation Committee. The Head of a department concemed may
approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabus.
4. (a) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree any graduate who:
(i) has qualified for the degree Bachelor of Economics with First or Second-class
Honours of the University of Adelaide; or
(ii) has qualified for an Honours degree of another university, which degree the Faculty
regards as being equivalent to a First or Second-Class Honours degree in
Economics of the University of Adelaide; or
(iii) has qualified for the Graduate Diploma in Economics of the University of Adelaide,
or its equivalent from another Universit¡ at a standard deemed by the Faculty to be
sufficient for admission to the course for the degree of Master of Economics.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies actingwith authority$/ittingly
devolved to it by Council the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to such conditions (if
any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person
who, irrespective of u/hether or not the candidate is a university gradùate, has given
evidence sat¡sfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the degree.
5. (a) Except by special permission of the Faculty, the work of the degree for a full-time
candidate shall be completed in not less than one year and not more than three years from
the date of candidature accepted by the Faculty.
(b) Except by special permission of the Faculty, the work of the degree for a part-time
candidate shall be completed in not less than two years and not more than six years from
the date of candídature accepted by the Faculty.
6. A candidate may qualify for the degree by either:
(a) satisfactorily completing an approved programme of research work on an approved
topic and submitting a satisfactory thesis thereon; or
(b) (D passing an examination set after completion of an approved course of
Postgraduate study; and
(ii) satisfactorily completing an approved p¡ogramme of research work on an
approved topic and submitting a satisfactory dissertation thereon.
7. (a) A person who wishes to become a candidate for the degree shall apply to the
Regiçtrar indicating in general terms the subject of any research work to be undertaken,
and whe¡e applicable, his or her proposed course of study for examination.
(b) If a person is accepted as a candidate for the degree, the Faculty
supewisor to guide that person in his or her work.
Economics and
Commerce
453
ù

Economics and
Commerce l
8. A candidate's progress shall be reviewed by the Faculty at the end of each e&mi
pçiod and academic year. If in the opinion of the Faculty of EconomicsãîtfCommerce, a
canðiãate is not making satisfactory progress the Faculty ma¡ with the consent of the
Council, s¡ithdraw its approval of the candidature and the c¿Ídidate shall cease'to be
enrolled for the degree.
9. On complction of the work, the candidate shall lodge c¡ith the Registrar three copies of
the thesis or dissertation prcpared in accordance with the directions given to candidates in
the leaflet "Guidelines on Higher Degrees by Research and Specifications fo¡ Thesis"'.
10. The Faculty shall appoint examiners (at least one of whom is external to the University
of Adelaide) to report upon the thesis or dissertation. The examiners shall report to the
Faculty and may recommend:
(a) that the thesis or dissertation be accepted as satisfactory for the puqroses of regulation
ó(a) or of regulation 6(b) and the relevant schedule, as appropriate; or
(b) that the thesis or dissertation be returned to the candidate for revision and
resubmission; or
(c) that the thesis or dissertation be not accepted.
11. A candidate who complies with all the foregoing conditions shall, on the recommendation
of the Faculty, be admitted to the degree.
Regulatio6 allowed 22 D€æmbcr, 196ó.
Amendedi 15 J¡D, 1976t,5i 4 Fú. Lgæt 3, 5; 1 March 1984: 1; 12 Feb. 1987: 1,3û7.
Regularios rcpcaled aDd 6ubstituted: 1 M&rcb, 1990; Awilíng å[(mæ; 4(b),
'Pùblishcd in "Guidelines on H¡gher Degrees by Research and SpecifiøtioN forThesi6".sæ CoÂtents.
454

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF ECONOMICS
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 2 for Master of Economics [by coursework and
dissertationl).
COURSES OF STUDY AND PROJECT WORK
1, To qualify for the degree of Master of Economics under Section (b) of Regulation 6, the
candidate shall complete satisfactorily a course of studywhich shall comprise:
(a)
(b)
Compulsory Core Subjects (3)
9993 Economics of Public Policy
9752 Macroeconomics (M)
9233 Microeconomics (M)
Elective Subjects'
Up to three elective subjects chosen frorn the list of optional subjects available
(Ð
4772 Economics of I¿bour
5369 Economists' History
2652 Tnde and Development
4656 Transport Economics
(i¡) hom the syllabus of the B.Ec. (Honours) degree. No more than 2 subjects may be
chosen f¡om this category.
4703 Econometrics
8290 F¡onomic Development
6838 F¡onomic History
7030 Economics of the Firm
1081 History of Economic Thought
6547 International Financial Issues
4724 lîtefiational Trade
5596 Labour Economics
3911 Macroeconomics (Hons)
8862 Mathematical Economics
5117 Microeconomics (Hons)
74&l Monetary Economics
2698 Money
3660 Public Economics
(c) Supervised Research Programme and Dissertation Thereon
(d) In addition, candidates whose previous academic qualifications do not include
quantitative work equivalent to 4883 Applied Econometrics lll o¡ Tl39 Econometriæ lII,
will be required to have completed such a subject, or its equivalent as determined by the
Faculty of Economics and Commerce, prior to being eligible for the degree.
. Tþiølly the Dunber oI electivs to bc offercd in any ytr wilt bc abouÌ 10, hwfler, the prcciæ nmb€r will b€
dependcnt upoû statf availabiliry and sludent demDd, ed 6ubjecl lo swh quotæ æ may nccd to be imPæd.
Economics and
Commerce
455

Economics and
Commerce
2. A candidate shall undertake a programme of study and supenrised resea¡ch work as in
either (a) or (b) below:
(a) ts from clause 1(a) and l(b) constituting one half of the work for
the supewised research work as in clause 1(c) constituting one half of
the
(b) Six ) and 1(b) constiruting three quarters of the work
for the research work as in èhuse 1(c) constituting one
quarte¡
3. Where a candidate s deemed by the Faculty
of Economics and Co üsted under 1(a), status
may bè granted up to
4. In special circumstancas, candidates may be given permission to substitute another
subject for subjects listed in 1(a) and 1(b).
5. Results of those who pary in any of the subjects shall be published within the following
classifications: Distinction, Credit, Pass.
6. To satisry the coursework component of the degree, a candidate must pass each of the
prescribed subjects and obtain an average equivalent to a credit or better.
7- A candidate's programme of study must be apprwed by the gean (or¡ominee) at
ì enrolmenteachyear. -----,
8. Each candidate will be required to undertake during university vacations such studies as
may be prescribed.
9. A candidate whose candidature is interrupted may re-enrol only with the approval of the
Facultyand undersuch conditions as the Facultymayimpose in eãch case.
10. when, in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics and commerce, special ci¡cumstances
exist, the council, on the recommendation of the Faculty mayvary the provisions of clauses
1-9 above.
456
't)"
I

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF ECONOMICS
SYLLABUSES
Contact hours:
Each subject will involve one and a half contact hours per week for two terms. The course
work component of the degree of Master of Economics by course work and dissertation is
currently conducted as a joint programme with Ftinders University. Part of the course is
taught at Flinders University.
Text and Reference books:
Although texþbooks and lists of boolc and journals for reference puqroses are regarded as
important, details have not been included in this Volume. These will howe'¿er be issued
from time to liine by the departments concerned. It is hoped that all books and journals set
for reference will be available to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library.
Àssessment:
To be determined in consultation with students at or before the commencement of the
course. Details to be determined include the relative weights given to the components (e.g.
such of the following as are relevant: semester tests, essays or other written or practical
work, final written examinations, viva voce examinations).
CORE SI]BJECTS
9752 Macroeconomics (M)
Duration: Semester II.
Contoct hours:2 one-hour lecturqs a week.
Content: An examination of the major recent developments in macroeconomic theory and
the consequent implications for poliry. Particular attention will be paid to: expectat¡ons
lormation and the wider role of expectations in influencing mac¡oeconomic outcomes;
alternative models of product and factor market behaviour and their implications for
agg¡egate demand and suppl¡ and wage and price setting behaviour. The discussion of the
influence of each of these matters on macroeconomic policy prescription will be integrated
with a consideration of the major economic models used for policy guidance in Aust¡alia.
Assessment: To be determined in consultation with students at or. before the commencement
of the subject. Details to be determined include the rclative weights given to the
components (e.9., such of the folloning as ate relewant: semester tests, essa)Æ or othe¡
written or practical work, final w¡itten examinations, viva voce examinations).
Tqt - boolcs: To be advised.
9233 Microeconomics (M)
Duration: Semester II.
Contacl hours: 2 one-hour lectures a week.
Economics and
Commerce
457

Economics and
Commerce
Content: An advanced treatment of decision-making by individuals and by firms, taking into
account intertemporal behaviour and uncertainty. Attention will be paid to both the
predictive and prescriptive content of optimising behaviour within both standard and
generalised framework.
Assessment: As per 9752 Macroeconomics.
Tæ.boolcs: To be advised.
9993 Economics of Public Policy
Duration: Semester I.
Contact løurs:2 one-hour lectures a week,
Content: This subject presents the theory of economic policy at an advanced level. The
welfare economics of policy and the positive economics of policy, and especially theit
connections, will be highlighted. Topics include the variety of policy analyses; constitutionalism,
corporatism and the economic theory of the state; the Coase theorem: theory of
second best; cost-benefit analysis; incentive compatabilit¡ rent-seeking; theories of
collective decision-making; voting paradoxes; the public inteiest and private interest
theories of policy. Illustrations will be drawn f¡om histo¡ical ex¡rerience and contemporary
policy issues, both macro- and microeconomics.
Assessment: To be determined in consultation with students at or before the commencement
of the subject. Detaits to be determined include the relative weights given to the
components (e.g., such of the following as a¡e relevant: semester tests, essa)6 or other
written or practical work, final written examinations, viuø voce examinations).
Tat-boolcs: To be advised.
458

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF COMMERCE
REGUI,ATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Commerce.
2. A person who wishes to become a candidate for the degree shall apply to the Registrar
indicating in general terms the subject of any research work to be undertaken.
3. (a) The Faculty of Economics and Commerce may accept as a candidate for the degree
any person who:
(i) has qualified for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce s'ith First or Second-Class
Honours at the University of Adelaide; or
(ii) has qualified for another Honours degree which the Faculty regards as being
equivalent to a First or Second-Class Honours degree in Commerce of the
Universi ty of Adelaide.
(b) Subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies actingc¡ith authoritywittingly
devolved to it by Council the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to such conditions (if
any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person
who, irrespective of whether or not the candidate is a university graduate, has given
evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake ¡,ork for the degree.
(c) Before deciding such a person's fitness the Faculty ma¡ if it so desires, require him or
her:
(i) to complete prescribed preliminarywork and thereafter, or alternatively,
(ii) to complete a prescribed course of study and pass a qualifying examination of
honours standard.
(d) The form and assessment of any preliminary work and/or of any course of study shall
be proposed by the Department of Comme¡ce and approved bythe Faculty.
a. (a) If a person is accepted as a candidate for the degree, the Faculty shall appoint a
supervisor or supervisors to guide that p€rson in his or her work.
(b) The subject of any thesis shall be approved by the Department of Commerce and by
the Faculty.
5. A candidate may qualify for the degree by satisfactorily completing an approved
programme of resea¡ch work on an approved topic and submitting a satisfactory thes¡s
thereon.
6. (a) Except by special permission of the Faculty the work for the degree for a full-time
candidate shall be completed in not less than one year and not more than three years from
the date of candidature accepted by the Faculty.
(b) Except by special permission of the Faculty, the wo¡k for the degree for a part-time
candidate shatl be completed in not less than hÃ,o years and not more than six years from
the date of candidature accepted by the Faculty.
7. A candidate's progress shall be reviewed by the Faculty at the end of each academic year.
If, in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, a candidate is not making
satisfactory progress the Faculty may, with the consent of the Council, withdraw its
approval of his or her candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the
degree.
8. On completion of the work, the candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of
the thesis prepared in accordance with the directions given to cand¡dates in the leaflet
"Guidelines on Higher Degrees by Resea¡ch and Specifications for Thesis".
9. Assessment shall in every case be by not less than two examiners, ofwhom one at least
Economics and
Commerce
459

Economics and
Commerce
shall be external to the Univenity. The names of the examinels shall be proposed by the
Department of Commerce and approved by the Faculty. The examiners shall report to the
Faculty and may recommend:
(a) that the thesis be accepted as satisfactory for the purposes of regulation 4; or
(b) that the thesis be returned to the candidate for revision and resubmission; or
(c) that the thesis be not accepted.
10. A candidate who complies with all the foregoing conditions shall, on the recommendation
of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, be admitted to the degree of Master of
Commerce.
Regulatio$ awiting allownæ.
460
._\- _-

FACULTY OF LA\ry
REGUI.ATIONS, SCHEDULES AND
SYLI.ABUSES
Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.)
Regulations
Schedules.........
Syllabuses ........
Graduate Diploma in Commercial Law
(Grad.Dip.Comm.Law)
Graduate Diploma in Company Law
(Grad.Dip.Comp.Law)
Graduate Diploma in Criminal Law
(Grad.Dip.Crim.Law)
Graduate Diploma in Family Law
(Grad.Dip.Fam.Law)
Graduate Diploma in Land and Resources Law
(Grad.Dip.Land Law)
Graduate Diploma in Public Law
(Grad.Dip.Pub.Law)
Graduate Diploma in Secu¡ities Law (Grad.Dip.Sec.
Law)
Graduate Diploma in Taxation Law (Grad.Dip.Tax
Law)
Regulations
Schedures ....::::::::.:.:.:::::.::::....:::::::.:.::..::::::::
Syllabuses
Master of Laws (LL.M.)
Master of Laws (Companies and Securities)
(LL.M.(Comp.))
Master of Laws (Commercial) (LL.M.(Comm.))
Regulations.....
Sched ules.........
SyI1abuses....................................
Master of Legal Studies (M.L.S.)
Regulations
Schedu 1es.........
463
465
47L
489
491
494
495
498
502
510
5r2
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Regulations and Schedules: under "Board of Research
Studies"

?\)i
'i'\':
4ù2
'-¡ I
¿t0
i,r,Ì-Ê'ïIf n"riir;'¿
:ìJ'{i f it"\i.l I O HCFI F- F}
"'t?'
íiI- it'C Vll I }
I lr7çî:
r"¡iL1ji
lt.¿'
.iH,;l¡t,ru,'"'' ""' :'
'. llÌ-r' ,,r/. l- r¡i.;.i i'('.rl¡i¡l:ralrr¡l.l il-i'-t.l', (.(,r:ltU'.il
r'l- 1 l-¡ rrrrri"l l
j lir r tr, i / û¡rtlr l'ilai> ittJ.: ( ct..rf ttlt.!\
,_ ,:...Í ,
ir.fL!,,1t/,"i,,i
. :Èrl tt' ' "
ja.'.jJ j1,r rli I r/ .r (Ì r ij ì'
. lial I-t:','t ,r:
lrrifJ-Ì[r. I , ,,.,,,11 J ',r i, í::,1
, "¡(r Ill, j-i¡,'.,'li'r,ì
' .'¡c':1¡!., .r
l)!L", ! J I UrtI i
,fr'll.J:tí i;lí i
. l'r¡¡rì1lt: i¡,'.r: ,,,. ì : .¡u.rr, ,
I rt ''ri,l':. 1 ,ril
¡ I !i.: '.ì
I tt'
l' ,t,;
- "l lq
,,/.;¡11ìlltltiU¿
,'lpz[r r- ilf. i iE:¡l '¿.1]í(ii.ç;'1 (l¡l I :r')
i:l',ji.'.-'¿i llìi., Jri"
j/rìtiiì!{Ji'.j.' .rtrl¡,\
)l.llßl:'¿
r/r,:lr)L 1rl ;,1,;:,rlrpÀ
111 i ¡ j, I ¡'

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF I"AWS
REGUI.ATIONS
1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws.
2. (a) The Council after receþt of advice from the Faculty shall from time to time
prescribe schedules (i) defining the sùbjects of study for the degree to be provided by the
University and the postgaduate subjects to be offered; (ii) defrning the range of subjects
satisfactorily to be completed; (iii) providing for, or empowering the Facultyto provide for,
the subject or subjects to be pre-requisite for, or concuffent with, any subject, and the
lectures, seminars, tutorials, moot court work, examinations, written and other work to be
satisfactorily undertaken by candidates; and (iv) where a dissertation is required for the
Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws, requiring that a candidate's enrolment for that
dissertation be subject to the approval of the Department of l-aw. Such schedules shall
become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such other date as the
Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the chairman of department or chairmen
of departments concemed and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of
the &lucation Committee for approval, except that chairmen of departments may app¡ove
minor changes to previously approved syllabuses.
3. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall comply u/ith the provisions of
schedules made under regulation 2 he¡eof.
a. (a) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall comply with the provisions of
schedules made under regulation 2 he¡eof.
(b) A candidate who satisfies the requirements of sub-regulation (a) of this regulation shall
be awarded the Honours degree of Bachelor of Las's, but the Faculty shall decide within
which of the following classes and divisions the degree shall be awarded:
First Class
Second Class
Division A
Division B
Third Class.
(c) A candidate who has been granted status by virtue of clause 7 of Chapter XXV of the
University Statues, or by virtue of regulation 10 of these regulations, may be awarded the
Honours degree of Bachelor of l¿ws if the Council so decides, notwithstanding that he has
not completely satisfied the requirements of sub-regulation (a) of this regulation.
5. Except in cases approved by the Faculty, every candidate, in each subject, shall have the
opportunity to complete all assessment requirements by the end of November in the year
of enrolment. Except in cases approved by the Faculty, all work to be assessed for each
subject must be submitted by the end of the second week of February of the year
succeeding the year of a candidate's enrolment in the subject.
6. Except in cases approved by the Faculty, if a candidate in a subject has not submitted
wo¡k of at least pass standard by the end of the second week of February of the year
following the candidate's enrolment in the subject, the candidate shall again comply with
the requ¡rements of regulation 5 before again presenting himself for assessment in that
subject.
7. (a) In determining a candidate's final result in a subject, the assessors may take into
account the assessments of the candidate's oral, written, practical or examination wo¡k in
that subject, provided that the candidate has been given notice at the beginning of the
463

course of the circumstances in which the work may be taken into account and its relatirc
importance in the final result.
(b) A candidate mây be required by the assessors in any subject to do essa5rs or other
w¡itten work in a satisfactory manner as pre-rcquisite to being assessed in that subject,
provided that candidates are given precise information about those requirements at the
beginning of the course.
8. The Faculty may grant to any student such exemption from regulations 6 and 7, and
under such conditions, as it shall decide.
9. There shall be three classifications of pass in any subject or division of a subject for the
Ordinary degree (whether the result be obtained at the first or a subsequent attempt at the
assessment tasks required), as follows: Pass s'ith Distinction, Pass with Credit, Pass, TTe
final results in all subjects shall be transmitted by the Registrar to the Chief Justice of the
Supreme Court of South Australia,
10. A candidate may, at any time, apply to the Faculty for status under these regulat¡ons or
under schedules made in accordance with regulation 2 and may be granted such status, and
upon such conditions, as the Council on the recommendation of the Faculty, determines.
11. AII previous regulations concerning the degree of Bachelor of l¿ws and the Final
Ce¡tificate in l¡w are hereby repealed, provided that:
(a) a candidate who has completed subjects under the repealed regulations shall have status
in the equivalent subjects under schedules made under these regulations; and
(b) except u/ith the permission of the Faculty of law, a candidate who first enrolled in the
Faculty of l¡w before 1967, shall, in order to qualify for the degree, in addition to
complying s/ith the requirements of regulation 3 or 4, pass in two subjects, other than
Science subjects, available for the degree of Bachelor ofA¡ts and approved by the Faculty
of l¿w.
Regulatiom allowed 17 Deæmbcr, lø0.
Amended: 16Dec.lvlLtZB lû.lg75i2i 15JaD. 19?6: ¿8Dec.In6.2,5,6,7,8,9i31 Je. 1980: ZlLi?9 lat.Lg9ll
14Feb-LgA}5,9iU Feb. 1983: Z
464

DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF I,,AWS
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 2)
NOTE Sylabws of subjects tor thc degrec of LLB. ere publi6hed below, imediately aflcr thæ.æheduls. For
syllabueíof subjeas taugút for other degrões aod diplom rc the tablc of subjects at lhc end of the voluEe.
SCHEDULE I: ADMISSION
1. Admission as a candidate for the degree is subject to quotas and selection procedures
currently operating in the Faculty.
2. An applicant may be considefed fo¡ admission as a candidate if one or more of the
following conditions have been satisfied:
(a) completion of a degree of the University of Adelaide in a faculty other than Law;
(b) completion in another universiqr of a degree which, in the opinion of,the -Faculty of Iáw
i. ãt l"ait equivalent, for this purpoie, to a degree in another faculty of the Univefsity.
3. Subject to the approval accept as a candidate for
the deþee a person who in Clause 2 but who has
comple-ted a nìn-Law qua s satisfied the Faculty on
fitness to undertake work for the degtee.
of I¿w and of the Dean (or
student who has comPleted the
in anothcr facultY' including the
may be admitted as a candidate
for the Degree of Bachelor of l:ws.
Iúroductory Note to Sch¿duþ il (Dol ioñi\g Pan of tbe S:chedule).
The Domal sheme of sludy re@mmeDded for studeots other lhan gÉduts, who wish to Pæcd to the degree of
Bachelor of [m is æ follos:
- l. Appty lor entry to endidaturc for oDc ot ¡he follwiog d€gres:
Bachelor of Architecrural Sludies (B-ArchSt.)
Bachelor oÍ Arts (BJq..)
Bachelor of Com€G (B.Com.)
Bachelor of E@DoEi6 (B.Ec.)
Bachelor o[Scieoæ (Mathemtiel ScicDæs) (BSc. (Ma.Sc)).
Bachelor ot Scienæ (Juri+rudeDæ) (B.Sc.(Jur.))'
Bachelor of Eng¡treering (Chemiel) (B'E (Cnem.))+
Bachelor of Heallh Scienæs (B.HealthSc.)'
¿ Oû @mplelion of ahe equiEleDt of st lest ooc yeù of tull-lfuie study i! one of thæ @l¡ß 8P. Ply úor cntry lo lrw
studies. Admisioo to llw studies cntills €odidat$ lo enml at Ìhc apprcprirslc limc for ell other Iåw subjecls
ultaDt deg¡ce Mrded will b€
Ilw lubjects ir thc noD'Ilw
' Subject to aPPrcEl.
the
tof
465

SCHEDULE II: THE ORDINARY DEGREE
1. A candidate shall qualify for the degree of Bachelor of l¿ws if:
(a) the candidate has
(i) qualified for a degree in another Faculty of the Unive¡sity, of
(ii) obtained in another university a degree which in the opinion of the Faculty of Iåw
is_ at least equivalent, for the purpose, to a degree in another Faculty of the
Universit¡ or
(iii) obtained in another tertiary institution a non-I:w qualifrcation at an academic level
which has been accepted by Council for the purposes of Clause 3 of Scheduie I.
(b) the candidate has passed (while a candidate for the non-l¿w degree or qualification
referred to in sub-clause (a) or otherwise);
(i) all of the following compulsory subjects:
1826 Australian lægal System
3731 Contract
8433 Constitutional l¡w
8821 Property
9365 Torts
and
(ii) elective subjects with an
from the following:
9046 Aborigines and the l¿w
8772 Business Regulation
8406 Child Welfare
1587 Conflict of l¿wS
9844 Conservation and Heritage Law
'7 522 Cnmi nal Investi ga tion
1901 Criminology
7272 Envircnmental Planning and
Protection Law 3
5911 Family law 6
5258 Financial Transactions 3
9622 lncome Maintenance 3
6 8480 Trusts 3
6 &580 Criminal I¿w 6
6 3225 Associations 6
6 8326 Administ¡ative I¿w 6
6 4'129 Evidence 6
aggregate points value of not .less than twenty-seven
J
6
3
6
3
3
3
86ã Indust¡ial I¿w
5659 Industrial P-p"tty
9420 Intellectual Property
9942 International I:w
1772 Jurisprudence
77fi Land Use Planning Law
9L59 l*g¡al History
4TI7 Medialaw
8ó00 Securities and Investment I¡w
943 Succession
2014 Taxation
2. A candidate who first enrolled for any subject for the degree of Bachelor of l¿ws in the
Faculty prior to 1987 shall qualify for the degree either by complying with the requirements
of Clause 1 or by passing:
(a) all of the compulsory subjects,referred to in clause l(b)(i) or their equivatent under
previous schedules; and
(b) elective subjects with an aggrcgate points value of not less than forty-five from those
listed in Clause 1(b)(ii) or those available under previous schedules.
3. (a) The Faculty fiay determine, on such conditions as it cons¡ders appropriate, that a
pass in a subject offered under previous schedules is to be deemed to ue ã pass in a subject
or subjects referred to in Clauses 1 or 2.
(b) without limiting the operation of the preceding sub-clause, a candidate who has passed
(i) 6256 Elements of I-aw (4) and, 2944 Consrirutional I¿w I (a), shall be deemed ro
have passed 1826 Australian Legal System (ó);
(ii) 8433 Constitutional l^aw II (6) shall be deemed to have passed &433 Constitutional
Law (6);
(üi) 7479 Administ¡ative Law I (3) or 6008 Administrative t¿w II or L1.07 Administ¡ative
Law shall be deemed to have passed 8326 Administrative l-aw (6).
(c) A candidate who presents a combination of
(i) 6256 Elements of taw (4) and 1826 Australian Iægal System (6);
(ü) 29M Constitutional I-aw I (a) and 1826 Ausrralian Legal System (6); or
(üi) 6256 Elements of I-aw (4), 2944 consriturional I¡w I (4) and 8326 Administrarive
466
6
J
3
6
6
3
6
3
3
3
6

I-aw (6),
shall be regarded as having comPleted an unspecified subiect with a points value of three
for the purposes of Clauses l(b)(ii) and 2(b).
4. A candidate who first enrclled in the Faculty in any subject for the degree prior to 1982
is not required to pass 3225 Associations provided that the candidate has passed:
(a) (i) LB23 Succession and LBl2 C-ommercial Transactions prior to March 1982; or
(ii) LB23 Succession and LB12 Commercial Transactions and LB13 Consumer
Credit after March 1982; and
(b) subjects listed in Clause 1(b)(ii) with an aggregate value of at least six points more than
that specified in Clause l(b)(ii) or 2(b).
5. A candidate who, prior to March 1980, passed in LI-.08 Seminar Course A or LL18
Seminar Course B may count either or both of those courses as elective subjects for the
purposes of sub-clauses l(b)(ii) or 2(b) with a points value of three and six respectively'
6. V/hen passed at the times specified, the following subjects shall be regarded as elective
subjects for the purposes of Clauses 1(b)(ii) and 2(b), with the designated points value:
9M6 Aborigines and the law, prior to March 198?, 4 points.
LB48 Child V/elfare prior to March 1981, 3 points;
8406 Child Welfare, after Ma¡ch 1981 and prior to March 1987, 2 points.
LL73 Commercial Transactions, prior to March 1981, 6 points;
6223 C-ommercial T¡ansactions, after March 1981 and prior to March 1982 3 Points.
LL77 Cnmparative l:w, prior to March 1982, 6 points;
24L3 Comparative [aw, after March 7982 and prior to March 1987, 3 points.
3544 Consumer Credit, prior to March 1987, 2 points.
LL87 Criminology, prior to March 1980, 6 points;
5429 Environmental and Planning [aw, prior to March 190, 6 poins.
LB17 Family [aw, after March 1980 and prior to March 1981, 3 points;
LB17 Family [,aw, after March 1981 and prior to March 1982,4 points.
6729 Insurance, prior to March 1987,2points.
LI37 Internat¡onal l:w, prior to March 1980, 6 points;
LB82 International l,aì¡¡ I, after March 1980 and prior to March 198L, 3 points;
313 International law I, after March 1981 and prior to March 1987,4 points.
LB83 International law II, prior to March 1981, 3 points;
8479 Intellectual and Industrial Propert¡ prior to March 1987, 3 points.
2681 International l.aw II, after Ma¡ch 1981 and prior to March 1987,2 points.
LL97 lntemational Trade Law, prior to March 1980, 6 points;
5267 International Trade Law, after March 1980 and prior to March 1987, 3 points.
LB78 l,and C.ontracts, prior to March 1982, 3 points;
5238 l¿nd Contracts, after Ma¡ch 1982 and prior to March 1987, 4 points.
LL28 Legal History prior to March 1974, 3 points;
5645 l,egal Philosophy, prior to March 1987, 3 points.
2435 Mining [aw, prior to March 1987, 3 points.
6146 Negotiable Instruments, prior to March 1987, 2 points.
1710 Penolog¡r, prior to March 1987, 3 points.
LL74 P¡ocedure, prior to March 1980, 6 points.
3695 Procedure, after March 1980 and prior to March 1987,4 points.
1155 Remedies, prior to March 1987, 3 points.
4152 Roman I:w, prior to March 1987,6 points.
8600 Securities and Investment, prior to March 1987,4 points.
5839 Soviet l:w, prior to March 198?, 3 points.
9434 Succession, prior to March 1987, 2 points.
6'176 Tnde Practices, prior to Ma¡ch 1987, 2 points.
7. The Faculty may direct that any elective subject or subjects referred to in Clause l(b)(ii)
be not oflered in a particular year.
8. Tlre points value of each subject shall, except whe¡e Clause 6 applies, be that aPpearing
in brackets after the name of the subject in Clause 1.
9. In lieu of arry of the elective subjects referred to in Clause l(b)(ii) a candidate may
467

present a law subject or subjects passed outside the university. such subjects must be
approved and their po¡nts r¡alue determined by the Faculty in each case.
L0. A candidate for the Honours Degree who has not qualified for that degrce may present
the subject 6825 Honours Dissertation, considered suffïcient for the purposè -by the
Honours Board of Examiners, as an elective subject with a value of sli poinrc ror ttre
purposes of Clause l(b)(ii) and Clause 2(b).
lmtoductory Not¿ to Schêdub ,t1: (Noa fomi¡g pa¡t of thc Schedule). .A' studcnt wbo vi¡hë ao obtain & HonouF
degree of 8åchclor of I2% Dut @mplctc lhc subject 6825 ttonou D¡srtatioe Thi¡ subjcd i¡ oomÂily udertsketr
ir the fios¡ yeù of tbe LLB' ow. Thc aubjcct bs I !þinrs valw of$ ad is t¿kcn in¡eid of other elåire subjects
wilh an cquivalcrt points wlw.
SCHEDULE III: THE HONOURS DEGREE
1. A c¿ndidate shall qualiff for the Honoun degree of Bachelor of Laws if:
(a) the candidate has
(i) qualífied for a degree in another faculty of the University, or
(ii) obtained in another universlty a degree which in the opinion of the Faculty of I¡w
is_ at least equivalent, for the putpose, to a degreè in another faculty of the
University, or
(iii) obtained in another tertiary institution a non-I-aw qualification at an academic level
which has been accepted by C.ouncil for the purposes of Clause 3 of Schedule I.
(b) the_candidate has passed (while a candidate for the non-I¡w degree of qualification
refer¡ed to in sub-clause (a) or otherc,ise)-
(i) the compulsory subjecrs listed in clause 1 (a) of schedule II or their equivalent; and
(ii) elective subjects with an aggregate points value of at least tq¡enty-one from those
listed in Clause l(b)(ii) of Schedule II or those ar¡ailable under pievious schedules;
and
(c) the cand¡date has satisfactorily completed the subject 6825 Honours Dissertation.
2. A candidate who first enrolled for any subject or subjects in the Faculty of I-aw prior to
1987.shall qualify for the Honours degree of Bachelor oi I¡ws either by cómptying wittr the
requirements of Clause 1 or by
(a) passing all the compulsory subjects listed in clause 1(a) of schedule II or their
equivalent and elective subjects with an aggregate points value of at least thirty-nine from
those listed in Clause l(b)(ii) of that schedule or those available underprevioui schedules;
and
(b) satisfactorily compteting the subject 6825 Honours Dissertation.
3. Clauses 3,4, 5, 6,8, 9, 10 and L2 of Schedule II apply to the Honours degree.
4. (a) Except s'ith..the permission of the Faculty, to be granted only in special
circumstances, candidates may not enrol for the Honours dissertãtion unless ihey hive an
honours subject averag€ of at least 70. An honours subject average is the averâge mark
obtained in the best 657o of whatever l-arr subjects under this Schedule a candiõate has
completed to at least pass level provided that
(i) a candidate, who is seeking to qualiff for the Honours degree pursuant to clause I,
must (while a candidate for the degree in the non-I¡w fãculty or otherwise) have
completed Law subjects under clause 1(b) of schedule II with an aggregate points
value ofat least fifty-fouç and
(ii) a candidate, who is seeking to qualify for the Honou¡s degree pursuant to clause 2,
must have completed I-aw subjects under Clause 1(b) of Schedule II with an
aggregate points value of at least seventy-three.
(b) In calculating an honours subject average the following procedure shalt be used:
(i) the aggregate points value of subjects completed to at least pass level is calculated;
(ii) subjects are selected for the average in the orde¡ of marks gained, h¡ghest first, unt¡l
468

their combined points value constitutes at least 657o of the aggregate points value of
subjects completed;
(iii) the last subject selected is given that points value which bringS the total Pojnts value
- '
of subjectJ selected to exactly 65Vo of the aggregate poiûts value of subjects
completed;
(Ð the mark in each subject selected is multiplied by the subject's points__value, the
marks (so multiplied) are added together, and their sum divided by 65Vo of the
aggrcgate points value of subjects completed;
(v) to the average thus produced the fotlowing bonuses are added for distinctions
gained by the candidate in subjects completed:
for a six-point subject, 0.3,
for a four-point subject' 0.2;
for a three-point subject, 0.15,
for a twopoint subject, 0.1.
(c) V/hen the Faculty gives special permission under this clause it shall at the same time
settle an honours subject average,
(d) When a candidate
(i) is granted status in a subject pursuant to Regulation 4(c) or 10; or
(ii) is permitted by Faculty to present a subject for the degree pursuant to Clause 10 of
Schedule II,
the Faculty shall determine a mark for the subject which shall be uscd for the purposes of
calculating the candidate's honours subject average.
ó. The determine
qualifie resources
accepte in order
accePte rmitted to
?. In order to be considered for honours supewision in a particular year a candidate who
has qu lthough eli
the su Ycar after
notiff o enrol in
provid arPrior to
SCHEDULE IV: RESTRICTION OF COURSES
L. courses of study must be approved by the Dean or a nominee at efifolment each year.
(b) A candidate who enrols in 1826 Australian Iægal System and 3731 Contract may also
enrol concurrently jn 9365'fofis and 8580 Criminal l¿w.
3. Unless the Faculty otherwise determines a candidate may not present for the degree any
of the following combinations of subjects invoMng subjects included in Schedute II and
subjects offered under previous schedules:
(a) 8326 Administrative Law and 6008 Administrative l-aw II or LI-,07 Administrative Law;
(b) 8433 C-onstitutional Law and 8433 Constitutional l¿c¡ II or Lfl2 Const¡tutional I:w II;
(c) 182ó Austratian lægal System, 6256 Elements of Iåc¡, and 2944 Constitutional láY¡ I;
(d) 8772 Business Regulation a¡d ll29 Insurance or 6223 Cnmmercial Transactions or 6776
Trade Practices;
(e) Sa06 Child Welfare or 5911 Family Law and LLLT Family [-ætt.
G) LL73 C.ommercial Transactions and 6223 C.ommercial Transactions or 3544 Consumer
Credit.
469

(g) 1901 Criminoloryor 1710 Penologr and LLSZ Criminolory.
(h) 5258 Financial Transactions a¡d 354y'. c-onsumer credit or 61,16 Negotiable Instruments;
(i) 9420 Intellectual Property and 8479 Intellectual and Industrial p¡operty;
O
9942 International I¡w and 3413 Internarional I-as' I or 2681 International Law II;
(k) LI37 Intemational l¿w and 3413 International I¡w I or ?ßl International I¡w II or
3092 Human Rights;
(l) LL97 International Trade l¿w and 5267 International Trade I:w;
(m) Lrß Institutional Business Transactions and 6729 Insurance, or 6146 Negotiable
Instruments or 677 6 Trude Practices;
(n) L1,43 Trusts and Succession and 8480 Trusts or gl3 Succession.
@) 5a29 Environmental and Planning I¡w and r2iz Enurcnmental planning and
Protection l:w.
(r,) 5429 Environmental and Planning Iaw and 9844 conservation and Heritage l-aw.
(Ð 5a29 Environmental and Planning l-aw passed prior to 1989 and 7?30 l¡nd-use
Planning l:w.
SCHEDULE V: SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
when in the opinion of the Faculty of hw special circumstances exist, the c.ouncil, on the
recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the provisions of schedules I
to V.
470

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF I,AWS
SYLLABUSES
INTRODUCTORY NOTES FOR STT,JDENTS IüHO INTEND TO ENROL IN I//\\ü
SI,JBJEC;TS FORTHE FIRSTTIME IN 1990.
(NOTE: Syllabuses for subjects fo¡ the LL.B. degree, some of which may be offered for
non-Law degrees, are given below.)
1. Each subject for the LL.B. degree has a points vâtue as shown in brackets below. A 3point
subject approximates 72Vo of a year of full-time study'
4. The compulsory subjects .1826 Australian lægal system (6) and '3731 Contract (6) are
pre-requisitès for ãll otÍrer subjects for the LL.B. degree other than those mentioned above.
The other subjects compulsory for the LL.B. degree are:
3225 Associations 6
8326 Administrative Law 6
4'729 F.udence 6
8580 Trusts 3
In addition to the compulsory subjects, elective subjects with an algte9ate points value of
27 must be presented for the degree.'[he elective subjects are:
*9046 Aborigines and the I-aì¡¡ 3
8772 Business Regulation 6
8406 Child Welfare 3
1587 Conflict of l¿ws 6
9844 Conservation and Heritage l,aw 3
7522 Cnminal Investigation 3
1901 Criminology 3
7272 Envro¡mental Planning and
Protection l¡w
5911 Family Law
5258 Financial Transactions
' 9622 Income Maintenance
3
6
3
3
8625 Industrial l¿w
5659 Industrial Property
9420 Intellectual Property
942 International l.aw
1772 Jurisprudence
7730 l¡nd-Use Planning l-aw
'9759 l-egal History
'4771 Medial,aw
8600 Securities and Investment l-aw
9434 Succession
2014 Taxation
5. The subjects marked . in notes 2,3 and 4 above may be taken by students_within nonhw
degreès provided they are included in the appropriate schedules. The non-I:w degrees
which a-llow lnclusion of some of these subjects under appropriate conditions afe the
degrees of B. Arch.St., B-4., B-4. (Jurispruãence), B.Com., B.Ec. and B.Sc' (Ma'Sc')'
B.H.Sc.; B.E.(Chem.), B.Sc.(Jur.), (subject to approval)'
6
J
3
6
6
J
6
3
3
J
6
47t

6.--In any one year the Depafment of I¿w offers all compulsory LL.B. subjects and also
offers elective subjects with an agg¡egate points value of at least S¿.
8. Schemes of swdy.
ir subjects
as part of
äiiås
A below.)
Scheme A (for students who will commence [áw studies after completing the first year of a
non-I^aw degree coutse other than B,E.(Chem.)).
First year
Appropriate subjects for the first year of the non-I:w degree course.
Second year
1826 Australian lægal sptem, 3T3L contract together with sufFrcient non-I¿w subjects to
make up the second year of the non-I¿w degree course.
Third year
8433 constitutional I:w, 93ó5 Torts and 8821. property together with sufficient non-Law
subjects to make up the third year of the non-l:w dègree coutse.
Founh year
&180 Trusts, 8580 Criminal I¿w and either 32?S Associations or 8326 Administrarive Law
together \¡¡ith elective l:w subjects to the value of 12 or 15 points.
Fifih year
ithet 3225 Associations or g326 Administrative Iáw together with
to rhe value oÍ L2 or 15 points. C¿ndidates for the LL.B. (Honours)
e Honours Dissertation in líeu of an etective subject or elective
f 6 points.
scheme B (for students who commence l¿w studies after having qualified for an approved
non-law degree):
First year
182ó Australian Legal sysrem,3731 conrract, 9365 Tofs and g5g0 criminal I:w.
Second year
8433 constitutional I^aw, 8821 Property, a¡d 8326 Administrative I:w together with
elective subjects to the value of 72 o¡ 15 points.
Thírd year
4729 Evtdence, &180 Trusts and 32?s Associations together with elective subjects to the
value of t2. or 15 þoints. candidates for the Ll.B.-(Honours) Degree unáertake the
Honours Disse¡tation in lieu of an elective subject or èlecti*,e súb¡ect-s to the value of 6
Points.
9' candidates who commence__I¿w studies having completed more than one year of a nonlaw
degree course and candidates who commãnced I¿* studies prior tó 19g7 should
consult a l¿w cou¡se adviser about an appropriate scheme of study.
Timetable:
Contact hours and teaching m
Enrolment Period, students will
the period over which each su
472

information relating to tutorials and small groups for each subject will be posted in the I-aw
School during the enrolment period.
Subjects to be offered in 199)
In regard to the subjects below, some subjects will not be offered, or are unlikely to be
offered, in 1,990. Where no information of this tl4re is provided, students should assume the
subject will be offered. However the exigencies of drawing up a teaching programme do not
permit a definitive statement of subjects, to be offered in 1990, to be made at the time the
University Calendar is printed. For final information on subjects to be offered in 1990,
students should consult the Departmental Timetable to be distributed during the
En¡olment Period.
Books
Texts, Case-Books, Reference Books and Introductory Reading for each subject are set out
below. Students should follow the instructions as to purchase or otherwise. More detailed
information as to reading will be provided in Orientation \ry'eck lectures, or by means of
reading lists as each subject p¡ogresses through the academic year.
Assessment Procedures
The Faculty of [¿w has adopted procedural rules by which all assessment for all LL.B.
subjects is determined. A copy of the rules is posted on the Assessment Notice Board in
the låw School early in first term. Furthe¡ copies are ar¡ailable in the I¿w Library. It is the
responsibility of each student to read and understand the Assessment Rules.
Assessment
At the beginning of each year, a proposed assessment scheme ¡s formulated by the
members of staff involved in each subject. The assessment scheme is presented to students
for discussion in the Orientation Week lecture for each subject (or an early lecture of the
subject). After discussion and, where relevant, amendment, assessment schemes are
submitted to Faculty in April/May of each year for approval and authorisation. The
authoritative assessment scheme is then adopted by Faculty at its April/May meeting.
While proposed assessment schemes will be ci¡culated at the commencement of the
academic year, the authoritative statement of assessment schemes s/ill be posted on the
Assessment Notice Board in April/May of each year.
It is the responsibility of each student to read and understand the statement of assessment
schemes as approved by the Faculty in each of the subjects in which the student is en¡olled.
To avoid confusion, in the light of amendments made to proposed assessment schemes, no
proposed assessment scheme is included in this C¿lendar. Students should note, however,
that (i) it is usual in each subject to have some form of continuous assessment in addition
to an examination at the end of each subject. In each subject it will be indicated whether
such assessment is compulsory and whether, and if so how, such assessment may be
redeemed; (ii) in most subjects the¡e is a "primary" examination at the end of the subject.
Unless some alternative is provided in the authoritative assessment scheme, the "p¡imary''
examination is compulsory. Furthe¡ or "supplementar¡/' assessment after the primary
examination period will be granted only on academic, medical or compassionate grounds
considered adequate by Faculty.
1826 Australian Legal System
Level: Apptopnate to 2nd year.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: Nooe.
Aints: T\e aim of this subject is to introduce students to the Australian legal s)ßtem and to
legal method. In previous years questions of fundamental constitutional law ¿nd questions
of legal methodolory have been taught in distinct subjects. It is the purpose of this coune
473

to teach legal methodolory (precedent and statutory interpretation) within the
constitutional framework.
Contact hours: 3 per week, combining small group sessions, lectures and practical exercises.
Content: The subject q,ifl examine the constitutional framework of the Australian Legal
System with particular reference to the three major ¡nstitutions of government: the
legislature, the executive and the judiciary. The structure and some of the pos,ers of each
institution will be anaþed, as well as aspects of the relationships among them. The subject
also examines certain aspects of Federal-State relations.
The subject will incorporate a legal resea¡ch and writing programme which will be part of
the assessment scheme.
Tø

8433 Constitutional Law
Level: Apptopnate to 3rd year,
Poinsvalue:6,
Duration: Frull yeat
Pre-requkites: 1826 Australian lægal System a¡d 3731 Contract,
Aims: To impart an understand¡ng of the chief features of the working of the
Commonwealth Constitution and to develop acquired skills in working with problems in
Aust¡alian Constitutional Law'
Contact hours: To be advised. Teaching will be a combination of small group teaching,
lectures and tutorials.
Content: The Australian Federal System. The basic methods of judicial constructioû
relating to the application of the Constitution. Selected topics in Australian C-onstitutional
Law, including taxation powe¡s, trade and commerce, corporations, Section 92, judicial
power, external affairs. The relationshþ between the Commonwealth and the States,
including inconsistency.
Tect-boolcs: Recommended for purchase: Zines and Lindell, Sawer's Ausnalian
constitutional c¿ses 4th edn. In addition, students might like to purchase one o¡ other of the
following texts: Znes, The high court and thc constittttion 2nd edn. (1987); Detmold, Thc
A us tr al i an C o m m o nw e a I th (1985),
8821 Properfy
Level: Appropnate to 3rd year.
Poìnß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 1826 Australian Legal System and 3731 Contract,
Aims: ^[he principal aim is to acquaint students ìr,ith the fundamental legal concepts
associated with proprietary interests, and to teach students how to apply the rele nt laws
and concepts to practical situations whe¡e such interests are in dispute. The course
concentrates attent¡on upon the nature of proprietary interests in land and chattels, the
means whereby such interests may be acquired, and conflicts between the holders of
proprietary interests. The course aims to present the law of property in both its historical
and modem settings.
Contact hours: C.ambination of lectures and small groups as appropriate.
Content: The nature of ownership; estâtes in land and goods; title to land; title to goods;
land holdings from the Crown; co-ownership of land and goods; subsidiary inte¡ests in land
includ ing securiqr, possessory and neighbordrood ¡nterests.
Ten-books: Students should purchase Sackville and Neave, Cases and materiak on th¿ law
ofproperty 4th edn. (1988).
9365 Torts
Level: Appropnate to 3rd year.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites or Co-requisiæs:1826 Australian Legal System and 3731Contracts.
Aims: To provide a sound working understanding of the law of torts. Torts is a vast subject,
and it is quite impossible to cover the whole of it in a oûe-year university course.
Concentration will be on the most impofant torts.
Contact haurs:2 one-hour lectures a week, plus fortnightly one-hour tutorials.
Content: Scope and purpose of the la$' of torts. Topics selected from the following:
475

Negligence (duty of care, breach of duty, remoteness of damage, causation, particùlar duty
situations, defences). Assault, battery false imprisonment, Intentionally causing penonal
injury. Trespass to land. Nuisance. Rylands v Fletcher. Trespass to goods. C-onvesion.
Detinue. Vicarious Liability.
Tes-boolcs: Fleming. J. G.,The law of nru (I:w Book C-þ. l9tl7). Case Book Morison, W.
L, Phegan, C. S., and Sappideen, C,, Cases on aoß 7th edn, (Law Book Co., 1989). Students
should avoid purchasing books, however, until after the Orientation week lecture when the
latest editions of these wo¡ks can be advised.
8480 Trusts
Level: Apptopnate to 4th year.
Points value: 3.
Duration:1 semester.
he-requisites:1826 Australian Legal System,3731 C.ontract, and 8821 Prope.ty.
Aims: To reach an undentanding of voluntary dispositions and, within such dis¡rositions,
the role of a piece of legal machinery which belongs distinctively to those s)6tems of law
derived from English jurisprudence. To appreciate the ways in which the trust is used and
for what pulposes. To examine the basic rules surrounding its creation ahd operation. To
examine the relationship between the trust and related concepts, and the relationship
between the la$, of trusts and the general principlas of property and contract. To
investigate the policies which underline the law and to compare the effect of rules with
what appears to be their object. This course tends to concentrate upon the trust as a
concept, rather than becoming involved in a myriad of legal rules.
Contact hours:26 lectures and one-hour tutorials as arranged.
Content: Historical Introduction. Express Trusts, including validity and constitution of
Express Trusts; Formalities; Trusts and Powers. Resulting Trusts. Constructive Trusts.
Tqt-books: To be advised at the Orientation week lecture.
8580 Criminal Law
Level: Appropriate to 3rd year.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites and Co-requisites: 1826 Aùstralian Legal System a¡d 373I C-ontract.
Aims: To provide an account of the elements of the general principles of criminal
responsibillty and the more serious offences; to promote an understanding of the manner
in which case-law is applied and legislation interpreted; to encourage a critical appraisal of
the c¡iminal law.
Contact løurs:2 one-hour lectures a week, plus fortnightly one-hour tutorials.
Content: The course will cover the general principles of criminal responsibiliç including,
but not necessarily confined to, ignorance and mistake of fact, ancillary criminal
responsibility, intoxication, insanity and automatism. A detailed examination of some
specific offences such as murder, manslaughter, sexual and non-sexual assâults, and theft
will also be undertaken.
Tect-boolc: Brett, and Waller, Criminal law tact and cases, 6th edn. (1989) Howard,
Criminal law, Sth edn. (1989); O'Connor and Fairall, Criminal deþnces, 2nd edn. (1988);
V/einberg, and Williams, Propmy offences 2nd edn (l9tl6); CYiminal Law Consolidation Act
(SA.) as amended. Students should avoid purchasing books until after the Orientation
week lecture when latest editions can be advised.
Referenc es : Wi I lia ms, G., Tectboo k of crimi nal law, Znd edi tion (1983).
476

3225 Associatlons
Løtel: Appropnate to 4th or 5th year.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:1826 Australian l-egal System and 3731 C-ontract.
Aims: '1o foster a knowledge and understanding of the subject mattet to create an
awareness of the practical sigrificance of the different ways in which the law relates to
various organisational and legal structures, to encourage the discussion and critical analysis
of the approaches of courts and legislatures to the regulat¡on of busiless and non-profit
associations, and to impart a knowledge of the research tools open to a business lawyer and
to provide practice in their use,
Contact løurs: 2 one-hour lect¡¡res a week, plus the equivalent of fortnightly one-hour
tutorials.
Contenl: (a) The history and nature of corporate legal personality. (b) Business
colporations-t¡rcs of business coryorations; powers of corporations; rights of shareholders;
the control and management of corporations; the duties of dircctors and majority
shareholders; the ¡ights of minority shareholders; the winding-up of corporations. (c)
Unincorporated business associations (partnenhþ)-the nature of partnerships; the
relationship of partners inter se; the dissolution of a partnership. (d) Non-profit
associations-the relationship of members of unincorporated associations to eåch other
and to third parties; the Associations Inco4>oration Act.
Tæt-bool

materiak on retier) of adntinisuative action, 2f.d edn; Wade, H.lil.R, hirciples of
adminktrative law, 6th edn; de Smith, S-A,., tudicial røtiew of adminkrative action, 4tl. edn;
Pearce, D.C., Commonwealth admini*aive law (19Í!6); Craig P.P., Administative Law
(2nd edn). Students may wish to avoid purchase until later editions can be advised in the
Orientation week lecture.
4729 Evidence
Level: Apptopnate to 5th year.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 1826 Austral¡an l,egal System and 3731 Contfact,
Aims: (a) To explain the theoretical basis of the Law of Evidence; (b) To provide students
.with the practical skill.of applying rules of evidence to various fact situations.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures a week plus weekly one-hour tutorials, or as advised.
Content: The rules of evidence as applied in S-q' courts and Federal courts sitting in S.A'.
Rules of evidence determine the information which will be received by courts in proof of
facts, the forms in which such information must be presented, and the use to which such
information can be put by the trier of fact. The course seeks to show that whereas some
rules of evidence derive from the very nature of proof, others derive from the C.ommon
l:w's acceptance of the adversary trial.
Tøtt-books: Students should purchase, Evidence Act (SA.); Ligertwood, Awtralian Evidence,
(Butterworthsi 1988); Waight and Williams, Cases and materiak in widence 3rd edn.
(law Book Compan¡ 190).
OPTIONAL SLJBJECTS [Schedule II(b) (ü)1
Not all optional subjects will be offered in 1991. Students should consult the Departmental
notice board. While every effort has been made to offer accurate information on duration
and contact hours of subjects staffing considerations may necessitate alterations.
9046 Aborigines and the Law
Level: Appropnate to 5th year.
Points value: 3.
Duratíon: One semester,
Pre-requisites: 1826 Aust¡alian Iægal System and 3731 Contract.
Aims: To provide an analysis of the ¡ole of the law in the history of Aboriginal-European
contact and in current issues of particular relevance to Aboriginâl Australians.
Contacc hours:2 one-hour lectures a week or equivalent.
Content: History of government policies towards Aboriginals; overview of the situation of
Aboriginals in Australia today; Aboriginal I¡nd Rights; Racial Discrimination; Aboriginal
Customary Law; Aborigines and the Criminal justice system; Aborigines and Civil I¿w.
Text-boolcs: To be advised. For a general introduction, students may pùrchase Hanks and
Keon-Cohen (eds),Aborigines and thc law (19U).
8772 Business Regulation
Level: Appropnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 1826 Australian Legal System a¡d 3'I3L Contract.
478

Aims: The principal aims are to acquaint students with the cþntent and application of
common law and statutory rules regulating business in Australia with particular reference
to competition and consumer protection policies, and to give students eiçerience of the
applications of detailed statutory regulation and the interaction of prirate and public law
concepts. Moreover, the social and economic factors said to justify govemmental
interventions into the market place will be examined.
Contact hours:2 lectures a week and tutorials as advised.
Content: Economic theories of busincss regulation; regulation of restraints upon competition
and other restrictive trade practices; occupational licensing systems; regulation of
promotional activities in the advertising and marketing of goods and sewices; regulation of
door to door selling and the sending of unoidered goods; domestic insurance contracts;
contracts for the supply of goods-{iability for misrepresentation, obligations with respect
to the quality of the goods and the remedies available to bùyer and seller for b¡each of
contract; packaging and labelling; statutory pfoduct standards.
Tact-bool

Aims: C,nnflict of Laws, also called Private International laq de¿ls with the legal questions
that may arise when more than one country is connected with an er¡cnt. Cfhe Australian
States and Territories are different "@untries" in this sense). The oourse is of great
practical importance, all the morc because of our federal qËtem, the increasing
international connections of many kinds, and the increasing mobility of our citizens.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures per week, plus fortnightly one-hour tutorials.
Content: The course includes treatment of issues ofjurisdiction, sewice of process, choice
of law amongst competing and often conflicting laws, recognition and enforcement of
judgments (including intextate judgnents), automobile and other accidents ç'ith interstate
elements, matrimonial and associated matters, succassion, and other common problems
i nvolving different countries,
Tø-book: A reading list will be available at the beginning of classes.
98/,4 Conservation and Heritage La\r
Løtel: Apptopnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poinsvalue:3.
Duration: One Semester. Alternate years only.
he-requisites: 7272 Envrtonmental Planning and Protection Iåw.
Aims: To examine regulatory mechanisms designed to give effect to the goals of identifying
and conservingvaluable natural resources and items of the built and cultural heritage, both
within Australia and internationall¡ to examine regulation in an interdisciplinary context
embracing also political, economic, technic¿l and social considerations; to provide students
with an opportunity to undertake a critic¿l appraisal of the adequacy of existing regulatory
mechanisms and alternative methods of approach.
Contact hours:2 one-hou¡ lectures a week plus fortnightly tutorials as required.
Content: The course will commence with a brief overview of s)ßtems for the allocation of
resource tenures, focussing on arid lands, surface and undergtound waters, and minerals
and petroleum. The capacity of these traditional tenurial systems to address conservÍrtion
objectives will be considered.
There then follows a detailed examination of specific consen¡ation measu¡es, including
those relating to national parks; wildlife protection; marine parks; identification and
p¡otection of the national estate; and world heriøge classification and protection. In
addition, measures to achieve consen¡ation objectives on pri\¡¿te lands will be considered,
including heritage agreements, vegetation clearance controls, the use of land-use planning
cont¡ols and the British sptem of national parks. This sect¡on of the cource concludes with
an examination of measures designed to identify and protect items of the built and cultural
heritage (including Aboriginal culture).
The final section of the course provides an historical accourt of the emergence of
international environmental organisations and the development of intemational environmental
law and policy, particularly through treaties and agreements. Whilst emphasis will
be placed upon conservation and heritage measures (world heritage, witdlife protection,
wetlands protection and Antarctica), some attention will be directed also to environmental
protection measures, particularly with respect to pollution of the high seas and protection
of the atmospheie from acid rain, ozone depletion and the greenhouse effect.
Tqt-bool6: There is no prescribed text-book for the course. A background to matte¡s
covered in the course is provided by Bates, G. M., Environmental law in Australia 2nd edn
(Butterworths, 1988).
7522 Criminal Investigation
Level: Appropnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poins value: 3.
Duratíon: One semester.
480

Pre-requisites: 1826 Australian Iægat System and 3731 Contract.
Aim: To examine pre-trial police powers of criminal investigation.
Contact Inuts:2 one hour lectures a week or equivalent.
content: various topics will be cove¡ed including arrest, search and seizure, interrogation,
surveillance, and the investigation of organised crime.
Tqt-boolçt: Tobe advised. Students should purchase the Summary Offences Act (SA,),
1901 Crlminologr
Level: Appropiate to 4th and 5th year.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: One semester.
he-requßites: 1.826 Australian lægat System a¡d 373L Contract,
Aims: ^[\e couxe prwides an introduction to the historical and contemporary perspectives
on the causes of crime and criminality. In doing so it particularly focusses on an e:çloration
of the relationship between social, political, and economic institutions and the legal s¡ntem.
The various criminological pe.rspectives are approached in a manner which provides an
opportunity for the undertaking of sustained, intensive, intellectual work.
evaluate areas covered in the suggested readings and the theo¡etic¿l implications which
arise from that material. To this end, the tutorial programme will includè study tours to
prison facilities.
Content: The course is interdisc¡plinary rather than following a traditional legalistic
approach, with emphasis being placed upon developments in the natural and social sciences
which relate to understanding the causes of crime.
The course concenhates on two main areas of stud¡l (a) the historic¿l development of
criminolory in the biological, psychological and sociological schools; (b) an examination of
the leading contemporary theories of criminogenesis including social interactionism,
naturalism, phenomenolory, labelling, socialism and the .,neu/' conflict theorists.
Tøct-books: There are no required text-books but the following are useful references.
Taylor, Walton, and Young, The new criminolog¡r (Routledge, 1973); Sutherland, and
Cresse¡ Ciminolog¡t (Lippincott, 1978).
7272 Environmental Planning and Protection Law
Level: Apptopnate to 4th and 5th year.
Points value: 3.
Duration: One semester.
Pre-requkites: For LLB students, 1826 Australian Legal System and 3731 Contract.
Aims: To introduce students to the regulatory mechanisms desigred to give effect to the
goals of planning for and protecting environmentat qualit)'; to examine environmental
regulation in an interdisciplinary context embracing also political, economic, technical and
social conside¡at¡onq; to provide students with an opportunity to undertake a critical .
appraisal of the adequacy of existing regulatory mechan¡sms and alternative methods of
approach.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures a week plus fortnightly tutorials as required.
Conten!: The course examines regulatory mechanisms that address environmental problems
and focusses particularly upon the regulation of development. An introductory section
examines the nature of environmental problems in Australia and the general structure of
envi¡onmental law. Specific topics addressed subsequently are: constitutionat
481

espons¡b¡lities and poweñ with r€spect to environmental planning and Protection; land-use
planning systems; environmental impact assessment; and legislation to Promote develop
ment.
A further section of the course, which will vary in content from year to yeår, examines mo¡e
recent forms of environmental regulation, to be selected from the following topics:
pollution controls (air, water, no¡se); waste disposal (solid and hazardous wastes);
regulation of hazardous substances (pesticides, environmental contaminants, radioactive
substances, lead, asbestos); regulation of human-ingested prducts (food additives,
therapeutic substances). Finall¡ a section on environmental litigation will examine tortious
actions, criminal and civil enforcement of environmental legislation and statutory appeal
procedures. The role of courts and lawyers in the resolution of environmental disputes will
also be discussed.
TØd-bool

9622 IncomeMaintenance
Level: Appropttate to 4th and 5th year.
Points value:3.
Duration: One semester.
Pre-requisites: 1826 Australian Legal System and 373J. Contract.
prouslons,
contact hours:2 one hour lectures a week or equivalent, plus fortnightly tutorials.
8625 IndustrÍal Law
Level: Apptoptiate to 4th and 5th year.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 1.826 Australian l-egal System and 3731 C.ontract.
n of Welþre, (in ltmuss, Essays in the
(in ed. Henderson, The Welþre Stakes).
Assumed knowledge: 84'33 Constitutional l,aw
Aittts: Tttis subject aims to provide an understanding of both the institutional and the
personal aspects of the legal rules goveming industrial relations in Australia.
contact haurs: 2 one-hour lectures a week, plus fortnightly one-hour tutorials, or as
advised.
Content: Conciliation and scope of
Co-mmonwealth power, juri ssio-n; the
enforcement of awards, th cy. Trade
Union law, including the mon law
Individual employment law, including the common law conception of the contract of
employment and_statutory modifications there to, with particularimphasis on employment
p¡otection. Discrimination l¿w.
Tqt-books: Industrial and the Industrial Concitiation
and Arbinaion Act Stewart, A., I-about law: an
introduction, (Federat M. and McCallurn, R, Labour
Iaw: cases and matería
5659 IndustrialProperty
Level: Appropnate to 4th and 5th year.
Points value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: 1826 Australian IægaI System and 373I Contract.
483

Aims: ln conjunction with the subject Intellectual Property, this subject aims, through a
t¡eatment of Patent and Trade Mark law, to examine the p¡otection provided by the law in
regard to ideas, inventions, information and other forms of protean subject-matter arising
from creative effort, whether artistic or otherwise. The coune also aims, in terms of general
legal education of students, to explore how the law deals with a Particular problem, and
how in solving that problem the law must balance interests and protect investment, while
taking into account the public welfare. The course aims to explore the interrelationship of
common law and statute, and how the two s)¡stems supplement each other, in regard to the
development of legal protection. Students completing this course should have a basic
grounding in the law of the area, its limitations, its poticies, and its objectives, including the
basic features of the statutory systems of protection and their overlap.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures a week; thtorials if resources permit.
Content: C-onside¡ation of the legal protection afforded to (i) Inventions (ii) Business
Reputation. The statutory s)6tems (a) Patent (b) Trade Ma¡k.
Tøct-boolcs: Ricketson, S.,The law of intellecrual prcperty in Australt4 (Àn Book C.ompan¡
1984). (Check for new edition),
9420 Intellectual Property
Level: Apptopnate to 4th and 5th year.
Points value:3.
Duration : One semester,
Pre-requkites: 1826 Australian Legal System a¡d 3731 Contract.
Aims: l¡ conjunction with the subject Industrial Property, this subject aims, through a
treatment of confidential Information, C.opyright and Design las, to examine the protection
provided by the law in regard to ideas, inventions, information and other forms of protean
subject-matter arising from creative effort, whether artist¡c or othenvise. The course also
aims, in terms of general legal education of stùdents, to e:çlore how the law deals with a
particular problem, and how in soMng that problem the law must balance interests and
protect investment, while taking into account the public welfare. The course aims to explore
the inter¡elationship of common law and statute, in regard to the development of legal
protect¡on. Students tompleting this course should have a basic grounding in the law of the
area, its limitations, its policies, and its objectives, including the bas¡c features of the
statutory s)6tems of protection and their overlap.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures a week; seminars or tutorials as resources permit.
Content: C.onsideration of the legal protection afforded to (i) Confidential Information
(Family, Government and Trade Secrets) (ii) Literary and Artistic Effort (iii) Industrial
Designs (iv) Moral Rights of Authors. The Statutory Systems (a) Copyright (b) Designs.
Tøct-book: To be advised during Orientation Week.
9942 International Law
Level: Appropnate to 4th and 5th year.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkiæs: 1826 Australian l,egal System and 3731 Contract.
Aims:Tltis subject aims to examine the nature of a unique s¡stem of lawincluding (i) the
limitations of International l:w, paficularly in regrd to its enforcement (ii) the uses and
application of International I¡w and (iii) the place of International l-aw in dispute
resolution between states. The course will focus on the role of Inte¡national I¿w in
inte¡national relations and conflicts. The course will also examine the relationship of
international lav¡ and Municipal l¡w. Students studlng this course will become familiar
\À¡ith the basic principles of the law of peace.
484

Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures a week plus fortnightly tutorials as required.
Content: The general principles of the law of peace. This involves an anal¡rsis of (i) The
sources of Intemational I-aw and the notion of customary international law; (ii) The
relation between general international lav¡ and ¡'ns cogens. Tlrc law goveming treaties,
states, territory sovereignty, jurisdiction, immunities, responsibility and claims; (iii) The
law goveming the creation and operation of international organisations, and the application
of International [¿w in the practice of international organisations; and (iv) The United
Nations and the International Court of Justice. The course will place emphasis on case
studies, in which the operat¡on of International l¡w is in issue, using topics such as Human
Rights, the Iáw of the Sea and Sea-bed, and the resolution of armed conflicts.
Tarl-boolcs: To be advised in Orientation Week lecture.
1712 Jurisprudence
Level: Appropnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requßites: 1826 Australian lægal System and 3737 Contract.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectu¡es a week or equivalent small groups.
Content and aims: The purpose of this subject is to reflect upon the natu¡e and foundations
of legal thoùght. What is its relationship to the most fundamental values? What is its
relationship to self? Should I obey the law? Should I even continue to be a lawyer? How
does reflection about these fundamental things relate to day-tMay legal thinking?
Tøl-boolc: M. J. Detmold, The unity of law and morally (Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1984).
7730 Land-Use Planning [,aw
Level: Apptopnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poinß value:3.
Duratiott: One Semester. Alternate years only.
h'e-requisites: For LLB students, 1826 Australian lægal S¡,stem and 3731 C,ontract.
Aittts: To examine regulatory mechanisms designed to give effect to the goals of planning
and controlling the use and development of land, with particular reference to South
Australia; to provide an understanding of the role and limits of regulation and the balance
between public and private decision-making in relation to land-use.
contacl hours:2 0ne-hour lectures a week.
Content: The focus of this course is upon the control of land development under the South
Australian planning system. The course commences with an examination of the historical
evolution of the planning s¡ntem, and then considers the naturc of the planning provisions
under the Planning Act 19132 and of controls impo.sed thereunder. It examines the powers
and procedures of local government: Thereafter the course considers the methods of
dealing with selected planning issues, including shopping housing segregation and
aesthetics. The course then considers the role of appeal tribunals and public participation
procedures; alternative modes of planning; control of govemment development,
particularly transport; and responsibility for housing. The course concentrates upon legal
analysis of planning problems.
Tact-boolc: There is no prescribed text-book for the course. A background to matteß
covered in the course is provided by Ryan, P.F. Urban Døelopment law and poliq (I-aw
Book Co. 1987). Students must purchase a copy of the Planning Act 1982 (as amended).
485

9159 Iægal History
Level: Appropnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poinßvalue:6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 182ó Australian L,egal System a¡d 373L Contract.
Contact hours:3 lecture/discussion classes weekly throughout the year.
Content: The historical development of the Australian legal system, the British background
influencing the colonial situation, convict t¡ansportation, the geographical, political,
economic, philosophical and social influences on the evolution of the Australian court
s)6tems, the working of the law and the legal profession. Special problems relating to the
evolution of the Australian legal s)ßtem, the status of Aboriginals, the status of women,
policing, land law and industrial law Optional research projects on the operation of the
Aust¡alian legal system in its historical context,
Taa-books: Blainey, G. N., 7h¿ tyanny of dktance (Various edns.); Bennett, J. M., and
Castles, A. C., A source book of Awnalian legal hisøry (kw Book C-ompany, 1979); Castles,
A. C., An Awtralian legal hktory (I:w Book Company, 1982); Castles, A. C. ãnd Harris, M.
C., Lawmakers and waywañ whigs (Vr'akefield Prass, 1987).
4771 Media Law
Level: Apptopnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poins value:3.
Duration: One semester.
he-requkites:1826 Australian lægal System and 3731 C-ontract.
Contact hours: l-ectu¡es and small groups as appropriate.
Contenl: The legal regulation of the media in Aust¡alia, defamation (including criminal
defamation), pornograph¡ obscenit¡ blasphemy, sedition, contempt of Parliaments and the
courts, b¡each of confidence, privacy, copyright, advertising, administrative regulation and
broadcasting and television. F¡eedom ofexpression and media ¡egulation, national securit¡
freedom of information, monopolisation and trade practices laws.
Text-books: To be advised.
8600 Securities and ltrvestment Law
Level: Appropiate to 4th and 5th year.
Poinu value:3.
Duration: One semester.
Pre-requkires:1826 Aust¡alian Legat System a¡d 3731 Contract.
Aims: T\e aim of the subject is to provide students c¡ith an understand¡ng of (i) how
investment in business ventures are made by members of the public; (ii) the protection
provided by law to investors; and (iii) the role played by shareholders, investment analysts
and'regulatory agencies in the Australian Securities market.
Contact hours: 2 one-hour lectures a week or equivalent.
Content: Tïte subject primarily deals with public capital raising by business cor¡nrations and
trading in the securities of business co{porations. Amongst the qpecific topics covered are
(i) the powers and functions of the National Companies and Securities C-ommission and the
State Corporate Affairs Commission; (ii) the structure, powers and functions of stock
exchanges; (iii) the regulation of public capital raising; (iv) the regulation of trading in
corpo¡ate securities; and (v) the regulation of corporate takeovers including takeovers by
foreign corporations. Relationships between corporat¡ons and prospcctive investors and
between ¡nvestors and persons actively involved in the securities industry such as
sharebrokers and financial journalists will be examined in depth.
486

Tø-boolcs: A list of boolc and statutes will be discussed at the commencement of lectures,
when uptGdate information is available.
9434 Succession
Level: Apptopnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poinsvalue:3.
Duration: One semester.
Pre-requisiæs:1826 Australian lægal S¡rstem and 3731 C-ontract.
Aims: To acquaint students with the basic principles of the devolution and distribution of
property upon death of the owner. Death is a major occasion for the transfer of property,
and the principles relating to it form an important part of any legal practice. While the
course concentrates upon the rules and practice relating to devolution of property upon
death, various aspects of social policy (family maintenance) and cuperative law are
considered.
Contact haurs:2 one-hour lectures a week or equivalent plus fortnightly tutorials.
Content: The subject considers the law relating to the following matters (i) will-making (ii)
distribution upon intestacy (iii) testator family maintenance (iv) the n¡le against delegation
of testamentary power (v) distribution of estates upon testacy and intestacy.
Tøct-books: Reference may be made to: Hardingham, I. J., Neave, M.4., and Ford, H. A. J.,
Wilk and intestacy in Australia and New Zealand 2nd edn (hw Book Compan¡ 1989) and
Mef lows, A. k, The law of successio¿ 4th edn. (Butterworths, 1983). A list of statutes will
be distributed at the commencement of lectures,
2014 Taxation
Level: Appropnate to 4th and 5th year.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:1826 Australian lægal System, 3731 Contract and 8480 Trusts.
Aints: ^ft,is subject attempts to impart a knowledge of Australian taxation law and ptactice.
The lectu¡es aim to assist the stùdent to develop techniques of tax planning and to bâlance
the use of such techniques rvith a critical assessment of the existing law in the light of
principles of economics, public finance and social equity.
Contact hours:2 one-hour lectures a week throughoùt the year, plus fortnightly one-hour
tu torials.
Content: The subject conlains a basic int¡oduction to Fede¡al income tax law and practice.
Topics to be covered include: interpretation of taxation, the taxation s¡tstem, tax practice,
the concept of income, income deductions, alienation of income, capital gains taxation, tax
accounting, companies and shareholders, trusts and partnerships, internat¡onal tax, tax
reform, tax administ¡ation.
Tøtt-books: Students should purchase the following: Current CCH or Butterworths edn.,
The hrcome TaxAssessmentAct 1936; Current edn. ol CCH Australiøn Master Tax Guide.
HONOIJRS LEVEL
6825 Honours Dissertation
Level: Sth year honours.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: See Schedule III.
487

Requiremenu: Candidatqs for the Honours degree of Bachelor of l¿ws are required to
complete satisfactorily an honours dissertation. The topic of the dissertation must be
approved by the Department of I¿w. The format and presentation of the dissertation must
comply with the Honours Guidelines issued by the DePartment of I¡w. The dissertation
will be assessed in accordance with the procedures s€t out in the Honours Guidelines.
488

GRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN I,AW
Nore: PGtgEdute tui¡ion f6 my spply in f99f .
RBGUT"ATIONS
1. There shall be a Graduate Diploma in each of the fields of study set out in a schedule
made under regulation 5. The title of each graduate diploma shall comprise the words
"Graduate Diploma in" and the name of the fietd of study.
2. (a) 'f n-.e Faculty of l:w may accept as a candidate for the Graduate Diploma any person
who holds or has become entitled to receive.
(i) an Honours degree of Bachelor of l¡ws of the University of Adelaide;
(ii) an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of l¿ws of the University of Adelaide which the
Facultyjudges to have been attained at above-average standard;
(iii) an Ordinary degee of Bachelor of Laws of the University of Adelaide and who has
substantial professional experience or other relevant qualifications; or
(iv) a degree in law of another Univenity or tertiary institution which, in the opinion of
the Faculty is equivalent to any of the degrees conta¡ned in clause 2(a)(i) or 2(a)(ii)
or which, together with any professional or other relevant eq)erience or qual¡fication
the person may have, is sufficient to satisfy the Facùlty that the petrson is
likely to be able satisfactorily to undertake wo¡k for the Craduate Diploma.
(b) The Faculty may in special cases accept, subject to the approval of the Council, a
candidate for a G¡aduate Diploma who does not othen¡/ise quali$ under this regulation
but has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the
Graduate.Diploma.
3. To qualify for a Graduate Diploma a candidate shall comply with the provisions of the
schedules made under regulation 5 hereof.
4. A candidatc's progress shall be reviewed by the Faculty each academic year under the
provisions of clause 4c of Chapter XXV of the Statutes.
5. (a) The C.ouncil, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defi ning
(i) the fields of study and the title of each Graduate Diploma;
(ii) the subjects of study for each Graduate Diploma;
(iii) the range of subjecs to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates;
(iv) the dates and period of candidature for the Graduate Diploma; and
(v) the granting ofstatus.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the C.ouncil may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the Department and
submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the Education Committee for
approval, except that the Head of the Department may approve minor changes to
previously approved syllabuses.
6. Each year the Faculty shall determine which of the subjects listed in the schedules will
be offered in the following year. The Faculty may determine that particular subjects will not
be offered unless sufficient students have enrolled.
7. A candidate may at any time apply to the Faculty for status under these regulations or
the schedules made in accordance with regulation 5, and may be granted such status, and
upon such conditions, as the Council on the advice of the Faculty determines.
¿l89

8. Courses of study must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty or a nominee at
enrolment each yea¡,
9. Notwithstanding the foregoing regulations a candidate who has been enrolled for the
degree of Master of Legal Studies or Master of l¿ws by coursework or of Master in a
specialist area of stud¡ and who as such a candidate has completed the work prescribed
he¡ein for the Graduate Diploma and who has not been awarded the Maste¡s degree shall,
on written application to the Registrar, be awarded the Graduate Dþloma, subject to the
student discontinuing candidatute for the degfee of Master of Iáws or of Master in a
specialist area of study.
RegulatioNallwed 24 M8rch,1988. DiploBe to gÉdute diplom,l March 190.
490

GRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN LAW
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5.)
1. To qualiff for the Graduate Diploma the candidate shall complete satisfactorily six
subjects each with a research paper component of 7-8000 words.
2. The subjects for the G¡aduate Diploma shall be:
3729 Advanced Criminal Investigation 4431 Intellectual Propert¡r Selected Issues
3639 Choice of l-aw Theory
3506 International and Transnational
6388 Commercial A¡bitration
Investment
6085 Company Liquidations
7993 International Regulation of Trade
?498 C.ompany Receiversh ips
4577 International Taxation
6956 CompanyTakeovers
2464 Judicial Review
4890 Comparative Companyl:w 8423 la¡d Transactions
2601 C.onflict of l¿ws: General Principles 6368 l¡ndlord and Tenant
3209 C.orporate Finance
7426 l*gal Aspects of Doing Business
6639 C-oryøate Management
4M3 C.orporate Taxation
8154 Criminal Fault
328 Criminal I¿w: Current Issues
Abroad
95ll Marnage and Divorce
235 Mining faw
8ó12 Parents and Children
8080 Criminal Procedure
6723 Planning Law
1920 Damages
9268 Professional Negligence
1239 Eneryy l-avt
52141 Public Liability
9135 Equitable Remedies
6732 Resources Conse¡vation
6178 Family Property
3367 Securities Regulation
4663 IncomeTaxation 8021 StatutoryReviewof
8819 Industrial Law: Selected Issues Administrative Action
3419 Insurance f¿w: General Principles 5968 Taxation Administration
ó624 Insurance [¿w: Selected Issues
2073 Intellectual Property General
Principles
6737 Theories of C-onstitutional I¿w
6776 Trade Practices
d{.{g \[/slf¿¡g lå\ ¡.
3. Unless the Faculty in a particular case expressly apprioves an extension of time, and
subject to regulations 4 and 7, the requirements of the Graduate Diploma shall be
completed in not less than one year and not more than three years from the
commencement of candidature.
4. A student who has completed part of the requi¡ements for the degree of Master of l¿ws
or Master of l-ngal Studies in the University ma¡ with the approval of Faculty, be admitted
to candidature for the G¡aduate Diploma, with such cred¡t as the Faculty determines,
subject to the student discontinuing candidature for the degree of Master of l:ws or
Master of lægal Studies.
5. The titles of Graduate Diplomas are:
Graduate Diploma in Comme¡cial Law
Graduate Diploma in Company l:w
Graduate Diploma in Criminal l¡w
Graduate Diploma in Family law
G¡aduate Diploma in I¿nd and Resources I¿w
Graduate Diploma in Public l-aw
G¡aduate Diploma in Securities I¿w
Graduate Diploma in Taxation Law
491

6. A_ candidature proceeding to the award of a Graduate Diploma rñust, as part of the
requirements of clause I complete six subjects including for the:
Graduate Diploma in Commercial Lsw
At least four subjects from those contained in sub

8y'.23 land Transactions
6368 Landlord and Tenant
2435 Mining law
6723 Planninglaw
6732 Resource Consewation.
Graduate Diploma in Public Law
Not less than four subject from:
3639 Choice of l-awTheory
88L9 Industrial I¡w: Selected Issues
264 Judicial Review
6723 Planningl.aw
5¿141 Public Liability
8021 Statutory Review of Administrative Action
6737 Theories of Constitutional I¡w.
Graduate Diploma in Securities Law
At least four subjects from those contained in sub+lause (i) or not less than three subjects
from those contained in sub-clause (i) and one subject from thcse contained in sub-clause
(ii).
(i) 6956 C.ompany Takeovers
3209
3506
Corporate Finance
International and Transnational Investment
3367 Securities Regulation
(ii) 6085 Company Liquidations
7498 Company Receiverships
4890 Comparative Company l-aw
6639 Corporate Management
4(X3 Corporate Taxation.
Graduate Diploma in Taxation Law
At least four subjects f¡om those contained in sub+lause (i) or not less than three subjects
f¡onr those contained in sub+lause (i) and one bubject from those contained in sub-clause
(ii).
(D 3604 Capital Gains Tax
4043 Corporate Taxation
46ó3 Income Taxation
457 International Taxation
5968 Taxation Administration
(ii) 6956 Company Tâkeovers
6639 Corporate Management
3506 International and Transnational Investment
3367 Securities Regulation
7. (a) A candidate may apply at any time to the Faculty for status' and the Faculty may
determine, on such conditions as it considers apptopriate, that a pass in a subject, Research
Paper or Dissertation offered under the schedules for the degree of Master of lægal
Studies prior to March 1988 is deemed to be a pass in a subject referred to in clauses 1 and
)
(b) V/ithout limiting the operation of the preceding sub+lause a candidate who has passed:
(i) 5275 Advanced Companyl:wshall be deemed to have pa$sed
7498 Company Receiverships; and
6085 Company Liquidations
(ii) 7785 Advanced Family Law shall be deemed to have passed
6178 Family Propert¡ and
8612 Pa¡ents and Children
(iii) 9692 Advanced Insurance l,awshall be deemed to have passed
3419 Insurance [¡w: General Principles; and
493

(i")
(")
("i)
("i¡)
(viii)
(i')
6óZ Insurance I-aw: Selected Issues
9944 deemed to have passed
46ó'3 unspecified taxation subject.
2265 be deemed to hâve passed
4M3
457 International Taxation
9611 C.ompetition I¿w shall be deemed to have passed
2073 Intellectual Propert¡r General Principles; and
6776 Tnde Practices
33ó7 Securities Regulation
(x) 1811 Remedies shall be decmed to have passed
1920 Damages; and
9135 Equitable Remedies
(xi) 8182 Advanced Administrative l¿w shall be deemed to have passed
2464 Judicial Review; and
8021 Statutory Review of Administrative Action
(xiD 5167 Current Issues in Criminal I¡w shall be deemed to have passed
3428 Criminal Law: Current Issues; and
8154 Criminal Fault
(xiii) ó536 Research Paper A and 3/'32 Research paper B shall be deemed to have
passed one unspecified subject.
(xiv) 7886 M.L.s. Dissertation shall be deemed to have passed two unspecified subjêcts.
SYLLABUSES
The syllabuses of the Graduate Diplomas in I¿w are published immediately after the
schedules of the degees of Master of Laws.
494

DEGREES OF
MASTER OF'LA\ryS
MASTER OF LAWS (COMPANIES AND
SECURITIES)
MASTER OF LAWS (COMMERCIAL)
Note: Posrgndu(e tuitio¡ fc6 my apply in 1991.
REGULATIONS
1. (a) There shall be a degree of Maòter of I¿ws.
(b) There shall be the undermentioned degrees:
(i) . Master of I-aws (Companies and Securities); and
(ii) Master of I-aws (Commercial).
2. A candidate may qualify for the degree of Master of Laws by either
(a) satisfactorily completing an approved programme of research work on an approved
topic and submitting a sâtisfactory thesis thereon or';
(b) (i) satisfactorily completing such subjects as may be prescribed in schedules made
under Regulation 7 hereof; and
(ii) satisfactorily completing an approved programme of research work on an
approved topic and submitting a satisfactory dissertation thereon.
(iii) otherwise compþing with the provision of the Schedules made under Regulation
7.
3. A candidate may qualify for a degree of Master in a specialist area of study by
(i) satisfactorily completing such subjects as may be prescribed in schedules made
under Regu'lation 7 hereof; and
(ii) satisfactorily completing an approved progÉmme of research work on an approved
topic and submitting a satisfactory dissertation thereon.
4. (a) The Faculty of I:w may accept as a candidate for the degtee of Master of l-aws by
thesis any person \r,ho
(i) has become entitled to receive the Honours degree of Bachelor of l¿ws of the
University of Adelaide; or
(ii) has obtained in another university qualifications which in the opinion of the Faculty
of l¡w are at least equivalent to those of the Honours degree of Bachelor of l¿ws
at the University of Adelaide.
(b) (i) The Faculty may accept as a probationary candidate for the degree of Master of
l,aws by thesis any other graduate of the University of Adelaide or of another university if
the qualifications of the candidate are such as to satisry the Faculty that the candidate is
likely to be able satisfactorily to undertake v¡ork for the degree.
(ii) Every person who is accepted as a probationary candidate for the degree shall
within such time as the Faculty shall prescribe or allow pass at Honours standard
and at the first attempt such assessment as the Faculty may prescribe: should the
candidate fail so to complete such assessment the probationary candidature shall
lapse, unless the Faculty unde¡ such conditions as it thinks fit determines that it
be allowed to continue.
(c) Subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies acting with authority$'ittingly
devolved to it by C.ouncil the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions as
495

it may see fit to impose in each case, accept ¡rs a candidate or as a probationary candidate
for the degree of Master of l-aw by thesis a person who does not hold a university degree,
if it is satisfied that the person is likely to be able satisfactorily to undertake work foi the
degree.
as a candidate for the degree of Master of laws by
in a specialist afea of study any person who holds or
(i) an Honoux degree of Bachelor of l,aws of the University of Adelaide;
(ii) an ordinary degree of Bachelo¡ of I-aws of the university of Adelaide which the
Facultyjudges to have been attained at above-average standard;
(iii) an ordinary degree of Bachelor of l:ws of the university of Adelaide and who has
substantial professional experience or other relevant qualifications; or
(Ð
(b) The Faculty may in special cases accept, subject to the approval of the council, a
candidate for the degree of Master of l¿ws by coursework oiã degree of Master in a
specialist speL-rausr area of or study sruoy who wno does ooes not othenvise otherrvlse qualify qualtty under this th¡s fegulation but has given
evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the degree.
6' A.candidate's progress shall be reviewed by the Faculty each academic year under the
provisions of clause 4c of Chapter XXV of the Statutes.
7. (a) The council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) The requirements for the thesis to be completed by candidates for the degree of
Maste¡ of l¡ws by thesis;
(ii) the subjects of study for the degree of Master of l¡ws by coursework and each
degree of Master in a specialist area of study;
(iii) nts for the dissertation and other requirements
ndidates for the degree of Master of l:ws by
er in a specialist area of stud¡
(iv) the dates and period of candidature for each degree;
(v) the gÉnting of status.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date ofprescription by the Council or such
othe¡ date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects for the degree of M
degree of Maste¡ in a specialist area of study shal
Depa¡tment of I:w and submitted to the Faculty
Education Committee for approval, except that the
minor changes to previously approved syllabuses.
shall e degree of Master of
each of study listed in the
in th ermine that particular
d unl
9. cou¡ses of study fo¡ candidates proceeding under Regulation 2(b) or 3 must be
approved by the Dean of the Faculty ol a nominee at enrolment each year.
10. (a) The Faculty shall aPPoint two persons to examine each thesis, at ¡east one of whom
shall be an external examiner.
496

(iii) that, in the case of candidates proceeding under regulation 2(a), that the degree be not
awarded o& in the case of candidates proceeding under Regulation 2(b) or 3, that a
dissertation is not satisfactory.
11. If the Faculty mnsiders, after a final report by the appointed examinen, that a thesis
submitted for the degree of Doctor of l:ws or Dodtor of Philosophy is not sufficiently
meritorious to qualiff the candidate submitt¡ng that thesis for the award of the degree, the
Faculty may, if in its opinion the thesis submitted is of a standard sufficient to comply with
the rele nt requirements for the award of the degfee of Master of I¡ws by thesis,
recommend that the Master of l¿ws be awarded.
12. A candidate who holds the degree of Master of Legal Studies and who qualifies for
admission to the degr€e of Mastcr of Laws or a degree of Master in a specialist area of
study may not be admitted to the degree for which he has become so qualiFred without lirst
surrendering the degree of Master of Legal Studies.
13. (a) A graduate who holds one of the Graduate Diplomas in Iaw must, in order to
qualify for the degree of Master of l¿ws by coursework, or a degree of Master in a
specialist area of stud¡ present at least six subjects which were not pfesented for the
Graduate Diploma unless the candidate surrenders the Graduate Diploma prior to being
admitted to the degtee.
(b) A candidate who holds the Graduate Diploma in Company I¿w or the Graduate
Diploma in Securities I¿w shall surrender the Graduate Diploma before being admitted to
the degree of Master of Itws (Companies and Securities).
(c) A candidate who holds the Gmduate Diploma in C-ommercial Law shall surrender the
Graduate Diploma before being adm¡tted to the degree of Master of l¿ws (Commercial),
Regulalio$ al¡dcd 9 Jauu¡y, 19@,
Ametrdcd: 28 Feb. lyl{t?i 8 laa. Lg:lS: 3, ó; 15 Jan. 1976: 6; 4 Feb. 1982 8; 24 M8n 198¡l l-13. 1 Mârch 190: 13.
Awiting allMnæ:4.
497

DEGREF^S OF
IVIASTER OF I,AWS
MASTER OF I"AWS (COMPANTES AND
SECURITIES)
MASTER OF LAWS (COMMERCTAL)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 7)
1. To qualify for the degree of Master of l¿ws by thesis a candidate shall demonstrate by
the submission of a thesis of not more than 70,000 words on a subject approved by the
Facult¡ an ability to carry out independent research, to marshal logically and appropriately,
and to analyse and assess, the material produced by that ¡eseårch, and to e4lress clearþ
and effectively the conclusions to be drawn from that analysis and assessment. The
candidate on submission of the thesis shall adduce sufhcient evidence that the thesis, which
shall be preparêd under the guidance of the supewisor or supewisors appointed by Faculty,
is the candidate's own wo¡k,
2. To qualify for the degree of Master of l¿ws by coursework or a degree of Master in a
specialist area of study a candidate shall complete satisfactorily six subjects listed in clause
3 (each subject containing a rcsearch paper component of7{000 words) and a dissertation
(7900 Dissertation or 6489 Dissertation (Companies and Securities) or 2180 Dissetation
(Commercial)) which develops one of the research papers to a total of no more than L5,000
words.
3. The subjects for the degree of Master of l-aws by coursework or a degree of Master in a
specialist area of study shall be:
3729 Advanced Criminal Investigation
3604 Capital Gains Tax
3639 Choice of l,awTheory
6388 Commercial A¡bi tration
6085 Company Liquidations
7498 Company Receiverships
6956 CompanyTakeovers
4890 Comparative C.omþany law
2601 Conflict of Laws: General Principles
3209 Corporate Finance
6ó39 Corporate Management
4043 Corporate Taxation
8154 Criminal Fault
3428 Criminal [¿w: Current Issues
8080 Criminal Procedure
1920 Damages
7239 EnergyLaw
9135 Equitable Remedies
6178 Family Property
4663 Income Taxation
8819 Industrial l¿w: Selected Issues
319 Insurance [¡w: General Principles
6624 lnsurance Law: Selected Issues
498
2073 Intellectual Property General
Principles
4431 Intellectual Propert),: Selected Issues
3506 International and Transnational
Investment
?993 International Regulation of Trade
4577 International Taxation
264 Judicial Review
8/.23 l-and Transactions
6368 Landlord and Tenant
6438 Li tigation-Selected Issues
7426 l-egal Aspects of Doing Business
Abroad
9597 Marriage and Divorce
2435 Mining I-aw
8612 Parents and Children
6723 Planning law
9268 Professional Neglilince
544L Public Liability
6732 Resources C¡nserva tion
336? Securities Regulation
8021 Statutory Review of
Administrative Action
6737 Theories of Constitutional l¿w

5968 Taxation Administration 4448 Welfare Iåw.
6776 Trade Practices
4. Except in by Faculty, candidature for candidates
proceeding un the approval of the subject of research by
Faculty. Candi undei-Clause 2 will commence on the firsì
day of the sem rsework begins.
5. A candidate may proceed to the degree by either full-time or part-time study.
apprcves an extension of time, a
esis shall submit the thes¡s within
shall submit a thes¡s within four
ca ate of the commencement of
ca permission of the Faculty no th
th e case of full-time candidates or
ca from the date of commencement
an for
;: :i:
h thesis and each dissertation shall be approved and a supewisor
ulty. A.candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of a
of a dissertation prepared in accordance with directions given to
o time.
8. A candidate-proceeding to the award of a degree of Master in a specialist area of study
must, as part of the requirements of Clause 2, complete:
(a) LLM. (Company and Securities)
At least five tained in sub-clause (i) or not less than four subjects
from those c ) and one subject from those contained in sub-clause
(ii) *
(i)\ooss
7498 Company Receiverçhips
. 6956
\¿sso ñ
- 3209
\ ør¡s
4043 Corporate Taxation
3506 International and Transnational Investment
3367 Securities RegulationW
(ii) 6388 C-ommercial Arbitration
8819 Industrial Laì,: Selected Issues
3419 Insurance I-aw: General Principles
662 Insu¡ance l-aw: S€lected Issues
2073 Intellectual Property General principles
4431 Intellectual Properç Selected Issues
7993 International Regulation of Trade
7426 I*,gal Aspcts of Doing Business Abroad
6776 Trade Practices;
and 6489 Dissertation (Companies and Securitiesñ
(b) LLM. (Commercial)
At least five subjects from thóse contained in sub

,
\ 7993 Intemational Regulation of Trade
3419 Insurance Iar,: General Principles
6ó2 Insurance Iåw: Selected IsSues
2073 Intellectual Properç General Principles
4431 Intellectual Propert¡r Selected Issues
-\ 8423 l-and Transactions x
\o¡o8 I¡ndlord and Tenant )<
74?Á I*gal Aspects of Doing Business Abroad
2435 Mininglaw
6723 PlanningLaw
6732 Resources Consen¡ation
6n6 Trade P¡actices
\ (ii) ooes Company Liquidations \
7498 C.ompany Receiversh ips
- '6956 CompanyTakeoves \
\a8eO Comparative C-ompany l:wV
- 32W Coroorate Finance
\oo¡ Corþrate Management\
4043 C-orporate Taxation
1920 Damages
9135 Equitable Remedies
3506 International and Transnational Investment
4577 International Taxation
9268 Professional Negligence
3367 Securities Regulation
5968 Taxation Ad ministration;
and 2180 Dissertation(Commercial).
9. (a) A candidate for the degree of Master of l:ws by coursework or a degree of Master
in a specialist area of study may apply at any time to the Faculty for status' and the Faculty
may grant such status as it determines on account of work previously undertaken by the
candidate.
(b) The Faculty may determine, on such conditions as it conside¡s appropriate, that a Pass
in a subject, Research Paper or Dissertation offered under the Schedulqs for the degree of
Master of Legal Studies prior to March 1988 is deemed to be a Pass in a dissertation or
subject or subjects referred to in Clauses 2 and 3.
(c) V/ithout limiting the operation of the preceding sub+lauses a candidatewho has passed
prior to 1988:
(i) 5275 Advanced Company l:w shall be deemed to have passed
7498 Company Receiverships; and
' 6085 Company Liquidations
(ii) 7785 Advanced Family I:w shall be deemed to have passed
6178 Family Propert¡ and
8612 Parents and Children
(iii) 9693 Advanced Insurance I¿w shall be deemed to have passed
3419 Insurance I¿w: General Principles; and
6ó2 Insurance L¿w: Selected Issues
(Ð 9944 Advanced Taxation I¿w shall be deemed to have passed
4663 Income Taxation; and one unspecified taxation subject.
(") 2265 Adr¡¿nced Taxation I¡w II shall be deemed to have passed
4043 Corporate Taxation; and
457 International Taxation
(vi) 9611 Competition [¿w shall be deemed to have passed
2073 Intellectual Propert¡r General Principles; and
6776 Ttade Practices
(vii) 8080 Criminal Procedure shall be deemed to havePassed
8080 Criminal Procedure; and one unspecified criminal law subject'
(viii) 7453 Federal Public I¡wshall be deemed to have passed
5,l4L Public Liabilit¡ and one unspecified public lawsubject.
500

(i*) 6380 Advanced Securities and Investment shall be deemed to have passed
6956 Company Takeovers; and
3367 Securities Regulation
(x) 1811 Remedies shall be deemed to have passed
1920 Damages; and
9135 Equitable Remedies
(*i) 8182 Advanced Administrative Law shall be deemed to have passed
2464 Judicial Review; and
8021. Statutory Review of Administrative Action.
(xii) 5167 Cur¡ent Issues in Criminal I¿w shall be deemed to have passed
3428 Criminal I¡w: Cu¡rent Issues; and
8154 Criminal Fault
(xlii) 653ó Research Paper A a¡d 3,32 Research Paper B shall be deemed to have
passed one unspe.cified subject.
(xiv) 7886 M.L.s, Dissertation shall be deemed to have passed in the same curriculum
afea
7900 Dissertation; or two unspeciFred subjects.
501

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF LAWS
MASTER OF LAWS (COMPANIES AND
SECURITIES)
MASTER OF LAWS (COMMERCTAL)
SYLI,ABUSES
3729 Advanced Criminal Investigation
Content: Examination at an advanced level of pre-trial criminal procedure and associated
matters related to policing. Examples of such topics including arrest, custody, interrogation,
sea¡ch and seizure, identification, electronic surveillance, control of police mis{onduct and
immunities.
3604 Capital Gains Tax
Poins value: 4.
Conlact hours: Two hours a week.
Content: An examination of Part IIIA of the Income Tax Assessment Act L936 (Cth.). This
subject will deal with the general provisions of Part IIIA of the ÍIAA. Particular emphasis
will be placed on such topics as the defïnition of what is an asset for the purposes of Part
IIIA, assets created by disposal, the situations in which the consideration in respect of
disposal or acquisition is deemed to be the market price, and the interrelationship between
Part IIIA and the taxation of income. In addition the subject will look at current problems
and cont¡oversies in relation to Part IIIA.
Assessment: Attendance and participation in class and satisfactory completion of one
¡esearch paper (7-8,000 words).
3639 Choice of Law Theory
Content: Tltis subject will be an examination of choice of law theory at an advanced level. It
will include an examination of the choice of law process in the context of tortious actions
with extensive anal¡ais of the theory and practice in the United States; the vexed question
of choice of law in marital relationships, the meaning of renvoi; characterisation and the
incidental question; and the policy of autonomy in choice of law in contract, with particular
enrphasis on the role of statutory interventions in the choice of law process.
6388 CommercialArbitration
Content: A detailed and specialised treatment of the law relating to commercial arbitration.
The topics discussed will include a selection of the following the scope and form of the
a¡bitration agreement; the notice of dispute; the preliminary conference; the appo¡ntment
of arbitrators; the hearing and its conduct; the arbitrator's award; costs and fees; judicial
review of awards; the removal of aóitrators; enforcement of the award; the terms of the
uniform Commercial Arbitration Act; Scott v Avery clauses; the rights and duties of the
aÌbitratoq the interrelationship between mediation and arbitration; the role of the Institute
of Arbitrators; and an introduction to international commercial arbitration.
502

6085 CompanyLiquidations
7498. Company Receiverships
6956 CompanyTakeovers
Content: An examination of the regulation of takeovers and a review of the institutional
framewo¡k. specifìc topics will cover such matters as: (i) the mechanics of the takeover
process; (ii) the concept of"control" i) exemptions under the
Takeovers Code; (iv) conditions in civil üab¡üty under the
Takeovers Code; (vi) discretionary Code. Included in the
course will be relevant aspectrs of foreign takeove¡s and the role of the NCSC and the
courts.
4890 Comparative Company Law
Content: An examination and
contrasted ìo concepts in this
comparison to facilitate a üan
company law concepts. Top the
2601 Conflict of Laws: General Principles
3209 Corporate Finance
503

elevant aspects of the law of taxation and stamp duties and asPects of international
finance.
6639 Corporate Management
Contenl: An examination at advanced level of the powers, dutias, rights and l¡abilities of
company directors and controllers, and problems of corporate governance. The course will
include some discussion of the position in other jurisdictions.
4043 Corporate Taxation
Contenc An examination of the law related to the taxation of corporate profits and
distributions to shareholders, the taxation of partnershþ and the taxation of business
operations generally. Major practical problems and overseas approaches and remedieswill
be considered. Specific examples relating to the taxation of mining and petroleum
operations, primary producers, and life insurance and investment companies will be
considered as appropriate.
8154 Criminal Fault
Content: Examination at an advanced level of the various manifestations of the ideas of
criminal culpability and responsibility. Classes will deal with the idea of subjective and
objective fault, defences, excuses and justifications. Examples will include the notion of
mens rea, its denial, definition and relevance; strict and absolute liability, intoxication,
automatism and insanity, consent, duress, necessity, self{efence and provocation, and the
theory of excuses and justifications.
3428 Criminal Law: Current Issues
Content: Examination at an advanced level of issues based, rather than doctrinally based,
topics of cuÍent controversy. Emphasis will be placed on the formulation of defensible
social policy, the process of law reform, and interdisciplinary aspects of law reform.
Obviously, topics may vary from time to time. In the current course of the same name,
issues have, included the fo¡feiture of criminal profits, euthanasia of premature or
significantly handicapped infants, prostitution, the law relating to alcoholic and drugdependent
persons, the effect of the Bill of Rights in criminal matters, child sexual abuse,
and drug offences.
8080 CriminalProcedure
Content: Examination at an advanced level of trial and post-trial criminal issues. Examples
of such topics include committals, autrefois and related pleas, sentencing prisoneds 'rights',
appeals, criminal jurisdict¡on, suppression orders and trial evidence related issues.
1920 Damages
Conlent: An examination of the general principles of the law of damages. General topics
will include: (i) the measure of damages distinguished from remoteness of damages; (ii)
nritigation and the impecunious plaintiff; (iii) measure of damages in tort contrasted to the
measure in contract; (iv) the measure of damages for injury to real and personal property.
This subject should appeal to those who already possess a wórking knowledge of the law of
damages and those who wish to acquire such knowledge.
7239 Energr Law
Content: A detailed consideration ofvarious legal issues of current concem affectirtg energ5t
law. The types and the nature of the energy resources discussed will include a selection of
the following: (a) the private generation of electricity; (b) co-generation facilities; (c)
504

p€troleum e)eloration and pfoduction; (d) geothermal enerryexi¡loration and production;
(e) hydro-electricity; (f) solar energ6 G) wind energ6 (h) ocean themal enerry ¡esources.
In each cåse the subject will examine the legal issues arising from the development and
exploitation of the resource.
9135 EquitableRemedies
Content: An examination of remedies available in equity. General topics will include: (i) the
declaration; (ii) the injunction, including an examination of specihc problem areas, for
example, balance of convenience, quia timet and interlocutory injunctions, damages in lieu;
(iii) specific performance and rescission with speciñc reference to their inter-relationship
q/ith contractual damages; (iv) restitution in contract and in connection with construct¡ve
trusts and tracing orders.
6178 Family Property
Content: An examination at ad nced level of the law relating to maintenance and property
proceedings under the Family [:w Act. Particular law aspects of the course will include
injunctions in aid of financial proceedings, prcperty rights at common law and in equity, the
property rights of de facto spouses, and the relationship between family claims and
commercial interests. Recent developments in this constantly changing area of law will be
considered as appropriate.
4663 Income Taxation
Content: An examination at an advanced level of selected problems and issues in the law
¡elated to taxation of income. The subject assumes a basic working knos,ledge of the
principles relating to income taxation and taxation of trusts.
8819 Industrial Law: Selected Issues
Content: An examination, at advanced level, of certain aspects of Industrial I¿w. A
discussion y/ill take place at the commencèment of the subject as to the precise topics to be
covered, but it is envisaged that the subject will cover such matters as: (i) occupational
health and safety legislation; (ii) reemployment and reinstatement; (iii) selected aspects of
trade union law; (iv) se¡ected aspects of wage fxation; (v) discrimination law; (vi) industrial
torts and Trade Practices legislation. A background knowledge of the Arbitration System
will be assumed. The subject will attempt to cover matters of current interest or matters
subject to recent legal development.
3419 Insurance Law: General P¡inciples
Content: An examination of the basic principles of insurance laq¡. This subject is intended
for those who have no working knowledge of insurance law. Specific topics for
consideration will include: (i) the nature of an insurable interest; (ii) misrepresentation and
non-disclosure in obtaining insurance; (iii) agency in insurance transactions; (iv) insurance
policies and claims; (v) quantum recoverable; (vi) double insurance; (vii) contribution and
subrogation.
6624 Insurance Law: Selected Issues
Content: An examination at advanced level of aspects of: (i) marine insurance; (ii) life
insurance; (iii) property insurance; (iv) compulsory third party motor vehicle insurance and
workers compensation insurance. General principles of insurance will be conside¡ed within
individual top¡cs as appropriate.
505

2073 Intellectual Property: General Principles
Content: An examination of certain basic principles and systems for the legal protection of
ideas, information, data, creative works and businqss rcputations. The subject is intended
for those who have no working knowledge of this area of law. The subject will basically
cover: (i) the law of confidential information; (ii) the law of copyright and designs, with
emphasis on its nature as a statutory system of pfotection; (iii) the law of passing-off, with
special emphasis on its relationship to aspects of the Trade Practices Act and Trade Marks
legislation.
4431 Intellectual Property: Selected Issues
Content: An examination of certain selected topics in the law relating to the legal protection
of ideas, information, data, creative works and business reputatiõns. Topics to be
considered will be discussed with the class before commencement of the subject but should
include some consideration of: (i) the historical development of intellectual property law;
(ii) the purposes of legal protection in this area; (iii) the use of criminal law in relation to
the p¡otection of intellectual propert),; (iv) the relationship between the various systems of
intellectual property protection; (v) the protection of recent technological advances; (vi)
international aspects of intellectual property protection; (vii) judicial trends and policies;
(viii) the adequacy of intellectual property protection. Specific types of intellectual property
may be chosen to illustrate various of these matters, and students may wish to study
pa¡ticula¡ areas of intellectual property with which they are not previously familiar.
3506 International and Transnational Investment
Conlent: An examination of the regulation of international and ransnational investment,
including its constitutional and political framework. SpeciFrc topics will cover such matters
as: (i) foreign investment guidelines; (ii) the Foreign Takeove¡s Act; (iii) the Banking
(Foreign Exchange) Regulations; (iv) the concept of "Australian Participation" (v) expert
control and pricing; (vi) the role of International Codes; (vii) the enforceability of contracts
and exchange cont¡ol; (viii) the enforcement of foreign judgments and sovereign immunity.
Also included u¡ill be the consideration of the role of the Treasurer and the Foreign
Investment Review Board, special problems relating to the role of State governments and
envi¡onmental considerations, and ¡elevant aspects of the law of taxation. Some comparative
analysis of the position in the United Kingdom, United States and Japan.
7993 International Regulation ofTrade
Content: An examination of the economics of world trade and its intemational regulation.
Specificall¡ the subject will cover the op€ration and effectiveness of the Bretton Woods
Agreement, the GATT, the IMF, and the World Bank. There will also be an examination of
the attempts by the UN and other organizations to monitor and possibly control the
activities of multinational corporations. Whe¡e ¡elevant there will be an examination of
bilateral and mult¡lateral treaties affecting specific industries.
4577 International Taxation
Content: An examination of selected principles and legislative provisions regulating the
taxation of foreign sou¡ce income, the taxation of non-residents, withholding tax,
international tax agreements, tax havens, and income tax issues related to international
transactions.
2464 Judicial Review
Content: A study at an advanced level of the role of the courts in reviewing decisions by
administrative bodies. Consideration of the differences between judicial and non-judicial
review and the impact of the processes upon decision-making by administrative bodies.
Study of administrative law doctrines: jurisdictional faults-r¡or of fact and law; the ultra
506

vires principle, abuse of discretionary power; the natural justice rule; estoppel; the
distinction between void and voidable action; remedies-?rerogåtive writs, injunction,
declaration, damages, the use and treatment of privative clauses.
8423 Land Tlansactions
Content: An examination at advanced level of certain aspects of the law relat¡ng to the
creation and transfer of interests in land in Australia and South Australia. General topics
will include such matters as: (i) the contents of leases and leasehold remedies; (ii) the
content of the contract for the sale of land; (iii) breach of cont¡act for the sale of land with
special attention to remedies; (iv) informal interests in land. The subject may concentrate
on such specific matters as: (i) the effect of the contract for the sale of land; (ii) making the
contract for the sale of land, both formally and informally; (iii) contingent conditions; (iv)
the vendor's obligation to disclose matters before entering the contract for the sale of land;
(v) notices of termination. Included in the cou¡se will be some consideration of the duties
and liabilities of land agents.
6368 Landlord and Tenant
Content: A detailed and specialised treatment of the lãw relating to leasehold estates. The
comrnon law which applies to commercial rented premises, the retail tenancies legislation
and residential tenancies legislation will be discussed. Consideration will also be given to
the legaf relationship betu,¡een the Housing Trust and its tenants. The topics discuúed will
include: (a) the historical development of landlord-tenant law; (b) the concept of leasehold
estates; (c) types of tenancies; (d) agreements for a lease; (e) the dist¡nction between a
lease and a licence; (f) boarders and lodgers; (g) express and implied covenants; (h) repairs
and substandard housing control; (i) rent control; O renewal of leases; (k) determination
of tenancies; (l) forfeiture; (m) recovery ofpossession; (n) remedies.
7426 lægal Aspects of Doing Business Abroad
Content: An examination of the legal problems involved in doing business with a selected
number of Australia's major trading partne¡s. This will include methods of entry into the
market via distributorship agreements, licensing agfeements, international joint ventures,
development agreements, international loan agreements, acquisition of property and local
firms. The course will also examine selected aspects of local law, vre Securities, Anti-trust,
Products Liability, Patent and Trademark and l¿bour I¡w.
6438 Litigation-Selected Issues
Poins value: 4.
Contact hours: Two hours a week,
Conten!: An examination at an advanced level of aspects of the laws of evidence and
procedure in relation to civil and criminal litigation but excluding criminal procedure.
Assesstnent: Attendance and participation in class and satisfactory completion of one
¡esearch paper (7-8,000 words).
9597 Marriage and Divorce
Content: An examination at advanced level of particular issues associated with annulment
and dissolution of marriage. A basic knowledge of the law relating to divorce will be
assumed. The subject will: (i) deal with topics of current intefest and legislative change in
the law of annulment and dissolution of marriage; (ii) make particular references to
conflictual aspects of family law including capacity to marry and factors vitiating consent,
recognition of foreign divorces, and recognition of polygamous marriages.
507

2435 Mining Law
Contenl: An examination of the law and practice relating to the extraction of sen'iceable
minerals. Jurisdiction over and title to minerals. Mining legislation in South Australia
(nature of interests and rights created, procedures for acquisition of tenements, powers and
procedures of Wa¡dens' C-ourts, forfeiture and cancellation of interests). Commercial
aspects of mineral development (forward and eqnrt sales contracts, status and e[fect of
indentures, foreign investment controls, Ftnancing of ventures, taxation of income from
operations, and the effect of the T¡ade Practices Act). The applicability of planning
controls. Native rights to control operations. Access to water.
8612 Parents and Children
Content: An examination of the law relating to patents and children including (i)
jurisdictional problems ¡n custody and other proceedings; (ii) the operaiion of child welfa¡e
legislation; (iii) the law of adoption; (iv) legal implications of AID and [VF. Currenr isues
relating to guardianship, custody and access and areas of law reform will be considered as
appropriate.
6723 Planning Law
Content: An examination of major issues relating to control of land development, including:
(a) the scope of planning law--cxemptions and methods of circumvention; (b) planning
administration-the role of national, State and local governments, rights of appeal,
specialist tribunals, public involvement; (c) techniques of planning-negative and positive
planning, controls and guidance, general principles and specific project evaluation; (d)
relationship between planning and economic freedom and protection of class interests; (e)
relationship between planning and property rights

3367 . Securities Regulation
Content: An examination of the ¡egulatory systems for the distribution of, and trading in,
co{porate securities. Specific topics will cover such matters as: (i) the structure and role of
stock exchanges; (ii) investment banking and unden'¡iting prccess; (iii) the stn¡ctu¡e and
powers of the NCSC; (Ð the regulation of the distribution of secudties; (v) the naturc of
securities and prescribed inter€sts; (vi) offers to the public; (vii) regulation and brokers and
dealers; (viii) securities trading offences and civil liability under the law of securities; (ix)
the regulation of investment companies.
8021 Statutory Review of Administrative Action
Content: An examination of statutory systems for review of administrative action with
particular emphasis on the pur¡nses of reforms, the typ€s of review available and the
processes by which review is carried out. A study of the Administrative Decisions (Judicial
Review) Act 1977 and the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975. Examination of the
role of the Administrative Review C-ouncil, the ¡ole of national and Stäte ombudsman and
the scope and affect of freedom of information legislation.
5968 Taxation Administration
Content: An examination of the administration of tax collection and procedures for
resolving taxation conflicts, Specific topics will include: (i) the Taxation Commissioner's
discretionary powers; (ii) assessments; (iii) the conduct of objections and appeals; (iv)
administrative law remedies in relation to taxation; (v) legislative controls and penalties;
(vi) the use and obtaining of information by taq)ayers and the taxation authorities; (vii) tne
role of tax advisers and agents.
6737 Theories of Constitutional Law
Content: A study of the concepts underlying the constitution with paficular emphasis upon
the place of the judicial b¡anch of government. An examination of the nature of coùrts;
inherent jurisdict¡on; the nature of equity and common law; the nature of a cause of action;
protection for and independence ofjudicial office¡s.
6776 Trade Practices
Content: An examination at advanced level of the lau/ relating to restrictive trade practices.
The statutory and common law control of cartels, monopolies, mergers, exclusive dealings
and price discrimination. This course will not be concerned with those aspects of trade
practices È,hich relate to the protection of the consumer.
4448 Welfare Law
Content: An examination of Commonwealth and South Australian social welfare law and
policy. The subject will include some examination of the bodies of lau¡ relevant to income
nraintenance but particular emphasis will be placed on the law relating to provision of
welfare services. From year to year different aspects of welfare law will be emphasised to
take account of current social issues. A¡eas which may be covered include: legal problems
in the administration of welfarc sewices, the relationship between government and private
welfare organisations, s'elfare for the aged including ¡et¡r€ment income policies, the law
relating to welfare provision for families, and housing law and policy,
509

1".,Ð 1r ¡;'i. €
DEGREEOF
MASTER OF LEGAL STTJDIES
Notcr PslgËdute luitioD fees @y spply itr 1991.
REGUI"ATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Legal Studies.
2. (a) A candidate for admission to the course of study for the degree shall have eithec
(i) an Honours degree of Bachelor of I¿ws of the University of Adelaide.
(ii) an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of l¡ws of the University of Adela¡de which the
Facultyjudges to have been attained at above-average standard; or .
(iii) an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Laws of the University of Adelaide and
substantial professional experience or other qualification;
and shall in addition obtain the Facult/s approval for the candidature,
(b) A degree in law of another Universigr or tertiary institution c/hich in the opinion of the
Faculty ¡s equivalent to any of the degrees required in clause (a) hereof shall suffice for the
purposes of that clause.
(c) The Faculty may in special cases accept, subject to the approval of the Board of
Graduate Studies acting with authority wittingly devolved to it by C-ouncil, a candidate for
the deg¡ee who does not otherwise qualify under this regulation but has given evidence
satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the degree.
3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall comply with the provisions of the schedules
made under Regulation 5 hereof.
4. A candidate's progress shall be reviewed by the Faculty each academic year under the
provisions of clause 4c of Chapter XXV of the Statutes.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules definin g:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
othe¡ date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the Department and
submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the Education Committee for
approval, except that the Head of the Department may apptove minor changes to
previously approved syllabuses.
6. Each year the Faculty shall determine which of the subjects listed in the schedules will
be offered in the following year. The Faculty may determine that particular subjects will not
be offe¡ed unless sufficient students have enrolled.
7. The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the Depafment of l-aw and
submitted to the Faculty and the Council for approval.
8. A candidate may at any time apply to the Faculty for status under these regulations or
the schedules made in accordance with Regulation 5, and may be granted such status, and
upon such conditions, as the Council on the advice of the Faculty determines.
9. Courses of study must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty o¡ a nominee at
en¡olment each year.
L0. Except by permission of the Council on the recommendation of the Facult¡ only those
candidates who entered uÞon the course for the degree before the academic year 1988 will
be eligible to proceed to the deFee under the provisions of these regulations, provided that
510

they complete the requirements for award of the Master of Legal Studies degree by 31
Ma¡ch 1991.
RegulåtioB 8llæd 3l JanuaÐ', 19æ; 2A Fcb, 1983: 5; Z Mu. I98q 10. Awititrg sucrið¡æ: 2
511

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF LEGAL STUDIES
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 6.)
1. To qualifyfor the degree the candidate shall have:
(a) prior to 1988, either
completed sâtisfactorily subjects listed in clause 2(a) with a y¿lue of not less than Z points
and 6536 Research Paper A (2 points) a¡d 3/.32 Research Paper B (2 points);
or
completed satisfactorily subjects listed in clause 2(a) with a \¡alue of not less than 18 points
and 6536 Research Paper A (2 points) and 7886 M.L.S. Dissertation (8 points).
(b) prior to 1991
completed a combination of the requirements of clause 1(a) and, in lieu of some of those
requirements, subjects of equivalent y¿lue contained in Clause 3 of the Master of l¡ws
Schedules.
2. (a) The subjects for the degree (followed by their points value) shall be:
(i) Prior to 1988:
5275 Advanced Companyl-aw 6
7785 Advanced Family [:w 6
. 9692 Advanced Insurance Law 6
9944 Advanced Taxation l-aw 6
9611 C-ompetition I¿w 6
8080 Criminal Procedure 6
7453 Federal Public [¿w 6
6380 Advanced Securities and Investment 6
2974 l-e,gal Obligation 6
1811 Remedies 6
2270 Resources l¿w 6
2265 AdvancedTaxation I¿wII 6
8182 Advanced Administrative Law 6
517ó Current Issues in Criminal I¿w 6
(ii) From 1988: subject to clause 2(a)(iii) below, subjects contained in clause 3 of the
Master of l¿ws schedules have, for the pu4roses of these schedules, a points value
of three, and the dissertation a points value of 6.
(iii) Unless the Faculty otherc/ise determines, a c¿ndidate who has passed any of the
subjects listed in clause 2(a) may not present any of the following combinations
involving subjects included in clause 2(a)(i) and subjects offered under clause 3 of
the Master of l-aws Schedules:
(i) 5275 Advanced CnmpanyLzvrand
7498 Company Receiverships; or
6085 Company Liquidations
(iD 7785 Advanced Familylaw and
6178 Family Property; or
8612 Parents and Children
(iii) 9693 Advanced Insurance l-aw and
3419 Insurance l¡w: General Principles; or
6624 Insurance I:w: Selected Issues
(tÐ 9944 Advanced Taxation l-avt and
4663 Income Taxation
5t2

(v) 2?.65 Advanced Taxation faw ll and
4043 Co{porate Taxation; ¿r
4577 Intemational Taxation
(vi) 9611 Competition I-aw and two of
2073 Intellectual Properç General Principles; or
4431 Intellectual Propert¡r Selected ksues; or
6776 Trade Practices
(vii)8080 Criminal Procedure (M.L.S.) ød
8080 Criminal Procedure (LL.M.)
(vrüy453 Federal Public l-aw ¿¿d
5¿141 Public Uabiliry
(ix) 6380 Adyanced Sccurities and Investment¿nd
6956 Company Takeor,rers; or
3367 Securities Regulation
(x) 8182 Advanced Administrative [-aw and
24il Judicial Review, or
8021 Statutory Review of Administrative Action
(xi) 5167 Current Issues in Criminal l-aw and
328 Criminal I¿w: Current Issues; or
8154 Criminal Faùlt
(xii)1811 Remcdies ¿zd
L920 Damages; or
9135 Equitable Remedies
3. Except q/ith the permission of the Faculty, and subject to
requirements of the degree shall be compleled in not more
commencement of candidature.
Regulations 4 and 8, the
than fou¡ years from the
513

DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF LAWS
REGUI.ATIONS
1. Subject to these regulations the Council may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of
l,aw, accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of [.aws any person who, in the opinion
of the Faculty of l:w, is a fit and proper person to be so accepted.
2. To qualify for the degree a candidàte may e ither (a) submit for assessment all or some
of his scholarly work, including work not previously published; or (b) present a thesis on a
subject approved by the Faculty of [:w.
3. (a) A person who desires to qualify for the degfee in accordance with alternative (a) of
Regulation 2 shall give notice of his intended candidatu¡e in writing to the Registrar and
with such notice shall furnish particulars of his scholarly achievements and of the wo¡k
which he proposes to submit for the degree.
(b) The Faculty of I¿w shall examine the information submitted and shall decide whether
to recommend to the Council that the applicant be accepted as a candidate.
4. (a) To qualify for the degree according to alternative (a) of Regulation 2 a candidate
shall submit work which constitutes an original and substantial contribution of distinguished
merit to legal knowledge or understanding.
(b) If any of the material submitted rep¡esents work carried out conjointl¡ the candidate
shall state the extent to which he was responsible for such work.
(c) The candidate shall indicate what pa¡t, if an¡ of his works has already been presented
for a degree in this or any other university.
5. A person who desires to qualify for the degree in accordance with alternative (b) of
Regulation 2 may be accepted as a candidate if he (a) holds _or has qualified for the
Honours degree of Bachelor of laws; or (b) holds or has qualified for the degree of Master
of l¿ws: provided that the Faculty of l:w may accept in lieu of the foregoing an equivalent
qualification obtained in any other universiry recognised by the University of Adelaide; or
(c) has passed an examination approved by the Faculty of Lar '.
6. (a) To qualify for the degree according to alternative (b) of Regulation 2 a candidate
shall present a thesis which (i) contains an original and substantial contribution of
distinguished merit to legal knowledge or understanding, and (ii) merits publication as a
book o¡ monograph (other than as a collection of separate articles), whether or not it has
been previously published in full or in part. A thesis previously presented for a degree in
this or in any other university may not be submitted under this regulation.
(b) A candidate may also p¡esent in support of his candidatu¡e other published books,
monographs, or articles. If any of these publications record work carried out conjointly, the
candidate shall state the extent to u/hich he was responsible for the initiation and
presentation of such publications.
(c) A candidate proceeding in accordance with alternative (b) of regulation 2 and with this
regulation shall not be admitted to the degree until the expiration of the fourth academic
year from his admission to the deg¡ee by virtue of which he sias accepted as a candidate.
7. The candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of the work submitted or of
the thesis presented, as the case may be, prepared in accordance with the directions given
in sub-paragraph (b) of clause 28 of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted
for the degree the Registrar will transmit two of the copies to the University Library.
8. The Faculty of l¿w shall nominate examiners. Normally there wi[[ be three examiners,
t$/o of them external to the Universit¡,; but exceptions may be made in special cases
recommended by the Faculry and approved by the Council.
574

9. Trre examiners may, if they think fit, examine the cand¡date either orally or by written
questions on the materia¡ presented for the degree.
10 A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and såt¡sfies the examiners
may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of l,aw, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of
I¿ws.
RegulatioN allwed 15 Janury, 1976.
Amendcd:4 Feb. 1982: 3, 7.
515

FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND
COMPUTER SCIENCES
REGUI.ATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLI"ABUSES
Bachelor of Science in the Faculry of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences (B.Sc.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Applied aDd Purc Mathceti6 ,
Applied Mathenati6 .......................
Compùter ScieDæ
E¡onomis and Comcre lor B-Sc, (M¿th. Sc,) ..............................,,
Ph)ßis æd Mathemati€l Pby5is
Pure MathematiG
Sratisti6,,,,..,.,..,,
Graduate Certificate in Mathematics Education
(Grad.Cert.Math.Ed.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications
(Grad.Cert.Telecommunications)
Regulations
Schedules
Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics
(Grad.DipApp.Stats.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Graduate Diploma in Computer Science
(Grad.Dip.Comp.Sc.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Graduate Diploma in Mathematical Science
(Grad.Dip.Math.Sc.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
519
52t
527
527
529
536
545
v7
s51
557
565
56
569
575
577
579
581
582
583
585
586
588
590
591
5r7

Schedules
Syllabuses
cience (Communications) in the
atical and Computer Sciences
Master of Computer Science (M.Comp.Sc.)
Regulations
Schedules
Master of Mathematical Science (M.Math.Sc.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical
Computer Sciences (M.Sc.)
Regulations
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Regulations and Schedules: under
Studies"-see Contents
5n
594
596
597
598
599
ffiL
603
and
M
Research
Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences (D.Sc)
Regulations ...........
518

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
IN THE FACIJLTY OF MATIIEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
REGUI"ATIONS
1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty
of Mathematical and Computer Sciences. A candidate may obtain either degree or both.
2. The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall f¡om time to time prescribe
schedules defining:
(a) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(b) the ¡ange of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be passed
by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
3. The syllabuses of the subjects shall be specified by the Heâd of the department or
departments concerned and approved by the Faculty and the E:

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
Honoux degree as follo*s: First Class, Second Class, Third Class. The Second Class
classification shall be divided into tç'o divisions as follows: Division A and Division B.
12. lf a time
allowed I a
candida The
Faculty tions
(if any)
13. A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties o¡ in other institutions, may, on
written application to the Registraç be granted such exemption from the requirements of
the schedules made under these regulations as the Faculty may detennine.
14. If in any year/semester the student en¡olment for a particular subject offered by the
Faculty is less than the minimum specihed by the Faculty that subject may not be offerèd.
RegulatioE allowed 2l DæÊtuiI LYIL
Amcrded: 15 Ju. 19?6: 3; 23 Dcc 196: 5; 3l Jæ. l98O: 7; 4 Feb. 198¿ 5, B, L¿ U f.ù.1983: 3; l? Jao. 19BS: 3(a),4,
5(c),7,9(c); 12 Feb. 198?;7(b).
RegulatioN rcpealed, sùbctitutcd aDd allrycd: æ Jul, 19Þ,
520

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
IN THE FACTJLTYOF MÀTHEIT{ATICALAND COMPUTER, SCIENCES
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 2)
Note.' Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences are published below, immediately after these schedules, For syllabuses
of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of the
volume.
Not$,ithstanding the schedules and syllabuses published in this volume, a number o[ the
subjects listed in the course leading to the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical
and Computer Sciences may not be offe¡ed in 191.
The availabitity of all subjects is conditional upon the availability of staff and facilities'
SCHEDULE I: THE ORDINARY DEpREE
1. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend ove¡ th¡ee years of full-time
study or the equivalent.
2. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall, subject to the conditions and
modifications specified under Clause 3 below, pass subjects from Schedule II to the value of
at least 72 points which satisfy the following requirements:
(a) A candidate shall present passes in Mathematical and Computer Sciences subjects to
the value of at least 36 points, of which subjects to the value of at least 12 points shall be
Iævel III Mathematical and Computer Sciences subjects;
(b) A cand¡date shall present passes in subjects not listed as Mathematical and C,omPuter
Sciences subjects to the value of at least 6 points;
(c) A candidate shall present passes in Level I subjects to the lue of at least 21 poiots,
including 9786 Mathematics I at Pass Division I standard or higher;
(d) A candidate shall present passes in Level II subjects to the value of at least 20 Points;
(e) A candidate shall present passes in Iævel Iü subjects to the \¡alue of at least 24 points.
3. A candidate may present for the degree subjects passed at the conceded pass level within
the followihg limits: Iævel II and/or Level III subjects with an aggregate points value of not
more than 6 provided that rio subject thus presented has a points value of more than 3.
4. With permission of the Faculty the following candidates may be allowed to count 3617
Mathematics IM in lieu of 986 Mathematics I as a Mathematical and Computer Sciences
subject:
(a) candidates who have been previously enrolled in other faculties and who, before
transferring, have already passed 3ó17 Mathematics IM at Distinction standard and have
also already passed l¡vel II subjects \r,ith an aggregate points value of at least 8, offered by
the Department of Applied Mathematics and/or the Department of Statistics.
(b) candidates who before 1983, have been enrolied in the Mathematical and ComPuter
Sclences course.
Such candidates may present 3617 Mathematics IM in lieu of 926 Mathematics I as a prerequisite
subject for l.evel II and l,evel III Mathematical and Computer Sciences subjects.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
521

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
5. A candidate who has been previously enrolled in other faculties and who, before
enrolling in the Faculty of Mathematical and computer sciences, has passed the following
subjects may count these subjects as Mathematical and Computer Scienies subjects:
5726 Applíed Mathematics IIE 8 points
&522 Computer Science IIE 8 points
4569 l-aplace Transforms and
Probability and Statistical
Methods 2 points
NOTES (nor lomiDg pan of rhe Sþhedut6)
6. Except with the a candidate may not enrôl in subjects to the
value of more than ments oùts¡de the Faculty before obtainingat
least a Division I p These subjects to the value of not more than
18 points shall not include subjects in which a candidate has failed or from which a
candidate has e¡ithd¡awn.
7. A graduate in another faculty who wishes to qualify for the ordinary degree of Bachelor
of science in the Faculty of Mathematical and computer sciences and to count towards
that deFee subjects which have akeady been p¡esented for anothe¡ degree may do so
providing such a candidate presents a range of subjects which fulhts the iequirements of
clause 2 above, including tævel III subjects to the value of at least z points which have not
been presented fo¡ any other degree.
8. No candidate will be permitted to count for the degree any subject together with any
other subject which, in the op¡nion of the Facult¡ contains a substantial amount of thê
same material; and no subject may be counted twice towards the degree. No candidate may
present the same section ofa subject in more than one subject for the degree.
9. candidates who commenced their courses of study for the degree prior to 1989 may
quali[y for the degree by fulfilling the requirements of the regulãtioni and schedules iñ
force prior to 1989, \À¡ith such modificati em necessary to take
account of changes to subjects from 1989 didates may complete
thei¡ courses of study under present regu such modifications as
the Faculty may deem necessary to ensu¡e that subjects validly passed under previous
regulations and schedules may be counted under the present schedules. For the purposes of
this clause the following equivalences will be used:
Subjects in schedules
prior to 1989
First yeat subject
First year half-subject
Second year subject
Second year half-subject
Third year subject
Third year half-subject
21.87 Vector Analysis and Complex
Analysis 2 points
Equivalent point values
6 points at lævel I
3 points at l,evel I
8 points at Iævel II
4 points at I-evel II
12 points at lævel III
6 points at l¡vel III
10. when in the opinion of the Facult¡ special circumstances exist, the cruncil, on the
¡ecommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the provisions of clauses 1-g
above.
NOTES (not foming pan of (hqSchedules)
l. rù/ork required to æmplete thc deg¡ec of Bachelo¡ of Sciene in the Faalty of Mathemti€l and Computer
Sciences,
To qualiry for thc degree:
522
r iNtitution part of Lhc equiEle¡t of thc requirDeots for thc Adelaide
of Mathemati@l aÂd Computer Scicn6 will bc requiEd s s miÃimuE to
I with ad aggregatc poiDts wlue of I includi¡g Malheutiel Scieoæs

(b) with spcciål pemission ol the Fæltjr, ¡ ¡tudctrt wbo hE @mplctcd mo.t ol thc aúje(l¡ for thc dcgrc of Bachclor
of Scie¡e iD thc F@lty ol Meth€@tiel ud Compuacr Scictrq st thc UnircEiqr ol Adcl¡idc i¡clúding IÆl III
subject6 with u ag,gregatc point¡ vrluc ol 12 Dsl¡ bc pcmitlcd lo oDplctc thc rcquiæmcnt! lor thc dcgË st uothcr
iNÌitution.
All applietiom Eüt bc mdc iÀ Eiti¡g to tb€ RcgistEr.
SCHEDULE
DEGREE
SUBJECTS OF STUDY FOR THE ORDINARY
NOTES: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences are published below, immediately after these schedules. For syllabuses
of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of the
volume.
Students are advised that some subjects cannot be counted with others towards the degree
of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical and C.omputer Sciences. A list of unacceptable
combinations is available f¡om the Faculty Office.
Notwithstanding the schedules and syllabuses published in this volume, a number of the
subjects listed in the course leading to the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical
and ComputerSciences maynot be offered in 191.
The availability of all subjects is conditional upon the availability of staff and facilities.
The points value of subjects is indicated after each subject title.
LEVEL I SUBJECTS
1. Mathematical Sciences Subjects
9276 Introduction to Computer Science* 6 gL3. Mathematical Applications I 3
56ó2 Introduction to Programming and 9786 Mathematics I 6
Applications' 3 5543 Statistics I 3
L073 Int¡oduction to Programming and
S¡atems' 3
' A quola vil sppbr iq 1991.
2, Arts Subjects
Iævel I Arts subjects listed in Schedule II for the degrees of 8.4.. and B.A. (Jur.), except
those subjects listed there which are taught by the Departments of Economics and
Commerce.
3. Economics and Co¡nmerce Subjects
Subjects listed in Schedule l(a)(i) for the degree of B.Ec. except the subjects
8l70Economic Statistics l,7322Erotomic Statistics IA, 762óMathematical Economics I
and 1263Mathematics for Economists I. Subjects listed in Schedule l(a)(i) for the degree
of B.Com.
4. Engineering Subjects
9Ló7 Design Graphics
2391 Dynamics
6714 Electrical Systems
2835 Engineering Planning and Design
5. Science Subjects
1.5 686ó Materials ¡ 1.5
1.5 3018 Process Systems 1.5
15 6581 Statics 1.5
1.5
Level I Science subjects listed in Schedule III of the degree of B.Sc, in the Faculty of
Science.
6. Architectural Studies Subjects
lævel I Architèctu¡al Studies subjects listed in Schedule II for the degree of B.Arch.St.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
523

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
LEVEL II STJBJECTS
1. Mathematical Sciences SubJects
Applied Mathematics
'l?43 Dif.Íerential Equations and
Fourier Series
2929 l-aplace Ttansforms and
Probability and Applications
Computer Science
1956 Computer Systems
3655 Numerical Methods
Mathematical Physics
6453 Classical Fields and Mathematical
Methods
Pure Mathematics
5807 Algebra
1429 Discrete Mathematics II
Statistics
4523 Data Analysis
4107 Distribution Theory II
2. Arts Subjects
Level II Aß subjects listed in Schedule II for the degrees of Bá.. and B-4. (Jur.).
3. Economics and Commerce Subjects
subjects listed in Schedule l(a)(ii) and l(a)(iv) for the degree of B.Ec- except the subjects
2394 Economic statistics II, 9514 Economic statistics IIA and 8620 Mathematical
Economics IIIII. Subjects listed in Schedule I(a)(ii) and l(a)(iv) for the degree of B.Com.
4. Law Subjects
1826 Australian lægal System 4
3131 Cont¡act 4
5. Science Subjects
)
)
2
)
2
2
2i159 Linear Programming and
Dynamical S¡stems 2
7833 VectorAnalysis and Continuum
Mechanics 2
5132 Programming and Data Structures A 2
L006 Programming and Data Structures B 2
7553 Classical Mechanics 2
7389 Multivariable C¡lculus 2
2959 Real and Complex Analysis 2
2 8878 Infe¡ence II 2
2 1,675 Linear Models II 2
Iævel II science subjects listed ¡n schedule II for the degree of B.sc. in the Faculty of
Science.
LEVEL III SUBJEC:TS
1. Mathentatical Sciences Subjects
Applied Mathematics
4447 Applied Probability
6128 Variational Methods and
Optimal C-ontrol
L322 Cnmputational Mathematics
9787 Diffe¡ential Equations
2368 Elasticity
5U
2 t733 Hydrodynamics
2506 Mathematical Biologr
2 2039 Mathematical Programming
2 9482 Mathematics of Finance
2 23L4 Optimisation
2 22M Random P¡ocesses
)
)
)
)
2
2

Computer Science
2ß7 Databaæ and Information
. Systems
67 20 Ca mpiler Cons tru ction
5141 Computer A¡chitecture
8698 C-omputer Graphics
2328 Computer Networking and Data
Communications
Mathematical Physics
7099 Advanced Dynamics
1067 Advanced Quantum Mechanics
432 Mathematical Methods
49ó4 Quantum Mechanics
Pure Mathematics
6848 ¡q,nalysis
3337 Complex Analysis
3874 Convexity
3786 Geometry
4102 Geometry of Surfaces
Statistics
2991 Dist¡ibution Theory III
9800 Experimental Design
4853 Finite Population Sampling
3837 Gene¡alized Linear Modelling
2251 Inference III
1411 Life Contingencies III
2. Arts Subjects
)
2
2
2
)
6378 K¡oç,ledge-based S)'stems
9811 Non-procedural Programmin g
9820 Numerical Anaþis
i1468 Operating Systems
7343 Programming knguage C.oncepts
2 7633 Relativity and Classical Field
2 Theory
2 5547 Statistical Mechanics
)
2 1273 Groups
2 l8/.s Integration
2 5780 ln$c
2 YïI Number Theory
2 6508 Rings, Fields and Matrices
2 2658 Linea¡ Models III
2 8892 Medical Statistics
2 5030 Multivariate Aialysis
2 83f37 Non-parametric Methods
2 5675 Time Series
2
Level III A¡ts subjects listed in Schedule II for the degrees of B'A' and B.A. (Jur.).
3. Economics and Commerce Subjects
Subjects lisred in Schedule l(a)(iii) for the degree of B.Ec. Subjects listed in Schedule
I(a)(iii) for the degree of B.Com.
4. Law Subjectb
8433 Constitutional l¡w
8821 Property
6 9365 Torts
6
5. Science Subjects
Iævel III Science subjects listed in Schedute III for the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of
Science.
SCHEDULE III: THE HONOURS DEGREE
1. A candidate ma¡ subject to the approval of the Head of the Department concerned,
proceed to the Honours degree in one of the following subjects:
3152 HonoursAppliedMathematics U 5174 HonoursPureandApplied
9?50 Honours Computer Science 24 Mathematics A
572 Honi:urs Mathematical Physics ?A 6676 Honours Purc Mathematics U
1346 Honours Statistics ?A
2. A candidate may, subject to the approval of the Faculty in each case, Proceed to the
Honours degree in a subject taught in a department in another faculty. Such candidates
must consult the Head of the Department concerned and appl¡ in writing to the Registrar
for admission to the Honours course.
Mathemat¡caland
Computer Sciences
2
2
't
2
2
.,
2
2
2 )
)
2
)
t
2
525

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
3. The wo¡k of the Honours course year of full-time study, såve
that on the recommeridation of the concerned, the Faculty may
permit a candidate to spread the wo more, under such condit¡oni
as it may determine.
two years must fulfil the requ¡rements for the ordinary degree before beginning the work
of the second year of the Honours course.
5. A graduate who has obtained the Honoux degree of Bachelor of Arts may not proceed
to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the same subject.
6. A graduate who has obtained the Ordinary degree of Bachelor ofA¡ts and has fulfilled
the requirements of schedule III of the Degree of Bachelor of science in the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences shall be awa¡ded the Honours degree of Bacheloìof
A¡ts.
7. A candidate may not en¡ol a second time for the Honours course in the same subject if
he/she:
(a) has already qualified for Honours in that subject; or
(b) has presented himself/herself for examination in that subject but has failed to obtain
Honours; or
(c) withdraws from the course unless the Faculty under regulation 12 permits re-€nrolment.
8. when, in the opinion of the Facult¡ special circumstances exist, the council, on the
reconrmendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary the provisions of clauses l-7 above.
526

DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
IN TIIE FACI,JLTY OF MATIIEII{ATICALAND COMPUTER SCIENCES
SYLI,ABUSES
Text-books:
The lists of the text-books were correct at the time that this Volume *'ent to press. It is
possible however that amendments to these l¡sts will bc made before the start of lectures
and, if so, students attending classes will be notified appropriately by the lecturer
concemed.
In general, students are e)q)ected to have their own copies of text-books but they are
advised to await advice from the lecturer concerned before bulng any particular book.
Only the prescribed edition of any text-book should be bought.
Reference books:
Although lists of books and journals for reference puq)oses are regarded as important,
details have not been included in this Volume. These will however be issued from time to
time by the depafments concerned. It is hoped that all books and journals set for reference
will be available to be consulted in the Barr Smith Library.
Examinations
For each subject students may obtain from the department concerned details of the
examination in that subject including the ¡elative weights given to the components (e.g.
such of the following as are relevant: assessments, semester tests, essa)6 or other written or
practical work, {inal written examinations, vrva voce examinations).
APPLIED MATHEMATICS ^A.ND PTJRE MATHEMATICS
LEVEL I
9134 Mathematical Applications I
Level: l.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requkites: None.
Assumed lctrowledge: Year 72 Mathematics I & II: Knowledge such as that obtained by
taking 9786 Mathematics I in parallel with this subject.
Contact hours:4 lectures, 1 tutorial and t hour computing laboratory session a week.
Content: The subject is based on a series of modules-approximately G8 modules of about
6-8 lectures each with the emphasis on computer-based mathematical modelling and the
use of computer packages (not programming).
The topics f¡om which modules will be chosen include dynamical systems (robots, planetary
Mathematicaland
Computer Scienees
527

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
motion nonlinear sJßte ms, chaos and attractors); applications of mathematicat modelling in
economic theory comme¡ce and industry applications of mathematical modelling in
medicine and biolog6 the use of common projections in cartograph¡ the use of matãces
and protability i1 game theory; the study and application of g¡oups of sJ¡mmetdes (using
the package C.AYLEY); cr¡ptography; applications of linear algebra.
Assessment: Primarily on a 3 hour examination with a small percentage based on class
exercises and computingwork. Satisfactoryperformance in class exercises, tutorials and the
computing laboratory will be an essential requirement.
9786 Mathematics I
Level: I.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Prè-requisites: None.
Assumed htowledge: \ear 12 Mathematics I & II.
Contact hours: 4lectures and 2 tutorials a week. Some tutorials will be computing tutorials
using a mathematical package.
content: calculus: Functions of one and more than one variables, diflerentiation and
integration, Taylor series and differential equations. Algebra: Linear equations, matrices,
the vector space RD, determínants, convex sets and optimisation, eigenvalues and
eigenvectors, linear transformations and an introduction to Fobability.
Assessment: 3 hour examinations at the end of each semester. In addition, a small
percentage maybe allocated to class exercises and tutorialwork.
Taa-boolc: Salas S., Hillie E. and Anderson J, "Calculus one and saryral variaór¿s,, Sth edn.
(WilÐ. Anton, H. and R'orres,L., Elemenøry tinear algebra wiLh apptications (WitÐ.
4357 Mathematics IH
Level: l.
Poins value: 3.
Restriction: Not available for students in the B.Sc.(Ma.) course.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requkites: None.
Assumed knowledge: Yeat 12 Mathematics IS.
Contact hours: 4lectures and 2 tutorials a week. Some tutor¡als u/ill be.computing tutorials
using a mathematical package.
Content: Differential and integral calculus, differential equations, vecto¡s, linear equations,
matrices and determinants, application of linear algebra.
Assessment: A 3 hour fi¡al examination. A small lærcentage will be allocated to class
exercises and tutorials.
3617 Mathematics IM
Level: I.
Poins value: 6.
Restriction: Not available for students in the B.Sc.(Ma.) course.
Duration: Full year.
he-requßites: None.
Assumed knowledge: Yeat 12 Mathematics IS.
528

Contacl løurs: 4 lectures and 2 tutorials a q¡eek, Some of the tutorial hours will be
computing laboratory sess¡ons.
Contenl: Calculus: Differential and integral calculus of functions of one or two real
variables; differential equations; Algebra: vectols, linear cquations, matrices, deteminants
and eigenvalues; applications of linear algebra; optimisation; difference equations.
Assessnmt:3 hour examination at the end of each semester with a small percentage based
on class exercises and tuto¡ial work.
Tø-bool

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
Head of the Department of Applied Mathematics to take 2L87 Vcctor Analpis and
Complex Analysis in place of 7833 Vector Anaþis and Continuum Mechanics andfot 4569
l:place Transforms and Probability and Statistical Methods in place o1 2929 Iaplace
T¡ansforms and Probability and Applications and/or lú2 Li¡eat Programming and
Numerical Analysis in place oÍ 2795 Unear Programming and Dynamical Systems and/or
1016 Differential Equations and Fourier Series E in place oÍ 72A3 Differential Equations
and Fourier Series.
7243 Differential Equations and Fourier Series
Level: ll.
Points value: 2.
Duralion: Semester I.
he-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures plus L tutorial and t hour practical a fortnight,
Content: Ordinary and partial differential equations. Fourier series for functions of
arbitrary period half range expansions, even and odd functions, complex form of Fourier
series. Applications in boundary value problems.
Assessmenl: Final examination. A small percentage will be allocated to class exercises and
computing. A satisfactory performance in computing exercises is a necessary pre-requisite
for a pass in this subject.
Tø-boolcs: Kreyszig, E.,Advanced engineeringmatlæmatics, 6th edn. (Wiley).
1016 Differential Equations and Fourier Series E
Syllabus: See under B.E. degree in Faculty of Engineering.
2929 Laplace Tþansforms and Probability and Applications
Level: ll.
Poinßvalue:2.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requßites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed lçtowledge:7243 Differential Equations and Fourier Series.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures plus 1 tutorial and t hour practical a fortnight.
Content: l:place transforms of derivatives and integrals, applications to differential
equations. Probability and Applications - conditional probability, distributions, birth and
death processes with applications.
Assessment: Final examination. A small percentage will be allocated to class exercises and
computing. A satisfactory performance in computing exercises is a necessary prerequisite
for a pass in this subject.
Text-boolcs: Kreyszig, E.,Advanced engineering mathemaú¡'cr, 6th edn. (Wiley).
4569 Laplace Thansforms and Probability and Statistical Methods
Syllabus: See under B.E. deþe in Faculty of Engineering.
2795 Linear Programming and Dynamical Systems
Larcl: ll.
Poinsvalue:2,
Duration: Semester II.
530

he-requisite:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
contact løurs: Two weekly lectures per week plus one tutoriat and one hour püctical a
fortnight.
Contgnt¡ Linear programming

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
Assumed lorowledge: 2929 laplace Transfo¡ms and Probability and Applications or
6302 Applied Mathematics IlA.
Contact løurs:2 weekly tectures plus 1 tutorial and 2 hours practical per 3 weeks.
Content: Markov chains: recurrence and transience, minimality properties, discrete renewal
theorem, global and partial balance equations, revenibility. Kolmogorov criterion, potentials.
Assessment; Final examination. A smatl Percentage may be allocated to class and/or
computing exercises.
Tø

9787 DifferentialEquations
Level: lll.
Points value:2,
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed ktowledge: Both 7ÌA3 Dfifetentiat Equations and Fourier Series or
1o16 Differential Equations and Fourier Series E and 7833 vector Analysis and continuum
Mechanics or 2t87 Vecor Analysis and C-omplex Anaþis; or-5726 Applied
Mathematics IIE (formerly IIB); or 6302 Applied Mathematics IIA.
Contact hours: 2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial and 2 hours practical per 3 weeks.
Content: A selection of topiæ from: Existence and uniqueness. Critical points and stability
theory. Analysis of linea¡ systems. sturm-Liouville theory. Eigenfunction erçansioni.
Integral equations. Partial differential equations. Asymptotic erçaniions.
Assessment: Final examination. A small percentage may be allocated to class and/or
computing exercises.
Tøtt-books: To be advised.
2368 Elasticity
Level: lll.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed and Fourier Series ot
1016 Diffe Vector.Analysis and Continuum
M Analysis; or 5726 Applied
Mathemati ILA.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutoriat and 2 hours practical per 3 weeks.
content: An introduction to metric tensor, analysis of stress and strain, stress-strain
relations for elastic materials, plane and three dimensional boundaryvalue problems.
Assessmenr: Final examination. A small percentage may be allocated to class and/or
computing exercises.
Tev-boolcs: To be advised.
1733 Hydrodynamics
Level: III.
Points value:2,
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
and Fourier Series or
Vector Analysis and Con-
Analysis; or 57?Á Applied
IIA.
conract hours: 2 weekly lectures and I tutorial every 3 weeks and 2 hours practical per 3
weeks.
Content: Classical hydrodynamic's of an inviscid fluid. Bemoulli theorom. Irrotational flows.
Introduct¡on to viscous flor¡¡s.
Assessment: Final examination. A small percentage may be allocated to class and/or
computing exercises.
Mathematical and
Gomputer Sciences
533

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
Tøct- bo o ks: To be advised.
2506 MathematicalBiolory
Level: lll.
Poinu value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed lotowledge: 72A3 Differential Equations and Fourier Series or lOl6Differential
Equations and Fourier Series E or 5726 Applied Mathematics IIE (formerþ IIB) or
6302 Applied Mathematics IIA.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and L tutorial and 2 hours practical per 3 weeks.
Content: A suwey of applications of mathematics to various biological science problem
areas, for example: epidemics, genetics, ecology, evolution, enzyne kinetics, .diffusion,
cardioi,ascular system, compartmental analysis, drug distribution problems, biological fluid
dynamics.
Assessment: Final examination. A small percentage may be allocated to class and/or
computing exercises.
Text-books: To be advised.
2039 Mathematical Programming
Level: lIl.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requßites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. l).
Assumed knowledge: I&2 Linear Programming and Numerical Analysis or 2i795Lineat
Programming and Dynamical Systems or 5726 Applied Mathematics IIE (formerly IIB) or
6302 Applied Mathematics IIA.
Conlact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial and 2 hours practical per 3 weeks.
Content: A selection of topics from: advanced linear programming, net\¡r'o¡k theory integer
programming dynamic programming and applications.
Assessment: Final examination. A small percentage may be allocàted to class and/or
computing exercises.
Text-books: To be advised.
2314 Optimisation
Level: Ill.
Poinsvalue:2.
Duration: Semester I.
h'e-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed løtowledge: L642 Linear Programming and Numerical Analysis or 279SLineat
Programming and Dynamical Systems or 5726 Applied Mathematics IIE (formerþ IIB) or
6302 Applied Mathematics IIA.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial and 2 hours practical per 3 weeks.
Content: Single and multi-variable optimisation, search and gradient methods. Kuhn-
Tucker theory for constrained optimisation: algorithms and applications,
Assessment: Final examination. A small percentage may be allocated to class and/or
computing exercises,
534

Tø-b oolcs : To be advised.
2208 Random Processes
Level: lll.
Poins value: 2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Ayumed lorowledge: 2929 Laplace Transforms and probability and Application or
6302 Applied Mathematics IlA.
Contact hours: 2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial and 2 hours practical per 3 weeks.
content: continuous-time Markov processes. The nonhomogeneous poisson process.
Reversing Markov pfocesses with ,examples from queueing theory. Methods of phases.
Supplementary variable method. Renewal theory.
Assessment: Final examination.'A small percentage may be allocated to class and/or
computing exercises.
Tql-boolcs: To be advised.
9482 Mathematics of Finance
Syllabus: See under Applied and Pu¡e Mathematics-I-evel III.
HONOI.JRS LEVEL
3152 Honours Applied Mathematics (Bá- or B.Sc.)
students who are considering taking this subject are advised to see the Head of the
Department as soon as possible, preferably before enrolling for their l,evel III subjects.
All students are required to obtair the approval of the Department of Applied
Mathematics before enrolling Íot 3752 Honou¡s Applied Mathematics.
Level: lY.
Points value:24.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: () tævel III Applied Mathematics subjects u¡ith an aggregate points value of
at least eight or 3011 Applied Marhemâtics llr or 2LLr Applied Mãthematics IIIA or
2383 Applied Mathematics IIIM.
(ii) l,evel III Mathematic e of at least eight poinrs offered by
other departments in the t offered by anothèr department in
the Faculty of Mathemati
students with a different background of Iævel III subjects or third-year subjects may be
accepted at thé discretion of the Head of the Department of Applied Mathematics.
Only under exceptional circumstances will the Department recommend to the Faculty that
a candidate be permitted to spread the work for the Honou¡s degree over two years.
Each student will be assigned a supewisor who will advise him/her on and approve his/her
choice of lecture programme and guide him/her in the writing of a project oñ iome topic in
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
535

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
Applied Mathematics. Possible topics should be discussed with the staff before the end of
the preceding year. Wo¡k on the chosen project should begin in the DePartment in the lirst
week of February and should be completed by the end of the second semeste/s lecture
progfamme.
Assessment: For topics offered by the Department of Applied Mathematics ther€ will be a
three-hou¡ examination at the end of the semester in which the subject is offercd (unless
other arrangements are notified). The project also contributes to the final result.
SPECI,AL COI,JRSES FOR PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS
Special subjects are available for students taking 3152 Honours Applied Mathematics as a
preparation for teaching mathematics in, for example, a secondary school. A comprehensive
course for such students will be determined according to their background of lævel II and
I¡vet III subjects, and the normal honours project may be replaced by two minor projects
relevant to mathematics teaching. Such students arc strongly advised to see the Head of the
Department as soon as possible.
5174 Honours Pure and Applied Mathematics (Bá- or B.Sc.)
Level: lY.
Pointsvalue: ?A-
Duration: Full year.
Conænt: Prospective students should consult the two Departments early in the year to
obtain advice as to the specific content of the subject.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
LEVELI
9276 Introduction to Computer Science
Level: l.
Poínsvalue:6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requßites: None.
Assumed lotowledge: Year L2 Mathematics I & II.
Restriction: C.annot be counted toward a degree together with 1073 Introduction to
Programming and Systems or 56ó2 Introduction to Programming and Applications.
Contact hours: 3 lecturqs, 1% hours of tutorials (Semester II), plus 3 hours of practical work
(Semester I) and 1l/t hours (Semester II) perweek.
Conlent: Ada Programminç Character, integer, real and boolean qæes, array constn¡ctoç
input, ouçut, assignment, selection, repetition, compound statements; procedures and
functigns, packages, exceptioßs, text files.
Computer Systems: Assembler Programming, single-address machine, arithmet¡c, control
structures, simple input-output protocols; transistors, gates, flipflops, rcgisters, buses,
adders, addiess decoders; assemblers, compílers, op€rating systems, file management, use
of the uNIx operating system.
536

Logic' Mathematicål Induction' Set
Mathematicaland
ComPuter Sciences
AsYmPtotic
algorithms'
tion; Data
Assessnent:2 hour examination at the end of each semester' Students are required to
;;;;';i"t ;m number of practicals and tutorials'
Tøct-bool

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
Assessmen:2 hour final examination. students are required to attend a minimum number
of practicals.
Ty-b2olcs: .Go!9ryhlgg, L and Lister, A., Computer science: a modem introduction 2¡d
edn. (Prentice-Hatl 1987).
LEVELII
1956 Computer Systems
Level: ll.
Poins value: 2,
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites:. A pass in 9276 I¡troduction to computer science or 6733 concepts
c-omputer
of
Science as a co-requisite, and a Division 2 pass in 97g6Mutt".ãt¡o
Division l o.
1 pass in 3617 Matheniatics iM.
"
co'requkites: A student who has obtained a Division 2 pass in 97g6 Mathematics I must
repeat 9786 Mathematics I as a co-requisite.
contact hours:2 lectures and 2 hours ofpracticar work a weeþ prus 1 tutoriar a fortnight.
content: Basic hardware: revien, combinationar circuits, multiprexers, encode¡s, arithmetic
circuits; synchronous and asynchonous sequential circuits, flÉdp-;';;;r\'finite state
machines.
Elements of cornpute¡s: ing modes; ALU and registers; control
unit, instruction format añO traps; memory tr¡Ërã.c-hy, cacf,e,
paging; interfaces, buses;
Assessment: 2 hour examination, compulsory practicals, exercises.
Text'book: Mano, M.M. computer engineering hardware design (ptentice-Hail, 19gg).
3655 Numerical Methods
Level: ll.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semester II.
\e-requisites: A pass in 9226 Introduction to. computer science or 6733 concepts
computer
of
science as a co-requisite, and a Division 2 pass in gzs6Mathemãtics r o¡ a
Division l pass in 3617 Mathemarics IM.
co-requkites: A student who has obtained a Division 2 pass in 97g6 Mathematics I. must
repeat 9786 Mathemat¡cs I as a co_requisite.
contact hours: 2 lectures and 2 hours of practicar work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Cauchy, Runge-Kutta, order of method.
on, etrors, subtractive cancellation, machine
rgence, iteration, Newtiln, secant, bisection
ons for oonvergence; approximation of
ces. Newton form, nested evaluation of
Assessment:2 hour written examination 90To and programming exercises 102o,
Reference: conte, S'D. and de Boor, c., Elementary numerical anatysis 3rd edn (McGraw
Hiil, 1980).
538

5132 Programming and Data Structures A
Level: ll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
fue-requkites: A pass in 9276 Introduction to Computer Science ot 6733 Concepts of
Computer Science as a co.requisite, and a Division 2 pass in gTS6Mathematics I or a
Division 1 pass in 3617 Mathematics IM.
Co-requkites: A student who has obtained a Division 2 pass in 978ó Mathematics I must
repeat 9786 Mathematics I as a co-requisite.
Conlact hours:2 lectures and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Records, sets, general files; program development techniques including basic ideas
of correctness; stacks and queues; dynamic storage; pointers; linked lists; rep¡esentation of
stacks and queues, general list operations.
Notions of complexity and analysis; notion of abst¡act data type; sets and seqùences as
examples; searching and information retrieval - illusttating with a ,,table', abstract data
type; various representations of a "table" abstract data type; ¡ecursion.
Assessment:2 hour written examination 907o and programming exercises 107o.
1006 Programming and Datå Structures B
Level: II.
Poinß value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: A pass in 92'T6lntroduction to Computer Science or 6733 Concepts of
Computer Science as a co.requisite, and a Division 2 pass in gTS6Mathematics I o¡ a
Division 1 pass in 3617 Mathematics IM.
Co-requisites: 5132 Programming and Data Structures A; a student who has obtained a
Division 2 pass in 9786 Mathematics I must rcWa¡9786 Mathematics I as a co.requisite.
Contact hours:2 lectures and 2 hours of practical work a week, ptus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Sorting algorithms; graph structutes and algorithms; queues and priority queues.
Finite state automata and thei¡ applications. Case study to show design of data structures.
Assessntent:2 hour written examination 907o and programming exercises 107o.
LEYEL III
To nrajor in Computer Science, a student must present passes (not conceded passes) in
subjects offered by the Department of Computer Science at Level II to the value of 8
points and at lævel III to the value of 10 points. At least one subject must be from Group
A below, and at least one subject must be from Group B. Students who intend to take
9?50 Honours Computer Science are referred to the statement on pre-requisites for that
subject.
Group A
4468 Operating Systems I
5141 Compute¡ Architecture
Group B
2687 Databases & Information Systems
9820 Numerical Analysis I
733 Programming l,anguage Concepts
6720 Compiler Construction
2328 C.omputer Networking & Data Communications
9811 Non-Procedural Programming
8698 C-omputer Graphics
6378 Knowledge Based Systems
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
539

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
2687 Databases and Information Systems
Level: lll.
Poinsvalue:2.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requisites: A Division 1 pass in 9786 Mathematics I and either a pass in
927óInt¡oduction to Computer Science or 6733Concepts of Compute¡ Science as a cG
requisite.
Co-requisites:5132 Programming and Data Structures A and 1956 Computer Systems.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial every 3
weeks.
Content: An introduction to the business programming. File updating in random-access and
sequential modes, Repof-Writer, program design methods. Measuring and estimating I-O
activity. Introduction to the Ingres database management s)¿stem: enquiry-update and
report programs. Introduction to SQL Database design. The programming language Cobol.
The course emphasizes p¡actical work.
Assessment:2 hour examination; practicals and exercise.
6720 CompilerConstruction
Level: lll.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semester L
he-requisítes: A Division 1 pass in 9786 Mathematics I and either a pass in
9276 Introduction to Computer Science or 6733 Concepts of Computer Science as a corequisite.
Co-requisites: 1956 Computer Systems, 5132 Programming and Data Structures A and
1006 Programming and Data Structures B.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus I tutorial every 3
weeks.
Content: The structure of compilers - Lexical analysis. Parsing techniques, including
discussion of grammars and BNF, ¡ecursive descent parsing, bottomjup parsing. Symbol
tables and static semantics. Code generation and run-time support, including storage
management.
The course work is closely integrated with the writing of a moderately large, compulsory
programming project.
Assessntent:2 hour examination and compulsory exercise.
References: Aho, A. V., Sethi, R and Ullman, J. D., Compilers: principles, teclmiques and
lools (Addison-Wesley, 1986); Fischer, C.N. and læBlanc, kJ., Crafting a compiler
(Benjamin/Cummings, 1988).
5l4l Computer Architecture
Level: l[l.
Poíns value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites: A Division l pass in 9786 Mathematics I and either a pass in
9276Int¡oduction to Computer Science or 6733Concepts of Computer Science as a corequisite.
Co-requisites:5132 Programming and Data Structures A and 1956 Computer Systems.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial every 3
weeks.
540

Content: Introduction: definitions and levels of architectu¡e, review of Von Neumann
architecturg. Simple microprocessor system architectu¡e. Introduction to modelling: levels
of modelling, modelling languages, VIIDL. Basic processor architecture: data paths,
register transfer notation, hardwired control unit, microprogrammed control unit. Basic
memory architecture: memory arra¡æ, decoding, error handling interleaving. Basic I/O
architecture. Pipelining data paths, dependencies, branching pre-fetching. C.aches: structures
and policies, performance analysis, interactions with virtual memory. Multiprocessors:
models and interconnect structures, cache coherence, examples. RISC architecture:
principles, RISC vs CISC, examples. Architectural support for languages and operating
systems.
Assessment: 2 hour examination, exercises and practicals.
References: Stone, H. S. (ed.), Inttoduction to computer archilecare (Science Resea¡ch
Associate, 1.980); Stone, H. 5., High-perfoftnance computer architecfiire (Addison-ìùr'esle¡
1987); rù/ard, S. A. and Halstead, R H., Jr., Computation structures (MIT Press, 1990).
8698 Computer Graphics
AvailabiliE: Not necessarily offered each year.
Level: lll.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semeste¡ I.
he-requisites: A Division l pass in 9T36Mathematics I and either a pass in
9276 Int¡oduction to C-omputer Science or 6733 C.oncepts of Computer Science as a corequisite.
Co-requkites:5132 Programming and Data Structures A.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial every 3
weeks.
Content: Fundamental graphics algorithms, including line drawing, circle generation,
clipping, anti-aliasing, geometric transformations, and animation.
Assessment: 2 hour examination, practicals and exercises.
Text-books: Berger, M., Computer graphics with Pascal (Benjamin/Cummings, 1986).
2328 Computer Networking and Data Communications
Availabiliry: Not necessarily offered each year.
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semestcr IL
Pre-requisites: A Division 1 pass in 9786 Mathematics I and either a pass in
g?Tílntroduction to Computer Science or 6733 Concepts of Computer Science as a corequisite.
Co-requkites: 1956 Computer S¡ñtems, 5132 Programming and Data Structures A and
1006 Programming and Data Structures B.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial every 3
weeks.
Content: Topics will include data transmission, linkJevel protocok, electrical interface,
public data networks, local area networks, message and switching, layering OSI model,
delay models, rout¡ng and flow control, multiaccéss control.
Assessmen!: 2 hour examination, practicals and exercises.
References: Bertsekas, D. and Gallager, R-, Data networlcs (Prentice-Hall, 1987); Halsall, F.,
Introduction to data communications and computernetworlrs (Addison-Wesle¡ 1985);
Tanenbaum, A.5., Computer networlcs (Prentice-Hall, 1988).
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
54L

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
6378 Knowledge-based Systems
Availability: Not necessarily offered each year.
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: A Division 1 pass in 9786 Mathematics I and either a pass in
92?6Int¡oduction to Computer Science or 6733Concepts of Computer Science asa corequisite.
Co-requisites:5132 Programming and Data Structutes A.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial every 3
week.
Content: Introduction to expert systems, rule-based systems, production s),stems, framebased
system predicate calculus and PROLOG. Inference engine, abduction, deduction,
and induction. Diagnostic s)istems, empirical reasoning and functional reasoning. Naive
physics, qualitative physics, and application. Knowledge acquisition and learning in expert
systems.
Assessment: 2 hour examination, practicals and exe¡cises.
Teú: Liebovtltz, J.,Introduction to ryert systems (Mitchell, 1988).
References: Silverman, B. G., Expert systems for business (Addison-Wesley, 1987);
Brownston, L., Farrell, R., Kant, E. and Martin, N., hogramming ryert Ðstems in OPSS: an
introduction to rule-based programming (Addison-'\ilesle¡ 1985); Schildt, H., Artificial
intelligence zsrøg C (Osborn McGraw-Hill, 1987).
9811 Non-procedural Programming
Availability: Not necessarily offered each year.
Level: Ill.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semeste¡ Il.
Pre-requßites: A Division 1 pass in 978ó Mathematics I and either a pass in
9276Int¡oduction to Computer Science or 6733 Concepts of C-omputer Science as a corequisite.
Co-requisites: 5132 Programming and Data Structures A and 1006 Programming and Data
St¡uctures B.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial every 3
weeks.
Content: A selection of topics from the following: functional programming in Miranda:
recu¡sive programming techniques; graph reduction; the lambda{alculus; programming in
Scheme (a dialect of Lisp); streams and netwo¡ks of processes; data flow. Object oriented
programming concepts: classes, objects and messages; inheritance; encapsulation.
A ssessment: 2 hou¡ exami nation, practicals and exercises.
References: Bird, R and Wadler, P., Introduction to functional programming (Ptentice-Hall,
1988); Glaser, H., Hankin, C. and Till, D., Principles of functional pro$ramming (Prentice-
Hall, 1984); Abelson, H. and Sussman, G. J., Smtcture and interpretation of computer
progranß (MIT Press, L985); Macl-ennan, 8., Functional programming practice and theory
(Addison-Wesley, 1990); Henderson, P., Functional programming: application and implementatio
n (Prentice-Hall, 1980).
542

9820 Numerical Analysis I
Level: lll.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites: A Division I pass in 9786 Mathematics I and either a pass in
92T6lntroduction to Computer Science c¡ 6733Concepts of Computer Science as a corequisite.
Co-requisite: 3655 Numerical Methods.
Conlact hours: 2 lectures and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial every 3
weeks.
Content: Topics will include computer arithmetic, numerical solution of nonlinear
equations, numerical solution of systems of linear equations and the computation of
eigenvalues and eigenvectors. The course is intended to be an analysis, rather than a
methods course. Equipment: Pocket calculator with the elementary functions.
Assessment:2 hour final examination 9l)Vo and exercises 107o.
References: Atkinson, K 8., An introduction to numerical anatysß (Wile¡ 197ì); Conte, S.
D. and de Boor, C., Elemenøry numerical analysß (1972); Ralston, A. and Rabinowitz, P.,
A frst course in numerical analysis 2nd edn. (McGraw-Hill, 1978); Hager, W.W, Applied
numerical linear algebra (Prentice-Hall, 1988).
4468 Operating Systems I
Level: lll.
Poins value: 2.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites: A Division 1 pass in 9786 Mathematics I and cithe¡ a pass in
92'l6krtroduction to Computer Science or 6733Concepts of Compute¡ Science as a corequisite.
Co-requkites: 1956 Computer S¡mtems, 5132 Programming and Data Structures A and
1006 Programming and Data Structures B.
Contact hours: 2 lectu¡es and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial every 3
weeks.
Content: Historical development of operating systems, concurrency, synchronisation,
process scheduling, memory management, file systems, user interfaces.
Assessmenl:2 hour examination and exercises.
Texl-book Tanenbaum, A.5., Operating systems - design and implementation (Prentice-
Hall, 1987).
References: Deitel, H. M, An introduction to operuting syslerrs (Addison-Wesle¡ 1984);
Lister, A. M- Fundamentals of operating systems 3rd edn. (Macmillan, 1984).
7343 ProgrammingLanguageConcepts
Level: lll-
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester lI.
Pre-requkites: A Division L pass in 9786 Mathematics I and either a pass in
92?6lntroduction to Computer Science or 6733Concepts of Computer Science as a corequisite.
Co-requisites: 1956 Computer Systems, 5132 Programming and Data Structures A and
1006 Programming and Data Structu¡es B.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
543

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
Contact hours: 2 lectures and 2 hours of practical work a week, plus I tutorial every 3
weeks.
Content: A survey of concepts present in programming languages, illustrated by examples
f¡om various programming languages. Typical of the concepts covered are the foüowing:
binding (including static versus dynamic binding), scope of names (including implicit versus
explicit scoping schemes), data types (including coercion, conversion, subtypes and abstract
types), statementlevel control constructs (including nondeterministic ones), subprogtamlevel
cont¡ol constructs (including procedures, functions, coroutines, generators and
concurrent processes), and functional programming (including the language Lisp). Typical
of the languages used for illustration are the following: ACL, Ada, Algol ß, APL, CLU,
Lisp and Pascal.
Assessment: 2 hour examination.
Text-books: Sethi, R, hogramming languages: concepts and construcß (Addison-Wesley,
1e8e).
References: Pratt, T. W, hogramming languages: design and implementation 2nd edn.
(Prentice-Hall, 19&l); Mactænnon, B. J., Principles of programming and languages: design,
evaluation and implementation 2¡d edn. (Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1987); Marcott¡ M.
and lædgard, H. F., Programming language landscape: syntatc/semantics/implementation
2nd edn. (Science Research Associates, Chicago, IL, 1986); Ghezzìt, C. and Jazayeri, M.,
hogramming language concepß 2nd edn. (Wile¡ 1987).
HONOURS LEVEL
9750 Honours Computer Science
Nol¿.' Students intending to enrol in Honours Computer Science are advised to consult the
Head of the Department of Computer Science, preferably before enrolling for trvel III
subjects. They should be prepared to begin wo¡k on a suitable project in the first week of
February.
Level: lY.
Poins value:24.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: For students who have qualified for an Ordinary degree before L989, passes
at a standa¡d satisfactory to the Head of the Department ¡n the following:5837 Computer
Science III or 13ó5 C-omputer Science llIA or 8?53 C-omputer Science IIIM and one other
third year subject offered by the Departments of Pure Mathematics, Applied Mathematics
o¡ Statistics. For students who have qualified for an Ordinary degree after 1988, passes at a
standard satisfactory to the Head of the Department in a suitable collection of l.evel II and
Iævel III subjects in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. Students with a different
background of second-year and third-year courses (or lævel II and lævel III subjects) may
be accepted at the discretion of the Head of the Department.
Assumed knowledge: The content of various Level II and Iævel III Computer Science
subjects (or second-year subjects and third-year options if completed before 1989)
depending on the composition of a particular student's Honours programme.
Contact hours: 8 lectures and 25 hours of practical work, plus 1 tutorial a fortn¡ght.
Conlent: The cou¡se will be determined from year to year and will consist partly of lectures
given in the Depafment of Computer Science. Other courses may be included, subject to
the approval of the Head of the Department. It will normally include advanced topics in the
following areas: operating s)lstems, numerical analysis, programming languages, artificial
544

intelligence, and theoretical C-omputer Science. Students will be required to undertake a
major computing project, under the guidance of a supewisor.
Assumed knowledge: Final assessment is based on performance in eight lecture courses, plus
a major project wbich is weighted as two lecture cou¡ses.
ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE
FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
IN THE FACT,JLTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
INTRODUCIORYNOTES
The Economics and Comme¡ce subjects available to Mathematical and Computer Sciences
students are listed in Schedule II of the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences. For syllabuses please see under the degrees of
Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Commerce in the Faculty of Economics and
Comme¡ce.
ACCOUNTANCY
Quotas apply to first year subjects taught by the Depafments of Economics and
Commerce. Enrolment of students in the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences
in these subjects is dependent upon successfully competing for available places on the basis
of matriculation scores.
To complete the B.Sc. (Mathematical and Computer Sciences) course and accountancy
qualifications in niinimum time, it is necessary for students to.undertake an overloaded
programme of study. This should be discussed u¡ith a Course Advisor of the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences. Alternatively students may enrol in some subjects in
a fourth year.
For students wishing to gain accountancy qualihcations in a Mathematical and Computer
Sciences degree, the recommended choice of subjects is:
Economics and Commerce Subjects
Fi¡st Year:
8461 Economics I
4359 Financial Accounting [A
308ó Financial Accounting IB
63ó2 Commercial I¿w IS
Second Year:
6801 Business Finance II
7651 Finaocial Accounting II
7?Å2 C-ommetcial kwII
Third Year:
5471 Management Accounting IIIA
7440 Auditing III
5473 Income Tax [¿w III
8315 Company Accounting III
6
3
3
3
15
4
4
4
72
4
4
4
4
1,6
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
545

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
Mathematical and Computer Sciences Subjects
Fi¡st Year:
9786 Mathematics I
5543 Statistics I
1073 Int¡oduction to Programming and
Systems
Second Yea¡:
Level II Mathematical and Computer Science
subjects to the value of 12 points.
Third Year:
lævel III Mathematical and Computer Science
subjects to the value of 12 points.
HONOURS ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE
Mathematical and Computer Sciences students may proceed to Honou¡s in either
Economics or C-ommerce-, subject to the permission of tÏe Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences and the Department of Economics and C-ommerce. Students interested
in this possibility should consult eithe¡ the Head of the Department of Economics or the
Head of the Department of C-ommerce, whoever is relevant, before enrolling.
LAW
Note on Law studies within the Degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of
Mathematical and Conrputer Sciences.
Students who have successfully completed Z points at l,evel I of the B.Sc. (Ma.) degree
may be eligible fo¡ admission to [,aw studies. Applications for admission to Law studies
may be made through S.A.T.A.C. by mid-October of the year during which they complete
their Level I subjects. Except with the permission of the Dean of the Faculty of [¿w or a
nonrinee, 1826Australìan l,egal System must be undertaken concur¡ently with the I-aw
subject 3731 Contract. These two subjects are pre-requisites for each of the third year Law
subjects 8433Const¡tutional l-aw, 9365Torts, 8821 Property. Afte¡ admission ro I_aw
studies students will remain candidates for the degree of B.Sc. in Mathematical and
Computer Sciences and may present fo¡ the degree of B.ft. the subjects: 1326Australian
Legal System; 3731 Contract; &133 Constitutional [:w; 9365 Tofs; and 8821 Properry. On
complet¡on of the B.Sc. (Ma.) degree such students witl automatically be eligible to be
candidates for the LL.B. degree.
2. A scheme of study, for those wishing to complete the B.Sc. degree in the Faculty of
Mathenat¡cal and Computer Sciences and to then proceed to the LL.B. degree in the
minimum time, is as follows:
Fi¡st Year:
Second Yea¡:
546
6
3
3
72
9786 Mathematics 1,9276 Introduction to Computer Science, 5543
Statistics I, and other I-evel I subjects to the value of 9 points
chosen from the schedules for the degree of B.Sc. (Ma.).
lævel II subjects to the value of 16 points chosen f¡om the
Schedules for the degree of B.Sc. (Ma.) and 1826 Australian Legal
System and 3731 Contract, each of which counts as 4 poìnts
towards the B.Sc. (Ma.) degree.

Third Year:
Before enrolment in the l:w subjects in the abovc scheme, students should consult the
l¿w Course Adviser.
3. See also the Schedules for the LL.B. degree, and see, in particular, the Int¡oductory
Notes to the LL.B. Syllabuses.
PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
INTRODUCTORYNOTES
1. A student may major in Mathematical Physics by presenting passes (not conceded
passes) in five of the third year subjects: 4964 Quantum Mechanics, 5547 Statistical
Mechanics, 4324 Mathematical Methods, 7099 Advanced Dynamics, 7633 RelatMty and
Classical Field Theory, 10ó7 Advanced Quantum Mechanics offered by the Department of
Physics and Mathematical Physics.
2. Students who wish to major in Mathematical Physics are recomtnended to take the
following subjects:
lævel I: 9786 Mathematics I,3643 Physics I.
lævel II: 7553 Classical Mechanics, 6453 Classical Fields and Mathematical
Methods, together with either the subjects 3418 Elect¡omagnetism and
Relativity II and 6051 Int¡oductory Quantum Mechanics and Applications
or 2653 Physics II.
Students should consult the C-ourse Co-ordinator in Mathematical Physics
for advice concerning their cho¡ce of other second year subjects.
lævel III: To qualify for a major in Mathematical Physics a student must present
passes (not Conceded Passes) in lævel III Mathematical Physics subjects
to the value of at least ten po¡nts.
3. Students intending ¡o do 5724 Honours Mathematical Physics are advised to take at
least eight l,evel III subjects f¡om the Departntent of Physics and Mathematical Physics,
and the Departments of Pu¡e and Applied Mathematics, chosen in consultation with the
Course Co-o¡dinator.
LEVEL II
6453 Classical Fields and Mathematical Methods
Level: ll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Senreste¡ II.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. 1).
Assumed knowledge:3643 Physics I.
I-evel III Mathematical Sciences subjects to the value of 12 points
chosen from the Schedules for the degree of B.Sc. (Ma.) and
S433Constitutional l:w, 93ó5Torts and 8821Property, each of
which counts as 6 points towa¡ds the B.Sc. (Ma.) degree. To
complete the LL.B. degree in the minimum time students would
need to take all these subjects although this does involve an
overload and is not a requirement of the B.Sc. (Ma.) degree.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Contenl: Newton¡an gravitation, electrostatics, I:place and Poisson equations, method of
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
547

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
images, boundary value problems, use of special functions. Delta-functions, Green's
functions, eigenvalue eçansions. Fourier transforms.
Potential theory lzplace's equation. Boundary value problems. Green's functions. Method
of images. Multipole expansions, spherical harmonlcs.
Heat equation.
Assessment: Class exercises, hnal 2 hour examination.
References: Mackie, A.G., Boundary value problems (Oliver and Boyd); Sneddon, I.N.,
Elemens of partial differential equations (McGtaw-Hill).
7553 Classical Mechanics
Level: lI.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. 1).
Assumed knowledge:3&3 Physics I.
Contacl hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Newton's [:ws, consewation laws. Many particle systems. Rigid bodies, Angular
momentum, Moment of inertia tensor, l:grange's equations, geneialized coordinates.
Cent¡al force motion, Hamilton's equations.
Assessment: Class exercises and 2 hour final examination.
Tas-book: Fowles, G.R,z4nalytical mechanics 4th edn (Holt, Rinehard and Winston).
LEVEL III
7099 Advanced Dynamics
Level: lll.
Points value:2.
Duralion: Semester I.
Assumed knowledge: ó298 Mathematical Physics/Pure Mathematics ll; or 68,62 Mathematical
Physics/Applied Mathematics II; or 7553 Classical Mechanics.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and I tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Hamilton's principle. l-agrangian mechanics on manifolds. Exterio¡ differential
forms and Hamiltonian dynamics. Canonical transformations and Hamilton-Jacobi theory.
Introduction to chaotic motion.
Assessment: Class exercises and 2 hour examination.
Reference: Amold, Y.1., Mathematical methods of clossical mechaniæ (Springer-Verlag);
Percival, I. and Richards,D.,Introduction to dynamics (Cambridge University Press).
1067 Advanced Quantum Mechanics
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Assumed knowledge: 1787 Quantum Mechanics.
Conlact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Symmetries and conservation laws for many-particle systems. The density matrix.
Approximation methods with applications. Non{egenerate and degenerate time-independent
pefurbation theory. The timedevelopment opeÉtor and interaction representation.
548

Time{ependent perturbation theory. Scattering theory and the Smatrix. Absorption and
em ission of electromagnetic radiation.
Assessment: Class exercises and 2 hour examination.
Reference Texas: Sakurai, IJ,, Modem quantum mechanics (Addison-Wesley); Gottfried, IC,
Quanam mechanics (Benja min).
4324 Mathematical Methods
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
Assumed knowledge: ó453 Classical Fields and Mathematical Methods; or 2959 Real and
Complex Analysis.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Conten!: The t¡eatment of linea¡ systems for finite and infinite dimensional spaces, with
top¡cs chosen because of their application to physics. The common notion is that of linea¡
functionals. Finite dimensional spaces. Tensor algebra. Grassman algebra. Exterior
derivatives. Stoke's theorem. Infinite dimensional çaces. Distributions and generalized
functions. Di¡ac-function and its appearance in physics. Hilbert space. Riesz representation
theorem. Operators, adjoints, spectral thepry. Introduction to Lic groups and Lic
algebras.
Assessment: Class exercises and 2 hou¡ examination.
Text-bool

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
Motion of charged particles. Variational principles. Energy-stress tensoß. Green's function
for the wave equation, Lienard-rù/iechert potentials. Radiative reaction.
Assessment: Class exercises and 2 hour examination.
Tø-boolcs: To be advised.
5547 Statistical Mechanics
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
he-requisites: None.
Assumed knowledge: 7187 Quantum Mechanics.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fofnight.
Assessntent: A 2 hour examination and class exercises.
'lest-books: Reif, F., Fundamentak of statistical and theîmal physics (McGraw-Hill);
Ohanian, Påysr'cs Vol.2 (Norton).
HONOURS LEVEL
5724 Honours Mathematical Physics
Nol¿.' Students who are considering taking this subject are advised to see the Head of the
Depa_rtnìe-nt of Physics and Mathematical Physics as soon as possible, preferably before
enrolling for their third-yea¡ course.
Level: IY.
Points value: V|.
Dura¿io¡t: Fult year.
Pre-requisites: Students who have re standard before 19g9 in at least
four of the third-year Mathematical , 2543, ].LB'L,, 6W, 2965 and orhe¡
third-year Science or Mathematical after 19gg in at ieast five of the
Level III Matlìematical Physics subjects and other lævel III science or Mathematical
sciences subjects, may be permitted to proceed to the Honours course in Mathematical
Physics.
Lectures will be included on the following subjects: general theory of relativitf relativistic
quantum mechanics, quantum field theory, many-body theory, statisticai mechanics,
theoretical nuclear and particle pb¡aics.
550

Each student will be assigned a supervisor who will advise on the choice of lecture
p¡ogramme and give guidance in the lvriting of a project on some topic in mathematical
physics, to be approved in advance by the Head of the Department of Phpics and
Mathematical Physics.
Assessment: Examinations and project.
PTJRE MATHEMATICS
INTRODUSIORY NOTES
L. To qualify for a major in Pure Mathematics a student must present passes (not
Conceded Passes) in Level III subjects offered by the Department of Pure Mathematics to
the value of at least ten points. In addition it is recommended that,students take all four
Pu¡e Mathematics subjects at l,evel II. Intending Honours students are referred to the
statement on pre-requisites listed under the subject 6676 Honours Pure Mathematics.
2. While 9786 Mathematics I (Div. I) is the usual and recommended pre-requisite for all
l,evel II and I-evel III Pure Mathematics subjects, students who have obtained a good result
in Mathematics IM (usually Distinction level) ma¡ with the approval of the Head of the
Department, be allowed to enrol in lævel II and I-evel III subjects.
3. Students who do not have the assumed knowledge which is given under the syllabus
entries fo¡ lævel III Pu¡e Mathematics subjects should consult the Department before
completing the¡r enrolment.
4. For students with special interest in mathematical logic, philosophy courses (u¡ith the
logic options) are part¡cula¡ly suitable for combining with pure mathematics.
5. A student who may wish to become a teacher of mathematics is strongly advised to study
some computer science and statistics in addition to mathematics.
LEVEL II
5807 Algebra
Level: II.
Poins value: 2.
Duralion: Semester II.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Contact løurs: 2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Linear Algebra: Vector spaces ove¡ the real and complex numbers, linear
transfo¡mations, bases, eigenspaces and diagonalization, inner products, Cauchy-Schv/an
inequality and Gram-Schmidt process, adjoint, bilinear forms, the matrix of a form, and the
orthogonal and unitary groups.
Group Theory symmetries and permutations, abstract groups, peÍnutations and mat¡ix
groups, cyclic groups and Lagrange's Theo¡em.
Assessmen!: 1% hour examination, togetherwith a small percentage for class exercises.
References: Hoffman, K and Kunze, k, Linear algebra; Frahleigh, J. 8., A frst
absnact algebra.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
course in
551

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
1429 Discrete Mathematics II
Level: ll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Contact hours:2weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
content: Permutations and combinations, Recurrence Relations, Generating Functions and
the Inclusion-Exclusion Principle. Graph Theory Paths, circuits, directed gfaphs and trees.
Introduction to codes. This course is designed to be of particula¡ benefit to students
studing Computer Science subjects.
Assessment: L% hour examination, togethe¡ with a small percentage for class exercises.
References: Anderson, 1., A first course in combinatorial mathematics; Prather, R E.,
Elentenß of dkcrete mathematics; Cooke, D. J. and Bez, H. 8., Computer mathematics;
Townsend, M., Discrete mathematics: applied combinations and graph theory.
7389 MultivariableCalculus
Level: lI.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Contact hours: 2weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Continuous functions on R Differentiable functions, partial derivatives and
di¡ectional derivatives, the Chain Rule and higher partial derivatives. The Hessian matrix
and Taylor's Theorem. Inverse Function and Implicit Function fieorems. Smooth surfaces
and tangent spaces. Dual spaces, l.agrange multipliers. Multiple integrals.
Assessment: l% hour examination, togethe¡ with a small petcentage for class exercises.
References: Baxandall, P. R and Liebeck, H., Differential vector calculus.
2959 Real and Complex Analysis
Level: II.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Properties of the Real Num sequences and limit
properties. Series: convergence tests fo¡ solute convergence of
series. Powe¡ series and diffe¡entíation o real vatued functions.
complex functions: differentiability and continui$r. Integration of complex functions
including Cauchy's theorem, integral formula and residue theorem.
Assessment: 1/¡ hciur examination, togetherwith a small percentage for class exercises.
References: Spivak, M., Calculus; Marsden, J.8., Basic complu analysis; Churchill, R V., et
al Complæ variables and applications.
552

LEVBLIII
6848 Analysis
Level: lll.
Points value: 2.
Duratiott: Semester L
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assunted htowledge: 8925 Pure Mathematicsll or 2959 Real and Complex Analysis.
Contact hours:2weekly lectures and 1 tutorial every three weeks.
Content: Metrics and norms, continuity, convergence and topological concepts. Completeness
and compactness, uniform convergence, Connectedness. C¡ntraction mappings.
Assessment:2 hour examination and a small percentage may be allocated to class exercises.
References: Apostol, T. M., Mathematical analysis.
3337 Complex Analysis
Level: III.
Poittts value:2,
Duration: Semester II.
he-requdtes:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge; 8925 Pure Mathematics ll or 2959 Real and Complex Analysis.
Contact hours: 2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial every three weeks.
Content: The basic theory of holomorphic functions including conformal mapping. Cauchy's
integral theorem and the ¡esidue theorem, togetherwith selected applications.
Assessnrcnt:2 hour examination and a small percentage may be allocated to class exercises.
References: Ahlfors, L.Y.,Compløcanalysis or Marsden, J.E.,Bosic compløcanalysis.
3874 Convexity
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duratiott: Semester IL
h'e-requisites:978ó Mathematics I (Div. I).
Contacl hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial every three weeks.
Conten¿: An introduction to the properties of convex sets in niimensional Euclidean space,
duality, pol¡opes, Helly's theorem, Caratheodory's theorem, convex functions, Blaschke's
selection theorem, mixed volumes.
Assessntent:2 hou¡ exanrination plus a small percentage for class exercises.
Reference: Eggleston, H. G., Convøcity.
3786 Geometry
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duratiott: Semester I.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assttnted knowledge:8975 Pure Mathematics II or 5807 Algebra.
Contac! hours:2 weekly lectu¡es and 1 tutorial every three weeks.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
553

Mathematical and
Gomputer Sciences
Co geometry. An introduction to pnojective geometry via
axi theorems, collineations, projectivities and the conic. One
of geometry non-Euclidean geometry finite geometry.
Assessmen¿:2 hour examination and a small percentage may be allocated for class exercises.
References: Maxwell, E. A., The methods of plane projective geometry based on the use ol
general homoge neo us coordinates.
4102 Geometry of Surfaces
Level: lll.
Poinu value: 2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge: 8925 Pure Mathematics II or both 5807 Algebra and 7389
Multivariable Calculus.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and L tutorial every three weeks.
Su¡faces in R3. Mult¡linear fo¡ms and integration on lines,
Stokes Theorem, Jacobians and change of variable. Geometry
ces, cuwature, Gaussian curvature, geodesics, the Gauss map
em.
Assessmenl: 2 hour examination and a small percentage may be allocated for class exercises.
Tett-books: Baxandall, P. R and Liebeck, H., Differential vector calculus.
t273 Groups
Level: l[l.
Poins value: 2.
Duration: Semester II.
he-requísites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge; 8925 Pure Mathematics Il or 5807 Algebra.
contact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial every three week. some tutorials may be
computing tutorials using the group theory package Cayley.
Content: Permutations, cyclic groups, homomorphisms, normal subgroups and facto¡
groups, isomorphism theorems. Direct products. Groups acting on sets and applications to
p-group conjugacy classes. Finitely generated abelian groups. Sylou/s Theo¡ems. presentation
of groups.
Assessnrcnt: 2 hour examination and a small percentage m y be allocated for class exercises
and tutorial work.
References: Frahleigh, J.B.,Afirst course in absnact algebra.
1845 Integration
Level: III.
Points value:2,
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge: 89?5 Pure Mathematicsll or 2959 Real and Complex Analysis.
Contact hours:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial every three weeks.
Content: C-ountability. Additive set functions, o--algebras and Lebesgue measure and
integral; convergence, L' spaces and completeness. Applications in probability and analysis.
554

Assessntenl:2 hou¡ examination and a small percentage may be allocated for class exercises.
Reþrences: Rudin, V/., Principles of mathematical analysis; Rudin, W', Real and complac
analysk 2nd edn.
5780 Logic
Level: lll.
Poittts value: 2.
Duralion: Semeste¡ I.
Pre-requkites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge: None.
Conlact hours: 2 weekly lectu¡es and 1 tutorial every three weeks.
Contenl: Propositional Calculus, First Order Theories, Interpretations and models. Godel's
Completeness Theorem for Predicate Calculus. Computabilit¡r Turing machines, recursive
functions and the halting problem. Undecidability of Predicate C-alculus. Godet's Theo¡em
lor Elementary Number Theory.
Assessment: 2 hour examination and a small percentage rîay be allocated fo¡ class exercises.
References: Crossley, J.N.,What k mathcmatical logic?
3401 Number Theory
Availability: Not offered in 199L.
Level: lll.
Poins value: 2.
Duralion: Semester II.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assunted hnwledge: None.
Contact løurs: 2weekly lectu¡es and 1 tutorial every three week.
Content: Congruences, arithmet¡cal functions, finite fields, quadratic fields, irrational
numbers and applications. An elementary knowledge of computer programming will be
assunred in this subject.
Assessment:2 hour examination plus a small percentage for class exercises.
6508 Rings, Fields and Matr¡ces
Level: lIl.
Poittts vahte: 2.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assutned knowledge:8975 Pure Mathematics II or 5807 Algebra.
Contact løurs:2 weekly lectures and 1 tutorial every three weeks.
Content: Rings, integral domains, homomorphisms, ideals, subrings. Polynomials. Principal
Ideal Donains, Fields, finite fields. Rational, Primary rational and Jordan Canonical forms
for matrices.
Assessntent:2 hour examination and a small percentage may be allocated for class exercises.
References: Frahleigh, J. B.,A first course in absnact algebra.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
55s

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
9482 Mathematics of Finance
Syllabus: See under Applied and Pure Mathematics-Iævel III.
HONOURS LEVEL
6676 Honours Pure Mathematics (8.4. or B.Sc.)
No¡e.' Students are required to consult with the Head of the Department of Pu¡e
Mathematics, preferably no later than the end of the year preceding their enrolment, in
order to ensure that they have obtained the necessary pre-requisite knowledge at a
satisfactory standard, to plan their course of study and discuss their choice of project. All
students are required to obtain the apptoval of the Head of the Department of Pure
Mathematics befo¡e enrollinglor 6676 Honou¡s Pure Mathematics.
Level: lY.
Poins value: 24.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: The normal pre-requisites are:
(i) 8864 Pure Mathematics III or at least 6 Iævel III Pure Mathematics subjects
including 3198 Anatysis and 19?5 Groups;
(ii) a knowledge of the material of options 2986 Rings and Modules and 2556 Groups
or of subjects 6508 Rings, Fields and Matrices, and ?556 Integration;
(iii) a third year subject offered by anothe¡ department in the Faculty of Mathematical
and Computer Sciences, or 7082 Mathematical Physics III or 9730 Mathematical
Physics IIIA or 4185 Mathematical Physics IIIM, or Level III Mathematical Sciences
subjects to the value of at least eight-points offered by other departments.
Students with a different background of thi¡d year or l-evel III subjects may be accepted at
the discretion of the Head of the Department of Pure Mathematics.
Content: The lectu¡e progfamme will be determined from year to year. Students will be
required to make a selection from options offered by the Departments of Pure
Mathematics, Applied Mathematics, Computer Science, Statistics, Physics and Mathematical
Physics and by the School of Mathematical Sciences at The Flinde¡s University of
South Australia, including some compulsory options in Algebra and Analysis; options
offered by other departments may also be available.
Only under exceptional circumstances \À/ill the Depafment recommend to the Faculty that
a caudidate be permitted to spread the wo¡k for the Honours degree over two years.
Each student will be assigned a supervisor who will advise on the choice of lectu¡e
prog¡amnìe and give guidance in the writing of a project on some top¡c in mathematics.
Work on this project should begin in the Department in the first week of February and
should be completed by the end of the second semester's lecture programme.
Assessment: For options given in the Department of Pure Mathematics, the¡e will be a
three-hour examination at the end of the semester in which the option is given (unless
other arrangements are notified). The project also contributes to the final result.
RECOMMENDED PROGRAMME FOR TEÀCHERS OR PROSPECTIVE TEACIIERS
The Department of Pure Mathematics offers an optional Recommended Programme for
Teachers or Prospective Teache¡s within 6676 Honours Pure Mathematics. This
Programnre consists of a recommended selection of options, some of which have been
specially designed for the purposes of the Programme. Students taking the whole of this
Progranrme may be permitted to replace the project normally required by two minor
projects on topics appropriate to the Programme. The Programme is recommended in
particular to potential secondary mathematics teachers.
Some options within the Recommended Programme fo¡ Teachers or Prospective Teachers
556

will be available to suitably qualified secondary mathematics teache¡s who wish to attend as
Visiting Students.
SI74 Honours Pure and Applied Mathematics (BA. or B.Sc.)
Level: fY.
Poinsvalue: ?4.
Duration: Full year.
Content: Prospective students should consult the Department early in the year in which the
subject is being offered to obtain advice as to the specihc content of the subject.
STATISTICS
LEVEL I
5543 StatiStics I
Level: l.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester I or II.
Pre-requisites: None.
Assumed knowledge: Yeat 12 Mathematics I & II o¡ Year 12 Mathematics IS.
Contact hours:3 lectures, 1 tutorial and 2 hours of practical work a week.
Content: Organisation, presentation and description of data. Random processes, relative
frequenry and probability. Random variables and probability distributions. Binomial and
hypergeometric distributions. Continuous distributions and probability calculus. The
Normal distributions. Linear functions of random variables. Tests of sigriFrcance for means
and variances, confidence intervals. The t, X2 and F distributions. Inferences on
probabilities. Tests of fit. Tests of homogeneity and independence. Partitioning of X2 into
components. A non-parametric confidence interval fo¡ percentiles. The sign test, signed
rank test and Wilcoxon two sample test (the rank sum test). Linear modelling with
inte¡active analysis on the computer. læast squares htting. Regression through the origin.
Simple linear and multiple regression. Single and double classifications. Analysis of
Variance. Correlation and association.
Use of the computer package MINTTAB throughout the couße.
Assessment: Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most 20Vo).
'letrbooks: læctu¡e notes are available from the Department of Statistics.
LEVEL II
4523 Data Analysis
Level: Il.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites:5543 Statistics I (Div. I).
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
557

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
Assumed knowledge: Eithet 97136 Mathematics I or %17 Mathematics lM or 4357
Mathematics IH.
Contact hours:2 lectures and t hour ofpractical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
topics from: Regression: multiple regression, anal¡,sis of
of Variance and experimental design; randomization,
ssed factors, fixed/random, elementary factorial designs.
Finite population sampling: simple random sampling, Analysis of frequency data. Nonparametric
methods. The use of computer packages fo¡ statistical computations ¡s an
integral part of the subject.
Assessment: Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most 20Vo).
Te¡:t-books: l,ectu¡e notes to be provided.
4107 Distribution Theory II
Level: Il.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requisites: 5543 Star¡st¡cs I (Div. I) and eith¿r 9786 Mathematics I (Div. I) or
3617 Mathematics IM (distinction or exceptionally, with the approval of the Chairman of
the Department at c¡edit standard).
Contacl hours: 2 lectu¡es and t hour of practical work a week, plus I tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Random
events. univariate
Poisson and waitin
Gamma distributio
conditionaI distribu
distributions, with applications to Normal sampling theory. univariate population and
sample characteristics. Expectations. Moment generation functions. Generalizations to
multivariate distributions. Expectations, mean vector and variance matrix. Indep€ndent
variates and some of theif properties, with applications in sampling tbeory.
Assessntent: Formal examination (at least 807o) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most207o).
Tert-boolcs: læcture notes to be provided.
8878 Inference II
Level: ll.
Poinß value: 2.
Duration: Semester II.
h'e-requßiles: 5543 Statistics I (Div. l) and eitÌwr 9786 Mathematics I (Div. I) or
3617 Mathematics IM (distinction or exceptionally, with the approval of the chai¡man of
the Depa¡tment at credit standard).
Assunted knowledge: 4707 Distribution Theory II.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and t hour of practical work a week, plus 1. tutorial a fortnight.
Content of e ciency, sufficiency
Max rge sample
prope¡t ound significance
level, p and estimation.
confidence intervals. Pivotal quantity. Intewals based on test procedures. Likelihood
in tervals.
558

Assessnrcnt: Formal examination (at least SOlo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most 20Vo).
Tøcl-books: Lectu¡e notes to be provided.
1675 Linear Models II
Level: ll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
Pre-requkites: 5543 Statistics I (Div. I) and eirhzr 9786 Mathematics I (Div. I) or
3617 Mathematics IM (distinction or exceptionally, with the approval of the Chairman of
the Depafment at credit standard).
Assunted knowledge: 4107 Distribution Theory II a¡d 4523 Data Analysis.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and t hour of p¡actical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Linear subsp-ace definition of linear models in the special case where the variance
matrix has the form vll. Examples from regression and Analysis of Variance. Least Squares
estimation of the means, and its equivalence with Best Linear Unbiased Estimation and
with Maximum Ukelihood Estimation when Normalit¡r is assumed. Estimation of v2,
Hypothesis testing and confidence intervals. A mo¡e detailed account of the general theory
in the special cases of regression and Analysis of Variance. The MATI-AB package is used
for the associated data analysis.
Assessment: Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and ptoject e¡ork
(at most207o).
Tert-books: Iæcture notes to be provided.
LBVBL III
Assumed knowledge for each of the nine Level III subjects is:
l) 7387 Mathematical Statistics II o¡ all four lævel II Statistics subjects listed above (ø

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
299I Distribution Theory III
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requkites:978ó Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assunred knowledger See initial statement for lævel III subjects.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and t hour of p¡actical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Conlent: Calculus of dishibutions. Moments and cumulants. Moment generating functions.
Multiva¡iate distributions. Marginal and conditional distributions. Conditional Expectation
and Variance operators. Change of variables in multivariate distributions. Exact distributions
of interest in statistics. Definition and properties of the multivariate Normal
distribution. Weak convergence of distributions. Central Limit Theorem. Asymptotic
Approximation of distributions.
Assessmenl: Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at ntost20Vo).
Teu-books: læcture notes to be provided.
9800 ExperimentalDesign
Level: IlI.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester Il.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge: See initial statement for l,evel III subjects. In addition, 2658 Linea¡
Models III.
Contact løurs: 2 lectures and t hour of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Block Design. Efficiency in Incomplete Block Designs. Canonical Efficiencies and
analysis by generalized sweeps. Factorial experiments: confounding and fractional replication.
Multi-strata experiments and their analysis. The course will use the GENSTAT 5
statistical package and emphasize practical aspects of the subject.
AssessnÊnt: Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at mos| ZOVo).
Text-books: læctu¡e notes to be provided.
4853 Finite Population Sampling
Level: ll(.
Poinu value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
Pre-requßites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge: See initial statement for lævel III subjects.
Contact hours:2 lectures and t hour of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Introduction: Experiments and Suwe¡n; Steps in planning a survey. Statistical
cha¡acterizations of finite populations; Total, mean, variance, mean square. Randomization
approach to sampling and estimation; Sampling distribution of estimatoç Expected values,
variances; Generalization of probability sampling. Prediction approach; Inadequacies of
randomization approach; Decomposition of population total; Concomitant variables;
Models: regression through the origin; Estimation by least squares; R.at¡o estimator;
Variance formulas. Balance and Robustness; Royal-Herson theorcm; Tallis's theorem; Best
fit sample. Stratified sampling; Estimation; Allocation; Construction of strata; Stratification
on size variables; Post-stratification. Two stage sampling; Estimation; Allocation.
560

Assessment: Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most 207o).
Teg-books: læcture notes to be provided.
3837 Generalized Linear Modelling
Level: lll.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requßites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed lotowledge: See initial statement for lævel III subjects. In addition,
2991 Distribution Theory III and 2658 Linea¡ Models III.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and t hour of practical wo¡k a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: l-arge sample maximum likelihood and likelihood ratio theory. Gene¡alized linear
models with er¡or distributions in a special exponential family. Definition and properties of
the natu¡al link function. Application of generalized linear model theory to the analysis of
multi-way frequency tables. Throughout the course emphasis is given to the interactive use
of the GLIM system to study several realistic practical examples.
Assessntent: Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most207o).
Text-books: læctu¡e notes to be provided.
2251 Inference III
Level: lIl.
Points value: 2.
Duratiott: Semester I.
h'e-requisites:9?86 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assunted kttowledge: See initial statement for lævel III subjects.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and I hour of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Cottent: The likelihood function. Sufficiency and the sufficiency principle. Sco¡e and
inlornration. Construction of point estimators. Consistency. Efficiency. Cramer-Rao bound.
Rao-Blackwell theo¡em. Maximum likelihood estimators, with large sample properties.
Hypothesis tests and confidence regions. Likelihood ¡atio and chi-squared tests.
Assessnrent: Formal examination (¿t least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most2lVo).
Text-books: Iæcture notes to be provided.
l4ll LifeContingencies
Lø,el: III.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semester I or II.
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assunrcd knowledge: See initial statement for lævel III subjects.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and t hour of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fornight.
Content: Life tables and the force of mortalir)4 select, aggregate and ultimate mortality
tables; annuit¡es immediate and due, assurances and premiums. Relations between
mortality functions; policy values, reserves and mortality profit. Multilecrement tables and
associated single-decrement, combined tables and monetary functions. Both practical and
theoretical aspects of the above will be discussed.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
561

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
AssessmenÈ Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most 20Eo).
Tut-booles: læcture notes to be provided.
2658 Linear Models III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 2.
Duration: Semester L
Pre-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge: *e initial statement for lævel III subjects.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and I hour of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: The general linear model, maximum likelihood, least squares and minimum
va¡iance est¡mates of the parameters, consistenry, sufficiency, sampling distributions of the
estimate, orthogonal projections, redundant specification. Principles of experimental
design. Canonical efficienry factors. Variance component models.
Assessment: Formal examination (at least 807o) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most 20Vo).
Tesct-books: læcture notes to be provided.
8892 Medical Statistics
Level: lII.
Poins value:2,
Duration: Semester I or II.
Pre-requkites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assunted knowledge: See initial statement fo¡ lævel III subjects.
Contact hours:2 lectures and t hour ofpractical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Conlent: This subject covers elementary actuary concepts associated Ìvifh the interpretation
and construction of life tables. These ideas are then extended to prospective trials lelding
complete life time data. The process of censoring is then introduced and the analysis
modified accordingly. C-ompeting risk theory is discussed in enough detail to provide
models for multiple causes of death. Methods for analysing ¡etrospective trials are given.
l:rge sample inferential procedures a¡e used.
Assessment: Formal examination (at \east 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most 207o).
Tøct-books: I-ectu¡e notes to be provided.
5030 Multivariate Analysis
Level: lll.
Poinu value:2.
Duration: Semester IL
he-requisites:9?86 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge: See initial statement for lævel III subjects.
Contact hours:2 lectures and t hour of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Multivariate anallnis: Multinormal regression, maximum likelihood estimators of
the regression and variance matrices, the likelihood ratio test for the general linear
hypothesis and the moments of its null distribution. Tests for ext¡a variates, sample and
population multiple discriminant functions, profile analysis. Multivariate data analysis using
562

GLIM and MATIAB computer programmes.
matrices. Nonlinear regression.
Tensor product of vector spaces and
Assessment: Formal examination (at least 807o) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most20Vo).
Tøct-books: Iæcture notes to be provided.
8387 Non-parametric Methods
Level: lll.
Points value: 2.
Duration: Semeste¡ II.
Pre-requßites: Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed knowledge: Distribution Theory III, Linear Models III.
Contact hours:2 lectures and t hour of practical work a week, plus 1 tutorial a fortnight.
Content: Rank based non-parametric tests for the comparison of two or more treatments,
with and without blocking. Tests of randomness and independence. Exact and asymptotic
results under the ¡andomization model, various population and finite population models.
Pa¡allels between non-parametric and parametric methods.
Assessment: Exercises, practicals during the semester, examination at the end of the
semester.
Tact-book: læcture notes will be provided.
5675 Time Series
Level: Ill.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester I.
he-requisites:9786 Mathematics I (Div. I).
Assumed htowledge: See initial statement for l,evel III subjects.
Contact hours: 2 lectures and t hour of practical wotk a week, plus 1 tutorial a fofnight.
Content: Stationary processes in disc¡ete time: autocorrelation function, its p¡opert¡es and
estimates, linear filters and suppression of noise. Estimation of trend and seasonal
components. Autoregressive and Moving Average processes. Identification and invertibility.
Box-Jenkins modelling and foiecasting, use of MINTTAB for estimating Box-Jenkins
coefficients.
Assessment: Formal examination (at least 80Vo) and exercises, practicals and project work
(at most 207o).
Text-books: l,ectu¡e notes to be provided.
HONOURS LEVEL
1346 Honours Statistics (8.4. or B.Sc.)
Nore.' Students are required to consult with the Head of the Department of Statistics
preferably no later than the end of the year preceding their enrolment, in order to ensure
that they have obtained the necessary proposed pre-requisite knowledge at a satisfactory
standa¡d. All students are required to obtain the app¡oval of the Head of the Department
of Statistics before enrolling for 1346 Honours Statistics.
Level: IY.
Poins value:24.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
563

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: For students ì¡,ho have completed third year studies before 1989:
(i) Z;03 Mathematical Statistics III;
(ii) a third-year subject offered by another Department in the Faculty of Mathematical
and Computer Sciences.
For students \r,ho have completed Level III studies after 1988:
(i) Completion of a major in Statistics at sufficiently high standard;
(ii) Passes at a sufficiently high standard in Iævel III subjects to the value of at least ten
points taught by a Department in the Faculty of Mathematical and C-omputer
Sciences.
Students with a different background of third-year subjects may be accepted at the
discretion of the Head of the Department of Statistics.
Content: The lecture programme will be determined from year to year. Students will be
required to make a selection from subjects offered by the Department of Statistics, by
other departments of the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences, by the School of
Mathematical Sciences at The Flinders University of S.{. and by such other departments as
may be agreed to by the Depalment of Statistics. Some compulsory subjects may be
prescribed.
F-ach student will be assigned a supewisor who will advise on the choice of lecture
programme and give guidance in the writing of a project. Work on this project should begin
in the Department in the first week of March and should be completed by the end ol the
second semester's lecture progfamme.
564

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MATHEMATICS
EDUCATION
Note: PostgEdule tuitior fes ûây åpply lo this oùEe.
REGULATIONS
1. Tbere shall be a Graduate Certificate in Mathematics Education.
2. An applicant fo¡ admission to the course of study for the Graduate Certificate shall:
(a) have qualified for a degree and a Graduate Diploma in Education of the University or
hold qualifications f¡om another institution accepted by the University for the purpose.
(b) have completed such other wo¡k as may be prescribed in the schedules.
3. Subject to the approval of the Council, the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to
such conditions as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the
Certificate an applicant who does not satisfy the requirements of Regulation 2 above but
who has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake s/ork for the
Certificate.
4. To qualify for the Certificate a candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course of study
and.comply with conditions as prescribed in the schedules.
5. Except with the special permission of the Faculty the course for the the C¡rtificate shall
be completed in one semester of full-time study or not more than two years of part-time
study.
6. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to t¡me
prescribe schedules defin ing:
(i) the subjects of study for the Certificate; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council o¡ such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be as specified by the chairman of each department
concerned, subject to endo¡sement by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
Committee of the klucation Committee. The chairman of a department concerned may
app¡ove minor changes to any previously approved syllabus.
7. In special cases, on written application by the candidate, and on the advicc of the Faculty,
a candidate may be granted such exemption from the requirements of these regulations as
the Council shall determine.
8. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the Certificate is not making satisfactory
p¡ogress, the Faculty may, with the consent of the Council, terminate the candidatu¡e and
the candidate shall cease to be enrolled fo¡ the Certificate.
RegulatioN allowed 1 March, 1990,
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
565

Mathemat¡caland
Computer Sciences
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MATHEMATICS
EDUCATION
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE I: SUBJECTS OFSTUDY
(NOTE: The points value of each subject is given after its subject title.)
1. The following shall be the subjects for the Graduate Certificate in Mathematics
F/ucation.
(a) Core Subjecas [Provisional list]
Group A Core Subjects
9143 School Mathematics Curriculum 2
4931 Exploratory Data Analysis 2
3825 Geometry for Teachers 2
1231 Thinking Mathematically 2
7724 ApplyngMathematics 2
Group B Core Subjects
8762 Mode¡n Statistics
2741. Modelling *'ith Mathematics
8575 Discrete Mathematics
1707 Mathematics in Fiucation
(b) Further Subjects
Group C Subjects
'l'798 Ce¡tilicate Project
3923 Minor Cærtificate Project
7&13 Certificate Mathematical Studies
3404 Di¡ected Reading Studies
8289 Minor Directed Reading Studies
Group D Subjects
Any other mathematical sciences or mathematics education subject or other relevant
subject offered within the University of Adelaide and approved for the purpose by the
Dean (or nomínee).
Group E Subjects
Other mathematical sciences or mathematics education subjects which may be offered from
time to time by the rele\¡ant schools of the Flinders Univenity of South Australia, the
South Australian Institute of Technology or the South Australian College of Advanced
Education and are approved for the purpose by the Dean (or nominee).
2. Each year the Faculty shall determine which of the above subjects will be offered in the
following year and in which semesters they will be offered.
3. Notwithstanding the above, the availability of all subjects is conditional on the availability
of staff and facilities.
s66
2
1
J
)
)
1
)
2
1

SCHEDULE II: COURSE OF STUDY
1,. To qualify for the C.ertificate a candidate shall satisfactorily complete subjects from
Schedule I with an aggregate points value of at least 12 satisfying the following
requirements:
(a) Unless otherwise agreed by the Faculty, the subjects presented for the Certificate must
include C.o¡e subjects with an aggregate value of at least 8.
(b) The subjects presented for the Certificate shall not include any subject which is, in the
opinion of the Faculty, substantially equivalent to another subject presented for the
Certificate or already counted towards another qualiÊrcation gained by the candidate.
2. Candidates wishing to enrol in subjects for which they do not have the necessary
preliminary knowledge may be required to take such bridging studies prior to the
commencement of their Certificate studies as may be deemed appropriate by the Dean (or
nominee).
3. To complete a course of stud¡ a candidate, unless exempted by the Faculty, shall:
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars; and
(b) undertake such computing work, practical work, field work and case studies, do such
reading, written and o¡al wo¡k and pass such examinations, as the Faculty may prescribe.
4. The syllabus for each subject for the Certificate shall specifywhether passes shall be nongraded
or whether there shall be three classifications of pass: Pass with Distinction, Pass
with Credit, and Pass.
5. Each candidate's course of study must be approved by the Dean (or nominee) at
enrolment each year.
6. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist, the Council, on the
recommendation of the Facult¡ mayvary the provisions of clauses 1 to 5 above.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
567

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MATHEMATICS
EDUCATION
The Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences, in cooperation with the Department
of Education offers a Graduate Certificate in Mathematics Education. The aim of the
course is to enable graduates in teaching to gain professional development in rnodern
nrathematics content and processes, in mathematics education and in relevant teaching
methodology, within an applied context.
The course is intended for holders of a qualification for teaching at diploma or degree
level, or equivalent (for example a three-year degree plus a diploma or a four-year bachelor
of education degree). Graduates wishing to en¡ol should consult the University of Adelaide
Liaison Officer, Graduate Cefificate in Mathematics Education, through the Office of the
Dean in early October of the year before they plan to en¡ol.
In some cases, students may need to undertake preliminary bridging studies prior to the
time of enrolment, to ensure that they have the necessary mathematical background
indicated in the syllabuses.
F-ach student will be assigned a supewisor who will advise, where applicable, on project
work, directed reading and selection of subjects. At enrolment time, following consultation
between the student and supewisor, each student's programme must be formally approved
by the Dean or nominee (normally by the Liaison Officer).
The course may be taken in one semester of full-time study or up to two years of part-time
study. It consists of subjects with an aggregate points value of at least 12 points, not
equivalent to subjects already offered by the candidate for another au)a¡d. These subjects
must include core subjects with an aggregate value of at least 8 po¡nts. (If subjects
equivalent to core subjects have been offe¡ed for another award, other subjects may be
specified in their place.)
The core subjects are cu¡rently offered in a joint programme by the South Australian
higher education institutions, in association with the Adelaide Consortium for Mathematics
Education. A 2 point core subject typically involves 26 to 30 contact hours; some subjects
will be based entirely on seminars and workshops while others will involve formal lectu¡es
with some associated workhops.
The co¡e subjects are divided into trvo groups and normally a student's core subjects will all
be frorn the same group. It is anticipated that all core subjects from the same groupwill be
offered at the same venue, but this may be on a campus of another institution. Group A
core subjects are intended as a basis for "re-skilling" of teachers who a¡e currently teaching
some junior secondary mathematics, or who wish to undertake such teaching, but whose
trainingwas in some other area (for example, science). Group B core subjects are intended
for professional development of mathematics specialist teachers who wish to update their
background in mathematics relevant to the senio¡ secondary curriculum, in mathematics
education and teaching methodology and in the use of modern technology. While the
cou¡se focusses mainly on these two categories, other applicants (for example, primary
teachers) will be accepted if a satisfactory programme of study appropriate to their needs is
available within the framework of the Cef¡ficate.
Students enrolled for the Certificate at the University of Adelaide will usually select thei¡
non-core subjects from Group C, which comprises subjects offered at the University of
Adelaide. They will normally include a subject whose work requirement consists of a
project.
In the course for the Certificate there will be an emphasis on applications, investigations
and problem-solving, and all students will take some subjects involving the use of computer
568

packages (though no knowledge of computer programming is required). Project work may
involve practical experience in industry, business or a school of tefiary education.
The Certificate may be taken as the first stage of studies towards the Diploma in
Mathematical Sciences or the degrees of Bachelor of Education or Maste¡ of Education.
Candidates for these awa¡ds who have completed the C.ert¡ficate may apply for credit up to
the value of 12 points on account ofwork for the Certificate.
In any one semester not all subjects may be offered. The decision as to which subjects will
be available will be finalised when the number of students wishing to undefake the
subjects are known and the needs of candidates have been assessed.
Preliminary information on which subjects are likely to be offered and which are likely to
be oflered in a late afternoon timeslot will normally be available in October of the
preceding year.
SYLLABUSES
Quota: May apply to cou¡se enrolments for students taking Gtoup A core subjects and for
those taking Group B core subjects.
Contact løurs: Tfte core subjects are currently offered in a joint programme by the South
Australian higher education institut¡ons. This part of the course may be taught at the
campus of anothe¡ institution.
Prescribed and recontmended reading P¡escribed and recommended reading will play an
inrportant part in the course. Reading lists provided for each subject will covet relevant
material in books and journal articles and also in packages produced by centres such as the
Shell Cent¡e fo¡ Mathematics and the Open University.
Assessntent and subject requirements: To be determined in consultation with students at or
befo¡e commencement of study of each subject and confirmed in writing within one week
of commencement. Details to be determined include the nature of the requirements fo¡
each component and the relative weight given to the components (e.g., such of the
following as a¡e ¡elevant: seminar papers; seminar or workshop paficipation; written o¡
practical or computing assignments; essa)¡s, reports or book reviews; written or oral
examination; project). Passes may be either reported as non-graded passes or classified, as
specified in the syllabus for the subject.
COR"E SUBJESTS
Group A Subjects (for teachers trained in other areas)
Assumed knowledge: These subjects all assume a knowledge of at least one of the publicly
exanrined SSABSA Year 12 Mathematics Subjects, or the equivalent.
9143 School Mathematics Curriculum
Poins value:2.
Duration: One Semeste¡ (to be advised).
Contact lnurs:2 hours perweek for 13 to 15 weeks or equivalent over a shorter period.
Contetzt: The subject aims to develop an awareness of the junior mathematics school
cur¡iculum in the context of the overall mathematics curriculum (from Reception to Year
12 and beyond). Issues related to curriculum objectives, and consequent appropriate
teaching methodologies, will be investjgated, along with a more detailed analysis of
particular areas of the curriculum.
Assesstletil: To be determined in consultation with students at or before commencement of
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
569

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
study of the subject. Assessment to be based on practical curriculum development pojects
of use to students in theirwork.
Recommended reading: Students will be e¡pected to read widely in their areas of interest.
Reading lists will be developed by consultation between students and staff.
493L Exploratory Data Analysis
Poins value:2.
Duration: One Semester (to be advised).
Contact Inurs:2 hours per week for 13 to 15 weeks or equivalent over a shorter period.
Content: The subject aims to help students gain a practical understanding of the application
of exploratory data analysis, e/ithin the context of investigations, sufficient for the purposes
of teaching at junior secondary level. It intrduces the fundamental ideas and nature of
statistics: data (sources, typ€s, levels), graphical tools (stem and leat box plots), summary
statistics. It considers erq)loratory tools for single and paired, variables (e.g., box trace,
correlation, scatter plot, ¡esistant line) and concludes with a brief introduction to the
nature and phitosophy of hypothesis testing.
Assessment: To be determined in consultation with students at or befo¡e commencement of
study of the subject. Assessment to be based on class work and assignments rather than
examination.
Recommended reading: Graham, A., Statistical investigations in tlæ secondary school (Open
University Course PM646, C.U.P., 1986).
3825 Geometry for Teachers
Poins value:2.
Duration: One Semester (to be advised).
Contact hours:2 hours per week for 13 to 15 weeks or equivalent over a shorter period.
Content: The subject aims to help students develop skills and understanding in solving a
range of elementary geomctrical problems and in relating these problems to a variety of
problems from outside mathematics, particularly to computer graphics where possible. It
provides a practical approach to a selection of topics in two and three dimensional
geometry which a¡e relevant to applications and hence to the teach¡ng of geometry.
Associated workshops will focus on teaching methodolog¡r and also include some historical
and cultural background.
Assessment: To be determined in consultation with students at or before commencement of
study of the subject. Assessment to be based on class work and assignments rather than
examination.
Reco mme nde d readlng.' Dou gliss, A, Ideas in ma thematics (Sau nders).
I23l Thinking Mathematically
Points value:2.
Duration: One Semester (to be advised).
Contact hburs:2 hours per week for 13 to 15 weeks or equivalent over a shorter period.
Contenl: The subject focusses on aspects of mathematical thinking rele nt to the teaching
of secondary mathematics, particularly problem solving (including mathematization of real
life problems). Participants will develop their own skills in this area and gain a background
of ideas and experience which will help the teaching of such skills. Background cove¡ed will
include the relevant ideas ofcognitive science and the approaches ofmathematical authors
such as Polya and Mason. Workshop sessions will provide practical experience using tools
from junior secondary mathematics, with applications to class room p¡actice.
Assessment: To be determined in consùltation with students at or before commencement of
570

study of the subject. Assessment to be based on class work and assignments rather than
examination.
Recomntended reading: Mason, J. and Stacey, K, Thinking math¿matically, 2nd edn.
(Addison-Vr'esley,1987); Nickerson, R S. et al, Thc teaching ofthinking (t_awrence Erlbaum
Associated Inc., 1985).
7724 ApplyingMathematics
Points value:2.
Duratiott: One Semester (to be advised).
cotttoct lnurs: 2 hours per week fo¡ 13 to 15 weeks or equivalent over a shorter period.
Content: The aim of the subject is to introduce junior secondary mathematics teachers to
the application of mathematical modelling to a broad range of problems. on completion of
the subject, participants should have developed: an appreciation of the potèntial for
mathematics as a medium for modelling a large variety ot problems; skills in recognising
appropriate modelling methods; and mathematical skills in using models to solve a number
of problenrs. The content will be based mainly on material in "Mathematics at v/ork". The
enrphasis will be on the modelling process and the implementation of models using
computer softwa¡e. Topics will be d¡awn from the following: financial mathemat¡cs (incomé
and tax, budgeting, ¡nvestment, inflation and insurance, and credit); probabitity (insurance,
games of change, and simulation); linear programming (models oitransportation, depot
location and rostering); growth and decay (a discussion of population and radioaciive
decay).
Assessntent: To be determined in consultation \À,ith students at or before commencement of
study of the subject. Assessment to be based on assignments and seminar presentâtion
rather than examination.
Teut-books: I-¡w, 1., Mathematics at work (Australian Academy of scienbe, 19gg); Giordans,
F. R. & Wei¡, M. D., A frst course in mathenntical nodelling (Brookes/Cole, 1985).
Group B Core Subjects
Assutned knowledge: These subjects will assume that students have passed at least one f¡rst
year tertiary level nrathematics subject such as Mathematics I or Mathematics IM at the
University of Adelaide.
8762 Modern Statistics
Poins value:2.
Duration: One Semester (to be advised).
conracr hours:2 hours per week fo¡ 13 to 15 week or equivalent over a shorter period.
Content: The subject aims to help students examine and use mode¡n statistical techniques,
u/ithin the context of irwestþations, and would provide suitable preparat¡on for teaching
applications of statistics within Year 12 subjects. It introduces data sou¡ces types and levels.
It co¡lsiders graphical tools, stem and leaf plots, and summary statistiCs. The subject
considers single and multivariate cases, box trace, correlation, scatterplot, resistant line,
least square, regression, time series and smoothing. The subject culminates with an
introduction to the nature and philosophy of hypothesis testing using a variety of nonparametric
tests to exempl¡fy the concepts involved.
Assessntenl: To be determined in consultation with students at or before commencement of
study of the subject. Assessment to be based on class work and assignments rather than
examination.
Recommended reading: Grahami A., statistical investigations in the secondary school (open
University Course PM646, C.U.P., 1986); Branford, A., Graphicat and computational
statistics: 1988 Lectures Nores (Flinders University).
Mathemat¡caland
Computer Sciences
571

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
274L Modelling with Mathematics
Poins value:2.
Duralion: One Semester (to be advised).
Contact hours:2 hours perweek for 13 to 15 weeks or equivalent ovcr a shorter period.
Content: The subject aims to help students develop the modelling process as well as explore
mathematical techniques. It introduces topics via the use of case studies. It considem cuwe
fitting in the context of advefising and sales, administration of drugs, supply and demand,
car operating costs, alcohol and accidents and handicapping. The subject considers
algebraic equations for rostering, minimization of materials, annuities, and cuwe htting'
The subject develops linear programming models for product mix, rostering, portfolio
management, t¡ansportation and location. It concludes with an introduction to difference
and differential equations forcompound interest, growth and decayand population models.
Vy'orkshop topics will include generation of case studies suitable for class¡oom use.
Assessment: To be determined in consultation with students at or before commencement of
study of the subject. Assessment to be based on class work and assignments rather than
examination.
Recommended reading: Giordans, F. R & Weir, W. 8., A frst course in malhematical
ntodetling (Brookes/Coke, 1985); Boyec, W' E., Case studies in mathematical modelling
(Pitman, 1981).
8575 DiscreteMathematics
Poins value:2.
Duration: One Semeste¡ (to be advised).
Contacl hours: 2 hours per week for 13 to- 15 weeks or equivalent over a shorter period'
Content: The subject provides an introduction to topics in disc¡ete mathemat¡cs ¡ele\rant to
applications, particularly in decision making, computer science and communications. Topics
will be chosen from those becoming prominent in early tertiary courses and relevant to
enrichment of secondary mathematics stud¡es. A selection of the following will be included:
elementary logic and truth tables; counting processes and probablistic modelling;
recurrence and iteration; algorithms and complexity; representation of d¡screte systems via
graphs, networks and groups; applications to encryPtion and error cor¡ecting codes'
Assessment: To be determined in consultation with students at or before commencement of
study of the subject. Assessment to be based on class work and assignments rather than
examination.
Tøtt-book: Albertson, M. O. & Hutchinson, J. P., Discrete matlwmatics with algorithms
(Wiley, 1988).
1707 Mathematics in Education
Points value: 2-
Dwation: One Semester (to be advísed).
Contact hours:2 hours per week for 13 to 15 weeks or equivalent over a shorter period.
Conten!: Critical concepts in school mathematics. Samples of current practice in school
mathematics. Examination of appropriate methodolory arising from considerations of
current issues such as altemate modes of evaluation and assessment, calculators and
computers, gender, special groups of learners.
Assessment: To be determined in consultation with students at or before commencement of
study of the subject. Assessment to be based on class work and assignments rather than
examination-
92

FI,JRTHER SUBJECTS
Group C Subjects
Students enrolled at this University will normally select the¡r norcore subj€rts frort ttri
g¡ouP.
7798 CertificateProject
Poinsvalue:2.
Duration: Semeste¡ I o¡ II.
Requirement: The student s/ill undertake a project in mathematics or mathematics
education with the general guidance of the student's supenisor. The project ma¡ for
example, involve an investigat¡on in mathematics or computing, or an applied problem, or a
period of practical expcrience in business and industry, or in a classroom situation in a
school or tert¡ary institution. The natu¡e and scope of the project will be agreed by student
and supewisor before detailed work commences.
Assessment: To be based on a written repof submitted by an agreed date.
3923 Minor Certificate Project
Poinsvalue: l.
Duration: Half a Semester.
Requirement: This subject is similar to 7798 C.ertificate Project except that the points value
and t¡me commitment are less and the scope is accordingly narrower. It is particularly
suitable for projects based on a short period ofwork elçerience.
Assessment: As for 7798 Certifîcate Project except for scale.
7843 Certificate Mathematical Studies
Poins value:2.
Duration: One Semester.
Conlact hours: 2 hours per week,
he-requisite: A qualification acceptable to the relevant department in the Faculty of
Mathematical Sciences.
Content: One option (not already offered for any award from those offered in Honours
Pu¡e Mathematics, Honours Applied Mathematics, Honou¡s Statistics, Honours Computer
Science and Honours Mathematical Physics, selected in consultat¡on with the student's
supewisor. (Honours options recommended for prospective teachers are paficularly
suitable for this purpose.)
Assessment: See Honours Mathematical Sciences syllabuses.
3404 Directed Reading Studies
Poinsvalue:2.
Duration: One Semester.
Requirement: The student will undertake a programme of independent study in a cleärly
defined area, based mainly on reading and also, where ar¡ailable, on attendance at research
seminars. The programme will be determined in consultation with the student's supewisor
(or, where necessary, with another supewisor appointed for the purpose) who will also be
available for consultation as necessary.
Assessment: Based on a s,ritten report to be submitted by an agreed date.
.
Matheimatical and
Computer Sciences
573

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
8289 Minor Directed Reading Studies
Points value: l.
Duration: Half a Semester.
Requirement: This subject is similar to 3404 Di¡ected Reading Studies except that the points
value and time commitment are less and the scope is accordingly nalrower. It can be taken
in conjunction with 3923 Mino¡ Certificate Project.
Assessment: As for 3404 Directed Reading Studies except for scale.
Other Group D Subjects
For syllabuses of other mathematical sciences or mathematics eduçation subjects or other
relevant subjects offered within the University of Adelaide please see the relevant entries
elsewhere in this calendar.
Note that inclusion of such subjects in the Certificate requires approval by the Dean or
nominee (normally the Liaison Officer). Approval will normally be given for inclusion of
such a subject provided it is appropriate to the student's background and interests and the
aims of the Certificate and does not signifÏcantly overlap other subjects offered for the
Certificate (or for another previous award).
Group E Subjects
These a¡e subjects in other institutions. No subjects are currently approved for this group,
but a particular subject could be approved under special ci¡cumstances. Students normally
enrol in the institution where the projects and other non{ore subjects ar¡ailable are
appropriate to their interests and needs.
574

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Note: PslgÉdute tuirioo fces @y spply to thi¡ @uße.
REGUI.ATIONS
1. There shall be a Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications.
2' Except as provided for in Regulation 3 an applicant for admission to the course of study
for the G¡aduate Certificate shall:
(i) have qualified for a degree of the University or for a degree of another institution
accepted for the purpose by the University. .
(ii) have obtained the approval of the Dean (or nominee) of the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences.
3. Subject to the approval of the Cou t to
such conditions (if any) as it may see for
the Certificate a person who does not tion
2 but has given evidence satisfactory the
Ce¡tificate.
4. To qualify for the Certificate a candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course of fulltime
study extending over at least one semester or of part+ime study extending over at
least one year. Except v¡ith the permission of the Faculty the work for the Certificate shall
be completed within two years.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study fo¡ the Certificate; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the exam¡nations to be
passed by the candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective f¡om the date of prescription by the Council or such
othe¡ date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be as specified by the chairman of each depa¡tment
concerned, subject to endorsement by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
committee of the Rlucation committee. The chairman of a dèpartmeni concerned may
approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabus.
6. A candidate who desires that the examinations which he o¡ she has passed in the
University or elsewhere should be counted for the Graduate Cærtificate in lelecommunications
may on written application be granted such exemption from the requirements of
these regulations as the council shall determine. otherwise no subject counted for any
other award of the university shall be counted as part of the requirements for the
Ce¡tificate.
7. There shall be three classifications of pass in each subject for the Certificate: Pass with
Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass.
8. (a) A candidate shall not be eligible to attend for examination unless the prescribed work
has been completed to the satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
(b) A candidate who fails in a subject and desires to take the subject again shall again
attend lectures and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as the teaching staff
concerned may prescribe, unless specifically exempted therefrom after written application
to the Regist¡a¡ for such exemption.
(c) A candidate who has twice failed the examinat¡on in any subject or dMsion of a subject
Mathemat¡caland
Computer Sciences
575

Mathernetical and
Gomputer'Seiencês
may enrol for that subject again except by special permission to be obtained in writing from
the Registrar and then only under such conditions as may be prescribed'
(d) For the purpose of this Regulation a.candida[e who is refused permission to sit for
èxãmination,- oi who without a niqson accepted ö¡r the De4n of Máth.ematic¡l and
examination (or
sr eight reachiog
9. A candidate rvho complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall
be awarded the Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications.
Regu¡a¡iom aüryed I Mæb, l99O.
576

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE I: SUBJECTS OF STUDY
1. The following shall be the subjects fo¡ the G¡aduate Certificate in Telecommunications.
(Note: Each subject has a points value of 2.)
(a) Group A Subjects - Faculty of Mathematical Sciences
2208 Random P¡ocesses
2314 Optimisation
2039 Mathematical Programming
4485 Telet¡affic Models
3908 Routing in Data Networks
842'l Mathematical Coding and Cryptology
9694 Spectral Analysis and Signal Processing
(b) Group B Subjects - Electrical and Electronic Engineering Depafment
7529 Netwo¡k A¡chitectu¡e and Switching
7436 Stochastic Processes in Communications Systems
6519 Signal Processing
(c) Group C Subjects - Electronic Engineering, South Australian Institute ofTechnolog¡r
Nefwork Protocols
Communication System Theory
Digital Transmission
Error Control Coding
Optical Communications
Radio Wave Propagation
(d) Group D Subjects
Other relevant subjects or work as may be approved by the Dean of Mathematical and
Conrputer Sciences (or nominee).
2. Ezch year the Faculty shall determine which of the above subjects will be offered in the
following year and in which semesters theywill be offered.
3. Notwithstanding the above, the availability of all subjects is conditional on the availability
of sta[f and facilities.
SCHEDULE II: COURSE OFSTUDY
The G¡aduate Certificate in Telecommunications is a collaborative ptogramme between the
Faculties of Mathematical and Computer Sciences and Engineering and is administered by
the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences for practical reasons.
1. To qualify for the certificate a candidate shall satisfactorily complete subjects from
Schedule I with an aggrcgate points value of at least 12 and satisfy the requlrement that the
subjects presented shall not include any which is, in the opinion of the Faculty, substantially
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
57'l

Mathematicaland
Cómputer Sciences
equivalent to another subject presented for the Certificate or already counted tos,ards
another qualification gained by tlre candidate.
2. C¿ndidates wishing to enrol in subjects for which they do not have the necessary
preliminary knowledge may be required to take such bridging studies prior to the
commencement of their Certificate studies as may be deemed apprcpriate by the Dean of
the Faculty of Mathematicål and Computer Sciences (or nominee).
3. To complete a course of stud¡ a candidate, unless exempted by the Faculty, shall:
(a) regularly attend the prescribed lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars; and
(b) undefake such computing work, practical work, field work and case studies, do such
reading, w¡itten and oral work and pass such examinations, as the Facult¡r may prescribe.
4. Each candidate's course of stùdy must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences (or nominee) at enrolment each year.
5. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist, the Council, on the
recommendation of the Faculty, may vary the provisions of clauses L to 4 above.
578

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED
STATISTICS
Note: Postgmduate luiliotr fees may apply to this ouEc.
REGULATIONS
Note.' Persons wishing to apply for admission to the course should contact the Department
of Statistics as early as possible before Enrolment Vy'eek for a detailed prospectus.
l. There shall be a Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics.
2. Except as provided for in regulation 3 a candidate for admission to the course for the
Graduate Diploma shall have qualified fo¡ admission to a deg¡ee of the University or to a
degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the university and have obtained
the approval of the Department of stat¡stics.
3. Subject to the approval of the Council the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to
such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for
the Graduate Diploma a person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given
evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of his fitness to undefake wo¡k for the diploma.
4. To qualify for the G¡aduate Diploma a candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course
of full-time study extending over at least one year or of part-time study extending over at
least two years.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice f¡om the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the G¡aduate Diploma; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be sarisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective f¡om the date of prescript¡on by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) Tbe syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by rhe Head of Department or Heads of
DePa¡tments conce¡ned and subm¡tted to the Faculty and the Executive C-ommittee of the
Education Committee for approval, except that Heads of Departments may approve minor
changes to previously approved syllabuses.
6. A cand¡date wlro desi¡es that the exanrinations which he has passed in the University or
elsewhere should be counted for the Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics, may on
written application be granted such exenrption from the requirements of these regulations
as the Counc¡l shall determ¡ne.
7. The¡e shall be three classifications of pass at an annual examination in any subject for
the diploma; Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass.
8. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject and desires to take the subject again shall
again attend lectu¡es and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as the professor
o¡ lecturer concerned may prescribe, unless specifically exempted therefrom after written
application to the Registrar for such exemption.
(b) A candidate who has twice failed to pass the examination in anysubject or division of a
subject may not en¡ol for that subject again except by special permission to be obtained in
writing from the Regist¡ar and then only under such conditions as may be prescribed.
(c) For the purpose of this regulation a candidate who is refused pe¡mission to sit fo¡
exanrination, or who fails, without a reason accepted by the Head of the Department of
Statistics as adequate, to attend all or part of a final examination (or supplementary
Mathemat¡caland
Computer Sciences
579

Matlremàt¡cal'dnd
ComputèrSoienees
examination if granted) after remaining en¡olled for at least eight teaching weeks of that
semester, shall be deemed to have failed to pass the examination.
9. A candidate who complies with thç forego¡ng condit¡ons and satisfïes the examinen shall
be awarded the Graduatè Dlplbma in Applied Statistics.
Regulatioú allwcd 29 Janufy, 1981.
Añê¡ded:4 Feù. 198? 2/ Fcb. f9B:5¡ l?¡an. ts8s,: z, æ jul, 1989: iB, I Marcir 1990: óþloro to gradüatc oiplooi
580

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED
STATISTICS
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 5.)
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
Note: Tlte points value of each subject is indicated by a number after each subject title.
1. A candidate for the G¡aduate Diploma shall regularly attend lectures and tutorials, do
such written wo¡k as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in a selection of subjects
chosen from the follos,ing list, with an aggregate value of at least 16 points:
(a)2349 Statistical Sof¡xa¡e (compulsory) 2
(b) The nine Iævel III Statistics subjects:
2991 Distribution Theory III
9800 Experimental Dasigr III
4853 Finite Population Sampling III
3837 Generalized Linear Modelling III
2251 Inference III
2 7477 Life C-ontingencies III
2 2658 Linear Models III
2 88n Medical Statistics III
2 5030 Multivariate Analysis III
2 5675 Time Series III
8387 Non-Pa¡ametric Methods III
(c) At most two of the lævel III Applied Mathematics subjects:
444'7 Applied Probability
2 2039 Mathematical Programming )
2056 Mathematical Biolory 2 2208 Random Processes
2
(d) The two topics taught by the Discipline of Statistics at The Flinders University of South
Australia:
ó5303 Applied Statistica¡ Science A 3 65301 Thèoretical Statistical ScienceA 3
653M Applied Statistical Science B 3 653[.2 Theoretical Statistical Science B 3
65305 Stochastic Process
)
No¿e: Fot details of these topics see Volume II of the Calendar of The Flinde¡s University
of South Australia. Students wishing to enrol in these subjects for credit to their Adelaide
Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics need to obtain approval in writing from the
Registrar in advance and must comply with Flinders University enrolment procedures.
(e) Other subjects which may be offered from time to time by the Department of Statistics
in The Unive¡sity of Adelaide, the Discipline of Statistics in The Flinders Universiry of
South Australia and the Biometry Section, the Waite Agricultural Research Institute, The
Un iversi ty of Adelaide.
2. 6181 Statistics Project 8
In addition to the course work each student will be expected to complete a project chosen
in consultation with and supervised by a supenisor from either the Biometry Section,
Waite Agricultural Research Institute, or the Depafment of Statistics. The project has a
points value of 8.
Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
2
')
2
2
)
)
581

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED
STATISTICS
The Department of Statistics offers a Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics which may be
taken in one year of full-time study or two or more years of part-time study. The aim of the
course is to assist graduates from other disciplines to ga¡n a sound knowledge of Applied
Statistics. The course is not designed to cater for graduates in Statistics.
For syllabuses of the subjects prescribed in the Schedules for the Graduate Diploma in
Applied Statistics see the entries for the degree of B.Sc. in the Facultyof Mathematical and
Computer Sciences.
Graduates wishing to enrol must consult the Head of the Depafment of Statistics for
advice and details of the options selected for their course. The course must be approved by
the Head of the Department. Graduates are requested to commence their enquiries in
December of the year before they enrol, and students may be required to commence thei¡
project in the first week of February.
Assumed Knowledge:
(a) Applicants are expected to have passed at least one second-year sùbject taught by the
Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences. Applicants who have not passed 7387
Mathematical Statistics II will be required to do preparatory work before commencing their
Graduate Diploma course.
(b) Each candidate must be well acquainted with a substantial a¡eâ of application for
statistics such as Biology, Medicine, Engineering, Economics, etc.
SYLLABUSES
Text-books:
Students are expected to procure the latest edition of all text-books prescribed.
Examinations:
Fo¡ each subject students may obtain f¡om the department concerned deta¡ls of the
examination in that subject including the ¡elative weights given to the components (e.gsuch
of the following as are relevant: assessments, semester or mid-year tests, essays or
other written or practical work, final written examinations, y¡þ¿ yoce examinations.
582

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER
SCIENCE
Note: PostgÊdule tuition fes may apply lo this @uße.
REGUI.ATIONS
1.. There shall be a Gmduate Diploma in Computer Science.
2. Except as provided for in regulation 3 a candidate for admission to the course for the
Graduate Diploma shall have qualified for admission to a degree of the University or to a
degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the University and have obtained
the app¡oval of the Depârtment of C.omputer Science.
3. Subject to the app¡oval of the Council the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject to
such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for
the G¡aduate Diploma a person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given
evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the Graduate
Diploma.
4. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma a candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course
of study extending over at least one year.
5. (a) The Cnuncil, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects ofstudy for the degree; and
(i¡) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the C-ouncil may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the head of depafment or chairmen of
departments concerned and submitted to the Faculty and the Executive Committee of the
Education Committee for approval, except that heads of departments may approve minor
changes to previously approved syllabuses.
6. A candidate who desires that the examinations which he has passed in the University or
elsewhe¡e should be counted for the Graduate Diploma in C.omputer Science, may on
written application be granted such exemption from the requirements of these regulations
as the Council shall determine.
7. There shall be three classifications of pass at an annual examination in any subject for
the Graduate Diploma: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass.
8. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject and desi¡es to take the subject again shall
again attend lectures and satisfactorily do such written and p¡actical wo¡k as the professor
or lecture¡ concerned may prescribe, unless specifically exempted theref¡om after written
application to the Registrar for such exemption.
(b) A candidate who has twice failed to pass tbe examination in any subject or division of a
subject may not enrol for that subject again except by special permission to be obtained in
writing from the Registrar and then only under such conditions as maybe prescribed.
(c) For the purpose of this regulation a candidate who is refused permission to sit fo¡
examination, or who fails, without a reason accepted by the Head of the Department of
Computer Science as adequate, to attend all or part of a final examination (or
supplenlentary examination if granted) after remaining enrolled for at least eight teaching
weeks ofthat semester, shall be deemed to have failed to pass the examination.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
583

Mathemâtioal and
Gomputêr.Sciences
9. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examinen shall
be awarded the Graduate Diploma in Computer Science,
Regülatioú¡tlowcd2SJÂñuety,;196s; t,, . .
ÂDcDded: 21 De lnL 6,7 2Â Feù. LÍl4z 13¡ I lat LylS't 1 15 te lytq, 5i A Dec 196; 4 a Fcb, 198¿ q 24 Feb.
1983: l, ¿ 5, ó, 8, 9i I Marcb 1984: 4; l7 Js¡- 1985: 7. æ Ju¡. 1989. I Mæb 190: dÞlom to gEdutc diploûÀ
584

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER
SCIENCE
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
1. A candidate for the G¡aduate Diploma shall regularly attend lectures and tutorials, do
such w¡itten wotk as shall be prescribed, and pass examinations in subjects offered by the
Department of Computer Science totalling 20 points, u¡ith at least 8 points at Level II and
at least 10 points at Level III from the following list. Each subject is worth 2 points.
(a) (¡) I¡vel II subjects:
ó733 Concepts of Computer Science
5132 Programming & Data Structu¡es A
L956 Computer Systems
1.066 Programming & Data Structures B
3655 Numerical Methods
(ii) Level III subjects:
2687 Databases & Information Systems
ó378 Knowledge-Based Systems
8698 Computer Graphics
9820 Numerical Analysis
6720 Compiler C-onstruction
21468 Operating Systems
5141 Conrputer A¡chitectu¡e
2328 Conrputer Networking & Data Communications
9811 Non-P¡ocedural Programming I
733 Programming l:nguage Concepts
(b)Subjects chosen from Clause I of the Schedules for the degree of Master of Computer
Science.
2. Acandidatewill alsosatisfactorilyundertakeandcompleteacourseof practicalwork:
3975 Computer Science Diploma Project 4
3. On the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Computer Science, the
Faculty nray exenlpt a candidate from the need to satisfy the pre-requisites prescribed for
the course.
)
) )
) )
)
2
')
)
)
) ')
2
) ')
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
58s

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER
SCIENCE
Pre-requisite subject: At least a Division I pass in either 978ó Mathematics I or
3617 Mathematics IM or equivalent.
The Department offers a Graduate Diploma in Computer Science. The aim of the course is
to assist graduates from other disciplines to gain a sound knowledge of Computer $ience;
previous knowledge of computing, while advantageous, is not required. The course is not
designed for graduates in Computer Science or even those with significant knowledge of
the lævel III subjects in Computer Science. Note that although this cou¡se is often taken
part-time, all lectures are scheduled during daylight working hours.
The course comprises 10 course-wo¡k subjects and a programming project, and is
equivalent to one year of full-time study. Tbere is no formal time limit for the course.
However, as Computer Science is a rapidly changing discipline, students who span their
studies over more than, sa¡ five years, may find that the knowledge acquired in earlier
years is insufficient for further studies under a revised course stn¡cture. Such students may
be advised to undertake additional studies, without academic credit, as either a readlng
course or as additional course-work,
Students who have not previously passed the first year subject 9276 Introduction to
Computer Science, or equivalent, will be required to pafic¡pate in preparatory lectures and
di¡ected reading assignments prior to their first semester of formal cou¡se-work. No
academic credit toward the Graduate Diploma will be awarded for this preparatoryu/ork.
For such students, the recommended preliminary reading is Goldschlager L. and Lister 'A.,
Contputer Science: a modern introduction (Prentice-Hall, 1988).
Subjects for the Graduate Diploma a¡e listed in the Schedule, with subject descriptions in
the undergraduate subject syllabuses. No subject or topic,counted tor¡'ard another course
may be counted toward the Graduate Diploma. However, students who have completed
one or more subjects listed in the Schedule but have not counted those subjects toward
another degree or diploma may apply for status in those subjects for the Graduate
Diploma.
Persons wishing to enrol in the Graduate Diploma should consult with the Department of
Computer Science for advice and details of the subjects available. They are requested to
commence their enquiries in early October of the year before they plan to enrol. At
enrolment time subjects are chosen in consultation with the Depafment and the cou¡se
must be formally approved by the Head of the Department o¡ a nominee.
SYLI"ABUSES
Text-books and Reference Books:
Booklists will be made available by the Depafment of Computer Science.
586

6744 Computer Science Diploma Project
Poinuvalue:4.
Duration: Full year.
Restriction: Only available to students enrolled in the Postgraduate Diploma in Computer
Science.
Pre-requßites: Dependent on the choice of the project topic.
Contact hours: 4 hours of practical work per week.
Content: A practical programming project on a topic chosen from a selection, determined at
the start of each year.
Assessment: Completion of written work and software as required for the chosen topic,
followed by a 2-hour written examinat¡on.
6733 Concepts of Computer Science
Syllabus: See under Electrical and Elect¡onic Engineering, Bachelor of Engineering.
All other Diploma subjects: Syllabus details are contained in the syllabuses for the
Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences.
Examinations:
Details of subject assessment are made available at the relevant lectures during Orientation
Week.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
587

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MATHEMATTCAL
SCIENCE
Notc: P6ÌgÞdulc tuition fc6 My apply to thir @uc.
REGUI-ATIONS
1. There shall be a Graduate Diploma in Mathematical Science.
2. Except as provided for in Regulation 3 an applicant for admission to the course of study
for the Graduate Diploma shall:
(i) have qualified for a degree of the University or for a degtee of another institution
accepted for the purpose by the University.
(ii) have obtained the approval of the Dean (or. nominee) of the Faculty of
Mathematica¡ and Computer Sciences.
3. Subject to the approv"al of thc C-ounc¡l the Faculty may, in special cases subject to such
conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the
Graduate Diploma a person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given
evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the Graduate Diploma.
4. To qualify for the G¡aduate Diploma a candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course of
full-t¡me study extending over at least one year or of part+ime study extending over at least
two years. Except with the.permiss¡on of the Faculty, the work for the Graduate Diploma
shall be completed within fouryears.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Facult¡ shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the Graduate Diploma; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by the candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the C.ouncil may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be as specified by the head of each department
concerned, subject to endorsement by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
Committee of the Education Committee. The head of a depafment concerned may
approve minor changes to any previously approved syllabus.
6. A candidate who desi¡es that the examinations which he or she has passed in the
University or elsewhere should be counted for the Graduate Diploma in Mathematical
Science may on written application be granted such exemption from the requirements of
these regulations as the Council shall determine. Otherwise no subject counted for any
other award of the University shall be counted as part of the requirements for the
Graduate Diploma.
7. There shall be th¡ee classificat¡ons of pass in each subject for the Graduate Diploma
(except for the Project option for which there is only the grade of Pass): Pass with
Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass.
8. (a) A candidate shall not be eligible to attend for examination unless the prescribed work
has been completed to the satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
(b) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject and desires to take the subject again shall
again attend lectures and satisfactorily do such written and practical uiork as the teaching
staff concerned may prescribc, unless specifically exempted therefrom after written
application 10 the Registrar for such exemption.
(c) A candidate who has twice failed the examination in any subject o¡ division of a subject
588

may not enrol for that subject agpin except by special permission to be obta¡ned in writing
from the Registrar and then only under such conditions as may be prescribed.
(d) For the purpose of this Regulation a candidate who is refused permission to sit for
examination, or who without a ¡eabon accepted by tþe Doan of Mathematical and
C-omputer Sciences (or nomince) fails to attend all or part of a final examination (or
supplementary examination if granted) after remaining enrolled for at least e¡ght teach¡ng
weeks of that semester, shall be deemed to have failed the examinat¡on:
9. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examine¡s shall
be awarded the Graduate Diploma in Mathematical and Computer Science.
RegulstioD allowEd I March 190.
Mathematical and
Computêr Sciences
589

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE I: COURSES OF STUDY
1. The courses of study fo¡ the Graduate Diploma in Mathematical Sciences will consist of
subjects to the value of 24 points chosen f¡om:
(a) Any lævel III subject listed in the Calendar by the Departments of the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences (including lævel III subjects listed in the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences entry by the Department of Physics and Mathematical
Physics.
(b) Other subjects listed in the C¿lenda¡ for any Ordinary Degee of the Universiry
approved for the purpose by the Dean of Mathematical and Computer Sciences (or
nominee) except that subjects chqsen under this provision shall:
(i) not comprise more than 1/3 of the requirements for the G¡aduate Diploma r¡rithout
the explicit approval of the Faculty.
(ii) Be chosen in consultation with the Dean of Mathematical and C.omputer Sciences
(or nominee).
(c) Subjects listed in Schedule II(c)(i) for the degree of Master of Mathematical Science.
2. Project option. This option may comprise ùp to 4 points of the work for the award. The
topics and level of such project s¡ork will be decided in consultation with a supervisor
appointed by the Faculty. The project oprions are:
7835 Mathematical Sciences Diploma Project A 2
6488 Mathematical Sciences Diploma Project B 2
3. Formal approval of enrolment must be obtained from the Dean of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences (or nominee).
590

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
SYLI.ABUSES
Textbooks: These are listed in the calendar under the subject entries for each of the
Departments in the Faculty or a¡e made available at the commencement of the course.
Examinations: Details of these are made available at the relevant lectures during
orientation week.
ASsumed lmowledge: Applicants for the Graduate Diploma will be expected to have a
knowledge of mathematics equivalent to that c¡hich would be obtained by passing 4 level II
subjects offered by the Faculty of Mathematical and C.omputer Sciences (i.e. 8 points).
The Faculty of Mathematical and computer sciences offers the Graduate Diploma in
Mathematical Sciences as a full-time or part-time course to cater for a number of diffe¡ent
demands:
(i) It is designed for graduates with some mathematical training who *ish to extend thei¡
mathematical or computing knowledge for professional (e.g. teachers) or other reasons.
The Graduate Diploma allows a flexible programme to suit the background of the
individual. Thus it may
(a) extend a modest knowledge of mathematics to say the level attained by a graduate with
an Ordinary Degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematicat and Computer
Sciences,
or
(b) at the other extreme provide a programme comparable to the level of the Honou¡s
degree.
(ii) Graduates of a University or other institution who have an inte¡est in proceeding to
¡esearch in sonre area of the mathematical sciences but lack the preparation necessarymay
enrol for the G¡aduate Diploma in Mathematical Sciences \¡¡ith the view to gaining the
background to begin a programme at the Masters level either by coursework or by
¡esearch.
Graduates wishing to enrol may consult the Dean of Mathematical and Computer Sciences
for details of the subjects offered preferably in the December of the year preceding their
enrolment.
The cou¡se is normally one yea¡ of full-t¡me study or two years part-time. The G¡aduate
Diploma requires a satisfactory performance in approved subjects totalling 24 points.
Provision is made in the schedules for candidates to remedy deficiencies in preparation
through inclusion of subjects at level II. up to 4 points may be in the form of supervised
project work. Students will be allocated a supervisor at the time of enrolment.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
591

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE
(coMMUNTCATTONS)
Nole: Postgmdutc tuitiotr fes my appb/ to lhis @üñ.
REGUI,ATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Applied Science (Communications).
2. The following may be accepted as a candidate for the degree:
(a) a person who has qualified in the University of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor o[
Engineering, Science or Applied Science or holds another academic qualification accepted
by the Faculty of Mathematical and C.omputer Sciences as being sufficient for the purpose.
A person admitted under this sub-regulation will normally be required satisfactorily to
complete sufficient work of Honours standard as is deemed necessary by the FacultSr in
addition to satisfying the requirements of the Masters degree.
(b) a person who has qualifled in the University of Adelaide for the Honours degree of
Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences or the Honours
degree of Bachelor of Engineering or the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in
Mathematical Physics.
(c) a person who holds a qualification accepted for the purpose by the University.
3. V/ith the approval of the Board of Graduate Stùdies act¡ng with authority wittingly
devolved to it by Council the Faculty ma¡ in exceptional ci¡cumstances and subject to such
condit¡ons (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate fo¡ the
degree a person who does not qualify under Regulation 2 but who has given evidence
sat¡sfactory to the Facùlty of fitness to undertake work for the degree.
4. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects ofstudy for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
(b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be as specified by the head of each department
concerned, subject to endorsement by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
Committee of the &tucation Committee. The head of a department concerned may
app¡ove minor changes to any previously approved syllabus.
5. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences a candidate is
not making satisfactory p¡ogress the Faculty may, with the consent of the C.ouncil,
terminate the candidature.
ó. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall:
(a) on completion of any preliminary work which may be prescribed in the schedules and
after consultat¡on with the Dean (or nominee) of the Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences, submit in writing to the Registrar, for approval by the Faculty, a
programme of advanced study and project work as prescribed in the schedules and
designed to extend over either one year if taken full-time or not less than two and not more
than five years if taken part-time.
(b) undertake an approved programme of advanced study and project work under the
direction of a supervisor or supewisors who shall be members of the full-t¡me academic
592

staff of the Univenity and appointed by the Faculty, except that in special circumstances
the Faculty may also appoint an extemal supewisor.
(c) pass such examination on the candidate's course of advanced study as may be required
by the Facult¡4 and
(d) present a thesis embodlng the results of the candidate's project.
7. Subject to such conditions as it may determine, the Faculty may p€rmit project wo¡k to
be undertaken outside the University provided that it can be sâtisfied.
(a) that this will result in mutual academic beneFrt to the candidate and the supervising
depafment.
(b) that there will be adequate contact and interaction between the candidate and the
supervising department; and
(c) that the supervisor's access to any experimental work, the candidate's availability for
seminars and other discussions, and the publication of results wilt not thereby be
prejudiced.
8. A candidate may not count a subject or closely related subject or part of a subject
already presented for another degree or diploma.
9. (a) On completion of the project work the candidate shall lodge c/ith the Registrar three
copies of the thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates from time to
tinre.
(b) Unless the Faculty expressly app¡oves an extension of time in a particular case the
thesis shall be submitted by December 31. of the year in which c¿ndidature commenced, in
the case of full-time studies, or at a time determined by the Dean (or nominee) of the
Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences in the cåse of part-time studies.
(c) On submission or re-submission of the thesis the Faculty shall nominate examiners who
may recommend that it:
(i) be accepted, u/ith o¡ without conditions; or
(ii) be accepted, \À'ith or without conditions, subject to satisfactory oral examination; or
(iii) be sent back to the candidate for revision; or
(iv) be rejected.
10. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations may, on the
recommendation of the Faculty, be admitted to the degree of Master of Applied Science
(Comm u nications).
Regulatioß allowed I March, 190.
Awaiting allow¿ne: 3.
Mathematicaland
Gomputer Sciences
593

Mathemalicaland
Computer Sciences
DECREE OF
MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE
(coMMUNTCATTONS)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the C.ouncil under regulation 6.)
SCHEDULE I: PRELIMINARY WORK
1. A person whose qualifications have been accepted unde¡ either section (b) or section (c)
of regulation 2 shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this schedule.
2. Before being admitted either under section (a) of regulation 2 or under regulation 3 a
person shall complete the requirements of this schedule by undertaking and satisfying the
examiners in, such courses of study and/or other work as may in his or her case be
prescribed by the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences. The purpose of this
schedule is that the person should demonstrate the ability to perform at Honours standard.
SCHEDULE II: COURSES OF STUDY AND PROJECT WORK
The programme òf study and project work shall consist of:
(a) supervised project úork.
(b) graduate subjects and seminars which maybe chosen from the following list ofsubjects
in the C-ommunications area. All candidates must satisfactorily complete a minimum of 7
subjects. Each subject represents l/12 of the requirements for the degtee.
(i) Compulsory subject: Maste¡s Seminar.
(ii) Group A Subjects
4485 Telet¡affic Models
8427 Mathematical Coding and Cryptology
9694 Spectral Analysis and Signal Processing
2297 Masters Topic in Communications
(iii) Group B Subjects
These a¡e subjects offered by the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering and
whose availability may vary from year to year.
7529 Network Architecture and Switching
7436 Stochast¡c Processes in Communications Systems
ó519 Signal Processing
(iv) Group C Subjects
Elect¡onic Engineering, South Australian Institute of Technolory
Network Protocols
Candidates may also choose from subjects offered by the School of Mathematical Sciences
at Flinders University or by the Departments of Mathematics and Elcctronic Engineering
at the South Australian Institute of Technolory and deemed suitable for the degree
programme by the Dean of Mathematical and Computer Sciences (or nominec) from
whom a list of such subjects may be obtained at the commencement of studies.
(c) other ¡elevant subjects or work which may make up not more than one-thi¡d of the
594

wo¡k for the degree, as may be approræd by the Faculty of Mathematical and C-ompufer
Sciences.
The Dean of Mathèmatical and compufer Sciences (or nominee) shall app,rore in.the case
of each candidate a programmo of study consisting of lectures, somina¡s ahd prcject work
and decide the relative proportion of each subject to the coqstra¡nts l¡stçd abor¡o, To assist
with this choice from time to time lists of subjects rilablc to candidatèð'for the degree in
gryups B and C will be issr¡ed by the Faculty of Mathemât¡cal a-nd Computer Sciences
(after they have been approved by Faculty and the Executive committee). Nótwithstanding
the above the availability of all subjects is conditional on there being adequate stafting
levels.
Mathematical and
Computèr Sciences
595

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE
coMMUNICATIONS)
SYLLABUSES
Textbooks: Students are expected to ptocure the latest edition of all text-books prescribed.
Examinations: For each subject students may obtain from the dePartment concerned
details of the examination in that subject including the relevant weight given to the
components (e.g. such as the following as afe relevant: assessments, semester or midsemèster
tests, essays or other w¡itten or practical work, final written examinations, vivd
voce examinations).
Note: The postgraduate subjects which a¡e offered by dePartments may vary slightly from
yea¡ to year. Details of which subjects will be available each year are obtainable from the
Dean of the Faculty of Mathemat¡cal and Computer Sciences.
596

DEGREE OF
MASTER OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
Note: Postgmdute tuition fce¡ my âpply to lhir @uñ.
REGUI.ATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Computer Science.
2. (a) The Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences may accept as a candidate for
the degree any person who has qualified:
(i) for the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer
Sciences, with a major in Compute¡ Science, of the Unive¡sity of Adelaide, or for a
degree of some other institution accepted for the purpose by the Universit¡ or
(ii) for the Graduate Diploma in Computer Science of the University of Adelaide o¡
some other award from another institution accepted for the purpose by the
University.
(b) W¡th the approval of the Board of G¡aduate Studies acting with authority wittingly
devolved to it by Council the Faculty may, in exceptional circumstances and subject to such
conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the
degree a person who does not qualify under Regulation 2(a), but who has given evidence
satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the degree.
3. A candidate may proceed to the degree by full-time stud)5 or, with the approval of the
Department of Computer Science and subject to any conditions impo,sed in the particular
case, bypart-time stud¡,; or as an external student. Except bypermission of the Faculty, the
work for the degree shall be completed:
(i) in the case of a full-time candidate, not less than two years and not more than four
years from the date of candidatu¡e accepted by the Facult¡
(ii) in the case of a part-time or external candidate, not less than four years and not
more than six years f¡om the date of candidature accepted by the Faculty;
(iii) in the case of a candidate with an Honours degree in Computer Science, or
equivalent, in not less than one year of full-time study or two years of paf-time
study.
4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall:
(i) satisfy examiners in subjects of study as prescribed in the schedules;
(ii) complywith conditions as prescribed in the schedules; and
(iii) present a sat¡sfactory written report and seminar on a supewised project on a
subject approved by the Depafment of Computer Science.
5. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences a candidate for
the degree is not making satisfactory progress, the Faculty ma¡ with the consent of the
Council, terminate the cand¡datu¡e and the candidate shall cease to be en¡olled fo¡ the
degree.
6. A candidate who fulfils the foregoing requirements shall on the recommendation of the
Faculty of Mathematical and C.omputer Sciences be admitted to the deg¡ee of Maste¡ of
Computer Science.
Regùlalions allowed I March 1990.
Auilin8 allowanæ: 2.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
59-t

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
SCHEDULES
SUBJECTS OF STUDY
Nor¿.' Intending students should consult the Department of Computer Science early in the
year in which they plan to study in order to ascertain:
' whether particular subjects will be available in that year;
* in which semester theywill be taught; and
' their precise content.
The points value of subjects is ¡nd¡cated after each subject title.
1. A candidate for the degree shall complete satisfactorily a total of 20 subjects.
2. A candidate for the degree shall regularly attend lectures and tutorials, do such witten
and practical work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in at least twelve subjects
offered by the Depafment of Computer Science at the Honours or Masters level. Other
subjects may be included, subject to the app¡oval of the Head of the Department, The
subjects which may be offered by the Department of Computer Science are:
6521 Advanced C.omputer
Architecture A
ó102 Advanced Computer
Architecture B
3280 Advanced Computer
Architecture C
9037 Sof¡vare Engineering A
2618 Software Engineering B
5711 Software Engineering C
6731 Advanced Programming
I-anguages A
6532 Advanced Programming
l-anguages B
4069 Advanced Programming
2.5 l:nguages C
1783 Advanced Operating Systems A
2.5 ?513 Advanced Operating Systems B
9026 Advanced Operating Systems C
6220 Advanced Numerical Anal¡rsis A
8109 Advanced Numerical Analysis B
8247 Advanced Numerical Analysis C
3714 Real-Time Digital Systems
5766 Relational Programming
5209 Performance Evaluation
2.5 8684 Parallel Computation
3. A candidate shall also satisfactorily undertake and complete at least fìve Masters Project
subjects, under the guidance of a supervisor, and provide a public seminar and written
repo¡t on the investigation. The Masters Project subjects are:
9112 Master Project A
3126 Master Project B
4292 Master Project C
5866 Master Project D
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5 ?444 \'l¿s¡s¡ Project E
2.5 9574 Master Project F
2.5 9882 Master Project G
2.5 8868 Master Project H
4. In the case of a candidate ìÀ¡ith an Honours degree in C.omputer Science, the subjects
required for the awa¡d of the Master's degree may be reduced.
598
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
?s
2.5
2.5
2.5
25
2.5
2.5
2.5

DEGREE OF
MASTER OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE
Note: PGtgÉdute (uitioo fee æy appty to thiJ oltr.
REGUI"ATIONS
1. There shall be a degree of Master of Mathematical Science.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
authority wittingly
and subject to such
a candidate for the
has given evidence
4. (a) The council, after receipt of advice from the Facult¡ shall f¡om time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council o¡ such
other date as the Council may determine.'
(b) :fhe syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the head of each department conce¡ned,
subject to endorsement by the Faculty and approved by the Executivè committee of the
Education committee. The head of a department concerned may app¡ove minor changes to
any previously approved syllabus-
5. A candidate shall:
(a) complete any preliminary work
(b) undertake an approved progr and p¡oject work under the
direction of a supervisor or supewi r if taken full-time or not less
than two and not more than four years if taken part-time.
6. The Faculty shall appoint one or more supewisors to guide a candidate's work.
7. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall:
(a) pass such examination on the candidate's course of advanced study as may be required
by the Faculty; and
(b) present a satisfactory dissertation on the candidate's project.
8. Subject to such conditions as it may determine, the Faculty may permit project work to
be unde¡taken outside the University provided that it can be satisfied:
(a) that this will result in mutual academic benefit to the candidate and the supervising
department.
(b) that there will be adequate contact and inte¡action between the candidate and the
supervising departnrent; and
599

Mathemat¡pal,and
Computer Sciences
(c) that the supervisods aocess to any e:rperimental worþ the candidate's availability for
' seminars and other discussions, and the publication of results will not thereby be
prejudiced.
9. A candidate may not.count ¡r.subjdc! or ctxOþir:lated eubject or Inft of a subject
already presented for another degree or diploma.
10. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences a candi¡late is
not making satisfactory progress the Faculty may, with the consent of the Council,
terminate the candidature
1L, A candidate who fulfils the requirements of the.se regqlations may, on the
recommendation of the Faculty, be admitted to the degree of Master of Mathematical
Science.
RegulatioE aÞit¡lg allru.
600

DEGREE OF
MASTER OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE
SCHEDULES
(Made by the C.ouncil under regulation 6.)
SCHEDULE I: PRELIMINARY WORK
1. A person whose qualifications have been accepted under section (b) of regulation 2 shall
be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this schedule.
2' A candidate admitted under either sectiron (a) of regulation 2 or under regulation 3 shall
complete the requirements of this schedule by undertaking, and satisffng the examiners in,
such courses of study and/or other work as may in his or her case be prescribed by the
Faculty of Mathematical and computer Sciences. The purpose of this schedule is that the
person should demonstrate the ability to perform at Honours standard and the
requirements would be satisfied for example by the successful completion of Honours
subjects totalling 20 points.
SCHEDULE II: COURSES OFSTUDYAND PROJECTWORK
1. The programme of study and project work to the value of at least ?A pints shall consist
of:
(a) supewised project work consisting of one of the following:
2545 Masters Pure Mathematics minor
project 5
U27 ldasaers AOplied Mathematics
minor project 5
8223 Masters Applied Mathematics
major project 7.5
4818 Maste¡s Mathematicat Physics
minor project 5
4495 Masters Mathematical Physics
major project 7.5
7538 Masters Pure Mathematics major
project '1.5
2159 Masters Statistics minor project 5
2750 Masters Statistics major project 7.5
(b) 3072 Masters Semina¡ 1.5
(c) Subjects:
(i) chosen from thc following list
Nole.'Intending students should consult the ¡elevant depafment early in the year in which
they plan to study in order to ascertain:
' whethe¡ particular subjects will be available in that year;
* in which semester they will be taught; and
' their precise content,
Applied Mathematics
6071 Networks of Queues 2.5
8918 Asymptotic Approximations 2.5
2233 Yana¡ional Methods for PDEs 2.5
5ó2L Combinatorial Optimisation 2.5
4820 Mathematical Methods (Masters) 25
5440 Stochastic Diffe¡ential Equations 2.5
5061 Continuum Mechanics
5507 Advanced Hydrodynamics
8943 Boundary Value Problems
6130 Martingales
8250 Stochastic P¡ocesses
67'79 Chaos and Fractals
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
601

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
1L78 Teletraffic Models (Masters) 2.5 6574 Finite Difference Methods for
6576 Mathematical Economics PDES
(Masters) 2.5 ¿6¿5 Modelling and Analysis of
6426 Routing in Data Networks Computer Networks
(Masters) 2.5 5383 Flow Around Vehicles
5136 Robotics 2.5 4169 Systems of Queues
Mathzmatical PlEsics
6900 Advanced Electromagnetism 2 368'1. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics
4928 cosmolog¡r 2 -- - - -and Fields
3e27 Genent Relativity 2 5938
ìi::ft Mechanics/Manv-Bodv
4578 Gauge Theory 2 tølg Topics in Mathematical physics A
4060 Quantum Mechanics/Particle Physics2 3348 Topics in Mathematical Physics B
Pure Mathematics
7757 Galois Theory
9160 Measu¡e Theory
1179 Analysis 1,
7745 Analysis 2
7584 Analysis 3
4808 Algebra 1
4276 Algebra2
2il2 Algebra3
L820 Geometry 1
5477 Geometry 2
2.5 9480 Geometry 3
25 1912 Number Theory 1
2.5 8468 Number Theory 2
2.5 7777 Advanced Convexity
2.5 6406 Topology
2.5 2903 Problem Solving
2.5 2A2 Cúing'Iheory
2.5 4362 Analysis and Sigral Processing
2.5 1512 Set Theory
2.5 4L22 History of Mathematics (Masten)
Statistics
'7464 Advanced Multivariate Methods 2.5 9553 National Markets Statistics 2.5
2466 Advanced Nonparametric Statistics 2.5 6061 Advanced ExPerimental Design 2.5
8331 Statistical Softwa¡e (Masters) 2.5 9148 Regrassion Diagrrostics 2.5
3228 Analysis of Repeated 1884 Advanced Medical Statistics 2.5
Measurements 2.5 938 Advanced Inference 2.5
(i¡) Other subjects offered by the University of Adelaide ot other tertiary
institutions in South Australia which are accepted by the Faculty as being
equivalent to those listed above.
(iii) Students may present other relevant subjects or work, to the value of at most
f¡ve points, as may be approved by the Faculty of Mathematical and C-omputer
Sciences.
2. The availability of all subjects in any year is conditional on there being adequate staffing
levels.
602
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
)
a
')
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF IVTATTIEMATICAL SCIENC]E
SYLI"ABUSES
Prospective students should mnsult the Department early in the year in which the subject is
being offered to obta¡n advice as to the spe.cific conteni of the subject. The field ofìtudy
major and minor projects can also be determined at that time.
Mathemat¡cal and
Computer Scienoes
603

Mathematical and
Computer Sciences
DEGREE OF
MASTER OF SCIENCE
IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
REGULATIONS
1. The following petsons may become cand¡dates for the degree of Master of Science in the
Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences: (a) Bachelors of Arts, (b) Bachelors of
Scìence, (c) other graduates whose academic qualifications are accepted by the Faculty of
Mathematical and Computer Sciences as sufficient.
i-'r ¡vided that, subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies acting with
a,-,horitywittingly devolved to it by Council, the Faculty ma¡ in special cases and subject
.J such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for
the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a university, but has given evidence
satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to undertake work for the degree.
Unless an applicant has obtained an Honours degree from a University in a suitable
Mathematical and Computer Sciences discipline or a qualification deemed by the Faculty to
be equivalent the applicant shall, before being admitted as a candidate, pass such qualiflng
examination as the Faculty may in the circumstances determine.
2. A person seeking enrolment as a candidate for the degree shall apply to the Registtar
and shall submit as part of that application, a statement of that person's academic standing,
accompanied, in the case of a person who is not a graduate of the University of Adelaide,
by acceptable proof of such standing. g¿sþ ¡l¡licant shall submit an outline of the research
wo¡k o¡ investigation on which it is intended to submit a thesis. The Facult¡ if it approves
the subject of this resea¡ch, may appoint a supewisor to guide the candidate in the work.
3. A candidate may proceed to the degree by full+ime stud¡6 or, with the approval of the
department concerned and subject to any conditions imposed in the particular case, by
pafl-tinle stud$ or, as an external student. Except by special permission of the Faculty, the
work for the degree shall be completed and the thesis submitted:
(i) in the case of a full-time candidate, not less than one year or more than three yeaß
from the date of candidature accepted by the Faculty
(ii) in the case of a paft-time or external candidate, not less than two years no¡ mofe
than six years from the date of candidature accepted by the Faculty.
5. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a thesis upon an approved subject and
shall adduce sufficient evidence that the thesis is his own work. The thesis shall g¡ve the
¡esults of original rescarch or of an investigation on which the candidate has been engaged.
A candidate may also submit other contributions to mathematical sciences in support of his
ca ndidature.
6. A candidate's progress shall be reviewed annually by the Faculty, under the provisions of
clause 4c of Chapter XXV of the Statutes.
7. The Faculty shall appoint a Board of Examiners to ¡eport upon the thesis and any
supporting papers that the candidate may submit. The Board of Examiners may require any
candidate to pass an examination in the branch of science to which the candidate'i original
¡esearch or investigation is cognate,
8. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy whose work is considered by the
Faculty, after ¡eport by the examiners appointed to adjudicate upon it, not to be of
sufficient merit to qualify for the degree of Doctor but of sufficient merit for the degree of
Master may be admitted to the degfee of Master provided that the candidate is qualified to
become a candidate for the degree.
604

9. On completion of the qrork a candidate shall lodge with the Registfaf three copies of the
thesis prepared in accordance u¡ith directions given to candidates from time to time.'
10. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of
Examiners shall on the recommendation of the Faculty of Mathematicål and C-omputer
Sciences be admitted to the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences.
Regulâ¡ioN allowcd 2l DcæûbÉt, 1y72^
Ametrded: 28 Fú.ln{t 3; 23 Jao. 1975: C 15 Jaû. lyl6t 6i 4 Fú. 19tli¿: 9; 17 Jil. 1985: 5. æ Jul. 1989: 1,, 2, 3, 4, 5;
Awiting sllowûæ: l.
'Published in "Guidel¡nes on Highcr Degre6 by R6eæh ud Spccifiøtiom ior Tb6¡¡": Jæ Coatents.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
605

Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF SCIENCE
IN THE FACIJLTYOF MATIEMATICALAND COMPUTER SCIENCES
REGUI.ATIONS
1. (a) Subject to these regulations a person who has been admitted in the Univenity of
Adelaide to an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science or a degree of Master of $ience,
Arts o¡ Economics, or to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in a field oÍ study approved
by the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences, may proceed to the degree of
Docto¡ of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and C.omputer Sciences.
(b) On the ¡ecommendation of the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences the
Board of Graduate Studies acting with authority wittingly devolved to it by Council may
accept as a candidate for the degree a pe¡son who has been admitted to a degree in the
University of Adelaide other than one named in section (a) of this regulation, or who is a
graduate of another university or institution of higher education recognised by the
University of Adelaide and has a substantial association with the Universit¡,; provided that
in each case the g¡aduate concerned has, in the opinion of the Faculty of Mathematical and
Computer Sciences, had an adequate training in the mathematical sciences.
(c) No person shall be accepted as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Science in the
Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences before the expiration of five yean from
the date of his original graduat¡on.
2. (a) A person who desires to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his
intended candidature in writing to the Registra¡ and with such notice shall furnish
particulars of hís achievements in the mathematical sciences and of the wo¡k which he
proposes to submit for the degree.
(b) The Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences shall appoint a committee to
examine the information subm¡tted and to advise the Faculty on whether the Faculty
should{i) allow the applicant to proceed, and approve the subject or subjects of the work
to be submitted; or (ii) advise the applicant not to submit his work and the Faculty's
decision shall be conveyed to the applicant.
(c) If it accepts the candidature and approves the subject or subjects of the work to be
submitted the Faculty shall nominate examinex ofwhom one at least shall be an external
examlner.
3. (a) To qualify for the degee the candidate shall furnish satisfactory evidence that he has
made an original contribution of distinguished merit adding to the knowledge or
understanding of any subject with which the Faculty is directly concerned.
(b) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of such of his published
works as the candidate may submit for examination.
(c) The candidate in submitting his published wo¡ks shall state gene¡ally in a preface and
specifically in notes the main sources from which his information is derived and the extent
to which he has availed himself of the work of others, especially where joint publications
are concemed. He may also signify in general terms the portions of his wo¡k which he
claims as original.
(d) The candidate is required to indicate what part, if any, of the w-o¡k he has submitted fo¡
a degree in this or any other univenity.
4. The candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of the work prepared in
accordance s¡ith the directions given in sub-paragraph (b) of clause 2o of Chapter XXV of
the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Regist¡ar will transmit two of the
copies to the University Library.
606

5. A candidate who complies with the forego¡ng conditions and satisfies the examine¡s may,
on the recommendation of the Faculty of Mathematical and Computer Sciences, be
admitted to the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical and Compute-
Sciences.
6. Notwithstanding anything contained in the pr,eceding regulations, the Faculty may
¡ecommend the award of the degree to any person who is not a member of the staff of the
University. Any such recommendation must be accompanied by evidence that the person
for whom the award is proposed has made an original and substantial contribution oF
distinguished merit to the knowledge or understanding of a subject with which the Faculty
is directly concerned, of a standard not less than required by regulation 3.
RegulalioN ¿llowed 28 FùMry,1y74.
Ameoded: 15 Jan. lyl6t 6i 4 Fú.19æ: ¿ 4; Àwiring ¿llomne: l.
Mathematicaland
Computer Sciences
607

FACULTY OF PERFORMING ARTS
REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND
SYLI"ABUSES
Associate. Diploma in Aboriginal Studies in Music
(Assoc.Dip.Ab.S t.Mus.)
Regulations ... 611
Schedules 613
Syllabuses 615
Bachelor of Music (Performance)(B.Mus.(perf.))
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.)
Regulations
Schedules
Syllabuses
Graduate Diplomas in Music
Regulations
Schedules
625
627
631
63
66s
670
Regulations 696
Schedules
697
9¡udyqtç Plplq.q in Musicology
(G r ad. D i p.M u sicology)
Syllabuses 699
Graduate Diploma in Music Performance
(Giad.Dip.Mus.Perf.)
Syllabuses
Graduate Diploma in Music Theory
(Grad.Dip.Mus.Th.)
Syllabuses
Master of Music (M.Mus.)
Regulations
Schedules
Master of Music (Performance) (M.Mus.(perf.))
'701
703
705
101
708
709
609
TT
Þ
o
L.
l-
-{
oT1 E
rrt
:Þ
TT
o
=t
=
=c)
Þ
Ð
v,

0ü8
Jt1
('
lr l-.
' (1Ji,!
'ròq
rìè \
,\0\
lü¿
vhl
l(!t
' " j'
hvcfìI"fÀ 0
¿"l,I't.v¡lfteE?
KE'(l I t!'VJ,¡Ð H?''dcHElllirt'? Y14I)
i.ll,,ii:i,,, . si¿
('7,' rrc'¡ r¡1,'yi; :;'i i'tnt" )
'r,-,rr!r|f tc Iltì,!rlrJjlt ìt:
l-rLf,firflrfe, [)lb¡rtursa Itl r,In'¿¡c
" ' '. "
i{íL:; I llll ;'ilr'11' ¡)r¡úili
,-,r,,¡:ir¡ii, ' ;,h¡r ¡rr:t r.,, !"lnllctrir)t,'
i,,t !r iìt:Jiì( ¡ ( I i'rrl'l)¡tr'/\t¡ : ;,r, ¡ t J.
(.'!r.g{.lfÌ'lrç i'rri' ¡lriIr iti [/lrìZIr l;r.l-
Z¡ tt'i l, rr?rl
r'L\ (1;r'u., :.)tf !'i¡[n:] ,l,lirl
I j l'¡{lf rllrc i-r,b;r¡¡¡1¡ iíi itii'lc .Li.iC-
e"pr.ì(trrlcr¿
llrilìiliilpu?
v¡s?tìrL oi ¡in?rc (yl rtna')
'- " ''-".'
:,cil(.. rlr:. '
¡1clt,'u' '7¡"'
lì:J':ir :',.t ()t
l'tt:.¡.(
, .,it t,) '
¡ç;i.';,,'rtrr'tz
ztlt.. \nr;z
;'tr I
r'tl':i..¡. :.,'
!\rrail ír[ i^[f?!î (¡rci¡r-,r,ulrsur:e ) ( 9¡'¡r¡nz'lbctl'))
t¡'í;?

ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN ABORIGINAL
STUDIES IN MUSIC
REGULATIONS
1. There shall be an Associate Diploma in Aboriginal Studies in Music.
2. The course of study for the Associate Diploma shall normally extend ove¡ three
acadenric years of full-time study or the equivalent.
3. The council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty of Music, shall from time to time
prescribe sched ules defining:
(a) the subjects of study fo¡ the diploma;
(b) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be passed
by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by council or such
other date as the Council may determine.
4. The syllabuses of the subjects shall be specified by the chairman of the Departmental
committee of the centre for Aboriginal srudies in Music and approved by the Faculty of
Music and the Executive committee of the Education commitiee. The chairman of-the
Departmental committee may approve minor changes to any previousty approved syllabus
or syllabuses.
5. To qualify for the Associate Diploma a candidate shall comply with the provisions of
Schedule III.
6. Except by the permission of the Faculty of Music, a candidate shall not enrol in any
subject for which the pre-requisite studies as prescribed in the syllabus fo¡ that subject havã
not been satis[actorily completed.
7. A candidate shall not be eligible to present for examination unless the prescribed classes
have been regularly attended, and the written, practical or other work rèquired has been
completed to the sat¡sfact¡on of the teaching staff concemed.
8. In determin¡ng a candidate's final result in a subject the examine¡s may take into account
oral, written, practical and examination work, provided that the candidãte has been given
adequate notice a¡ the commencement of the teaching of the subject of the way in which
wo¡k will be taken into account and of its relative importance in thè final ¡esult.
9. There shall be three classifications of pass in the final assessment of any subject for the
Associate Diplonra as follows:
Pass with Distinction
Pass with Credit
Pass
If the Pass classification be in two divisions a pass in the higher dMsion maybe prescribed
in_the syllabuses as a Pre-requisite fo¡ admission to furthèr studies in that suúject or to
other subjects.
10. A candidate may be granted a s a subject only in
circunrstan_ces approved by the Depart ntre for Aboriginal
Studies in Music and in accordance with
11. A candidate who fails a subject, or who obtains a lower division pass and who desires to
take that subject again shall, unless exempted wholly or partially thè¡efrom by rhe Facult¡
again complete the required wo¡k in that subject to thõ satisfãction of the ieactring sta?f
concerned.
12. A candidate who has twice failed the examination in any subject for the Associate
Dìploma nlay not en¡ol for rhat subject again or for any other iuujeõt wnicn in the opinion
of the Faculty of Music contains a substantial amount of the sáme material, excèpt by
6rL
Performing
Arts

Performing
Alts
speclal permissio¡ of the F.aculfy qqd ther¡ .pnly u4dçr such conditions 9s lhe Faculty may
proò¡uìt. : !'1" t't "-: .
13. A can s¡t for an or who do€s not
attend all attendeð the full coutse of
insiructio
fáiled the
1.4. A candidate who has passed subjects in other Faculties of
educational institutions, may on written application to the Re
exemption f¡om the requircments of the schedules made under
Faculty may determine.
RegulalioD allowed æ JulY' 1989
Amended; l March 190: ¿
6L2

ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN ABORIGINAL
STUDIES IN MUSIC
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 3.)
SCHEDULE I: ADMISSIONREQUIREMENTS
1. The Associate Diploma is intended for people of Aboriginal or Tor¡es Strait Islander
descent.
2. Admission to the course of study fo¡ the Associate Diploma shall be determined on the
basis of previous musical experience with the primary weight being given to formal musical
studies.
3. All applicants shall be auditioned prior to admission and shall be ranked, for selection
purposes, in o¡der of thei¡ audition result.
4. Except where otherwise determined by the Faculty, an applicant who defers an offe¡ of
admission to the course shall be required to attend again for audition, and to reach the
minimum audition standa¡d foradmission to the course, before being authorised to enrol.
SCHEDULE II: COMPLETION OF SUBJECTS
1. The subjects listed for each level unde¡ Schedule III need not all be taken in one and the
sanle year. A candidate who has satisfied the pre-requisitè requirements for en¡olment in
late¡ level subjects may so enrol before completing all tbe subjeòts of the preceding level.
2. The requirenìents fo¡ each subject must normally be completed in one year of study. The
Faculty nray permit a candidate to complete the requirements of a subject over a perìod of
two years on such conditions as it may determine.
\yishes to enrol in one of these subjects in a subsequent year, shall be required to attend an
audition and to ¡each a minimum audition standa¡d for en¡olment in the subject in
question before being authorised to enrol in that subject.
4. candidates must obtain the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Music, or nominee,
for the proposed subjects of study and are required to take part satisfactorily in the general
practical wo¡k o[ the cænt¡e for Aboriginat studies in Music. candidates aie also
encouraged to participate in the activities of the Elder Conservato¡ium.
613
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
SCHEDULE III: COURSES OF STUDY
1. To qualify for the Associate Diploma a candidate shall satisfactorily complete the
requi¡ements fo¡:
either Saream I: Musical Studies or Stream II: Community Musician, by completing subjects
to the total value of 72 points.
2. The subjects for Stream I shall be:
Level I Subjecls
2308 Musicianship I 5
3595 First Practical Music Study I 4
7733 Second Practical Music Study I 3
7ó28 Performance I 7
5319 Pitjantjatjara Singing I 3
8224 General Studies I 2
I¡vel II Subjects
8357 Theory of Music II 5
ã24 First P¡actical Music Study IIA 4
1227 Second Practical Mus¡c Study IIA 3
8313 Pe¡formance IIA 7
6747 Pitjantjatjara Singing IIA 3
2720 Genetal Studies IIA 2
l¡vel III Subjects
'1287'theory of Music III 6
1399 First Practical Music Study IIIA 5
8294 Second Practical Music Study IILA 2.5
8428 Performance IIIA 7
1997 General Studies IIIA 3.5
3. The subjects for Stream II shall be:
Level I Subjects
As fo¡ Stream I
lævel II Subjects
4330 Musicianship II
2802 First Practical Music Study IIB
4716 Second Practical Music Study IIB
7466 Performance IIB
1814 Pitjantjatjara Singing IIB
3120 General Studies IIB
l¡vel III Subjects
5410 Musicianstiip III
6419 First Practical Music Study IIIB
3930 Second P¡actical Mus¡c Study IIIB
4951 Performance IIIB
2961 General Studies IIIB
614
5
4
3
7
3
)
6
5
2.5
7
3.5

ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN ABORIGINAL
STUDIES IN MUSIC
SYLI.ABUSES
Prospective students for both st¡eams are auditioned and inten¡iewed in order to determine
suitabilit¡ depending on the qualifications and experience of the applicant, credit
(advanced standing) may be granted.
A more detailed description of the curricular content of each subject may be found in
CASM Syllabus, a handbook produced each year by CASM and distributed to each enrolled
student.
LEVEL I (Common to both streams)
2308 Musicianship I
Level: L
Duration: Full year.
he-requisiæ: Aud it¡on.
Poins value: 5.
Content: Aural training, notational etements, basic Western musical structures, and
introduction to non-Western music.
Contdct hours: 4 x 1-hour group lessons a week.
Assessntent: 4 examinations, one at the end of each half-semester and each of l-hour
duration (407o). Completion ofpractical/written work set (607a).
3595 First Practical Music Study I
Level: I.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: Aud ition.
Points value: 4.
Content: Instrumental or vocal technique, musicianship and repertoire.
Contact hours:1 x l-hour individual lesson a week.
Assessment: Continuous progress reports(60Vo),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each ha lf-semester (40Vo).
Text-books: Drums and Percussion: Reed,T., hogressive steps to slncopation for the modem
dru nt nt er (Ied Reed). G u i tar: Denyer, R., Thc guitar handbo o k (P a n).
7733 Second Practical Music Study I
Level: l.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite : Audition.
Poins value: 3.
615
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Content: Instrument or vocal technique, musicianship and repefoire.
Contact hours: 1 x 1-hour individual lesso¡i ä week.
Assessment: C.ontinuous progress reports (60/o),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each half-semes tet (407o).
Tst-books: Drums and Percussion: Reed, T., Progrerswe steps to syncopation for lhe mldem
drummer (fed Reed). Guitar: Denyer,k, Thc guitar handbook (Pan).
7628 Performance I
Level: L
Duratíon: Full year.
Pre-requisite: None.
Points value: 7.
Content: Instrumental or vocal technique, reperto¡re and ensemble musicianship.
Contact hours:68 hours ensemble and/or indMdual tuition a week.
Assessnßnt: Attendance and participation in ensemble rehearsals and public workshops and
performances.
5319 Pitjantjatjara Singing I
Level: l.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite: None.
Poinu value:3.
Content: Styles, beliefs, and attitudes of traditional Aboriginal music, using a public
Pitjantjatjara innra (ceremony) as taught by its traditional owners. A field trip to Indulkana
is arranged during the year to furthe¡ understanding of inma in the tribal setting. Each
student is expected tojoin at least one field trip during theircourse.
Contact hours: 2 x l-hour group sessions a week.
Assessmen!: Report on attitudinal and musical progress f¡om the Pitjantjatjara Senior
Lecturer, in consultation with othe¡ song o\¡r'ners, at the end of each half-semester (6OVo).
Report on c¡oss-cultu¡al skills f¡om the staff member assisting at the end of each halfsemester
(407o).
Tøct-books: Ellis, C. (ed.) Inma Nyi:Nyr: (University of Adelaide); and, required by all
students not fluent in Pitjantjatjara or Yankun¡jatjara, Kirke, 8, Wangka Kulintjalat: an
innoductory self-insmtction course in Pitjantjatjara (2nd edn.) (South Australian C.ollege of
Advanced &lucation).
Reference books: Goddard, C., A basic Pitjantjatjara/Yanhtnytjatjara to English dictionary
(Institute for Aboriginal Development); Eckert, P. and Hudson, J., Wangka Wtru: a
language-leamer's guide to Pitjantjatjaro (South Australian C-ollege of Advanced Education).
8224 General Studies I
I-evel: ì.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite: None.
Poins value:2.
Content: This subject aims to diversify individual student study programs and interests. It
comprises a group of compulsory and non+ompulsory musical and para-musical units. A
minimum number of 4 units per yea¡ must be taken (1 unit = t half-semester). Students
6t6

may be credited with units taken outside CASM at the discretior of staff who also will
determine the appropriate weighting. Aboriginal Communication Course and Technical
Studies a¡e compulsory units for 82?A Ge¡eral Studies I. See General Sudies list at end of
sylløbus entries.
Contact hours: Variable.
Assessment: Determined by staff member responsible.
STREAM I, LEVEL II
8357 Theora of Music II
Level: ll.
Duration: Full year.
Points value: 5.
Pre-requisites: 2308 Musicianship I or audition.
Contact hours: 4 x l-hour group lessons a week.
Content: Aural training; melodic and harmonic texturing and progression using up to five
modes and chords of complexity up to the 9th; composition and arranging; cultural and
historical perspectives.
Assessment: 4 examinations, one at the end of each half-semeste¡ and each of l-hour
du¡ation (407o). Completion of practical/written work set (ñVo).
2524 First Practical Music Study IIA
Level: ll.
Duration: Full year.
Poins value: 4.
Pre-requkites:3595 First Practical Music Study I or audition.
Contact hours: I x L-hour individual lesson a week.
Content: Instrumental or vocal technique, musicianship and repertoire.
Assessment: Continuous progress reports (607o),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each hal f-semester (40Vo).
Tact-books: Drums and Percussion: Reed, T., hogressive steps to syncopalion for thc modem
dnnnmer (Ied Reed). Guitar: Denyer,R.,The guitar handbook (Pan).
1227 Second Practical Music Study IIA
Level: ll.
Duration: Full year.
Poins value:3.
Contact ltours: L x l-hour individual lesson a week.
Pre-requisites: 733 Second Practical Mus¡c Study I or audition.
Content: Instrumental or vocal technique, musicianship and repertoire.
Assesstnent: Continuous progress rcports (60Vo),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each h a lf-semes Ler (40Vo).
Tea-books: Drums and Percussion: Reed, T., Progressive steps ø syncopation for the modem
dru nt nte r (Ted l{eed ). G u i tar: Denyer, R, The guitar hand b ook (P a n).
617
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
8313 Performance IIA
Level: ll.
Duration: Full year.
Poins value: 7.
Pre-requßites: 7628 Performance I or audition.
Contact hours: 6-8 hours ensemble and/or individual tuition a week.
Content: Instrumental o¡ vocal technique, repertoire and ensemble musicianship.
Assessmenl: Attendance and participation in ensemble rehea¡sals and public workshops and
performances.
674L Pitjantjatjara Singing IIA
Level: ll.
Duration: Full year.
Poins value:3.
Pre-requkites: 5319 Pitjantjatjara Singin g I.
Contact hours: 2 x 1-hour group sessions a week plus l0.day field trip.
Content: Styles, beliefs, and attitudes of traditional Aboriginal music, using a public
Pitjantjatjara inma (ceremony) as taught by its traditional owners. A field trip to Indulkana
is a¡ranged to further understanding of inma in the tribal sett¡ng. Each student is expected
to join at least one field trip during their course.
Assessment: Report on attitud¡nal and musical prog¡ess from the Pitjantjatjara Senior
l,ecturer, in consultation with other song owners, at the end of each half-semester (60Vo),
report on c¡oss-cultural skills from the staff member assisting at the end of each halfsemester
(407a).
Tøct-books: Ellis, C. (ed.) Inma Nyr.Wyri (University of Adelaide); and, required by all
students not fluent in Pitjantjatjara or Yankunytjatjara, Kirke, 8., \4/angka Kulintjaku: an
introductory self-insmtction course in Pitjantjatjara (2nd edn.) (South Australian college of
Advanced Education).
Reþrence books: Goddard, C., A basic Pitjantjatjara/Yanhtnyjatjara to Engtish dictionary
(Institute for Aboriginal Development); Eckert, P. and Hudson, J., Wangka Wiru: a
language-leamer's guide to Pitjantjatjara (South Australian C-ollege of Advanced Education).
2720 General Studies IIA
Level: lI.
Duratiott: Full year.
Poins value:2,
he-requisites: 8224 General Studies l.
Contact lnurs: Y anable.
Content: The subject ainls to diversify individual student study programs and interests. lr
comprises a group of compulsory and non-compulsory musical and para-musical units. A
minimum number of 4 units per year must be taken (1 unit = t half-semester). Students
may be credited with General Studies units taken outside CASM at the discretion of staff
who also will determine the approp¡iate weighting. Unless already completed during lævel
I, a stuqent must take the Aboriginal Communication Course and Technical Studies for
2720 Genenl Studies IlA. At some time during tbe Mus¡cal Studies stream the srudent
must complete 1423 Int¡oduction to Ethnomusicology, as either 2720 General Studies IIA
or 1997 General Studies IIIA. See Ceneral Studies lßt at end ofsyllabus entries.
Assessment: Determined by staff member responsible.
618

LEYEL III
7287 Theory of Music III
Level: lll.
Duration: Full year.
Poinu value: 6.
Pre-requisites: 8357 Theory of Music II or 4330 Musicianship II.
Contact hours:4 x 1-hour group lessons a week.
Content: Aural training; musical texturing and progression using all seven modes and
chords up to the L3th; words and music; form, composition, and arranging; cultural and
historical perspectives.
Assessment: 4 examinations, one at the end of each half-semester and each of 1-hou¡
duration (40/o). C-nmpletion of practical/written work set (ó07a).
1399 First Practical Music Study IIIA
Level:lll'
Duration: Full year.
Poinu value: 5.
he-requisites: 2524 Fitst Practical Music Study IIA or 4716 First P¡actical Music Study IIB.
Contact hours: I x 1-hour individual lesson a week.
Conten!: Instrumental or vocal technique, musicianship and repertoire.
Assessntent: Continuous p¡ogress rcports (607o),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each ha I f-seme ster (40Vo).
Tact-books: Drums and Percussion: Reed, T., hogressive steps to syncopation for the modem
drummer (fed Reed). Guitar: Denyer, k, The guitar handbook (Pan).
8294 Second Practical Music Study IIIA
Level: llI.
Duration: Full year.
Points value:2.5.
Pre-requisites:1227 Second P¡actical Music Study llAor 4'7''J,6 Second Practical Music Study
IIB.
Contact hours: I x 1-hour individual lesson a week.
Content: Instrumental or vocal technique, musicianship and repertoire.
Assessment: Continuous progress rcprts (607o),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each hal f-semester (40Vo).
Text-boolcs: Drums and Percussion: Reed, T., Progressive steps to syncopation for the modem
drummer (Ied Reed). Guitar: Denyer,k,Thc guitar handbook(Pan).
8428 Performance IIIA
Level: lll.
Duration: Full year.
Poins value: 7.
he-requkites:8313 Performance IIA or 7466 Performance IIB.
Contact hours: 6-8 hours ensemble and/or individual tuition a week.
619
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Contenl: Further development of instrumental technique and group musicianship as per
syllabus.
Assessment: Attendance and participation in ensemble rehearsals and public workshops and
performances.
1997 General Studies IIIA
Level: lll.
Duration: Full year.
Poinr value: 3.5.
Pre-requßites:2720 General Studies IIA or 3120 General Studies IIB.
Contact hours: Variable.
Content: This subject aims to diversify student study programs and interests. It comprises a
group of compulsory and non-compulsory musical and para-musical units. A minimum
number of 5 units per year must be taken (1 unit = t half-semester). Students may be
c¡edited with General Studies units taken outside CASM at the discretion of staff who also
will determine the appropriate'weighting. At some time during the Musical Studies stream
the student must complete 1423 Introduct¡on to Ethnomusicology, as either 2720 Gene¡al
Studies IA or 1997 Genenl Studies IIA. .S¿e General Sndies lßt at end of sylløbus entries.
Assessment: Determined by staff member responsible.
STREÀM II, LEVEL II
4330 Musicianship II
Level: ll.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: 2308 Musicianship I or audition.
Points value: 5.
Content: Aural training; basic melodic and harmonic texturing and progression using up to
four modes and cho¡ds of complexity up to the 9th; elementary techniques of composition
and arranging; cultural and historical perspectives.
Cotilact hours:4 x l-hour group lessons a week.
Assessment: 4 examinations, one at the end of each half-semester and each of l-hou¡
du¡ation (40Vo). Completion of practical/written work set (60Vo).
2802 First Practical Music Study IIB
Level: lI.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:3595 First P¡actical Music Study I or audition.
Poins value: 4.
Content: Instrumental or vocal technique, musicianship and repertoire.
Contact hours: I x l-hour individual lesson a week.
Assessment: Continuous p¡ogress reports (60Vo),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each half-semester (40Vo).
Texl-boolcs: Drums and Pe¡cussion: Reed, T., Progressive steps to syncopation for the modern
druntmer fled Reed). Guitar: Denyer, R., The gtitar handbook (Pan).
620

4716 Second Practical Music Study IIB
Level: ll.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:?733 Second Practical Music Study I or audition.
Points value: 3.
Content: Instrumental or vocal technique, musicianship and repertoire.
Contact hours:1 x 1-hour individual lesson a week.
Assessment: Continuous progfess reports (60Vo),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each half-semes tet (40Vo).
Tøcl-books: Drums and Percussion: Reed,T., hogressive steps to syncopation for the modem
drummer (Ied Reed). Guitar: Denyer, R., The guitar handbook (Pan).
7466 Performance IIB
Level: II.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:7628 Performance I or audition.
Points value: 1.
Content: Instrumental o¡ vocal technique, repertoire and ensemble musicianship.
Contact hours: G8 hours ensemble and/or individual tuition a week.
Assessntent: Attendance and participation in ensemble rehearsals and pubtic workhops and
performances.
1814 Pitjantjatjara Singing IIB
Level: ll.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite : 5319 Pitjantjatjara Singing I.
Poins value:3.
Content: Styles, beliefs, and attitudes of traditional Aboriginal music, using a public
Pitjantjatjara innra (ceremony) as taught by its traditional owners. A field trip to Indulkana
is arranged during the year to furthe¡ understanding of inma in the tribal setting. Each
student is expected to join at least one field trip during their course.
Contact hours:2 x l-hour group sessions a week. ,
Assessment: Report on attitudinal and musical progress from the Pitjantjatjara Senior
l,ecture¡, in consultation with other song owners, at the end of each half-semester (60Vo).
Report on cross-cultural skills from the staff member assisting at the end of each halfsemester
(407o).
Text-books: Ellis, C. (ed.) Inma Nyi:Nyi: (University of Adelaide); and, required by all
students not fluent in Pitjantjatjara or Yankun¡jatjara, Kirke, 8., Wangka Kulintjaku: an
innoductory self-instruction course in Pitjantjatjara (2nd edn.) (South Australian C-ollege of
Advanced &lucation).
Reference books: Goddatd, C., A basic Pitjantjatjara/Yanlatnytjatjara to Englkh dictionary
(Institute for Aboriginal Development); Eckert, P. and Hudson, J., Wangka l,lint: a
language-leamer's guide to Pitjantjatjara (South Australian College of Advanced Fiucation).
3120 General Studies IIB
he-requkites: 82A Gene¡al Studies I.
Poins ualue:2.
621
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Content: This subject aims to diversiff individual study study programs and interests. It
comprises a gfoup of compulsory and non+ompulsory musical and para-musical units. A
minimum number of 4 units per week must be taken (1 unit = t half-semester). Students
may be credited with units taken outside CASM at the discretion of staff who also will
determine the appropriate weighting. See General Swdies list at end of syllabus entries.
Contact hours : Variable.
Assessment: Determined by staff member responsible.
LEVELIII
5410 Musicianship III
Level: lll.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: 4330 Musicianship II.
Points value: 6.
Content: Aural training; work in musical structure pertaining to each student's srylistic and
instrumental preferences; composition and arranging; a major project; cultural and
historical perspectives.
Contact hours:4 hours of group sessions a week.
Assessment: 4 examinations, one at the end of each half-semester and each of 1-hour
duration (407o). Conpletion of practical/written work set (607o).
6419 First Practical Music Study IIIB
Level: lIl.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:2802 First Practical Music Study IIB.
Points value: 5.
Content: Instrumental or vocal tech nique, m usicianship and repertoire.
Contact hours:1 x 1-hou¡ individual lesson a week.
Assessment: Continuous p¡ogtess rcporls (607o),4 practical examinations, one at the end of
each half-semester (407o).
Tst-bool

4951 Performance IIIB
Level: lll.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: 7466 Performance IIB.
Poins value:7.
Content: Instrumental or vocal technique, repe.rtoire and ensemble musicianship.
Contact hours: 7 x l-hour individual lesson a week.
Assessment: Continuous progress rcports (6OVo),4 practical examinations, one at end of
each half-seme ster (40Vo).
2963 General Studies IIIB
Level: l[l.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: 3120 Gene¡al Studies IIB.
Poins value:3.5.
Content: This subject aims to diversify individual student study programs and inte¡ests. It
comprises a gtoup of compulsory and non-compulsory musical and para-musical units. A
minimum number of 5 units per year must be taken (1 unit = t half-semester). Students
may be credited with General Studies units taken outside CASM at the disc¡etion of staff
who also will determine the appropriate weighting. See General Studies tist at end of sytlabus
entries.
Contact hours: Variable.
Assessment: Determined by staff member responsible.
GENERAL STUDIES TOPICS
Particulars of the contents and requirements of each Gene¡al Studies topic will be provided
at en¡olnìent. All topics will not necessarily be offered in any one year and others may be
offered from time to time. staff rvill conside¡ and encourage projects which relate to a
student's chosen cou¡se. Lengh of Gene¡al Studies topics varies from t half-semester/1
unit to 4 half-semesters/4 units (1 unit = 0.5 or 0.7 points). Selection of the appropriate
nunrber of General Studies topics will be carried out in consultation with CASM staff upon
enrolnrent.
Representative List of General Studies Topics
Int¡oduction to Ethnomusicology - 1 unit. (compulsory in the Musical Studies stream and
equivalent to 1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicology).
Aboriginal communication course - (length varies). (compulsory in second half-semester
of the first year of study at CASM).
Didgeridoo - (length varies).
Tor¡es Strait Island Dancing 1,2, 3 or 4 units.
-
Pitjantjatjara Singing 1, 2, 3 or 4 units.
-
I unit. (in conjunction with at least one half-semester of
Indulkana Field Trip
Pitjantjatjara Singing). -
Technical Stud¡es 1 unit. (Compulsory in first half-semester of the first year).
-
Elect¡onic Music - (lengh varies).
5UV Radio Training Course - (length varies) (Arranged through Student Radio).
Sound Engineering - (length varies).
Sound Recording - (length varies).
Acoustic Guitar Group - 1, 2, 3 o¡ 4 units-
623
Performing
Arts

Performln$
ArtÉ
Add¡tional Instrumental Tuition - 1, 2, 3 or 4 units.
Composition - 1, 2, 3 or 4 units.
Harmonica Workshop - 1, 2, 3 or 4 units.
Percussion Group - 1, 2, 3 or 4 units.
Singing Group - 1, 2, 3 or 4 units.
Community Resource.Studies - (length varies).
Music for'Il-eatre - (length varies).
Music for Film - (lengh varies).
Subjeits in other Universlty depàrtments, or other ihsiitutions, will f¡om time to time be
offered as General Studies topics.
6U
. ,

DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF MUSIC (PERFORMANCE)
REGUI.ATIONS
1. There shall be an Ordinary degree and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Music
(Performance). A candidate may obtain either degtee or both.
2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and
that for the Honours degree over four academic years, of full-time study or equivalent.
3. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty of Music, shall from time to
time prescribe schedules defining
(i)
Í")
the subjects of study for the degree;
the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
(b) Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council o¡
such other date as the Council may determine.
(c) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Directo¡ of the Elder
Conservatorium of Music and submitted to the Faculty of Music and to the Executive
Committee of the Education Committee for approval, excePt that the Di¡ector may
approve minor changes to previously approved syllabuses.
(d) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall be published in the next
edition of the university calendar.
4. To qualify for the O¡dinary degree a candidate shall comply \¡,ith the provisions of
schedule III.
5. (a) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall complete the requirements for
the Ordinary degree and cornply with the provisions of schedule IV.
(b) The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published within
the following classes and divisions:
First Class
Second Class
Division A
Division B
Third Class.
(c) C-andidates may not en¡ol a second time for the Honours course if they (i) have already
qualified for Honours, or (ii) have presented for examination but failed to obtain Honours,
of (iii) have u¡ithdrawn from the Honours course, unless the Faculty on such conditions as
it may determine permits re-enrolment.
6. Except by permission of the Faculty of Music, a cand¡date shall not enrol in any subject
for which the pre-requisite work prescribod in the syllabus for that subject has not been
satisfactori ly completed.
?. A candidate shall not be eligible to p¡esent fo¡ examination unless the prescribed classes
have been regularly attehded and the written, practical or other work required has been
completed to the satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
8. In determining a candidate's final result in a subject the examiners may take into account
assessnrents of the candidate's written, practical or othe¡ work, and the results of other
exanrinations in that subject provided that the candidate has been given notice at the
beginning of the course of study for the subject of the way in which such assessments will
be taken into account and of their relative importance in the final result.
9. The nanres of candidates who pass in any subject for the Ordinary degree shall be
6L5
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
th Distinction, Pass with Credit, pass.
divisions, Division I and Division II, a
thc syllabuses as a pre-requisite fo¡
10. A candidate may be granted a supplementary examination in a subject only in
circumstances approved by the department administering such subject and consistent with
any expressed council policy.
11. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject shall, before presenting again for
examination, again attend lectures and satisfactorily complete the requirãd -wdtten,
practical o¡ otherwork in that subject, unless granted exemption the¡efrom by the Faculty
of Music.
s the final examination in any subject may not
ission of the Dean of the Faculty of Music. A
enrol in the subject again except by qpecial
r such conditions as the Faculty may prescribe.
(c) A candidate who is not granted permission to sit for an examination, or who fails to
attend all or part of a final examination after having attended substantially the full course
of instruction in that subject shall be deemed to have failed to pass the examination.
in the University or elsewhere or
be granted such exemption front
r these regulations as the Council
13. If in any year/semester the student enrolment in a particular subject offered by the
Faculty is less than the minimum specified by the Faculty, that subject mãy not be offered.
RegulatioN allowed 4 Februry 1982.
,A.mended: 24 Fcb. 19&l: 3; 17 JaD. 1985; 5(b), 9; 20 Jul. 1989: B, lO, lt, 13.
626

DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF MUSIC (PERFORMANCE)
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 3.)
NOTE: Syllåbwes of subjects for thc dcgrce of B.ME. (Perf.) are published below, immediåtely after ehedules. For
syllâb$es of subjecls leu8ht for otbêr degre$ sDd diplomæ sec the tâblc of subjccis at the eod of the volume.
SCHEÐULEI: ADMISSIONREQUIREMENTS
1. Admission to the course of study for the degree of Bachetor of Music (Performance)
shall be determined on the basis of academic merit with the primary weighr being given to
musical performance. All applicants shall be auditioned prior to admission and shall be
ranked, for selection purposes, in order of their audition result.
2. Except, where otherwise determined by the Faculty, an applicant who defers an offer of
admission to the course shall be required to attend again for audition, and to reach the
minimum audition standard for admission to the course, before being authorised to en¡ol.
SCHEDULE II: ARRANGEMENT OF COURSES
l. The course for the Ordinary degree shall occupy three years of full-time study or
equivalent, and may be taken with a specialisation in an instrument or in voice.
2. The subjects listed for each level unde¡ Schedule III need not all be taken in one and the
same year. A candidate who has satisfied the pre-requisite requi¡ements for enrolment in
later level subjects may so enrol before completing all the subjects of the preceding level or
levels.
3. The requirements fo¡ subjects taught over a full year are expected to be completed in
one year of study. The Faculty may permit a candidate to complete the requirements of
such a subject over a period of two years on such conditions as it may determine. Subjects
taught in one semester must be completed \¡/ithin that semeste¡.
4. Except whe¡e othe¡wise determined by the Facultf a candidate who is eligible in any
year to enrol in performance subjects and who fails to do so, and who wishes to enrol in
one of these subjects in a subsequent year, shall be required to attend an audition and to
¡each a minimum audition standard for enrolment in the subject in question before being
authorised to enrol in that subject.
5. C¿ndidates must obtain the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Music, or the
nominee of the Dean, for the proposed subjects of study, and a¡e required to take part
satisfactorily in the general practical wo¡k of the EIder Conservatorium. Candidates are
also encouraged to part¡cipate in the activities of the Centre for Aboriginal Studies in
Music.
6. Candidates who commenced their course of study for the degree prior to 1989 shall be
granted status for complete years or appropriate point values on account of subjects that
they have passed. The Faculty shall determine, on application from candidates, the precise
amount of status to which they are entitled.
62't
Performing
Arls

Performing
Arts
SCHEDULE III: THE ORDINARY DEGREE
To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall satisfactorily complete the
following subjects:
Note the points value of subjects is indicated after each subject title.
LBYEL I SUBJECTS
1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicology
1935 Music Theory I
5549 Aural Development I
4924 Genenl Music Studies I
1268 Int¡oduction to Music Literature I
a¡d either
2202 Music of the 18th Century
or
3379 Int¡oduction to Music History I
and either one of the following:
8908 Bassoon I
?302 Clarinet I
8970 Double Bass I
4219 Flute I
9012 Guitar I
8752 Harp I
2716 Harpsichord I
LEVEL II SI,JBJECTS
1049 Music of rhe 19th Cenrury
8206 Music of the 20th Century
7642 Music Theory II
7222 Awal Development II
9411 Gene¡al Music Studies II
and eitlær one of the following:
ã73 Bassoon II
3757 Clarinet II
5146 Double Bass II
4179 Flute II
7693 Guitar II
6292 Harp Il
7565 Harpsichord II
6011 Horn II
9383 Oboe II
7195 Organ Il
LEVEL III SI,JBJECTS
4851 Music Theory III
3597 General Music Studies III
and ûto of the following:
6016 Japanese Musrc
2923 Pia¡o Music of Robert Schumann 1..5
3946 Chinese Music 1.5
52M Diaghiley's Ballets Russes 1.5
6973 American Pathhnders in Music 1.5
6299 Wagner
2609 Mozart's Quintets
628
1 9849 Horn I
3 4444 Oboe I
I 4744 Organ I
4 Mû Percussion I
I 1659 Pianoforte I
1388 Reco¡der I
2 9915 T¡ombone I
5759 Trumpet I
2 4331 Tuba I
6275 Yiolal
12 9914 Viotin I
L2 8933 Violoncello I
12 or 2045 Voice I
12 together with one of the following:
L2 8489 ltalian for Vocal Students
12 6320 German for Vocal Students
12 5022 French for Vocal Students
2 7896 Percussion II
2 3273 Pianoforte II
3 ZZæ Recorderll
I gu6 T¡ombone II
4 ssls Trumpet II
1) 4885 Tuba II
;; ?A8e Yiotail
i; 2843 Violin II
12 9827 Violoncello II
12 or 5810 Voice II
L2 togetlrq with one of ilß foryowing nor
previouslypresented:
LZ
lZ 8489 ltalian for Vocal Students
12 6320 German for Vocal Students
12 5022 F¡ench for Vocal Students
J
6
15
1.5
1.5
3941 Mozart'sConcertos
and eitler one of the following:
5864 Bassoon III
8653 Clarinet III
8248 Double Bass III
6411 Ftute III
932'1 Gui¡arlll
2470 Hatplll
6935 Harpsichord
5218 Ho¡n III
12
72
12
t2
L2
t2
12
t2
t2
L2
12
t2
8
4
4
4
72
12
72
t2
12
72
12
72
12
I
4
4
4
1.5
T2
12
72
12
t2
12
12
12

7638 Oboe III
4037 Organ III
6786 Percussion III
5972 Pianoforte III
6771 Reco¡der III
81.13 Trombone III
6391 Trumpet III
1833 Tuba III
8602 Viola III
NOTES: (Not toming pan of the Schedules)
12 5229 Violin III
12 6192 Violoncello III
12 or 1054 Voice III
t2
lz
12
wing not
dents
lZ
lZ 6320 German for Vocal Students
12 5022 French for Vocal Students
I. WORK REQUIRED TO COMPLETE AN ADETAIDE DEGREE"
To quLiry fo¡ lhe aw¡d of the dcgrcc of Bachelor of MNic (Pcrfomanæ) a endidate gBoted statú under
Regular¡oo 12 mut, exæpt in Epecisl æ appwed by lhe Faalry, @mplelc all lhe work of thc nnal [ãel of the
presdibed @ue while attcnding thc Eldcr CoNMtoriuñ of Muic.
2 CANDTDATES UNDERTAKING STUDY FoR TllE DEGREES oF B.MUS (PERFoRMANCE) AND BrA..
CONCURRENTLY.
CaDdidates may cnrcl fo¡ the degrecs ot B Mu (Perf.) and By'\ @Ãorently if they apply tor admision and are
admirted to both @uFes. Candidats al¡cady enrclled for the deg,ree of B.MN. (Perf.) wishin¡ to preed to the
degrees of B.Mu. (Perf.) and BÂ. @ûcurcntly may appty roMrds the eDd of their fi6t year iD lhc Faculty of MNic for
admission lo the By'\. ouße in thc following year
The Fâculry of Ms¡c adviss:
¡) The @mbined æuñe takes five yea6 ol futl-time study.
ii) // of lhe requirements of thc B.Mu. (Perf ) æuae mut be æmpleted, togelher with subjects takeD frcD the
Scbedules of the degree of Bachelor ofÀrts, Tbe minimum Ans requirements to bc satisfied are:
l¡vel I subjects to the minimum wlue of 12 points
l¡vel Il subjects to the miDimum wluc of ló points
IÃel tll sùbjects to the minimum wluc of 24 poinrs
Candidares mwt @mplcre all ol the tsel lll requirements in a@rdanæ witb Schedule ll of the degrce of Bachelor of
Arts.
iii) The ailention o[ endidates is dBm to claue 2(c) (i) of Schedulc I of the degfec of Bachetor of Ans. No subjecl
may be ountcd Mæ towårds the degrec and rwo subjects which æntain a substantial amount of the same malerial may
not bolh b€ æunled.
iv) Cendidates should h¿ve @ntinuou enrclmeDt in tbeir iñtrumental o¡ v@l studics. In smc ø6 thc perfomânæ
subjects may b€ taken over 2 yeañ with the pemision of lhe Faculty ol MEic. Thc attcntion of @ndidales is dnM to
Clase 4 of Schedule f I of the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Muic (Perfomane).
v) Cand¡da(es should @mplete lower lael prc-reqùis¡tes befo¡e @mmencin8 higher lwelsubjects.
vi) Candidates should submit their prcpoFd prcgÉmmes of study in thc @mbined @uEe to Faculry for apprcval.
vi¡) Cand¡dates shou¡d nole tbât ao enrclmeDt in subjeds exæeding â totâl point. Elue of 24 po¡¡ts per yee¡ vill resull
in a óuñe overlo¿d. Candidates should be awrc of the fùll implietions of their cho¡æ to take a @uÉ overloâd.
3. UNACCETTABLE SUBJECT COMBINATIONS
A l¡st of unâcæptable subjed @mbinatioN È a%ilable trcm the Faculty office.
SCHEDULE IV: THE HONOURS DEGREE
1. (a) Before entering upon the requirements for the Honou6 cou¡se a candidate must
obtain the approval of the Director of the Elder Conservatorium of Music, who will take
into account the candidate's academic record up to the time of application. Normally such
approval should be sought towards the end of lævel III of the cou¡se fo¡ the Ordinary
degree. Before entering the Honours year, candidates for the Honou¡s degree in
Pe¡fo¡nrance must have qualified for the Ordinary degree, or have othe¡ appropriate
qualifications on the basis of which, on written application, candidates maybe granted such
exemption or such status as the Counc¡l on the recommendation of the Faculty may
determine.
(b) The work of the Honours year must normally be completed in one year of full-time
study. The Faculty may permit a candidate to present the work over a period of not more
than two years on such conditions as it may determine,
2. To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall satisfactorily complete
T2
L2
I
4
4
4
629
Performing
A¡1s

Performing,
Arts
(a) the work prescribed in Schçdule Ill,-prcvtd9d that the area of instrum6ntal,orvocal
spec¡alisat¡on corresponds to thç arçg in wl¡ich itir proposed that Honours tre,takon; and
(b) the requirements of !10!, Honqun .Perfolmance (1537 Honourè- Pefformance in
schedules o! B.f{us., Old C,ourç.) ..,
630

DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF MUSIC (PERFORMANCE)
SYLI.ABUSES
The fotlowing subjects are available for the degree of B.Mus. (Perf.), B.Mus., and for the
combined courses BA./B.Mus. (Perf.) and BA./B.Mus. The requirements for each
subject, the number lectures/tutorials and the method of assessment are the same for each
degree.
5549 Aural Deyelopment I
4924 General Music Studies I
1423 Introduction toEthnomusicolory
3379 Introduction to Music History I
1268 Introduction to Music Literature
2202 Music of the 18th Century
1935 Music Theory I
1222 Aural Development II
94ll General Music Studies II
1049 Music of the 1.9th Century
8206 Music of the 20th Century
7642 Music Theory II
6973 American Pathfinders in Music
3946 Chinese Music
5244 Diaghilev's'rBallets Russes"
3597 General Music Studies III
631
Performing
Arls

Perfo,'ming
Arts
4851 Music Theory III
60f6 Japanese music
3941
2923
Mozartts Concertos
Piano Music of Robert Schumann
7162 Wagner
2609 Mozart's Quintets
LEVEL I
5549 Aural Development I
Level: 7,
Poins value: l.
Duralion: Full year.
he-requisites: None.
lotowledge: lslymed All students in their first yea¡ of the degree will take an Aural rest
held during Orientation Week to determine in which stream théy will begin.
Co-requisites: None.
Contact hours: 1, hour a week.
Con¿enl: Aural Development I and II contain within them four possible streams as follows:
stream 1: Scales, intervals, triads, melodic dictation, cadences, modulation and rhythm.
stream 2: The same as st¡eam 1 but at a more advanced standard, u/ith the addition of two
and three-part writing as well as simple four-part writing.
Stream 3: Similar to Stream 2 but at a more advanced standard.
Stream 4: Simila¡ in content to Stream 3 but at a more advanced standa¡d.
Assessnrcnt: Continuous. All students must complete and pass at least Stream I in o¡der to
pass Aural Development I. The only ¡esult obtainable in any stream is Non Graded pass
(NGP).
4924 General Music Studies I
Level: l.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Prc-requisites: None.
Co-requisites: None.
632

Contact houts: L hour of lectu¡qs and t hour of tutorials a week plus practical work as
determined by selection of units, but normally 4{ hours a wgek.
Content: 8 units of Ceneral Music Studies, details of which follow the syllabuses for the
Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Music (Performance).
Assessment: Based on 8 units.
3379 Introduction to Music History I
Level: l.
Poinls value:2.
Duration: Semester II.
Pre-requkites: None-
Co-requisites: 1.935 Music Theory I.
Contact hours:2 hou¡s of seminars a week.
Content: A graded introduction to representative works of the eighteenth C-entury as well as
a discussion of various approaches to the history of Vy'estern Music.
Assessnrcnl: 2,000 word essay (or 2 hour written examination) 50Vo; I hour repertoire and
general knowledge test, which may include scoic recognition 507o.
1268 Introduction to Music Literature I
Level: l.
Poins value: 1.
Duration: Semester I:1.
Pre-requisites: None.
Co-requisites: 1935 Music Theory L
Contact hours:2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: Introduction to music aesthetics, music historiograph¡ essay writing and seminar
p¡esentation; info¡mation retrieval; theatrical, writings on music and music history.
Assesstnent: 2 essays of 1,000 words each; I bibliographic exercise.
1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicolory
Level: l.
Poins value: l.
Duratiott: Semeste¡ I:2.
Pre-requisites: None.
Co-requkites : 1935 Music.Theory I.
Conlact hours: I hour of lectu¡es and t hour of tutorials a week.
Contenl: Introduces the úajor principles of Ethnomusicology and investigates music as a
cultural expression of society.
Assessntent: 1500 word assignment, tutor¡al participation and final (2 hour) examination
based on repertoire and general knowledge.
8908 Bassoon I
Level: l.
Points value: 72.
Dtration: Full year.
he-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
633
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Contact hours:3,
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teaclwr's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctùality and attendance: 25Vo; Performance Class: Tltee
assessments per year, each of 5 minutes: 25Vo; Concm hacf¡c¿.- Satisfactory attendance and
participation at jo¡nt instrumental and vocal concert ptactice: Non-graded pas; Recital/
aømination: of 20 minutes playtngtine:50Vo.
7302 Clarinet I
I-evel: l.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßite: Satislactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repefoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance ?SVo; Performance Closs: one midt
of 15 minutes: 25Vo; Concett Practice: satisfactory attendance and
joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass; Recital/
30 minutes playng time: 50Vo.
8970 Double Bass I
Level: l.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessnænt: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 75Vo; Perlormance C/¿ss.' one
assessment per semester each of 7 minutes: ?57o; Concert hactice: satisfactory attendance
and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass;
Recital/etamination: on 30 minutes playing time: 507o.
4219 Flute I
Level: I.
Poittts value: 12.
Duratiott: Full year.
h'e-requkite: Sa tisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Conlent: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an ady¿nced level.
Assessment: Teacler's Report based on standatd of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?57o; Perfomrance C/¿ss: Th¡ee
assessments per year, each of 5 minutes: 25Vo; Concm Practice: satisfactory attendance and
pa¡ticipation at joint instrument and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass; Recitalr/
øcantination: of 30 minutes playng time: 50Vo.
634

9012 Guitar I
Level: l.
Poinsvalue:72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 25Vo; Performance Closs: One
assessment per semester each of 7 minutes: ?5/o; Concm hactice: satisfactory attendance
and participation of joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass;
Recital/examination: ol30 minutes playtng time: 50Vo.
8752 Harp I
Level: l.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite: Satisfactory completion of aud¡tion.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repefoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: 'feacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Performance Class: Three
assessnrents per year, each of 5 minutes: ?SVo; Concert hacrrce.' satisfactory attendance and
participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass; Recital/
eranination: of 30 minutes plalng time: 507a.
2716 Harpsichord I
Let,el: l.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite: Sat¡sfactory conrpletion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendancei ?SEo; PerTomtance C/¿ss: One
assessment pe¡ semester, each of 7 minutes: ?SVo; Concert hac¡rce.' satisfactory attendance
and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert ptact¡ce: Non-graded pass;
Reciral/examination: of 30 minutes playing time 50Vo.
9849 Horn I
Level: I.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite : Satisfactory completion of aud i tion.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessntent; Teaclær's Report based on standa¡d of achievement, progfess and technical
635
Performing
AÉs

Performing
Arts
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Performance Class: Ttnee
assessments per year, each of 5 minutes: ?SVo; Concen hactrrc¿.' satisfactory attendance and
participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass; Recital/
aømination: of 20 minutes playngtime:50Vo.
4444 Oboe I
Level: I.
Poins value: L2.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-re quisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Conaact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessmenr: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, prog¡ess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?57o; Performance C/¿ss: One
each of 7 minutes: ?57o; ConcerT hactice: satisfactory attendance
nt instrumental and vocal concert p¡actice: Non-graded pass;
0 minutes playtng time:. 50Vo.
4744 Organ I
Level: l.
Poinu value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrunrental technique and repefoire at an advanced tevel.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 75/o; Performance C/¿ss: One
h of 7 minutes: 75Vo; Concert Practice: satisfactory attendance
nstrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass;
nutes plaf ng ¡ine:50Vo.
4460 Percussion I
Level: I.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Contenl: Instrumental techn¡que and repertoire at an advanced level,
Assessment: Teacher's Il.eporr based on standard of achievement, prog¡ess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Performance C/ass: One
h of 7 minutes: 25Vo; Concert Prøctice: satisfactory attendance
nstrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass;
nutes plalng time: 50Vo.
1659 Pianoforte I
Level: l.
Poítts value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
636

Pre-requkite : Satisfactory completion of audition'
1388 Recorder I
Level: l.
Poins value: 12'
Duration: Full Year'
Pre -requisite : Satisfactory completion of audition'
9915 Trombone I
Level: l'
Poins value: !2'
Duraúon: Futl Year'
Pte-requ isite : Satisfactory completion of audition'
57Sg TrumPet I
Level: l'
Poins value: 12'
Duralion: Full Year'
Pte -requßite: Satisfactory completion of audition'
Contoct hours:3'
Con!ettl:lnstrunrental technique and repertot
:507o'
Performing
A¡ts
63'l

Performing
Arts
4331 Ti¡ba I
Level: I.
Poinß value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher,s RepoÈ based on ,,un
development, attitude ano punctualitv arrJ
nical
assessments per year each of5 min"rcí: xø
hree
paÍlclpation at joint inst¡umental and ,o"ul and
examination: aon."a
of pru
20 minutes pta¡ng timq ' "wt. 'vt'wçtL Prd ital/
6275 Viota I
Level: I.
Points value: 12.
Duraùon: Full year.
Pre-requ isite: Sa tisfactory completion of a udition.
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level,
Assessntent: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, prog¡ess and technicar
devetopmenr, arrirude .;o .pr1.1".ñi;äï;;;".
9914 Violin I
Level: I.
Poittg t alue: 72.
Duration: Full year.
e: 2Svo; perîormance
.,.r,-".r.¡ of 7 minures:
Ctass: one
?svo; Concen _,raciice:.å¡i;i*a; utrendanc"
joint instrumental and vácat
of 30 minutesplalng time: syvojon""n practice: Non-graded pass;
he-requ isite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact ltours:3.
Conîent: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment Teacher's Reporr based on standa¡d
development, atritude u'no pun.,uurif -;ä;;" d technical
assessment pe¡ semester each of 7 ri"ít.",]sä^.-
Class: one
ili,,1î#l::,::x,,i"lî3;il'"',ï.;,,ru1¡;"{tA. concerr pracrice: *""-rii:ïT;::
8933 Viotoncelo I
Level: I.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:3.
Content Inst¡umental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment Teocher's Report based on standard of achievement, progfess and technicar
638

development, att¡tude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Performance C/¿ss.. one
assessment per semester each of 7 minutes: ?SVo; Concm hactice: sâtisfactory attendance
and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert ptactice: Non-gtaded pass;
Recitalr/eømination: of 30 minutes playtng time: 50Vo.
2045 Voice I
Level: l.
Poins value:8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite : Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours: 4.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessmenl: Teaclvr's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Repmoire C/ass.' one
assessment per semester, each of 5 minutes: ?SVo; Recítalr/uamination: of 20 minutes
singing time:507o.
2202 Music of the 18th Century
Level:7.
Poins value:2.
Duration: Semester IL
he-requisites: None.
Co-requisites: 1935 Music Theory 1.
Contacl hours: '1. hour of lectures and t hour of tutorials for 7 weeks for fi¡st half semeste¡.
I hour of semina¡s for 7 weeks for second half semester.
Content: First half semester: On various aspects of the music of this period, beginning with
Co¡elli and continuing through to Mozart and Haydn.
Second half semeste¡: Seminars on detailed analysis and study of complete works or
substantial port¡ons of complete q,orks drawn from the music of this period.
Whole Semester: A programmed listening course dealing with selected works of this period
integrated with the lecture, tutorial and seminar topics studied throughout semester.
Assessnrcnt: 2000 word essay (or 2 hour written examination based on lectures and
tutorials) 35Vo; L hour repertoire and general knowledge test, which may include score
recognition 30Vo; a 2000 word analysis assignment or equivalent 357a.
1935 Music Theory I
Level: l.
Poittts value:3.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: None.
Assunted knowledge: See requirements fo¡ each stream.
Co-requisites: None.
Content: Elements of music theory triads and their inversions; harmonic progressions;
cycle of fifths, in the natural major and the lowe¡ed and raised alternatives; secondary
donrinant triads; passing and cadential 6/4 chotds; the dominant 7th; non-harmonic tones,
including suspensions; harmonization in four parts; simple modulatory techniques; introduction
to Jazz theory.
Note: This subject will be taught in three streamed groups which will be divided into
639
Performing
Arls

Performing
Arts
several small tutorial groups. A Theory Aptitude Test will take place during Orientation
Week to determine which stream eâch student in the first year should take.
Stream 1. This stream will take in students with a morc advanced knowledge of harmony
and theory and requires an assumed knowledge of the elements of music theory triads and
their inversions and some knowledge of harmonic progressions and writing in four parts.
Contact hours:1 hour lecture and I hour tutorial throughout the year.
Stream 2. This stream will take in students with less advanced knowledge of harmony and
theory, will concentrate in greater detail on revision of basic harmonic concepts and
techniques and requires an assumed knowledge of the elements of music theory triads and
their inversions and some experience in connecting simple chordal relationships in four
parts(e.g.I-V-I).
Contact hours: L hou¡ lecture and t hour tutorial throughout the year.
Stream 3. This stream will take in students whose prior knowledge of music theory is weak
and will begin with the elements of music theory and work towards the completion of the
syllabus as stated under "content" by the end of the year.
Contacl hours:1 hour lecture and t hour tutorial throughout the year.
All st¡eams will also contain several tutorials in the elements of o¡chestration and harmonic
analyses of representative works of the 18th century and instruction in counterpoint related
to the h¡storical period.
Assessment: Continuous rÀ¡ith at least 2 assignments per half semester, some of which will
involve questions of orchestration and harmonic analysis.
LEVEL II
1222 Aural Development II
I-evel: ll.
Po' tß value: I.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßites: 5549 Aural Development I.
Contacl hours:1 hour a week.
Contenl: Aural Development II contains within it thtee possible streams as follows:
St¡eam 2: The same as Stream 1 but at a-mo¡e advanced standard, with the add¡tion of fwo
and three-part writing as well as simple four-pan writing.
Stream 3: Similar to St¡eam 2 but at a mo¡e advanced standard.
Stream 4: Similar in content to Stream 3 but at a more advanced standard.
Requirements: Students of the B.Mus. (Perf.) and B.Mus. will normally complete two years
of Aural developments. If a student enters at Stream 1 in the first year, then that student
will complete St¡eam 2 in the second year thus fulfilling the requirements for Aural
Development I & II. If a student enters at Stream 2 in the fint year, then that student ì,vill
complete Stream 3 in the second year thus fulfilling the requirements for Aural
Development I & II. If a student enters at Stream 3 in the first year, then that student will
complete Stream 4 in the second year, thus futfilling the requirements fo¡ Au¡al
Development I & II.
Assessment: Continuous; All students must complete and pass at least Stream 2 in order to
pass Aural Development II. The only result obtainable in any stream is Non Graded Pass
(NcP).
94ll General Music Studies II
Level: Il.
Poins value: 4.
640

Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 4924 Ge¡e¡al Music Studies I.
conlact hours: t hour of lectures and t hour of tutorials a week plus practical wo¡k as
determined by selection of units, but normally 46 hours a week ttrroughout the year.
Content: 8 units of General Music studies, details of which follow the syllabuses for the
Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Music (Performance).
Assessment: Based on 8 units.
2573 Bassoon II
Level: II.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:8908 Bassoon L (Div. I.)
Contact hours:3,
Content: Instrumental technique and ¡epertoire at an advanced level,
Assessment: Teaclw's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 25cno; performance class: ^flttee
year, each of 7 minutes: 257o; Concert hacrr'ce.' Sât¡sfactory attendance and
joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass; Recitat/
30 minutes playtng time: SïVo.
3751 Clarinet II
Level: ll.
Poins value: t2.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite:7302 Clarinet I (Div. I).
Contact lnurs:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher! Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:2svo; perfomrance class: one midyear
assessment of 20 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/uamination: of 40 minutes playng time: 50/o;
Concerl Praclice: satisfactory attendance and participation at joint instrum;ntal and vocal
conce¡t pÍactice: Non-graded pass.
5146 Double Bass II
Level: ll.
Poinß value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:8970 Double Bass I (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoi¡e at an advanced level.
ment, progress and technical
Concm hactice; satisfactory
concert practice: Non-graded
of 10 minutes: ?SVo; Recitalr/
64r
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
4179 Flute II
Level: ll.
Poins value: L2.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite:4219 Flute I (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon bastrd on standard of achievement, progfess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Concm hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrument and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: Three assessments per year, each of 7 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/
ø

60L1 Horn II
Level: lI.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:98r''9 Hom I (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrunrental technique and repertoite at an advanced level,
9383 Oboe II
La,el: II.
Poittts value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: 4444 Oboe I (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an ad\¡anced level.
7795 Organ II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 12.
Duratiott: Full year.
he-requisire: 47M Organ I (Div. I).
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
1896 Percussion II
Level: Il.
Poittts value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:4460 Percussi

Performing
Arts
Contact hours:3,
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:25Vo; Concm Practice: sat¡sfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert pÉct¡ce: Non-graded
pass; Perfomnnce Class: One assessment p€r semester, each of 10 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/
examination: of 40 minutes playrngtime: 50Vo.
3273 Pianoforte II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 72.
Duratíon: Full year.
Pre-requisite:1659 Pianoforte I (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Contettt: Instrumental technique and repefoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, prog¡ess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 25/o; Concert hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal conce¡t practice: Non-graded
pass; Peformance Class: one mid-year assessment of 20 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/øaninatiott:
of 40 minutes playing time: 50Vo.
2288 Recorder II
Level: Il.
Poins value: 12.
Duratiott: Full year.
Pre+equisite: 1388 Reco¡der I (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessntent: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?57o; Concett Practice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance C(ass: Th¡ee assessments per year, each of 7 minutes: 257o; Recital/
s

5975 Trumpet II
Level: ll.
Points value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:5?59 Trumpet I (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Conlent: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:257o; Concert hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: th¡ee assessments per year, each of 7 minutes: ?57o; Recital/
qamination: of 30 minutes playrng time: 50Vo.
4885 Tuba II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:4331 Tuba I (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teachcr's Report based on standa¡d of achievement, prog¡ess and technical
development, att¡tude and punctuality and attendance: 25Vo; ?SVo; Concm hactice:
satisfactory attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert ptactice:
Non-graded pass; Perfomtance Class: three assessments per year each of 1 minutes:25Vo;
Recital/aramination: of 30 minutes playing time: 507o.
2489 Viola II
Level: lI.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requ isite: 62'7 5 Yiola I (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repefoire at an advanced level.
Assessnænt: Teacher's Repon based on standatd of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctual¡ty and attendance; ?5%o; ?SVo; Concen hactice:
satisfactory attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice:
Non-graded pass; Performonce Class: one assessment per semester each of l0 minutes:
2SVo; Recital/examination: of 40 minutes playng time: 507o.
2843 Violin II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
he-rcquisite:9914 Violin I (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repefoire at an advanced level.
Assessnent: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
645
Perlorming
Arts

Performing
Arts
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?57o; 25Vo; Concm hactíce:
satisfactory attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert pnctice:
Non-graded pass; Peformance Class: one assessment per semester each of 10 minutes:
25Vo; Recital/aamination: of 40 minutes playrng time: 507o.
9827 Violoncello II
Level: ll.
Points value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:8933 Violoncello I (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progfess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:257o; Concerl Practice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Perþrmance Class: one assessment per semester each of 10 minutes: 25Eo; Recital/
øtanùnation: of 40 minutes playngtime:50Vo.
5810 Voice II
Level: Il.
Poinß value:8.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:2045 Voice I (Div. I).
Contact hours: 4.
Conlent: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessntent: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:75Vo; Repettoire C/açs.'one
assessment per semeste¡, each of 7 minutes: 25Vo; Recital/æamination: of 30 minutes
singing time: 507o.
1049 Music of the 19th Century
Level: lI.
Poins value: 2.
Duration: Semester 1.
Pre-requisites: 2202 Music of the 18th Century.
Co-requisites: 7642 Music Theory II.
Contact haurs: t hou¡ of lectures and t hour of tutorials a week for 7 weeks (Semester I 1st
hal[), plus I hou¡ ofseminars a week for 7 weeks (Semester I 2nd halt).
Content: First half semester: On aspects of L9th century music beginning with Beethoven
and Schubert and continuing through to composers at the end of this century.
Second half semester: Seminars on detailed analysis and study of complete works or
substantial po¡t¡ons of conrplete works drawn f¡om the music of this period.
Whole semester: A programmed listening course dealing with selected works of this period
integ¡ated with the lecture, tutorial and seminar topics studied.
Assessmenl: 2000 word essay or 2 hou¡ written examination based on lectures and tutorials
35Vo; L hovr repertoire and general knowledge test, which may include score recognition
3OVo; a 2000 word analysis assignment or equivalent 357o.
646

8206 Music of the 20th Century
Level: lI.
Points value:2.
Duration: Semester IL
he-requisites:1M9 Music of the 19th C-entury.
Co-requisites: 7642 Music Theory II.
Conlact hours: 7 hour of lectures and t hour of tutorials a week for 8 week (Semester II
1st half) plus t hour of semina¡s a week for 6 weeks (Semester II 2nd half).
Content: First half semester: Tutorials on aspects of 20th century music beginnlng with
Debuss¡ Mahler, Bartok, and the Second Viennese school continuing to the present,
including Australian composers.
Second half semeste¡: Seminars on detailed analysis and study of complete s,o¡ks or
substantial portions of complete works drawn from the music of this period.
Whole semester: A programmed listening course dealing with selected works of this period
integrated with the lecture, tutorial and seminar topics studied.
Assessment: 2000 word essay (or 2 hour written examination based on lectures and
tutorials) 35Vo; I hour repefoire and general knowledge test, which may include score
recognition 30Vo; a 2A00 wo:rd analysis assignment ot equivalent 35Vo.
7642 Music Theory II
Level: ll.
Poins value:3.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: 1935 Music Theory L
Contact hours: I hour lecture and t hour tutorial throughout the year.
Cotúent: Irregular resolution of dominant Tths; cycle of thirds, secondary dominant ?ths;
diminished 7th and incomplete dominant minor 9ths; dominant 9th, 11th and 13th chords;
secondary dominant 9th, llth and 13th chords; Neapolitan, Italian, French and German
6ths; non-dominant ?th chords; augmented triads and other "altered" cho¡ds relat¡ng to
techniques of the L9th century.
Included in the course structure will be several tutorials in aspects of orchest¡ation and
ha¡monic analyses of representative works of the 19th century and instruction in
counterpoint related to the historical period.
Assessment: Continuous \À/ith at least 2 assignments p€¡ half semeste¡, some of which will
involve questions or orchestration and harmonic analysis.
LEVELIII
6973 American Pathfinders in Music
Level: lIl.
Poinu value: 1.5.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Half semeste¡.
he-requkites: 2202 Music of the 18th century 1049 Music of the 19th centuÐ4 8206 Music
of the 20th cenrury.
Contact hours:4 hours of seminars a week for 6 weeks.
Content: The study of two of the most original and f¡ee-thinking composers of any age ot
nationality Cha¡les Ives and John Cage.
64't
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
The project will also include a study of the philosophers Cfhoreau and Emerson), writers
(Poe , Melville, Hawthorne) and painters (Pollock, Rauschenberg and Kooning).
Assessment: 3500 word essay.
6016 Japanese Music
Level: Ill.
Poins value: L.5.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Half Semester.
he-requisites: 2202 Music of the 18th Century 1049 Music of the 19rh C-entury 820ó Music
of the 20th Century 1685 Ethnomusicology II.
Restriction:6078 Japanese Music prior to 1989.
Contact hours:4 hours of seminars a week fo¡ 6 weeks.
Content: This subject offers broader perspectives for Music History students and also
serves as an adjunct to Ethnomusicolory subjects. It offers a method and concepts for
studlng Japanese music and it provides an ove¡view of performance practice and musical
genres in Japan. It will focus on a specihc genre.
Asse ss menl : 3500 wo¡ds.
394L Mozart's Concertos
Level: lll.
Poins value: 1.5.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Half Semeste¡.
Pre-requkites: 2202 Music of the Eighteenth Century 1049 Music of the 19th Century
8206 Music of the 20th Century.
Contact hours:4 hours of seminars a week for 6 weeks.
Contenl: This project will comprise a special itudy of Mozart's ¡ate concertos for piano and
other orchestral instruments such as the horn and clarinet. Themes to be emphasised in the
course of the project will include Mozart's maturation towards a personal transcending of
the norms of period style, the mutually enriching interaction between Mozart's concerted
and chamber music with his later operas.
Assessntent: 3500 wo¡ds.
2923 Piano MusÍc of Robert Schumann
Level: lll.
Poins value: 1.5.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Half Semester.
Pre-requisites:2202Music of the 18th Century 1O49 Music of the 19th Century 8206 Music
of the 20th Century.
Restriction:5784 Piano Music of Robe¡t Schumann prior to 1989.
Contact hours:4 hours of seminars a week for 6 u/eeks.
Contenl: A systematic survey of Schumann's piano music is the subject of this project. A
much greate¡ emphasis on biographical detail is made than otherwise would be so in other
subjects because of the impolance of the relationship between Schumann and CIara Wieck,
which is the crucible of most of his music up to, at least, 1840, the year of their marriage.
648

A strong emphasis also is made on harmonic techniques and "self quotation" throughout
the works as well as Schumann's very individual aesthetic in relation to form and content.
Assessnent: 3500 word essay.
2609 Mozart's Quintets
Level: l[l.
Pointsvalue: L.5.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Half Semeste¡.
he-requkites:2202Music of the 1,8th Century 1049Music of rhe L9th Centu¡¿ 8206Music
of the 20th century.
Contact hours: 4 hours of seminars a week for 6 weeks,
Content: Mozart composed thirtcen quintets, among them the nine string quintets with two
violas (including the adaption of the wind serenade K361), the horn quintet (K40Ð, the
quintet for piano and winds (K452), the clarinet quintet (1581) as well as the Adagio and
Rondo for harmonica, flute, oboe, viola and cello (K617). This study will explore the
location of these quintets within Moznf's creat¡ve achievement, their relation to the
development of their genres in the Iate eighteenth century, their particular contribution to
Mozaf's own compositional process, and issues of performance practice,
Assessment: 3500 wo¡ds.
3946 Chinese Music
Level: lll.
Poinu value: 7.5.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Half semester.
he-requkites:2202 Music of the 18th C-entury 1049 Music of the 19rh Cæntury 8206 Music
of the 20th Cæntury.
Restriction:5829 Chinese Music prior to 1989.
Contact løurs: 4 hours of seminars a week for 6 weeks.
Content: A study of Chinese instrumental music and Chinese theat¡e with 2brcad themes:
i) a general introduction to traditional Chinese instruments, including the characteristics
and techniques of instruments such as Pipa, 7)tengj, Er hu, Di zi, Sheng, u¡ith a special
emphasis on the music and notation of the 7 string zither (Qin).
ii) the main forms of Chinese theatre; Beijing opera, Kun qu, Chuan ju, Yue ju, including
general characteristics (plays, staging, character-roles, etc.) and a study of the music of
Beijing Opera.
Assessmenl: 3500 word essay.
5244 Diaghilev's "Ballets Russes"
Level: l[l.
Poins value: 1.5.
Quota: May apply.
Duration: Half semester.
he-requätes: 2202 Music of the 18th century 1049 Music of the 19th cenrury 8206 Music
of the 20th century.
Contact hours:4 hours of seminars a week for 6 weeks.
649
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Content: The phenomena of the Russian Ballet in Paris, and othe¡ cities, under the
di¡ection of the impresario Sergei Diaghilev.
The repertory of commissioned works for the Ballet by major composers such as
Stravinsþ, Ravel, ProkofÏev, Satie and Debussy is examined in some detail, together Ìvith
the inter-relations and influences of Diaghilet's leading dancers, choreographers, scenic
designers and artists. Additional attention is drawn to the social and political settings
during the influential Diaghilev years, and comparison between his artistic achievements
before and after the First World War.
Assessment: 3500 word essay.
3597 General Music Studies III
Level: lll.
Poinu value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 941L General Music Studies III.
Contact hours: As determined by selection of units, but normally 6-8 hours a week.
Content: 12 units of General Music Studies, details of which follow the syllabuses fo¡ the
Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Music (Performance).
Assessment: Based on 12 units.
5864 Bassoon III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requísite:2573 Bassoon II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon baseó on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 75/o; Concert hactice: Satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: Three assessments per year, each of 10 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/
examination: Two programmes of 30 minutes playing time: 50Vo.
NOTE: Fa'ilure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggtegate.
8653 Clarinet III
Lø'el: lIl.
Points value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:3757 Clarinet II (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repefoire at an adr¡anced level.
Assessment: Teaclrcr's Repon based on standard of achievement, progtess and technical
development, att¡tude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Concen hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: one mid-year assessment of 30 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/øcanrination:
of 50-60 minutes playtng time:. 50Vo.
650

NOTE: Failu¡e in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
8248 Double Bass III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:5146 Double Bass II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Conlent: Instrumental technique and repertoire-at an ad\¡ânced level,
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Performance C/acs.' one
assessment per semester each of 15 minutes: 25Voi Concm hact¡:ce.' satisfactory attendance
and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded pass;
Recital/uamination: of 60 minutes playrng time: 50Va
NOTE: Failu¡e in tbe end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggfegate.
64tl Flute III
Level: IlI.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite:4179 Flute II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Concert hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrument and vocal concert pract¡ce: Non-graded
pass; Peformance Class: Three assessments p€r yea¡, each of 10 minutes: 25Vio; Recital/
examination: of 50-60 minutes plaf ng time: 50Vo.
NOTE: Failu¡e in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fai[, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
9327 Guitar III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßite:7693 Guitar II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repefoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:25/o1 Concerl hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation ofjoint instrumental and vocal concert przrctice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: One assessment per semester each of 15 minutes: ?57o; Recital/
acamination: of 60 minutes playtng time: 50Vo.
NOTE; Failu¡e in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
651
Performing
Arls

Performing
Arts
2470 Harp III
Level: lll.
Points value: L2.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: 6292Hatp II (Div. I)
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 75Vo; Concm hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: Three assessments per year, each of 10 mirtutes: ?SVo; Recital/
øramination: of 60 minutes playtng ].imel. 507o.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
6935 Harpsichord III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite:7565 Harpsichord II (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Concen hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pas; Performance Class: One assessment p€r semester, each of 15 minutes: ?SVo; Recitalr/
øramination: of 60 mínutes playng time: 50/o.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will ¡esult ¡n candidates receMng a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
5218 Horn III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:6011 Horn II (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and rep€rtoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, att¡tude and punctuality and attendance ?SVo; Concm hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert praclice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: Three assessments per year, each of 10 minutes: 25Vo; Recital/
ø

Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:9383 Oboe II @iv. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoirc at an advanced level.
Assessmeil: Teaclvr\ Repon based on standard of achievement, prcgress and technical
development, attitùde and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Concm hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: One assessment per semester, each of 15 minutes: ?5/o; Recital/
samination: of 50{0 minutes playrng time: 50/o.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a ¡esult of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on a%grcgate.
4037 Organ III
Level: lll.
Poinsvalue: t2.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: Tl95 Otgan II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3,
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoi¡e at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teach¿r's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:25Vo; Concert hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: One assessment per semester; each of 15 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/
etamination: of 60 minutes playrog time:5O7o.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggfegate.
6786 Percussion III
Level: lII.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: 1896 Percussion II (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teache¡'s Repon based on standatd of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Concm hactice: satisfactory
attendânce and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Perþrmance Class: One assessment per semester, each of 15 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/
samination: of 60 minutes playngtime:50Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on agg¡egate.
5972 Pianoforte III
Level: Ill.
Points value: L2.
Duration: Full year.
h-e-requßite:3273 Pianoforte II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
653
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:25Vo; Concm Practice: sat¡sfactory
attendance and particípat¡on at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: one mid-year assessment of 30 minutes: 25Vo; Recital/uamination:
of. 60 minutes plafng time: 50Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a ¡esult of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
67ll Recorder III
Level: lll.
Points value: L2.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßite:2288 Recorder II (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance;25Vo; Concen Practice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert ptactice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: Th¡ee assessments per year, each of 10 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/
examination: of 50{0 minutes playtng time: 50Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination wilt ¡esult in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
8113 Tfombone III
Level: IIl.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:8646 Trombone II (Div. I).
Contac¿ hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessmenl: Teacher's Report based on standa¡d of achievement, ptogtess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:757o; Concert hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concef pmctice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: one assessment pe¡ semeste¡ each of 15 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/
qamination: Two programmes of 30 minutes each on separate days: 50Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
6391 Trumpet III
Level: Ill.
Poins value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:5975 Trumpet II (Div. I).
Contact hours: 3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repefoire at an advanced level.
Assesstnenl: Teaclwr's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance; ?SVo; Concm hactice: satis[actory
654

attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: three assessments per year, each of 10 minutes: 25Vo; Recital/
eømination: Two progÉmmes of 30 minutes each on separate days: 50/o.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
1833 Tuba III
Level: lll.
Poinu value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requk ite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contacl hours:3.
Content: Instrunental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?SVo; Concm hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert p¡actice: Non-gaded
pass; Performance Class: three assessments per year each of 10 minutes: 25Vo; Recital/
examination: Two programmes of 30 minutes each on separate days: 50Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
8602 Viola III
Level: lll.
Points value: 72.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: 2489 Yiola II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, progtess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance1. ?57o; Concen Practice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: one assessment pe¡ semester each of 15 minutes: ?57o; Recital/
etamination: of ó0 minutes playtng time: 50Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will ¡esult in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fâct that they may have passed on aggregate.
5229 Violin III
Level: III.
Poittts value: 12.
Dtu'ation: Full year.
Pre-requisite:2843 Violin II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:257o; Concert hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at jo¡nt instrumental and vocal concert p¡¿rctice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: one assessment per semester each of L5 minutes: ?5Ío; Recital/
samination: of 60 minutes playng time:. 50Vo.
655
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
6192 Violoncello III
Level: l[l.
Poins value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:9827 Violoncello II (Div. I).
Contact hours:3,
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡og¡ess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: ?sVo; Concm hactice: satisfactory
attendance and participation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Performance Class: one assessment per semester each of 15 minutes: ?SVo; Recital/
øcamination: of 60 minutes playrng time: 50Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receMng a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on açgregate.
1054 Voice III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 8.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:5810 Voice II (Div. I).
Contact hours:4.
Content: Instrumental technique and repertoire at an advanced level.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:75/o; Concen Practice: sâtisfactory
attendance. and part¡c¡pation at joint instrumental and vocal concert practice: Non-graded
pass; Recital/uamination: of 45 minutes singing time: 507o; Repmoire C/ansr one
assessment per semester, each of 10 minutes: ?SVo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail, irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on açgreBate.
4851 Music Theory III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Full year.
he-requ isites : 7642 Music Theory II
Contact hours: 7.5 hours of practical wo¡k a week (Semester 1) and I hou¡ a week
(Semester II).
Content: Franco-Russian techniques (Mussorgsþ, Debussy etc); folkorism and
neomodalism, neoromanticism and impressionism; emancipation of the dissonance;
dodecophany, serialism; post-serialism; neoclassicism; cluster techniques and the influence
of technolory.
Included in the course structure will be several tutorials in aspects of o¡chestration and
ha¡monic analyses of representative works of the 20th century and instruction in
counterpoint related to the historical period.
Assessment: Continuous with at least 2 assignments per half semester, some of which will
involve questions or orchestration and harmonic analysis.
656

6299 Wagner
Level: l[l.
Points value: 1.5.
Quon: May apply.
Duration: Half Semester.
Pre-requisites: 2202 M'tsic of the 18th century; 1049 Music of the 19th centurl 8206 Music
of the 20th century.
Contact hours: 4 hours of seminars a week for ó weeks.
Content: A suwey of Wagner's life, his position in the arts and society of his home, his
artistic theories and his musical, dramatic and literary works, with part¡cular reference to:
The Fìying Dutchman, Die Meistersinger von Nürnberg, Götterdämmerung and Parsifal.
Assessment: 3500 word essay.
I"A.NGUAGE FOR VOCAL STUDENTS
Vocal Students in all th¡ee years of the Performance Degree will take one of:
5027 French for Vocal Students,
6320 German for Vocal Students,
8489 ltalian for Vocal Students.
These subjects may be taken at any level. Students should take whichever subject is offered
in any given year.
These subjects are intended for students enrolled in the Faculty of Music who wish to
acquire a correct pronunciation and intonation as well as an understanding of the
respective language teKs in music.
5027 French forVocal Students
Level: l,ll,lL
Points value: 4.
Duration: Full Year.
Restriction:4390 French for Vocal Students prior to 1989.
Conøct hours: 1 Hour of lectu¡es and t hour of tutorials a week.
Content: Basic French grammar and pronunciation with guidance in the use of suitable
dictionaries and language reference works. This will be accompanied by translation work at
an appropriate level. Tutorials concentrate on the pronunciation and intonation of French
relating to selected sung texts.
Assessment: 2 hour written examination and an oral examination, both at the end of the
year.
6320 German for Yocal Students
Læel: I,ll,lll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Restriction:5573 German for Vocal Students prior to 1989.
Contact hours: t hour of lectures and t hour of tutorials a week.
657
Performing
Ads

Performing
Arts
Content: Basic German grammar and pronunciation with guidance in the use of suitable
dictionaries and language reference works. This will be accompanied by translation work at
an appropriate level. Tutorials concentrate on the pronunciation and intonation of German
relating to selected sung texts.
Assessment: 2 hou¡ w¡itten examination and an oral examination, both at the end of the
year.
8489 Italian for Vocal Students.
Level: I,ll,lil.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Resniaion: 1915 Ital¡an for Vocal Students prior to 1989.
Contact hours: I hour of lectu¡es and t hou¡ of tutorials a week.
Content: Basic ltalian grammar and pronunciation \Àiith guidance in the use of suitable
dictionaries and language reference works. This will be accompanied by translation work at
an appropriate level. Tutorials concent¡ate on the pronunciation and intonation o[ Italian
relating to selected sung texts.
Assessmenl: 2 hou¡ written examination and an oral examination, both at the end of the
yeaÍ.
GENBRAL MUSIC STUDIES I, II, III.
Enrohnent
A student who enrols fo¡ one of the subjecrs 4924/941.1/3597 General Mus¡c Srudies I/II/
III is required to undertake a certain numbe¡ of units.
4924 Ge¡eral Music Studies I I
9411 General Music Studies II 8
3597 Gene¡al Music Studies III 72
Allocation of Classes
After enrolment, students will be asked to state preferences for classes and ensembles,
selected from the list below. It should be noted that entry to certain classes is restricted.
The Elder Conservatorium will assign students to the various classes, and a list of students
assigned'to each class will be posted on noticeboards in orientation week. In assigning
students to classes, the Conservatorium will ensure that all students are undertaking the
cor¡ect numbet of units, and that there are sufficient students of a suitable standard to
enable the various classes to function effectively.
While every effort \À/il¡ be made to assign students to the classes of thei¡ preference, this
may not always be possible. A student may only amend the classes assigned to him/her by
approval of the Director of the Conservatorium. The Di¡ector of the Conservatorium
ieserves the right to assign any student to a General Studies Class, whether the student is
enrolled in Gene¡al Studies ot not, if this is considered necessary fo¡ the successful
functioning of the class. Such additional participation will be taken into account in the
student's âssessment.
Students may, u¡ith the Director's permission, undertake mo¡e than the assessable number
of units permitted, but should not do so to the detriment of their other course work.
Unconducted and conducted ensembles (where applicabte) are required classes for B.Mus
(Perf.) II and III. They may be taken by other students subject to availability of vacancies
and teaching resources.
In extraordinary cases, and only when the Consewatorium is unable to provide sufficient
ensemble work fo¡ particular students and instruments, permission may be g¡anted by the
658

Director for other, appropriate activities to be counted in lieu of any of the ensemble
classes listed below'
Alteration of Classes and Rehearsal Times
The Faculty of Music reserves the right to not offer any one of the classes listed belo$, if
demand or resources a¡e insufficient.
It sometimes becomes necessary to timetable additional rehearsals for certain classes, or to
change to a different rehearsal time. Reasonable notice of such changes will be given. If
such a change creates a timetable clash with an existing class, students should a/ways
attend the class that is normally timetabled in preference to the additional/amended
¡ehea¡sal.
Assessment
A student's final result in General Music Studies I will be based on the I units undertaken;
in General Music Studies II on the required classes and the remaining options to a total of
8 units; and in General Music Studies III on the required classes and the remaining options
to a total of 12 units.
This will be done by giving each student a mark out of 100 for each u¡it undertaken. The
required units (where applicable) and the remaining units (to a total of 8 or 12) will be
totalled, and then converted to a percentage, which will finally be converted to a classified
result.
The basis for assessment of each unit is given below.
Classes are compulsory and students whose attendance is unsatisfactory will fail the class in
question, unless there are medical or other grounds.
General Music Studies Classes
Class
(a ) u rcon¿ ucled eßembl¿a
I Cen¡Iiete in Mwic
(A@npanying). Adelaide
College ofT"q..F.E
2 A@mpanying
3 Chamb€r Muic
4 ContempoÊry MNic
Effemble
5 Esrly Mu¡c ENemble
ó Gu¡tar ENcmble, Àdclaide
College ofT-A.F.E (6)
7 LiederClNforPianistsand
Singcs
8 Un¡veri¡y of Adelaide
Percwion ENmblc
9 UniveFity Wa¡ts
(b) Conducted eßembl"s
l0 Á,delaide Synphoric WiDd
ENemble, Adela¡de College
T-ér.F.E.
11 Bach Choi¡
Unis per
semestû Restriction on Enny Assessmenl
(sec Dole)
Kqôoard Students
2 K€yúard Studcnts
2 By invitation
2 ByinvitatioD
2 Subjecr to s%ilability of
i$truments aDd plaæDcût
within grcups.
2 Byi¡viaatioo
2 Aùd¡tion
2 By invitation
2 ByitrviraÌion
Aud¡t¡on
Compulsory for lsel ¡¡ ¡nd latcr
lwcl
si¡giDg sludents. lst year sioging
studcnts admitted vith teacher's
As epccified by Adelaide
Cotleße of Tá..F.E
PrepaEtion, reheæal aDd
pcrfomanæ of âpproved
work or grcup of short works.
AttcndaDc aDd p€rfolmnæ
olappred work at @nærtpEctiæ
or rccilal.
Attcndane and participation.
Attendanc and participation.
PerforuDæ of apprcved
vorkal cod of each tem,
Attendanæ and pañicipation.
Attendanæ and panicipation.
Attendâne ând pârticipation.
Attendanæ and participation,
Altends¡æ and padicipatjon,
Attendenæ and pafticipation.
659
Performing
Arts

Performing
A¡ts
Claçs
12 $mpboDy Orchestm
l3 Opem Pcrfomæ
L4 OpeÞ CIN
l5
ló
t7
l8
Prc CaDto Sitrge6
Utriveß¡ty of Adclaide BN
Ewmblc
Chamb€r OrchstE
Sh.C.A.E" Conært Band
(c) Mßiaal studi6 and olh¿t c1616
19 Asian Perfomanæ
Ø Composcr's Workshop
2l Crcs-cultunl p€rforuìe
¿ Harpsichord Cls$
23 Tribal Singing
2A Electrc¡ic Mu¡c
(a) Introduction to Elec{rcoic
Muic Studio
(oûc scm6tcr only)
(b) Elec{rcnic MNic
Asignment
25 Mw¡c Bibliognpby
2ó Muic Eduelion
27 OrchestEl Stud¡c6
28 Hamony Workshop
29 PitjÐÌjatjaE Muic
30 Rad¡osUV
31 Stage@ft
32 ADalysis Workshop
33 OrchcstÉlion Workshop
660
Unis per
semestet Restriction on Enny Assessmenl
appllml
2
By ¡lvit¿t¡oo
2-8
By irvit8t¡on
(depcnding
oD dcgrce of
i¡rclvcmcnt)
2 ,A.uditioD. Compulsory for
¡tudcnlr i¡ Opcm
Perfot@oæ,
2 By invitat¡otr
2 By i!útal¡oo
2 By iDvitatioo
2 By inútation
2 PN in lntrcdudion to Ethno-
(oac sm-mui@lo$r
6ter oD.ly)
2 (oûc rcD-By invitat¡oD
øter only)
2 Ps i¡ lDl¡odudioo to Elh¡G
mui@lo$r
2 KetbÆ¡ard Slùdcals
2 Psi¡ ¡ntrodudion to Eth¡G
müi@lo$t
2 Re@lmetrded for lqcl I
CoDpositiotr studentr, By inútatior
to othcr studcûts,
2-8 PN io lntroduclion to
(depcodiag Elcctrcnic Msic Studio.
on siæ of
æignment)
3 May oot bc ¡akeo wilh 9&/8
(one sm.MG¡olo$r 11 or 1256 Msiælo$t
csteronly) IIÍB
2 Mayîot b€ takenwiÌh 7800
Muic F¡u€(ion ll or 5364
MEic Edu@tion I¡¡
t
(¡Iwimu Credit or ebove i¡
ol4 MuicThco¡y ll
units per
ycar)
2 Pæ i¡ lrtroductioD to Etblo
(hÂlf mui@lo$¡ Ccrequisitc T¡ibal
*mester Singing,
oDly)
2 lnteryid. Students m6t cnrcl
for tull year.
2 Compùlsory for 3rd ycar
singing students and for
singing students in OpeF
perfomnæ.
Muimum MEicTheory l, Muic Thæ¡y
of 4 uûits Il, ME¡c of thc 18th CeDtury,
pcrycü Müic of lhe 19lh CcDtury and
Muic of the æth CeÂtùry.
MuimuD MEicThæry I ud
of 4 uits Múìcof the 18rh Celtury.
p€r year.
Altcoduæ ùd pan¡cipstioo.
AtacDdùæ üd psrticÞat ¡oo.
Àllendene 8Dd p¿rticipation.
i,ttcDdanæ aDd panicipåtion.
Attcndanæ aDd participalion.
Atteodare aod participation.
Aatcrdane aDd p8¡ticipation.
AttendaDæ aod part¡cipation.
Attetrdanæ and participation,
AtteldaDæ and participation,
itr ffi

Class
Units per
semester Resuiction on Enny Assessment
34 Bæic kg/öoùd
35 Conducli¡g
2
2
Not sEihblc to p¡m
By i¡vilatbo 'tudcÀts
Con¡i¡@u.
At¡eldæ ud psrticipatioD.
NOTE: Thc Ceñifiete in MNic (A@mpanying) Coum, whicb is weightcd at 38 utr¡ts, my be taken i¡ sdioN, æ
follow:
S¿ction
Repertoire læcture
R€pcrtoirc Tutorial
Keyboard ME¡ciuhip
Aompanþg Clas or Studio Wort
Pcrfomuæ
Prcjccl
HONOURS DEGREE
2103 Honours Performance
Level: lY
Points value:24
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite: See Schedule tV(19)
Uniß pet yeat
4
12
ó
6
6
4
Tolal 38
Content: A programme of individual tuition in performance. Cåndidates will be required to
perform two recital programmes, approved in advance by the Faculty of Music, not later
than the last working day in March, for public performance, and to submit programme
notes on the works performed. With the permission of the Director of the Elder
Conservatorium of Music, candidates may devote one sixth of their course to an Honours
Seminar, in which they would present a paper or a topic that is related to their field of
study, and which is approved by their instrumental orvocal teacher.
Assessmenl: All stùdents except players of brass instruments shall be assessed as set out in
A. and B. hereunde¡:
A. EITHER 1.a. one full (ó5 min.) rccitaland (3 units);
b. one major concerted work: (1 unit).
OR 2.a. one full rccital including a major concerted work, and (2 +'1 units);
b. an essay of 5,000 words: (1 unit).
AND
B. EITHER 1. one shof (35 min.) recital: (2 unirs)
OR 2. ensemble and orchest¡al performance (2 units).
Students of b¡ass instruments shall be assessed as above except that they may give two
short (30 min.) recitals in lieu of 4.1.a.
In special cases the Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Director of the Elde¡
Conservatorium, approve different sets of assessment exerc¡ses provided that they are
equivalent to 6 units.
l. A major @nærted work is a majo¡ æBærto, mjor aria(s) or rcDg g¡clc wilb orch6tB,
2. ProgÉmme Notes will bc laken i¡to 8@unt by thc eþminer, thc ¡cqüiÌeme¡t5 8rc s follffi:
(a) Evening rec¡tal - 3 pages @mprising apprcximately 1,000 vo¡ds;
(b) Lunch-hour recital - 2 pages @mprising 8pprcxim¿tcly ó00-700 words:
(c) Conceno - I page @mprising apprcximatcly 300-400 words.
(d) Progmmme notes are rcquired to bc subm¡lted one wcek b€fore thc eþminatioD/rccital. Thcy úll b€ Ncssed æ
exællent, avcmge, or inadequte, aod inææ or reduæ rhe ovemll marks by a margin ol vp b sqo.
661
Performing
Arts

Ferforming
Arts
3' Hooow PerfoMæ studcofs iDtcndint to sppbr to thc Frculty of Muic ¡¡ ¡ rubægEDt y{ lor ùmir.iotr to tlle
Degrcc of Mæ¡cr ol MrE¡c, æ ¡dviscd, bt¡t Dot Equ¡rcd, to ¡åfÊ op¡ioÀ A¿li. h viry o:f thc dienaiioa aquircments
for tbc Mesteds dcgrcc. '
4. UDlcss thc Dcen on aht sdvie ot rhè sp6ciÂli5t pæb sppffiË olhcsis, oo omplc¡e vo¡t Dy bc prëellÊd fo¡
exâoiMl¡aD r,ùicb bs beca æsd pubrsly it p¡fi or ¡o its ctr¡i¡èty.
662

DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
REGUI.ATIONS
1. The¡e shall be an Ordinary degree and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Music. A
candidate may obtain e¡ther degree or both.
2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and
that for the Honours degree over four academic years, of full-time study or equivalent.
3. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty of Music, shall f¡om time ro
time prescribe schedules defining
(i) the subjects of study for the degree
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
(b) Such schedules shall become effective f¡om the date of prescription by the Council o¡
such other date as the Council may determine.
(c) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Directo¡ of the Elder
Conservatorium of Music and submitted to the Faculty of Music and to the Executive
Conrnrittee of the Education Committee for approval, except that the Director may
approve minor changes to previously approved syllabuses.
(d) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall be published in the next
edition of the University Calendar.
4. To qualify fo¡ the Ordinary degree a candidate shall comply with the provisions of
schedule III.
5. (a) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall complete the requi¡ements for
the Ordinary degree and comply with the provis¡ons of schedule IV.
(b) The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published within
the following classes and divisions in each subject
Fi¡st Class
Second Class
Division A
Division B
Third Class
(c) Candidates may not enrol a second time fo¡ the Honours coune if they (i) have already
qualified for Honours, or (ii) have presented for examination, but failed to obtain
Flonours, or (iii) have withdrawn from the Honours course, unless the Faculty on suclr
conditions as it nray deterntine pernrits re-enrolment.
6. Except by permission of the Faculty of Music, a candidate shall not enrol in any subject
for which the pre-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus fo¡ that subject has not been
satisfactorily completed.
7. A candidate shall not be eligible to present for examination unless the prescribed classes
have been regularly attended and the u/ritten, p¡actical or other work required has been
completed to the satisfaction of the teaching staff concerned.
8. In determining a candidate's final result in a subject the examiners may take into account
assessments of the candidate's written, practical o¡ other work, and the results of othe¡
exanrinations in that subject provided that the candidate has been given notice at the
beginning of the course of study for the subject of the u,ay in which such assessments will
be taken into account and of their relative importance in the final result.
9. The names of candidates who pass in any subject for the O¡dinary degree shall be
663
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
published c/ithin the following classificâtions Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, Pass.
If the l¡st of candidates who pass be published in tc/o divisions, Division I and Division II, a
pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the syllabuses as a pre-requisite for
en¡olment in another subject.
10. A candidate may be granted a supplementary examination in a subject onty in
circumstances approved by the depafment administering such subject and consistent with
any expressed Council policy.
11. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject shall, before presenting again for
examination, again attend lectures and satisfactorily complete the required w¡itten and
practical or other work in that subject, unless granted exemption therefrom by the Faculty
of Music.
(b) A candidate who has twice failed to pass the final examination in any subject may not
enrol for that subject again except by permission of the Dean of the Faculty of Music. A
cand¡date who fails a third time may not en¡ol in the subject again except by special
permission of the Faculty of Music and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescribe.
(c) A candidate who is not granted permission to sit for an examination, or who faits to
attend all or part of a final examination after having attended substantially the full course
of instruction in that subject shall be deemed to have failed to pass the examination.
12. A candidate who has passed equivalent examinations in the University or elsewhere o¡
who has other qualifications may, on written application, be granted such exemption from
the requirements of these regulations or such status under these regulations as the Council
on the recommendation of the Faculty may determine.
If in any year/semester the student enrolment for a particular subject offered by the
Faculty is less than the minimum specified by the Faculty, that subject may not be offe¡ed.
Regul¿(ioN allowed 4 Februry, 1982.
Amcnded: ø Feb. l9&l:3; l7 JâD. 1985: 5(b),9. æ Jul. 1989: 8, 10, 11, 13.
664

DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulation 3.)
NOTE Syuabl¡s ol subjccts fo¡ ¡hc dcgrec of B.Ms. are publishcd b€lov, imediately âfÌcr tbe *hcdules, For
syllab$es of subjecls faughl for otbcr dcgrc6 and diploBæ scc thc tablc of subjects at the eDd ol the volumc,
SCHEDULE I: ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1. Admission to the course of study for the degree of Bachelor of Music shall be
determined primarily on academic merit, and applicants shall be ranked, for selection
purposes, in order of the aggregate matriculation score. To satisfy the requitements of the
cou¡se all students need to have some aptitude fo¡ an instrument or voice, or in
composition, and applicants shall be required to satisff an appropriate audition prior to
admission.
2. Except, where otherwise determined by the Faculty, an applicant who defers an offer òf
admission to the course shall be required to attend again for audition, and to reach the
minimum audition standard for admission to the course, before being authorised to enrol.
SCHEDULE II: ARRANGEMENT OF COURSES
1. The course for the Ordinary degree shall occupy three years of full-time study or
equivalent, and may be taken with a specialisation in composition, ethnomusicolory, music
education or musicology.
2. The subjects listed fo¡ each level under Schedule III need not atl be taken in one and the
sanre year. A candidate who has satisfied the pre-requisite reqùirements for en¡olment in
later level subjects, may so enrol before completing all the subjects of the preceding level or
levels,
3. The requirements lo¡ subjects taught over a full year are expected to be completed in
one year of study. The Faculty may permit a candidate to complete the requirements of
such a subject over a period of two years on such conditions as it may determine. Subjects
taught in one semester must be completed within that semester.
4. Except where otherwise determined by the Faculty, a candidate who is eligible in any one
year to enrol in performance subjects and who fails to do so, and who wishes to enrol in
one of these subjects in a subsequent year, shall be required to attend an audition and to
¡each a minimum audition standard for en¡olment in the subject in question before being
authorised to enrol in that subject.
5. Candidates must obtain the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Music, or the
nonlinee of the Dean, for the proposed subjects of study, and a¡e encouraged to attend and
participate in the general practical work of the Elde¡ Conserr¡atorium of Music and in the
activities of the Centre for Aboriginal Studies in Music.
6. Candidates who commenced their course of study for the degree prior to 1989 shall be
granted status for complete years or appropriate point values on account of subjects that
they have passed. The Faculty shall determine, on application from candidates, the precise
amount of status to which they are entitled.
665
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
SCHEDULE III: THE ORDINARY DEGREE
1. To qualify for the Ordinary dcgree a candidatc shall satisfactorily complete the
requirements for subjects listed in Clause 2 below or those subjects listed in Clause 3
below
Note the points value of subjects is indicated after each subject title.
2. Conrposition
2.1 LEVEL I SI,JBJECTS
1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicology 7 49U General Music Studies | 4
1935 Music Theory I 3 12ß Int¡oduction to Music Literatu¡e I 1
5549 Aural Development I 1 arñ eitler
6472 Composition I 7 2202 Mùsic of the 18th Century 2
9203 Style Studies in 20th C-€ntury
Composition I
2.2LEVELII SUBJECTS
1049 Music of the L9th Century
820ó Music of the 20th Century
'1&2 Mvsíc Theory II
1222 Aural Development lI
23 LEVEL III SUBJECTS
2.3.1 Pass in the following subjects:
9248 Composition III 10
3597 Gene¡al Music Studies III 6
2.3.2 Pass in two of the following subjects:
7978 Music in the Humanist and
Baroque Theatre
394ó Chinese Music
5244 Diaghileüs Ballets Russes
6973 Anre¡ican Pathfinders in Music
or
5 3379 Int¡oduction to Music History | 2
2 9948 Style Studies in 20th Cæntury
2 Cnmposition II
3 4717 Composition II
7 9417 General Music Studies II
1.5
15
15
1.5
9001 Style Studies in 20th Century
Composition III
3941 Mozart's Concertos
?.6t9 Mozzrt's Quin tets
7162'V{agner
4'187 Berlioz
3. ETHNOMUSICOITOCY, MUSIC EDUCÀTION, MUSICOLOGY
3.T LEVEL I SI,JBJECTS
3.1.1 Pass in the following subjects:
1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicology
1935 Music Theory I
5549 Aural Development I
49'2A General Music Studies I
3.1.2 Pass in one of the following:
4296 Bassoon IA
4740 Clarinet [A
1132 Double Bass IA
&f1,0 Flute lA
6974 Guitar IA
3259 Harp IA
7283 Harpsichord IA
8751 Horn lA
6467 Oboe lA
9660 Organ lA
666
L 12ß Introduction to Music Literature I
3 and eitler
7 2202 Music of the 18th Century
4or 3379 Introduction to Music History I
6 9569 Percussion lA
6 ó093 Pianoforte [A
6 5686 Recorder IA
6 5422 Trombone IA
6 8104 Trumpet IA
6 9493 Tuba IA
6 3925 Viola lA
6 m82 Violin IA
6 1,ffi Violoncello IA
6 9193 Voice IA
5
7
4
5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1
)
2
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

3.1.3 Pass in I-evel I subjects from Group A of Schedule I of the degree of Bachelor of Arts
to the value of ó points or an approved first-year subject (or equivalent offered by Flinders
University (see note 3)).
NOTE: On the recommendation of the Director of the Elder C-onservatorium in
consultation with the ¡elevant auditioning panel and the performance teåcher, a candidate
may be permitted to take one of the performance subjects in the Bachelor of Music
(Performance) in lieu of the requirements of clauses 3.1.2 and 3.1.3.
3.2 LEVEL II ST,JBJEC;TS
3.2.1 Pass in the following subjects:
1049 Music of the 19th Century
8206 Music of the 20th Century
3.2.2. Pass in one of the following:
5569 Bassoon IIA
2566 Clarinet IIA
6018 Double Bass IIA
2817 Flute IIA
2050 Guitar IIA
4669 Ha¡p IIA
277\ Harpsichord IIA
6427 HomlIA
1230 Oboe ILA
9908 Organ IIA
3.2.3 Pass in three of the folloq/ing subjects:
9411 General Music Studies II
L685 Ethnomusicology II
7800 Music Education II
3.3 LEVEL III STJBJESIS
3.3.1 Pass in the following subject:
4851 Music Theory III
2 7&2 Music Theory II
2 L222 Aural Development II
4 9627 Percussion IIA
4 1555 Pianofofe IIA
4 6397 Recorder IIA
4 9599 Trombone IIA
4 6786 Trumpet ILA
4 7720 Tuba IIA
4 3746 Viola IIA
4 467 Violin IIA
4 2262 Violoncello IIA
4 3[.22 Voice IIA
4 9879 Musicology II
4 5&l Early Music II
3.3.2 Pass in three of the following, of which only one may be from clause 3.3.2.2:
3.3.2.7.
3597 General Mus¡c Studies III
3881 Ethnonrusicology III
5364 Music Education III
9189 Musicology IILA
1256 Musicology IIIB
3.3.2.2.
8119 Bassoon IIIA
8978 Clarinet IIIA
2369 Double Bass IIIA
5282 FIute IIIA
7260 Guitar IIIA
4749 Harp IIIA
9905 Harpsichord IIIA
7337 Horn IIIA
8968 Oboe IIIA
7899 Organ IILA
3459 Percussion IIIA
5130 Pianofo¡te IIIA
6 7492 Ethnomusicology IIIC
6 ggoz F-arlv Music IIIC
6'
ó 8960 Music Education IIIC
6 4727 Musicology IIIC
6 7939 Reco¡de¡ IIIA
6
; 8998 Trombone IIIA
6 sgge Trumpet IIIA
6
6 7978 Tuba IIIA
6 gyo Viora IIIA
6 9555 Violin IIIA
6 zuz Violoncello lIlA
6 &72 Voice IIIA
3
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
667
Performing
Afls

Performing
Arts
3.3.3 Pass in two of the following:
ó016 Japanese Music
2923 Piano Music of Robert Schumann
3946 Chinese Music
5?44 Diaghilens Ballets Russes
SCHEDULE IV: THE HONOURS DEGREE
69?3 American Pathfinders in Music
3941 Mozart's Concertqs
?ffi9 Mozart's Quintets
6299 Wagnet
1. (a) Before entering upon the requirements for the Honours course a candidate must
obtain the approval of the Di¡ector of the Elder Conserrr¿torium of Music, who will take
into account the candidate's academic record up to the time of application. Normally such
approval should be sought towards the end of l,evel III of the course fo¡ the Ordinary
degree. Before entering the Honours year, candidates for the Honours degree must have
qualified for the Ordinary degree.
(b) The wo¡k of the Honours year must normally be completed in one year of full-time
study. The Faculty may permit a candidate to present the wo¡k over a period of not more
than two years on such conditions as it may determine.
2. To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall satisfactorily complete:
(a) the work prescribed in Schedule III, provided that the a¡ea of speciatisation
corresponds to the area in which it is proposed that Honours be taken; and
(b) one of the following Honours subjects:
9392 Honou¡s C.omposi tion
1750 Honours Ethnomusicolory
3058 Honours Music Education
9916 Honours Musicology
or a combination of the two of these subjects approved by the Faculty. The combination
shall include such parts as shall, when combined, be deemed by the Faculty to be equivalent
to one subject.
NCn"ES: (no( toming pan of rhe Scbedules):
I II'ORK REQUIRED TO COMPLETEAN ADEI.AIDE DEGREE.
To quli$ for thc awrd ol thc degrec of Bschelo¡ of Muic I qndidatc gnÂted 6r8tu u¡der Regulatioo 12 m6t,
exæPt in sp€cial æs approved by the F¿elty, @mplete all the work of thc final [sel of the pr6qibcd @uñ while
atteDding the Elder CoNMtorium ol Msic,
2. CANDIDATES UNDERTAKING THE ¡'VORK FOR THE DEGREE IN COMPOSTTION UNDER THE TERMS OF
CTAUSE2 OF SCHEDULE III.
For thos endidates e lecting to take tr,l lNlrumctrtal aDd Væl Studi6 I the tor¿l numbcr of points lor tscl I ol the
æuße will amount to 2ó points.
3. CÁNDIDÀTES UNDERTAKING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEGREE IN ETHNOMUSICOLOGY, MUSIC
EDUCATION OR MUSICOLOGY, UNDER THE TERMS OF CIÀUSE 3 OF SCHEDI]LE ]IT.
(i) Candidates wishing to present a subjecl olfered by Flinde6 Univeßity, Dut obtai¡ pemision in uiting in adwnce
frcm rhc RegistBr ot thc UnivcE¡Ð¡ ol Adclaidc. Thcy will also nccd lo apply diæcity to Flinde6 Univmity anO to
@mplywith that iNtitution's appliøtior dat6, c-llmeDt preduffi and other requircmeils,
(ii) With spccial p€missión frcm thc DeeD or thc '-ce of the Dean, endidat6 may pr€sent 9æ3 SD¡le Studjes in
æth Century Compositioo I i$tead of ¡ cl¿ue 32¡ s@jed or 9948 Style Studies iD 20rh CeDtury Còmpos¡tion ll
iNtead of a clâNe 33,2,1 subjccr.
4. CANDIDATES STUDYTNG FOR THE DEGREES OF B.MUS. AND 8.4. CONCI]RRENTLY.
CeDdidates may enrcl for the dcgrec of B.ME, and Bâ,, @ncuneûtly iI they apply and a¡c sdmiilcd to both @uæs.
candìdates already enrolled fo¡ rhe degrec of B MN. wishing to pæed to lhe dcgrecs ol B.MG. and BÂ.
æncuÍently may aPPbr towa¡ds lhe end of theû ¡i6r year in the Facùlly of Muic for sdmis¡on lo the B-4. @uße in
the followingyc8tr
The Faculty of MNic advises:
i) Thc ombined @u6e tak6 five ycañ oI full-tiDc study.
ii),4í of the rcquiremeDts of thc B.Ms. æuæ But b€ @mpleted, together with subjecls taken frcE the Schedules of
the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Thc minimum Arts rcquiremeots to bc satisfred arc:
ldel I subjects Ìo thc minimum wluc ot l2 points
[ævel ll subjects to the minimum wlue of 18 points
tævel lll subjds to the minimum v¿lue of 24 points
668
15
15
15
15
15
1.5
15
1.5

Caûdids¡s DEt æmple¡e all ol thc ldcl lll rcquircments in 8@rda¡æ with Schcdulc lI of lbc dcgræ ol Bæh€lorof
An8.
üi) Thc atteDtion of odidat6 is dm to dsw 2(c) (i) of Schedulc I of tbe dcgÉ ol Beßåêlor of Afs. No subject
m¡)r bc æulcd twie rmrdr lhe dcgË üd two rubjcdr whicù otrtâi¡ ¡ rùbûtùlid rDoua of thc æ mtcri¡l my
Dol both bc ouled.
iv) CmdidalÉ tbou¡d be ort¡Duu cNlmna i¡ ¡h3if iút.umoltd or wl .tudþJ, Tb3 etacDtioa of @didal6 ¡¡
dnn to CÌBw 4 of Sch€dulc ll of thc Odimfy dcgÊ of Båchclor of Muic
v) Cedidalq ¡hould æDplcle lrye¡ ldcl pÊrcqub¡të beforc omercing higþer ¡æl 6ubject¡.
vi) Cud¡datq sbould rubEit tbcir prcpæd prcgl2Jmæ of ¡tudy in ahc ombincd @w to Faolty for spp@I.
vü) Cedidat$ sùould oote tbst u cNlmrnt in rubjecl¡ cxeedinß, s rolsl poi¡ts valE of 24 poiil¡ Érys wil¡ rsult
i¡ 8 @uÉ overlqd. C¡ndid¡t6 should bc rmrc of thc full iDpliølio$ ol thcir cho¡c to takr ¡ æuÉ werload.
5. UNACCEPTADLE SI]N ECT COMBI I{ATIONS
A li6l ol wæcplsblc subjcct @DbiDtioú ¡¡ ffiil¡ble &on thc Fadlty otúæ.
669
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
DEGREEOF
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
SYLI"ABUSES
The following subjects are available for the degree of B.Mus. (Perf.), B.Mus., and for the
combined courses B.A./B.Mus. (Perf.) and B'A,./B.Mus. The requirements for each
subject, the number of lectures/tutorials and the method of assessment arc the same for
each degree. Details of the syllabuses are given under the degree of B.Mus. (Perf.).
5549 Aural Development I
4924 General Music Studies I
1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicolory
3379 Introduction to Music History I
1268 Introduction to Music Literature I
2202 Music of the 18th Century
1935 Music Theory I
1222 Aural Development II
94ll General Music Studies II
1049 Music of the 19th Century
8206 Music of the 20th Century
7642 Music Theory II
6973 Arnerican Pathfinders in Music
3946 Chinese Music
5244 Diaghilev's "Ballets Russes"
3597 General Music Studies III
670

6016 Japanese Music
3941 Mozart'sConcertos
2923 Piano Music of Robert Schumann
7162 Wagner
2609 Mozart's Quintets
4851 Music Theory III
LEVEL I
5549 Aural Development I
4924 General Music Studies I
1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicologr
2202 Music of the 18th Century
For syllabuses see unde¡ the degree of B.Mus. (Perf.).
7697 Composition I
Level: l.
Poins value:'1.
Duration: Full year.
Co-requisites: 9203 Style Studies in 20th Century Composition I, General Studies I;
Composers' Workshop, Introduction to Electronic Music.
Content: Studies in composition - I hour individual or group lesson (Full year).
Assessment: Continuous; a folio of compositions.
4296 Bassoon IA
Level: l.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repefoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30/o; Etømination of 30 minutes
playng time:70/o.
67t
Performing
A¡ts

Performing
Arts
4740 Clarinet IA
I-evel: l.
Poinsvalue:6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours: 3O minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teaclerl Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:.30Vo; Examination of 30 minutes
playngtime:70/o.
LI32 Double Bass IA
Level: I.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requ ßite : Sa tisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teaclær's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30Vo; Examinòtion ol 30 minutes
playngtíme:70Vo.
84L0 Flute IA
Lwel: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-re qukite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repe¡toire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:30Vo; Examination of 30 minutes
playngtime:707o.
6974 Guitar IA
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite : Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, prog¡ess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30cno; Examination of 30 minutes
playngtime:707o.
672

3259 Harp IÄ
Level: L
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkíte: Satisfactory completion of audi tion.
Contac! hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repefoire studies.
Assessment: Teacler's Report based on standard of achievement, progfess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30vo; Examination or 30 minutes
playtngtime:70Vo.
7283 Harpsichord IA
Level: l.
Points value: 6,
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmenr: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30vo; Examination or 30 minutes
playtng time:70Vo.
8751 Horn IA
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30%o; Examinstion of 30 minutes
playng tíme: 70Vo.
6467 Oboe IA
Level: l.
Points value: 6.
Dt¿ration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact ltours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessntent: Teaclur's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
developnrent, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30vo; Etaminalion or 30 nrinutes
playtngtime: 70Vo.
673
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
9660 Organ IA
La'el: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requßite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repefoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, plogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 3OVo; Examination of 30 minutes
playngtime:707u
9569 Percussion IA
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite : Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher\ Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30/o; Examination of 30 minutes
playtng time: 70Vo.
6093 Pianoforte IA
Level: I.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he -requisite : Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repefoire studies.
Assessmen!: Teaclær's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:30Vo; Examination of 30 minutes
playngtime:70Vo.
5686 Recorder IA
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requ isite: Sa tisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours: 30 minute indMdual lesson a week.
Contertt: Technical development and repertoi¡e studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:3OVo; Examination of 30 minutes
playtng time:70Vo.
674

5422 Tlombone IA
Level: I.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teach¿r's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:30Vo; Examination ol 30 minutes
playtngtime:70Vo.
8104 Trumpet IA
Level: l,
Poinu value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standa¡d of achievement, prog¡ess and technical
development, att¡tude and punctua¡ity and attendance:30vo; Exantination ol 30 nlinutes
playtng time: 70Vo.
9493 Tuba IA
Level: l-
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite : Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute indMdual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: TeacÌer's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:307o; Exantittation o1 30 minutes
playnglime:70/o.
3925 Viola IA
Level: l.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours: 30 m¡nute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessnent: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
developnrent, attitude and punctuality and attendance:307o; Exanination or 30 nlinutes
playngtime:70Vo.
675
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
9082 Violin IA
Level: l.
Poinx vølue: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre -iequßite: Sa tisfactory completion of audition.
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessnrcnt: Teaclwr's Repon baæd on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:30Vo; Examination ol 30 minutes
playng time: 70Vo.
1666 Violoncello IA
Level: l.
Poins value: 6.
Duratiott: Full year.
Pre-requkite: Satisfactory completion of audit¡on.
Contact hours: 3O minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studÌes.
Assessnrc,tt: Teaclær's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance:30/o; Examination of 30 minutes
playngtime'.70Vo.
9793 Voice IA
Level: l.
Poittß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
h'e-requisite: Satisfactory completion of audition.
Conøct løurs:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessnß,tt: Teacher's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
developnrent, attitude and punctuality and attendance:307oi Examination oÍ 30 minutes
playng tinte: 707o.
9203 Style Studies in 20th Century Composition I
Level: l.
Poins value: 5.
Duratiott: Full year.
Co -requisites : 6472 Composi tion I.
Contact hours:2 hours of class wo¡k a week.
Content: A study of the ¡esources, techniques and styles of 20th century music.
Assesstn en t: Assi gnmen ts throu ghout year.
6'16

LEVEL II
1222 Aural Development II
94ll General Music Studies II
1049 Music of the 19th Century
8206 Music of the 20th Century
7642 Music Theory II
For syllabuses see under the degree of B. Mus. (Perf.).
47ll Composition II
Level: ll.
Poinls value:7-
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 7697 Composition I.
Co-requisites: 9411 Gene¡al Music Studies; C.omposer's Workshop, O¡chest¡ation Workshop,
9948 Style Studies in 20th Century Composition IL
Contact hours and Content: Studies in composition - t hour individual or group lesson
(full year).
Assessment: Continuous; a folio of compositions.
5641 Early Music II
Level: ll.
Poinß value: 4.
Duratiott: Full year.
Contact løurs:2 hour seminar a week.
Content: Semester I: Modal analysis and study of compositional techniques from plainchant
to the ìvorks ofJosquin des Prez, involving such topics as: modes in plainchant, modality in
medieval polyphony, t¡oping, sequence, organal techniques, clausula, motet, conductus,
rh¡hmic modes, notational theory, ¡sorhythm, modal analysis, of representative polyphonic
works of the early Renaissance.
Semester II: Modâl analysis and study of compositional techniques in music from 1520-1700
involving such topics as: North Italian modes in such composers as Gabrieli, Schutz,
Monteverdi and Banchieri; the late modal system; modes in opera (l*grenzi); development
of tonality rvithin the modes; the ¡ealization of tonality in the works o[ St¡adella, A.
Scarlatti, Torelli and Vivaldi.
Assessnrent: 3000 word essay o¡ equivalent (which may include analysis) each semester.
1685 Ethnomusicolory Itr
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicology.
Contact løurs:2 hour seminar a week.
677
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Content: Semeste¡ I: History and philosophy of Ethnomusicology. Techniques of information
collecting and analysis.
Semester II: Regional Studies of Music - such as Asia, Oceania and Africa. Student
Presentations.
Assessment: Semester I: 750 word assignment and 3000 word essay. Semester II: 3500 wo¡d
essay and presentation to seminar. Participation in the seminar throughout the yea¡ will
also be assessed.
5569 Bassoon IIA
Level: Il.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:4296 Bassoon IA (Div. I) or 8908 Bassoon I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡og¡ess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30Vo; Emmination of 20 minutes
playng tíme: 707o.
2566 Clarinet IIA
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: 4740 Clarinet IA (Div. l) ot 73O2 Ctarinet I (Div. II).
Contact hours: 30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessntent: Teacher's Report based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctual¡ty and attendance: 307o; Examination of 20 minutes
playrng tine: 70Vo.
6018 Double Bass IIA
Level: lI.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite: 1132 Double Bass IA (Div. I) or 8970 Double Bass I (Div. II).
Conlact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
developnrent, attitude and punctuality and attendance:30/o; Examination of 20 ntinutes
playtng tinte:707o.
2817 Flute IIA
Level: lL
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite: 8410 Flure IA (Div. I) or 4279 Flute I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
678

Content: Technical development and repefoire studiqs.
Assessment: Teaclvr's Repon baæd on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, att¡tude and punctuality and attendance:30Vo; Examination ol 20 minutes
playngtime:70Vo.
2050 Guitar IIA
Level: ll.
Poinu value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite: ó974 Guitar IA (Div. I) or 9012 cuirar I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacler's Report based on standard of achievementr progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30/o; Examinatiôn of 20 minutes
playtng time: 707o.
4669 Harp IIA
Lø,el: ll.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite:3?59 Harp IA (Div. I) or 8752 Harp I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmen!: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 307o; Exanúnation of 20 nlinutes
playngtimel.70Vo.
2771 Harpsichord IIA
Level: ll.
Poittts value: 4.
Duratiott: Full year.
Pre-requisite: 7283 Harpsichord lA (Div. l) or 2716 Harpsichord (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmenî: Teacher's Repon based on standa¡d of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: NVo; Examination of 20 minutes
playtng time: 70Vo.
6427 Horn IIA
Level: ll.
Po' ts value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requísite:8751 Horn lA (Div. I) or 9M9 Horn I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and reperto¡re studies.
Assesstnent: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
679
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30/o; Examination of 20 minutes
playtngtime: 70Vo.
1230 Oboe IIA
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:96ó0 Organ LA (Div. I) or 47M Organ I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30Vo; Examination of 20 minutes
playng time: 70Vo.
9908 Organ IIA
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: ó467 Oboe lA (Div. l) ot 4444 Oboe I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teache¡'s Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30/o; Examination of 20 minutes
playrngtime: 70Vo.
9627 Percussion IIA
Level: ll.
Poinu value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisite: 9569 Percussion IA (Div. l) or 44û Percussion I (Div. II).
Contacl hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmen!: Teacler's Report based on standatd of achievement, progtess and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30Vo; Examination oÍ 20 minutes
playng time: 70Vo.
1555 Pianoforte IIA
Level: ll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites:5771 Instrumental and Vocal Studies I or 6093 Pianoforte IA (Div. I) or 1659
Pianofo¡te I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minutes individual lesson a week.
Conlent: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmen!: Teachers report based on stândard and achievement, progress and technical
680

development, attitude, punctuality and attendance 3OVo. Exam¡nations of 20 minutes
playrng time lOVo.
6397 Recorder IIA
Læel: ll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites:571 Instrumental and Vocal Studies I or 5686 Recorder IA (Div. I) or 1388
Recorder I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, prog¡ess and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance 30/o. Examination of 20 minutes playing
time:70Vo.
9599 Tiombone IIA
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:571 Instrumental and Vocal Studies I, 322 Trombone lA (Div. I) or 9915
Trombone I (Div. II).
Contac! hours: 30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teache¡'s report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Êxamination of 20 minutes plaing
time:70Vo.
6186 Trumpet IIA
Læel: ll.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Ful[ year.
he-requßites: 5771 Instrumental and Vocal Studies I, 8104 Trumpet LA (Div. I) or 5759
Trumpet I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute indMdual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmenl: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, Progress and technical
development, attitude, p.unctuallty and attendance,30To.Examination of 20 minutes playing
time:70Vo.
7120 Tuba IIA
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites:57?L lnstrumental and Vocal Studies I or 9493 Tuba LA (Div. I) or 4331 Tuba
I (Div.II).
Contact hours:30 minute indMdual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
681
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Assessment Teache/s report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
d.evelo_pment, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 20 minutes plalng
time:70Vo.
3746 Viola IIA
Lael: Il.
Poinu value: 4,
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 5771 Instrumental and Vocal Studies I ot 39?5 Viola IA (Div. I) or 6T/5
Viota I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
d.evelo_pment, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30vo. Examination of 20 minutes plalng
time:707o.
4667 Yiolin IIA
Level: lI.
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 5771 Instrumental and Vocal Studies I or 9082 Violin lA (Div. I) o¡ 9974
Violin I (Div. II).
Contact hours: 30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standa¡d and achievement, progress and technical
d.evef o_pmcnt, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 3o/o. Examination of 20 minutes plaf ng
time:707o.
2262 Violoncello IIA
Level: lI.
Points value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 5771 Instrumental and Vocal Srudies I or 1666 Violoncello IA (Div. I) or
8933 Violoncello I (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute indMdual lqsson a week.
Conlent: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standa¡d and achievement, prog¡ess and technical
d.evef opment, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30vo. Examination of 20 minutes playing
time:'lÙVo.
3022 Voice IIA
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4,
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 5?71 Instrumental and Vocal Studies I ot 9793 Voice [A (Div. I) ot ZMS
Voice I (Div. II).
Conlact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
682

Conlent: Technical development and repertoire studiqs.
Assessmeil: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 3OVo. Examination of 20 minutes singing
time:70/o.
7800 Music Education II
Level: lI.
Poins value: 4,
Duration: Full year.
Contact hours: 2 hour workshop a week.
Content: Conducting and Arranging (Semester I): Students will be given training in
conducting, ensemble di¡ection and rehearsal techniques. Instruction in arranging for small
to large ensembles will also be given. Students will form an ensemble which will provide a
basis for all activities. Creative Music and Drama (Semester II): Exploration of many
different forms of composition; open score and graphic notations, collage p¡eces,
improvisation and so on. These skills will then be applied in working $'ith staff of the
Centre for Performing Arts to produce wo¡ks of original music theatre.
Assessmenl: Semeste¡ I: Arrangement, p¡eparation of parts and supervision of the rehearsal
of an approved piece; essay on an aspect of the semester's work. Semester II: Folio of
music wo¡ks derived from participat¡on in music/drama project; essay on an aspect of the
semester's wo¡k.
9879 Musicologi II
Level: ll.
Poins value: 4,
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites:2202Music of the lSth Century, 1.423 Introduction to Ethnomusicology, 6743
Int¡oduction to Early Music and 1935 Music Theory I at c¡edit level or above. A reading
knowledge of a foreign language is highly ¡ecommended.
Co-requisites:7642 Music Theory II, 1M9 Music of the 19th Century, 8206 Music of the 20th
Century.
Contacl hours: 2 hour semina¡ a week.
Content: 9879 Musicology II and 9189 Musicology IIIA share a contnlon subject matter
which rotates over a two-year cycle. The subject matter is as follows. The order of
presentation of the various components may vary.
Even years: Music palaeography and edition techniques; (full semester): Australian music
studies; (half semeste¡): the aesthetics of music to the end of the 18th Century (hall
semester).
Odd years: Full semester: Introduction to the H¡story of Music Theory. Half semester:
Introduction to Music Historiology. Half semester: Músic Sociologr and the Aesthetics of
Music in the l9th and 20th Century.
Assessment: Even years: Exercises in palaeography and one edition example c.100 measures
of music. Essays of 2500-3500 words.
Odd years: 1. Essay of 2500 words. 2. Essay of 2500-3500 words. 3. Essay of 2500-3500
words.
Ta;t-books: Adomo, T. Philosophy of modem nrcrc (Sheed and Ward); Haydon, G.
Introduction to nrusicologt (Greenwood Press); McCredie, 4.D., Musicolog studies in
Australia from the beginnings to th¿ present (Australian Acadenty of the Human¡ties);
Michelsen, W. Hugo Riemann's theory of hamrony and lústory of ntusic theory book III
(University of Nebraska Press); Allen, W.D. Philosophies of ntusic ltistory (Dovet); Duckles,
Y. Music reference and research mateiak (Free Press N.Y.); Spiess, L.B. Historical
683
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
musicolog - a reference manual (Institute of Medieval Music); Stevens, D. Musicologr -
a practical guide (MacDonald); Kerman, J, Musicolog (Fontana Books); Dahlhaus, C.
fe;thetics of music (Cambridge U.P.); Dahlhaus, C. Foundotions of music Hktory
(Cambridge U.P.); Apel, W. The notation of polyphonic mlsic (Medieval Academy of
America); Blasi, A. The sociolog of music (University of Notre Dame Press); Bent,-I.D.
A1gþsis (New Grove Handbook in Music serias; (ed.) Randel, D., N¿p Hantard Dictionary
of Music (Harvard University Press).
9948 Style Studies in 20th Century Composition II
Level: lI.
Poins value: 5
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites:9203 Styles Studies in 20th Century C.omposition I.
Conlact hours:2 hours of class wo¡k a week,
content:9948 style studies in 20rh century composition II and 9001 style studies in 20rh
Century Composition III share a common subject matter which totates over a 2 year cycle.
In this subject an advanced study is undefaken of the styles and techniques in 20th c-entury
composition.
Assessment: Assignments throughout the year,
LEVEL III
6973 American Pathfinders in Music
3946
Chinese Music
5244 Diaghilev'srrBallets Russes"
3597 General Music Studies III
4851 Music Theory III
9248 Composition III
Level: IIl.
Poinu value: 10.
Duration: Full year.
.he-requisíæs : 4711 Composition II.
C9+equisites: 3597 General Music Studies: Composer,s Workshop, Harmoriy Workshop,
9001 Styles Studies in 20th Century Composition III.
Contact Hours and Content: Studies in composition - t hour individi¡al or group lesson
(full year).
Assessment: Continuous; a folio of compositions.
6016 Japanese Music
3941 Mozart's Concertos
684

2923 Piano Music of Robert Schumann
7L62 Wagner
2609 Mozart's Quintets
3881 EthnomusicoloryIll
Level: lll.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Ful[ year.
Pre-requisites: 1685 Ethnomusicolory II.
Contact haurs:2 hours seminar a week.
Content: Semeste¡ I: Concepts and issues in Ethnomusicology development of techniques
of fieldwork and analysis.
Semester II: Regional and community studies including field project.
Assessment: 2 assignments of 1500 wo¡ds; attendance and particiPation in seminan
throughout the year; Report and analysis of 5000 words related to fieldwork project'
Tqt-books: Nettl, 8., The srudy of etlnomusicologt (Uni. of Illinois Press).
9902 Early Music IIIC
Level: ll[.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Resnicdon:5641 Early Music II.
Co-requisite:4851 Music Theory III, two of: 4787 Berlioz,7978 Music in the Humanist and
BaroqueTtieatre,g3i?Pre-classical Keþoard Sonata,7162Wagne45?.48 Russian Opera in
the 19th and 20th Centuries, 3946 Chinese Music, Sfi Diaghilet's "Ballet Russes",
6973 American Pathfinders in Music.
Contact hours: 2 hours of seminars a week.
Content: Semester I: Modal analysis and study of compositional techniques from plainchant
to the \Ã/orks of Josquin des Prez, involving such topics as: modes in plainchant, modality in
medieval polyphony, troping, sequence, organal techniques, clausula, motet, conductus'
rhythmic modes, notational theory, isorhythm, modal analysis, of representative polyphonic
works of the early Renaissance.
Semester II: Modal analysis and study of compositional techniques in music from 1520-1700
invoMng such topics as: North Italian modes in such composers as Gabrieli, Schutz,
Monteverdi and Banchieri; the late mqdal system, modes in opera (l*grenzi); development
of Stradella, A. Scarlatti, To¡elli and Vivaldi.
1492 EthnomusicologrlllC
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Re stric tio n : 1685 Ethnom usicolory II.
Pre-requisites: 1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicolog¡r.
Contact hours:2 hours seminar a week.
685
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
content: Semester I: History and philosophy of Ethnomusicology. Techniques of information
collecting and analysis.
Semester II: Regional studies of Music such as Asia, oceania and Africa. student
Presentations.
ent transcription on assignment and 3500 wo¡d
presentation to seminar. Participation in the
Tørt-books: Nettl, B., The study of etluomusicologt (University of lllinois).
8119 Bassoon IIIA
Level: lll
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
le+equkiæs:3540 Instrumenral and vocal studies Il o¡ 8119 Bassoon IIA (Div. I) or 2573
Bassoon Il (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, progress and technícal
d.evelopment, attitude, punctuallty and attendance, 307o. F;xamination oi30 minutes playing
time;'10/o.
No¡e.' Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a tesult of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
8978 Clarinet IIIA
Level: lIl.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 3540 Instrumental and vocal Studies II, 2566 clarinet IIA (Div. l) or 37s7
Cla¡inet II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teachefs report based on standard and achievement, prog¡ess and technical
d.evelo_pment, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30v^ Examination ol30 minutes plaf ng
time:'10Vo.
Nore.' Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on ag$egate.
2369 Double Bass IIIA
Level: IIL
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites:3540 Instrumental and vocal studies II or 6018 Double Bass IIA (Div. I) or
514ó Double Bass II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies,
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, p¡og¡ess and technical
d.evelopment, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30vo. Examination ol30 minutes plafng
time:70Vo.
686

No¡e: Failure in the end of year examination will ¡esult in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
5282 Flute IIIA
Level: ll[.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II or ?ß17 Flute IIA (Div. I) or 4179
Flute II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standa¡d and achievement, progfess and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 3OVo. Examination of 30 minutes playing
time:70Vo.
No¡e.' Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
7260 Guitar IIIA
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requßites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II, 2050 Guitar IIA (Div. I) or 7ó93
Guitar II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's leport based on standard and achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 30 minutes playing
time:-70Vo.
No¡e.' Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggtegate.
4749 Harp IIIA
Level: ll[.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II and 4669 Harp ILA (Div. I) or ó296
Harp II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standa¡d and achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 30 minutes playing
time:707o.
No¡e.' Failure in the end of year examination will ¡esult in candidates receiving a ¡esult of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
687
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
9905 Harpsicord IIIA
Level: lll.
Poinsvalue:6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II or 2Tll Harpsicord IIA (Div. I) or
7565 Harpsicord II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Conlent: Technical development and rep€foire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 30 minutes playing
time:70Vo.
No¿e.' Failu¡e in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a ¡esult of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
7337 Horn IIIA
Level: lll.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II or 6427 Horn IIA (Div. I) or 6011
Hom II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teachefs repof based on standard and achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 30 minutes plaf ng
time:'70Vo.
No¿e.' Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on agg¡egate.
8968 Oboe IIIA
Level: ll.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II or 1230 Oboe IIA (Div. I) or 9383
Oboe II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Conlent: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assesstnent: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, {Va Examination of 30 minutes plaf ng
time:707o.
No¡e.' Failure in the end of year examination will ¡esult in candidates receiving a resùlt of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
7899 Organ IIIA
Level: Ill.
Poinß value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
688

he-requisites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II or 9908 Organ IIA (Div. I) or 7795
Organ II (Div. II).
Contacl løurs:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmeü: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 30 minutes plalng
time:70Va
Nole.' Failu¡e in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggtegate.
3459 Percussion IIIA
Larcl: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkiles: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II ot 9627 Percussion ILA (Div. l) or
1896 Pe¡cussion II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute indMdual lesson a week.
Contenl: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standa¡d and achievement, prog¡ess and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 30 minutes playing
time:70Vo.
No¿e.' Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
5130 Pianoforte IIIA
Level: lll.
Poinsvalue:6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II or 1555 Pianoforte IIA (Div. I) or
3273 Pianoforte II (Div. II).
Contact hours: 30 minute individual lesson a week,
Content: Technical development and reperto¡re studies.
Assessment: Teache¡'s report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30/o. Examination of 30 minutes plalng
time:1OVo.
Nole: Failu¡e in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
1939 Recorder IIIA
Level: Ill.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requßiæs: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II or 6397 Recorder ILA (Div. l) or 2?Å8
Recorder II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
689
Performing
Ads

Performing
Arts
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 30 minutes playing
time:'10/o.
No¡¿.' Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespectivc of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
8998 Tbombone IIIA
Læel: Ill.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: 3540 Instrumental and Vocal Studies II or 9599 Trombone IIA (Div. I) or
8ó46 Trombone II (Div. II).
Contact løurs:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's report based on standard and achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude, punctuality and attendance, 30Vo. Examination of 30 minutes playing
time:'10/o.
No¡e: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
incomplete Fail irrespective ofthe fact that theymay have passed on aggregate.
5996 Trumpet IIIA
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite:6186 Trumpet IIA (Div. I) or 5975 Trumpet II (Div. II).
Conlact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standa¡d of achievement, p¡ogress and technical
development, att¡tude and punctuality and attendance;307o; Examination of 30 minutes
playngtime:10Vo.
NOTE: Failu¡e in the end of year examination will ¡esult in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail irrespe.ctive of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
1978 Ti¡ba IIIA
Level: l[l.
Points value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: '1120Tuba IIA (Div. I) or 4885 Tuba II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teachet's Report based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 307o; Examinalion oÍ 30 minutes
playngtime:70Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination witl result in candidates receMng a result of
Incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
690

9340 Viola IIIA
Level: IIl.
Poinu value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
he-requkite:3746Yiola IIA (Div. I) or 2489 Viota II (Div. II). /
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmefll: Teacler's Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technicat
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30vo; Examinãtion oÍ 30 minutes
playtng time: 707o.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on agregate.
9555 Violin IIIA
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6,
Durøtion: Full year.
he-requkite: 4667 Yiolin IIA (Div. l) or 2M3 Viotin II (Div. II).
Contact hours:3O minute individuat le.sson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessmenr: Teacher\ Repon based on standard of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30vo; fuaminãûon o1 30 minutes
playng time: 70Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on agregaae.
3843 !ioloncello IIIA
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkite: 2262Yioloncello IIA (Div. I) or 9827 Violoncello II (Div. II).
Contact hours:30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
Assessment: Teacher's Report based on standa¡d of achievement, progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30vo; Examination oî 30 minutes
playtng rime: 70Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
6412 Voice IIIA
Level: Ill.
Pointsvalue:6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisite: 3022Yoice IIA (Div. I) or 5810 Voice II (Div. II).
Contact hours: 30 minute individual lesson a week.
Content: Technical development and repertoire studies.
691
Performing
Arts

Performing.
Arts
Assessmen[ Teacher's Report baæd on standard of achievement, Progress and technical
development, attitude and punctuality and attendance: 30Vo; Etømination ol 30 minutes
playrngtime:70Vo.
NOTE: Failure in the end of year examination will result in candidates receiving a result of
Incomplete Fail irrespective of the fact that they may have passed on aggregate.
5364 Music Education III
La,el: lll,
Poinsvalue:6.
Durarton: Full year.
he-requisiæs: 7800 Music Education IL
Contact hou¡s: 3 hour of Scminar/workshop a week,
Content: Music Methodologies (Semester I): A seminar on the teaching theories of Orff,
Kodaly, Schaeffer, Suzuki and others. The syllabus includes a comParative examination of
philosophies and source materials, and how knowledge is conveyed.
Video Project (Semester II): Students will study relationships between music and visual
media; the composing of music to projected scores; the making of a short film and the
composition and recording of incidental music.
Elective (Semester Il): Students will select a topic on the basis of practice teaching
experience, for example: Curriculum, the teaching of music theory and history Choral
training.
Practice Teaching (Semestcr II): The development of a teaching Program with a period of
field-wo¡k undertaken in schools and jointly supewised by music education staff and staff
of the school concerned.
Assessment: (Semester l) scminar paper on an individually (or jointly) chosen methodolory
307a. (Semester II) video prcject LSVo; essay on chosen elective topic lSVo; Practice
teaching407o.
8960 Music Education IIIC
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Restriction: 7800 Music Education II.
Contact hours:2 hour workshop a week.
Content: Conducting and Arranging (Semester I): Students will be given training in
conducting, ensemble direction and rehea¡sal techniques. Instruction in arranging fo¡ small
to large ensembles will also bc given. Students will form an ensemble which will provide a
basis for all activities. Creative Music and Drama (Semester II): Exploration of many
different forms of composition: open score and graphic notations, collage pieces,
improvisation and so on. These Skills will then be applied in working with staff of the
Cæntre for Performing Arts to produce works of original music theatre.
Assessmen!: Semester I: Arrangement, preparation of parts and supewision of the rehearsal
of an approvcd piece; essay on an aspect of the semester's work. Semester II: Folio of
music works derived from particiPation in music/drama project; essây on an aspect of the
semester's work.
9189 Musicologr IIIA
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duratiott: Full year.
692

he-requisites: 9879 Musicologr lI.
Contacl hours:2 hour seminar a week.
Conten!: 9879 Musicologr II and 9189 Musicologr IIIA share a common subject matter
which rotates over a twcycår cycle. The subject matter is as follows: The order of
presentation of the r¡arious components mayvary.
Even Yea¡s: (full semester) Music palaeography and edit¡on techniques; (half semester)
Australian music studies; (half semester) the aesthetics of music to the end of the 18th
Century.
Odd Years: Full semester: Introduction to the History of Music Theory. Half semester:
Introduction to Music Historiolory. Half semester Music Sociology and the Aesthetics of
Music in the 19th and 20th Century.
Actessmen!: Even years: 1. Exercises in palaeography. 2. One edition example of c.150
measu¡es of music. 3. An essay of 250G3500 words.
Odd years: 1. Essay of 2500 words. 2. Essay and 250G3500 words. 3. Essay of 250G3500
words,
Tøtt-books: See 9879 Musicolory II.
1256 Musicologr IIIB
Lanl: lIl.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: Full year.
Contact hours:2 hour seminar/workshop a week.
Content: Four half semester components comprisíng: Foreign l:nguage Source Readings;
An analytical component; Advanced Seminar; Introduction to Music Bibliography. Their
order may vary from year to year.
Assessment: Foreigrr I:nguage and Source Readings: Exercises in translations of texts -
total 3500 words; Advanced Seminar - paper of 4000 words; Music Bibliography essay of
300G3500 words; and analysis of 3000-3500 words or equiwalent.
4127 Musicologr IIIC
Level: lll.
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Restriction: 9879 Musicolory Il.
Pre-requisites: 2202 Music of the 18th Century, 1423 Introduction to Ethnomusicology,
6743 Introduction to Early Music and 1935Music Theory I at credit level or above. À
reading knowledge of a foreigr lánguage is highly recommended.
Contact hours:2 hour seminar a week.
Content:9879 Musicolog ll,4127 Musicolog¡r IIIC and glSgMusicologr IIIA share a
common subject matter which rotates over a twGyear cycle. The sùbject matter is as
follows. The order of presentation of the various components may vary.
Even years: Music Paleography. Blitorial and Techniques (full Semester); Ausrralian
Music Studies (half Semester). The Aesthetics of Music to thc End of the 18th Century
(half Semester).
Odd years: Full semester. Int¡oduction to the History of Music Theory. Half semester:
Int¡oduction to Music Historiolory. Half semester: Music Sociotory and the Aesthetics of
Music in the 19th and 20th Century.
Assessment: Even years: 1. Exercises ln palaeography and one edition example c.100
measu¡es of music. 2. Two essays of ã00-3000 words.
693
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Odd years: 1. Essay of 2500 words. 2. Essay of 25fl13500 wordq. 3. Essay of 2500-3500
words.
Tø-boolcs: Adorno, T., Philonplry of modøn mrurc (Sheed and rtVard); Haydon, G.,
Introduction to musicologt (Greenwood Press); McCredie, A. D., Musicolog sudies in
Australia from the beginning to th¿ presenl (Australian Academy of the Humanities);
Michelsen, W., Hugo Nemann's tlæory of harmony and hktory of music tlæory book III
(University of Nebraska Press); Allen, W. D., Philosophies of music lustory (Dover);
Duckles, Y., Music reference and research materiak (Institute of Medíeval Music); Stevens,
D., Musicologt-a practical gurZe (MacDonald); Kerman, J., Musicolog (Fontana Book);
Dalhaus, C., Aesthctics of music (Cambridge U.P.); Dalhaus, C., Foundations of music
hßtory (C-ambndge U.P.); Apel, 4., The sociologt of music (University of Notre Dame
Press); Bent, l.D.,Analysis (New Grove Handbooks in Music series; (ed.) Randel, D., New
Haruard Dictionary of Music (Haruard University Press).
9001 Styte Stutlies in 20th Century Composition III
Level: lll.
Poins value: 5.
Duration: Full year.
Pre+equßites:9948 Style Studies in 20th Century Composition II.
Contact hours: 2 hours of class work a week.
Content:9948 Style Studies in 20th Century Composition II and 900L Style Studies in 20th
Ccntury C.omposition III share a common subject matter which rotates over a2 year cycle.
In this subject, an advanced study is undertaken of the styles and techniques in 20th
Century composition.
Assessment: Assigrments throughout the year
GENERAL MUSIC STUDIES I,JNITS
Details of General Music Studies Units a¡e shown within the Syllabuses for the degree of
B.Mus.(Perf.).
HONOURS DEGR"EE.
9392 Honours Composition
Level: IY.
Poins value: ?4.
Duration: Full year.
he -requisites : See Schedule IV(ia).
Contenl: A course of seminars and individual tuition in composition and analysis of music,
with studies in music electronics in appropriate cases.
Candidates will be required to submit a major work, or group ofworks, the general nature
of which has been approved in advance by the candidate's supewisor. Assignments in
advanced analysis must be completed during the year.
Assessment: Compositions - at least 4 units; Assigrments in advanced analysis - at least L
unit.
1750 Honours Ethnomusicologt
Level: lY.
Poins value: ?4.
694

Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: See Schedule IV(ia).
content: ll. cou¡se of seminars and indMdual tuition in the theoretical background to
ethnomusicolory, including field techniques, transcription analfical procedures, performance
techn¡ques.
3058 Honours Music Education
I-evel: lY.
Poins value: ?A.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: See Schedule tV(ia).
per of 5000 words (1 unit); (b) Fieldwork and field recording
wo¡ds to be presented to the Ethnomusicologr Postgraduate
is of 25,000 words including transcription and analysis based on
content: A course of seminars, workshops and individual tuition. students will complete
individual ¡esea¡ch assignments and a balanced proportion of related field work.
Assessment: A major piece of field work, with supporting documentation (3 units); a major
tbesis of 10,000 words (2 units); a project in an approved area of5,000 words or equivalent
(1 unit).
9916 Honours Musicolory
Level: lY.
Poins value: 24.
Duration: Full year.
he-requis ites: See Schedule W(ia).
Assumed knowledge: A reading knowledge of a language or languages necessary for the
course of study.
conten¿: Candidates will be required to complete individual research assignments as
di¡ected.
Th.e co¡rs¡ comprises: A thesis on a music-historical topic (with or without accompanf ng
edition); Two papers (one per semester) in the Postgraduate seminar which ranges over a
b¡oad variety of his interdiscipl in the
Advanced Honours ic-historicat ractice
area; A guided cours c¡iticism bas
Note: c.aîdidates enrolled in the course leading to the degree of B.A. can also proceed to
Honours Musicology. (5276 Honours Musicology (Bá..) The course is identical to that of
9916 Honours Musicolog¡r.
As-sessment: Two papers of 5,000 words each in the Postgraduate Seminar 30Vo; one paper
of 5'000 words in an Advanced Honours Seminar 75Vo; aviva yoc¿ in score identifiõatlon
15Vo; thesis of 12500 words 40Vo.
695
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
GRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN MUSIC
REGULATIONS
1. There shall be a Graduate Dipioma in Musicolory, a G¡aduate Diploma in Music
Theory and a G¡aduate Diploma in Music Performance. A candidate may take more than
one of the Graduate Diplomas.
2. (a) The Faculty of Peforming Arts may accept as a candidate fo¡ the Graduate D¡ploma
any person who has qualified for:
(i) the ordinary degree of Bachelor of Music (Performance) or Bachelor of Music of
the University of Adelaide which the Faculty judges to have been attained at aboveave¡age
standard; or
(ii) the ordinary degree of Bachelor of A¡ts of the University of Adelaide which has
within ¡t a major sequence in Music or its equivalent. These subjects must have been
attained at above-average standard; or
(iii) a degree in Music of anothe¡ institution which is accepted for the purpose by the
Faculty.
(b) The Facully may in special cases accept, subject to the approval of the Board of
Graduate Studies, a candidate for a Graduate Diploma who does not otherwise qual¡fy
unde¡ this regulation but has given other evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of fitness to
undertake work for the Graduate Diploma.
3. To qualify for a G¡aduate Diploma a candidate shall complete a cou¡se of study
extending over one year as a full-time student, or not less than t$,o years as a Paf-time
student, in accordance with one of the schedules made under these regulations.
4. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate is not making satisfactory progress the
Faculty may, u¡ith the consent of the Council, terminate the candidature.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from time to time
prescribe schedules defining:
(i) the subjects of study for each Graduate Diploma;
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council
or such other date as the Council may determine.
(b) Thc syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Director of the Elder
Conservatorium, subject to endorsement by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
Committee of the Education Committee, except that the Director may approve minor
changes to any previously approved syllabus.
6. A candidate may at any time apply to the Faculty for status under these regulations or
the schedules made in accordance with regulation 5, and may be Fanted such status, and
upon such conditions, as the Faculty determines.
Regulatiore awaiting allownæ.
696

GRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN MUSIC
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE I: GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MUSICOLOGY
1. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Musicolog¡r a candidate shall, subject to clause 2,
satisfactorily complete the following subjects:
1543 Analysis Workshop W
7?02 Music Bibliography tV
6239 Music Palaeography IV
and two of the Musicology subjects listed in the Schedule for the degree of Master of Music
(Musicolory).
2. Candidates who have previously sat¡sfactorily completed subjects for the Bachelor of
which include substantially the same material as
ll in lieu of these subjects satisfactorily complete
Schedule for the degree of Master of Music
8639 Musicology Thesis IV 8
to a total value of24 points.
3. with the permission of Faculty in each case, candidates may be permitted to substitute
other subjects from the Honoux degree of Bachelor of Music or another G¡aduate
Diploma in Music, to a maximum v-¿lue of 8 points, for any of the above subjects.
5340 Major Reciral IVA
5763 Major Recital IVC
3 '10'18 History of Music Theory IV 3
3 5329 Philosophy of Music History IV 2
3 1418 T¡anslation of Foreign Texts IV 2
SCHEDULE II: GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MUSIC
PERFORMANCE
1. To qualify fo¡ the Graduate Diploma in Music Performance, a candidate shall
satisfactorily complete the following subjects:
(a) one of
and
(b) one of
7143 Short Recital IV 8
5435 Ensemble/Orchestral Performance IV 8
and
(c) either
7779 ConcertoIV 4
or one of the Musicology subjects listed in the schedule of the degree of Maste¡ of Music
(Musicology).
2. Students of brass instruments or bassoon may give two short (30 minute) recitals in lieu
of Major Recital IVA o¡ IVC.
3. In special cases the Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Director of the Elder
Conservatorium, approve different but equivalent sets of exercises.
t2
t2
69't
Performing
Arls

Ferforming
Arts
SCHEDULE III: GRADUATE DIPIJOT,IA IN MUSIC THEORY
1. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Music Theory a candidate shall satisfactorily
complete the fouoç'ing subjeçts;
7865 Ap¡liedTonalTheorylV 4. ?SnAppliedTonalCounterpoiirtW 4
1165 Töaf Anal¡'s'is fv a' g, ol Harmony and counterpoint Texts w2
ß31 mth Century Techniques and
Analysis [V 4 3803 Music Theory Dissertârion |V
698

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MUSICOLOGY
SYLI.ABUSES
1543 Analysis Workshop IV
Poittts value: 3.
Duration: One Semester.
Contact hours: 2 hours a week semina¡.
content: various historical and cur¡ent analytical theories, concepts and approaches to
music within the vy'estern tradition including schenkerian analysis, symuõiic analysis,
Hermeneutic analysis etc.
Proposed assessment: An aûalylical assignment of the equivalent of 3,000-5,000 words.
Tøct-books: To be advised.
7702 Music Bibliography IV
Poins value: 3.
Duration: Semester I.
Contact hours:2 hours a week fo¡ one semester only.
Content: Library practices and catalogues, primary source catalogues, indices, guides and
conco¡dances to music and musical literature, music lexicography and thematic catalogues.
Proposed assessntent: Preparation of a bibliographic exercise, equivalent to an essay of 3,000
to 5,000 wo¡ds.
Tev-books: To be advised.
6239 Music Palaeography IV
Poitrc value:3.
Duratiott: One Semeste¡ (even years) or by consultation (odd years).
conlacl hours: Two hours a week for one semester in even years or by consultation in odd
years.
Content: The study of early music manuscripts and notations and the transcription of the
same into mode¡n notation.
Proposed assessment: A small folio of exercises in palaeography.
Terz-óooks: None.
7078 History of Music Theory [V
Poins value: 3.
Duration: One Semester.
contact haurs: 2 hours per week for one semester in odd years o¡ by consultation in even
years (see Musicology II[A).
Content: A study of the history of music theory tå¡ith special emphasis on medieval and
renaissance periods but including baroque, classical and ¡omantiC periods to the present
day.
699
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
Proposed assessmenf.'An essay of 250G3J00 words.
Tut-books: To be advised.
53219 Philosophy of Music History W
Poins value:2.
Duration: Half Semeste¡.
Conlact hours: Two hou¡s a week for one half semester in odd years and/or by consùltation
in even years (see Musicolog¡r IIIA).
Content: A study of the '¡arious theories of music historiography from early treatises up to
and including the present century.
hoposed assessm¿nr.' An essay of 2J00 words.
Tact-boolcs: To be advised.
1418 Translation ofForeign Texts [V
Poins value:2.
Duratío n: Half Semester.
Contact hours:2 hours a week for one half semester.
Content: A study of foreign language and source readings relat¡ng to the study of
musicology.
Proposed assessment: Exercises in translat¡ons of texts with the assistance of relevant
dictionaries and gtammars to a total of 3,500 words.
Tea- books: To be advised.
8639 Musicologr Thesis IV
Points value:8.
Duration: One Semester.
Assumed knowledge.'9189 Musicology IIIA or 1256 Musicology IIIB or equivalent.
Contact åoarsr Regular supen¡ision by appointment.
Content: A thesis on a music-historical topic (with or without accompanying edition).
Proposed ossessm¿rrr.'A thesis ofabout 12,000 words.
Text-books:To be determined by research project.
700

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MUSIC
PERFORMANCE
SYLI.ABUSES
5340 Mqior Recital IV(A)
Points value: 12.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requisites: A credit or above in the appropriate lævel III performance subject (e.g.
Bassoon III) or an audition or both.
Contact hours: Oîe hour per week, concurrent \À/ith preparation fo¡ all performance
subjects in this diploma.
Content: A rep¡esentative program of adr¡anced works in the repertoire of the instrument
studied.
hoposed assessmezr.'A public recital of 65 minutes duration (see notes below).
Tøct-books: None.
5763 Major Recital IV(C)
Poins value: !2.
Duration: Full year.
he-requisites: A c¡edit or above in the appropriate l.evel III performance subject (e.g.
Bassoon III) or an audition or both.
Contact hours: One hour per week, concurrent with preparation for all performance
subjects in this diploma.
Content: A representative program of advanced works in the repertoire of the instrument
studied which must also include a concerto or concerted work.
hoposed assessmezl: A public recital of ó5 minutes du¡ation (see notes below).
Texl-books: None.
7143 Short Recital tV
Poins value: 8.
Duration: Full year.
Pre-requkites: A credit or above in the I-evel III performance subject (e.g. Bassoon III) or
an audition or both.
Contact hours: One hour per week, concurrent with preparation for all performance
subjects in this diploma.
Content: A representative prog¡am of advanced works in the repertoi¡e of the instrument
studied.
Proposed assessmer¡r.'A public recital of 35 minutes duration.
Tst-books: None.
701
Performing
Arts

Ferforrring
Artg
5435 Ensemble/OrchestralPerformance IV
Poinsvalue:8.
Du¡atíon: Full year. .¡ ì
\e+equisiæs:
A credit or abo'¿c in the appropriatc l¡vel III performance subject (e.g.
Bassoon III) or an audition or both. . .
Contact løuts: O¡e hour per week, concurrent q¡ith preparation for all itclforfitâncê
subjects in this diploma,
Content: A prqgram of study of chamber works or orchestral excerpts appropriate lo the
instrument studied.
hoposed assessment: A recital/examination of chamber music or orchestral excerpts of 35
minutes duration.
Tø-åoal

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MUSIC THEORY
SYLI-A.BUSES
7865 Applied Tonal Theo4r IV
Poinu value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Assumed knowledge: 1935 Music Theory I, 7642 Music Theory II and 4851 Music Theory III.
Conlact hours: One hour seminar per week.
Content: This subject involves a coverage of tonal techniques u/ith special emphasis on the
composition of harmonic models in demonstration of those techniques.
Proposed ossessme¡r¡.'A fol¡o of not less than 10 origínally composed harmonic exercises.
1165 Tonal Analysis [V
Points value: 4.
Dura¿ion: Full year.
Assumed lçtowledge: 1935 Music Theory I,7&2lllusic Theory II and 4851 Music Theory III.
Contact hours: One hour seminar per week.
Contenl: Harmonic anal¡rsis of representative works of the tonal repertoire from Vivaldi
through to the late 19th Cæntury with sp€cial reference to harmonic structure and form,
chordal types and individual harmonic styles.
hoposed ossessment: Harmonic analysis of six works (or sections of works) ¡epresentative
of the period covered.
Text-books: To be advísed.
1331 20th Century Techniques and Analysis [V
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Assumed knowledge: L935 Music Theory I, 7642 Music Theory II and 4851 Music Theory IlI.
Contact hours: One hour seminar per week.
Content: A study of non-tonal techniques as typif¡ed in selected works of 20th Cæntury
compose¡s with analysis and composition of models in demonst¡ation of those techniques.
hoposed ossessment: A folio of not less than three analyses and not less than seven
originally composed exercises.
Tørt-books: To be advised.
3822 Applied Tonal Counterpoint IV
Poins value: 4.
Duration: Full year.
Assumed knowledge: 1935 Music Theory 1,7&2 Music Theory II and 4851 Music Theory III.
Contact hours: 1 one-hour seminar per week.
Content: This subject involves a study of counterpoint techniques with special ¡efe¡ence to
703
Performing
Arls

Performing
Arts
Canon, Passacaglia, Fugue and F¡ee-Counterpoint. Emphasis will be placed on baroque
counterpoint; however 19th century counterpoint will also be studied.
hoposed assessment: A folio of not less than 10 short originally com¡rosed contrapuntal
exercises (the assessment may be less than 10 if a complete fugue is set for assessment or
another larger complete movement or exercise).
9107 Harmony and Counterpoint Texts [V
Poins value: 2.
Duration: Semester II.
Assumed knowledge: 1935 Music Theory 1,7&2 Music Theory II and 4&51 Music Theory IIL
Contact haurs: t hour per week for one semeste¡.
Conlent: A survey of Harmony texts curently in use in both secondary and tertiary teaching
venues as well as texts on Harmony which have, either in the past or present, obtained a
high profile, such as Schoenberg's Structu¡al Functions of Harmony.
Proposed assessment: A 5,0m word essay consisting of an evaluation of a specific text or a
survey of seve¡al texts in their treatment of a particular technique (e.9. the Augmented 6th
cho¡d or the Diminished 7th chord).
Text-books: To be advised.
3803 Music Theorl Dissertation IV
Poins value: 6.
Duration: Full year.
Assumed knowledge: 7935 Music Theory I, 7642 Music Theory II and 4851 Music Theory IIL
Contact hours: Regular supewision by appointment.
Contenl: A dissertation or extended composition ¡llustrating tonal or 20th C-entury
techn iques.
Proposed assessment: In consultation with the lectu¡er-in-charge, the candidate may
nominate a topic related to the content of this Diploma. The dissertation should be the
equivalent of 8,000 words and may involve either:
Option A: An analytical study of harmonic techniques of a specific composer u/ithin the
period covered by the Diploma. This may be limited to a representative selection of a
specific composer's outpu t.
Option B: The writing of an extended tonal or non-tonal work which must demonstrate
knowledge of tbe harmonic techniques cove¡ed throughout the D¡ploma and a harmonic
analysis of the same. (Note: the work must be an original comlnsition and must not have
been presented elsewhere for assessment in another subject or course.)
Tect-books: To be determined by Research Project.
'104

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF MUSIC
REGUI.ATIONS
L. The Faculty of Music may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Music a
person who: (a) has qualified in the University of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor of
Music, or Bachelor of Music (Performance) or Graduate Diploma in Musicology; or (b)
has obtained, in another university or institut¡on recognised for the purpose, a qualification
ùnich is accepted by the Faculty óf Music as equivalent to the degreì o? Bachel-or of Music
or Bachelor of Music (Performance) in the University of Adelaide.
2. In special cases the Board of Graduate Studies acting with authority wittingly devolved to
it by Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty and subject to such conditions (if any)
as it may impose in each case, may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who,
irrespective ofwhethe¡ or not he is a university graduate, has given evidence satisfactory to
the Faculty of his fitness to undertake studies for the degree of Master of Music.
3. The course of study for the degree shall comprise two parts as follows and, unless the
Faculty expressly approve an extension of time in a paficular case, shall be completed
within the time limits prescribed below:
Pa¡t A: Such preliminary study anð examinations as may be préscribed in the schedules of
the degree extending over not more than one yea¡ of full-time study or two years of parf
time study.
Part B: A course of advanced study and/or research extending over not less than one yea¡
nor more than three years of full-time study. The Faculty ma¡ in special cases, permit a
candidate to complete part B over not less than two years nor more than five years of parr
time study. A candidate shall not be permitted to proceed to part B until he has fulfilled
the requirements of part A.
4. A candidate may be exempted from the whole or such part of part A as the Faculty may
decide the candidate has:
(a) qualified for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music, or rhe Honours degree of
Bachelor of Music (Performance); or
(b) qualified for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Music or rhe Ordinary degree of
Bachelor of Music (Performance) and has passed in (i) all the Ordinary degree subjects
that a¡e compulsory for the Honours degree ¡n the field to which his subject of study
related; and (ii) an examination of Honours standard approved by the Facult},; o/
(c) obtained a qualification which is accepted by the Faculty as equivalent to the Honours
degree of Bachelor of Music or the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music (Performance) in
the University oÍ Adelaide; or
(d) qualified for the Graduate Diploma in Musicology.
A candidate who.has obtained qualifications which fully or partly satisfy the requirements
specified in (a), (b), (c) or (d) above may be exempted from the whole or such part of Part
A as the Faculty may decide, and shall therefore fulfïl the requirements of Part B, as
prescribed in the schedules.
5. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Music a candidate is not making satisfactory progress
the Faculty may, with the consent of the C-ouncil, withdraw its approval of his candidature
and the candldate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree.
6. Every candidate shall pursue a programme of advanced study in nrusic as prescribed in
the schedules. The subjects and content and relative weighting of all sections of a
candidate's Programme, together lvith the method of examination of advanced work shall
705
Performing
Añs

Performing
Arts
be approved by the Faculty, provided that the work of section I of schedule II shall be
examined as provided in regulation 8.
7. On completion of work for the degree a candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three
copies of his submission made in accordance with the requirements of section 1 or schedule
II, prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fiom time to time.r
8. (a) Not less than t$,o examiners, at least one of whom shall be an extemal exaniner,
shall be appointed b¡ and shall report to, the Faculty of Music.
(b) The examine¡s may requirc a candidate to ùndergo further examinat¡on in the field of
study immediately relevant to his subject.
(c) The examiners may recommend that the wo¡k under examination:
(i) be accepted (subject, if they so recommend, to minor amendments being made); or
(ii) be not accepted but returned to the candidate for revision and re-submission; or
(iii) be rejected.
9. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations and satisfies the examiners
in the hetd to which his subject relates shall on the recommendation of the Faculty of
Music be admitted to the degree.
Rcgùlat¡oN allryed 2l Dcmbcr, l9ó7.
Amended: 15 Jan. 197ó: 3,6,7,81,3 Dcc. 1q¡6: 2i 4Feb-L982:7i 2/f Fcb. 1983: I,4t2A M.a¡,1988:3; eE¡ring altMnæ;
t,2,4.
'Published i¡ "Guidelines on Higher Dcgrces by Rcse¿rch and Specifi€tioN fo¡ Thcs¡s": r¿¿ Contents.
706

DEGREEOF
MASTER OF MUSIC
SCHEDULES
(Made by the Council under Regulations 3, 4, 6 and 7.)
SCHEDULE I: PRELIMINARY STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS
Part A: Preliminary Study and Examinations.
Such preliminary work and examinations as may be prescribed in each individual case. This
shall normally comprise one Honours subject (othei than Musicolog¡r) as prescribed in the
schedules for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music.
SCHEDULE II: PROGRAMMES OF STUDY
Part B: Programme of Advanced Study,
A cahdidate shall satisfactorily comolete a programme of advancêd study to be approved by
the Faculty after consultation with his supervisòr including the following:
1. (a) a composition or compositions; or
(!) a tnes¡s on a topic in Historical Musicologr, systematic Musicolory, Ethnomusicolory,
Music in Blucation, sonological Research, or in reier¡ant interdisciplinãry studies; or
(c) an edition with crit¡cal commentary or
(d) a dissertation and a report on original field or practical work in any of the areas
specified in (b) above.
2. Such othe¡ advanc
each individual case.
major analysis, not a
and (d) must present
examiner.
Notes (nor foming paÉ of rhc Schedùls):
(i) ¡t is exp€ctcd that thc lcDgth ol $miDü p¿peE will nomâlly b€ 5,m0 words.
707
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
DEGREE OF MASTER OF MUSIC
(PERFORMANCE)
REGULATIONS
1. The¡e shall be a degree of Master of Music (Performance).
2. The Faculty of Performing Arts may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who
has qualified for:
(a) the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music (Performance) of the Universityof Adelaide
at First Class or IIA standard; or
(b) the Graduate Diploma in Music Performance of the University of Adelaide at a
standard comparable to First Class or IIA Honours; or
(c) a degree or diploma in Music of another institution accepted for the purpose by the
University.
The Faculty reserves the right to requ¡re an acceptable level of performance at audit¡on.
3. In special cases the Board of Graduate Studies acting with authority wittingly devolved to
it by Council on the recommendation of the Faculty and subject to such conditions (if any)
as it may impose in each case, may accept as a candidate for the degree an applicant who
has given other evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of their fitness to undertake studies for
the degree.
4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete a course of advanced studies in
Pe¡formance extending over not less than one year or mo¡e than two years of full-time
study. The Faculty may, in special cases, permit a candidate to complete the degree over
not less than two yea¡s nor more than four years of part-time study.
5. The Council, after receipt of advice from the Facult¡ shall from time to lime prescribe
schedules defining:
(i) the studies in musicologyand ethnomusicology to be undefaken by candidates; and
(ii) thc natu¡c of thc rccitals to bc pcrformcd, and proccdurcs fo¡ thci¡ cxamination.
6. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall:
(a) undertake an approved program of advanced study in singing, conducting or a musical
instrument, under the di¡ection of a supervisor or supewisors appointed by the Director of
the Elder Conservatorium;
(b) attend such seminars and present such papers in musicology or ethnomusicologyas may
be prescribed in the Schedules;
(c) perform at a satisfactory standard at such public ¡ecitals as may be prescribed in the
Schedules.
7. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate is not making satisfactory progress the
Faculty may, \¡rith the consent of the Council, terminale the candidature.
RegulatioN awiting allownæ.
708

MASTER OF MUSrC (PERFORMANCE)
SCHEDULES
1. (a) Each candidate shall present two public recitals to be given at an intewal of not mo¡e
than 48 hours, the duration of each to be approúmately 75 minutes, provided that for
Bassoon, Brass, Oboe and Voice recitals, it shall be approximately 65 minutes.
(b) Details of the recital progñims shall be submitted to the Director of the Elder
Conservatorium for approval not less than six months before the first recital.
2. (a) Each candidate shall attend postgraduate semina¡s in Musicolory or
Ethnomusicologr as required by the Director of the Elder Consen'atorium, and shall
submit for assessment three s€minar papers approximately 5,0(X) words in length.
(b) Should any of the seminar papers be assessed as unsatisfactory, the candidate may represent
the papef or submit a paper in another seminar.
3. (a) For each cand¡date, a panel of five examiners including at least one external examiner
shall be appointed by the Faculty to assess the two recitals. The candidate's supervisor shall
not be an examiner.
(b) The examiners may recomment that the recitals
(i) merit the award of the degree
(ii) do not merit the award of the degree
In the latter case, the examiners may also recommend that the candidate be permitted to
re-present all or part of a recital within a specified time, Should the Faculty accept the
latter advice, the same examiners should, as far as practicable, assess the additional recital.
(c) Unless a panel of examiners has recommended that a candidate be permitted to represent
a recital, no candidate may be examined for the degfee more than once.
709
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
DEGREE OF MASTER OF MUSIC
(MUSTCOLOcÐ
REGUI.ATIONS
1. Tbere shall be a degree of Master of Musíc (Musicolory).
2' The Faculty of Performing Arts may accept as a candidate for admission to the course of
study for the degree a person who has qualified for:
(a) the degree of Bachelor of Music in Musicology with Honours or the degree of Bachelor
of Ans with Honours in Musicolory of the university of Adelaide, at First class or IIA
standard; or
(b) the ordinary degree of Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Music (performance) or
Bachelo¡ of A¡ts of the university of Adelaide, and in addition the Graduate Diploma in
Musicolog4 or
(c) an.award of another institution accepted for the purpose by the Faculty.
acting with the authority wittingly
of the Faculty and subject to such
;':;T# Ê#ì$'ål",iä'H"'."ff;
4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall:
(i) satisfactorily comptete a couße of study and research extending over not tess than
one and a half years as a full-time student, and not less than three years as a parttime
student; and
(ii) present a satisfactory dissertation on a research topic approved by the Faculty.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Faculty, shall from rime to time
prescribe schedules defì n ing:
(i) the subjects of study for the degree; and
(ii) the range of subjects to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be
passed by candidates.
Such schedules shall become effective from the date of prescription by the Council
or such other date as the C.ouncil may determine.
be specified by the Di¡ector of the Elder
by the Faculty and approval by the Executive
, except that the Director may approve minor
6. If,in the opinion of the Facùlty a candidate is not making satisfactory p¡ogress the
Faculty may, with the consent of the Council, terminate the candidature
7- A candidate may at any time apply to the Faculty for status under these regulations or
the schedules made in accordance with Regulation 5, and may be granted such status, and
upon such conditions, as the Board o¡ Graduate Studies on the advice of the Faculty
determines.
8. A candidate shall submit for approval by the Faculty the subject of the candidate's
dissertation. The Faculty shall appoint one or more supervisors to guide the candidate's
¡esearch.
9. On completion of research work the candidate shall lodge \A¡ith the Registrar three copies
of the dissertation prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates from timè to
7t0

time, The Faculty shall appoint two examiners, one of whom shall be external to the
University.
10. A candidate wiro fulfils the requirements of these regulations and satisfies the
examiners, shall on the recommenðation pf,the Faculty be adm¡tted to the. degree of
Master of Music (Musicologr).
Regulstioú Miting allre.
7Lt
Performing
Arts

Performing
Arts
MASTER OF MUSrC (MUSTCOLOGÐ
SCHEDULES
1. To qualify for the degree of Master of Music (Musicolory) a candidate shall, unless
exempted the¡efrom by the Faculty satisfactorily complete six of the following subjects:
óL95 Medieval Studie.s V 4
961,8 Renaissance Studies V 4
7552 Baroque Studies V 4
232? Studies ¡n låte 18th Century Classicism V 4
3568 Nineteenth CenturyStud¡es V 4
61.74 Twentieth Century Studies V 4
1353 Music Aesthetics and Philosophy V 4
2154 Music Sociolog¡rV 4
6533 Australian Studies V 4
3527 LibrettoTheoryV 4
6164 Musíc Historiography V 4
706ó History of Music Theory V 4
and in add¡tion satisfy the examiners in
625 Musicolory Masters Disse¡tation V 72
7L2

DEGREE OF MASTER OF MUSIC
(MUSTCOLOGÐ
SYLI.A.BUSES
6195 Medieval Studies V
Points value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
Contacl hours: Usually held in a sequence until all papers are given-the equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semester,
Content: A series of introductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in Orientation Week of the relevant year.
Assessment: A paper of 5,000 words or its equivalent.
9618 Renaissance Studies V
Points value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester,
Contact hours: Usually held in a sequence until all papers are given-+he equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semester.
Content: A series of intÍcductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in Orientation Week of the relevant year.
Assessment: A paper of 5,000 words or its equivalent.
7552 Baroque Studies V
Points value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
Contact hours: Usually held in a sequence until all pap€rs are given--the equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semestèr.
Content: A series of int¡oductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in Orientation Week of the relevant year.
Assessment: A paper of 5,0@ words or its equivalen
2327 Studies in Late 18th Century Classicism V
Poins value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semeste¡.
Contact løars: Usually held in a sequence until all papers a¡e given-the equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semester.
Content: A series of introductory lectu¡es and a sequence of individual papers given by the
partic¡pants on a topic to be announced in Orientation \üeek of the relevant year.
Assessnrcnt: A paper of 5,000 words or its equivalent
7t3
Performing
Arts

Performíng
Arts
3566 Nineteenth Century Studies V
Poins value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
Contact hours: Usually held in a sequence until all papers are given-the equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semeste¡.
content: A se¡ies of introductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
part¡cipants on a topic to be announced in orientation week of the relevañt yeã.
Assessment: A paper of 5,000 words or its equivalent.
6174 Twentieth Century studies V
Poinß value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
Con¿act hours: usually held in a sequence until ail papers are given-the equivatent of one
hour per week for one half-semester,
content: A series of introductory lectu¡es and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in orientation week of the relevait yea-r.
Assessment: A paper of 5,000 words or its equivalent.
1353 Music Aesthetics and Philosophy V
Poins value: 4,
Dutation: The equivalent of one half-semester.
contact hours: usually held in a sequence until all papers a¡e given-the equivalent of one
hour per week fo¡ one half-semester,
content: A series of introductory lectu¡es and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in orientation week of the relevant year.
Assessmenl: A paper of 5,000 words or its equivalent.
2L54 Music Sociologr V
Poitts value: 4,
Duratiott: The equivalent of one half-semester.
contact hours: usually held in a sequence until all papen are given-the equivalent of one
hour per week fo¡ one half-semester.
conrent: A series of introductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
pa¡tic¡pants on a topic to be announced in orientation week of the relevant yea'r.
Assessnent: A paper of 5,000 words or its equiwlent.
6533 Australian Studies V
Points value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
contact hours: usually held in a seqùence until all papers are given-the equi lent of one
hour per week for one half-semester.
content: A se¡ies of int¡oductory lectures ard a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in orientation week of the relevant yea-r.
Assessment: A paper of 5,000 wotds or its equivalent.
't14

3527 Libretto TheoryV
Poins value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
Conlact åorrs.' Usually held in a sequence until all papers are given-the equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semester.
Content: A series of introductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in Orientation Week of the relevant year.
Assessnænt: A paper of5,000 words or its equivalent.
6164 Music Historiography V
Poins value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
Contact åorrs.' Usually held in a sequence until all papers are given-the equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semester.
Content: A series of introductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in Orientation Week of the relevant year.
Assessment: A paper of 5,000 words or its equivalent.
7066 History of Music Theory Y
Poins value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
Contact åorrs.' Usually held in a sequence until all palrrs are given-the equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semester.
Content: A series of introductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in Orientation Week of the relevant yea¡.
Assessment: Apaper of 5,000 wo¡ds or its equivalent.
6245 Musicolory Master's Dissertation V
Points value: 4.
Duration: The equivalent of one half-semester.
Contact hours: Usually held in a sequence until all papers are given--+he equivalent of one
hour per week for one half-semester.
Content: A series of introductory lectures and a sequence of individual papers given by the
participants on a topic to be announced in Orientation Week of the relevant year.
Assessment: A paper of 5,000 words or its equivalent.
715
Pelorming
Ads

Performing
Arts
DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF MUSIC
REGULATIONS
1. (a) The Faculty of Music may accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Music a
person who:
(i) has qualified in the Un¡versity of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor of Music, the
degree of Bachelor of Music (Performance) or the degree of Master of Music; or
(ii) has obtained another degree in the University of Adelaide and has satisfied the
Faculty of his fitness to submit work for the degree of Doctor of Music.
(b) On the recommendation of the Faculty of Music, the Boa¡d of Graduate Studies acting
ìÀ¡ith authority q,ittingly devofued to it by Council may accept as a candidate for the degree
a person who (i) has obtained in another university or institution of higher education
recognised by the University of Adelaide a qualification accepted by the Faculry as
equivalent to one of the qualifications specified in (a) above and (ii) has, or has had, a
substantial association with the University.
(c) No person may be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Music before the e)çiration of
five years f¡om the date on which he obtained the qualification prescribed in (a) or (b)(i)
above.
2. A person q¿ho desi¡es to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his
intended candidatu¡e in writing to the Registrar and with such notice shall fumish
particulars of his musical achievements and of the work which he proposes to subm¡t for
the degree.
(b) The Faculty of Music shall appoint a committee to examine the inlormation submitted
and to advise the Faculty u¡hether the Faculty should:
(i) allow the applicant to proceed, and approve the details of the wôrk to be submitted;
or
(ii) advise the applicant not to submit his work; and the Faculty's decision shall be
conveyed to the appl¡cant.
(c) If it accept the candidatu¡e and approve the deta¡ts of the work to be submitted, the
Faculty shall nominate examiners of whom two at leâst shall be external examiners.
3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall furnish satisfactory evidence that he has
made an original and substantial contribution of distinguished merit in the field of
composition, performance, ¡esearch or in any combination of these fields.
(b) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of such of his published or
¡eco¡ded compositions, ¡ecorded interpretations of music or published rqsearch as the
candidate may submit for examination, but the examiners may take into account any
unpublished material or other work that he may submit in support of his candidature.
(c) The candidate in submitting his work shall, where applicable, state generally in a
preface and specifically in notes the main sources from which it is derived and the extent to
which he has availed himself of the work of othe¡s. He may also signify in general terms the
portions of his work which he claims as original.
(d) The candidate shall indicate what part, if any, of the wo¡k submitted in suppof of his
candidature has been accepted for the award of any other degree in this or any otber
university.
4. The candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of the work prepared in
accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph (b) of clause 28 of Chapter XXV of
the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Registrar will transmit two of the
copies to the University Library.
716

5. A candidate who complies w¡th the forcgoing conditions and satishes the examiners may,
on the re¡ommendation of thc Faculty of Music, bc admitted to the degfee of Doctor of
Music.
6. Notwirhstanding anything cþntained in the preceding regulations the_ Faculty may
recommend the aúfd óf tnãOegree to any erson who is not a membcr of the Staff of the
University. dny such recommendation must be acmmpanied by 9viden99 that the Pe¡son_
for s¡hom the-award is proposed has mad: an original and substantial contfibution of
distinguished merit to some branch of musical knowledge of a standard not less than that
required by regulation 3.
Regülatioú 8llmd l7 DcæEbcr, 1yl0.
ADendcd: 15 Jair. løó: ó; 4 Fcb l9&!: \4i2/.Fù.19æt 1, e 3. Aniting åIMaæ: 1(b).
7t7
Performing
Arts

BOARD OF GRADUATE STUDIES
RBGUI.ATIONS AND SCHEDULES
OF THE DEGREE
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Regulations
Schedules
720
722
't19
EF'
CÐ
Þ
Ð
E'
oTT ct
=t
Þ
E'
I- Þ-{
rït
v,
-{
I- E
-rTt
u,

Graduale Studies
/t
DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
REGUI,ATIONS
1. There shall be a Board of Graduate Studies.
2. The Board shall comprise:
(i) a Dean of Graduate Studies, elected by Education Committee for a three-year term;
(ii) four members of the academic staff elected by &lucation Committee for two or
thtee year te¡ms;
(iii) two postgraduate students appointed by the Postgraduate Students' Association in
acco¡dance with procedures drawn up from time to time and approved by the
Counci[.
3. The Board shall perform the functions required of it under these regulations and such
other functions as the Council may from time to time prescribe.
The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy
4. There shall be a degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
5. (a) The Council, after receipt of advice from the Board of Graduate Studies, shall from
time to time prescribe schedules defining the acâdemic standing required fo¡ the
candidature, the course of study and ¡esearch for the degree, the condition of candidature
and the assessment for the degree.
(b) Such schedules shall become effective f¡om the date of prescription by the Council or
such other date as the Council may determrne.
6. Except as otherwise prescribed in the schedules, the academic standing required for
accePtance as a candidate shall be an Honou¡s degree of Bachelo¡ of at least a IIA
of Master of th de or
- I
(lf on'
dents with other ire the
accordance with in the
in the course for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy for research undertaken in another
course in the University or in another university or tertiary institution.
8. A candidate may proceed to the degree by full-time study or, if the Head of the
Depafment concerned is satisfied that the candidate has adequate time to pursue
supervised research under the control of the University, by half-time study. Except in
circumstances approved by the Board, the work for the degree shall be completed anô the
thesis submitted:
(a) in the case of a full-time candidate, not less than two years and not more than fou¡
years from the date of commencement of candidature;
(b) in the case of a half-time candidate, not less than four years and not more than eight
years from the date of commencement of candidatu¡e.
9. The Board may review the progress of a candidate at any time during the course of
candidature and, if the cândidate's progress is unsatisfactory may recommend to the
Council that the candidature be terminated.
10. On the completion of the approved course of study and research, a candidate shall
submit a thesis embodying the results of that stùdy and research, and may submit also, in
support of the thesis, other relevant material. No thesis or material presented for any other
degree within this or any other institution shall be so submitted. The Board shall prescribe
the form in which the thesis shall be submitted and the number of copies to be submitted.
720

11. The thesis and any other material submitted shall be assessed by examiners external to
the University and in accordance with the schedules. The thesis shall:
(a) display original and critical thought;
(b) be a sigrificant contribution to knowledge;
(c) relatc the topic of research to thc broader framework of the disciplinc within which it
falls; and
(d) be clearl¡ accurately and cogently written and be suitably illùstrated and documented.
12. After consideration of the reports of the examiners and such other information as it
thinks fit, the Board shall determine that:
(a) the candidate shall be awarded the degree; or
(b) The candidate shall be awarded the degree but that minor amendments be made to the
thesis; or
(c) The candidate shall be awarded the degree subject to,
(i) specified amendments being made to the thesis, or
(ii) satisfactory performance in an oral or written examination; or
(d)the cândidate shall not be awarded the degree but shall be permitted to re-submit the
thesis in a revised form; or
(e) the candidate shall be awarded the appropriate degree of Masteç or
(Q The candidate shall be as,arded the appropriate degree of Master ulþn making suitable
amendments to the thesis; or
(g) The candidate shall not be awarded the degree of Doctor of Philosophy or the degtee
of Master.
13. Such number of copies of a thesis and any other material on which the degree is
arvarded shall be deposited in the Barr Smith Library or elsewhere in the university as
determined by the Board. unless otherwise determined by the Board, the copies shall be
available for loan and photocopy.
Note:
For the pulpose of the Ph.D. regulations, the centre for asian studies and the Research
Centre for \foments Studies a¡e deemed to be departments.
RegulaaioN allowcd 2l Dcæmb.r, lqi7.
Ancnded: 16 Dcc. l91lt9i21 Dcc.lyll 2t LS taD. ty76t 2,3,4, S, ó,9, 10; 4 Fcb. 1982 4, rO; I MErch l9g4: l-13.
AMitiDg sllouE: l, 2, 5.
Graduate Studies
721

Graduate Studies
DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
SCHEDULES
Guidelines
1. The Council, on the recommendation of the Board, may from time to time approve
guidelines or any matters included in the Schedules and may authorise Faculties, Deans of
Faculties, Heads of Departments or the Registrar to act in accordance with such guidelines
without reference to the Board ln each case.
Acceptance
2. A person shall not be enrolled as a candidate for the degree unless:
(a) the applicant's proposed field of study and resea¡ch is acceptable to the Department(s)
responsible for the supewision of the candidate's wo¡k.
(b) in the case of a person granted credit under regulation 7, at least one yea¡ of full-time
study and research, or its equirralent, s,ill still be necessary to complete the work for the
degree.
Academic Standing
3. The academic standing required for acceptance as a candidate for the degee is normally
an Honours degree of Bachelor (with first or upper second class Honours) or a degree of
Master of the University of Adelaide.
4. A person who holds a degree of anothe¡ University may be accepted as a candidate
provided that the course of study undertaken and the academic standard reached are
equivalent to those required of a candidate who is a graduate of the University of Adelaide.
5. The Boa¡d may accept as a candidate a graduate who does not quali$ under clause 3 or
4 but (a) has completed to the satisfaction of the Board at least one year of full-time
postgraduate study or research and (b) has passed a qualifying examination of Honours
standard prescribed by the appropriate faculty and approved by the Board.
6. The Boa¡d may also accept as a candidate for the degree, a p€¡son who is seeking
en¡olment under regulation 7, provided it is satisfied (a) that the person is of such
academic standard as would be required of other candidates for the degree and (b) that the
person's p¡ogress so fa¡ has been satisfactory.
Date of Candidature
7. The candidatu¡e shall normally date f¡om the month in which the candidate begins the
course of study and resea¡ch for the degree. In the case of a candidate granted credit under
regulation 7 the candidature shall normally date from the month the cand¡date commenced
work in the other course. The approval of the Board is required lor any different
cornmencement date.
Concise Outline of Research
8. E¿ch candidate shall,. not later than six months after the date of commencement of
candidature, submit for approval by the relevant Faculty a concise outline of proposed
research in such form as the Board may prescribe. Individual Faculties may require
candidates to submit this outline at the time of enrolment (or at some earlier time within
the six months limit) if they so desire.
722

Work for the Degree
9. A_candidate shall pursue an approved course of study and research under the control of
the university and unde¡ the general guidance of one oi morc supewisors appointed by the
university. At least one supenrisor shall be a member of tñe academ'ið staff of the
Department of the University in which the c¿ndidate is registered.
Annual Review
10. At least once a year, the Head (or nominee) of the relevant Depafment shall interview
the candidate and then, in consultation with the supervisor(s), shall notify the Registrar
whether or not the candidate is making satisfactory progress àÁo t futfitting the conãitions
laid down.
Absence from the University
11. The Board may permit a candidate_to pursue at another university or institution pa¡t of
the approved course under such conditions as it tbinks fit. Norma͡ candidates will be
lgquired to work for at least two years full-time (or equivalent) un¿ór tne control of the
university, but in the case of a candidate enrolred under réguration 7, and in other
exceptional circumstances, the Boa¡d may app¡ove a ¡educed peãoo on such conditions as
it may determine in each case.
12. The Head of the relevant Depafment may permit a ca in
any one year of the candidature away from the Universit he
resea¡ch for the degree. A period of such absence in excess lly
be approved in advance by the Board.
Intermission of Candidature
13. A candidate whose wo¡k is interrupted for a period of time may be granted an
intermission of candidature by the Board. If such an ãpplication is approveo thã minimum
and maxjmum periods specified in regulation s will be ãdjusted accóùingty by adding the
length of the intermission.
Extension of Candidature
14. A candidate.may b.e granted one extension of candidatu¡e by the Board of rwelve
months beyond the maximum period specified in regulation g, but if the thesis has not been
submitted by the end of that period the candidature will be suspended.
Conrpletion of Thesis outside the Univerçity
two years full-time working under the
rimental work (where appropriate)
rmit the satisfactory comptetion of
ission by the Boa¡d to complete the
uch an application is approved the
candidarure which has been granred unde¡ crause * ,.'::'lJ1t"fJÎn"'jt.:ïtifif::î."r:l
not been submitted by the end of that period the candidature will be suspended.
Resunrption of Suspended Candidature
16. A candi med if a final draft of the thesis
which has
was being pursued befo¡e the
candidature
sarisracrory ,'5¿ï#i3"i"XÏi;1,:Í".',:
suspended candidature under any other conditions.
Graduate Studies
723

Graduate Studies
In special circumstances the Board may approve the resumPtion of a suqrended
candidature for one period of up to six months prior to the submission of the final draft.
Intention to Submít Thesis
17. A candidate shall notify the Registrar in writing approximately three months before he
o¡ she expects to submit the thesis required under regulation 10 of the proposed title and
should submit a summary of the thesis at the same time.
Loan or Photocopy of Thesis
18. A candidate who does not wish to allow the thesis to be lent or photocopied when it is
deposited in the LibÉry under regulation 13 shall make written application to the Registrar
at the same time as he or she notifies his or he¡ intention to submit. The withholding of
such permission and the period of time involved shall be determined by the Board.
Examination of Thesis
19. (a) Candidates shall have the right to submit objections to the appointment of potential
examiners. Any such objections should be submitted to the Registrar at the same time as
the notification of intention to submit required under clause 17.
(b) The Board shall appoint two examiners wbo are external to the Univenity, taking
account of any objections raised under (a) and the recommendations of the Head of the
relevant Department.
(c) The examiners shall be requested to report in such form as the Board prescribes and to
recommend one of the alternatives listed in regulation 12.
(d) After consideration of the rcports of the examiners, the Board may appoint a third
external examiner and/or an external a¡bitrator.
General
20. When, in the opinion of the Board of Gmduate Studies, special circumstances exist, the
Council, on the recommendation of the Board of Graduate Studies in each case, may\¡âry
any of the provisions of clauses 1-19 above.
Note: (not forming part of the Schedules)
The Ph.D. is not available to extemal students. The University's ùnderstanding of the
character and function of this course is that a candidate undertaking ¡t will be part of the
University community, drawing from it and contributing to it. Consequently only persons
¡esident within the vicinity of Adelaide during their active candídature so that they are able
to readily and frequently attend the University, even if they are pursuing project work in
some other approved institution, will be accepted as candidates. It is possible for a
candidate to be "away from the Universit/'for legitimate academic reasons and for periods
tightly specified in the Regulations and Schedules, but only when such absences are
properly approved in advance and under anangements that ensure the candidate is at all
times "under the cont¡ol of the Universit¡r'. Nothing in the Regulations of Schedules
envisages any provision for extemal candidacy and no exceptions will be entertained.
724

GUIDELINES ON
RESEARCH AND
THESIS
INTRODUCTION
1. THE ENROLME¡{T PROCESS
l.l The decision to en¡ol
HIGHER DEGREES BY
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
several factors must be taken into account by a potential candidate and the Head of the
¡elevant Department bcfore the decision is made to enrol for a higher degree.
(a) Academic
(b) Finance
All degrees can s and, in the case of Masters degrees, on a
part-time basis it is po,ssible to be self_suppoiing while
en¡olled. The U Government each offers a limite¿ number
of Postgraduate scholarships annually which cover basic subsistence costs. Details of the
sch^olarships available may be obtained from the Scholarships officer in the Registrar's
Office.
Departments receive resea¡ch funding which is based (in part) on thc number of
postgraduate students enrolled in the Department, and the Department can thetefore
generally be exp€cted to províde equipment and funds for the research to bc caEied out. In
e of proposed research which every candidate is required to
the basis of both the academic acceptability of the project and
the Department and Faculty concerned.
rsity
asa
toa
725
¿
õ
.I
rrt
fJ
E'
rrr
c,
rrt =t
rlt
ct

Higher Degrees
(c) Choice of lîeld of study and supewisor
A person who is contemplating enrolling for a higher degree should discuss the proposed
candidature with the Head and members of the rcle\¡ant DePartment(s) (including the
postgraduate co¡rdinator if one has been appointed), and 3 decision must be made befo¡e
the commencement of the candidature on the general area of study and the supervisor(s) to
be appointed to guide the candidate in the research. Since it is impofant that the
supewisor is active in the general area of ¡esearch which is chosen, it is clear th¿t the
choice of the field of study and supervisor are ¡nter-related and therefore in practice
decisions on both matters will often need to be made together.
Guidelines for the supervision of higher degree candidates are outlined in section 2. It is
important to bear in mind the role the supewisor will play when the choice of supervisor is
being made. In particular, as much care as possible needs to be exe¡cised in matching
student and supe.rvisor to ensure that th€ personalities involved and the general approach
to the u/ork are compatible. Intending candidates may therefore find it useful to discuss
these issues and the general approach to supewision with potent¡al supervisors at the
outset. In any case, clear understandings on issues such as how closeþ the work is to be
supenised, the planned frequency of meetings between supewisors and candidates, the
expectation of such meetings and the nature and level of commentary on the various stages
of the wo¡k should be reached as soon as the supewisor has been appointed.
Where a student is to participate in a team project, the student's specific contribution to
the project and the relationship with other participants should be clarifred at the outset.
In making decisions on the appointment of supervisors, the Head of the Department
should also take into account the distribution of teaching, supervisory and administrative
duties and the possibility of absence by the supervisor on leave. It is often approPriate to
appoint more than one supewisor.
(d) Concise outline oi proposed research
Candidates are required to submit a concise outline of their PtoPosed resea¡ch on a form
available from Faculty Assistant Registrars within a period of time specified by each
Faculty. Some Faculties have specified that the outline must be submitted with the
enrolment form and the maximum period specified by any Faculty is six months f¡om the
date of candidature. In any event, every effort should be made to make a final decision as
early as possible. In making the decision, three main factors should be taken into account:
(i) The Head of Depafment should ensure,that the supewisor(s) are conversant with
the literatu¡e and methodologies of the research topic.
(ii) The Department (and Faculty) should have the resources available to support the
projcct. Where the project is dependent on resources provided f¡om sources beyond
the Department's control (e.g. outside grants or arrangements between other
departments) the candidate should be fully informed. A back-up should be created
wherever possible and the candidate should be made aware of the nature of the
back-up aÍangements.
(iii) The Head of Department and supewisor(s) should be confident that given ability
and hard work the candidate should be atile to complete the project in the time
available.
1.2 Enrolment
If further information or clarification of any matter is required before enrolment, ¡t can be
obtained from the Registrar's Office through the Scholarships Officer or the Assistant
Registrar of the Faculty concerned.
Enrolment forms are available from the Student Records Office, and should be completed
and returned either before or as soon as possible after the date on which work commences
for the degree.
726

13 Re-en¡olment
candidates are required to rc+nrol each year. Information concerning re+nrolment
procedures can be obtained from FacultyAssistant Registrars
2. ST]PERVISION AND THE RESEARCH PROCESS
Candidates ar€ ultimately responsible for their work towa¡ds a higher degree. Supervisors
a¡e apPointed to mic and pract¡cal ."rpõ"t. by iroviding
guidance in all m The funciion of the supewióiis not tõ
di¡ect the work t o but rather to providã a trained mind
upon which the candidatqs may test ideas and thus develop their owñ critical faculties.
Although styles of supewision vary widety, all supewisors have three basic responsibilities:
(i) First, supen'isors should be concerned and available to stimulate the candidate,s
intellectual and research potentiat by the ste
They should help candidates to dètermine
research; direct them to rclevant literature
project and offer advice on satisfactory s,ays
and implications of the research.
Candidates are exPected to be able to comprehend and read and write conversâtional and
non-technical English when they commence. Although it ¡s the candidates' responsibility to
ensure that such skills are. adequate, supewisors are expected to assess proficiency in
English expression within the qrst year õf candidature añd where approprìare to direcr
candidates to the course on English erçression given by the student coììseiting service.
(ii),As well as fulfilling their role in stimulating the resea¡ch supewisors should provide
guidance.to. ensure good Progress. The aim iJthe successful còmplction of ttre higtrer
degree within the period set down for candidature. The erection of alpropriate milestõnes
is a valuable exercise to perform at the outset and to review at variõus itages during the
quence of predictable components of
lays and for ¡eview and reassessment.
embarked upon it is advisable to give
* i"äåËiå"f; ilï#,iii;:,:Ì:
comprerion or a rhesis within the period or."n¿¡¿"t".1111,ï:åri1'r:lli"î,jl'Jåïåì::i
and appraisal of a candidate's work include participation in conferences ãnd seminar
P¡esentations.
(iii) Supervisors also have "administrative" responsibilities in relation to their students.
They may include supporting them in relationi with outside organisations and funding
ng appropriate acce.ss to Depafmental faci¡ities and reminding them of the
lly to advise the Rcgistrar of any changes in their candidaturã (e.g. change
change of supen'isor, request for leave to study elsewhete, request for
Where problems are e4perienced which cannot be resolved between the candidate and the
supewisor(s), alternative courìses of action should be discussed with the postgraduate coordinator
err *_!ele no postgraduate co-ordinator has been appointed, t-he d'epartmental
chairman. The,University requites each Department to review thè postgtaduate ivork being
conducted in that Department. This ¡eview must occr r at least on¿e fr
year and involvei
the Head or postgraduate co-ordinator inteniewing each po,stgraóuaté student in the
Department and discussing progress and problems. These interviein therefore provide one
context in which any problems can be resolved.
where problems are not resolved within the Department to the sâtisfaction of the
candidate, recourse is available through appeal to thè Boa¡d of Research Studies, which is
the committee charged with exercising an overview of postgraduate research work'. Advice
on such appeals can be obtained from appropriate Assista;t Registrars. It should be noted
that if at any stage of the work the Head considers that a candidáte's progress has not been
Higher Degrees
7n

Higher Degrees
satisfactory this will be reported to the Registrar for consideration by the Faculty which
may recommend to the Council that the candidature should be terminated.
3. COMPLETION
3.1 Planning
Early in the final year of candidature, students in disciplines where writing is an inlegral
part of the ¡esearch should have completed the first draft of the thesis, while students in
other disciplines should have completed their e4rerimental work or basic theoretical study
and have analped data which have been collected.
The actual writing of the thesis is the candidate's responsibility, although the supervisor(s)
can be expected to help formulate a plan for the thesis and to provide guidance as to the
most satisfactory way of pr€senting the l¡ndings of research in a form which clearly and
concisely conveys the results and implications of the rcsearch.
A list of useful guides and style manuals for theses may be obtained on request from the
Information Services Librarian of the BaÍ Smith Library.
3,2 Intermissions
If a candidate's wo¡k is intem¡pted for a significant lengh of time, an application for an
intermission of candidature should be made in s,riting to the Registrar. Such appliøtions
should be submitted as early as possible and should set out clearly the grounds for the
application and the likely duration of the intemrption. If an application is successful the
date of expiry of the cândidature will be adjusted by adding the period of the interñission.
33 Extensions
Sometimes a student may not be able to submit the thesis within the allotted time and in
such ci¡cumstances it will then be necessary to apply for an extension of candidature.
Applications for extensions should be made in wdting to the Registrar approximately three
months befo¡e the candidatur€ is due to expire, setting out the reåsons for the rcquest and
the expected date of submission. In the case of the Ph.D., a single extension for a period of
twelve months will normally be granted bu¡ after that time the candidature will be
suspended (see 3.5).'
3.4 Permission to write-up outside the University
Although the normal e)çectation ¡s that a candidate will complete the writing-up of the
thesis within the University (except for thosc degrees where there is provision for external
candidature), it will sometimes happen that a c¿ndidate who has completed the
experimental wo¡k and data collection for the thesis will wish to complete the writing-up
process outside the Univenity. In the case of the Ph.D. permission to do this will normally
be granted for a period of up to twelve months, after w-hich time the candidature will be
suspended (see 3.5).'
3.5 Suspension of candidature.
If a Ph.D. thesis has not been submitted by the prescribed date (i.e. either at the end of a
twelve months exte¡sion or at the end of the period allowed for writing-up outside the
Universiry) the candidature will be suspcnded. However, thcre is provision for a thesis to
be submitted after this date if a f¡nal draft *'hich has not dcparted from the original field of
study is approved by the Head of the relevant Department.
728

3.6 Notifïcation of intention lo submit and apprcval of cx¡miners
It is imPortant that a cåndidate notify the Registrar ¡n c¡r¡ting of intention to submit a
thesis approximately thrcc months beforc thc cqrccted date of submission, and eithe¡
include three copies of a summary of the thesis or forward them as 6oon as possible
thereafter. This makes it possible for examiners to bc appointed so that thcrc is no ãelay in
the examination Process once the thesis has been submittld. Candidates shall have the right
to submít objections to the appointment of potential examiners. Any such objections shoutd
bc submitted to the Registrar at the same time as the notificåtion of inteniion to submit.
C-¿ndidates do not have access to the names of examiners who are finally selected.
once this notification has been ¡eceived by the Registrar, the Head of the Department
concerned will be asked to nominate two examiners. It is erçected that the Head will
discuss the choice of examiners with both the supewisor and the c¿ndidate, but this must
be done in such a manner as to ensure that the identity of the examiners wùo are ultimately
chosen by the Heåd are not revealed to the cåndidate. In the event of a conflict between
the recommendations of the Head and the cåndidate, the matter will be rcferred to the
appropriate Faculty. If the Faculty endorses the Head's recommendation the Board of
udies'will be asked to make the decision.
D., the examiners chosen must be externalr to the University and should be
familiar with and normally active in the field of ¡esearch covered by the thesis.
candidates are e4)ected (see Appendix) to include in the thesis a sigred statement that
they are willing to make thc thesis availabte for photocopying and loan if it is accepted for
the awa¡d of the degree. However, there is provision for a candidate to be exemptèd from
this.requirement, and requests for such exemption should be made in writing to the
Registrar setting out clearly the reasons for the opposition, at the same time as noiiFtcation
is given of intention to submit.
3.7 Submission and examlnation of the thesis
Th¡ee bound copies of the thesis should be lodged with the appropriate Faculty Assistant
Registrar' Two of thesc will be sent to the examiners wittr a rèqueJt that they be returned
after examination. The examine¡s are asked to submit a recommendation on whether the
degree should be awarded, together with a general report on the thesis. These comments
will be made available to the candidate on rcquest, though the identity of the examinet will
not be revealed unless the examiner consents,
This examination process usualty is completed within three to four months, and if both
examiners make favourable recommendat¡ons, the c¿ndidate is notified that he or she has
qualified for the award of the degree within a few days of receipt of the second report. In
other cases the process witl inevitably take longer, although every effort is made to
minimize delays.
If the th_esis is accepted for the award of the degree, the Registrar will drstribute two copies
to_the university Library and one to the appropriate univenity Department for its library.
Often however, minor corrections are required to be made to thc thasis before this is donê,
and it is the responsibility of the candídate and supewisor(s) to ensure that this is done
promptly' In most cases the corrections are typographical and can be accomplished by
pasting an errata sheet into the back of the thesis,
once candidates have been advised that they have qualified for the award of the degree,
lhey
m,us! alply to have it conferred (if they wish) and forms for this purpose are
forwarded with the notification of the award.
¡Th¡s 8PP[q lo thc Ph.D. lt ¡l¡o çP¡¡ct ao Mætcr d€gË i! DOt bu¡ mt ¡lt f¡dllicr. Ma6tcB ddidsrq src sdvi¡rd
lo æEult thc sppop¡i¡te æt ol rcguht¡oü sÂd/or thc AsistEDt Rcgi¡tr ol thc ElmDt F8slty.
Higher Degrees
729

Higher Degrees
APPENDIX _ SPECIFICATIONS FOR THESIS
A1. PREPARATION
The responsibility for the layout of the thesis and selection of the t¡tle rests with the
candidate after discussion with the superuisor(s), and the completed thesis should be shown
to the supervisor(s) before submission.
The thesis should incorporate in the following order:
(i) A title page giving the title of the thesis in full, the name of the candidate, the name of
the Department(s) of the Univenity associated s'ith the c/o¡k and the date (month and
year) when submitted for the degree.
(ii) A table of contents.
(iii) An abstract of the thesis in not more than three hundred and fiftywords (see 3.6).
(iv) A signed statement to the effect that, (a) the thesis contains no material which has
been accepted for the award of any other degree or diploma in any University and that, to
the best of the candidate's knowledge and belief, the thesis contains no material previously
published or written by another peßon, except where due ¡eference is made in the text of
the thesis; and (b) the author consents to the thesis being made available for photocopying
and loan if applicable if accepted for the award of the degree (see 3.6).
(v) An acknowledgement of any help given or work carried out by any other person or
organisation.
(vi) The main text.
(vii) Appendices (if any).
(viii) Bibliography.
Additional pages or other material not suitab¡e for binding should be placed last and
treated as indicated in Aa(d).
The thesis title should be limited to 160 characters or less.
A2. TYPING
(a) A thesis should normally be typed on size A4 paper on one side of the paper onlys'ith
double spacing. Quotations and footnotes may be typed in single spacing. The top copy
should always be prepared on bond paper, either from a t¡pewriter, word p¡ocessor or
some other printing device which provides a relatively high quality 5pe face. Work
previously published, if submitted, may be in printed form. Other forms of presentation,
such as computer output microform and dot matrix printing, may be acceptable if approved
by the Librarian after discussion with the supe.rvisor.
Copytng of the top copy may be carried out by any copying method which provides a good
quality copy. Copies other than those produced via carbon paper at the time of typing the
copy should normally be on bond paper. Chemically coated paper will be acceptable for the
reproduction of theses only if it is known to provide a high quality original and long+erm
chemical stability. If copies are produced from electrostatic masters or litho-offset plates,
great care should be taken to ensure a clear black image with no smudging.
It is strongly recommended that theses be produced on acid-free paper in order to ensure
their long term conservation.
(b) Margins should not be less than 35 'mm on the left-hand side and 15 'mm on the
other three sides to allow for binding and trimming of an acceptable standard.
A3. DIAGRAMS AND FIGIJRES
The following are general suggestions for normal practice, but they may be varied in special
cases with the approvâl of the Librarian:
(a) Diagrams and figures, etc., should be preferably drawn or photographed on size A4
730

the appropriate place ¡n the text. If it is necessary to mount
nting should be on paper somewhat heavier than that ôf the othe¡
should be taken to avoid wrinkling the paper or distorting the shape
of the volume.
(b) Figures may be inserted in the appropriate place in the text.
(c) Tables should be inserted in the appropriate place in the text, except that lengrhy or
bulþ tables should appear as an appendix.
(d) Folded diagrams, maF, tables, etc., shourd read as right-hand pages when open.
supplementary material, such as folded maps and other largã folded sieãts and primary
data on microfiche may be placed in a pockei inside the back õover of the bound thesis.
A4. BINDING
(a) The thesis must be sewn and bound c¡ith cloth on stiff cove6. (A spring-t)?e or screwt¡'pe
binder is unacceptable. stapling and plastic or ,þrfect', uinàlng øtñoúi sewing are
also unacceptable.)
(b) During binding the edges should be trimmed.
(c) on the spine of the tbesis should be given, in gold lettering of suitable size, normally
reading from the.top to the bottom, the tille of thell esis, short-ened if necessary, followed
by the candidate's surname. rühere the width of the sfne allovs, the lette;íg may be
placed horizontally, with rhe tirle of the thesis near rhi top of the spine and càndidãte,s
surnarne neaf the middle.
(d) When published papers back of
the thesis as an appendix. may be
desirabte to bind them in a he¡ it is
desirable to keep them in a me of a
thesis.
Supplementary material such.as_folding maps and other large folded sheets and primary
data on microfiche may be placed in a pockei inside the back ðover of the bound theiis.
supplementary material such as microfilm which cannot readily be kept in a pocket should
be placed in a special case made and lettered to simulate a bound votu-me of tñe thesis.
In view of problems of long term storage stability, presentation of material in a form other
tl+ pdltgd copy or microform should not be cõntemplated wirhoui prior consultation
with the Librarian.
A suPPlementary case or additional volume of a thesis should bc distinguished by a volume
number but should otherc/ise be uniform u¡ith the first part of the'ihesis in respect to
colour, lettering and, as far as possible, size.
Higher Degrees
737

RULES
Rules for the University Library
Rules for !þe Waite Agricultural Resea¡ch
Institute Library ...........:...............
Laboratory Rules and Rules Applicable to
Students on University Premises
Rules for Students using the Economics
Faculty Computers
Rules for Students using the Napier Birks
Room
Rules of the Computing Annexes
Rules for the Conduct of Examinations .............
Rules Relating to Matriculation .............
Rules Relating to the Union Fee ...........................
741
743
743
144
7M
7ß
733
=)
L rrrt
v,

Rules
RULES
RT]LES FOR THE T]NIVERSITY LIBRARY
I. Defrnitions
1. In these Rules, unless the contrary intention appears:
"nominated officer" means a person nominated by the Librarian for the purposes ofthese
Rules, and notified in writing to the Registrar from time to time;
"Item" includes books, periodicals, newspapers, manuscripts, films, sound recodings,
musical scores, maps, plans, pictures, photographs, prints and other recorded material,
whether in writing or some other form;
"Librarian" means the University Librarian or nominated representat¡ve;
"the Libra4/' means those buildings or portions of buildings owned by the University
which permanently store the Librar/s collections of items, other than those buildings
situated at the Waite Agricultural Research Institute;
"Library Committee" mea¡s the University Library C.ommittee as constituted f¡om time to
time established by resolution of Council as a Sub-Committee of the Executive Committee
from 1 January 1988.
"Student" means any person other than a member of the academic staff of the University
or a full-time employee of the University, enrolled as a candidate for a degree or diploma
or for any course of study offered by the University for a degree or diploma;
"the Council" means the C.ouncil of the University pursuant to the University of Adelaide
Act,797l-1978;
"the Universit/' means the University of Adelaide as constituted and empowered by the
University of Adelaide Act, 1971.-L9'18.
II. Persons entitled to use the Library
2. The following persons are entitled to use the services of the Library
P¡esent and past members of the Council;
Members of the staff of the University including visiting staff;
students of the universitJ/;
G¡aduates of the University or of other tertiary educational institutions recognised by the
University;
Members of library staff of other institutions who are approved by the Librarian for the
provision of interJibrary services;
Staff and students of other institutions party to reciprocal agreements with the University
concerning use of the Library
Members of organisations assoc¡ated c¡ith the University as determined by the Library
Committee.
3. Other persons may be permitted by the Librarian to use the facilities of the Library
subject to conditions imposed by the Library Committee f¡om time to time.
4. The Library C-ommittee may determine f¡om time to time:
4.1. the categories of users who are entit¡ed for the time being to use the services and
facilities of the Library and
734

4.2. those services and facilities for the time being entitled to be used by the diffe¡ent
categories of user.
5. Fees
5-2.The Library committee, on the advice of the Librarian, may recommend to the council
the scale of any fees to be so charged.
6. hoof of Identity
6.1.. On demand by the Librarian o¡ a nominated officer of the Library any person
purpofing to be entitled to use the Library may be required to produce proof of iãentity
and user status.
6.2. Any such person refusing or neglecting to produce proof of identity may be required to
leave the Library premises.
6.3. Satisfactory proof of identity and user status may be determined from time to time by
the Librarian in consultation with the Library Committee.
6.4. It shall be a breach of these Rules for a person to produce false or misleading
identification as required by Rule 6.1.
6.5. A person whose Library bor¡ower's ca¡d is lost or stolen, or whose name as ¡eco¡ded
on the Lib¡ary bo¡rowe¡'s card is changed, shall notify the Librarian in writing of the loss,
theft or change of name, as the case may be, as soon as possible.
III. Hours of Opening
7.L. Subject to Rules'1.2,7.3,7.4, the hours of opening of the Library shall be such as are
determined by the Librarian following consultation with the Library Committee from time
to time.
7.2. Except on Public and university holidays the Library shall be open during the academic
terms, from at least 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday to Friday, unless the council otherwise
determines.
7.3. The hours of access of Library users to specific seMces and facilities provided by the
Library shall be determined by the Lib¡arian following consultation wirh rhe Liúrary
Committee.
7.4. T1,le Librarian or a nominated offìce¡ of the Library may order the closure of the
Library in any situation which he or she judges to present a danger to the Library, ¡ts staff
or users.
7.5. users of the Library (other than membe¡s of the council, staff or students of the
University) may, at the discretion of the Lib¡arian following consultation y/ith the Library
comnrittee, be ¡efused the use of the Library at certain hours if their presence may
prejudice the rights of the staff or students of the University.
IY. Conduct ofpersons in the Library
8. No person shall ¡emove any book or other item from the Library nor attempt to leave
the Library while in possession of any book or other item belonging to the Librãry except
in accordance \¡¡ith the provisions of Part VI of these Rules.
9. No person shall unreasonably interfere with the work or comfort of another person in
the Library, by the creation of undue noise, physical violence or by any other unrèasonable
means whatsoever.
10. No person shall bring a bag, case or similar container into the Library \¡/ithout the
permission of the Librarian. The Lib¡arian and nominated officers of the Library shall have
735
Rules

Rules
the power to require a person to open for inqxction any bag, case or similar container that
has been brought into the Library by that person.
11. Where the Librarian or other nominated officer of the Library has reasonable grounds
to suspect that a breach of thesc Rules is being committed he or she has the Power to
requirè that any pe.rson who is entering or attempting to enter, is present in, or is leaving or
attempting to leave the Library shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Librarian or
nominated office¡ that he or she is not in possession of any books or other item(s) of
Library property.
12. No person shall, except with the permission of the Librarian, bring food or drink into
the Library. No person shall smoke or consume food or drink in the Library, excePt in
those a¡eas prescribed by the Librarian.
13. No person may intentionally misplace, misuse, damage or attemPt to damage any book
or other item, or any Library fumiturc or other equipment whatsoever. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the removal of pages, erasure of recordingÞ, the making of
marks or writing in any Library book or other item constitutes a breach of this Rule.
14. No person shall bring into ammable material or other weapon
with the propensity to cause d the Library. Ary item brought into
the Library in breach of this by the Librarian or a nominated
officer of the Library.
15. No person may remove an item from, misFrle, or otherwise alter a record in a catalogue,
file or list of the Library except for members of the Library staff in the coùrse of their
Iibrary duties.
16. No person may alter, interfere with, communicate to any person, or otherwise make use
of confidential information contained in the records of the Library.
L7. A person:
17.1. may not rese¡ve in adr"ance a seât in the Library
1?.2. who is absent frcm a s€at for more than thirty (30) minutes forfeits any right to
occupy that seat and any books or other items o¡ materials may be removed from the
associated table or carrel and the seat occupied by another person.
18. No users of the Library shall enter those areas of the Library designated by the
Lib¡arian not for public access, unless accompanied by a member of the Library staff'
L9. Except with the approval of the Librarian or nominated officer of the Library, no
broadsheets, handbills, newspapers or other material not official notes of the Lib¡ary or the
University, may be distributed or displayed within the Library.
20. No penon shall obtain or attempt to obtain or retain by false Pretence a book or other
item from the Library for use or intended use inside o¡ outside the Library.
21. No person shall act in contravention of the Rules specified in Schedule A in relation to
the conduct of users in particular sections of the Library.
V. Copyrþht Act 19ó8 (as amended)
22. A person shall not use a copying machine in any manner that infringes the CoPyright
Act, 1968 (as amended).
VI. Borrowing of Items from the Library
23. Recording of loans
23.1. The loan of each item shall be recorded in a manner approved by the Librarian.
23.2. No item shall be removed f¡om the Library under any circumstances, until so
recorded,
24. An item:
24.1. betonging to the Library may be lodged in a Department of the University with the
permission of the Librarian;
24.2. lodged in a Department in accordance with Rule ?AJ rnay not be boÍowed for use
outside that Department unless the loan is recorded in the Library.
736

á.Loss, damage or non-reatm etc. ol borowed items
25.L. A borrowe¡ of an item is responsible for any loss of or damage to the item which may
occur during the period the ¡tem is on loan.
?5.2. l¡ ¡he event of loss, damage or non-rcturn of a borrowed item, the borrower may be
required to pay the cost of the Library's repair or replaccment of the item, including a non-
¡efundable handling chargc in respcct of each item of the notice.
25.3. The handling charge shalt be determined by the Library committee f¡om time to time
on the advice of the Librarian in relation to the costs involved in the procedures of repair,
replacement or retrieval as specified in Schedule B to these Rules.
25.4. Borrowing rights may be suspended by determination of the Librarian from the date
on which a notice requiring such payment is given until the date on which the notice is met
by full payment or until the return in good condition of each item detailed on the notice
together with payment of the handling charge specified therein and until a suspension of
borrowing privileges as determined under Rule 32.2has been served.
26. No item may be bonowed until it has been av-ailable to users in the Library for a period
of at least seven (7) days.
27. Period ofl-oan
27.1.'r\e Library committee may from time to time determine the period of loan for each
class of item and each category of borrower, as set out in schedule C to these Rules.
27.2.ltems on loan may be recalled by the Librarian at any time.
27.3. The ubrarian or a nominated officer of the Library may approve a diffe¡ent toan
period on application by a borrower.
28. Specified items to which access has been limited by donors and others shall not be
bor¡owed from the Library without the app¡oval of the Librarian or a nominated officer of
the Library. The Librarian may consult with the Library comm¡ttee or other specified
Committee or person before granting such approval.
29. Delivery or postage of a notice to the last known University or residential address of a
bor¡ower is deemed to be good service of that notice for the pu¡pose of these Rules.
31. Number of items which may be bonowed
eemed to be returned to the Library until it has been received at
points. It is the responsibility of the borrower to ensùre that an
ibrary is returned to an official return point.
31.1. The¡e shall be restrictions on the total number of items which may be borrowed by
each category of bor¡ower set out in Schedule C to these Rules.
31.2. The Library committee shal¡ determine the numbe¡ of items which may be borrowed
by each category of borrower, by categories of borrower as set out in ScheduÍe c from time
to time.
31.3. The Librarian may perm¡t a bor¡ower to boÍow more than the maximum number of
items, for a specified period.
32. Denrcit Poins
32.1. A borrower who fails to return an item by the expiration of the loan period shall be
awarded demerit points as determined by the Library committee in aõco¡dance with
Schedule D to these Rules.
D.
been awarded a total number of demerit points as determined
hat person shall be liable to suspension of his or her borrowing
. Details of the demerit po¡nts scheme a¡c set out in Schedule
32.3. A from the Library
shall be 30 and 32, unless
iïåî.
in writing to the
32.4. T-he Lib¡arian may exclude the op€ration of Rute 32.3, or reduce the number of
737
Rules

Rules
demerit points accrued to a person under that Rule, if in his opinion the application of that
Rule to the person would be unfair in the circumstances.
32.5. Rule 32.3 does not affect any liabitity under these Rules for a person who uses a
Library borrower's card in the name of another person to bom¡u¡ an item f¡om the Library.
VII. Breaches of these Rules
33. Exclusion from tlrc Ubrary
33.1. A person who commits a breach or who is reasonably suspected of having committed
a breach of Rules 8,9, L2,13, 14, 15, 18 or 19, may be removed or excluded from the
Library by the Librarian or a nominated office¡ of the L¡brary for a period of up to 24
hours.
33.2. Written not¡ce of such exclusion shall, within 24 hours, be given to the Libmrian.
33.3. Any such exclusion shall be in addition to any penalty which may be imposed under
paragraph 3ó of these Rules.
34. Tbere shall be a Library Rules Tribunal constituted as follou,s:
34.1. Three rnembe¡s of the Library Committee (other than the Librarian and the
Chairman of the Library Committee) elected by the Library Committee at the first meeting
in each year, for a period of one year, one of whom is a member of the academic stafl, one
a postgraduate or undergraduate student, and onc a member of the Library staff.
A.2. T-he Library Rules Tribunal shall elect its own Chairman from amongst the
membership of the Tribunal.
3.3. Casual vacancies shall be filled at the next meeting of the Library Committee and
members so appointed hold office for the remainder of the term of the original meniber.
A.4. ^t\e hearings of the Library Rules Tribunal shall be open to obse¡vers subject to a
contrary determination of the Tribunal.
35. Iurkdiction
35.1. The Library Rules Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to hear appeals by borrowers
against the suspension of their borrowing rights.
35.1.1. The Library Rules Tribunal may confirm, reduce or cancel the suspension of
borrowing rights.
35.1.2. Such a decision of the Tribunal is final and no further right of appeal shall lie to the
Board of Conduct pursuant to clause 4(a) of Chapter XII of the Statutes.
35.2. The Library Rules Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to heår complaints brought by the
Librarian or the Chairman ôf the Library C-ommittee against a user as defined in paragraph
2 of these Rules, for breach of any Statute, Regulation or Rule of the University AND in
regard to a student of the University the Library Rules Tribunal shall have further
jurisdiction to hear such complaints for breach of any By-law of the University regulating,
directly or indirectly, conduct in or use of the Library or of any item borrowed from the
Library.
35.3. In exercising the jurisdiction confer¡ed by Rule 35.2, in regard to a student of the
University the Library Rules Tribunal shall be a lower tribunal with¡n the meaning of
clause 8 of Chapter XII of the Statutes.
36. The Library Rules Tribunal may, on determining that a Person is guilty of the
misconduct or breach alleged, impose the following penalties (which may be cumulative):
36.1. A caution;
36.2. A reprimand;
36.3. A fine of not more than $20 for each offence;
36.4. Suspension for a period of not more than æ days of the right to use the Library
36.5. Suspend the person's right to use any service or facility provided by the Library or
borrow from the Library for a period not exceeding 28 days;
36.6.Yary the person's borrowing rights for a period not exceeding 28 days;
738

36.7. Restrict the person's use of some part or parts of the Libraq/s collection for a pèriod
not exceeding 28 days;
3ó.8. Restrict the person's hours of use of the Libr¿ry for a period not exceeding 28 days;
36.9. Restrict the person's use of one or mo¡e servicc or facilities provided by the Library
for a period not exceeding 28 days;
3ó.10. Require the p€rson to pay the cost of repair or replacement of any item damaged or
destroyed, including a non-refundable handling charge, as set out in Schedule B.
37. Any penalty imposed by the Library Rules Tribunal shall forthwith be reported in
writing to the Council for approval.
38. In those cases where:
38.1. a breach(es) of these Rules has resulted in damage or destruction to any item in the
Library which has a replacement value greater than the sum set out in Schedule E to these
Rules, which sum shall be determined by the Library Committee; or
38.2. when a further breach of these Rules is committed by a person while still under
penalty for a previous breach; or
38.3. when the offence involves items ofsuch raritythan the item is irreplaceable;
the Librarian shall bring a complaint to the Registrar.
VIII. Determination of the Library Committee
39. All amendments to the Schedules to these Rules shall be reported to the Councit of the
University as soon as possible thereafter and shall be published in appropriate publications
of the University.
SCHEDULES TO THE LIBRARY RI,JLES
These schedules are subject to amendment from time to time; cur¡ent information is
available f¡om the Library Information Desk.
Schedule A
Refe¡ence: R¡le 21,londuct of Users in Panicular Sections of the Library's Collectíons
Schedule B
Reference: Rule 2í.}-Payment of fupiation Fees
Schedule C
Reference: RuIe 27-Period of Loan (See next page).
Schedule D
Reference: Rule 32.7-Demerit Poins Sch¿me
Schedule E
Reference: Rule 38-{ornplains to the Registtar
739
Rules

Rules
RULES FOR THE WAITE AGRICULTTJRAL RESEARCH
INSTITUTE LIBRARY
De{initions
In these rules, unless the contrary intention appears:
"Item" includes books, journals, newspapers, atlases, microforms and other recorded
material c/hether in printed or other form;
"Lib¡arian" means the Wa¡te Institute Librarian or nominated representative;
"Student" means any pelson other than a member of the academic staff of the Universiry
or a full-time employee of the University, enrolled as a candidate for a degree or a diploma
or for any course of study offered by the University for a degree or diploma.
L Hours of Opening
1.. The hours of opening are as stated for the Bar¡ Smith Library, with certain extensions
following recommendations by the Waite Institute Library Committee.
IL Persons Entitled to Use the Library
2. Members of the staff and students of the University of Adelaide.
3. In addition, staff of equivalent status of the Austral¡an Wine Research Institute and the
CSIRO Divisions of the Waite Institute C-ampus and any such persons as the Librarian may
from time to time approve.
4. Any person using the Library may be required to prodùce proof of identity and status.
5. A person whose library borrower's card is lost or stolen, or whose name as recorded on
the Library bor¡owe¡'s card is changed, shall notify the Lib¡arian of the loss, theft or
change of name, as the case may be, as soon as possible.
6. Fees
The Waile Institute Library Committee on the advice of the Librarian may determine that
fees be charged for any service or facility provided by the Library to staff and students of
the University. All other users of the Library facilities may be required to pay such fees for
services or facilities provided by the Library as determined by the Waite Institute Library
Committee from time to time.
III. Conducl of Users
5. No user shall remove any items from the Library without authorisation from a Library
staff menber.
6. No user shall cause unnecessary noise or interfere with the comfort of othe¡s.
7. No user shall cause damage in the Library or disfigure any publication or other such
item,
8. No user shall take any bag or case into the Library.
9. No user shall leave personal effects ¡n the Library at any time.
10. No user shall eat or drink in the Library.
11. No smoking is permitted in the Library.
IV. Rules for Borrowing
12. All loans are issued from the Library Enquiry C-ounter and recorded in a manner
approved by the Librarian.
740

13. Items specified as restricted, unbound journals and items from special collections may
not be taken on loan except under conditions approved by the Librarian.
14, Staff of the bor¡ow book for a
first instance wi loan on rcque6t or
discretion of th f a four week loan
available if there has been no other application for the item. Bound joumals may be
bor¡owed for seven dap with onc renewal of seven days if there hai been no óthe¡
application for the item.
15. Postgraduate students may borrow books for a period of four weeks in the first instance
ks if there has been no other application for the item. Bound
for seven days with one ¡enewal of seven days if there has
the ¡tem.
16. undergraduate students may borrow booki for a period of four weeks in the first
instance with one renewal of four weeks if there has been no other application for the item.
17. Persons not in any of the above categories, but approved by the Librarian, may borrow
books for four weeks with one ¡enewal of four weeks if no other application for the item;
and bound journals for a period of seven days with one renewal of sèven days if there has
been no other appl¡cation for the item.
18. Every person entitled to boÍow will be required to produce the official identification
ca¡d issued by either the Waite Institute Library or the Barr Smith Library.
19. The Library may recall any item at any time and it must be returned by the date so
specified.
20. A borrower of an item shall be held responsible for any loss, damage or non-return of
the item which occurs while the item is on loan and shall be required to pay the full cost of
replacing or repairing such an item.
21. The council may vary any of the foregoing rules at any time either in specific cases or
generally.
I,ABORATORY RTJLES AND RTJLES APPLICABLE TO STUDENTS
ON T]NTVERSITY PREMISES
A. General
1. The attention of all students is drawn to the by-laws made under the university of
Adelaide Act, 1935-1964, and The University of Adelaide Act, 1971-1978, which are
published in the university c-alendar (volume I) and are exhibited on notice boards
throughout the University.
pe.rson unless the Council shall othernise determine.
3. The possession of fireworks, home-made explosives or explosive material of any kind on
the University grounds or in any Univenity building is forbidden.
741
Rules

Rules
B. l¿boratories
1. For students taking regular courses involving laboratory work in the University an
appropriate laboratory will be open daily during term time (Saturdays and holidays
excepted) at such hours as shall be considered necessary by the Head of the department
concerned. Persons engaged in advanced work or original research may work at such
additional times as the Head of the department may arange.
2. The facilities of a laboratory will also be made available for original research carried on
by students or graduatqs not proceeding to a degree in the University at such times and
under such conditions as the Chairman of the department may determine; the fee for use
of a laboratory and its facilities, and the charges for materials, to be determined in each
case.
3. Whenever necessary and possible, all students will have a definite working place and
locke¡ or drawer assigned to them, which they may not change without permission. To
avoid congestion, students should not move about the laboratories unnecessarily.
4. Paper and ¡efuse of any kind must be placed in the receptacles provided for tbe purpose.
No solid material of any kind shall be thrown into sinks.
5. Students are responsible for the cleanliness of their apparatus and work places or
benches, which must be left clean and tidy after each practical session.
6. All preparations and equipment made f¡om materials supplied by the University shall
remain the property of the University.
7. Lalge or expensive pieces of apparatus will be supplied for use by students only on
condition that any damage or bteakage is to be made good by the student causing the
damage or breakage, on such basis as the Head of the department may determine.
8. No experiments of a dangerous nature may be pcrformed without the express sanction of
the Head of the department concerned.
9. Any accident mùst be reported at once to the person currently in charge of the
laboratory.
10. The Chairman of a department may impose a fine not exceeding $10 for any breach of
discipline, ririsconduct, misuse of apparatus or reagents, or vr'aste of gas, rvater or electricify.
The department head shall report in writing to the Registrar the amount of such fine, and
the ¡eason for it; and the fine shall be paid to the Registrar within seven days of the time of
its imposition.
Rules appped by the Council, April, 1958.
RULES FOR STUDENTS USING THE ECONOMICS AND
COMMERCE FÀCTJLTY COMPUTERS
l. Studens must abide by the Universitys rules goveming student use of computer
facilities.
2. The facilities are to be used only by authorized Economics or Comme¡ce students.
3. Softwa¡e can not be copied unless prior permission is granted.
4. Discs and Handbooks must not be removed from the l-aboratories.
5. Ext¡a-curricular software is not to be used without prior permission.
6. Smoking is not permitted.
7. Neither food nor drinks are to be brought into the l:boratory.
8. Each user is responsible for his or her litter. Throw it in the bin.
9. Users must refrain from conduct which will prevent the effective use of the laboratory
by others.
742

Students are reminded that the compùter ¡ooms are study areas not a social gathering
place. Have regard for the comfort and convenience of others.
Hours of operation during semester
Tuesday
Wednesday
Friday
Saturday.,...................
Sunday........................
Public Holidays
During Vacation
Semester Breaks
9amto9pm
9amto9pm
9amto9pm
9amto9pm
9amto5pm
9 am to noon
Closed
Closed
9amto5pm
RULES FOR STUDENTS USINGTHE NAPIER BIRKS ROOM
1. Conduct ofusers
The room is to be used for purposes of study only. Users must ref¡ain f¡om conduct which
will prevent the effective us€ of the ¡oom by others.
2. Persons entitled to use the room
The room is available for use only by students enrolled for second-year or subsequent
subjects in the Departments of Economics and Commerce.
3. Times of use
The room shall be open at such times as may be determined by the Dean of the Faculty of
Economics and Commerce in consultation with the Faculty. +
4. Use ofbooks, periodicals, statistical mater¡al
All such material must be returned to the desk of the Librarian afte¡ use.
In no circumstances may such material be removed from the room.
5. General
Any student not observing the above rules shall be subject to disciplinary action.
+Moû. ¡o Fri.9.00 8,m. to 5 p.D, aDd Wcd.5.m p,D, to 8.00 p.m.
RT]LES OF THE COMPTITING ANNEXES
1. General
Computing facilities provided by the University for students are primarily for use in
association with a coù¡se of study and activities related to that course.
It is expected that all students will make use of Unive¡sity compùting facilities in a manner
which is ethical, Iegal and does not interfere vrith use by others.
743
Rules

Rules
Failure to abide by the follos'ing rules will be treåted as misconduct and may result in
disciplinary action.
2. Rules for students
(a) You may use only those facilities which havc been authorized for your use. If access is
protected by a passwod, you may not make this password ar"ailable to others. You may not
use any account set up for another user, nor may you attempt to find out the password of
another user.
(b) You may only use authorized facilities for authorized purposes. For example, facilities
made available for learning and teaching may not be used for private purposes.
(c) You may not copy ANY software unless it is your own, or it is public domain software,
or the copying has been authorized by the University. In practice, there c¡ill be very few
situatlons in which it is permitted to copy software. If in doubt, DO NOT COFí.
(d) You may not attempt to copy information belonging to other users (whether they be
staff, students or others) without their express pcrmission.
(e) You may not attempt to interfere with the operation of computing faciliries.
(f) You may not attempt to subvert the security of any of the UniversiSs computing
facilities.
(g) You may not use the University's computing facilities to send obscene, offensive or
harassing messages.
3. Breach of Rules
(a) Failure to obsewe these requirements could mean that an action for misconduct will be
brought against you. The University's Board of Conduct has the power to impose a fine of
up to $100 or suspend a student's right to use any University facility for up to one year. It
can also recommend to Council that a student be suspended or expelled from the
Universit¡r.
(b) Misconduct that amounts to sexual harassment may be dealt with by the Univenity's
Sexual Harassment Committee. Some types of harassment or offensive conduct may be in
breach of the Equal Opportunities Act.
(c) Some forms of conduct may be criminal offences. These include hacking, theft, and
unauthorized copying. Using a password protected computer system without authority
could result in a fine of up to $2000 and imprisonment. Sending an offensive message may
also be a criminal offence.
(d) Some conduct, in particular unauthorized copfng, could result in cMl legal action being
taken against you.
(e) Academic staff have a general power to dismiss students from their classes if they
consider the student is disrupting the class; and a Head of department may exclude any
student from any class in that department "for any cause he or she shall deem sufficient,'.
(Such exclusion may be reversed, varied or confirmed by University Council.)
(F) Breaches or suspected breaches of the rules should be repofed to a supe¡visor, the
Head of the relevant l,ocal Management Group, or the Director, Information Technology
Division.
RTJLES FOR THE CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS
1. No candidate shall enter the examination room during any examination more than forty
minutes after the time fixed for the beginning of the reading period of the examination
except u¡ith the consent of a Supervisor.
2. No candidate shall be allowed to leave the examination room during any examination
744

efore forty minutes have ela¡xed from the commencement of the reading period of the
examination except u/ith the consent of a Supervrsor.
3.L. A candidate who wishes to leave the room temporarily must obtain the consent of a
Supewisor befote doing so.
3.2. A candidate who leaves thc cxamination room may be permitted to ¡eturn to it during
that exam¡nation only at the absolute discretion of a Superviìor.
4.1. when the five-minute warning before the end of the examination is given, all
candidates shall remain seated until their examination pape¡s have been collected.
4.2. All candidates shall remain seated until all examination papers have been collected and
an announcement is made by a Supewisor that candidates may leave the rcom.
5. The attention of candidates is drawn to the following provisions of the Statutes, Chaptet
XVII-æf Examinations and Assessment:
"2. No candidate shall during any examination:
(a) have in his or her possession any material other than material which the examiner has
specified may be taken into an examination room in the subject concerned;
(b) provide assistance to or communicate with any other candidate unless expressty
approved by the examiner;
(c) accept assistance frorir any other candidate unless such assistance has been expressly
approved by the examiner;
(d) permit any other candidate to read, copy from or use his or her examination paper,
unless expressly approved by the examiner;
(e) use any othe¡ material of another candidate unless expressly approved by the examiner;
(f) by any other means whatever except as approved by the examine¡ obtain o¡ endeavour
to obtain assistance in his or herwork, or give or endeavou¡ to give assistance to any othe¡
candidate;
(g) contravene any Rules approved by the council for the conduct of candidates at
examinations;
(h) cause any disturbance or be guilty of any other conduct tikely to distu¡b any other
candidate or candidates; or
O
be guilty of any other act of misconduct, as defined in chapter xII of the university
Statutes.
3. Except by specific request of the examiner concerned no candidate may communicate
with an examiner in regard to any material relating to an examination between the holding
of the examination and the publication of the examination results.
4. Any candidate who has an enquiry regarding an examination shall direct that enquiry in
ì¡/riting to the Regist¡ar.
5' If a Senior Examination Supervisor has reason to believe that a candidate has committed
or is attempting to commit a breach of the provisions of either clause 2 or clause 3, the
Senio¡ Examination supervisor shall immediately warn the candidate and as soon as
possible shall report the matter to the Registrar.
10. In addition to any other pena¡ty rhat may be imposed a candidate who is guilty of a
breach of clause 2 may be required by the senior Examination supervisor to teave the
examination room. If the candidate does not thereupon immediately ¡eave the examination
room the senior Examination supervisor, with such asslstance fiom other p€rsons as the
senior Examination supervisor thinks fit to require, may remove the candidate from the
examination room.
12. The Senior Examination supenrisor may take possession of any material brought inro
an examination room in contravention of clause 2(a).,'
745
Rules

Rules
RULES RELATING TO MATRICT]I.ATION
heamble: The previous rules are repealed and the following rules are hereby made.
1. Matriculation Examination
The following examinations shall be recognised as the Universit¡/s matriculation examination:
The Year 12 Public Examination conducted by the Senior Secondary Assessment Board of
South Australia.
The Vctorian Certificate of Education examined by the Victorian Curriculum and
Assessment Boa¡d in those subjects included in group l(ii) of Rule 2.
The New South rù/ales Higher School CeliFrcate Examination examined by the New South
Wales Board of Senior School Studies in those subjects included in group l(iii) of Rule 2.
2. Subjects
The subjects available at the matriculation examination shall be placed in three groups as
follows:
Group I
(i) Those publicty øcamined by the Senior Secondary Assessment Boaù of South Australia.
Accounting, American History, Ancient History Alt, Australian History Austmlian
Society, Modern Standard Chinese, Classical Studies, Dance Performance and Theory
Drama, Dutch, Economics, English, English as a Second l:nguage, French, Ceognph¡
German, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Khmer, latin, LaMan, Iægal Studies,
Lithuanian, Malaysian, Medieval History Modem European History Modern Greek,
Modern World History, Music of History and Literature, Music-Performance and Theory,
Polish, Politics, Religion Studies, Russian, Spanish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese.
(ii) Those aømined by the Victorian Cuniculum and Assessment Board.
Ancient Greek, English as a Second language (before 198ó), Classical and Modern Hebrew
and Se¡bo-Croatian.
(är) Those uamined by the New South Wales Board of Senior Scløol Srudies.
Croa tian, Estonian, Serbian.
Group II
Those publicly acamined by the Senior Secondary Assessment Board of South Awtalia.
Agricultural Science, Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics I, Mathematics II,
Mathenratics IS, Physics.
Croup III
Those publicly øcamined by the Senior Secondary Assessment Boatd of South Australia.
[No subjects have yet been approved in this Group. Proposals for subjects in this Group
are in abeyance, pending the completion of a Government Inquiry.l
3. Educational Requirements for Matriculation
(a) To fulfil the educat¡onal requirements for matriculation a candidate shall:
(i) if qualifyingin l9ll7 or earlier present at one matricùlation examination at least hve
subjects which sâtisfy the conditions in Rules 4,5 and 7; or
(ii) if qualiflng in 1988 or a subsequent year either pteseÃa at one matriculation
examination at least hve subjects which satisS the conditions in Rules 4, 5 ali'd 7 or
present at one matriculation examination at least five subjects and present at the
following matriculation examination such subjects as will allow him or her to
accumulate a total of at least five subjects which satisfy the conditions in Rules 4, 5
and 7.
(b) A candidate will only be deemed to have presented a subject for mat¡iculation pu{poses
if he or she obtains a scaled score greater than ze¡o in that subject.
746

4. Grouping Requiremenls
A candidate must present at least one subject from Group I and at least one subject from
Group_II. For the purposes of Rule 7 a candidate may not present more than one subjecf
from Group IIL
5. Unacceptable Combinations ol Subjects
(i) Not more than two of the following subjects shall be counted:
American History
Ancient History
Australian History
Medieval History
Modern European History
Modem World History
(ii) Ancient History and Classical Studies shall not both be counted;
(iii) Modern European History and Modern World History shall not both be counted;
(iv) Malaysian and Indonesian shall not both be counted;
(v) A candidate counting Mathematics IS shall ne¡ther count Mathematics I nor
Mathematics II.
(vi) Not more than one of the three subjects Croatian, Se¡öian and SerboC¡oatian shall be
counted;
6, Scaling
The examination ¡esults ofcandidates shall be scaled according to p¡ocedures approved by
the Council.
7. Aggregate Score
A candidate must attain in the subjects prescribed in Rule 3 a minimum aggl.egate sco¡e as
determined by Council from time to time and calculated as in Rufe 9.
(The minimum aggregate score for 1991 is 59.)
8. English Expression
Sce note below.
9. Calculation ofAggregate Score
as the aggregate of the highest five scaled scores in
Rules 4 and 5 provided that candidates qualiflng
ng the same subject twice will be credited only with
10, Bducalional Requirernents for Special Matriculation
(i) To fulfil the educational requirements for special Matriculation a candidate shall:
the age oÍ twenty years or have not undmak¿n full-time
of two years before 1 January of the year in which they takz
(1) Present at not more than three matric;lation examinations a total of at least f¡ve
subjects which satisfy the conditions of Rule 5 and which include at least one from Group I
and at least one f¡om Group II; and
(2) attain in the best five subjects prescribed in Rule 10(i)(a)(1) and nor including more
than one subject from Group III a minimum aggregate score as determ¡ned by council
f¡om time to time.
(fhe minimum aggregate sco¡e for lÐf is 59.)
74t
Rules

Rules
(b) For those who hove atnined th¿ age of Nenty-nine years before 1 fanuary of the year in
which tlrq take th¿ir final matriculation subject:
(1) Present at not morc than three matriculation examinations a total of at least four
subjects which sat¡sfy the conditions in Rule 5;
(2) attain in the best four subjects prescribed in Rule 10(i)(b)(1) and not includ¡ng more
than one subject from Group III a minimum score as determined by the Council
from time to time.
^ggregaae
(fhe minimum aggregate score for 1991, ís 47.2.)
(ii) A candidate may not count tos,ä¡ds Special Matriculation the results of any subjects
. completed in the final year of full-time secondary education.
(iii) A candidate presenting the same subject more than once will be credited only with the
highest score for that subject.
Note: Proposals for a po.ssible English expression requirement are ¡n abe)¡ance pending a
Government Inquiry.
RULES RELATING TO THE TJNION STATTITORY FEES
1. Every student of the University shall pay the following fees fo¡ membership of the
Adelaide University Union as prescribed by the Council.
(a) An entrance fee in the first year of enrolment
(b) An annual fee (Union Statutory Fee)
fie schedule of fees payable each year shall be set out in that section of Volume II of the
University Calendar entitled "Information for Students".
2. 11 any of the fees remain unpaid by 31 March, the students concerned shall each be
required to pay an additional late fee.
The late fee payable each yeai shall be set out in that section of Volume II of the
University Calendar entitled "Information for Students".
3. The entrance fee and annual fee shall be collected from each student at the time of
en¡olment for cou¡ses. The University shall account to the Union for all such fees collected
and the Union shall submit to the University audited annual statements of income and
expenditure.
4. The Council may reduce o¡ demit any of the foregoing fees or grant an extension of time
in which to pay the fees. .
748

TIME-TABLES FOR I99I
NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten
minutes past the hour shown in the t¡me-tables (including those
shown as 12 noon).
Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the times shown
in the time-tables.
All lectures are of fifty minutes du¡ation.
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURAL
AND NATURAL RESOURCE SCIENCES:
Courses at Roseworthy Campus (see note p. ?50)
FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE AND
PI-ANNING
BÁrch. (see note p.750)
B.Arch.St.
FACULTY OFARTS:
8A. ...........................
Grad.Dip.Ed.
FACULTY OF DENTISTRY
B.D.S. (see note p. ?50)
FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND
COMMERCE:
B.Ec., B.Com., M.BA. (see note p. 750)
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING:
FACULTY OF I-AW
LL.B. (see note p.750)
FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAI,
AND COMPUTER SCIENCES:
B.Sc. 7ß
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
M.8., B.S. (see note p.750)
757
752
755
763
=
=FN
¡
{
Þ
EE,
lrrt
U)

Time-tables
1991
750
FACULTY OF PERFORMING ARTS:
B.Mus., B.Mus.(Perf.) (see note below)
FACULTY OF SCIENCE:
8.Sc.................. 775
I-ATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING
LECTURES:
Faculty of Arts 787
The following time-tables are available during the
enrolment period.
Agricultural and Natural Resource Scienccs -
(A.Dip.App.Sc. (AP)), (A.Dip.{pp.Sc.(FÌvr),
(A.DipApp.Sc.(HM), (A.Dip.Wine Mark.),
(BApp.Sc.(Ag.), (BApp.Sc.(N.R Man't)),
(BApp.Sc.(Wine Sc.)), (Grad.DipAg.),
(Grad.Dip.Nat.Res.), (Grad.Dip.Wine) -
Roseworthy Campus, Student Record OfFrce.
Architecture and Planning (B-Alch.) - A¡chitecture
and Planning Faculty Oflice
Dentistry (B.D.S.) - Dentistry Faculty Office
Economics and Commerce (B.Ec., B.Comm.) -
Economics and Commerce Faculty Office; (M.BA.)
- Graduate School of Management from January,
1991
I-aw (LL.B.) - l¡w School Office.
Medicine (M.8., B.S.F Medicâl Faculty Office
Performing Arts (B.Mus., B.Mus.Perf.) - Elder
Conservatorium Office in January, 1991

S€mesler
. Time-tables
I 991
FACTJLTY OF AGRICT'LTURAL AND NATURAL RESOURCE
SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF AGRICI.]LTURAL SCIENCE
NOTE: It is anticipated that this will be the Iævel I Agricultural Science timetable bur
students are advised to check at Enrolment whether any changes to the timetable
have been made which may affect study programmes.
LEVEL I SUBJECTS &¿ u¡dcr th. FaolÌica oI Eæ¡omis and Comec, Mathemtiøl rnd cobpute! scien€ ard scicne
respedively.
II
l
Syllabus
No.
u18
5339
Ag¡icultuEJ EæÂomi6 l-
Irctw
Tulori¡: alterutiv6
Gælo$¡IWlrctw:
allcmtivcs
PEcl¡ø1.............,.,-
SubJæl Mond¡y Tt¡esdsy Wednesdey Thurrday Friday
l0
2,3,5
12,5.15
Time-tåbl6 for Isel ll, Ill aod fV subjcct¡ vill be aÞilablc durilg ahc eûrclmeDt p€riod,
læctùre¡ for æ40 GeDetie ud Eyolutioo I to be mDged for BJq.g.Sc. ødidâtes,
L5
10
t2,5.15
l0
t2, 5.15
751

Time-tables
1991
Semesler
LEVEL I SUBJEC:TS
Syllabus
No
Compulsory SubJects
Eleclive Subjects
I
I
II
II
8897
8334
nß
7919
5468
2no6
83ó1
3700
752
FACT]LTY OF ARCHITECTURE AND PIANNING
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES
NOTE: It is anticipated that this will be the Architectural Studies time-table, but
students are advised to check at Enrolment whether any changes to the time-table have
been made which may affect study programmes.
Dcrign S¡udi6 lA-
I¡durcs
Tutoriå|s..................
Building Studi6 IA-
Tt¡lorial/I¡boEto¡y
Design Studies lÈ-
[ædures
Tulorials
Building Studics lL
bdures ...................
T! to rial/ tåbontory
,{fl History aûd Tbæri6 [A-
Tùtorials ......,.,,,,.,....
AútÉliân Archi(edurc l-
Tùtorials
Àrt History snd Thæries lB-
Tùtorials
AsianArchitec{ure Il¡d
u¡es
TutoriaLs
Suuct Modey Twsd¡y Wednesdåy Thureday Friday
2
e-11(Ð,
tB).
o(c), ll(B
10
o(c),1r(B
)-11(Ð,(B
L1.r(c), (D
l-l(c), (D
l0
l0
10
11-l(D),
24(E)
10
1l-l(D),
24(E)
t2
2(À),3(B),
4(c)
L2
2,(A),3(B),
4tcì
10
2
}s(E), (Ð
t0
2
15(E), (Ð
l0(/q.),9(D
l0(A), e(D
12
e-il(A),
il-l(B),
24(c)
e-ll(A),
r1-l(B),
24(c)
NOTE: Clsses in all subjec{s will ædmetre ât Ìen minutes pæt the hour shom in rhe time-tabls, lnless shom
olheNise-
Allemtives ¿rc ind¡øt€d byA, B, C etc.
Stüdcnts enrcl¡ed in Design Studis 1A & 1B should avoid limelabting another clæs on Wed 1l-1. Studenls
enrclled in Building Sludies lA & 18 should avoid timetabling aDother clN oD TbuN. 3-5.
l0
l0

Semesler
Syllabu6
NG
LEVEL II SUBJEC]TS
Elcctive
I
il
lt
il
2Ðl
9888
1530
880?
3V73
5094
9&53
Tn4
FACTJLTY OF ARCHITECTURE ATID PLANNING
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES Continued
Autnliaû Ârchitectùre Il-
Iæcturcs ...................
An History
IJcl ures
Tùtoriâls
Time-tables
1991
Subjerr Moodoy Tûerday Wedrc¡d¡y Thursdsy FÌ¡day
ltlT_îl"ilî-
Computer-Aided DcsiSr lltæclures/Tu
torialt
ANtBlian Plaming ll-
IJctufes ...............,.,.,...
PEctiels ...,,..,,........
Modernity aDd Architcclure ll-
Tutorials ..
Añ History a¡d Thcori6 llB-
Irctures .......,....
Planning Prus6 in Urban aDd
Irndsøp€ Dcs¡gn ll-
10
r1(B)
ll(B)
l0
t2
2{A),3(B)
4(c)
10
9-l
t2
2(A),3(B)
4(c)
NOTE| Clæses ¡n all subjects yill @mmele at ten minùrs pæt the hoü ¡hom in lhe time-tables, unles8 shown
otheNise.
A¡lernalives are indie(ed byÂ,, B, C clc.
r0(A)
ll
2
3
24
12
l0(A)
2
1
t0
3-5
0
3-5
753

Time-tables
1991
LEVEL III SUBJECTS
Ulective
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ll
II
II
Subjects
754
50æ
622)
óó14
Ðm
n
2258
3t48
9303
3g1
4903
9'161
FACT]LTY OF ARCHITECTURE AND PIANNING
BACHELOR OF ARCHIIECTURAL STUDIES Continued
Dcsign and BuildiDg Srudies llIAt¡dures/Ttltorials/Wo¡kshops
....,...,,...
Design ard BuildinS Srudics ltIL
koure/Seminar/Worksbop ...........---
Human EnvircDmcnt Studics III-
LJct ures/futorials .
BuildiDB aDd DdelopmcD!
Eæ¡onisIII-
[¡ctuesÆutorials .
Modcmiqr aad Arcbitec{u¡c ¡ll-
I¡ctu¡es ..,................
scmiMß ................. ..................,.......::::...::
Computcr-Aided Dcsig¡ ll¡Af¡durcs/Tulorials
,
Computcr-Aidcd Dcsign IIISt¡dues/Tutorials
.
AElralian Planoing llll¡cturcs
Tlltorials ... .,............
PBcti€ls ...........,,....
Critiqucs, Thcories and Arcb,
History III-
I¡ctu¡cs .,,...............,
Sem¡oañ ............,.,.,.
CoDputcr-Aided Dcsign lllL
[Jcturs/Tutorials .
Pl¿nnitrg Presses iD UrbaD and
I:ndepe Dcsìgn IIIlrctureE.......
Tulorials .,................
Pmdiøls .,.....,.,..,....
10-l
2-5
24
NOTE: Clæses in all subjects vill æmmenæ at ten minutes pæt the hour shoM in the time-tables, unless sboM
otheNisc.
Alternatives are indiered by A, B, C elc.
NoTE: Students are required ao lak either Humân Envircnûent Studies llt or Bu¡lding and Development
Eænomi6 III.
10.1
1 l.l
11-t
1-4
l4
9-l
24
L5
I r.t
3-5
24
4
2-5
2
3-5
2-5
3,5
24
3-5

S€mesler
Syllabus
No.
I,E\/Ú]L T SUBJECTS
FullYear
il
Full Year
ljull Year
ljull Ycar
I
F ull Ycer
Ijull Yeâr
f
FùllYear
Full Yeår
[ìull Yeâr
ljull Year
fìull Year
I
il
ljull Year
Full Yeâr
Full Ycar
¡
Full Ye¿r
Full Year
I
Full Ycar
Full Year
Full Year
il
74t9
9155
9l?8
2å58
3æt
6001
5978
t0t4
70'71
9613
t278
4U2
22U
9587
76t3
4823
13tó
8431
s'72i
ua2
2725
FACULTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS
6't56
4546
7:143
Time-tables
1 991
Subjæl Monday Tuesdåy Wedne sdsy Thu.sdåy F.¡daJ
An ltrtroduction to Sæial AnthrcpoloÐ/
An lntrcduction to Polili€l Sæiolog I
rA.ncient Greek [A
Astmlian Pol¡ri6 I ...,.,,.,.,......ï. .. .. ..........
A¡gument & Critiel Thinking
Clæsi€l
Colonial
DEñå I
English I .....
French l-
IJdures ...,,,.,..,....,,..
l:nguge Clæes
[lnguage låborâtory
French [A: Beginnen' French-
Ladu res/Tulorials .
bbomtory trnguge . ,, .. .. . . . . .... ..,.
Geography IA: Sæiery & Spaæ.................
CeogÉphy lB: Sæiery & Physiel
CermaD for Reâdrng & Research ..............
Gcm¿n ll¡ctu¡es
and [:nguge ....
'Dot Semesler II
See Dept Handbook re Tùtorials
'ln Sem fl lhis lecture is an option, Dot a
reP€et
lnrroduction to Physi@l CcogEply 1......
Itâlian lS .
Italian lS .
I2tin lA
togic I .
#ll
I l.l0
e(A),
4.15(B)
#
r0(A),
l1(B),
s.1s(c)
l(A), l2(B)
2.15(A),
4.ls(B)
It
i0-t2
3.15
3.15,4 15
r(A&B),
l2(c&D),
3.ls(E&Ð,
4.rs (G&H)
*
t0
ll l0(A),
5.ls(B)
10
*
ll
e(A),
4.1s(B)
9
I l.l0
*
14A),
s.l5(B)
2.1s(A),
4.ls(B)
3.15
l0
l0
l0
l
.10(A),
s ls(B)
12
lt, 12
3.15
4.15
1l(A&B),
r2(c&D),
3.Ìs(EeF),
4.ls (G&Hl
#
1.1s(A)
4.15(B)
#
ll
I 1.10
(A),4.15(B)
+
l0(A),
s 1s(B)
4.ls(c)
2.ls(A),
4.ls(B)
t
3 r5(Â),
5.rs(B).
r0-12
u(A&B),
12(caD),
3.ú(EeÐ,
4.ls (c&H)
+
l0
u.ro(A),
s.ls(B)
l0
#
it
il
e(,{),
4.rs(B)
9
lt l0
*
l2(A),
s.l5(B)
s.ls(c)
2.rs(A),
4.1s(B)
315
l0
l0
l0
#
3.rs(A),
s.t5(B)
ro-t2
t2
t2,2.15
3.15,4.15
ll(A&B),
l2(c&D),
3.15(E&F),
4 ls (c&H'
*
l.ls(A),
4.15(B)
*
ll
e(A),
4.1s(B)
#
r0(A.), I(B)
2.1s(A),
4 ls(B)
lr(A&B),
l2(c&D),
3.ls(EeÐ,
4.ls (GeH)
+
l0
NOTE: Moming lecturcs in all subjects will ommenæ at len m¡nutes pæl the hour shou i¡ the limc-tabìes
(includiDg those shom æ 12 næn).
Aftern@n and evenmg ledures will @DDenæ ¿t the time shom in lhe time-tâbles.
For timc.tab¡es ol subjeds tau8ht by other [âculties æe tbc âPPrcPriate Fåcùlry Time-l¿ble.
Alrernativcs are indieted by A, B, C etc.
# Times to be arÉnged.
755

Time-tables
1991
LEVEL I SUBJECTS ContiMd
I
Full Year
il
I
ft
[--ull Year
F-ull Year
I
il
II
Full Year
I
Full Yeâr
Full Year
Full Year
ll
'l
43t
3617
9t5t
I ll8
9014
5704
Ðu
3Ðr
2.659
&534
5104
6ó75
7U8
LEVELII SUBJECTS
lf
I
Full Yea¡
Full Year
liull Year
I
I
il
Full Yeâr
8195
52¡9
5749
TM
7 t75
t2s3
6n8
'1634
6796
756
FACTJLTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS Continued
MathemetiG lM
Modern Greek IBS .
Moden Oreek lS . .
Modcm Crcck lS
Nry Methods itr /4.És: Using Pemml
Computۧ
Old Socict¡es and Nry St¿tcs: Thc
Making of Modern Asis ....,....... . ...,. .....,...
Philosophy lA
Philosophy IB
Ph)6i6, ldes and Sæiery | ........................
AutmliåD Politie I (topic to b.
announæd)
Sec Deparmental Handbæk
Polilis and Sæiety in W Eurcpe I ........,..
Problem and Peßpectives ¡D Modem
Eu¡opcan H¡story I.
Psycholo$' I
Spao¡sh l.A-
Span¡sb IA(A)
[:nguge l:boratory
The Rena¡ssane 1350-1500 I
Women ¡n AwtEliao Politiøl
Development l. ................,..................,. .
Aborigines and lhc State II
Anarchism and Lib€rtar¡snism It .... .........
Ancicnt Greek ll
Ancient Creek ll,A
Ancient G¡eek ¡1S......,..,,................,.,.........
Archaic G¡eek Art and Arch II
Autral¡an Fenìin¡sm in Context:
1880-t9r4 ..............
Bioßcography of Human Domiütcd
l:ndsepes ll
Chinai Frcm Empirc to Communist
Power ll .,.......,,......,.
4.15
2.15,3.15
2.15,3.r5,
4.15
¿15,3 15
2.15,3 15,
4.15
10.10
10.10(A),
5.ls(B)
NoTE: MoDing leclufcs in 8ll subjec{s will @mmenæ at tcD DiDu¡es pæt the hour shoÐ in the time-tables
(¡ncluding those sh()M æ 12 næn).
AftemæD and evcning lcdurcr yill @mmene at the iime shom in the ¡ime-tables.
For time-tables of subjecîs t8ught by orbcr fåcult¡es scc lhe apprcpriate Fa@lty Time-tablc.
/q,ltemarivcs arc iDdi€ted byA, B, C .tc.
*Tines to be arÉDged.
415
u +
*
ll
I l.t0
4.15
u.10(A),
s.1s(B)
11.10(Ð,
s.l5(B)
#11
l0
9, l0
1l
10.10
l0
It
*
2.15,4.15
1.10, 12.15,
1.10, r2.15,
1.10, 12.15,
11.10.12.15
t2
10.t0
10.10(A),
s.1s(B)
9
t0, ll
l0
ll T
1t
l1
t2
12.t0
10
11.10
4.15
ll.l0(A),
s.ls(B)
11.10(A),
s.1s(B)
l0
9
l0
10 10
l0
+
t
ll
12.to
415
t2
10.10(A)
5.15(B)
9
l0
ll.lo(A),
12.10(B)
t0
t
+
TI
12
l0

Semêstel
Syllsbus
Na
LEVEL l¡ SUBJECTS Cotuìrud
Full Year
u
n
fl
I
I
Full Year
II
I
ll I
I
I
I
Full Year
Full Year
Fùll Year
ll
I
Full Year
Full Year
Full Ycar
I
tT36
4216
âa
6761
ó3?6
8089
@2ß
96æ
8Íi73
5024
ûv
3463
1740
3il2
9093
5f,1
3¡40
v1s
sUS
5581
8706
1214
tu5
49t6
FACT]LTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS Continued
Chinese ll
Time-tables
1991
SuÞi€ct Mmday Tæ5d¡y Wcdnesdsy Thursd¡y Frlday
Chi¡esc Politis Il ..
ClNsiøl Greck Aí & Arch IL..................
Cl¿ssiøl Mytholo5l ¡f .. ..............................
Co|müdties, Bouodari6 ed
Compantivc Poliri6 (A)n
DEMII
E¡rly Middl. English II ........... ..,... .....
E@Ãoßic Gægnphy f ¡ ............................'.
Englatrd UDdcr thc Sluñs ll .....................
Engl¡sh beforc f0óó n ,......................... .... ..
Evcqman and Evcrywomo io
Prc.lndurrial Eurcpc ll(A) .,...,.............
Fæcism and Nationâl Sæiãlism ll ............
FiclioD aod Dmma in Engl¡td from
Froæ 184&1945 It .. .............................
French II: Iagugc aod CùltuF
tåoguBe CIN
Oml Cl,as .........
OptioN (I¡ciu¡ca)
Frencb flA: långugc aDd CultuF
[¿nguage Clæs
LileEture.
Options (t¡dures)
långugc IlboÞtory
French Studies llSl-
OptioN (Irctures)
F¡cnch Studie¡ il52-
Options (ttctures)
GeogÉphiel Analysis of Populalion ll ...
Geman ll-
[2ne,uge Clæses ...
Geman llA-
[ångùage Clæs6
Geman llB-
Iånguge ClN6 ...
S€c Depa¡tment Handb@k re
Tiitorials
Hislory and Dsclopment of Ms
Communietion ll
4.15
12.10
1l
*
4.r5(A)
t2
t2
t2
315
415 4.15
10
+
4.1t5r45
4.15
4.15
4,195.45
ll.l0
2.15
9
9.10
10, r¿
2.15,3.15
ll
10, le
2.15,3.r5
t2
10, 12,
2.15,3.ls
10, l¿
2.15,3.15
t2,4.15
L¿.A.rs
12,4.15
10
2.t5
l2
12.ro
1l
+
215
t2
ll
10
r0-t2, 12
l0-12, r2
to-t2,12
3.ls(A),
4.1s(B)
t0
*
4.1t5.45
4.r5
4.15
4.1t5.45
11.1.0
9
9.10
12
ll,4.r5
2.15
ll,4.15
zr5
ll,4.15
3.15(A),
4.r5(B)
2.15
t2
*
ll
12(B)
10
2 t5-4.15
2.154.15
2.154 15
NOTE: Moming lectur6 in all subjcc{s will @mcnæ al tco mitrutd pæt the bour shou in lhe time-lables
(including those shom æ 12 n@n).
Aftemæ! and qeniDg lec{ures will @meoæ at the time shoÐ i¡ lhc timc-tables.
For timc-tables o[ subjcctr taught by other facùlties see the apprcpriatc FaoltyTime{able.
Altemativs are indi@lcd byA, B, C etc.
+Times to bc arnng,ed.
t0-L2
757

Time-tables
1991
Scmeslcr
Syllabus
Nq
LEVEL Il SUBJECTS Contiwd
I
il
FùU Year
Full Year
Full Year
Full Year
I
t¡
II
Full Year
Full Year
Full Year
I
II
I
I
il
il I
I
II
I
lt
Ful Year
n
I
ftull Year
Fuì Year
f
I
I
I
I
I
74n
ó148
a3s
1408
s8æ
80ó5
7594
't2B
ó048
3ó30
3037
1635
8ó0ó
ó007
512ß
3538
42r'.5
ló40
4419
4532
Ð46
3481
n56
8750
98t7
3149
t2.N
2036
8739
3't
758
FACTJLTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS Continued
Subj€r Monday TE¡day Wednesdsy Tbursdey 9rid¡y
History of Politi@l Thought (A) U ......... .
History of Politiel Thoughr (B) If ...........
InreErioml Politi6 ll ................................
lraliatr ItBS .............. 315
Italian IlS...
JapâDe* ll .
JapaDese Politiel Eænom¡r 1945-ly¡3 LL
Jspsnesc Politiel E@nom)4 1973-1990 II
Knowledge and [ång,uagc tl
btin ttA...
Iltin lls
t¡gic ll
Mediaml English Lir. II .............. ....
Minds, Bm¡N'and Corprt.. l¡ ......:::::::::
Modem ClNiel Phil(þpheF ¡t .... .. ... .
Modcmist Lircnture ll ...............................
MoEl ProbleG Il
Moml aod Sæial Philmphy II .................
NatioMtism and Rryolut¡otr in Southeæt
Nalionalism and Rdolutioo in Southeæt
Asi¿ (B) rl
OrigiN of llndfoms in ANrÞlia ...
Phiiosophyof Rcligi." ¡l ......................::::::
Pol¡ri6 ll (Topic ro bc snnounæd) ..........
S€c DepadDeDtâl Handbook
Politi6 and fdcolo$¡ II .......................... .
Politi6 and Sæiety ¡D Westem Europe
Popùlar Cenres ll Scienæ FiclioD
2-hou¡ Sem¡Dâf
Prc-ColonialAborigi."f S*i"ty f f ........ ...
Psycholos/ Il .
Public Pol¡cy in AutÉlia ll ......... .,............
Roman Lìtemture Il
Roman Republien History If ....................
Roman lmp€rial History ll .........................
Romanticism and /A,meri€n Lit. ¡l ...........
2-hour Seminar
2.1s(A),
3.15(B),
4.15(c)
#
#
l0
3.15
4.15
4.15
415
*
e.10(A),
s.1s(B)
t2.10
2.r5
2.15
12.10
#
2.t5
2t5
5.15
¿15,3.15
4.L5
r0, 2.15
2.ls(.A),
3.ls(B),
4.1s(c)
10
l0
5.15
#
*
l0
5.15
11.t0
11.10
4.15
3.15
10.10
#
#
r.15
2t5
*
2.ls(A),
3.1s(B),
4.1s(c)
*
#
IO
3.15
10.10
4.15
4.15
t0 l0
4t5
415
#
#
e.10(A),
5 ls(B)
12.10
2.15
2.t5
+
2.15
215
5.15
2.15,3.t5
ll,2.15
2.ls(A),
3.ls(B),
4.1s(c)
10
10
5.15
*
l0
5.15
I l.l0
ll l0
4.15
3.15
i0 r0
*
#
t.l5
2.15
#
2.r5(A),
3.rs(B),
4,15(C)
#
*
l0
10.10
t0.10
415
t
+
e.l0(A),
5 l5(B)
NOTE: Moming ledurês io all subjeds úll æmmenæ at ten minutes pæt the hour shoÐ in (he time-tables
(including those shom æ 12 uæn),
A'ftern@n and weniDg lectures vill @mmenæ at the time shoÐ in the time{abtes.
For ¡ime.lables of subjeds t¿ught by orhcr faculties see the apprcpriåte Faculty Time-table.
Alrernatives arc indiated by.ê,, B, C etc.
#Tinìes to be amnged.
I

Seteslcr
Syllobus
No.
LEVEL Il SUBJECTS Conired
Full Year
ll
FuIl Year
il
I
lìull Ye¿r
Full Ycar
II
F ull Year
I
il
I
ll
fl
il I
I
II
ft
I
3194
9030
42n
4525
22¡9
I547
3895
4616
ó0t4
8155
8139
nol
7371
6A't
89t6
2t9'l
2150
FACI.]LTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS Continued
r5/9
264
Time-tables
1991
Subjæt Mondsy Tuesdsy Wednesdsy Thurdsy Fl¡day
Rusia in Crisis and Rflolution Frcm
Petcr thc Grcåt to Kruhchq ¡l .................
Sæial Ceo8,Ephy ll
Spanish llS
Thc Eme¡genæ of Modcm Scüibility '.'.'
The Pre-Scie¡tific World Viry 150G1750
il...
Thc Seond World war 1939-t945 tl .. ...
Theorics of Pradiæ ll ..,...,,...............,.........
Third World Politiøl EænoDy ll ...........,.
TBditioml Chins: Fomtive EB
¡nd Middlc Empirc ll ........ '............'.. .
TmditioDal Cbina; Frcm PrcÐerily to
Tmditioml Japan ll: Origis to 1467
TBd¡tioMl Japan ¡¡ Shogun Barbariam
Ðd Townsp€oplc ,..
Tvcntielh Century Ameri€D LitcEture
I
Tvcntieth Ccùtury AutBlia ¡l .........,
UrbôD HisroDr eu-p. fmOfmO ... ......'
USA; Colonies lo CoEt¡tulioD II ...,...,......
USA: CoNtiÌut¡oû to Civil war
Women's writ¡n8: !he Nineleenth
Ccntury ll
Wrircß of the En8lish Renaissance ll
415
t2
t2
ll
1l
+
5.15
t2
u
10.10
4.15
t2.t0,2.t5
1.r5-3.15
l2i0
4.15
+
11.r0
3.15
3.15
12.10, 2.15
4.15
9.10
ll
t2
t2
11, I
1t-1
+
5.15
t2
ll
10.10
4.15
9,11.10
11.10
12.10
4.15
+
lt.t0
NOTE: Morning leclures in åll subjeds will @mmenæ at tetr minutcs pæl the hour shom in the t¡me-tatlles
(includ¡ng thosc shoM æ 12 næn),
Àftem@D atrd 4ening ledurcs will @mmcDæ st thc tinc shoE i¡ thc time-tables.
For ¡ime-tebles ot subjecls tau8hÌ by other laculties see thc aPprcPriå¡e Faculry Time-table'
Alrematives are iDdieted by A, B, C ctc.
#Times to b€ amnged.
3.r5
3.15
9.10
11
+
'159

Time-tables
1991
Semesae¡
Syllsbus
No.
LEVEL III SUBJECTS
ll
II
II
I
fl
[.u I Year
Fu I Ye¿r
I
I
I
Full Year
Full Year
il
II
n
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
I
Full Year
Full Year
I
tf
I
4840
5431
1407
l'125
6
5944
3943
8267
æ8
8339
2194
6140
1954
ó184
3ØA
8047
t7û
2ß5
9068
2196
8388
596t
7300
38t1
8082
95ó8
4304
2ø8
6175
9A
760
FACT]LTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS Conrinued
SubJct Moday Tuesday Wcdoeday Thursdey Friday
AborigiDalâ'utEli. ¡lI .,.....................
Aboriginæ and the Statc tll ,,...........,.::::::::
.{dwnæd M¡ddlc En8lish lll +
Anarchism ând Lib.darisnism ¡lt ...,........
Ancient Greek lll
Ancient Greek ¡llS
Animal Bchaviour ¡1L.......,,.,..,..,...............
Arcb¿ic Greekll'n snd Architcdurc ltl ...
AElBlian Feminism in Coûtcxt
China: Frcm Empi¡c to CommuDist
Power lll
Chinerc llI
chinesc Politi6 llt ..............................:.::..:::
Cl¿ssiel GrcckAn aDd A¡chitedurc lll ,
Classi€l Myrholos/ lll .............-.-------..
Communities, Boundarics aûd
q¡nbols lll
CoEpaBtivc Politi6 (A) III .......................
EnglaDd uder thê Sturts Itl ...,,.,,............
Engl¡sh III (Iitlc lo be sDnounæd)...........
EnSlish bcforc l0óó III ........................... .....
Envircnmental Psycholog llt .................,..
EveDm¿n and EVeryworon in
Pre-lndutrial Eurcp€ tl(Ä) .... ....,
Evolùtion of l¡ndfo* i¡ eutofi" iii ..
Fæcism and Nat¡onal Sæiâlism lll ...---- ..
FiclioD âDd Dmma in EnglaDd from
l8$-1910 ilt .....
Fnûæ 184&1945 llt
French III: l¡nguge end Cultu¡F
I:ngugc Classcs
Opt¡oN (trcturcs)
Frcnch Studies Iflsl-
Optiom (trc1u16)
French Studies III52-
Optioro (tæcrures)
Geoßmphic lnfoma(ion SysteN llt ........
Prac{i@ls (3 HouE) altemative6 ............
+
ll #
+
11.10
t0
12.10
ll
l0 T
#
#
*
t2
l0
t2
t0
l0
4.15-5.45
ll
Il'l0
2,15
9
9.10
10, t2,
2.15,3.15
10, 12,
2.15,3.15
10, 12,
215,3.15
t0
2-5
l0
+
l
ll #
*
12.10
11.10
t0
2.r5
12.10
il
4.15
3.15
415
215
l0
+
*
I
+
3.15
t2
12.10
10,1l
t2
l0
t0
4.15-5 45
NoTEl Moming leclùres in sll subjecls will æmme¡æ st len minutes pæt the hour sh(M in the time-tables
(including thosc shom æ 12 næn).
Aftemæû and sening lecturcr will @mmenæ at thc time shom ¡D the time-tables.
For time-¡ables of subjccts taught by other faaltics see Ìhc apprcpriatc Faculty Time-table.
Alternativcs arc indieted by A, B, C ctc,
tTimes to b€ a¡Enged,
ll
11.10
9
9.10
l0
2-5
l0
*
#
*
#
10
2.15
415
415
10
l0-l

Sem€s(er
Syllabu¡
Nq
I-E\/EL lll SUD.IECIS CoN¡red
ljùtl Ycar
fjull Ye¿r
I
ll
Full Year
Full Year
I
il
II
Full Year
Full Year
lt
lt
il I
I
I
II
lt I
I
lt
ll
il
il
Full Year
I
I
Futl Year
I
Full Year
8n
4959
7853
7t96
9287
7615
4381
B7L
ó570
442
vv
4259
21ó6
3234
s192
508ó
gt37
3046
ta'|
5213
t92A
33Kt
4TIO
7r73
6ó8ó
534 I
9009
3170
9703
9æ6
FACTJLTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS Continued
German lll-
Time-tables
1991
Subjæt Mond¡y Ti¡c¡d¡y Wednesd¡y Thurrday Þ¡dåy
Ilnguage Clæs ..,
S€c Dcpartmcntal Hsndbook rc
Tutorials
GemÃlllB-
[rctures
[rnguge Cl¿sscs ..,
Sec Depañmetrtal Hùdbæk re
Tùtoúals
Hìs¡ory and Ddclopment o[ Mæ
Comunietion lll
fntelligenæ III
lntemst¡onal Politi€ Ill ......................---.....
J¿pancse lll
JapâDse Poliliel Eænom)i
1945-1v23 Itt
Japanse Poüti€l EænoD)tr
t9r&1990III
Knowledge eDd l¡Dguge IU ...,,,..,..,,.........
tåtio lll ...................
t-gic lllA ,
Mcdi¿ ÀnatysiÁ lll
Mcdiåc%l En8lish LitcBtu¡e lt¡ ...............
Minds, BmiN 8nd Computen lll ......,......
Modem Clæiql PhiloæphcF I¡I ............
Modcm¡st LitcÞturc lll .,............................
Moml Problem Ill .
MoBl and Sæisl Phil@pby lll ................
Natioml¡sm and RaolutioD in Southcæt
Nationalism aDd Rwolurion in Southeæt
Asia (B) lll
Neuroscienæ in Psycholos/ III
Philosophy of Religion I 11 .....................--..
Polili6and Idcoloþ' lll .............,.......,.,......
Polili6 lfl (to bc announæd)
See DepanmeDtal Handbæk
Popular Genres II: Scicnæ Ficlion
and FaDtasy
2-hour Scm¡nar
Pre-Colonial Aborigin"f Sæiery If l . . ....
Psychologiel Research MethodoloÐr tII .
PsycholoÐr of MotiEtion Ill ................---
Public Poli.y i¡ AEtEliå lll ......................
t2
12
3.15
tl(A),
r2(B),3(c)
4.ls(D)
*
3.15
4.15
4.15
415
î
#
t2,4 t5
t2,4.15
ll
5.15
1l(A),
2(B),3(c)
4.15(D)
l0
l0
5.15
+
*
4.15
l0
L2.t0
5.r5
il10
r1.10
3.15
t
#
r.l5
215
Içr2, t2
tçt¿ t2
3.15
1r(A),12(B)
l(c),4.ls(D
I
*
10.10
4.15
4.15
10.10
4.15
I
* #
5.15
n,4.15
3.15
ll,4.15
5.15
ll(A),
2(B),3(c)
4.rs(D)
l0
l0
5.15
+
+
4.15
l0
r2.t0
5.15
tI.10
ll.l0
3.15
#
*
l.15
215
2.15{.r5
2.15{.15
l0-12
lr(A),
l2(B),3(c
4.ls(D)
NOTE: Moming lectures m all subjcctô will @mmenæ at ten minutes pæt tbe hour shoÐ ¡¡ rhe rime{ables
(includ¡ng those shom æ 12 næn).
Aftem@n and scniDg ledurcs will @mmenæ a! the timc sbom in the timê-tabls.
For time{ables of subjcds taughÌ by o¡he¡ faculties see the apprcpriare FaculÐr Timc-rablc,
Alrernaljves are indieted by A, B, C etc,
#Times to be arÉnged.
I
+
l0-t2
10.10
10.10
3.15
1
#
+
3.15
76t

Time-tables
t99t
Semeslér
Syllabus
No-
LEVEL lll SUBJECTS Contired
ll I
I
I
II
II
I
It
Full Year
ft
Full Year
I
I
II
I
Full Year
Full Year
If
ll
Full Year
I
il
I
il
il
II
ll I
I
I
il
I
I 150
ra6
4571
65ll
35
5830
9256
1453
6¡'79
8659
73U
f994
2.æ
FACTJLTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS Conrinued
72
4827
6138
5673
4t92
6lt4
3409
9483
2SO3
32þO
45B6
aß
7161
2150
6548
5óa1
¡03
762
Subject Mondsy Tuesday Wed¡esd¡y Thurcday Friday
Regional Dwclopmcot ¡U ...........,......
Rcmote Seæiog Ilt(A) ................... ..... .... :
PEctiels (3 houñ) 8lte@tives .................
RoDaÁ LiteEturc lll ..........,.,,,,...................
RomaD Republi€n History III
RomâD Ar lll
Rom¿n lmpcrisl History lll ................
Romnticism and A..,ioo Lù, llf ..::::::::
2-hour Seminar
RuEl Sæial GcogEphy lll ........------
Rssia in Crisis ¡nd Rryolùtion Frcm
Perer the Gr€at to Khruhchd lll . .. ..-
Social Psfcholosr lll ....... ............................
SpanÈh lllS
Spanish lllS
Studies in PeñoMlity lll ....,,...,,.,,...............
The A¡thrcpolosr of Political
Disoue lU
Thc Emc¡genæ of lbe Modcm
Sc$ibility ¡ll ..
Thc Prc-Scie!¡i6c World Vid
The Se@Dd World W8r 199-1945 lll ......
Tbeorics of Pnctie lll ..,....,.......... ..... . .....
The Pfulosophy aDd Psycholo&r of
CoNciosDess III
Third World Pol¡ti€l Eænomy ¡¡I . ....... .
T¡aditional Ch¡na I¡1 Fomative EB and
Middle Empûe .......
TraditioûâlChina lll Frcm ProÐeriry to
TEditioDal Japan lll: OrigiN
TBdilional Japsn ll¡ Shogun,
BarbariaN and TmrFreople .... ... ... ...
Trcpiøl Enúrcnments aod Human
SysteN lll
TWenticth Centu¡y Am€rien
TWenlietb Century AEtÉlia lll ................,
Urban History 100G1900 .............................
USA: Corutitutiotr to Civil War
17&7-18ó5 ill
USA,: Colonies to CoNtitution
Women's Writing: lhe' Ninetcenth
WrileÉ o[ the Enslish Rena¡ssenæ
12.10
2.15
2.15
12.r0
*
l0
415
t2
t2
ll
ll
*
5.15
t2
ll
12
T
I
2.15
10.10
9,10,12.10
4.t5
1.15-3.15
12.10
4.15
4.r5
#
I l-10
315
315
4.r5
12,2 15-5.0
12.10
2.t5
2.15
* *
l0
4l-5
9.10
ll
t2
t2
I l.l
Il-l
t2
#
5.15
t2
ll
9,2.r5
12
#
+
2.rs
10.10
3.15
12.10
12.10
4.15
*
u.l0
NOTE: Moming lec'tu¡es in all sùbje.ls will æmmenæ al teD minutes pst the hoür shoM in thc timc-tables
(includinS those shom æ 12 n@n).
Afte¡n@n and ryening lectures will æmmene at the time shom itr the time-tables,
For timc.tables ofsùbjeds taught by other tadlties sce the apprcpriatc FaculÐrTime-table.
Alternatives are indi@ted by,A, B, C etc.
# Times to be amnged.
315
3t5
415
*
#
910
ll
L2
+

Sem6tel
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
il
il
ll
II
II
ll
Syllsbus
No.
6316
6452
@88
90ó3
Ty2
1608
219D
s2t)
7?9r
5143
538?
52,46
5@2
FACT]LTY OF ARTS
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION
T¡me,.lables
'1991
SubJcct Monday Tuesdóy Wednesdây Thursday F¡¡doy
EduelioD i! Multili¡gual Sæielies (o) ...
Historyof AutEliatr EduetioD (c) .........
I$truc{ional Dsign: Theory ard
PÉcricc (c)
f ntÌoducfion to CuriculuD Design and
Evalutioo (on.)
Philosophy ot &lu€tion IA (c) .........
Prcfessio¡al Erhi6 (r)',...,......,..,.......::::::::
ComputeË in Edu€tion (o) .............,........
Cultufe, &luetioû 8nd Sæiety (c) ...........
lssues io læarning: Pupils, Teacheß aDd
Parents (c) .............
Ilnguge, &tuçatioD ard Sæiery (o) .......
MotiErional Thæry and Ê,uøtional
Pnctiæ (o)
PhiJosophyof Eduëtion lB (o). ...............
Themcs in Eduølional History (o) ...........
(c) Compulsory Subjed.
' 5.15
t0
12
5.15
10
(o) Option Subject.
(cun) Cuniculm Subjec{.Îm€¡ for other curriculum subjects ¡o be aranged-
'Timc to be amnged, subjcd ro swilabiliry of staff.
ll
10
5.15
5.15
lt
10
763

f¡me-taOles
1991
Srnrr-sl0a
I,I]\/EL I SUBJECTS
ljull Year
Irull Ycar
I
Full Ye¿r
I
il
I
¡
l¡ (repc¿red)
ll
I
l¡ (rcpeated)
I
ll (repcated)
Syllabus
91
ó878
'1422
3643
5599
6581
?49r
916'l
6714
5729
2453
764
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
N.B,-Students will be allocated to appropriate classes for which more than one session
is provided. These allocations will be displayed on faculty or departmental noticeboards
during orientation week.
Marhemsti6 l-
I¡cl ures
Tutorial (2 houß)
Chemislry l-
Subjæa Mondåy Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
(l'he 9 a m., 12 n@n aDd 5 15 p.m.
lecture series are al(cmatives,)
Tùtorial (1 hour) .......,,......,............ .
Pmdi€l (3 houñ)
Chemistry IHL
[æd u res
Tt¡torEl
PEctiel (3 houñ)
Physis l-
Ildures
(The 9 a.m. and 5.15 p.D, lecture
series are alternativcs.)
Tutorial (l hour).,.,.,....,.........................
Practiel (3 houm) .................... ....... ...
Physi6 IHE-
IJdu rcs
Turorial(l hour)........................ .....
PBctiøl(3 houß)................. ...............
Statir
I:oures (2 hous)
Tutorial (l hour).
Dlmamie
[!ctures (2 houE)
Tutorial (l h."t) ........... ...................::::::::
Design Graphi+
t dure(l hour) ......,...
Practiøl (3 houn) ............ ..... .... .
Eleclriel SysteÞ
I¡dure (æ hou6 lotal) ..,...,.................
Tutorial/Pråctiel (æ houE rotal) . .....
Engineering Computing l-
Iæcture (l? how total)
PÉcliel (2ó houE total).........-----.--
Engineering Plannin8 ãnd Design-
[Jcrurc-Tulorial (2 hous)............... ..
Prcied ll hourevcEoel..................--....--
l0
¿15i.05.
9, 12,5.r5
9
9,5 15
3.15., 4 15.
5.15
4.t5.
2-5'
2.
2-5'
8
2-5.
lll"
3-5.
ll-1.,
4.15-6.05.
12.,3.15.
l0-1.,2-5.
l0-1.,2-5.
l0
2.15-4.05.
9, 12,5.15
4.15.
2-5'
9
2.15'
9,5 t5
Ì1.
69.
5.15
ll2
ul
t2
l0
2.154.05.
l0-1.,2-5.
12.,3.r5.,
4.15.
2-5'
3.t5.,4.15.
9
lll
2-5'
\2
t2
3-5.
l0
2,154.05.
9,12, 5.15
2-5.
9
2-5.
9. 5.15
NOTE: Morning lcctures, tutoriåls and pÊcli€ls in all subjccts will @mmence at ten minutes pæt the bour shom
in the tiDe-tables (¡ncluding those shom æ 12 næn),
Aflemoon and evening ledurcs will @mmence at the tiDe shom in the time-tables,
'Alternatives,
I Semester I onl¡r.
2 Senrester Il only.
a Weeks lO to 13 onb¡.
# Times to be aranged.
2-5'
5.r5
2-5.
2.
2-5.
8
2-5'
l2a
2-5'
3-5.

S€mesler
Syllabus
No.
LEVEL I SUBJEC]TS Contínu¿d
I
ll (repeâted)
lt
ffi
3018
LEVELII/III SUBJECTS
I
I
ll
ll
I
I
ll
lt
Full Yeãr
I
101ó
2t8;I
t612
45@
6733
5132
1006
3d55
9ó53
3732
FACTJLTY OF ENGINEERTNG
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Contínued
Time-tables
l99l
SubJect Mond¡y Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Fridat
Meterials ll:aures
(2 hous)
Pmdiel-Tùtorial (6 r , n."^¡ . .. .........
P@sS)6telrrF
lædures (2 houÉ)
Pnc{i@l-Tt¡torjal (6 x 2 houF) ..,... .......
Diffe rential
Series E-
l¡ct ures
EqutioN sDd Fourier
Tutoriãl/PEcli@l --.-.----.......--.:.-.-
Vedor Ana\ßis and Complex Analysis-
[¡dures
Tut oria l/ P mct iøl
Lincar ProgÉmming and Numcriel
AmlysiF
lJdufes
Tutorial/PmctiGl
[åplaæ TÉNfom
MetbodÈ
aDd Statistiøl
[ædures
Tutorial/Pmcti€l
Conæpts of Compùte¡ Scicne
Tutorial/P6diøl
Prcgmmming and DaÌa Struciure,{:
Turorial/PBcti@l
Prcgnrming and Data Srruaures Ë
Tùtorial/PÉcti@l
Numerial Methodts
[æc,tures,..,...............
Tutorial/PÞctiÉl
Chemis̡y IIE_
[4c(ù¡es
Tutorial
Geoloð¡ IHE-
(The 12 næn and 5.15 p.m. leclure
scries are allcmativ6.)
PÉctiel .,.,.........,.....
3-5.
t2
3-5.
9
+
*
9
l
#
t2
+
*
#
9
*
ll
3.1s.
12,5.15
ll-1.,3-5.
l1-1.,3-5.
#
9
*
*
9
+
*
l0
*
l0
l
+
11, t2
\2 12
3-5.
9
*
*
9
+
*
+
I
#
*
ll
2-6
12,5.15
2-5
3-5.
*
I
*
*
9
*
t2
*
l0
*
t0
*
*
n
3-5.
t2
3-5.
+
#
*
I
*
I
+
L2
*
10
2-6
12,5 15
NOTE: Moming lec1ures, turorisls and pEdi@ls ¡n all subjeds will @Emcnæ al len miDutes pæl the bour shon
in lhe time-tables (¡ncluding thæ sh(M s 12 næn).
AÍtemæn and dening lectuG vill æmmenæ at the time shoM in the time-tables.
'Altematives.
I Semcster I on\r.
2 Senester Il only.
# Times to be amnged.
76s

Time-tables
1991
Semeslcr
Syllåbus
No.
LEVUL u/il¡ UBJE(jIS Continu.d
Full Yea¡
Full Year
I
II
ll
I
I
II
il
Full Year
I
il
2653
92.æ
5022
95ól
948,'
5815
æ80
23r0
Tna
ó015
6?3'8
194ó
1345
r2lI
766
FACTJLTY OF ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Continued
Ph)6i6 ll-
Subjæl Monday Tu€day Wednesday Thursday Frlday
T\¡toriâl
PBdiel (ó hou6) Altemativ6:
Stream B
Stream C
Physi6 IIElæctures
Tttorial
Stress Analysis .4.
lÆclures
Tùtorial (l hour) .................................,. ...
Pñdiel (4 x 3 houF toral) .. .... ,,
StrsAnatysis B-
PEctiel (4 x 3 houE toþl)
Struduml EogineeriDß-
I¡ctures
Electriel Cìrcuits and MachineF
[æçt ures
Tl¡torial
PÉctiel (4 x 3 houF total) . ..,........,
Electrcnir
[¡dures
PEcriel (4 x 3 houF total)
Materials IIM-
Materials IIIC-
Pmcliql (, houß loral).........................
Materials IllM-
Advanæd Materials Engineering-
Iæctu¡es
PñcLiqt (n houF total) .. ..... ........
Heat TÉnsler, Contrcl and DesignlÆclures
PÉsial (3 houF)
Mechanism Desige
10
2-5
l0l
l0
LI,'L2'
2-5'
l0 #
2-S'
2-5.
9r
I
10
2.5
NOTE: Mom¡ng leclùres i¡ all subjecls will omnìenæ at len minutes pæt the hour sh(M in the tine-tables
(including those shom æ l2 oæn).
Aftemæn and ryening lcclü¡es will @mmenæ at the time shom in the ÌiDìe-Lables.
'Altemarives.
I Semesrer I only.
2 Semester ll on¡r.
# Times to be armnßed.
b on¡r ir numbes warrant.
lGl
2-S
2-5'
ll
t2
*
l0
11
2-5'
10
ll
2-S
l0
9
10
2.15
10
2.15
l0
2-5
l0 +
2-5
9
lûl
2-5
2-5.
2-5.b
ll
#
l0
2-5.
l0
t0
I
2-5.
l0
2-5
l0l
2-5.
#
2-5.
9
2-5
2-5.

S€mesler
$yllabus
No.
I,EVELII/III S UBJECTS Contiilted
ga
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Continued
Time-tables
1991
SubJecl Motrdåy Tl¡esday lltednesdsy Thursday Fr¡day
Turorial (1 hour) ...
TIME.TÁ,BLFS FOR OTI{ER
ENGINEERTNG SUBJECIS WILL
BE DISPTÀYED ON THE FACULTY
NOTICEBOARD DURING
ORIENTATION WEEK
FOR TIME.TABLES OF SUBJECTS
TAUGHT BY OT1TER FACULTIFS
NO'TSHOWN ABOVE
SEE TTIE APPROPRIATE FACULry
TIME.TABLES
9
# #
9
* +
NOTE: Morning lectws in aU ¡ubjects will @mmenæ aÌ lcn minulcs pa¡l the hour shoM in lhe time{abls
(includlng thæ shoM æ 12 næn).
Ancmæo ¿¡d even¡ng lecturë will ommeDæ ât the lime shM in thc timc-¡sbles.
' ,{,ltemtives.
I semester I only.
2 Semesrer lI onl¡r.
# T¡mes 10 be amngcd,
b on¡r iI numbem wamnr,
9
*

Time-lables
1991
Scmcslcr
Syllabus
No.
LEVEL I SUB.IESIS
Full Year
I
il
ll
Full Year
Full Year
I
I orll
92'16
1073
5ó62
9tu
9'1
36t7
4357
5543
768
FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER S CIENCES
BACHELOROF SCIENCE
NOTE: It ¡s anticipated that this will be the Mathematical and Computer Sciences
timetable but students are advised to check at En¡olment whether any changes to tlre
time-table have been made which may affect study progfammes.
N.B.-Sludents will be ¿ll@ted by the UniveE¡¡y to appropriate clæses for which more than one session is
provided. These all@tioN wi[ bc displayed on depar(mental notiæboârds during orientation weetc
Subjæt Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
lntrcduc(ioD to Computer Scieor
Irc{ures (3 houß)
Tùroriali (15 hß Sc-..r., ff¡ ............."
PÉcti€b (3 hß: 51; 15 hs: 52) ...........
lntroduction to Prcgmmming and
SystemF
kdures (3 houF) ....................................
Pmdiqls (3 houF)
lnt¡odudion to Progmmming and
Appli@rioÞ
l¡ctures (3 houN) ............
PÉctiels (3 bouF) ..................................
Mathemati€l Appliøt¡ons I-
[¡dures (4 houß) ........................ ..... ..
Turoriâls (l hour) .....................................
Pmctiels (l hour omputing) . .. .. ,. .
Mathemat¡6 l-
Iæctures (4 bouE): altenâtives
Moning
â.ftcDoon ....,...,,.,....
Tì¡torial (2 houF): altematives .,...........
Mathcmati6lM'-
Tutorials (2 houß): ålremarives ............
Malhemati6lH'tJctures
(4 houñ) .........................
Tutorials (2 hou6): alremarives .......
Sratisti6 l-
I¡ctures (3 houß):
TùÌorials (l hour): alternatives
P¡acliels (2 hou6):
Session I (l hr) altenarives............
Session tl (l fr¡ attemarlvcs ..........,..,
ll **
lÌ *
ll
2.15
#
i
l0
4.15
ll-1,
2.15-4.05
4.15
4.15
t2
315
4,5
*
#
9-ll, ll-1,
4.15-ó.05
23
ll
*
ll T
ll *
2.15
* *
l0
4.t5
2.15-4.05
2.15,4.15
2 15,4.15
t2
315
2,3
12,2
9, I0, ll
4,5
I
,
t
#
2.15
#
#
l0
5.15
I l-1,
2.15-4.05
ll-1,
2.15a.05
I l-t
9, 10,4
lt #
*
il #
l¡ #
2.15
#
#
l0
4.15
[-1,
2.15-4.05
4.15
lt-1,
2.15.1.05
4.15
ll-l,
2.15{.05
NOTE: Clæses in all subjects will ommence at ten m¡nutes pæl lhe hour shom ¡n lhe timeìables, unless shom
otheNise.
In some 6es p€riods longer than the nominal numb€r of houN indieted in the syllabw hsve been set æide for
pËcl¡@l clæses iD order to allow studenls lo at(end lectures which clash with the pmdi@l sessions.
# Tinìc lo b€ arranged
' Nol available for sludents in the B.Sc. Couree in the Faculty of Mathemat¡el and Computer Scienæs.
t2
3..t5
910

S€mcsler
Syllabus
No.
LEVEL II SUI}JESTS
lt
I
I
I
580?
6453
7553
195ó
4523
743
l0l6
ll29
4to7
8878
z)æ
Time-tables
1991
FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
Subjæt ùlonday Tuesday W€dnesday Thursday Fr¡dâ]
AlgebnlÆdures
(2 hou6)
Tutorials (l hr/fonnight):
altematives ..............
Clæsiøl Fields and Mathemat¡øl
MethodF
Iæcturcs (2 houn)
Tutoriåls (l hour/fo¡rnight)
Cl¿ssie.l Mechan¡Þ
bctures (2 houñ)
Turorials (l hour/forrniBhr)
Computer S)ßtetl]F
t¡ctures (2 houß)
Tutorials (l hour/foñnighl)
PÉctiøl (2 houñ)
Data AnalysiF
Ildures (2 houF)
Tutorials (l hou¡/fonnighr) .......... ..
PEdiels (l hour) ....................................
Differenrial Equations and Fourie¡
SerieF
Irdurs (2 houE)
Tt¡torials (l hour/foÍnight)
altcmativcs
PEdiels (l hr) --.... ... ----.---.--.
Differentiâl EquatioN ãnd Fouricr
Scries E'-
I¡dures (2 houß) ...............
Tutorials (l hou¡/fortnighr)
alternalives
PÉctrøls (l hr) .-...---..-........ . ... ........
Disqete Mathemati6 IIlæcures
(2 hourc)
Tutor¡ats (l hr/fortnight) alternarNes .
D¡st¡ibur¡on Theory tl-
L:ctures (2 hourc)
Tutorials (l hour/fonnight)
Pract¡@ls(l hour) . .................... ...
ln[erenæ ll-
I¡d ures (2 houÉ) .....
Tutoriâls ( I hour/tornight)
Pradiels (l hou¡) ..........,..
llplae TmEforms and PrcbabiliD,
andAppli@tioÞ
I¡ctures (2 houß)
'Iutorials (1 hr/forrnigh():
altcmatives
PÉcti@ls (1 hr).........
910
*
*
9
+
*
t
t2
9, 10, ll
*
9
#
9, I0
ll
t
9, 10, ll
+
9
t0
ll
I
II
+
*
+
9, l0
+
#
l0
I
I
t2
9, l0
#
3.1s
*
3.I5
+
#
#
2.ts
#
12
#
9
#
9
It
2.15
+
ll
2.r5
#
t
9
l0
+
#
* #
ll
+
9, t0
+
10, ll, 12
#
l0
#
#
t2
9, l0
#
t0, lt
*
4t
t2
* t
ll
*
t2
9, 10, I I, 12
*
9
10, il
NOTE: Clæses in all sùbjec(s will @mmence at ten m¡nutes pæ( the hour shom in the time-tables, unless showD
otheNise.
ln sonre øes periods longer than Ìhe nonìinal number of houß indieted in the syllabu have been set as¡de for
pmcli€l clæses in order to sllow students to attend ledures wh¡ch clash wilh the practi6l sesstons.
* Tinìe lo b€ arÉnged.
'Av¿ilable only (o B.E, and B.Sc. (Science) srudents.
#
il
*
t
769

Time-tables
1 991
Som€sfcr
Syllabus
No.
LE\/EL Il SUll.lEC'l'S CoûiMd
I
ll
I
I
I
I
45@
ló75
2759
t&2
7389
3655
5134
1006
æ59
2ta7
7833
770
FACTJLTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
BÀCHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
Subjæl lvfonday Tueday Wednesday Thursday Friday
'bplaæ TÉoslom and P¡obabili¡y
and Stâtistiel Mcthodts
I¡dures (2 houß)
Tutorials (l hour/fonnighr):
sltematives ......... .
Pndiøls (l hr) ...... -...------------.
Linear Models llltciures
(2 bouÉ)
Tùtorials (l hour/fonnighl) ............ ..
PÉdiels (l hour)
'Linear Progmmming and DyDami@l
SystemF
tJc{ures (2 hou6)
Tutorials (l hr/fortn¡Bhl)
âltemalives
Pmcti€ls (l hr)
Linear PrcgEmming, and Numeri@l
Analysis-
I¡ctures (2 houñ)
T\¡torials (1 hr/fortDight)
PÉdiøls (l h.) ----. ----.-....................
Multivariable CalculÞ
lrdures (2 hou6)
TuÌorials (l hr/tortnight):
Numeriøl MethodF
tæaures (2 houre)
Tütorials (L hour/fortnight) ...........::::.:::
PFcliql (2 houF)
PrcB,ramming, and Dalâ Slrudures Alrctures
(2 hourc)
Tutorials (l hour/fortni8ht)
Pmd¡@l (2 houß)
Programming and Data Slrudures B-
[¡dures (2 houE)
Tu(orials (l hou¡/fornighr)
Pmaiel (2 hous)
Real and Complex AnalysiF
I¡du¡es (2 houF)
Tutorials (l hr/fornight):
'Veclor A¡alysis and Complcx
Analys¡Þ
tæc{ures (2 hou6) ................,
Tutorials (l hour/fonnight)
Prâdiøls (l hr).......................................
Vcdor Analysis and Continuum
Mechani+
t ctures (2 houÉ)
Tùtorials (1 hr/fodniSht):
alternatives ..... .....,,,
PÉdi€ls (l hr)...- .. ..--....------.-..
l1
t
t2
9, t0, ll
t
9
T
9, l0
9
*
+
I
I
#
*
9I0
*
9,10, u
*
9
+
*
9, l0
*
#
0
*
t0
#
t
t0
*
*
9
l0
9
t
t2
9, l0
#
#
2.15
+
t2
#
9
#
9
t #
t
*
I
tl
*
#
9
10, ll, 12
*
u
#
9, l0
+
10, ll,12
#
l0
*
l0
*
t0
I
#
9
t0
9
10, 11,12
*
t2
9, l0
#
9, 10, ll, I
*
+
l2
+
2
9, 10, ll, t2
+
9
t0,ll
t2
*
*
t
+
#
#
10, ll
9,10,11, t2
*
NOTE: Clæses in all subjccls will @mmence at ten minutes pst thc hour shoH in the rime-tables, unles shoM
otheryise.
In some 6es p€riods longer than thc nominal number of houß ¡ndiøled io the syllab$ hâve been set ðide for
pÉctiøl clæses in order to allow sludenrs to aneûd ledures which clesh with the pracÌiøl sessions.
* Time to be amnged,
'Av¿ilable only lo B.E. snd B.Sc. (Scienæ) students.
t2
t

Semcslcr
Syllabus
Time-tables
1 991
FACT]LTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
APPI,IED IIIATHEMATICS - LEVEL III SI'BJESTS
ll
I
I
444'l
t322
7U3
¿ó8
1733
L506
2039
9482
at4
2n8
612ß
SùbJecr Monday Tuesday Wedn€sday Thursday Fr¡dây
Applied Probabiliry-
[:oures (2 hous)
Tutoriats il hourf3 wecks) ....... ........::::.
PEdiels (2 houN/3 weeks) ..................
Computa(ioDal MathematiÈ
I¡ctures (2 bouE)
Turorials (l hour/3 wcek) ........
PËcti@ls (2 houñ/3 wceks) ..........
Dilferential EqutioN
tÆctures (2 houñ)
Turorials (l hour/3 weeks)
PÊctisls (2 houF/3 weeks) ................
Elæticirykdures
(2 houE)
Tutoriâls (l hour/3 wecks)
PÞc(i@ls (2 houN/3 week) ..... ..
HydrcÖmami6
IJctu¡es (2 houE)
Tutorials (l bour/3 weeks)
PÉdiels (2 houE/3 wceks) ..................
Mathematiel Bìolo$r
[¡dures (2 houß) ........
Turonals (l hour/3 weeks)
PEct¡els (2 hou6/3 week) ....,.............
Malhemåtiøl Prcgmmming
[ædures (2 houß)
Tulorials (l hour/3 weeks) .......
Practiels (2 hourc/3 wccks) . .. ....,,,.
Mathemati6 of F¡nanæ
læctures (2 houre)
Tutoriãls (l hour/3 weeks)
Pmctiøls (2 houm/3 wecks)
Op¡im¡sation
[æaures (2 houro)
Tutorials (l hour/3 weeks)
Practiels (2 houF/3 wceks) ... . .......
Random Processes
lraures (2 hous)
Turorials (l hou¡/3 weeks)
Prâdiels (2 houF/3 weeks) .................
Variational Metbods and Opr¡msl Control
t¡ctures (2 houß)
Tutorials (l hour/3 weeks)
Pracriels (2 houß/3 weeks) .................
It
#
I
#
*
I
I
T
lt
ll
*
2
*
+
#
#
4
1ì
*
*
I
#
9
*
lt
NOTE: Clæses in al¡ subjects will @mmence at ten minutes past the hour shou i¡ the t¡meiables, unless shom
olheNise.
ln some 6es perjods looger than the nom¡nal number of houñ iDdieted in the syllabus have been set aside for
practiel clæses in order to allow students to attend lectures wh¡ch clæh with the pract¡øl sesslons
# Time to be arranged.
+
+
* #
lt
*
I
,
*
9
I
*
I
t
#
#
# I
*
#
lt
*
2
It
*
9
*
#
9
I
*
*
+
lt
*
I
l0
+
*
+
1t
l0
*
#
2
#
+
9
*
t
t
I
*
*
t
+
*
l
*
9
*
I
t
*
,
#
*
*
#
T
T
2
*
#
#
1t
*
9
#
#
9
t
#
#
*
t0
+
*
*
t0
#
+
2
*
#
#
#
7'71

Time-tables
1991
Scmcsler
Syllâbus
No.
FACTJLTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
COù,IPU]'¡]R SCIENCE - LEVEL IIT SUBJEC:TS
I
I
I
I
I
6720
5l4l
8ó98
2324
26A1
ó378
98 I
9am
4ró8
7}{3
772
Subjæa Monday Tuesdoy Wedoesday Thursday Friday
Comp¡ler CoNtrudiontrctures
(2 houß) ... ..
Turoriåls (l hour/3 weeks) ............:.: :
PBcti@ls (2 houF)
Computer Àrchitec{ urelæctures
(2 houÉ)
Turorials (l hour/3 wceks)
PEdi@ls (2 houE)
Computer GÉphir
Iæctures (2 houñ)
Tutorials (l hour/3 wcek) ......... ::-.
Pmdiøls (2 houN)
Computer Neworks ¿nd Data Communiøtio¡lF
t¡ctures (2 houE)
Tutorials (l hour/3 wceks)
PFctiøls (2 houF)
Data Bæe and IDfomation S)6tems
Irdures (2 bouF) ..,.......,..
Tutorials (l hour/3 weeks)
PÞc(iøls (2 houF)
Knowledge-Bæed 3)6teN-
Irctures (2 houß) ..........
Tutorials Turorials (l hour/3 weeks)
PÉc{iels (2 houF)
Non-Procedural Programmingkc(ures
(2 hous) ... . . . ..
Tutorials (l hour/3 weeks)
Pmc(i@ls (2 houË)
NumeriølAnalysiF
IJdures (2 houß)
Tutonals (l hour/3 weeks) .,,.....,.....,.
Practi€ls (2 houF)
OpeÉtiDg Systems-
Lædurcs (2 houñ) .,.............,...
Tu(or¡als (l hour/3 weeks) ............
Pract¡els (2 hous) .:'
Programming languge CoDccptF
kc(ures (2 houre) ......,, .. ...,.
Turorials (l hour/3 weeks)
Practiøls (2 houre) .. .............. ...........
#
,
#
*
t
#
3
T
*
#
*
3
*
I
4
I
*
4
*
#
t *
*
NOTE: Clâsses in âll subjects will @mmence at (cn minutes pæl the hour shoM in the t¡me-lables, uDles shoM
otheryise.
ln sonre øes periods longer than the nominal number of houñ indiøted in the syllabu have been set 6ide for
practi€l clæses in order ro allow s(udeDts to aÍend lectures which clash with lhe pmctial sessioN
# Time to be arr¿nged.
2
#
' *I
#
#
+
I
4
*
*
I
+
*
t t
4
#
I
t
I
#
*
3
*
T
3
i
*
*
#
#
#
It
4
*
+
4
I
+
+
*
2
#
+
+
*
#
#
*
4
#
ìf
*
+
#
+
+
4
*
,
+
+
4
lt
I
4
#
#
3
I
{
*
3
*
*
#
#
*
+
tl
+

Scm€slcr
Syllsbus
Time-tables
f991
FACI.JLTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
PURE IVIATHEMATICS - LEVEL I¡I SUBJECTS
I
II
ll
I
il
I
I
I
I
,il
il
óa{8
3337
3874
3'Ì
4102
1273
1845
5780
9482
340t
ó508
Subjecr Monday Tuesday Wednesdoy Thurday Friday
AnalysiF
[Jdures (2 hou6)
T\¡tori¿ls (l hour/3 wcel€) ............:':::::::
Complex /A,nab6iF
lrctures (2 houE)
Tutorials (l hour/3 weeks)
Convexity-
IJclu¡es (2 bou6)
Tutorials (l bour/3 weeks)
Geometryt¡ciures
(2 houñ)
Turorials (l hour/3 weeks)
Geometry of SurfaceF
t ctures (2 hou6)
Ti¡torials (l bour/3 weeks)
Grcup*
læctures (2 houE)
Tùtorials (l hou¡/3 week)
lntegEtion-
L¡dures (2 houF)
Tùtorials (l hour/3 weeks)
tÆgir
Lcdures (2 houß)
Tutorials (l hour/3 wecks)
Mathemati6 of Finanr
Læctures (2 houm)
Tutorials (l hour/3 weeks)
N u mb€ r Theo ry-
Nor given in 199I
Rin8s, Fields and MarriæF
t¡dures (2 houF)
Tutorials (l hour/3 weeks)
l0
*
t2
#
t
I
*
t2
t
*
#
4
#
t0
#
NOTE: Clæses in all subjects will @mmence al ten minutes pæt Ìhe hour shom in the time-tables, unless shom
otheNise.
ln some øes periods longer than the Dominal number of houß indi€ted in the ryllabE hãve b€en set side for
practiel clæses in order to allow sludents to attend lectures which clæh with the pÉctiøl se$¡oN.
# Time to b€ armnged.
*
+
12
#
3
#
l0
*
a
10
#
L2
*
I
*
+
*
*
#
T
12
#
#
+
4
*
+
l0
+
t2
*
+
3
*
?
*
#
T
t2
t
*
10
*
*
12
#
*
#
*
t2
It
*
+
I

Time-tables
1991
Semesler
Syllâbus
No.
S'TA'TIS'IICS _ LEVEL ITI SUBJECTS
Ðl
9800
11il
2658
5030
5ó75
7't4
FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF.SCIENCE Continued
Subjær Monday Tùesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
D¡stribution Theory-
IJctures (2 houß)
Turoriats il hourf fortnighr) ..........::.....::
PEcliels (l hour) ....................................
Experimeotal DeEigntrdures
(2 houF)
Tutorials (l hou¡/foñnight)
PÞctiels (l hour/fodn¡ght)
Life ContingencieF
l¡ctures (2 houru) ........,..,........,..............
Tùrorials (l hour/fonnight)
Pmctiøls ( I hour/fortnighl)
LiDe¿r Models-
I¡crures (2 hou6)
Turoriâls (1 hour/¡onDighr)
Pmctiels (l hour/fortnight)
Multiwriate Analysits
læctures (2 houñ)
Tutorials (l hour/tortnighl)
Pmctiøls (l hour/fonn¡Bht)
Time Serie*
I¡ctures (2 houß)
Tutorials (l hour/fonnight)
Practiels (l hour/fonnight) ...........
#
#
ll *#
* +
*
#
#
t
ll **
NOTE: Clæses in all subjects will @mmence ¿t ren m¡nures pöt thc hour shom in the time-tables, uoless shoÐ
otheNise.
ln some øes periods lon8er than thc nominal number ol houF indi€ted in the syllabu have beeD set ð¡de for
praclial clæses in order to allow students to attend lectures which clæh with the pÉdiel sessioN.
# T¡me to be aranged.
u
+
*
*
#
t1
+
#
9
*
#
3
*
*
#
* #
ll +
+
*
#
*
#
+
ll
+
*
*
+
,
Í
*
ll +
ll *+
,
+
il +
t
,
ll +
*
+
*
I
+
,
+

Scmcslrr
LEVEL I SUB.TECTS
I
Full Year
I
l:ull Ye¿r
II
Syllabus
No.
I 145
3t'14
3821
ó878
962A
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Time-tables
1991
NOTES: It is anticipated that this will be the Science time-table but students are
advised to check at En¡olment whethe¡ any changes to the time-table have been made
which nray affect study programmes.
Where a disturbance to scheduled classes occurs due to public holidays alternative times
may need to be arranged in the evenings or on a Saturday morning.
Di¡ect clashes between lecture classes cannot normally be resolved. However, clashes
between lectures and practical classes may in some cases be accommodated. In the first
instance, students with time-table clashes should consult a C,ourse Adviser.
Subjæt Monda] Tueday Wednesday Thursday Fr¡day
Astronomy I-
IJdùres (3 houn) ......,...................,
Tutorial (l fr*tl ......,.,.............,................
D¿ytime Pñdi@ls (4 h6/semcster) ....
Evening PÞdi€b (8 hm/*mester) .....
(Alternatives)
Biolory tl¡ctu¡es
(3 hour): altcmatives
Moming
Tutorial (l hour): alremar¡ves ...,,.,.,....
Practiøls (3 houÉ): Àìtematives
Evening ......,..
Botany It
ctures (2 hou6)
PEcii€ls: altcmativ6
Strcam A (2 x 2 houn)..................
Stream B (2 x 2 hourc) .... ...........
Chcmistry ltæctures
(3 houß): altemativ6
Morn¡ng
Aftemæn
Even¡ng ..,,,...,.....,.....
Tutoriat (l nour¡: altcmtivcs ........ . ..,..
Pmdiels (3 houF): altcmt¡ves
Moming
Evolution, DinosauF and GreeDhoue
Eårth llæctures
(2 houre)
Pmcli@ls (2 hou6) (including
()Gional tulorial): altcrnalives
Evenins
t2
*
u
5.15
9
t2
5.15
#
G9
10, tt, 12,2
1,4,6
lGl
2-5
69
9
l0-12
12,3.15
l0-r
2-5
t2-l
l0-12
24
4-6
t2
#
ll
5.15
10, ll,2,3,4
2-5
69
t0-12
9
12
5.15
12,4.15
,-s
*
69
t0, tt, t2,2
3,4
lÈ1
2-5
G9
9
l0-12
l0-l
2-5
t2-t
to-t2
5-'t
t2
2.t5
*
t1
515
10, ll, 12,
3
NOTE: Clæses in all subjecls will æmmenæ at ten pæ( the hour shom in the time{ables, unless shoÐ otheruise
ln somc 6es periods longer lhc¡e than the nominal numbe¡ of houñ indi€ted in the slllab$ have been set æide
for pEcti€l clæses in order to allow slùdenls to attend leclures which clæh with the practiøl sessioN.
# Timc to b€ amnged.
2-5
t0-12
I
t2
515
2-5
775

T¡me-tables
1 991
S€mûstcr
Syllahus
No-
LEVEL I SUB.IECTS Contiwd
il
Full Year
Full Year
Full Ycar
I
Full Year
Full Year
7940
9615
2t36
9W
3¡.82
36{3
5l04
776
FACT'LTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
Gcnet¡6 and Evolution lf¡crures
(3 houF)
Sùbjea Monday Tuesdsy W€dnesdsy Thorsdsy Þ¡dsy
Tutorials (l hour): alrematives .....
PnaietsiZ loun¡: "lt"-"tir* ...,.......
Geneml Physis I-
Ildu16 (3 houß) ...,..........................,.....
Tutoriats (1 trour),....,....,.....................,....
PËctiøb (3 houñ)
G€olo5' I-
Iæclur6 (3 houE): altemativs
Morning .,,...,,......,...
Afremæn
Tt¡torials (9 hE/ycar): altcmatives . .....
PEdi€Ls (3 hN): alt¿mativcs
Morning
AÂemæ¡
Hu@^,¡atomyll¡clures
Intrcdudioo to
Physiel Geogmphy t
t¡clurcs (2 houö).
T\¡¡orials (2 hou) ..........................::::...::
PEdiels (2 hoüE): al(cmatives
Mo¡ning ..... ...... -....
Evening
Physis lkclures
(3 houÉ): altcrulivs
Moming
&ening.................,. ................
Tutorials (l hour): sltemåtives
PEctiels (3 hE): sltcmatives
Morning
Even¡n9,..........,.._.
PsycholoÐr l-
Iæclurcs (3 hou6): altematûs
t2
t0-t2,24
9
3
t2
5.15
3.15
I
9
5.15
3.15,4.15
2-5
l0
5.15
I
+
9
9-l¡
l0
2-5
l0-l
69
9., Ìt
L2
,
r0-12
24
4-6
t0, ll, ¿15
lGl
2-5
I
I
L2
24
9
3
t2
51s
ll
*
9
5.15
ll
69
l0
5.15
*
9
ll, 12
lG12
l0-1, 2-5
10
2-5
ll
2-S
L2
#
l0-12
5-7
2, 3.r5,4.1
NOTE: Clåsses in all subjects vill @mmenæ at ten pæt the hour sboÐ in lhc timc{ables, unless shown otheryise,
ln sonre øes pcriods loDger fherc lhâD rhc nomiMl Dùmber of bouE indiøtcd in thc syllabN have beeo set æ¡de
for Practiøl clæses in order to allow sl udents to attend lectures wh¡ch clash with thc pBctiel sess¡oN.
# T¡me to be amnged.
' The Humn Anatomy I lecturc at 9 a.m., T\resdays is ued onbr for part of S€mester t.
" Ocøional lecture on Monday at I p.m.
2-5
*
l0
,)
24
I
t2
5.15
3.15
*
9
5.15
2-5
l0
5.15
,

Scm0sl(¡
Syllabus
No.
LEVEL II SUB.IECTS
Full Yeâr
Full Year
I
fìull Yeâr
II
I
il
Full Year
t404
3673
6725
9ó53
9600
2^56
9828
7AcA
34 l8
1443
48ó3
FACTJLTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
Time-tables
1991
Subjæt IUondsy Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
Biæhemistry lItJc{ures
(3 houß)
Tulorials (l L".¡ .................. . ............'
PÉcriql (4 hN): altemativcs ... .............
Botany tl"tædures
(3 houE)
PÉctiels (6 houF):
.Altematives (sesioo l) ...,..,.,.,............
AlterDatives (sssion 2) ..,.,,............... .
Chemiel Ceolosr ånd Themod)mami6
tf- fædures (3 houE)
Pmctiøls ({bouF): allemalives .... . . ..
Chemistry llEulædures
(3 houF)
Turorial (l hou¡) ...............
PEctiels (6 houñ)
Organ¡c ChemistÐ'
P snd I Chemistry ..
ClNiel Ficlds snd Mathematiql
Mcthods Il-
[¡dures (2 houF)
T!torial (l hour per fonnight) .............
ClNi@l Mechani6 IIt¡crures
(2 houF)
T\jtorials (l hour/fonn¡ght)
Compamtive Morpholos¡ ll.
Iæc{ures (3 houE)
Tutorial (l hr)
PEd¡els (4 houm) .................... ...,
Dara Prcæssing in rhc Geologiøl Såences
ll-
1æcures (3 houË) .,,..,......,............... .. ..
PBdiøls (ó houD): altemativcs ...........
Electromagnetsm and Relatiqry lltrdures
(2 hou6)
T\¡torials (8 hou6/scmester) .......
Environmental Geolo$¡ Ilkctures
(3 houF)
Tutorial/Pmdi@ls (6 HouE):
GeDeli6 ll-.
læclures (3 houN)
Tutorials (2 houß): âltcmâtives ...........
PEcliels (4 houF): altcmatives . ..
12
*
2-5
9
2-5
ll
3.15
*
*
2
3-5
10
#
12
11
2-6
NOTE: Clæses i¡ all subjecls will æmmenæ at leD pæt tbe bour shM in the limc-tablcs, uDless shoM olhesise
ln some øscs p€riods longer lhcrc thsn the nominal number of hou$ ¡ndi€ted in the syllabE have been set æide
for pEc:ti@l clæses in order to allow studenis to ¿tlend leclures wh¡ch clæh vilh Lhe pÊdi@l sesioß.
¿ Thc I p.m. lecure on Friday ir a substilutc for the I I a.m. lecturc, when there ¡s s clash for the lecturer.
The Botany II Eælo$r Camp is lo bc held in the fiNt week of lhe mid-semesle¡ break of thc seond semester.
+ Time (o be âmnged.
b Chemistry llB hæ No @mponents, Organ¡c ChemÉtry aûd Physiel and Ino¡ganic Chemistry, wh¡ch âre
scheduled at diffe¡ent l¡mes,
' Special amngemeots will b€ made for studenls taking the æmbination Ceneti6 II, Zþolog ll and llistolog lI
or CompaÉl ive Morpholos¡ ll.
cAlternativc
for Monday and Tuesday,
d Alrernat¡ve for Tuesday and wednesd¿y.
+
12-6
l0
t-<
2-5
lr, l2
lÌ +
u #
t0
l0
2-5
#
9
II
#
t2-6
9
ll
I2-6
3.15
+
3.15
#
2-5
#
ll
24
ll *
l0
2-5
2-
1t
#
#
l0
l0
2-4
#
9
t2-6
2-6
t2
{
llorl
2-5
9
2-f
IU
t2-6
+
+
l1
2-5
12-
2-Ss
t0
*
t2-6
24
'777

Time-tables
1 991
Scmc.slcr
Syllsbu¡
No.
LEVEL II SUBJECTS Con!¡nued.
il
I
I
Full Ye¿r
Fu Yeâr
Full Yeer
Fù¡l Ycâr
Full Year
F-ull Year
2559
9473
1995
632ß
6051
9&35
70t3
1893
320ø.
2Á53
3Tn
3149
3412
778
FACTJLTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
Subjet MondÂy Twrd¡y Wedoesday Thursdoy hiday
Geophysi6 and Geodynamic GeoloÐ/
II- tJctures (3 houF)
PÉdi@ls (6 houß): allematives .... .. .
Histology lI-.
I¡ctures (3 houn) ............................... ....
Turorials (l bour) ...........
PÉc-tiels (4 houF) ............................. ....
Hislori@l Gcolo$¡ ud Palaeobiology
Il- tædures (3 bouñ)
Pmcriels (6 bouÃ):
lmmunolosr ând Virclog/ ll-
[æcures (3 houn) ...... ... .......,,,..,...
':
Tutorial (-l ho"r) ......... ... ................:.::..
PEctiet (6 hou6)
lntroducto¡y Quntum Mechani6 and
Applietioß II-
IJclures (2 bouN)
Tutoriåls (8 houñ/æmeste¡) .. .....,.......
trndsøp. Evolution io AEtralia Il-
I¡durcs (2 houñ)
Turorial (l bour):
¿lternatives
MicrobioloÐr ll-
Iadures(3 houm).........................
Tutonal (ì h""r) ................................:::':::
PÞdiøl(ó houF)
Organic Chemistry IIlJc,tu¡es
(3 houro) ....,.......,..............,........
Tùrorials (l bour) .....................................
PÉctiel (ó hour): altcmlives .............
Physiel âDd lnorganic Chemistry II-
Leoures (3 houÉ) .,..........,.,..,..,........ -
Turorial (l hour): altemalives........... .
Pmctiel (6 houF): allemstives ......
Physi6 ll-
I¡dures(3 hourc)..,.....,,.....,...... ....,,.
Tutorial (1 hour)........
PDctiel(2x3houF):
Strcam A.
Slream C ........
Physiolog¡ Illrctures
(3 houE) .....,..........---.....-..,..
Tutorial (l hour).......
PEdiøl (4 houF): altemetives ,....... ....
PsycholoÐl Ukcturcs
(3 hou6): altematives....,........
Tu(oriâl (l hoùr)............
Zñlog ll-'
[¡dures(3 houñ)...........,,...,,,,,.,..........
PÞdi@l (ó houE): altcrnafivcs ..,..,......
2-5
3-5
9
2-5
4
t
t0
+
4
*
*
u
3.15
l0
2-5
I
9,5.15
#
*
t0
l0
2-5
t0
2-5
9
*
12-6
*
4
9
I
t2-6
l0
+
t2-6
it
l0-l
2-5
#
2-6
#
,
2-
9
*
*
9,11,2,3
NOTE: Clæses in all sùbjeds vill æmmenæ at ten pæt the hour shm in the time-tables, unless 6hom otheryise.
ln some 6es Periods longer lhan the noDinal Dumber of houF i¡di@tcd ¡tr the syllabu have b€eD set æíde lor
Practi€l clæses in order to allov studcnts to alteDd lec{ures which clæh with the pEcti€l scssios.
a
Àlternative for Monday aDd Ttlesd8y,
i Special amngements wiu b€ made for students taking lhe @mbina¡ion Geneti6 ll, Zúlog ll and HistoloÐ/ ll
or Compamtive Morphologr II.
*
#
t1
L2-6
10
2.15
9
9,5.15
*
10.
72-6
10
10
2-5^
9
*
*
4
9
#
l0 *
124
t2-6
l0-l
2-5
+
2-6
lt
1t
12-6
t2
2.f
ll
2-5
I
2-54
,
l0
*
+
u
*
2.t5
l0
2-5
9
*
9,5.15
+
,
l0

S(ncsl(r
Syllabus
No.
FACI'LTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
ANA'I'Oò,IYAND HTSTOLOGY_ LEVEL III SUBJECTS
il
t'ull Ycar
I
ó900
9&t6
9p32
5045
'tg'l
I}IOCHEIVIISTRY _ LEVEL I¡I SUBJECTS
ll
II
II
I
I
¡
I
252'
9510
3090
2123
4't62
2893
en
5317
Time-tables
I 991
Subjet Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
CompaÉtive Reprodudive Biolo$¡ of
Mammalslæcrures
(2 hous)
Turorial/PBdiøl (5 houß) ...........
He¿d 8nd Ned( and Neurcanalomylæcures
(2 houre) ..
PEctiøls (2 hou6)
Neurcanatomy and
NeuroendoqitroloСtæaures
(2 hourc) ..... ..
Turoriat/Pmdiøt (5 h""*) ............::..:::
Special Sense OrgaÞ
[:oures (2 houre)
Tutorial/Pt'adiøl (5 houE) ...............--
Topis and Techniques in QÃologrtædures
(2 houß)
Tutorial/PEcri@l (5 hourc) ...................
Bæic Biotechnol06r-
[æcture (1 hour) ...................,...........
Tütorials (ó pcr Seme","t),.,..,,,,.,,,.:::::::.
PBctiels (4 hour/forni8ht)
Biæhemistry of Conrrcl of Genc Ex-
Pressron-
Lcclures (2 houF)
Turoriâls (l hour) .,,,.,,,........,....................
Molcolar Biologr of the Cclltæclures
(2 houñ)
Turorials (l hour) .....................................
Molccùlar B¡olo$r of the Genr
tædures (2 houF)
Tulorials(l hour)............................. ...
Prole¡n Structurc and Functiontrctures
(2 houN)
Tutor¡als(l hour) ......................... ........
Reæmbinant DNA Technoloþ¡: Practicr
PÊdiøls (4 houß): altematives ...........
Reombinent DNA TechnoloFÈ Theory-
[Édures (l hour)..... .
Turorial (l hour/toñn¡ghr)
Research Topi6 in Biochemistry-
PEc{iøls (8 houF)
t0
l-ó
t2
l-6
l0
ll #
*
l0
12
t2
l0
#
l-6
NOTE: Whc¡e a disturbane to scheduled lpel lll clæses æuñ due to public holidays, alternative times nìay
need lo be aranged in the wen¡ngs or on a Saturday moming.
NOTE: Clæses in all subjects eill ænmenæ at ten minutes pæt the hour shom in lhc time-tables, unless shown
olhesise.
[n somc 6es periods longer th¿n Ìhe nom¡nal number of houF iûdieted itr the syllabs have bccn set aside [or
practial clæses ¡n order to allow students to attend lectures whicb clæh with lhe pÞctiøl sesioN.
Where a disturbane to scheduled l¡vel lll clsses occuÉ due to public hol¡da)Æ, altemâtivc ¡imes may need to be
arranged in the evenings or on a Seturday morDing.
# Times Io be amDged.
A Allemalives.
" .A'D allernative time may be amDged
*
9
9
#
II
l0
ll
I
#
l0
t0
lt
t0
t l-l
10
lt
*
l0
9..
l0
12-6
*
L2-64
l-ó
I2
l)
l-ó
#
+
l0
t0
r2-6
+
l2-6A
'779

Time-tables
1 991
S(mcslc¡
Svllal¡us
No-
IIO'IAN\'- LEVEL III SUBJECTS
¡t
Feb l*rl
il
Ja¡r I99l
I
I
7839
2n8
6n
5052
8318
2.819
3488
FACTJLTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
SubjRr Mondoy Tuesday Wednesdsy Thursday F¡¡day
Aqutic Plant Biolo6/' +-
Iædures (2 houF)
PEcriels (5 hou6) ......................... . . :.:
Eophysiolos¡ oÍ Plants.-+ +
I¡dures (2 bouÉ)
Pmcti€ls (5 houÉ)
Eæsystems Modelling for Environmental
B¡ologisls+ + +
Pl¿nt B¡ochemistry and MembÉne
TÉNpod'tæctures
(2 houß)
PÞcti€ls (5 houF)
Raogelands E@lo$r-+ + + +
Seminañ in Envircnmcntal Biolog¡-
Seminar/Turorial (3 houm) ........... ........
Thc Erclution of thc AutElìan Flora.tæctures
(2 houF)
PEcti€ls (5 houn) ..................................
CI,INICAI.AND EXPERIMENTAL PTIARMACOLOGY _ LEVEL III SUBJECTS
1730
4574
780
l0
t2
Sludents wishin8 to takc So¡l BioloС ånd BiochcmistÌy (Sc.) ¡n Scmester I should æNulr rhe Depanmenr ot Soil
Science.
Principles of Phama@loÐ/ and Tox¡æloþ¡t-
[ædures (4 houF) . .........,....,,..,...,..........
PÉctiels (9 hou6)
Systematic Phômaælo$r.trdures
(4 houF) ..,,.,,....,.,.................... .
PÉctiøls (9 houñ)
I
I
NOTE: Clæses in all subjects vill æmmeDæ at ten m¡nutes pæt Ìhe hour shom in the time-tables. unless shoM
otheNise.
f n some øcs pcriods lonSer thaD lhc nominal number of hous indiqted io the syllabu havc been sef æ¡de fo¡
pract¡€l clsses in order to allow students to attend ¡ectures which clæh with the pmctiel sessioN.
' Lectures and pEctiøls may be reåmnged, in ænsullat¡on with students, to avoid tiDelabling clashes withother
subjects; pEclÌ6ls will bc dupli6ted if numbeE wamnr,
" The llboÉtory is availablc for pEcli@l work all day on WedD6d¿)6. A furlhe¡ uo hou6 is required; vhilsl
th¡s time ¡s sbou oo Friday aftcmæs, students may do this al aDy time.
+ Fieldwork to be hcld iû thc æ@od wcek of rhe mid-æmester brcak of Scmcster I.
+ + Field work to be hcld in lhe $@nd week o[ the mid-semestcr brcak olSemester ll.
+ + + This æuNc is held during rhe ñßt threc weeks of Februry 1991.
+ + + + Thc RaD8elands E@lo$r @u6e is held in Janury l9l, starting on the fi6t working day afrer rhe New
Yea¡ holiday-
ll
ll
l2
l0
t0
t2-6
t2-6
9
l0-5
9
l0-5
1l
I1
12-6
t2-6
l0
2-5
9
24
9
24

S€mesl(¡
Syllabus
No.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
EN'IOIVIOLOGY- LEYEL III SUBJE(ÍS
GENE'TICS _ LEVEL III SIJBJECTS
II
il
I
ll
I
I
I
il
il
982
8ó15
87?3
30Tt
æ00
5160
2¡oO
5tt2
2¡ß.5
Time-tables
1 991
Subjsa Ivlondsy Tueday Wednesday thursday Friday
Consult the Faculty of Agricultural and Natural Resou¡ce Sciences for the following
su bjects:
3041 Biochemistry and Physiology of Insects (Science)
3310 Insect Behaviour (Science)
1379 Insect Pathogens: Pathology/Molecular Biology (Science)
6865 Population Ecology of Insects (Science)
Cellular ¿nd Molecular Geneti6 of
Mammals: PEd¡æ-
PEctiels (4 houm) ..................................
Cellul¿r and Molecular Gereti6 of
MamDals: TbeorF
Iæc{ures (¡ hour).............,,............,,,....,...
q^ogenctie
t dures (l hou¡)...................................
PBcliøls (4 houE)
l¡munoge¡eliÞ
tæclures (l hour) ------.-----....-.
Tutorials (2 houñ)' .........,...............::::::::
Nuclear/&tÞtruclea¡ Gerelìc
Compadments: PÉdiæ-
PÉdi@ls (4 hour) ..................................
N uclear/ Extmnuclear Genetic
Compaflments: TheorylÆctures
(l hour) ........,....,........................
QuDti(ative, Population and
Evolutionary Genetir
tæctures (l hour) .......
Turorial (2 houß)'
Rcgulslion of Cenc Fxprcsion: Pmcticr
PEciiels (4 houro) ..................................
Re8ulation ol Gene Expre$¡on: Theo¡yt¡c{ure
(l hour) ..........,..,..........,,...........,,
NOTE3 Cl,rs*s in all subjec-t6 will @menæ at teo pæt the hour sh()M in the time-tables, ules shoM otheNise.
In smc æ p€riod¡ longcr tha ahc nominal number of houF i¡di@lcd i¡ lhe syllabE bave been set æide for
pmctiql clæscs i! ordcr 1o allw studcnts to attend lectues which clåsh with thc pnct¡€l sesio$.
' Should sufficient students rcquire it, an altemâtive tutorial ¡imc will bc amnged.
12
2-6
t2
L6
9
9
ll
ll
2-6
9
9
2-6
t2
t2
781

Time-tables
1 991
S(meslcr
Syllabus
No.
FACT]LTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
GEOLOGYAND GEOPHYSICS _ LEVEL I¡I SUBJESIS
I
ft
il
II
il
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'tu2
9't09
4332
7015
5ùr3
4016
7072
8037
ID3
1037
l?89
9769
782
Subjel Monday Tùesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
ANtBI¡an Iåndsepe &olution-
L€dures (2 houE)
Tuto.iâls/PEctiøls (l bour):
altemat ives ......,,,,....
Gtrhemist¡y, GeæhrcnoloBG Mineralogy,Diagersitf,cturcs
(2 houF)
PEdiøls (5 houñ)
lgncoù and Metamorphic Petrclo$¡-
IJctures (2 hou6)
PÉcti€ls (5 houñ)
Ore Deposits and Gcologiøl Frcurs¡or
l¡dures (2 houE)
Practi@ls (5 houñ)
Palaeontolosr and Mâq@olution-
I¡cturcs (2 houF)
PÉdieLe (5 houß)
Petrcleum Geologsr and SediDentolos¡-
Iædures (2 houE)
PEc{i€ls (5 houñ)
Rcmote Se$ing (ScienæF
Iædures (2 houF)
Pnctiøls (3 houñ)
Stmt¡gBphy and Ccrcml
PalaeoDto106¡f¡dures
(2 houß)
PÞdiels (5 houß)
Structurâl Geolosr aDd ÞploÉtion Geophys¡r
kdures (2 houñ)
PÉdiqls (5 houm) ..................... ... ..... ..
Sùpcrgcne Orc Dcposits ând
Geostalisti6-
IJdures (2 houß)
Pmdiels (5 houN)
Tectoni6 and Geologiel Mapping-.
[ædurcs (3 houF)
Pract¡€ls (5 houE)
Theoreliøl Gcoph)ßi(F
læctures (2 houß)
Prâctiøls (5 hou6)
12,2
9-5
9,2
9-5
9,2
9-5
9,12
9-5
4
9,2
9-5
9,2
9-5
9,2
9-5
t2,2
9-5
9,2
3-6
4
10, ll, 3
t2,2
9-5
9, t2,2
9-5
NOTE: Classes in all subjeds will @mmene at ten pæt the hour shou in thc time-tables, unless shoÐ otheryise.
fn some 6es periods longer lh¿n thc nominal trumber ol houE iodi€tcd in the syllabu havc been set Nide for
pracliel clæses in order to allow students to attend leclures which clæh vith the pEcti€l sessioN,
' Iæclures æùPy fiËt half of Scmeslcr Il, &day líeld @mp to bc held in the mid-semester break of Semester II,
followed bywite.up in pmcti@l t¡mes,

Scmcsler
Syllahus
No.
FACT.II,TY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
IlI ICROIìIOLOGY AND IùIMUNOLOGY _ LEVEL III SUBJECTS
II
il
9371
7335
9570
't96
2611
Time-tables
1991
Subjæt ùl ondây Tuesday Wednesday TÏursday Friday
Advanced IDDunoloÐrlrctures
(2 hou6)
Tutorial (1 frorr¡,..,,...,,,,............. ....... ....
Pmaiels (ó bous)
Ad%næd Microbiolo$r-
[æoures (2 houn)
Tutorials(l hour) ....................... ...
PEcri@ls (6 bouñ)
Host RespoNes to lnfection-
I:ctures (2 houro)
Tutorial (l hour).........
Praaiøls (6 houE)
MechanisDs of IDfectio¡F
læctures (2 hous)
Tulorial (l hour)..................................
PBcriøls (ó houñ)
Peßpectiv€s in Micrcb¡olo$r and
llmuDoloÐ/-
Iædùreflutorial (l hour).... .. ...........
ORGANIC CHEIVIISTRY_ LEVEL III SUBJECTS
il
I
il
I
lll5
4265
ó009
5084
Hetercgrcl¡c Chemistry aDd Nâtuml
Produalæaures
(2 houro)
PÉdiels (6 hou6): "lt.^"t¡r"" . .::::::::
Mechan¡str and Synthesis,¿\l¡ctures
(2 houñ)
Pmdi€ls (6 houñ): alternarives .,,,,...,,
Mechanisms and S)mthesis Bt¡dures
(2 houñ)
Pndi@ls (ó houN): âltemativcs ...,.,.....
Speclrosæpy and Ph)ßiøl and Organrc
Chemist ryt¡dures
(2 houñ)
PÉdidls (6 hou6): alrematives ,..........
PTN'SICAI. AND INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - LEVEL III SUßJECTS
F ull Ye¿r
ô386
8090
893¡t
Melal Complexes and Anab4i@l Chemist
ry-
[:ctures (2 houm)
PEd¡els (ó houN): ellematives
Stream I .
Strcanì 2
Organomelalli6 and Reaction Mechân-
EMF
t¡dures (2 houß) ,......... ..
Peoiels (ó houn): altcmatives
Stream 2
Physi@l Chemislrytactures
(2 houF)
PEctiels (6 houN): alternarives
Stream 2
9
9
t2
l2
I
9
NOTE: Clæses in all6ubjed6vill æmmence at ten pæt rhe hour shom iD the lime-tâbleÉ, ùnless shoM o(heMise.
ln some øes periods longer thân lhe nominal number of houñ indieted iû the syllabw have been sel aside for
practi€l classes in order to sllow sludents to âtlend lectures which clash wilh lhe practi€l sesions.
* Times to be arranged.
ll
ll
t2-6
10
12-6
l0
t2-6
t2-6
l2-6
t2-6
t2-6
ll *#
#
*
11
#
#
#
#
t2
12-6
t2-6
t2-6
t2
t2-6
9
t2-6
9
12-6
t2-6
#
#
#
*
*
#
*
tè
9
t2-6
11
t2-6
ll
L2-6
t2-6
t2-6
12-6
9
t2-6
II
ll
t2-6
t2-6
9
t2-6
783

Time-tables
1991
Scmcslcr
Syl¡âbus
No.
FACTJLTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
PFTI'SICS AND MATHEMATICAL PTTYS¡CS _ LEVEL III SUBJECTS
I
ll
I
il
I
I
I
il
il
'I@9
t0ó7
6852
t982
2396
7633
68{9
43U
t3&4
49&
4736
sg1
PHYSIOLOGY_ LEVEL ¡II SUBJECTS
I
I
8U
72.Æ
&546
784
Subjær Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
AdwnædD)mmir
trdures (2 houF)
Turorials (1 lourTfonnight¡ .......... .'.
Adv¿næd Quntum Mcchanie
Iæclures (2 houD)
Turorials (l hour/forrnight) ......... ...
Aslrcph)Eir
tæoures (2 hous)
Tutorials (l hour/lorlDight) ...............
Atmospheric and Envircnmental
Physir
Iæcturcs (2 hourc)
Turorials (l hour/fortnight) .............
Alomic and Nuclear Ph)6ir
Lrctures (2 houß)
Turorials (l hour/fonnighl) .......
Relativity and CIN¡el Field Theory-
I¡dures (2 houñ)
Tutorials (l hou¡/forni8hr) ...............
Elect¡omagoet¡s¡lÞ
t¡ctures (2 hous)
Tutorials (l hour/fonnight) ...............
MathcDali€l MethodÈ
tæctures (2 houß)
Tutorials (l hour/foñD¡ghr) ..............
Opt¡r
I¡dures (2 houF)
Tutorials (l hour/forrni8ht) ..............
Quntum MechaniÈ
tæctures (2 houD)
Tutorials (l hour/fortn¡ghr) ...............
Solid Sr¿te PbysiÈ
[¡dures (2 houG)
Tutorials (l hour/fotnighr) ............. .
Statisti€l Mechanir
kctures (2 houE)
Turorials (l hour/fortni8ht) ..............
Cellular PhysioloÐrlf,ctures
(2 houE)
Tutorials (I hour)/PBcriøls
(5 houro): altenatives,.,.......,.,.............
Excrcise Pbysiotogy-
IJctures (2 houF)
Tutorials (l hour)/Pmcriels
(5 houß): aItema1ives.......,...............
NeurobioloFÞ
kdu¡es (2 houF)
Tutorials (1 hour)/Pmaiels
(5 hou6): a1remarives,.,.,....,................
#
#
#
*
*
*
ll *
+
*
+
*
II +
11
NOTE: Clæses io all subjec{s will ommeDæ at ten pst lhe hou sbM iû the time-tables, unless shoM othewise.
¡n some 6e6 p€riodc longer tban lhe nominal numb€r of hoüF itrdieled in the syllabN have bcen set æide for
prãcti@l clæses in order to aUow ¡tudcnts to attend ledurs which clæh with the pEctiøl sessioN.
# Times lo b€ arranged,
4
#
4
*
t2
+
ll #
*
,
a
I
12
*
ll #
+
4
1l
12-6
t2-6
ll
t2-6
lt
#
ll *
+
#
#
*
#
*
#
t2
#
ll *
4
I
4
*
t
#
ll
l
a
I
ll *
+
t2
*
t
*
*
t2-6
ll
12-6
t2-6
I
t
t2
t
ll *
,
I
,
t
t
1t
t
,
t
ll
ll

Scmrsler
Syllabus
No.
FACT]LTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
PSYCHOI,OGY_ LEVEL III SUBJECTS'
lt
[ìull Ycar
I
il
I
il
82ß7
2196
'il96
4n0
3170
9703
8659
73U
5673
Time-tables
I 991
SubJecú Monday Tuesdoy Wedneday Tlrursday Fr¡dsI
An¡mal Behaviour lllkaures
(1 hour) ...
T\¡rorials i1 x 4 ¡ã".1 .................. ..........
Pmctiels ..........,.,....
PÞct¡øl bricfng scsion .,,....................,.
Envircnmental Psycholog¡ II¡læaures
(1 hour) ----.-.......- -.........
TUtorials (1 x 4 houß) .............................
Pmdi@ls .....,....,,.....
PÉctiøl briefi ng session ..........,,.............
fntelligence ¡l[-
[¡ctu¡es (l hour) ...... ..,...,,..,,..........
Tütorials (l x 4 houE) ...................... ...
PBdiel¡ ........,........
PÉc{i@l brieting sesioo ......--.----...
Neurcscienæ in Psycbolory Itlt¡ctures
(l hour) .....................................
Tutorials(l x4 houN)
PEctieb ......,....,.....
PBcti@l brietiog s6ion ....,..,,.,,,,...........
Psychologi€l Rcsearch Methodolory
III-
I¡d ures ( I hour) ...,......................... ........
Turorials (l x4 houF)
Psycholo&r of MotiEtioD lll-
Iæcturcs (l àour) ...,.........,..,.............. .. .,
Tutorials (l x 4 houE) ...... . .............. .....
Pmctiel bricfing session .......,.................
Sæial Psycholog t¡l-
[æcures (l hour)...............
Tutor¡als (l x 4 houß) .... .
PEdi€ls
Pmaiel bricfing sesion ,.........
Studies in Pe6onalily llllÆctu16
(l hour).....................---.......
Tùtorials(l x4 houÉ)
PÊcti@l brieting sessioo ................
The Philosophy anî Psyctrotog of Cänsciousness
lll-
[:ctures (l hour) ....., .,......,,,,,........,.........
Tulorials(t x4 houñ)
PÉctiels ...,.............
P6di@l briefinc session ............. .
+
î
*
T
I
,
I
+
,
*
,
*
*
#
*
#
NOTE: Clæses in all subjects vill æmmenæ at ten pæt the hour shm iD the time-tables, unless shom otheryise.
ltr some 6es Periods longer lhan thc lominal numb€r of hou6 indi@ted io the syl]abú havc b€cn set æide for
pEdiel clæes in o¡der 1o allow sÌudents to atÌetrd lectures which clæh úth the pEcti€l se$io6.
' kvel lll Psychologr subjecîs rcquire Mional attendanæ at 5.15 p.m. on Thußdays in æDncction wirh pmctiøl
exercises.
# Times to be arraDged,
*
iß
*
+
*
+
+
I
l
*
I ,
4.15
+
#
4.15
#
*
*
+
3.15
*
t
3.15
#
*
1t
*
5.r5
+
T
#
*
+
#
*
+
3.15
*
+
5.15
,
+
5.15
I
+
5.15
#
#
5.15
+
+
+
5.15
3.15
*
I
5.15
#
*
5.15
t
+
5.15
#
#
*
*
+
3.15
+
*
+
3.r5
*
I
*
#
*
+
+
785

Time-tables
1991
Semcslcr
Syllabus
No,
FACI]LTY OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continued
SOCIAI, I}IOLOGY _ LEVEL ITI SUBJECTS
II 5395 Sæial Biolo6r-
Iædures (2 houÉ)
Türorials (l h."r) .............................::::::::
T,OOLOGY - LEVEL III STJBJECTS
I
ll
il
I
I
52U
5461
889ó
9035
1427
786
SubJel Þlonday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Fdday
Compamrive and Envircnmental Physiolop-'
tædures (2 houß)
PÉdiøls (5 houN)
Evo¡ulion, S)6temati6 a nd
BiogeogÉphy-'
t¡dures (2 houN)
Pmdi€ls (5 bouÉ)
Freshwaler Eælo$¡-'+
trclures (2 houN) ..
PEc1i@ls (5 hoN)
Marine Eælo$r-'+ +
Iæclures (2 hou6) ..
PEctiøls (5 houß)
Research Met hods it 7ølog-'
Irclures (2 houñ)
PÉcliels (5 hou6) .........,...............:::::::::
#
*
ll
L2-6
9
t2-6
*
10
t2-6
9
9
tL6
10
*
+
,
#
9 9
NOTE: Clæses in all subjec{s will @mmcDæ al ten pæt rhe hour shoM in the lime-tables, ünles shom olheryise.
ln some øes periods longer than thc nom¡nal number of hou6 indi€lcd i! the syllabs have been sel ðide for
pÉctiel clæses ¡n orde¡ !o allow sludenls to attend lectures wh¡ch clæh with !be PÉctiel sesioN.
Pmcti€ls will be dupliet€d if numbeß Mrant.
'
+ Fieldwork to be held ¡n the firet week o[ the mid-seDester break of seænd semster.
+ + Fieldwork to be hetd in the week prior to the fißt semes(er.
# Times lo be armnged.
9
l0
T
T
2-6

LIìVEL I SUIìJECTS
[.-ull Year
lìull Yeâr
Full Year
f.-ull Ycar
[--ull Year
Full Yeâr
I
Full Year
Full Ycar
II
F ull Year
I
II
il
ljull Year
59'ta
r218
4U2
n2A
8431
7419
n25
n43
lllS
90t4
57M
Ðu
5t04
LEVEL II SUB.IECTS
Full Year
I
il I
Full Year
II
I
il
þull Year
Full Year
Full Year
Full Yeâr
Full Year
I
ljull Yca¡
il
I
I
lt
I
I,il
II
I
t736
8ó73
5028
û34
5@l
3,t40
v15
5?]¡.5
870ó
t2t4
12.5
4916
2935
t408
7594
3037
4@4
@07
8870
51m
4U5
LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING LECTURES
FACULTY OF ARTS _ (UNDERGRADUATE COURSES)
Chi¡ese I
Enstishr. ............::::...
Frencb I-
[¡dures.................. ..........
Ilngugc Clæscs .
[lnguage låboÞrory
French 1Alæctures
and Tutodals . . ...,....... .... - .....
Ilnguage t¡boBtory
Geman I
lraliaD lS ..................
Itali¿¡1S........ .................................:::. -
tntrcducrion to Sæial AnthrcpoloÐ, I .....
Japanese I
t¡ßic I ............. ........
Old Sæieties ¿Dd Nd States:
The Making of Modem Asia . ..............
Philosophy lA
Philosophy lB
Physi6, Ideæ and Sæi.ry . ,... .... . ...........
PsycholoÐ' I
Economic Geogmphy II ... ...,,.... .
England Under"Ttre 3,*"r li ...............'....
English before 106ó If ... .............................
Frencb II [:ng. and Cu1r...... .,.....,.....
French ILA [:ng. and Culr. .........,..,.........
French Stud¡es llSl
French Studies llS2. ..........
Ceman II ................
Geman ILA
Geman IIB ..,..........
H¡story and Dselopment of Mæs Communierion
ll
lnlernational Politi6 I1...,-. ._-___.. .-..
Ilaliån 118S........
SeDesler I
Jâpanese ll
Knowledge and tlnguage II
t gicll .. ...........
Media Analysis ll
Modem Clæsiel Philosophe n tl . . .........
Micrce@nomi6 ¡l
Modemist L¡temture ll .,...,..... .
Moml and Sæial PhiloÐphy lt ........ .......
* Times to be arÉnged
4.15
5.15
4.15
3.15,4.15
4.15
5.15
4.15
5.15
.r t-5
4 t-5
3.15
3.15
415
3.15
3.15
4.15
515
4.15
4.15
5.15
4.15
3.r5
5.r5
1.15
4.15
4.15
4.15
5.15
5-15
4.15
4.15
4.15
4.15-5.45
3.15
3.15
315
3.15
4.15
4.15
415
5.15
3.15
4.15
4.15
5.15
s15
4.15
5.r5
4.15
415
3.15,5 15
4.15
4.15
s.l5
5t5
415
4.15
315
4.15
5.15
4 l-5
Time-tables
1 991
4.15
5.15
5.15
4.15
3.15
3.15,5.15
3.t5,4.15
4.15
415
5Ì5
515
4.15
4.15
4.15
4 15-5.45
4.t5
4.15
4.15
5.15
3.15
4.15
5.15
5.15
415
4.15
4.15
4.15
515
415
l0-12
415
t0-12
787

Time-tables
1991
Scn¡cslrr
Syllabus
No,
Ll.l\¡!:l, II SURJECTS Continued
il
il
l"ull Ycâr
lt
frull Ycar
II
I
II
I
I
il
4532
't t73
6ó8ó
3t49
9030
4525
3895
89r6
2t9't
6Zi1
LF]VEL f II SUßJECTS
I
ll
il I
I
I
Full Year
I
ll
Full Year
[jull Year
I
il
fiull Year
Full Ycar
II
il
ll I
il
82fi1
8741
2ß5
90ó8
2196
7300
4304
2ßt8
6t75
8n
4959
7853
7 196
9287
7615
6570
4259
a6
aß'l
304ó
. 788
LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING LECTURES
FACULTY OF ARTS - (UNDERGRADUATE COURSES) Conrínued
# Times to be armnged.
Subjæt ùlondoy Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Frirlay
Origìns of landfom in ABtBliå ll ... ....
Phìlosophy of Rel¡gion ll ............................
Politia ll
Top¡c to b€ aDnounced. See Departnental
Handboolc
Politi6 and ldeolo$r ll
PrycholoÐr ll
SæialGeogÉphy ll
The Emergene of the Modem SeNi
bil¡ty
Theories of PÉdie lI ........................ ----...
Uôan Historla Eurcp€ 1000-1900 ll ...... ..
US,q: Colon¡es to CoNlilution ll ..............
USA: Consritùtion to Civil War
ucr-18ó5 lI
AnimalBehaviourIll....,,..,....,...... ......
Earty Middle English ltl ............................ .
England Under the Stuarts Ill ........,.........,
English bcfore l0óó lll ..
Envircntnental PÐ'choloþ' lll .......,.,,.......,.
Evolùt¡on of IåDdfoms in Awrmlia lll ,.
French lll [ång, ¿nd Cùlture
Frcnch Sludies IIISI
FrenchStudies lll52
Geman Ill
History and DwelopmeDl of Mæs
Communi€r¡oD llI .
lntemarioDal Politio lll ...
Japanese lll
KnowledSe and t2nguge lll ......................
Med¡a Analysis ttl
Modern Classiel Philosophem III ...........
Modern¡st LiteElure III ............,......,....-..-.
415
515
415
515
315
415
315
415
4.t5
NOTE: Thc folloving, infomstioo about subjects which are nomally a%ilable at late aftemæn or evening lectures
mäy help paf,{inìe studenrs ro plan their æußes. All sùbjects and times are offered subject to availabilily ot slaft
and are subjecl to rryision.
4.15
3.i5
4.15
4.15
3.15
3.15
4.15-5.45
4.15
4 15-5.45
3.15
3-15
3.15
4.15
5.t5
4.15
5.t5
4.t5
415
415
5.15
4.15
5.15
3.15
4.15
3.r5
4.15
4.15
4.15
4.15
3.15
4.15
4-15
3.15
3.15
315
4.15-5.45
4.15
4.15-5.45
315
415
5.15
4r5
5.15
4.15
4t5
5t5
115
l0-12
4.15
r0-12

Semcste¡
Syl¡abus
No.
LEVEL ¡lI SUBJECTS Con!¡Md
I
II
II
Full Year
I
il
¡t
I
I
u
lt
I
I
II
5213
4TtO
717J
3170
9't03
r150
8ó59
AU
2@
ó138
5673
TI6L
6548
2150
LATE AFTERNOON
FACI]LTY OF ARTS
T¡me-tables
1 991
AND EVENINGLECTURES
- (UNDERGRADUATE COURSES) Contint¿ed
Subjer Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Fr¡day
Morâl âDd Sæial Philñphy III .......
NcuucieDa i¡ Psych.lrigrl .............:::...::.
Phjlosopt¡yof Rcligion ¡11...........................
Psycholo8i€l Rsesrch Methodolos¡ lll .
Psycholo$' of Motiwtion Ill ......................
Rcgioul Dwclopmcnt Ill ..........................
Sæial Psycholog' lll . ............................. .. .
Srudi6 in Peñnal¡ry lIl ..,...,,................. ...
The Emergenæ of Modem Sensibility Iìl
Thæries of Pnctiæ lll .,.................... ..-......
Thc Ph¡¡osophy aDd Psycholog of
Comciouoæ lll
Urban HisroDr Eurcpe 1000-1900 .............
US.A: Colonies to Co6titur¡on lll ............
USA: Constitution to Civil War
1787-18ó5 nt ............
# Times to b€ amnged.
415
415
515
NOTE¡ The fouoúng intomatioÀ about subjects which arc Dodalb¡ aE¡lable at late aftem@n or wening ledures
may helP Parl-time students to plan lhe¡r @u6es. All sut jeds and times are offe¡ed subject to a%¡lâbility of srâtt
and are subjecl lo revis¡on.
515
4.15
4.15
4.15
3.15
3.15
4.15
5.15
4.15
4.15
5.15
5.15
3.15
4.15
3-15
3.15
315
315
415
'189

SUBJECT INDEX
Subjed
A¡cie¡t Grcek III
,q,¡cieDt Grek llls .
A¡cicût c¡eck tts .:::::::'::..:::....:.:
A¡ima.l Bcb¡viour Il¡ ..... . . .,...,.....
Applicd E@nooi6 I¡I ...... ..................................
Appücd Ceog?phic l¡IoEârion S)Ætcm .. . .,....
,{pplicd Mctbodolog ........-.-..
Appticd Prcbabili¡y
Applicd Sæial ed OrgãDizatioMl Psycholo$¡ ...
,{gplied To¡al Countc¡poi¡t IV........................ ....
Applied Toual Thæry IV ..............
Applyi¡g Msthcmti6 .---.------.........................
Apprcachd to EnvircnmeDtal H¡story .................
ApprcpriatcTccb¡olosl .. . --....-..-.............,........
Anbic 1I¡4................
Arcbåælogiel Theory and Me thod
Arcb¡icGrcckA¡t and Ärchiteciure II.........,,.....
ArchÂicGrcckAn aDd.Architecturc III . ...........
ArcbÂic GrækAf, eod Architcdure lV . , .......,...
/q.rchitectwl CoNtrucrioo ¡(P)
A¡chiteduÊl Co6trucrion ll(P)
Architedunl CoNr ruc{ioD lll
,{rchitcduÉl Dcsign and PEctiæ ll ....................,
Àrchitcctuml D6ign tllA .............
Sytlab6
Numbe¡ Pagc
5849
u6
5191
48/,0
9046
8195
54.37
s3
4196
æ26
ßa
3'tD
æ51
'1Ø
2ß
8143
LÆl
8f2s
tú7
8178
WI
gf3
9155
ó848
1543
52Ð
tu6
9178
2Å58
s749
TM
3943 '94A
'1r75
82¡it
436'1
6n5
t2l6
4447
316ó
3&2
78ó5
TIU
26t7
473/
Ttfi
ó539
t253
ó8æ
4132
egl
9763
8585
3330
462A
ut
248
3ó5
t'76
478
lt0
l13
49
48
4n
y4
92
u4
548
26
448
156
444
548
,r05
551
2ß 631,
647 670,
684
B
553
e9
u2
u9
tv
l3
l:]ó
137
l4l
t42
13't
)s
40ó
nt
312
5J1
313
7t3
'1ß
',1 3ó5
3ó5
2r7
n8
137
t42
ZD
't2
74
76
75
'16
Subjects
Titles of subjecs:
(a) The Roman numeral normally indicates the level of the subject, e.g. Roman Literature II is a second-year
subject.
(b) When -there are multip¡e pag€ numbers for a subject and one of those numbers is in bold, that page
number refers to an entry containing full subject details.
Subjcct
Aæhitccrurål Dêsign It¡B ........,.........
A*h¡lcclursl D*igtr ItS ....................: :-.: . :::::::::
ArchitcduEl D6ign IS ..................... . . . . ... .. ....
Aæhitcctural ScicDæ (P) ..-...... ..
,{.rchitecluEl Scic¡æ X(P) ........................--- .-
Architcdural Scienæ lll .........,---...-------- ..-
Aæhitedu¡alStruc{ljË I(P) .................................
Ârchitcctu¡al Stn¡ctù6 It(P) .................................
Struclt¡G III .,,................................,
^æhiacclu¡81
Aæhitcctursl SweJË Íor,{¡cbaælogisls ...,........,
A,¡guc¡r ¡nd Critiel Thinking I ....................... ..
An H¡toÌy ud Thæria LA. . ... ............................
A¡t Hi¡tory ud Thæri6 lB ..........
A¡t Hislory aDd Thæri6 llA .............-.......-..--.
An HÈtory sod Thæri6 l¡B .... ..... .......................
AsiÐArchitêcturc I
.A,sie Architccturc II .....,,......,............,................. ..
Aspcc{s of MotiEtioD in Edu€tion
Aspccts oI tbe A¡tarctic EDvimueDt ..................
Asi¡tioE
AtD6phcric ud EnviÌomcnta.t Physi6
(EnvSt.) ...................
,{,ural Deelopment lt
AEtnliå: OutpGt of Empire in tbe
A¡tipod6Il 9m
AutFlia: OutFGt of EEpirc iD the
A¡tipodd lll
AElElia8 ArcNtecturc I .................
AEtmliÂtrl¡chitccrue tt .................. ...... :.. :.:.::.
ÀutEliåo Fcminism i! Context: 188û1914 lt .. .
Autralie FcEitrism i¡ Contcxt: 188ù1914 ll ...
AutEliù FcDirirt Historiogñpby
AutEliaD lrgal q6tem .. ,
ANrntian pl,nñing II ....................................... ...
AEtEl.iaD Plami¡g tlt .............. . ... ..................... .
AutmliÂn Politis I
Autmliån Studi6 V
AutråliåD UÉran Hi6tory lL .............................. .. nA3
AEtnliaD Urba! History llI . ............................ . 2905
B
Ba¡lqu Studies V
B¡m¡ I ................
BænIA
Bæ!ll
Bæû I1A.............
Bagnlll
Baw¡lllA
Bchaviour Muagcmc¡Ì .....,....,................ . . ,. .. ...
BiogægËphy of H umaD-Dom¡nated
bÂdspes U .-
Biolory .........--..... .
Build-ing and Daclop@cDt E-".-i- il'::::::: :.
Buildiag Scieoæ ll
Building Scicnæ ltlS
SyllabG
Numbe¡ Påge
ag1 76
8ß32 74
m72
9861 73
1493 75
7943 TI
97æ 73
8498 75
1539 Tt
53'tr /79
ó001 m
5468 48
83ól 49
9888 52
98fl 53
37û 49
5@4
4172
53
yS
971
3225 4Tl
9188 M
74û 48
5549 63r,632,
670,6'n
1222 631,6{0,
670,6n
2.W
M
2¡91
6T:t8
8339
4t76
tæ6
8807
93Û3
3Ðt
6533
'ts52
8908
4296
2Sf3
55ó
58ót
8119
4918
'1634
4855
Dâ
1098
2t5t
192
199
49
v
191
198
3Ð
473
v
58
89
'n4
192
t99
'n3
633
6'11
64L
6t8
ó50
686
3t4
t73
Ð2
58
54
59
79L

Subjects
Subjcd
Bùilding Studi6 lA
Buildilg Studid IB .....
Buines Fimtræ lI
BEi¡es Policy
Buiû6 Regulation
c
Capitâl GaiM Td ,.
Ce¡tifqtc Mathcmti€l studies .....::::::::::::.:::..::::
Ccñifi6te Prcjcc{
Chemistry................
Child WclfÂrc .........
ChiE: Frcm Empûc to Comui¡t P@c¡ II ..,.
Chiu: Frcm Empirc to ComuDisl P@cr llf ...
Chin6e I .................
Chin*ll
Chinelll
Chine Muic
Chineæ Politi6 n ..... . ..... .. .............
ChiDæ Politic lll .
ChiDæ Politi6: The Polili6 of Thcory ll ... ... . .
Chineæ Politi6r Thc Politi6 olThæry lll ....... .
Choiæ ot Iåw Thcory
Cbnstiaûity and Archilccturc ....................,.,..... ....
Clsri!et t ........ . ......
Clffitrct 14.............
Clsri¡cl ll
Clariæt IIA
ClÂri¡ct lfl
Clarilet lllA
Class, G€Dder aDd the History ol Sch@l¡Dg .......,
ClÀst, GcDder sûd Schæl.i¡g itr ANtnli¡ .......... .
ClÀssi@l Fields ed Mathcmatiøl Mctbods .......
ClÀ$iøl Græk Art and A¡chitcc{ùc ll ,......,.......
CI&si€l GEkAñ and .Architeclüe lll ............,
Clsiel GrcckArt ¿nd Architcclurc lV ... ........,
Cl$i€lMechei6
Classiel My¡holo$¡ lI
Clæiøl MytholoF lll ............................................
Clåssi€l Studi6
Clasi€l Studi6 I
Cl6icism 8ûd Architedure .... ..
ColonialAEtmlia I
Comercial ArbitEtion .... ..........................-...--... .
Commcrciel t¡w I(s) ...... ...
Commercisl [åw II
Communitiæ, Boundaries and Symbols ll ....,,,
Communities, Boùnd¿ries and Symbols lll .....,...
CompsnyA@uDling lll ...
coDpaûy LiquidatioN
CoDpuy ReæivcEbjp" --. . .- ---.
companyTakcwcG . . . .... . . ............:.:::::::::::::::::::
CoDpeÉtivc Company I¡w,,....,...........,,.,.,.. .,.....
CompåÉtivc Poliri6 (Ð lI ............ ...... .................
Compamtivc Polit¡6 (B) l¡ .......... .. .... ..................
Compamtivc Politi6 (A) III ...................................
CoEpamtivc Politi6 (B) Ill ........ . .... .................
CoBpilcr Comtruction ....,.....................................,.
Complex,{mtys¡s... .........
CoDposition I
Sy[åbu
Numbcr
&'34
7vt9
Page
50
50
94?4 55
s2a4
gl
4190 42t
48
'tn 3fi4 448
ó309 45
tn2 418
ß4
'tu3
Ttg8
æ18
84(b
6796
ztvt
5978
t73ó
61,10
3*t6
42t6
1954
1435
ó381
39
9104
7n2
4740
3757
2ffi
8ó53
8978
34,87
1850
6453
Æ4
ó184
3070
7553
6't6L
w4
L478
1014
162,J
7U7l
ó388
636.2
t2Â2
63't6
æ4?
8315
@&5
7498
e
4890
80s
83ó3
7l@
1æ8
ûm
133'7
7gl
47tl
92A8
132,.
5t4l
8ó98
*2
'B
'B82
479
t93
N
116
tL7
t6
?28,631,
649,670,
684
lr8
125
118
L26
fi2
55
ó34
6'72
&t
6'18
650
ó8ó
v5
v5
547
l3r
t42
2Ê
548
138
143
Ðo
135
5l
190
502
4æ
42\
llr
l13
4U
503
503
5tJ
503
u3
u3
u9
250
540
s53
6n
6n
& 532
540
541
subjcd V.ff*i
Computcr-AidedDes¡g¡1I................................ .. l53o
CoEputcr-,{idcd D6igl fIIA ................................. 2s
Compu¡cr-Aidcd D6ign 11I8 ................................. 4903
Computcr-Aidcd D6ED tIIS................. ..-........... 3148
Computcr Nctwo¡ti¡B md
D¡ta CoEDuiótioú ......................... .............. æ28
C¡mpu¡crscicoæ DÞloD Prcjecr 6144
coEputcrStudÈ6 ....... 4212
1956
9955
219,
5489
67)3
Conllids ol IlE .,,
CoD[icts ol Irw: Gc*-t
CoremtioD üd Hcritsgc "*tpt*'............,..'...
Iåv .,..,..........,.............
CoÉMtion ¡tr Hw¡-DomiDtcd
Isdsp6.............
CoËmtioo i¡ Humn-DomiÞtcd
bDdsp€lll
CrGtitutioMl Iåw
Crimiml Fault
Crimi¡¡l lry6tigalion ........,.....,,.,..............,.....,....
CriEiD¡l I¡w
Criñiúl tÆ CureDt IsG,.,.............................
Crimi¡al Preduc
Criminologt............
Critiqu€, Thæri6 8nd A¡chitcai
Hirlorylll
Cullw, EdEtion ¡nd Sæicty...,........,......,........
Curialum Studi6 in History aDd
Sæi¡l Scic¡e
D
Damgc......... ........
Dat8 ADly¡is
Databæ ud ldo@tioD q/sleru
Doigr ud Buildin¡ Studict ll[A
Dcsign Ànd Builditg Studies IIIB
Dc¡igD Studi6 IA
D6ign srudi6 IB
D6igD Studics llA .
Dcsigd Studië llB ....................... .. .
D6iBn Thæri6 Il
Diaghilefs "Ballets Rwes" .......
Di-dcEtrlisl Equtio8...........,,...........-..--...,..,. -.
DifcrcDr¡¡l Equiiou add Fourier Scrics ..,........
DillcrcltiÂl Equtiou and Fouicr Scrics E . .....
Digital IDå8c .{Elysis ..,............... .. .......................
Dirccrcd Relding Studics ..............,.,,.,.....,...........,,
D¡6sbiüÐn V@tioÉl Tñining aDd ÂssmeDt .
Diffitc M¡]hcmti6,..........,.............,..,....,....,.......
Discte Msthcmtia Il .......................... ................
Distribülion Thæry It .......,......................................
Dilribut¡onThæry lll
Dolúlc Bæ ¡ ....
Doublc 86 IA
Dorblc 86 ll
Doüblc Bñ ll,q.
Doùblc BE lll ..,
TT79
1587
2At
9814
urg
5359
8433
3't3l
3814
3N
69
@55
4043
8l54
7522
8580
3424
8080
1901
35/.7
sñ3
3212
t9æ
4523
2ß7
5¡20
6D
w7
nþ
6U
1úO
8084
52'/4
97n
7U3
10r6
3983
3404
3709
8t75
L4Ð
41tl
Ðl
8B70
1132
5t46
6018
a2AA
æ
!¡ó13
P"F 55
.9
59
ó0
541
sgt
Ð2
538
4U
2æ
439
s&t
'102
479
5û3
366,480
x7
rTt
{ts
474
s53
503
504
447
504
504
480
476
504
504
481
@
2Æ
504
5',
540
60
ól
51
52
56
56
51
228,63t,
649,6Ì0.
684
533
530
530
no
5¡3
315
572
552
558
5@
6U
672
ó41
678
ó51
68ó
147

Subjccr
DBmll
Early Middlc Eoglirh Il ..... .............
rarty niaotc ç"ãlth IIL................::.::::::::::::::::::::::
EùlyMuic¡l
Early Muic IllC ....
E¡ñh Scicûæ/Cæloðr .,...... .........,.,...........,..........,
Eå61 Asia EænoDies --.---.- ...,.....,.
Eælogiel tad Suruey and Ããlulio¡ ...,,... . ..,
Eænomctria III ....
Eæaomic Dcrlopment I1I,t ..................................
Eænomic DaclopmeDt ¡llB -........,,.........,,,..,,.....,.
E@Donic Gægmphy Il .....,......,,........... .,...............
Eænomic Gægnphy llI ........................................
EæDoDic Hi¡tory A
Eænomic History C
E@Domic Hi¡rory I
Eæoomic lst¡tuaio$ aDd Policl¡ I
EæDoEicSta¡¡ti6 I .......,,,.....,.....,.,...................,....
Eænomic Stati!ti6 tA .............................................
Eæoom¡c Stst¡sti€ I(S) ......... ............,..................
EænomicStatirri6 IIA(S) .................,....................
E@¡onic Thæry A
EæDoEic Thæry B
Eo¡oDic Thæry III .......... ............................,........
EæÀomi6
Eænomia for M8mgeDcDl ....,...........,......,......,...
Eænomi6 I ............
EæooEi6 ol l¡bour III ............ ..................,.,......
E@troDi6 of Public Polict .......... ,,........, ... ......,...
Eø)6tcE P8¡tcru and Pæsss ............ .,.......,
EduetioD i¡ MultiliDgul Sæietis...,,.,...........,...,
Edu€tion iD RcæiñDæ taa\¡ and England ,......
Ed@tioul Psycholo&¡ ................................... .......
Eduetioul Srruc{ws ud Rclåtioúhip¡ ..........,
Et¡sticity.,..,,..,,,,......
Eocqgy I:w.............
Encrgr, Uugc, Coæmtioq aDd Equity ..-, .-.-
Euglåod Undcr the Sru¡ts lI .................................
Eoglsnd UDdcr ahc Stufrs Ill ................. ...,.,,,......
Eoglish Bcforc 1066 ll ... ...........
EDglÈh B€fo¡e l0óó lll ... .......................................
EDglish I ..................
English in Eduelion and
Co¡teDpoEry Cùlture ....-...- ......-..-_.,.......... ..
EDgüsh Major
Eoglith MiDor ........
ENmblc/OrchstEl Perfomanæ W ........... ,.,,
Eoúrcmcnaal Cbangc,...........,................,........,,..,
EnviÞnmental Chcmist.y..-.. .... .......... . , ....,......
Enúrcnmental E@Dooi6 ............. ..., ........... . ...,.
Enúrcucntal Hærds ......,....,... . . .. ........ .. ,....,
EovircnmcDfal lmpact Ässe$ment pBctic .......,
Envircmcntel Isuq i¡ Soùth AutEliâ .,..,,.......
Eovircucntal Plruitrg and prctcction L¡w ....,,
E¡vircnEcntal PoligmaÌjDg ................--__--._-
EovircmeDtal Politi6, Philosophy and Erhi6 ...
Eovircnmc¡lal Psycholory Ill ...,,............,.........,..,
EovircnEctrtEl Ræarch Methods sd Prcjcct ..
Ervircmcntal S)atcN Mâmgcmeût
Equitablc Rcmcdi6
Equity in Cit¡6: A Compætivc PcFpccl¡vc III -
Equ¡ty in Citis:,{ CoDpamriyc Peßpcctivc .......
Ergonooi6
EIh.i6,Asthc¡io sDd Edùetion ....._
EtbtromNi@logy II .....,........ ....... ...........,............,,,
Erhromuiælogr Ilf .............. ...........
E¡hnomui@lo$¡f¡1C.... .......................... .........
Evcr¡mæ ud Þcrywoman in
Prc-lDdutriÂl Eurcp€ lt(A) ....
E
Syllabu
N uõb€r
e
96't9
874L
5641
9m
8ó34
67
2û2
TÌ39
3751
5p42
ú73
.l{BO
1682
7350
9g'Ì3
2t48
8læ
732,
7579
84s7
55r5
118{t
2tú
4397
2gt
84ó1
8518
94v3
ó339
ó31ó
,995
3592
5406
æ
723p
Tl9ó
5028
D5
úu
!Ð68
tn8
8333
4130
4ú7
5435
s?9l
42.û
2AO
9474
1183
9183
1TD
Tt35
v79t
2t
w
3216
9135
8388
7læ
9445
2544
t6&5
3881
t492
34ó3
Page
t47
t5l
It
87,6n
228,6E5
a2
tl9,403
3ó8
ñt
408
,$8
L7)
@
ñ3
404
398
99
g
400
,101
&2
432
432
M
80
45
400
4@
458
3ót|
28
yó
3ló
2æ
533
504
3ó8
193
N l5l
158
150
y6
Ðt
Ðt
702
ltr
ß
re
w
3m
370
370,481
37r
371
25
n2
372
5û5
rn
372
315
u1
2ZI,6n
22ß
224,$S
t93
SyDåbu
Subjcd Nuúbcr
EvcryE¡ned EircÐmlrru i¡
Pæ-IDdutrial Eurcpc Xt(A) ....,......................-.. j9ól
&idcnæ,,.-............. 47,9.
Bðlu¡ion ol l¡Ddfom itr Aurnlis III ................ TJ{/|
Þq}criEeD!ôl D6igD 9800
Rplontory D¡ta AElyri¡ ... ................... . . ........ 4931
F
FåEiy t¡w
Fuily Pmpcrty
F$ism Md Neriooal Sæiali¡B II .,.. ....................
Fsim ud Netionsl Sæiaü6m l¡l
FcEirilt Quãtioú
Fi.tion ud D@ iD Engl¡¡d fron 1850 to
1910 ll .....,.................
Fidioo a¡d DE@ in EDglsnd frcE 18f) ro
t910 tn .....................
Ficld Ssmpli¡g Tæbriqu6 for RcEotc S.6iDg ZTI3
Filmci¡l A@uti¡g IA ......,..................... .. . ....... 4359
Fimci¡lA@uti!8¡8................................ ....... 308ó
Fimci¡lAæuti¡g1t .................................... .. 7ó51
Fimcial Mmgcmcnt........................................... 185ó
FiutrcislTmNctioE ............,,.......,...!.... ............. 5258
Fi¡itc Population $Dpli¡g ....-------.-...-.....-- 4&t3
FiEt Pn(tiol Muic Srudi6 IItÄ, ....................... .. t?'9
FiEt Prs{riql Muic Study I ...... .....................-- . 3595
Fiì'l Pr¡crio¡ Muic Study llA ....... ZSU
FiDt PEcti€l Muic Srùdy ¡IB ........... ................. 2¡f,2
FiÉt PBcliel MEicsrudy ttlB øIg
Flutcl ..................... 4219
Flurc tA ................. ,. 8410
Subjects
59ll
6178
t740
gn
6399
1Lt2
8082
Flurc Il
41æ
FlutellA................. 28,t]
Flutelll................... f/l1
Flutc 1f14................ 52&.
Fruæ 184&1q45II 9093
Fruæ 184&1945111 9568
Frcoch lor V@l StudeDts ..,..... ........,.... ,,,.,,,,,,,,,... 'fin
FErch I................... 4Uz
Frcocù lA Bcgiueõ' FreDch ..................
- ......... ?22A
Frcnch lI: tsgugc ed Culturc ........ . . .............. ffil
Frcnch lLA: I¡¡gugê snd Culturc 3440
Frcnch lll: Iaguge aûd Cultuc 4304
FEnch Studi6 lI (prc 1789) ............. . 3475
Frcncb St¡¡di¿T ll (p6t l?89) ................................. SUS
Frclch Studi6 lf fsl 2AB
F¡cDch Studis IIIS2 6t7S
Fundamentals of Rcmotc Scming I@O
G
GcÀdcred Nmtivc ll ..............,......................,
GÊDdcr sod Nsmtivc Ill ...,...,...,.................,...........
GcEcEl Mwic Studiæ I .,....... .., ....,........ ......... ,,..
G€leEl Muic Studi6 II .................. ......... ............
G€ocÊlMuicSrudicslll .,......,,........... ......,,......
GctrcEl Stud¡6 I
GeDcEl Studid ll.A nm
GcDcElstudiélfB 3læ
GÊDcBl Stud¡6 IIIA 1W7
GeDcml Studic lllB Ð63
GÊacnlizcd Linør Modclling..... .,...,.--.....--.--. 3837
Gægnpbic ¡DJomtio! S)6rem..........................'i654
Gcogmphi@l A¡alysiÁ of Populårion Il ................ 5581
Gægnphiel Infomatioo S)6reG ttt 99?3
Gægrapby 34'94
Geogmphy I 9597
P¡ge
M
oa
178
560
t0
442.
5ù5
t94
nt
328
152
158
NL
419
4û
421
438
4p,
560
619
615
617
6m
622
g
6112
g2
0a
651
87
194
Ðl
657
t&
165
t6
167
168
ló8
t67
168
te
no
4915 t52
4382 158
492/ 631,612,
670,67t
94ll 631,6t0,
670,6n
3597 631,6$,
670,&
&2A 616
ó18
621
6æ
64
561
3T!
t74
178
N l7l
793

Subjects
Subjccr
GægEpby IA: Sæicty &d Spsæ ....
cæmctry ..............................................:..::-::..:.::..::::
Gæmctryfor TcachcE
Gæmctry of Su¡lå6
GÊtur CotrwM¡ioD T\¡torial
Gcm¡ for Readiag ud Ræarch I .... ...............
Gemar for V@l StudeDts
Gem I .................................
Gcm¿n I (FlindcF)
Ge¡run lA:Bcgimen'GÊman ..............,........
Gcl]rru 1l: IÀgugc, Litcnturc ud Culturc ....
G€r@û ItA: t¡ngugc, Li¡eÉture aDd Cullurc .
Gcl'@ IIB: IlÃguge, LircBrurc ¿Dd Cultùrc .
Gem lll: bngugc, LitcÉtwê and Cùlturc ...
GcmD IIIB: IáDgugc, LiteÉturc aod Cultu¡c
Grcups
Guiter I
Guitü III
Guitar Il¡.4
Ha¡pcichord IÀ
Harpsicbord If
Harpsicbord IIA
Harpsichord llI
Harp¡ichord lllA..,
Health and co,*utity P"y"h.lrSV..::::.:::::.::::::.:':
Hcritage CoñMtioo Thcory...,......,..............,,..,..
Highcr Eduation i¡ .AEtElia
History......,..,,..........
History ed DaclopmeDt of
Mæ ColmunietioE II ...................................
History and Dflclopment of
MN Communi@tiou III ......,,,.,.
His¡ory itr Fcminist Thought, 178ù1980
H¡so¡y of Fcm¡Dist Thought Sinæ 1780 ...............
History of MEic TheorY tV .....
HÈto¡y of MNic Theory v ........ ......... ...................
Hisroryof Politi€lThougbr (A) ll ... ........... .. .
His(ory of Poliliøl Thoughr (B) lt
History of Tef iary Eduøtion
HotrouF A¡thrcpolosr . ... ...
HonouF Applied Mathemati6
Honou6 ArchitcctuÉl studies
HoDouE Archilcdurc ... ..... .
HotrouFClasi€lStud¡es......,.....,,,.,,....,. ........
Hoooum Commeræ
HoDouE Composition .,..,..,........,..............,.,...........
HoDouE Computcr Scienæ .,.,........,,,....,............. ..
HoDouE D¡sfl ation ...........,,,,...,,,,.,......................
Sy[abE
Numbcr
. 7611
37
3825
4LO2
85æ
1316
632'
8431
680ó
5723
870ó
t2t4
t2A5
gn
495p
tz73
90t2
Psgc
r72
553
.''0
554
2ñ
ZE¿
óst
t82
183
183
184
1&5
18ó
l&7
188
554
ó35
o74 6't2
1@3 &2
æ50 6'19
%n ó51
'12û 87
9to7
8752
3?S
682
4@
u'lo
4149
nt6
12ß
?5ó5
ml
ó'35
9905
t93'l
s?52
8989
ó149
49t6
7853
w7
1780
7978
7W
74n
ó148
ttzs
ll05
31s2
u93
3918
4210
6473
9392
c7fi
68¿5
HoDouN E@Eodi6 (Bâ., B.Ec.) Tlll
Honouñ English (A) Eduøtion 1tD
HoDouF EDglisù (B) Edu€tion 4198
HoûouN EDgüsh lÄguge and Litemture .....,,.., 9639
HonoN EtbtromNi@loEr (B-4..) 17ó0
1750
Hooou6 EtbromEiotogr (B Mu )
Hooou6 Frcnch l¿oguge and LiteÉlurc .......... 43û
Honou6 Geognphy 3178
Honous Gemn [2ngugê and LitcBtu¡e ........ 126l
HotrouFGreckend/orI¡tin.... 8302
7q^
7U
ó35
673
642
679
652
81
ó35
673
&2
6D
652
688
315
373
u1
ao
8
2A
v8
324
e9
715
u3
u4
28
115
535
63
n
145
426
@4
544
457
410
u8
38
162
224
a4
1@
182
IEÐ
r46
Syllabu
Sújcd Nuûb.r Pegc
floæu Hi¡to¡y .... 8717 b5
Houou in Chi¡æ Sludi6 ................................... æ25 133
Homw in JapaDæ SÌudics .................................. 1509 L!3
HonouE Purc M¡thcEtis (8.{. or B.Sc.) .. .. .. óó'16 55ó
Horo$ Pw md Applicd MathcMti6
(8,{. or BSc.) 5174 536.557
Homll
Hom llA ..,...,...,....
HomIII
Hom ¡lIA
Hwn Biolory and Sæicty lll
Hl¡mÃDccirioD Pre lI¡ .................... .. ...
Ht¡Eo ENircMcDt Stud¡6 lll .......,.,......
Hl¡@RælreMæScmcDt
HutMRælre MaMgcmcnt i¡ tbc
Pr¡blic Scdor
HydrcdyMmi6......
I
ld6 and &luetion in Enligbtcnment Fmnæ ...
ID@mc Ma¡nteDnæ
Inomc Ts l¡w lll
Iû@mc TætioD
IndigcDou Pæplcs, CoseMlion and
DdclopDeût
lndutrial [åw .
Itrdütriål tiu S€lecled Isues ....., . ..... ..,.,. ..,
lodütri¡t Prcpcrty .
IDdulri¡l RclatioN
INtructioul D6igo; Theory and PËdiæ .....,,....
Iß|Jruæ bE GcncÞl Pri¡ciPlcs
Iúuruc [¡M Sclcdêd lsucs
lDtcEEtion
lDtcllcc{ul Prcp€rty
IDlcllec{ut Prcpcrt}4 GencÉl Prirciples .....,,.,,.,.
tDtcllcctul Prcpc¡t]4 Sclccted Issucs ....... ... ..... ..
IntclligêDe 111........
¡ntcmtioul Dd TÉ6mlioMl Inv6tmetrt ........
InteDtioDrl Buincs
lDtcrpcmæl Skills
lDtroductioo ìo Compulcr Scicûæ
lnÌroduclion to Cùriculum Design and
5'tu
5105
t3o7
3058
5216
99L6
2to3
3315
5442
4702
550
348
Ð
@5
2Ð
e5
6l
87
254
2fr
t346 563
98/.9 ó35
8751 673
@11 643
64n 6'19
5218 652
7337 688
2114 UA
l13l z,
6ó74 61
47
'35ó
7,35 440
t733 533
5491
22
5¡.73
4óó3
7191
25
88r9
5659
6814
6988
3419
6U
r845
m
ñf3
4431
7l
3506
93ó3
5013
7ß7
9942
6005
2935
v2al
't93
45n
2¡/,o
9n6
EEI@tion mó3
349
483
4U
s05
373
483
505
483
448
404
449
558
56r
4æ
422
425
245
505
505
554
4A
50ó
50ó
2.51
506
449
tf4
449
4U
450
u5
250
506
50ó
450
.t36

Sylsbu
Subjcct Numbc¡
IDI¡oduclioD lo Erhlomwiælo$r .....,,,....,.......- ... l4B
Intfoducl¡oo to Muic History I 3379
IDlroduclion to Muic L¡tcmluc I
lntroductioÀ to Ph)6¡€l Geogmphy I
lntrodudior to Politiøl Thought (A) I ................
lD¡¡odudio! to PrcgMing aDd ÀppliøtioE .
IDÌrodudioD to PrcgÉmi¡g aDd S)EtcG ........,
IDtroduc{ion to Sæi¡l Anthrcpolo6r I .... ........,
lltroductioD to Stetisti6 in
Bluetioúl Ræarch ........ ...,...............,.........
Isuc6 i¡ lråmiDg: Pupils, Teaches Ðd
PùcDts ....,...........,...
Isues in Rangeland Eæ1o9r,..,..........,.,,......,......
Italiu lor V@l Students .... .. ..,...........................
J
Jsparæ HisloÐa Japaù and War, 1931-1945 tl ..
J8p8ns HistoDr Japan and War, 1931-195 lll .
Japsncs Hisrory, Mcüi Srarc 1850-1912 It ...........
Japaoæ H¡slory, Meiji Sratc 185G1912 ltl .. .....
JspaDcs l: IDtrcductory Japansc ............... .. ,,...,
Japaoæ Il
Japanc* III
Japaocsc Mwic ......
Japilesc Poüt¡€.t Eænom¡ 19.i1973 ll ............
Japancs Politiql E@nomF 1945-198 III . .........
Japan* Politiel E@nom¡c 1973-1990 Il ...... . ..
JapåDæ Politiøl E@ûom)a lgfS-1990 llI ..........
Judiciâl Rdiq
Junior Scieoe ........
J uisprudeaæ
K
Kodedge-Bed System . ... ....
Knwledlc and r"rsuge ll . . :::::.::::..:..:.::
Knowlcdge sd bnguge lll
KDwled8c, Rcl¿tivism and thc Curiculum . ....,.
KorcaD HistoDa 187ó1945 II
Korean Histor¡ 1945-1980 l¡ .:.......
Korean Historl 194t1980 lll
Ko¡can HistoDa l8í/G1945 III
Izngugc Major
t¡nguße M¡Âor
l¿Dguge, Edu@tioD aDd Sæiety
I¿plaæ TmNfo¡m and ProbabiliÐr and
Apptierio6 ...........
I:plaæ Tmmfom, Probsbiliry,
Statisli@l Merh. .....
[¡ter Roman An and Architecture
tåtin 1,.......... .,.....,..................
Iårio lA ... ...........
t2ß
vp.
8ó05
ffi2
lrB
'1419
8it13
Tt9l
t64L
8489
4437
4922
ó118
?9sa
n25
1408
7615
@ló
58æ
4381
80ó5
?471
u64
u59
1772
Pâgc
26,61t,
63t,670,
671
t26,63t,
6t3,670
631,633,
670
1'12
æ
t37
537
109
x49
2.M
374
ó58
Læ
tn
119
\n
117
119
tn
22ß,632,
6ß,671,
& l2l
t2a
121
ln
50ó
Ð2
485
6378 542
75D4 A1
ó'r0 84
ó116 149
TÌ93 t22
æ03 t22
5219 130
SN8 TÐ
UA
7Ì{
'1225
ó368
8ó51
9r49
4'læ
ó311
3912
5143
ÐÐ
45@
ó738
6'156
4546
5û1
4&5
375
g1
5-l
62
350
al
al
28
530
530
2ffi
135
1:36
I¡¡itr lls
I¡riî lll
Irtin ¡IIS
IrB!¡ A¡pcds
IJgal Aspccts
t gsl History
frgEl Sludi6 ..........
LibÉtlo Thæry V
Life Contingcncio
Lincù Modcl¡ ll
Li¡c8r Modcls Ill
of Doing Buiaes Abrcad ...... .,..
of Pnctiæ
Li¡car Prcg@irg ""d o,i--id'#;;':::::
Linø Prcg'aminB aDd NuDerielAelj6is ....
Litigalion- S€lccted Isucs .
I¡Ec ----.............
Iagic t
I¡gic ll
Irgic llIA
M
Mmaomis (M)............ ..
ME@nomi6lI
Msjor En8lirb Tcxts 165G1800 ll
MEjor EDglirh Tcxts 165G1800 lll
MajorRæitalM
Msjor Ræital WC
Makitrg ScN of thc ScicDtific r¡/orld
MugcÉcDt .A'€uoting IILA .......... . ...................
MægcmcDt A@utrting IIIB .............................. .
MaMBe6e¡t, u lDtcgmted PcFp€ctivc ...............
Msmgcmc!t aod lnfotmtion S)TtcN .............,..
MugcEcnt ud OrgaDisatioN II¡ . .............,..
Mmgcment Con!rcÌ qEtem ........... .. ........ ...
MÐegcriÂlA@utrting .. . . , .,,. ..,................... ..,
M¡¡agcrial FiMne
MÂugi¡g HM Rsou16 ................
Mamging the Pubüc S€ctor .... .. . .
Markcti¡g ll
Mark tiDg lll
Malbe@ti6I
Msthcmti6lH
Mathcrtiq ¡M
MatbcDti6 in F¡u@tion ....,...........
Mathc@tì6 Msjor
M¡lheru(i6 Mi¡or
MatbcMti6 of FiMnæ ....... ...
Mcdis A@lysis ll
McdiaA¡alysis I11....... .................,
McliåI¡w......... ..: --::.....:.: .
Mcdiel Statisti6 ...
Mcdiml English Litcmture tl
Mediml English LitcEture lll
Mcdiml Studics V ........ . .
Mctsp¡ycbolo&¡ lll
Metaphlsi6lll
Micruænonic (M) ............... ......
MiG@nomietl
Subjects
3dm
4æ.2
vs4
'14
9536
9159
æ
35Zf
14l1
1675
Pågc
139
139
140
143
t44
507
't5
4t!Á
Ðl
715
5ól
559
2ó5E 562
2ÊS 530
1642 531
6438 fi1
t80 555
n43 N
:JÛ37 ß2
42jÐ 85
vt52 4.'7
9893 402
70t2 t52
53ó3
159
5J40 101
57ó3 101
1595 350
5471 425
9BO 425
4535
9f,9
437
450
c75p
l2l5
42ß
{50
12Ð
9684
M6
u6
6819 438
t52.
441
5312 422
9885
uæ
42ß
451
7803 438
9408
446
9591
9l34
2.ffi
507
5n
5v
762ß 400
m 405
43U
m39
549
5v
7263
401
91
4351
524
36t't 524
1107
5'12
8719 Ð1
985ó Ð1
82 529, 535,
55ó
4@4
M
2ß
225
4TI1 4t!ó
8892
2
1635
34
153
159
6195
'113
8719
5192
9u3
25|t
85
457
8870
402
795

Sublects
Sy[åbu
Sübjccr
Numbc¡ PEgc
Mitrds, BBi¡t andcomputeEll ffi 82
Minds, Bniü ud CompulcE lll 508ó ß
MidngIrw
2AX5 508
Minor Ccrtiñetc Prcjccl
9B fB
Mi¡or Dirccted Rcâding Studid ......-.-.....-..........,. 82æ 574
Mbor Disñstiotr
Dg !75
Modclingúth Ma¡hcmti6 ...... ..,.... ................,., n4l s72
Modem Chi¡æ HiÁloÐn
Empire to Republic lI-.......................................... 2538 1A
Modcm Chi¡e Hislorla
Empire to Rcpublic lll .......................... ..... ........ 57L2 130
Modcm Clss¡el PhiloæpbeF ll
ffil A2
Modcm Cl6¡el PhilosphcË Ul
gB7
Mod.m Stet¡¡ti6
8762
Modeni¡t LitcEturc lI .. ........ .. ........,..............,... 57m ''l 153
Modemist Litemturc lfl . ........
3{Xó 159
Modemity and Architecture ll ....,...,..,,.,,,.......,.,.... 3iJt3
ModcDity ed llI
n26 '/ 62
MoEl Problc$ ^rchitecture Il ,
3538 A3
Monl Prcblem III
LB1
Monl aDd Sæi¿l Philosophy ll
4z.5 83
Monl ånd Sæi¡l Philosophy lll
5213
MotiwtioDalThæry i¡ Edùetioül Pncliæ ...... 53&' 2Ar
MoaÉ's Conæftc
94't 22Å,612.
6'd,67t,
æA
Moärt's Qui¡tets ..
2ffi 22ß,634
649,671
Muhicultura-t Sæi€ty Ðd FluetioMl Policy...,., 1898 351
Muf iwriablc CalculN .......................................-.. 7389 552
MultiEriåac ADatysis ., . . .......................,........... 5030 ft2
MuicAcstbctis and Philosophy V .1353 714
Muic Bibüography w ............................................. n02 e9
Muic Eduetion lt
7800 227.43
MN¡c Fiuetion III
5364 228,6t2
Muic Eduetion ltlC
89ó0 214,692
Muic HistoriogËphy V ................................ ....... ó164 '115
.
Msic Major .... ......
4NL DI
Muic Minor ................
u98 Ðl
Mu¡c of thc lSth Ce nrury
22î2 nó,63t,
6!9,6'10,
6ìr
Ms¡c of the l9lh Cenlury ,,,..,.
lo49 63t,6{1,
670,6n
MNic of the l9th CeDtury (Ans)
2t35 2Zl
Muic of the æth CcDtury . .................. 8M 63t,647,
Srsjcct
N
NEtionslim ed Rmlution in
Soùlh Ertl Aris (Ð II ........... ..
Nst¡otrsli¡m ed Rælution iD
South E¡¡t Ari¡ (A) ln ..................................... ..
Nstio!¡li¡m aDd Rdolution i¡
South Frst Asiå (B) 11,.................,.......................
Naliodlirm ed RqolutioD ¡D
South E8t Asiå (B) III .........................'-... .,. ....
Ncl¡wicnc in Psycholosl IIL............. ...............
N* Method¡ i¡,{ls:
Us¡¡ß Pcñul ComputeF I ...............................
NiDctætrlh CcDtuÐf Studid V ...........,.,, .,....,....,,,..
NonPædwlPrcgmiDg
Noû-PmDclric Mclhods ..,..,...................,...........,..
Numb€rTbæry
Numcriel.{!8lysi5
Nuñeriel Methods
o
Obæ I ......................
Oboê IÀ
Oboc tI .....................,
Oboc IIA
ObælII
Oboc 1II4 ...........,....
Oliæ Admi¡istntioû .,..,,,.......................................
Old Sæicti6 ed Nd Statcr:
thc Maki¡g ol Modcm A¡¡å I ..........,,,............,...
Opcmti¡g qÆtcN
Optimis(ioo ......,
Organ I ..,
Orgao IA
Ortan IIA
Orgrn lll
Orgao ll[A
o¡ganisatioD¡l Bebår."t ...................:..:::::....::...::
OrgsnisatioMl Psycho1o8r.......................,...............
OrgaDisational Theory and PËcliæ
Origi$ of bodtolff in AutËlia ll
Msic of rhe 2Olh Century (Ans) ....... .. ...............
Msic PalaeogÉphy tV ..............
MNic Sæiolosr v
MNicTheo¡y I
MuicTheory ll
MwicTheory lll
MNicThæry D¡ssenalioD IV
MuiciaNhip I
MEiciaNhip Il
MNicia$hip f f¡
MuiæloSrIl
MEi@loÐ/ lllA.....
MNi@loÉr lllB .......
MNi@lo$¡IUC
MEioloС Mæteß Dissenation V
Mui@loÐrTbcsis IV
670,6n
39n U7
6æ9 æ
2tv 714
1935 22Á,631,
639,670
't642 227,631,
6û?,670,
6n
4851 22ß,ß2,
6%,671,
&
3803 7M
2308 615
433¡ 6û
54t0 622
98æ 2Zt,6t3
9189 22ß,6v2
t2s6 22ß,693
4tlt 224,69t
62A5 715
8dl9
700
ParcDts Ðd Childre o
Pcrffiion IIA
Pcl'NionlIl
PcroionlIlA
Pcrfolmnæ I
Pcrfo|trÁæ IIA ....
Pcrfomnæ llB
Pcrfo!@næ lltA
Pcrfol'Mnæ IIf I
Pcmml Fsclo$ in &luqtioD ......,..,..., ,..,......,....
PeMMcl Mamgcmcnt ...................,. ............,. . ...,
PhilNpùy lA: lDtroduclion to MeaaPb)ri6 .......
Philwphy lB: Monlity, Sæicty and lbe
Individu¡l .................
Phit@phy of Ed@tioD 1A ........ ......
Philñphy ol Edueti"" lB ...............::.:::.:::::::::".:
Philosophy of Rcligion ll ,..... ................. ...............
PhilNphy of Rcligion III .................... ...,.............
Philorcpby of Scicnæ lI ...... .............
796
Sylsbu
Numbcr Page
1ó40
r92A
4419
?ß1
4n0
9151
3ffi
9811
838?
3/,ol
9Am
3655
4444
6467
9383
1A
763a
8968
ó718
1118
44ó8
?4t4
4744
96ó0
7195
9908
4031
7æ9
53ó7
næ
3525
4532
ú12
Pc¡ffiion I 44û
Pcruio¡ 14,........ 95ó
Pcrcioo [] ... 1896
9627
67
3.9
7624
ß13
74fÍ
u2a
4951
856ó
9531
9014
570/
73ø2
su6
9446
7t7J
2525
195
n2
258
B
7t4
s42
5ó3
555
a3
534
ó3ó
67f
a3
@ 652
ó88
76
190
543
514
63ó
674
&3
@
653
688
446
451
451
t74
508
63ó
674
u3
@
653
@
616
618
621
619
6A
351
451
al
8l
2M
2U
a3
a'|
A

Syuabu
Subje.r Numbc¡
Phil@phyof Scic¡æ IU ......................................... 4825
Philæphy of Muic History W .......... ..................
Ph18i6..................... 25p.B
'f,,p
Pbði6, ld6 sd Sæiety I ................... ................. ú34
PiåDo Msic of Rot¡crt SchumsûD ... ................,... DA
Pisnofo¡tc I ló59
Pianofo¡te IA
Piæolode Il
PidoloÊc IIA ...,....
Piæofonc ¡ll
Plaming llw
PlamingPre in UrbaD atrd
I:odupc Deign 11 ............ ...............................
Planning Pnræ in Urban a¡d
IÆdspc Design ll¡ ......... .................. .. ........
Pl¡to'sThougbloqEdu€tion. ................ .,...,,...
Politiel DflclopmcDt in AurElia I ........... .. .,,...
Pof liel Dqclopmcnt i¡ ANtElia Il ..,.......... .. ..,
Politi6 8od ldælo$/ II
Politi6 ud ¡dæloС III ...................... .. .............. .
Polil¡G and Sæiety in Westem Eurcpe I .... ....,..
Politi6 ud Sæiety ¡¡ lÀ/stem Eurcpc Il . . ,....
Popul,ar GÊrcs (A): Crimc Ficlioa Il ..... . ......
PopulårGeùs (B): Scienæ Fictjon II ................
Popular GctrË (A): Crimc Fictjon lll .. ............
PopulårG€nË (B): Scicôæ Fiction nf....... __
PEcliøl Cuidlum Design - .,................,.............
PEctiel Cwiculum Evalut ioo
Prc€oloDialAborigiül Sæicty 11.........................
Prc-Colonial Aboriginal Sæjety III
Principlæ of Envircnmental Eårth Sciene .....
PriDciples of EnúrcmeDtal Population Biolo$'
Problcm and Pcspectives in
Modem Eurcpcan History I .
Problcm io Thcory of Culturc
Pmfc$ioMl E¡hi6 .
Pmfessional Ncgligenæ ...........................................
Prcfesional Pßctiæ and Eth¡6
PrcgEmming and Dãla Struc{ures A ..
Prcgmmming ud Dat Struclur6 B ........ .. .....
Prcgnmming l¡nguge Conæprs
Prcjcct Rcporl
Prcjcd (Scieoæ Edu€lion) ............
Prcp"rO' ...............
Psychologiel Asæssment .....,................,..,.,.,... ..
Psychologiel Rescarch Methodolos¡ lll ........,...
Psycholosr I .......,...,.............
Psycholory Il
PsycholoС of Motiwtion lll ....,........
nsyclolo[ot uncmptoymenr . .....:::..:..:.:::....::::
Public and Prcgresivc Sch@l Tmditioß ..........
Public Fimne lll
Public Liåbility
Public Poligr iD AErElia ll .....
Public Poüg' in Autralia Ill ........
Public S€dor Financial Mânagcment
¡Dd A@unting
PubücSector Management ........ . .
Public Sector Marketrng .. ......,....
a
QulifyinBStudies rn 8uiIdin8............. .........,..
Qulirying Studies in Design . .
@3
3m
155s
5g72
5130
5319
6'141
1814
x8
r107
s28Ì
67?3
Tn4
91@
4468
2657
26fi
3841
ffi
2659
n%
?3to
8750
9380
5341
83r5
61yt
9417
9009
7æ1
6000
85?1
890ó
1608
v2ß
5n2
5132
100ó
Tv3
T3æ
8950
8821
6382
3170
5104
3149
c703
t392
l6ll
7981
5441
t2.N
9796
'1496
2nt5
8383
P¡Bc
8t
7æ
Ð2
ß
224,9,
ó;ÌL
ó36
674
644
ó80
653
689
616
618
621
3ló
3I6
3t7
508
58
62
{2
uo
u4
us
251
uo
us
153
154
l@
IóO
æ2
82
lll
114
315
3'76
l9l
352
28
508
3t4
539
5æ
v3
438
352
475
313
29
254
255
258
3ló
353
410
508
u6
251
440
451
440
t6æ 7t
53/.7 7t
Sytabu
Subjcd
Numbc¡
Quntit.lirc Dæi¡ioa Makin8,,,,,........................... û72
Qulit8tirc Mcrhods ...,..,...,................................---- 1348
OuDluD Mccbådis
49&
R
Rrdù eÂd The@l lDfrsrcd Remote S€ßing ....
RandomP¡w
Rcal aDd CoDplex A¡alysis ..........
R@rder I
Rcordc¡ IA ......... .
Rcærder II
Rcærdcr I1.A.,,..,......
Rc@rdcr llI
Rærder lf LA
Rcgioosl DdclopbcDt lll ,..,.......,............ . ....... ....
Rehåbilit¡tion Pstcho106/ ........................
Rclåtiúty ed Clsiøl Fietd Theory
RcmoÌe S€Ni¡g
Rcbotc S.üilg Appliøtio$ I .,..,....
Rcuotc scmin! Apþüettom lt ... . .. :::-:.::.::."
RcEote Scuing Applietio$:
D¡yl8od AgrisltüE
Rcmolc Sc6ilg AF,plietioN:
Subjects
æ35
2â8
a9
1388
5ó8ó
228ß
6397
67tL
t939
1150
33'tr
7633
t236
8135
3789
5392
Natunl RæuG ó505
Rcmotc ScEiag ApplietioN:
RåDgclâDd Maugcmcnt ...... .. .......,.....,........... .. &4
Rcmotc S€EiDg ApplietioN:
W¡tcrR@lrc 8587
Rcmolc Seui¡g III(,{.) ........ . .. .. ... .................... 42lB
Rcuisanæ Stüdi6 V .............................. ... ..... .... 9ó18
Ræ¿rch Prcjccl i¡ Sæiolo$¡ of Edu€tion .. .. 8503
Ræarch Prcjecl (tull-time) .......... .... . ................. nO2
Ræårch Prcjecl (parl-time) óó80
Re¿rch StÉtcgis . 17OO
Ræ|JlgCoæmtion...................,......,,..,.......,. 6732
Rercur6,lNtitutio$ ånd Policies 906ó
Ri¡gs,FicldrandMatriæs................................... 6508
Ro¡m Art ùd Afchitcc{uÉ lV ,, ,.. .......,,,.....,. , 94ó0
Romo lmpcrial History /q,.D. 14-192 Il ............ . 943'l
Romn lmperial History A.D. 14-192 tll .............. 5830
Romn LitcEturc Il ...... . 2ÍX
Ro@ Rspublien History 133 B.C.-A.D. 14 lf . 8739
RomD Ref,ubli€n History 133 B.C.-,â,.D. 14 lU 3189
RoDarticism and Amerien LiteEture ll . .. .. .. . 8ó10
Romanticism and Amerien LiteBture lll .......... 9256
RuBl Sæiât G€ogEphy ll I .... .......... ................. .. t453
RNia iD Crisis: Pcte¡ thc Greât
to Kruhchry ll 3194
REi¿ ¡D Crisis: Peter rbe Greet
ro Kruhchry III , 6379
s
Scbæl Matbem¿ti6 Cuniculum .,.,.. .. ..... ,.. 9143
Sch@ls æ CultuÉl Ð6tcm .,,...,..,,,...,.........,.. . .. ., 8900
Scicntilic RdolutioN and Edu€tion ... .... ,. 2l[.2
S.ood Pnctiel MEic Srudy L.......... ... ....... .. ... Tßj
Sc@od PEcriøl Music Srudy tl.A ............ - ---. .. t2Z7
Sc@nd Pncriel Muic Study If B ...................... .. 4'116
Sc@nd Pndiel MNic Srudy IIIA 8Ð4
Sc@Dd Pnctiøl Muic Stuù IIIB
S.oriti6 ud InvcstmcDt Iåw 8@
Scoritics RcgulatioD .. .... ............ .......................... 336'ì
Scmim¡ ir MaMgeriÂl Skills ....,...................... . ,. 6ó54
Shon Rccital lV 7143
SæiÂl aDd CultuÉl Studies ....... .............,...,...... m59
Sæial Eiologr lll .... W1
SæiÂl GcogEphy tl 9030
Sæial Psycholos¡ ItI ....... ..... ............................ . ,. 8ó59
SæioloÐr ol Power ll .... ..........,,........... . 3109
Pagc
452
447
549
no
535
552
637
674
&4
681
69
689
179
315
99
376
n1
272
n2
2'12
ID
7t3
353
n8
na
324
508
452
555
2N
t40
t44
140
l4l
145
154
160
180
195
n2
ffi
353
35t
615
6t't
62t
ó19
622
4
509
439
70r
DO
225
t'l5
259
u7
797

Subjects
SyU¡bu
Subjcd Numbcr
SæioloS¡ol Pwcr III ....................................,,..,.... 2g
SpcciÂl Prcjcct (Full-tiEe) ..........,.......................... 31ól
Spcci¡l Prcjccr (Patl-time) ...................................... 5835
Sp€ci8l Prcjcct i! Gclru Tøchiag fl1
Spccial Topic i¡ Adu.ll EdùetioD 383ó
Spccial Topic in En$ish Cwiculum
DcvelopmcD¡
Spcciål Topic i¡ Womeû's Studi6 (Àdclaidc) . .
Statisti6l Mcchui6
Stetisti6 I
Statutory Rwiry of AdminislEtivc,Aci ioD ..... ...
Stntegic M8Mgcment ...........,.................................,
SIE¡egic MaDgemeût iD tbc Public S€dor .,.,,...,
Slmtcgi6 ed Materials in Tcaching Gcmn .. ..
Structursl GæEorpbolos¡ II ..,.,,....,.....,,,,,,,........,.
Structunl GæDorpbolos' lfI .,.,....,,.....,,..,.,.,,.-..-
Studie6 i¡ IlÌc 18rb CcDtury Clæsici¡D V .,,.......
Studi6 in PcmDslity lIf .........................................
Style Studi6 i¡ 20th CeDtury CompositioD I .. . ..
SСlc Studies h æth Certury CompcitioD lI . ..
Stylc Studi6 i¡ æth Century CompositioD lll ....
SuæioD......,....
Supcryi¡¿d Prcjed Work ..........,.......,...,..,,..,,.,,.....,.
Sururyof Gcma-Speaking Countrics Today ....
SEtâinâble Aøidltue Agriflltuc ..............----...-------- ..------..-.--
EÞtcm for lnlomatioo and Managcmeût ........,.
T
Tætiod ...... ..,........
TMrioDAdEinistÉtioD....,........,-.::::::::::::::.:::
Tc¿chid8 PEctiæ A
Tcachi¡g PEclie B
Tccbnologi€l Inn@tioD and
OrgaoiãtioMl ChaDBe ..,,.,...........,...............,.....,
The Anthrcpolos¡ of Politi@l Dis@uFe lI ..,......
TbcA¡thrcpolo$¡ of Politiel Dis@uñ ll¡ ,.....,
The Ceûtrc and tbe A$tÉlian lMgiMtion lI ...,
Thc Ceûl¡e aDd tbe Á,NtÉlian lEagimtion III ...
The E oûomi6 of Resouræs ald thc
Envircnmcnt
The EDergenæ o¡ Modem SeNibility ll ..............
The Emergenæ of Modem Semibility lll ............
The Global CommoN ....... . ......... ...-.................. ..
Thc ldea of thc Utriveßity iD Victorian Eûgland
Thc Marinc EnvircÀment .......,,....,,................-.....
The Nature of Scienæ and Scienæ Curicul¿ .....
Thc Philosphy Ðd Psycholos¡ of
CoMiosûes lll
The Pre-ScieDlific World Viry 1500-1750 f I ..
Tbc Prc-Scie¡tfic World Viev 1500-1750 Ill ....,.
The ReMisanæ, 1350-1500 I
Tbc S€oDd World rvar: 1939-1945 f t ...................
Tbe S€oDd World War 1939-1945 lll ..................
Themes i! Edu@tionål History .......,......................
Thæri6 of Comtitutional llw
Thcories ol PÉctiæ ll ........................... .... .. .... ...
Thcoris of Pncliæ lll ........... ,,..,....,.-...... .......-....
Tbeori6 of Psycholo$r in Eduetion
Thær/ of Msic II
Tbæry ot MNic Iu
Thinki!g MathcEtielly ....................
ThÍd rù/o¡ld Politiøl Eonomy ll ....:::::::::::::::::::::
Tbtud World Politiel E@nomy lll ........................
TiEc Scri6
To¡¡l Ambsis w ..
Topi6 in Buines [¿w ...... . ...
TEde Pmcliæs
TEditioDal Chi¡a ll: Fomâtive Em and
Middlc EDpirc
TÉditioml Chiûa ll: Prosperity to Declinc ..... ..
198
8502
37û
5547
1543
8021
2Á32
av
3333
4556
s'Ì2,
an
73U
9û3
9948
9(nl
v
r@2
8060
t3o2
7610
Pagc
62
3ó0
ø ú33t
354
3p
550
55'
509
49
4l
265
175
l8l
7t3
26
616
684
e4
4n
47
265
3n
441
xr4 48
5968 509
t05 2Ð
963ó 2Ð
ß76 452
42A7 tt2
899.1 ll4
t3B 150
ll54 I.s'
9â 4U
4525 151
2@ It
nß 3n
2ffi 354
5832 3n
8671 355
5ó'r3
2289
w72
61s
1547
4827
g2
6B-l
3895
6134
5456
8357
't2ß1
1,31
4ó4.6
4t92
fi'|5
1165
2ß
9365
6n6
@14
8155
xû
l9ó
x3
191
19ó
ú3
2Xt
509
\12
l15
355
617
ó19
sr0
24'1
252
5ó3
7t3
452
475
509
IB
tu
Sr¡bjccr
TmditioD¡l ChiM lll: Fomlivc EE and
Middlc Enpiæ
Tf¡diaioDd ChiE
TÌaditioD¡l Jlpe
TEditionâl J+ù
Violin lIl
Violin llIA ...
VioloDællo I
VioloDællo II
VioloDællo llA ......
VioloDællo lll
Violonællo llIA
SyIåbu
NùDbcr
ól14
v@
81æ
94&t
¡ll: PGpcrity lo Decli¡c ........
ll: O¡igiÐ to 1467 .....................
lll: Origi¡¡ to 1467 ...................
TlåditbD¡l Japsn ll: ShoguD, "Barbùia6" aDd
T(M.'pæplc
z10t
TEd¡lioml Jsp¿n ¡lI: Sbogu¡, "BarbariaN" aûd
TwnÐco,plc ..........
2ffi
Tla$låtioo of Forcign Tcxts Iv ......,,.,,........... , ,.- 1418
Trcmboûc I....,,,.,.,..
9915
TrcEbonc lA
5422
TrcEboDc Il
w6
TtoEbonc llA
99
Trcobonc lll ......, .. 8113
Trcmbonc lltA æ98
Trcpiel Ewircmc¡ts sûd Hum¡ S)6tcG .......
Trcpiel Eovircmcots aDd Huan s)ßteG lll .
Trumpct I ................
TropctIA
TMpctll
Trudp.t ll,A
Tlumpct llI
TMpctI|IA
Truas
Tubs lI
9ó08
3m
t59
8r04
s975
618ó
6391
5,96
8480
4331
93
4885
TübE 114............. 1lm
Tl¡ba lll ................... 1833
T\¡balItA lC18
TvctrticthCcDturyAEcri@ LileÉtùre II ........,. 7371
Twc¡tieth CcnturyAmcrien LiteÉtuc III ......... 45,ó
TVcnticth CcDturyAutEli¿ 1L.............................. 4590
TwcÂlicth CcoturyAutËlia III A13
TVenticlhCcnturySludies V .................................. 6174
TvcoticthCciluryTcchniquesaDdAmlysis lV. l33l
U
U¡be Dcsig¡ Studi6 II
LJ¡beû D6ig¡ Studi6 III ......... ................... ...........
Uóan Hislorf Eurcpe 1000-1900 ll
UrbaD Histor'r Eurcpê 1000-1900 lll .... ...... ...
USA: Coloni6 to CoEtitutioû ll
USA: Colonies to CoNtitution Ill ..,......................
USA: Co$titutioû to Civil Wa¡, 178?-1865 Il .....
USA: Cofftitution to Civil w¿r, 1787-18ó5lfI . .
v
Variational Methods and Optiml Cootrcl ....... .
VectorAEllsis and Complex Ànalysis ..,,.. ....... .
Vccior,Amlysis and Continuum McchaniG ......,.
Viola 1 ..................
Viol¡ IA
8¡114
9æ5
891ó
TI6I
2191
ó548
687
2150
Pagc
131
131
lU
rx2
tu
132
700
637
675
644
681
654
$o
378
181
637
675
645
681
654
@o
416
63'ì
6't5
ó45
681
655
eo
155
l6l
197
2M
7t4
793
58
63
tn
m5
t9'1
2M
198
2n5
6t2a 532
2187 t3t
7833 531
6Zt5 638
3925 6t5
u9 g5
3746 A2
w2 ó55
cvo $l
9914 638
9082 6;t6
28/.3 645
4óó7 &,
52Ð 655
9555 er
8933 ó38
98n 646
262 æ2
6t92 65ó
3843 At

Sùjcd
Vol: I
Vo¡,ælnA
Ðl¡¡bù
NuDbcr
. ^45 9W)
, 5810
w¿
totr
at2
7t62
4448
3208
ólftt
Page
ó39
6t6
ffi
&,
656
al
2,8,632.
657,6't
509
n8
2ß
Subjcct
Sylåbu
NuDbcr
WonÈtrardPoliÐrlII,.............,....,...,.,....,..,,.,......... 838¿
Woæ! in ]tutnl¡e Poliliel DarclopDeDt I -,. 7bE
Womn Writen: Thc Tq'c¡aicah CcDtury .-.......... Nl
u/oEa's wlit¡Dg: Tþ Ni¡ctælth Ccntu¡y II .... l¡t19
WomeD'6 Writing: The Nincteenth CeûtuÐr II¡ .. ßl
WomcD,Woit ud Eduet¡oo ..............----.,.--.- UA
Worti¡gwith Hl¡m S)6teG: Thæry a¡d
P¡a.liæ.,,............,..... nlo
\vritcE of thc Eog,lirh RcúisDæ It .........,,........ æ4
Wr¡¡cF of the Eng¡sh Remisilæ IU .....,........... 7ß
Sublects
Page
2St
zAl
38
lst
161
355
3t3
l5ó
162
799